As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2015

File No. 001-37483

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 4 to

Form 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   47-3298624
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification number)
3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California   94304
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

(650) 857-1501

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

Title of each class to be so registered

 

Name of each exchange on which each
class is to be registered

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 


HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT

CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT

AND ITEMS OF FORM 10

This Registration Statement on Form 10 incorporates by reference information contained in the information statement filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1. The cross-reference sheet below identifies where the items required by Form 10 can be found in the information statement.

 

Item 1. Business .

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Information Statement Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and “Where You Can Find More Information.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors .

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Risk Factors.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2. Financial Information .

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 3. Properties .

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Business—Properties.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management .

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers .

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Management.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 6. Executive Compensation .

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Executive Compensation,” “Management—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Director Compensation.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

1


Item 8. Legal Proceedings .

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Business—Legal Proceedings.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 9. Market Price of, and Dividends on, the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters .

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Dividend Policy,” “Capitalization,” “The Separation and Distribution” and “Description of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s Capital Stock.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities .

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Description of Material Indebtedness” and “Description of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s Capital Stock—Sale of Unregistered Securities.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to Be Registered .

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Dividend Policy,” “The Separation and Distribution” and “Description of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s Capital Stock.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers .

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Description of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Officers and Directors and Insurance.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .

None.

 

Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits .

(a) Financial Statements

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

2


(b) Exhibits

See below.

The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  2.1    Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement, by and among Hewlett-Packard Company, Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and the Other Parties Thereto***†
  2.2    Form of Transition Services Agreement, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company***†
  2.3    Form of Tax Matters Agreement, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company*†
  2.4    Form of Employee Matters Agreement, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company*†
  2.5    Form of Real Estate Matters Agreement, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company***†
  2.6    Form of Master Commercial Agreement, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company*†
  2.7    Form of Information Technology Service Agreement, by and between Hewlett-Packard Company and HP Enterprise Services, LLC***†
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company*
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company*
10.1    Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Stock Incentive Plan*
10.2    Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
10.3    Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan Enrollment and Payroll Deduction Authorization Agreement*
10.4    Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company Severance and Long-Term Incentive Change in Control Plan for Executive Officers*
21.1    Subsidiaries of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company**
99.1    Information Statement of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, preliminary and subject to completion, dated September 28, 2015*
99.2    Form of Notice of Internet Availability of Information Statement Materials**

 

* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
*** Previously filed.
Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to furnish copies of any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE

COMPANY

By:  

  /s/ John F. Schultz

  Name:   John F. Schultz
  Title:   Executive Vice President,
    General Counsel and Secretary

Date: September 28, 2015

Exhibit 2.3

FORM OF

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

AND

HEWLETT-PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

[    ], 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  
SECTION 1.  

DEFINITION OF TERMS

     1   
SECTION 2.  

ALLOCATION OF PRE-DISTRIBUTION PERIOD TAX LIABILITIES

     12   
  Section 2.01   General Rule      12   
  Section 2.02   Pre-Distribution Period Taxes Below the $25,000,000 Threshold      12   
  Section 2.03   Allocation of Pre-Distribution Period Tax      12   
  Section 2.04   Certain Transaction and Other Taxes      13   
  Section 2.05   Foreign Taxes      14   
SECTION 3.  

PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS

     14   
  Section 3.01   General      14   
  Section 3.02   HP’s Responsibility      15   
  Section 3.03   Enterprise’s Responsibility      15   
  Section 3.04   Tax Reporting Practices      15   
  Section 3.05   Consolidated or Combined Tax Returns      15   
  Section 3.06   Right to Review Tax Returns      16   
  Section 3.07   Refunds, Carrybacks and Amended Returns      17   
  Section 3.08   Apportionment of Tax Attributes      18   
SECTION 4.  

TAX PAYMENTS

     19   
  Section 4.01   Payment of Taxes with Respect to Certain Mixed Business Tax Returns      19   
  Section 4.02   Payment of Taxes with Respect to Single Business Tax Returns      20   
  Section 4.03   Indemnification Payments      20   
SECTION 5.  

TAX BENEFITS

     20   
  Section 5.01   Tax Benefits      20   
SECTION 6.  

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS MATTERS

     22   
  Section 6.01   HP and Enterprise Income Tax Deductions in Respect of Certain Equity Awards and Incentive Compensation      22   
  Section 6.02   Withholding and Reporting      22   
  Section 6.03   Allocation of Employment Taxes      22   
  Section 6.04   Pension Deductions      22   
SECTION 7.  

TAX-FREE STATUS

     23   
  Section 7.01   Restrictions on HP and Enterprise      23   
  Section 7.03   Definition of Tainting Act      25   
SECTION 8.  

COOPERATION AND RELIANCE

     25   
  Section 8.01   Assistance and Cooperation      25   
  Section 8.02   Income Tax Return Information      26   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
  Section 8.03   Reliance by HP      26   
  Section 8.04   Reliance by Enterprise      27   
  Section 8.05   Nonperformance      27   
  Section 8.06   Costs      27   
SECTION 9.  

TAX RECORDS

     27   
  Section 9.01   Retention of Tax Records      27   
  Section 9.02   Access to Tax Records      28   
SECTION 10.  

TAX CONTESTS

     28   
 

Section 10.01

  Notice      28   
 

Section 10.02

  Control of Tax Contests      28   
SECTION 11.  

EFFECTIVE DATE; TERMINATION OF PRIOR INTERCOMPANY TAX ALLOCATION AGREEMENTS

     30   
SECTION 12.  

SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS

     30   
SECTION 13.  

TREATMENT OF PAYMENTS; TAX GROSS UP

     31   
  Section 13.01   Treatment of Tax Indemnity and Tax Benefit Payments      31   
  Section 13.02   Tax Gross Up      31   
  Section 13.03   Interest Under This Agreement      31   
SECTION 14.  

DISAGREEMENTS

     32   
  Section 14.01   Discussion      32   
  Section 14.02   Escalation      32   
  Section 14.03   Referral to Tax Advisor for Computational Disputes      32   
  Section 14.04   Injunctive Relief      32   
SECTION 15.  

LATE PAYMENTS

     33   
SECTION 16.  

EXPENSES

     33   
SECTION 17.  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     33   
  Section 17.01   Notices      33   
  Section 17.02   Binding Effect      34   
  Section 17.03   Waiver      34   
  Section 17.04   Severability      34   
  Section 17.05   Authority      34   
  Section 17.06   Further Action      34   
  Section 17.07   Integration      34   
  Section 17.08   Rules of Construction      35   
  Section 17.09   No Double Recovery      35   
  Section 17.10   Counterparts      35   

 

-2-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
  Section 17.11   Governing Law      35   
  Section 17.12   Jurisdiction      35   
  Section 17.13   Amendment      36   
  Section 17.14   HP or Enterprise Affiliates      36   
  Section 17.15   Successors      36   
  Section 17.16   Injunctions      36   

 

-3-


TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

This TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation (“ HP ”), and Hewlett-Packard Enterprise Company, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of HP (“ Enterprise ”) (HP and Enterprise are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Companies ” and, as the context requires, individually referred to herein as the “ Company ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of HP has determined that it is in the best interests of HP and its shareholders to separate the Enterprise Business from the HPI Business and to create a new publicly traded company to operate the Enterprise Business;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of HP and the Board of Directors of Enterprise have approved the transfer of the Enterprise Assets to Enterprise and its Affiliates and the assumption by Enterprise and its Affiliates of the Enterprise Liabilities, all as more fully described in the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between HP and Enterprise (the “ Separation and Distribution Agreement ”) and the other Transaction Documents;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of HP has further preliminarily approved the distribution to the holders of the issued and outstanding common shares, $0.01 par value, of HP (the “ HP Common Shares ”) as of the close of business on the Record Date, by means of a pro rata distribution, of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock, $0.01 par value, of Enterprise (the “ Enterprise Common Stock ”), other than any such shares to be exchanged pursuant to the Subsidiary Stock Exchange, on the basis of [*] shares of Enterprise Common Stock for every one (1) HP Common Share (the “ Distribution ”), subject to final approval of the Board of Directors of HP;

WHEREAS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Contribution and the Distribution, taken together (and, together with the Subsidiary Stock Exchange), are intended to qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Companies that the distribution (and exchange) of Enterprise Common Stock to the stockholders of HP, except for cash received in lieu of any fractional shares, will qualify as tax-free under Section 355(a) of the Code to such stockholders and as tax-free to HP under Section 361(c) of the Code; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Contribution and Distribution, the Companies desire to set forth their agreement with respect to tax matters for taxable periods prior to and including the Distribution Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this Agreement, each of the Companies mutually covenants and agrees as follows:

Section  1. Definition of Terms .    For purposes of this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the following terms have the following meanings, and capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Separation and Distribution Agreement:

$25,000,000 Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.


Active Business ” means the business conducted by each of the Active Business Entities (as defined herein) as of the Distribution Date.

Active Business Entities ” means Hewlett-Packard Singapore (Private) Limited, Hewlett-Packard Taiwan Limited, Hewlett-Packard Globalsoft Private Limited, Hewlett-Packard Berlin BV, Hewlett-Packard Globalsoft Private Limited, Global E-Business Operations Private Limited and Printing Systems India Private Limited.

Acting Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 of this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means any entity that is directly or indirectly “controlled” by either the person in question or an Affiliate of such person. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The term Affiliate shall refer to Affiliates of a person as determined immediately after the Distribution.

Agreement ” means this Tax Matters Agreement.

Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

BLP1 ” means [Hewlett-Packard Bermuda Enterprises LP]

BLP3 ” means [Phoenix Holding LP]

BLP1/BLP3 Separation Agreement ” means [the separation agreement by and between BLP1 and BLP3 dated [    ], 2015]

BLP1/BLP3 Taxes ” means Taxes allocated between BLP1 and BLP3 in Article/Section [    ] of the BLP1/BLP3 Separation Agreement.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are required to be closed in New York, New York.

Capital Stock ” means all classes or series of capital stock of a Company, including (i) common stock, (ii) all options, warrants and other rights to acquire such capital stock and (iii) all instruments properly treated as stock in the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Claiming Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(a) of this Agreement.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Companies ” and “ Company ” shall have the meaning provided in the first sentence of this Agreement.

 

-2-


Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Controlling Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(b) of this Agreement.

Correlative Detriment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(a) of this Agreement.

Dispute ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.01 of this Agreement.

Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Distribution Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Distribution Taxes ” means any and all Taxes (a) required to be paid by or imposed on a Company or any of its Affiliates resulting from, or directly arising in connection with, the failure of the Contribution and Distribution (together with the Subsidiary Stock Exchange), taken together, to qualify as a reorganization described in Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (or the failure to qualify under or the application of corresponding provisions of the Tax Laws of other jurisdictions); (b) required to be paid by or imposed on a Company or any of its Affiliates resulting from, or directly arising in connection with, the failure of the stock distributed in the Distribution or the Subsidiary Stock Exchange to constitute “qualified property” for purposes of Sections 355(d), 355(e) and Section 361(c) of the Code (or any corresponding provision of the Tax Laws of other jurisdictions); (c) required to be paid by or imposed on a Company or any of its Affiliates resulting from the failure of any Separation Transaction to qualify for the intended treatment as tax-free or tax-deferred, in whole or in part.

Distribution Tax-Related Losses ” shall mean (a) all Distribution Taxes imposed pursuant to any Final Determination; (b) all reasonable accounting, legal and other professional fees and court costs incurred in connection with such Distribution Taxes; and (c) all reasonable costs and expenses and all damages associated with shareholder litigation or controversies and any amount paid by any member of the HP Group or member of the Enterprise Group in respect of the liability of shareholders, whether paid to shareholder or to the IRS or any other Tax Authority, in each case, resulting from the failure of the Contribution and the Distribution to have Tax-Free Status or from the failure of a Separation Transaction to qualify for intended treatment as tax-free or tax-deferred, in whole or in part.

Due Date ” means the date (taking into account all valid extensions) upon which a Tax Return is required to be filed with or Taxes are required to be paid to a Tax Authority, whichever is applicable.

E Munich ” means Gatrium Holding BV.

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement by and between HP and Enterprise dated as of [    ], 2015.

 

-3-


Employment Tax ” means any Tax the liability or responsibility for which is allocated pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement.

Enterprise ” shall have the meaning provided in the first sentence of this Agreement.

Enterprise Adjustment ” means any proposed adjustment by a Tax Authority or claim for refund asserted in a Tax Contest to the extent Enterprise would be solely responsible for any resulting Tax under this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements or solely entitled to receive any resulting Tax Benefit under this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements.

Enterprise Business ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Enterprise Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Enterprise Full Taxpayer ” means the assumption that each relevant member of the Enterprise Group (a) is subject to the highest marginal regular statutory income Tax rate, (b) has sufficient taxable income to permit the realization or receipt of the relevant Tax Benefit at the earliest possible time, (c) will not utilize any Tax Attribute other than a Tax Attribute arising from the adjustment at issue, and (d) is not subject to the alternative minimum tax.

Enterprise Group ” means Enterprise and its Affiliates, as determined immediately after the Distribution.

Enterprise Single Business Tax Return ” means any Tax Return including any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return, that includes assets or activities relating only to the Enterprise Business.

Enterprise Tainting Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(b) of this Agreement.

Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term for purposes of Sections 355(d) and (e) of the Code.

Final Determination ” means the final resolution of liability for any Tax, which resolution may be for a specific issue or adjustment or for a taxable period, (a) by IRS Form 870 or 870-AD (or any successor forms thereto), on the date of acceptance by or on behalf of the taxpayer, or by a comparable form under the laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction, except that a Form 870 or 870-AD or comparable form shall not constitute a Final Determination to the extent that it reserves (whether by its terms or by operation of law) the right of the taxpayer to file a claim for refund or the right of the Tax Authority to assert a further deficiency in respect of such issue or adjustment or for such taxable period (as he case may be); (b) by a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and unappealable; (c) by a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Sections 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction; (d) by any allowance of a refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such refund may be recovered (including by way of offset) by the jurisdiction imposing such Tax; (e) by a final

 

-4-


settlement resulting from a treaty-based competent authority determination; or (f) by any other final disposition, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or by mutual agreement of the parties.

Foreign Separation Agreements ” means the BLP1/BLP3 Separation Agreement and the Munich/E Munich Separation Agreement.

Foreign Taxes ” means BLP1/BLP3 Taxes and Munich/E Munich Taxes.

Group ” means the HP Group or the Enterprise Group, or both, as the context requires.

HP ” shall have the meaning provided in the first sentence of this Agreement.

HP Adjustment ” means any proposed adjustment by a Tax Authority or claim for refund asserted in a Tax Contest to the extent HP would be solely responsible for any resulting Tax under this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements or solely entitled to receive any resulting Tax Benefit under this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements.

HPI Business ” shall have the meaning provided in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

HP Common Shares ” shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals.

HP Full Taxpayer ” means the assumption that each relevant member of the HP Group (a) is subject to the highest marginal regular statutory income Tax rate, (b) has sufficient taxable income to permit the realization or receipt of the relevant Tax Benefit at the earliest possible time, (c) will not utilize any Tax Attribute other than a Tax Attribute arising from the adjustment at issue, and (d) is not subject to the alternative minimum tax.

HP Group ” means HP and its Affiliates, excluding any entity that is a member of the Enterprise Group.

HP Single Business Tax Return ” means any Tax Return including any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return, that includes assets or activities relating only to the HPI Business.

HP Tainting Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(a) of this Agreement.

Income Taxes ” mean:

 

  (a) all Taxes based upon, measured by, or calculated with respect to (i) net income or profits (including, any capital gains, minimum tax or any Tax on items of tax preference, but not including sales, use, real, or personal property, gross or net receipts, value added, excise, leasing, transfer or similar Taxes), or (ii) multiple bases (including, corporate franchise, doing business and occupation Taxes) if one or more bases upon which such Tax is determined is described in clause (a)(i) above; and

 

-5-


  (b) any related interest and any penalties, additions to such Tax or additional amounts imposed with respect thereto by any Tax Authority.

Income Tax Returns ” mean all Tax Returns that relate to Income Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.03 of this Agreement.

Indemnitor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.03 of this Agreement.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joint Adjustment ” means any proposed adjustment by a Tax Authority or claim for refund asserted in a Tax Contest which is neither an Enterprise Adjustment nor an HP Adjustment.

Law ” means any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, national, supranational, state, provincial, local or similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, administrative pronouncement, order, requirement or rule of law (including common law), or any income tax treaty.

Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Mixed Business Tax Return ” means any Tax Return including any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return, that relates to at least one asset or activity that is part of the HPI Business, on the one hand, and at least one asset or activity that is part of the Enterprise Business, on the other hand.

Munich ” means Hewlett-Packard Munich BV.

Munich/E Munich Separation Agreement ” means [the separation agreement by and between Munich and E Munich dated [    ], 2015].

Munich/E Munich Taxes ” means Taxes allocated between Munich and E Munich in Article/Section [    ] of the Munich Separation Agreement.

Net PTE Tax Payments ” shall mean, for a given Company, with respect to a particular pool of PTE, the amount of Taxes payable by a Company to a Taxing Authority with respect to the subpart F inclusion giving rise to such PTE (calculated using the assumptions set forth under HP Full Taxpayer or Enterprise Full Taxpayer, as the case may be), increased by any amounts payable by such Company to the other Company pursuant to Section 2.03 of this Agreement with respect to the subpart F inclusion giving rise to such PTE or pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of this Agreement with respect to such PTE, reduced by any amounts receivable by such Company from the other Company pursuant to Section 2.03 of this Agreement with respect to the subpart F inclusion giving rise to such PTE or pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of this Agreement with respect to such PTE.

Net Receivable Tax Payments ” shall mean, for a given Company, with respect to a particular receivable described in Section 5.01(a)(ii), the amount of Taxes payable by a Company to a Taxing Authority with respect to the Tax Item giving rise to such receivable

 

-6-


(calculated using the assumptions set forth under HP Full Taxpayer or Enterprise Full Taxpayer, as the case may be), increased by any amounts payable by such Company to the other Company pursuant to Section 2.03 of this Agreement with respect to the Tax Item giving rise to such receivable or pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of this Agreement with respect to such receivable, reduced by any amounts receivable by such Company from the other Company pursuant to Section 2.03 of this Agreement with respect to the Tax Item giving rise to such receivable or pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of this Agreement with respect to such receivable.

Non-Acting Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 of this Agreement.

Non-Controlling Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(c) of this Agreement.

Past Practices ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(a) of this Agreement.

Payment Date ” means (i) with respect to any HP federal consolidated Income Tax Return, the due date for any required installment of estimated taxes determined under Section 6655 of the Code, the due date (determined without regard to extensions) for filing the return determined under Section 6072 of the Code, and the date the return is filed, and (ii) with respect to any other Tax Return, the corresponding dates determined under the applicable Tax Law.

Payor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 of this Agreement.

Pension Contribution ” means any contribution or other payment of any kind made by HP pursuant to its obligations with respect to the U.S. Pension Plans. 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof, without regard to whether any entity is treated as disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Post-Distribution Period ” means any Tax Period beginning after the Distribution Date, and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period beginning the day after the Distribution Date.

Post-Distribution Ruling ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 of this Agreement.

Pre-Distribution Period ” means any Tax Period ending on or before the Distribution Date, and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Distribution Date.

Preliminary Tax Advisor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.03 of this Agreement.

Prime Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Privilege ” means any privilege that may be asserted under applicable law, including, any privilege arising under or relating to the attorney-client relationship (including the attorney-client and work product privileges), the accountant-client privilege and any privilege relating to internal evaluation processes.

 

-7-


Proposed Acquisition Transaction ” means a transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement, within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7, or any other regulations promulgated thereunder, to enter into a transaction or series of transactions), whether such transaction is supported by Company management or shareholders, is a hostile acquisition, or otherwise, as a result of which a Company would merge or consolidate with any other Person or as a result of which any Person or any group of related Persons would (directly or indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire, from a Company and/or one or more holders of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, a number of shares of Capital Stock that would, when combined with any other changes in ownership of Capital Stock pertinent for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code, comprise forty percent (40%) or more of (A) the value of all outstanding shares of stock of the Company as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series, or (B) the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of voting stock of the Company as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Proposed Acquisition Transaction shall not include (A) the adoption by a Company of a shareholder rights plan or (B) issuances by a Company that satisfy Safe Harbor VIII (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person’s performance of services) or Safe Harbor IX (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d). For purposes of determining whether a transaction constitutes an indirect acquisition, any recapitalization resulting in a shift of voting power or any redemption of shares of stock shall be treated as an indirect acquisition of shares of stock by the non-exchanging shareholders. This definition and the application thereof are intended to monitor compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code and shall be interpreted accordingly. Any clarification of, or change in, the statute or regulations promulgated under Section 355(e) of the Code shall be incorporated in this definition and its interpretation.

PTE ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a) of this Agreement.

Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Refund ” means any refund of Taxes (including any overpayment of Taxes that can be refunded or, alternatively, applied to future Taxes payable), including any interest paid on or with respect to such refund of Taxes; provided , however , the amount of the refund of Taxes shall be net of any Taxes imposed by any Tax Authority on the receipt of the refund.

Remaining PTE Value ” shall mean, for a given Company, with respect to a particular pool of PTE described in Section 5.01(a), (i) the gross amount of such PTE created in the foreign Affiliates of such Company reduced by the Net PTE Tax Payments of such Company calculated with respect to such pool of PTE, multiplied by (ii) fifty-seven percent (57%), and multiplied by (iii) the highest marginal U.S. statutory corporate income tax rate at the time of the creation of such pool of PTE.

 

-8-


Remaining Receivable Value ” shall mean, for a given Company, with respect to a particular receivable described in Section 5.01(a)(ii), (i) the gross amount of such receivable held by such Company reduced by the Net Receivable Tax Payments of such Company calculated with respect to such receivable, multiplied by (ii) fifty-seven percent (57%), and multiplied by (iii) the highest marginal U.S. statutory corporate income tax rate at the time of the creation of such receivable.

Required Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 of this Agreement.

Responsible Company ” means, with respect to any Tax Return, the Company having responsibility for preparing and filing such Tax Return under this Agreement.

Restricted Period ” means the period beginning at the Effective Time and ending on the two-year anniversary of the day after the Distribution Date.

Retention Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of this Agreement.

Ruling ” means a private letter ruling issued by the IRS to HP in connection with the Separation Transactions.

Ruling Request ” means any letter filed by HP with the IRS requesting a ruling regarding certain tax consequences of the Separation Transactions (including all attachments, exhibits, and other materials submitted with such ruling request letter) and any amendment or supplement to such ruling request letter.

Separation and Distribution Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the Recitals.

Separation Plan ” means the [reference to final form of deck depicting separation transactions] dated [    ], 2015, attached hereto as Exhibit [    ].

Separation Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a)(i) of this Agreement.

Separation Transactions ” means those transactions undertaken by the Companies and their Affiliates pursuant to the Separation Plan to separate ownership of the Enterprise Business form ownership of the HPI Business.

Single Business Tax Return ” means any Tax Return including any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return, that includes assets or activities relating only to the HPI Business, on the one hand, or the Enterprise Business, on the other (but not both).

Straddle Period ” means any Tax Period that begins on or before and ends after the Distribution Date.

Subsidiary Stock Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Tainting Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03 of this Agreement.

 

-9-


Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any income, gross income, gross receipts, profits, capital stock, franchise, withholding, payroll, social security, workers compensation, unemployment, disability, property, ad valorem , stamp, excise, severance, occupation, service, sales, use, license, lease, transfer, import, export, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other tax (including any fee, assessment, or other charge in the nature of or in lieu of any tax) imposed by any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing; provided , however , the term “Tax” or “Taxes” shall not include customs duties.

Tax Advisor ” means a United States tax counsel or accountant of recognized national standing.

Tax Attribute ” shall mean a net operating loss, net capital loss, investment credit, foreign tax credit, excess charitable contribution, general business credit or any other Tax Item that could reduce a Tax.

Tax Authority ” means, with respect to any Tax, the governmental entity or political subdivision thereof that imposes such Tax, and the agency (if any) charged with the collection of such Tax for such entity or subdivision.

Tax Benefit ” means any refund, credit, or other reduction in otherwise required Tax payments (determined on a “with and without” basis assuming the HP Group or Enterprise Group, as the case may be, is a HP Full Taxpayer or an Enterprise Full Taxpayer, respectively).

Tax Contest ” means an audit, review, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding with the purpose or effect of redetermining Taxes (including any administrative or judicial review of any claim for refund).

Tax-Free Status ” means the qualification of the Contribution and Distribution (together with the Subsidiary Stock Exchange), taken together, (a) as a reorganization described in Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (b) as a transaction in which the stock distributed thereby is “qualified property” for purposes of Sections 355(d), 355(e) and 361(c) of the Code and (c) as a transaction in which HP, Enterprise and the shareholders of HP recognize no income or gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Sections 355, 361 and 1032 of the Code, other than, in the case of HP and Enterprise, intercompany items or excess loss accounts taken into account pursuant to the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 1502 of the Code.

Tax Item ” means any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, expense or credit, or other attribute that may have the effect of increasing or decreasing any Tax. For purposes of the $25,000,000 Threshold, multiple Tax Items arising from the same transaction or series of related transactions or relating to the same underlying Tax or a substantially identical underlying Tax imposed by the same Tax Authority issue shall be aggregated.

Tax Law ” means the law of any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof relating to any Tax.

 

-10-


Tax Opinions/Rulings ” means the opinions of Tax Advisors and/or the rulings by the IRS deliverable to HP in connection with the Contribution and the Distribution or otherwise with respect to the Separation Transactions.

Tax Period ” means, with respect to any Tax, the period for which the Tax is reported as provided under the Code or other applicable Tax Law.

Tax Records ” means any Tax Returns, Tax Return workpapers, documentation relating to any Tax Contests, and any other books of account or records (whether or not in written, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms and whether or not stored on electronic or any other medium) required to be maintained under the Code or other applicable Tax Laws or under any record retention agreement with any Tax Authority.

Tax-Related Losses ” means (i) all federal, state and local Taxes (including interest and penalties thereon) imposed pursuant to any settlement, Final Determination, judgment or otherwise; (ii) all accounting, legal and other professional fees, and court costs incurred in connection with such Taxes; and (iii) all costs, expenses and damages associated with stockholder litigation or controversies and any amount paid by HP (or any HP Affiliate) or Enterprise (or any Enterprise Affiliate) in respect of the liability of shareholders, whether paid to shareholders or to the IRS or any other Tax Authority, in each case, resulting from the failure of the Contribution and the Distribution to have Tax-Free Status or from the failure of a Separation Transaction to qualify for intended treatment as tax-free or tax-deferred, in whole or in part.

Tax Return ” or “ Return ” means any report of Taxes due, any claim for refund of Taxes paid, any information return with respect to Taxes, or any other similar report, statement, declaration, or document required to be filed under the Code or other Tax Law, including any attachments, exhibits, or other materials submitted with any of the foregoing, and including any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing.

Transaction Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Transfer Pricing Adjustment ” shall mean any proposed or actual allocation by a Tax Authority of any Tax Item between or among any member of the HP Group and any member of the Enterprise Group with respect to any Pre- Distribution Period.

Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated from time to time under the Code as in effect for the relevant Tax Period.

“TSA” means the Transition Services Agreement by and between HP and Enterprise dated as of [    ], 2015.

Unqualified Tax Opinion ” means an unqualified “will” opinion of a Tax Advisor, on which the Companies may rely to the effect that a transaction will not affect the Tax-Free Status. Any such opinion must assume that the Contribution and Distribution would have qualified for Tax-Free Status if the transaction in question did not occur.

“U.S. Pension Plans” has the meaning set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement.

 

-11-


Section 2.    Allocation of Pre-Distribution Period Tax Liabilities.

Section 2.01 General Rule .

(a)    HP Liability . HP shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Enterprise Group from and against any liability for, Pre-Distribution Period Taxes which are allocated to HP under this Section 2, with such amounts to be calculated on the basis that each member of the Enterprise Group is an Enterprise Full Taxpayer.

(b)    Enterprise Liability . Enterprise shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the HP Group from and against any liability for, Pre-Distribution Period Taxes which are allocated to Enterprise under this Section 2, with such amounts to be calculated on the basis that each member of the HP Group is an HP Full Taxpayer.

Section 2.02    Pre-Distribution Period Taxes Below the $25,000,000 Threshold . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or the Separation and Distribution Agreement to the contrary, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.04 hereof, the Company that is primarily liable (or whose Affiliates are primarily liable) under applicable Tax Law shall be solely liable for any and all Pre-Distribution Period Taxes (including adjustments to such Pre-Distribution Period Taxes) relating to a particular Tax Return of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) or less (the “$ 25,000,000 Threshold ”), calculated by utilizing the assumptions set forth in the description of HP Full Taxpayer or Enterprise Full Taxpayer, as the case may be. For purpose of calculating the $25,000,000 Threshold, Taxes resulting from the adjustments of any single Tax Item in one or more Pre-Distribution Periods for which payments may be required under this Agreement shall be aggregated.

Section 2.03    Allocation of Pre-Distribution Period Tax . Except as provided in Section 2.04, Pre-Distribution Period Taxes shall be allocated as follows:

(a)    Allocation of Pre-Distribution Period Tax Relating to Mixed Business Tax Returns .

(i) With respect to any Mixed Business Tax Return, HP shall be responsible for any and all Pre-Distribution Period Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any such Tax Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination) which Taxes are predominantly attributable to the HPI Business;

(ii) With respect to any Mixed Business Tax Return, Enterprise shall be responsible for any and all Pre-Distribution Period Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any such Tax Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination) which Taxes are predominantly attributable to the Enterprise Business;

(iii) With respect to any Mixed Business Tax Return, each Company shall be responsible for fifty percent (50%) of any and all Pre-Distribution Period Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any such Tax Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination) which Taxes are not predominantly attributable to either the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business.

 

-12-


(b)    Allocation Pre-Distribution Period Tax Relating to Single Business Tax Returns .

(i) HP shall be responsible for any and all Pre-Distribution Period Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any HP Single Business Tax Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination) for all Tax Periods; and

(ii) Enterprise shall be responsible for any and all Pre-Distribution Period Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any Enterprise Single Business Tax Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination) for all Tax Periods.

(c)    Attribution of Taxes . For purposes of Section 2.03(a), a Tax shall be considered attributable to the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business, as the case may be, to the extent that such Tax would result if such Tax Return were prepared on a separate basis taking into account only the operations and assets of the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business, as the case may be. A Tax shall be considered predominantly attributable to the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business, as the case may be, to the extent that the amount of such Tax attributable to the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business, as the case may be, under this Section 2.03(c) exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the amount of such Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, those Taxes shown on Schedule 2.03(c) shall be considered attributable to the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business to the extent specified therein.

Section 2.04    Certain Transaction and Other Taxes .

(a)    HP Liability . HP shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Enterprise Group from and against any liability for:

(i) Any Tax imposed by any Tax Authority on any transfer occurring pursuant to the Separation Transactions to the extent that such transfer is not intended to qualify as tax-free or tax-deferred (in whole or in part) pursuant to the Separation Plan (a “ Separation Tax ”) on any member of the HP Group (if such member is primarily liable for such Tax under applicable Tax Law);

(ii) Any increase in a Separation Tax for which a member of the HP Group is primarily liable under applicable Tax Law as a result of a Final Determination if such increase does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000), with any such increase calculated by utilizing the assumptions set forth in the description of HP Full Taxpayer;

(iii) Fifty percent (50%) of any increase in a Separation Tax where such increase exceeds five million dollars ($5,000,000), with any such increase calculated by utilizing the assumptions set forth in the description of HP Full Taxpayer or Enterprise Full Taxpayer, as the case may be;

 

-13-


(iv) Any Tax resulting from a breach by HP of any covenant in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Transaction Document; and

(v) Any Tax-Related Losses for which HP is responsible pursuant to Section 7.02 of this Agreement.

(b)    Enterprise Liability . Enterprise shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the HP Group from and against any liability for:

(i) Any Separation Tax imposed by any Tax Authority on any member of the Enterprise Group (if such member is primarily liable under applicable Tax Law for such Tax);

(ii) Any increase in a Separation Tax for which a member of the Enterprise Group is primarily liable under applicable Tax Law as a result of a Final Determination if such increase does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000), with any such increase calculated by utilizing the assumptions set forth in the description of Enterprise Full Taxpayer;

(iii) Fifty percent (50%) of any increase in a Separation Tax where such increase exceeds five million dollars ($5,000,000), with any such increase calculated by utilizing the assumptions set forth in the description of HP Full Taxpayer or Enterprise Full Taxpayer, as the case may be;

(iv) Any Tax resulting from a breach by Enterprise of any covenant in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Transaction Document; and

(v) Any Tax-Related Losses for which Enterprise is responsible pursuant to Section 7.02 of this Agreement.

Section 2.05    Foreign Taxes . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or the Separation and Distribution Agreement to the contrary, neither HP nor Enterprise shall have any liability under this Section 2 for any Pre-Distribution Period Foreign Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, the liability for any Pre-Distribution Period Foreign Taxes shall be allocated between BLP1 and BLP3 or Munich and E Munich, as the case may be, as set forth in the Foreign Separation Agreements.

Section 3. Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns .

Section 3.01    General . Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed when due (including extensions) in accordance with this Section 3. The Companies shall provide, and shall cause their Affiliates to provide, assistance and cooperation to one another in accordance with Section 8 with respect to the preparation and filing of Tax Returns, including providing information required to be provided in Section 8.

 

-14-


Section 3.02    HP’s Responsibility . HP has the exclusive obligation and right to prepare and file, or to cause to be prepared and filed:

(a)     All Mixed Business Tax Returns for which HP or any of its Affiliates is legally responsible to prepare and file under applicable Law; and

(b)     All HP Single Business Tax Returns.

Section 3.03    Enterprise’s Responsibility . Enterprise shall prepare and file, or shall cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to members of the Enterprise Group other than those Tax Returns which HP is required to prepare and file under Section 3.02. The Tax Returns required to be prepared and filed by Enterprise under this Section 3.03 shall include any Enterprise Single Business Tax Return and any Mixed Business Tax Return for which Enterprise or any of its Affiliates is legally responsible to prepare and file under applicable Law.

Section 3.04    Tax Reporting Practices .

(a)    General Rule . With respect to any Tax Return that either Company has the obligation and right to prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, under Section 3.01 or Section 3.02, for any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period (or Post-Distribution Period to the extent items reported on such Tax Return might reasonably be expected to affect items as reported on any Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period), such Tax Return shall be prepared in accordance with past practices, accounting methods, elections or conventions (“ Past Practices ”) used with respect to the Tax Returns in question (unless there is no reasonable basis for the use of such Past Practices), and to the extent any items are not covered by Past Practices (or in the event that there is no reasonable basis for the use of such Past Practices), in accordance with reasonable Tax accounting practices selected by the Company preparing and filing the Tax Return.

(b)    Reporting of Separation Transactions . The Tax treatment reported on any Tax Return of the Separation Transactions shall be consistent with the treatment thereof in the Ruling Requests and the Tax Opinions/Rulings, unless there is no reasonable basis for such Tax treatment. The Tax treatment of the Separation Transactions reported on any Tax Return for which Enterprise is the Responsible Company shall be consistent with that on any Tax Return filed or to be filed by HP or any member of the HP Group or caused or to be caused to be filed by HP, unless there is no reasonable basis for such Tax treatment. In the event that a Company shall determine that there is no reasonable basis for the Tax treatment described in either of the preceding two sentences, such Company shall notify the other Company twenty (20) Business Days prior to filing the relevant Tax Return and the Companies shall attempt in good faith to agree on the manner in which the relevant portion of the Separation Transactions shall be reported.

Section 3.05    Consolidated or Combined Tax Returns . Enterprise will elect and join and will cause its Affiliates to elect and join, in filing any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Returns that HP determines are required to be filed or that HP chooses to file pursuant to Section 3.02 with respect to any Pre-Distribution Period. HP will cause its Affiliates to elect and join, in filing any

 

-15-


consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Returns that Enterprise determines are required to be filed or that Enterprise chooses to file pursuant to Section 3.03 with respect to any Pre-Distribution Period.

Section 3.06    Right to Review Tax Returns .

(a)     Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, in the case of any material Tax Returns, to the extent not previously filed, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Due Date of each such Tax Return (reduced to fifteen (15) days for state or local Tax Returns), the Responsible Company shall make available or cause to be made available drafts of such Tax Return (together with all related work papers) to the other Company. The other Company shall have access to any and all data and information necessary for the preparation of all such Tax Returns and the Companies shall cooperate fully in the preparation and review of such Tax Returns. Subject to the preceding sentence, no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of such Tax Returns (reduced to ten (10) days for state or local Tax Returns), the other Company shall have a right to object to such Tax Return (or items with respect thereto) by written notice to the Responsible Company; such written notice shall contain such disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection. For purposes of this Section 3.06(a), a Tax Return is “material” with respect to a Company who is not the Responsible Company if it could reasonably be expected to reflect, with respect to such Company, (A) Tax liability equal to or in excess of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000), (B) a credit or credits equal to or in excess of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000), or (C) a loss or losses equal to or in excess of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000).

(b)     With respect to a Tax Return submitted by the Responsible Company to the other Company pursuant to Section 3.06(a), if the other Company does not object by proper written notice described in Section 3.06(a), such Tax Return shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and to be final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 3.06(b). If a Company does object by proper written notice described in Section 3.06(a), the Companies shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Companies have not resolved the disputed item or items by the day five (5) days prior to the Due Date of such Tax Return, such Tax Return shall be filed as prepared pursuant to Section 3.06 (revised to reflect all initially disputed items that the Companies have agreed upon prior to such date).

(c)     In the event a Tax Return is filed that includes any disputed item for which proper notice was given pursuant to Section 3.06(a) that was not finally resolved and agreed upon, such disputed item (or items) shall be resolved in accordance with Section 14. In the event that the resolution of such disputed item (or items) in accordance with Section 14 with respect to a Tax Return is inconsistent with such Tax Return as filed, the Responsible Company (with cooperation from the other Company) shall, as promptly as practicable, amend such Tax Return to properly reflect the final resolution of the disputed item (or items). In the event that the amount of Taxes shown to be due and owing on a Tax Return is adjusted as a result of a resolution pursuant to Section 14, proper adjustment shall be made to the amounts previously paid or required to be paid in accordance with Section 4 in a manner that reflects such resolution.

 

-16-


Section 3.07    Refunds, Carrybacks and Amended Returns .

(a)    Refunds .

(i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.07(a), each Party (and its Affiliates) (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall be entitled to Refunds that relate to Taxes for which it (or its Affiliates) is liable for hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding Section 3.07(a)(i), to the extent a claim for a Refund results in a Correlative Detriment to the other Party (or its Affiliates), any such Refund that is received by the Claiming Party (or its Affiliates) shall, and only to the extent thereof, be paid to the other Party (or its Affiliates) that incurs such Correlative Detriment. A “ Correlative Detriment ” is an increase in a Tax of a Party (or its Affiliates) that occurs as a result of the Tax position that is the basis for a claim for Refund by the Claiming Party or for a Final Determination, utilizing the assumptions set forth in the description of HP Full Taxpayer or Enterprise Full Taxpayer, as the case may be.

(iii) Any Refund or portion thereof to which a Claiming Party is entitled pursuant to this Section 3.07(a) that is received or deemed to have been received as described herein by the other Company (or its Affiliates) shall be paid by such other Company to the Claiming Party in immediately available funds in accordance with Section 4. To the extent a Company (or its Affiliates) applies or causes to be applied an overpayment of Taxes as a credit toward or a reduction in Taxes otherwise payable (or a Tax Authority requires such application in lieu of a Refund) and such Refund, if received, would have been payable by such Party to the Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 3.07(a), such Party shall be deemed to have actually received a Refund to the extent thereof on the date on which the overpayment is applied to reduce Taxes otherwise payable.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Company that has claimed (or caused one or more of its Affiliates to claim)] a Refund shall be liable for any Taxes that become due and payable as a result of the subsequent adjustment, if any, to the Refund claim.

(b)    Carrybacks .

(i) Each of the Companies shall be permitted (but not required) to carry back (or to cause its Affiliates to carry back) a Tax Attribute realized in a Post-Distribution Period or a Straddle Period to a Pre-Distribution Period or a Straddle Period only if such carryback cannot reasonably result in the other Company (or its Affiliates) being liable for additional Taxes. If a carryback could reasonably result in the other Company (or its Affiliates) being liable for additional Taxes, such carryback shall be permitted only if such Company consents to such carryback.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Company that has claimed (or caused one or more of its Affiliates to claim) a Tax Attribute carryback shall be liable for any Taxes that result from such carryback claim or become due and payable as a result of the subsequent adjustment, if any, to the carryback claim.

 

-17-


(iii) A Company shall be entitled to any Refund that is attributable to, and would not have arisen but for, a carryback of a Tax Attribute by such Company pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 3.07(b).

(iv) A Company shall be entitled to any Tax Benefit of twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) or more actually realized by the other Company or its Affiliates as a result of any carryback of a Tax Attribute by such first Company.

(c)    Amended Tax Returns

(i) Notwithstanding Section 3.01, a Company (or its Affiliates) that is entitled to file an amended Tax Return for a Pre-Distribution Period or a Straddle Period shall be permitted to prepare and file such amended Tax Return at its own cost and expense; provided , however , that such amended Tax Return shall be prepared in a manner (i) consistent with the past practice of the Companies (and their Affiliates) unless otherwise modified by a Final Determination or required by applicable Tax Law; and (ii) consistent with (and the Companies and their Affiliates shall not take any position inconsistent with) the Tax Opinions/Rulings. Notwithstanding anything to contrary contained herein, if such amended Tax Return could reasonably result in the other Company becoming responsible for a payment of Taxes pursuant to Section 4, then such amended Tax Return shall be permitted only if the consent of such other Company is obtained. The consent of such other Company shall be deemed to be obtained in the event that a Company (or its Affiliate) is required by Law to file an amended Tax Return as a result of an adjustment.

(ii) A Company (or its Affiliate) that is entitled to file an amended Tax Return for a Post-Distribution Period shall be permitted to do so without the consent of the other Company.

(iii) A Company that is permitted (or whose Affiliate is permitted) to file an amended Tax Return shall not be relieved of any liability for payments pursuant to this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements notwithstanding that the Company consented to the filing of such amended Tax Return giving rise to such liability.

Section 3.08    Apportionment of Tax Attributes . Except as provided in Schedule 3.08, each Company shall make its own determination as to the existence and the amount of the Tax Attributes to which it or its Affiliates are entitled after the Effective Time; provided , however , that such determination shall be made in a manner that is (a) reasonably consistent with the past practices of the Companies; (b) in accordance with the rules prescribed by applicable Law, including the Code and the Treasury Regulations; (c) consistent with the Tax Opinions/Rulings; and (d)

 

-18-


reasonably determined by the Company to minimize the aggregate cash Tax liability of the Companies for all Pre-Distribution Periods and the portion of all Straddle Periods ending on the Distribution Date. Each Company agrees to provide the other Company with all of the information supporting the Tax Attribute determinations made by that Company pursuant to this Section 3.08. The Companies agree to utilize the methodology set forth in Schedule 3.08 for purposes of determining the existence and amount of the Tax Attributes described therein.

Section 4.    Tax Payments .

Section 4.01    Payment of Taxes with Respect to Certain Mixed Business Tax Returns.

(a)      Computation and Payment of Tax Due . At least three (3) Business Days prior to any Payment Date for any such Tax Return, the Responsible Company shall compute the amount of Tax required to be paid to the applicable Tax Authority (taking into account the requirements of Section 3.04 relating to consistent reporting practices, as applicable) with respect to such Tax Return on such Payment Date. The Responsible Company shall pay such amount to such Tax Authority on or before such Payment Date. The Responsible Company shall provide notice to the other Company setting forth such other Company’s responsibility for the amount of Taxes paid to the Tax Authority and provide proof of payment of such Taxes.

(b)      Computation and Payment of Liability With Respect To Tax Due . Within thirty (30) Business Days following the earlier of (i) the due date (including extensions) for filing any such Tax Return (excluding any Tax Return with respect to payment of estimated Taxes or Taxes due with a request for extension of time to file) or (ii) the date on which such Tax Return is filed, if HP is the Responsible Company, then Enterprise shall pay to HP the amount allocable to the Enterprise Group under the provisions of Section 2, and if Enterprise is the Responsible Company, then HP shall pay to Enterprise the amount allocable to the HP Group under the provisions of Section 2, in each case, plus interest computed at the Prime Rate on the amount of the payment based on the number of days from the earlier of (i) the due date of the Tax Return (including extensions) or (ii) the date on which such Tax Return is filed, to the date of payment. For the avoidance of doubt, however, the thirty (30) Business Day period described herein shall not commence unless and until the Responsible Company notifies the other Company pursuant to Section 4.01(a) hereof, nor shall interest accrue during any time period where such notification has not been received.

(c)      Adjustments Resulting in Underpayments . In the case of any adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination with respect to any such Tax Return, the Responsible Company shall pay to the applicable Tax Authority when due any additional Tax due with respect to such Tax Return required to be paid as a result of such adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination. The Responsible Company shall compute the amount attributable to the Enterprise Group in accordance with Section 2 and Enterprise shall pay to HP any amount due HP (or HP shall pay Enterprise any amount due Enterprise) under Section 2 within thirty (30) Business Days from the later of (i) the date the additional Tax was paid by the Responsible Company or, in an instance where no cash payments is due to a Tax Authority, the date of such Final Determination, or (ii) the date of receipt of a written notice and demand from the Responsible Company for payment of the amount due, accompanied by evidence of payment and a statement detailing the Taxes paid and describing in reasonable detail the particulars relating thereto. Any payments required under

 

-19-


this Section 4.01(c) shall include interest computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date the additional Tax was paid by the Responsible Company (or, in an instance where no cash payments is due to a Tax Authority, the date of such Final Determination) to the date of the payment under this Section 4.01(c).

Section 4.02    Payment of Taxes with Respect to Single Business Tax Returns . Each Company shall pay, or shall cause to be paid, to the applicable Tax Authority when due all Taxes owed by such Company or a member of such Company’s Group with respect to a Single Business Tax Return.

Section 4.03    Indemnification Payments .

(a)     If any Company (the “ Payor ”) is required under applicable Tax Law to pay to a Tax Authority a Tax that another Company (the “ Required Party ”) is liable for under this Agreement, the Payor shall provide notice to the Required Party for the amount due, accompanied by evidence of payment and a statement detailing the Taxes paid and describing in reasonable detail the particulars relating thereto. Such Required Party shall have a period of thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice to respond thereto. Unless the Required Party disputes the amount it is liable for under this Agreement, the Required Party shall reimburse the Payor within forty-five (45) Business Days of delivery by the Payor of the notice described above. To the extent the Required Party does not agree with the amount the Payor claims the Required Party is liable for under this Agreement, the dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 14. Any reimbursement shall include interest on the Tax payment computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date of the payment to the Tax Authority to the date of reimbursement under this Section 4.03.

(b)     Any Tax indemnity payment required to be made by the Required Party pursuant to Section 4 shall be reduced by any corresponding Tax Benefit payment required to be made to the Required Party by the other Company pursuant to Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, a Tax Benefit payment is treated as corresponding to a Tax indemnity payment to the extent the Tax Benefit realized is directly attributable to the same Tax Item (or adjustment of such Tax Item pursuant to a Final Determination) that gave rise to the Tax indemnity payment.

(c)     All indemnification payments under this Agreement shall be made by HP directly to Enterprise and by Enterprise directly to HP; provided, however , that if the Companies mutually agree with respect to any such indemnification payment, any member of the HP Group, on the one hand, may make such indemnification payment to any member of the Enterprise Group, on the other hand, and vice versa. All indemnification payments shall be treated in the manner described in Section 13.

Section 5. Tax Benefits.

Section 5.01    Tax Benefits .

(a)     If a member of the Enterprise Group realizes any Tax Benefit as a result of an adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination to any Taxes for which a member of the HP Group is liable hereunder or under the Foreign Separation Agreements and such Tax Benefit would not have arisen but for such adjustment (determined on a “with and without” basis, assuming the HP Group or Enterprise Group, as the case may be, is an HP Full Taxpayer or an Enterprise Full

 

-20-


Taxpayer, respectively), or if a member of the HP Group realizes any Tax Benefit as a result of an adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination to any Taxes for which a member of the Enterprise Group is liable hereunder or under the Foreign Separation Agreements and such Tax Benefit would not have arisen but for such adjustment (determined on a “with and without” basis, assuming the HP Group or Enterprise Group, as the case may be, is an HP Full Taxpayer or an Enterprise Full Taxpayer, respectively), Enterprise or HP, as the case may be, shall make a payment to the other company within one hundred and twenty (120) Business Days following such realization of the Tax Benefit, in an amount equal to such Tax Benefit, plus interest on such amount computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date of such actual realization of the Tax Benefit to the date of payment of such amount under this Section 5.01(a). For purposes of Section 5.01, a Company shall be deemed to realize a Tax Benefit relating to—

(i) any previously taxed earnings and profits, as described in Section 959 of the Code (“ PTE ”), at the time of such adjustment in an amount such that the payment made by the Company realizing the Tax Benefit pursuant to this Section 5.01(a) with respect to such PTE shall cause (i) the Net PTE Tax Payments of HP less the Remaining PTE Value held by HP to equal (ii) the Net PTE Tax Payments of Enterprise less the Remaining PTE Value held by Enterprise, as shown in Exhibit [] (and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, be deemed to realize any further Tax Benefits with respect to such PTE at any later time);

(ii) any receivable arising pursuant to Section 4.01 of Revenue Procedure 99-32 at the time such receivable is created, in an amount such that the payment made by the Company realizing the Tax Benefit pursuant to this Section 5.01(a) with respect to such receivable shall cause (i) the Net Receivable Tax Payments of HP less the Remaining Receivable Value held by HP to equal (ii) the Net Receivable Tax Payments of Enterprise less the Remaining Receivable Value held by Enterprise (and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, be deemed to realize any further Tax Benefits with respect to such receivable at any later time); and

(iii) any foreign tax credits, as described in Section 902 of the Code, at the time such Company would be eligible to claim a credit under Section 902 of the Code (disregarding any limitations for these purposes) with respect to a pool of earnings and profits including any such foreign tax credits, and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, be deemed to realize any further Tax Benefits with respect to such foreign tax credits at any later time; provided , however , no Tax Benefit shall be realized (i) to the extent that the statutory tax rate of the legal entity paying such foreign tax (as adjusted to account for any lower rate granted pursuant to a Tax incentive, Tax ruling, Tax holiday or similar arrangement) for the year of such foreign tax is less than fifteen (15) percent, or (ii) to the extent that the Final Determination resulting in such foreign tax credits also produces increased earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(b)     No later than one hundred and twenty (120) Business Days after a Tax Benefit described in Section 5.01(a) is realized by a member of the HP Group or a member of the Enterprise Group, HP (if a member of the HP Group realizes such Tax Benefit) or Enterprise (if

 

-21-


a member of the Enterprise Group realizes such Tax Benefit) shall provide the other Company with notice of the amount payable to such other Company by HP or Enterprise pursuant to this Section 5. In the event that HP or Enterprise disagrees with any such calculation described in this Section 5.01(b), HP or Enterprise shall so notify the other Company in writing within thirty (30) Business Days of receiving the written calculation set forth above in this Section 5.01(b). HP and Enterprise shall endeavor in good faith to resolve such disagreement, and, failing that, the amount payable under this Section 5 shall be determined in accordance with the disagreement resolution provisions of Section 14 as promptly as practicable.

(c)     For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5 shall apply to any adjustment under Section 482 of the Code or any similar provisions by any Tax Authority increasing the amount of payments received or deemed received by (1) any member of the HP Group from any member of the Enterprise Group or (2) any member of the Enterprise Group from any member of the HP Group.

Section 6. Employee Benefits Matters

Section 6.01    HP and Enterprise Income Tax Deductions in Respect of Certain Equity Awards and Incentive Compensation . Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, solely the member of the Group for which the relevant individual is currently employed or, if such individual is not currently employed by a member of the Group, was most recently employed at the time of the vesting, exercise, disqualifying disposition, payment or other relevant taxable event, as appropriate, in respect of the equity awards and other incentive compensation described in Articles 3 and 5 of the Employee Matters Agreement shall be entitled to claim any Income Tax deduction in respect of such equity awards and other incentive compensation on its respective Tax Return associated with such event.

Section 6.02    Withholding and Reporting . The Company (or its Affiliate) that claims the deduction described in Section 6.01 shall be responsible for all applicable Taxes (including withholding and excise taxes) and shall satisfy, or shall cause to be satisfied, all applicable Tax reporting obligations in respect of the equity awards and other incentive compensation that gives rise to the deduction. The Companies shall cooperate (and shall cause their Affiliates to cooperate) so as to permit the Company (or Affiliate thereof) claiming such deduction described in Section 6.01 to discharge any applicable Tax withholding and Tax reporting obligations, including the appointment of a Company (or its Affiliate) claiming the deduction as the withholding and reporting agent if that Company (or any of its Affiliates) is not otherwise required or permitted to withhold or report under applicable Law.

Section 6.03    Allocation of Employment Taxes . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement, including Section 2 hereof, shall not apply with respect to Employment Taxes. Employment Taxes shall be allocated as provided in the Employee Matters Agreement.

Section 6.04    Pension Deductions . In the event that any member of the Enterprise Group may realize a Tax Benefit arising a result of a Pension Contribution made by a member of the HP Group following the Distribution, Enterprise shall make a payment to HP within one hundred and twenty (120) Business Days following the realization of such Tax Benefit, in an amount equal to such Tax Benefit, plus interest on such amount computed at the Prime Rate based on the number

 

-22-


of days form the date of such actual realization of the Tax Benefit to the date of payment of such amount under this Section 6.04. In the event that any member of the HP Group may realize a Tax Benefit arising a result of a Pension Contribution made by a member of the Enterprise Group following the Distribution, HP shall make a payment to Enterprise within one hundred and twenty (120) Business Days following the realization of such Tax Benefit, in an amount equal to such Tax Benefit, plus interest on such amount computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days form the date of such actual realization of the Tax Benefit to the date of payment of such amount under this Section 6.04.

Section 7. Tax-Free Status .

Section 7.01    Restrictions on HP and Enterprise . During the Restricted Period, neither HP nor Enterprise shall:

(a)     enter into any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, approve any Proposed Acquisition Transaction for any purpose, or allow any Proposed Acquisition Transaction to occur with respect to HP or Enterprise;

(b)     merge or consolidate with any other Person or liquidate or partially liquidate; or approve or allow any merger, consolidation, liquidation, or partial liquidation of any of the Active Business Entities;

(c)     approve or allow the discontinuance, cessation, or sale or other transfer (to an Affiliate or otherwise) of, or a material change in, any Active Business;

(d)     approve or allow the sale, issuance, or other disposition (to an Affiliate or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of any share of, or other equity interest or an instrument convertible into an equity interest in, any of the Active Business Entities;

(e)     sell or otherwise dispose of more than 35 percent of its consolidated gross or net assets, or approve or allow the sale or other disposition (to an Affiliate or otherwise) of more than 35 percent of its consolidated gross or net assets of HP, Enterprise or more than 35 percent of the consolidated gross or net assets of any of the Active Business Entities (in each case, excluding sales in the ordinary course of business and measured based on fair market values as of the Distribution Date);

(f)     amend its certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), or take any other action or approve or allow the taking of any action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the voting rights of HP or Enterprise stock;

(g)     issue shares of a new class of nonvoting stock or approve or allow HP or Enterprise to issue shares of a new class of nonvoting stock;

(h)     purchase, directly or through any Affiliate, any of its outstanding stock after the Distribution, other than through stock purchases meeting the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30 (without regard to the effect of Revenue Procedure 2003-48 on Revenue Procedure 96-30);

 

-23-


(i)     take any action or fail to take any action, or permit any member of the HP Group or any member of the Enterprise Group to take any action or fail to take any action, that is inconsistent with any representation or covenant made in the Tax Opinions/Rulings or the Ruling Request; or

(j)     take any action or permit any other member of the HP Group or member of the Enterprise Group to take any action (including any transactions with a third-party or any transaction with any Company) that, individually or in the aggregate (taking into account other transactions described in this Section 7.01) would be reasonably likely to adversely affect (A) the Tax-Free Status of the Contribution and Distribution, or (B) the qualification of any Separation Transaction under U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax Law as wholly or partially tax-free or tax-deferred (including, but not limited to, those transactions described in any of the Tax Opinions/Rulings received with respect to such Separation Transaction);

provided , however , that HP and Enterprise shall be permitted to take such action or one or more actions set forth in the foregoing clauses (a) through (j) if, prior to taking any such actions, the Party taking the action (the “ Acting Party ”) shall (1) have received a favorable private letter ruling from the IRS, or a ruling from another Tax Authority that confirms that such action or actions will not result in Distribution Taxes, taking into account such actions and any other relevant transactions in the aggregate (a “ Post-Distribution Ruling ”), in form and substance satisfactory to the other Party (the “ Non-Acting Party ”) in its discretion, which discretion shall be reasonably exercised in good faith solely to prevent the imposition on the Non-Acting Party, or responsibility for payment by the Non-Acting Party, of Distribution Taxes (which discretion shall include consideration of the reasonableness of any representations made in connection with such Post-Distribution Ruling) or (2) have received an Unqualified Tax Opinion that confirms that such action or actions will not result in Distribution Taxes, taking into account such actions and any other relevant transactions in the aggregate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Non-Acting Party (including any representations or assumptions that may be included in such Unqualified Tax Opinion), acting reasonably and in good faith solely to prevent the imposition on the Non-Acting Party, or responsibility for payment by the Non-Acting Party, of Distribution Taxes. The Acting Party shall provide a copy of the Post-Distribution Ruling or the Unqualified Tax Opinion described in this paragraph to the Non-Acting Party as soon as practicable prior to taking or failing to take any action set forth in the foregoing clause (a) through (j). The Non-Acting Party’s evaluation of a Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions, representations, and covenants made in connection with such Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion. The Acting Party shall bear all costs and expenses of securing any such Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion and shall reimburse the Non-Acting Party for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses that the Non-Acting Party may incur in good faith in seeking to obtain or evaluate any such Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion.

 

-24-


Section 7.02    Liability for Distribution Tax-Related Losses . In the event that Distribution Taxes become due and payable to a Tax Authority pursuant to a Final Determination, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

(a)     if such Distribution Taxes are attributable to a Tainting Act, as defined in Section 7.03, of any member of the HP Group (an “ HP Tainting Act ”), then HP shall be responsible for any Distribution Tax-Related Losses;

(b)     if such Distribution Taxes are attributable to a Tainting Act, as defined in Section 7.03, of any member of the Enterprise Group (an “ Enterprise Tainting Act ”), then Enterprise shall be responsible for any Distribution Tax-Related Losses;

(c)     if such Distribution Taxes are attributable to both a HP Tainting Act and an Enterprise Tainting Act, then responsibility for such Distribution Tax-Related Losses shall be shared by HP and Enterprise according to relative fault (provided, however, that in the event that Distribution Tax-Related Losses may result both from an action of or with respect to one Company described in Section 7.03(b) and an action of with respect to the other Company not described in Section 7.03(b), the Company undertaking the action described in Section 7.03(b) or with respect to whom such action is undertaken shall bear sole responsibility); and

(d)     if such Distribution Taxes are not attributable to a HP Tainting Act or an Enterprise Tainting Act, then responsibility for such Distribution Tax-Related Losses shall be shared fifty percent (50%) by HP and fifty percent (50%) by Enterprise.

Section 7.03    Definition of Tainting Act . For purposes of this Agreement, a Tainting Act is:

(a)     any act, or failure or omission to act, by any Company (or any of its Affiliates) following the Distribution that results in any Company (or any of its Affiliates) being responsible for such Distribution Taxes pursuant to a Final Determination, regardless of whether such act or failure to act (i) is covered by a Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion, or (ii) occurs during or after the Restricted Period; or

(b)     the direct or indirect acquisition of all or a portion of the stock of any Company (or any transaction or series of related transactions that is deemed to be such an acquisition for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) by any means whatsoever by any Person, including pursuant to an issuance of stock by any Company.

Section 8. Cooperation and Reliance.

Section 8.01    Assistance and Cooperation.

(a)     The Companies shall cooperate (and cause their respective Affiliates to cooperate) with each other and with each other’s agents, including accounting firms and legal counsel, in connection with Tax matters relating to the Companies and their Affiliates including (i) preparation and filing of Tax Returns, (ii) determining the liability for and amount of any Taxes due (including estimated Taxes) or the right to and amount of any refund of Taxes, (iii)

 

-25-


examinations of Tax Returns, and (iv) any administrative or judicial proceeding in respect of Taxes assessed or proposed to be assessed. Such cooperation shall include making all information and documents in their possession relating to the other Company and its Affiliates available to such other Company as provided in Section 9. Each of the Companies shall also make available to the other, as reasonably requested and available, personnel (including officers, directors, employees and agents of the Companies or their respective Affiliates) responsible for preparing, maintaining, and interpreting information and documents relevant to Taxes, and personnel reasonably required as witnesses or for purposes of providing information or documents in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes. In the event that a member of the HP Group, on the one hand, or a member of the Enterprise Group, on the other hand, suffers a Tax detriment as a result of a Transfer Pricing Adjustment, the Companies shall cooperate pursuant to this Section 8 to seek any competent authority relief that may be available with respect to such Transfer Pricing Adjustment.

(b)     Any information or documents provided under this Section 8 shall be kept confidential by the Company receiving the information or documents, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other agreement, (i) neither Company nor any Affiliate shall be required to provide the other Company or any Affiliate or any other Person access to or copies of any information or procedures (including the proceedings of any Tax Contest) other than information or procedures that relate solely to the first Company, the business or assets of the first Company or any of its Affiliates and (ii) in no event shall any Company or its Affiliates be required to provide the other Company, any of the other Company’s Affiliates or any other Person access to or copies of any information if such action could reasonably be expected to result in the waiver of any Privilege. In addition, in the event that a Company determines that the provision of any information to the other Company or an Affiliate of the other Company could be commercially detrimental, violate any Law or agreement or waive any Privilege, the parties shall use reasonable best efforts to permit compliance with its obligations under this Section 8 in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence.

Section 8.02    Income Tax Return Information . Enterprise and HP acknowledge that time is of the essence in relation to any request for information, assistance or cooperation made by HP or Enterprise pursuant to Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02. Enterprise and HP acknowledge that failure to conform to the deadlines set forth herein or reasonable deadlines otherwise set by HP or Enterprise could cause irreparable harm. Each Company shall provide to the other Company information and documents relating to its Group required by the other Company to prepare Tax Returns. Any information or documents the Responsible Company requires to prepare such Tax Returns shall be provided in such form as the Responsible Company reasonably requests and in sufficient time for the Responsible Company to file such Tax Returns on a timely basis.

Section 8.03    Reliance by HP . If any member of the Enterprise Group supplies information to a member of the HP Group in connection with a Tax liability and an officer of a member of the HP Group signs a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then upon the written request of such member of the HP Group identifying the information being so relied upon, the chief financial officer of Enterprise (or any officer of Enterprise as designated by the chief financial officer of Enterprise) shall certify in writing that to his or her knowledge (based upon consultation with appropriate employees) the information so supplied is accurate and complete.

 

-26-


Section 8.04    Reliance by Enterprise . If any member of the HP Group supplies information to a member of the Enterprise Group in connection with a Tax liability and an officer of a member of the Enterprise Group signs a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then upon the written request of such member of the Enterprise Group identifying the information being so relied upon, the chief financial officer of HP (or any officer of HP as designated by the chief financial officer of HP) shall certify in writing that to his or her knowledge (based upon consultation with appropriate employees) the information so supplied is accurate and complete.

Section 8.05    Nonperformance . If a Company (or any of its Affiliates) fails to comply with any of its obligations set forth in this Section 8 upon reasonable request and notice by the other Company (or any of its Affiliates) and such failure results in the imposition of additional Taxes, the nonperforming party shall be liable in full for such additional Taxes.

Section 8.06    Costs . Each Company shall devote the personnel and resources necessary in order to carry out this Section 8 and shall make its employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide explanations of any documents or information provided hereunder. Each Company shall carry out its responsibilities under this Section 8 charging to the other only the out-of-pocket costs actually incurred or as otherwise provided in the TSA.

Section 9. Tax Records .

Section 9.01    Retention of Tax Records . Each Company shall preserve and keep all Tax Records exclusively relating to the assets and activities of its Group for Pre-Distribution Periods, and HP shall preserve and keep all other Tax Records relating to Taxes of the Groups for Pre-Distribution Periods, for so long as the contents thereof may become material in the administration of any matter under the Code or other applicable Tax Law, but in any event until the later of (i) the expiration of any applicable statutes of limitations, or (ii) seven years after the Distribution Date (such later date, the “ Retention Date ”). After the Retention Date, each Company may dispose of such Tax Records upon 90 Business Days’ prior written notice to the other Company. If, prior to the Retention Date, (a) a Company reasonably determines that any Tax Records which it would otherwise be required to preserve and keep under this Section 9 are no longer material in the administration of any matter under the Code or other applicable Tax Law and the other Company agrees, then such first Company may dispose of such Tax Records upon 90 Business Days’ prior notice to the other Company. Any notice of an intent to dispose given pursuant to this Section 9.01 shall include a list of the Tax Records to be disposed of describing in reasonable detail each file, book, or other record accumulation being disposed. The notified Company shall have the opportunity, at its cost and expense, to copy or remove, within such 90-day period, all or any part of such Tax Records. If, at any time prior to the Retention Date, a Company determines to decommission or otherwise discontinue any computer program or information technology system used to access or store any Tax Records, then such Company may decommission or discontinue such program or system upon 90 Business Days’ prior notice to the other Company and the other Company shall have the opportunity, at its cost and expense, to copy, within such 90-day period, all or any part of the underlying data relating to the Tax Records accessed by or stored on such program or system.

 

-27-


Section 9.02    Access to Tax Records . The Companies and their respective Affiliates shall make available to each other for inspection and copying during normal business hours upon reasonable notice all Tax Records (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any pertinent underlying data accessed or stored on any computer program or information technology system) in their possession and shall permit the other Company and its Affiliates, authorized agents and representatives and any representative of a Tax Authority or other Tax auditor direct access during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to any computer program or information technology system used to access or store any Tax Records, in each case to the extent reasonably required by the other Company in connection with the preparation of Tax Returns or financial accounting statements, audits, litigation, or the resolution of items under this Agreement (or Tax items under the Foreign Separation Agreements).

Section 10. Tax Contests .

Section 10.01    Notice . Each of the Companies shall provide prompt notice to the other Company of any written communication from a Tax Authority regarding any pending or threatened Tax audit, assessment or proceeding or other Tax Contest of which it becomes aware related to Taxes for which it is indemnified by the other Company hereunder or under the Foreign Separation Agreements. Such notice shall attach copies of the pertinent portion of any written communication from a Tax Authority and contain factual information (to the extent known) describing any asserted Tax liability in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by copies of any notice and other documents received from any Tax Authority in respect of any such matters. If an indemnified party has knowledge of an asserted Tax liability with respect to a matter for which it is entitled to indemnification hereunder or under the Foreign Separation Agreements and such party fails to give the indemnifying party prompt notice of such asserted Tax liability and the indemnifying party is entitled under this Agreement to contest the asserted Tax liability, then (i) if the indemnifying party is precluded from contesting the asserted Tax liability in any forum as a result of the failure to give prompt notice, the indemnifying party shall have no obligation to indemnify the indemnified party for such Tax liability or any other Taxes arising from such failure, and (ii) if the indemnifying party is not precluded from contesting the asserted Tax liability in any forum, but such failure to give prompt notice results in a material monetary detriment to the indemnifying party, then any amount which the indemnifying party is otherwise required to pay the indemnified party pursuant to this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements shall be reduced by the amount of such detriment.

Section 10.02 Control of Tax Contests .

(a)    Controlling Party . In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Tax Return, the Company that would be primarily liable under applicable Law to pay the applicable Tax Authority the Taxes resulting from such Tax Contest shall administer and control such Tax Contest.

(b)    Settlement Rights . The Controlling Party must obtain the prior consent of the Non-Controlling Party prior to contesting, litigating, compromising or settling any Tax Contest related to an adjustment which the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be

 

-28-


expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment under Section 4 (or any payment under Section 5). Unless waived by the parties in writing, in connection with any potential adjustment in a Tax Contest as a result of which adjustment the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment under Section 4 (or any payment under Section 5 ) to the Controlling Party under this Agreement or under the Foreign Separation Agreements: (i) the Controlling Party shall keep the Non-Controlling Party informed in a timely manner of all actions taken or proposed to be taken by the Controlling Party with respect to such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest; (ii) the Controlling Party shall provide the Non-Controlling Party copies of any written materials relating to such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest received from any Tax Authority; (iii) the Controlling Party shall timely provide the Non-Controlling Party with copies of any correspondence or filings submitted to any Tax Authority or judicial authority in connection with such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest; (iv) the Controlling Party shall consult with the Non-Controlling Party (including, without limitation, regarding the use of outside advisors to assist with the Tax Contest) and offer the Non-Controlling Party a reasonable opportunity to comment before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such potential adjustment in such Tax Contest; and (v) the Controlling Party shall defend such Tax Contest diligently and in good faith. The failure of the Controlling Party to take any action specified in the preceding sentence with respect to the Non-Controlling Party shall not relieve the Non-Controlling Party of any liability and/or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party under this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements except to the extent that the Non-Controlling Party was actually harmed by such failure, and in no event shall such failure relieve the Non-Controlling Party from any other liability or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party. In the case of any Tax Contest described in Section 10.02(a) or (b), “ Controlling Party ” means the Company entitled to control the Tax Contest under such Section and “ Non-Controlling Party ” means the other Company.

(c)    Tax Contest Participation . Unless waived by the parties in writing, the Controlling Party shall provide the Non- Controlling Party with written notice reasonably in advance of, and the Non-Controlling Party shall have the right to attend, any formally scheduled meetings with Tax Authorities or hearings or proceedings before any judicial authorities in connection with any potential adjustment in a Tax Contest pursuant to which the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment (or any payment under Section 5 ) to the Controlling Party under this Agreement or under the Foreign Separation Agreements. The failure of the Controlling Party to provide any notice specified in this Section 10.02(c) to the Non- Controlling Party shall not relieve the Non-Controlling Party of any liability and/or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party under this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements except to the extent that the Non-Controlling Party was actually harmed by such failure, and in no event shall such failure relieve the Non-Controlling Party from any other liability or obligation which it may have to the Controlling Party.

(d)    Power of Attorney . Each member of the Enterprise Group shall execute and deliver to HP (or such member of the HP Group as HP shall designate) any power of attorney or other similar document reasonably requested by HP (or such designee) in connection with any Tax Contest (as to which HP is the Controlling Party) described in this Section 10 . Each member

 

-29-


of the HP Group shall execute and deliver to Enterprise (or such member of the Enterprise Group as Enterprise shall designate) any power of attorney or other similar document requested by Enterprise (or such designee) in connection with any Tax Contest (as to which Enterprise is the Controlling Party) described in this Section 10 .

(e)    Costs . All external out-of-pocket costs and expenses that are incurred by the Controlling Party with respect to a Tax Contest related to an adjustment which the Non-Controlling Party may reasonably be expected to become liable to make any indemnification payment under Section 4 (or any payment under Section 5) shall be shared by the Companies according to each Company’s relative share of the potential Tax liability with respect to the Tax Contest as determined under this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements; provided , however, that a Non-Controlling Party shall not be liable for fees payable to outside advisors to the extent that the Controlling Party failed to consult with the Non-Controlling Party pursuant to Section 10.02(b) hereof. If the Controlling Party incurs out-of-pocket costs and expenses to be shared under this Section 10.02(e) during a fiscal quarter, such Controlling Party shall provide notice to the Non-Controlling Party within thirty (30) days after the end of such fiscal quarter for the amount due from such Non-Controlling Party pursuant to this Section 10.02(e), describing in reasonable detail the particulars relating thereto. Such Non-Controlling Party shall have a period of thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice to respond thereto. Unless the Non-Controlling Party disputes the amount it is liable for under this Section 10.02(e), the Non-Controlling Party shall reimburse the Controlling Party within forty-five (45) Business Days of delivery by the Controlling Party of the notice described above. To the extent the Non-Controlling Party does not agree with the amount the Controlling Party claims the Non-Controlling Party is liable for under this Section 10.02(e), the dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 14. Any reimbursement shall include interest computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the end of the relevant fiscal quarter to the date of reimbursement under this Section 10.02(e). During the first month of each fiscal quarter in which it expects to incur costs for which reimbursement may be sought under this Section 10.02(e), the Controlling Party will provide the Non-Controlling Party with a good faith estimate of such costs.

Section 11.    Effective Date; Termination of Prior Intercompany Tax Allocation Agreements . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof. As of the date hereof, (i) all prior intercompany Tax allocation agreements or arrangements shall be terminated, and (ii) amounts due under such agreements as of the date hereof shall be settled as of the date hereof. Upon such termination and settlement, no further payments by or to HP or by or to Enterprise, with respect to such agreements shall be made, and all other rights and obligations resulting from such agreements between the Companies and their Affiliates shall cease at such time. Any payments pursuant to such agreements shall be disregarded for purposes of computing amounts due under this Agreement; provided that to the extent appropriate, as determined by HP, payments made pursuant to such agreements shall be credited to Enterprise or HP, respectively, in computing their respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement, in the event that such payments relate to a Tax liability that is the subject matter of this Agreement for a Tax Period that is the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 12.    Survival of Obligations . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement shall be unconditional and absolute and shall remain in effect without limitation as to time.

 

-30-


Section 13. Treatment of Payments; Tax Gross Up .

Section 13.01    Treatment of Tax Indemnity and Tax Benefit Payments . In the absence of any change in Tax treatment under the Code or other applicable Tax Law,

(a)     any Tax indemnity payments made by a Company under Section 4 shall be reported for Tax purposes by the payor and the recipient as distributions or capital contributions, as appropriate, occurring immediately before the Distribution (but only to the extent the payment does not relate to a Tax allocated to the payor in accordance with Section 1552 of the Code or the regulations thereunder or Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-33(d) (or under corresponding principles of other applicable Tax Laws)) or as payments of an assumed or retained liability, and

(b)     any Tax Benefit payments made by a Company under Section 5, shall be reported for Tax purposes by the payor and the recipient as distributions or capital contributions, as appropriate, occurring immediately before the Distribution (but only to the extent the payment does not relate to a Tax allocated to the payor in accordance with Section 1552 of the Code or the regulations thereunder or Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-33(d) (or under corresponding principles of other applicable Tax Laws)) or as payments of an assumed or retained liability.

Section 13.02    Tax Gross Up . If notwithstanding the manner in which Tax indemnity payments and Tax Benefit payments were reported, there is an adjustment to the Tax liability of a Company as a result of its receipt of a payment pursuant to this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements (disregarding for these purposes any such adjustment which arises solely as a result of a failure of the recipient Company to distribute such payment in the manner described in Section 361(b)(1)(A)) such payment shall be appropriately adjusted so that the amount of such payment, reduced by fifty percent (50%) of the amount of all Income Taxes payable with respect to the receipt thereof (but taking into account all correlative Tax Benefits resulting from the payment of such Income Taxes), shall equal the amount of the payment which the Company receiving such payment would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that to the extent such Tax indemnity payment is made as a result of a Company’s breach of any covenant in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Transaction Document or as a result of a Distribution Tax-Related Loss for which a Company is solely responsible under Section 7, such payment shall be appropriately adjusted so that the amount of such payment, reduced by the amount of all Income Taxes payable with respect to the receipt thereof (but taking into account all correlative Tax Benefits resulting from the payment of such Income Taxes), shall equal the amount of the payment which the Company receiving such payment would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 13.03    Interest Under This Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent one Company (“ Indemnitor ”) makes a payment of interest to another Company (“ Indemnitee ”) under this Agreement with respect to the period from the date that the Indemnitee made a payment of Tax to a Tax Authority to the date that the Indemnitor reimbursed the Indemnitee for such Tax payment, the interest payment shall be treated as interest expense to the Indemnitor (deductible to the extent provided by law) and as interest income by the Indemnitee (includible in income to the extent provided by law). The amount of the payment shall not be adjusted to take into account any associated Tax Benefit to the Indemnitor or increase in Tax to the Indemnitee.

 

-31-


Section 14.    Disagreements .

Section 14.01    Discussion . The Companies mutually desire that friendly collaboration will continue between them. Accordingly, they will try, and they will cause their respective Group members to try, to resolve in an amicable manner all disagreements and misunderstandings connected with their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement or the Foreign Separation Agreements, including any amendments hereto. In furtherance thereof, in the event of any dispute or disagreement (a “ Dispute ”) between any member of the HP Group and any member of the Enterprise Group as to the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement or the performance of obligations hereunder or under the Foreign Separation Agreements (to the extent related to Taxes), the Tax departments of the Companies shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the Dispute.

Section 14.02    Escalation . If such good faith negotiations do not resolve the Dispute, then the matter, upon written request of either Company, will be referred for resolution to representatives of the parties at a senior level of management of the parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Article VIII of the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Section 14.03    Referral to Tax Advisor for Computational Disputes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 14, with respect to any Dispute involving computational matters, if the Companies are not able to resolve the Dispute through the discussion process set forth in Section 14.01, then the Companies shall not refer the dispute to the escalation process set forth in Section 14.02, but rather the Dispute will be referred to a Tax Advisor acceptable to each of the Companies to act as an arbitrator in order to resolve the Dispute. In the event that the Companies are unable to agree upon a Tax Advisor within fifteen (15) Business Days following the completion of the discussion process, the Companies shall each separately retain an independent, nationally recognized law or accounting firm (each, a “ Preliminary Tax Advisor ”), which Preliminary Tax Advisors shall jointly select a Tax Advisor on behalf of the Companies to act as an arbitrator in order to resolve the Dispute. The Tax Advisor may, in its discretion, obtain the services of any third-party appraiser, accounting firm or consultant that the Tax Advisor deems necessary to assist it in resolving such disagreement. The Tax Advisor shall furnish written notice to the Companies of its resolution of any such Dispute as soon as practical, but in any event no later than thirty (30) Business Days after its acceptance of the matter for resolution. Any such resolution by the Tax Advisor will be conclusive and binding on the Companies. Following receipt of the Tax Advisor’s written notice to the Companies of its resolution of the Dispute, the Companies shall each take or cause to be taken any action necessary to implement such resolution of the Tax Advisor. Each Company shall pay its own fees and expenses (including the fees and expenses of its representatives) incurred in connection with the referral of the matter to the Tax Advisor (and the Preliminary Tax Advisors, if any). All fees and expenses of the Tax Advisor (and the Preliminary Tax Advisors, if any) in connection with such referral shall be shared equally by the Companies.

Section 14.04    Injunctive Relief . Nothing in this Section 14 will prevent either Company from seeking injunctive relief if any delay resulting from the efforts to resolve the Dispute

 

-32-


through the process set forth above could result in serious and irreparable injury to either Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, HP and Enterprise are the only members of their respective Group entitled to commence a dispute resolution procedure under this Agreement, and each of HP and Enterprise will cause its respective Group members not to commence any dispute resolution procedure other than through such party as provided in this Section 14.

Section 15.    Late Payments . Any amount owed by one party to another party under this Agreement which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the Prime Rate plus two percent, compounded semiannually, from the due date of the payment to the date paid. To the extent interest required to be paid under this Section 15 duplicates interest required to be paid under any other provision of this Agreement, interest shall be computed at the higher of the interest rate provided under this Section 15 or the interest rate provided under such other provision.

Section 16.    Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party and its Affiliates shall bear their own expenses incurred in connection with preparation of Tax Returns, Tax Contests, and other matters related to Taxes under the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 17.    General Provisions .

Section 17.01    Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 17.01):

 

If to HP :   with a copy to:

HPI Inc.

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

Attention: [Vice President, Taxes]

Facsimile: [    ]

 

HPI Inc.

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

Attention: Tax Counsel

Facsimile: [    ]

If to Enterprise :   with a copy to:

Hewlett-Packard Enterprise Company

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

Attention: [Vice President, Taxes]

Facsimile: [    ]

 

Hewlett-Packard Enterprise Company

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

Attention: Tax Counsel

Facsimile: [    ]

A party may change the address for receiving notices under this Agreement by providing written notice of the change of address to the other parties.

 

-33-


Section 17.02    Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

Section 17.03    Waiver . The parties may waive a provision of this Agreement only by a writing signed by the party intended to be bound by the waiver. A party is not prevented from enforcing any right, remedy or condition in the party’s favor because of any failure or delay in exercising any right or remedy or in requiring satisfaction of any condition, except to the extent that the party specifically waives the same in writing. A written waiver given for one matter or occasion is effective only in that instance and only for the purpose stated. A waiver once given is not to be construed as a waiver for any other matter or occasion. Any enumeration of a party’s rights and remedies in this Agreement is not intended to be exclusive, and a party’s rights and remedies are intended to be cumulative to the extent permitted by law and include any rights and remedies authorized in law or in equity.

Section 17.04    Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or thereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

Section 17.05    Authority . Each of the parties represents to the other that (a) it has the corporate or other requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, (c) it has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement, and (d) this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equity principles.

Section 17.06    Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement, including the execution and delivery to the other parties and their Affiliates and representatives of such powers of attorney or other authorizing documentation as is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with Tax Contests (or portions thereof) under the control of such other parties in accordance with Section 10.

Section 17.07    Integration . This Agreement, together with each of the exhibits and schedules appended hereto and (where relevant) the Foreign Separation Agreements, constitutes the final agreement between the parties, and is the complete and exclusive statement of the parties’ agreement on the matters contained herein. All prior and contemporaneous negotiations and agreements between the parties with respect to the matters contained herein are superseded by this Agreement, as applicable. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Separation and Distribution Agreement, or any other agreements relating to the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, with respect to matters addressed herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

 

-34-


Section 17.08    Rules of Construction . Interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the following rules of construction: (a) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (b) references to the terms “Section,” “paragraph,” “clause,” “Exhibit” and “Schedule” are references to the Sections, paragraphs, clauses, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (c) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto,” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto; (d) references to “$” shall mean U.S. dollars; (e) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) references to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form; (h) unless the context requires otherwise, references to “party” shall mean HP or Enterprise, as appropriate, and references to “parties” shall mean HP and Enterprise; (i) provisions shall apply, when appropriate, to successive events and transactions; (j) the table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; (k) HP and Enterprise have each participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and if an ambiguity or question of interpretation should arise, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening either party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions in this Agreement or any interim drafts of this Agreement; and (l) a reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

Section 17.09    No Double Recovery . No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to provide an indemnity or other recovery for any costs, damages, or other amounts for which the damaged party has been fully compensated under any other provision of this Agreement or under any other agreement or action at law or equity. Unless expressly required in this Agreement, a party shall not be required to exhaust all remedies available under other agreements or at law or equity before recovering under the remedies provided in this Agreement.

Section 17.10    Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts, and by each party in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 17.11    Governing Law . This Agreement and shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

Section 17.12    Jurisdiction . If any dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement, except as expressly contemplated by another provision of this Agreement, the parties irrevocably (and the parties will cause each other member of their respective Group to irrevocably) (i) agrees that any dispute shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware, (ii) waives any claims of forum non conveniens and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of such courts and (iii) agrees that service of

 

-35-


any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to its respective address set forth in Section 17.01 shall be effective service of process for any litigation brought against it in any such court or for the taking of any other acts as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate any judgment of said courts.

Section 17.13    Amendment . No provision of this Agreement (except as otherwise provided therein) may be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by each of the parties hereto or thereto, as applicable.

Section 17.14    HP or Enterprise Affiliates . If, at any time, HP or Enterprise acquires or creates one or more Affiliates that are includable in the HP Group or Enterprise Group, as the case may be, they shall be subject to this Agreement and all references to the HP Group or Enterprise Group, as the case may be, herein shall thereafter include a reference to such Affiliates.

Section 17.15    Successors . This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor by merger, acquisition of assets, or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto (including but not limited to any successor of HP or Enterprise succeeding to the Tax attributes of either under Section 381 of the Code), to the same extent as if such successor had been an original party to this Agreement.

Section 17.16    Injunctions . The parties acknowledge that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached. The parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court having jurisdiction, such remedy being in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer on the date first set forth above.

 

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

HEWLETT-PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY, a Delaware corporation

By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Tax Matters Agreement]

 

-36-

Exhibit 2.4

FORM OF

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

by and between

HELWETT-PACKARD COMPANY

and

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

Dated as of [ ], 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II GENERAL PRINCIPLES

     9  

ARTICLE III RETIREMENT PLANS

     15  

ARTICLE IV HEALTH AND WELFARE PLANS

     17  

ARTICLE V EXECUTIVE BENEFITS AND OTHER BENEFITS

     21  

ARTICLE VI GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

     30  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     32  

 

-i-


EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

This Employee Matters Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [●], 2015, with effect as of the Effective Time, is entered into by and between Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation (“ HP ”), and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Enterprise ,” and together with HP, the “ Parties ”).

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, HP and Enterprise have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement pursuant to which the Parties have set out the terms on which, and the conditions subject to which, they wish to implement the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) (such agreement, as amended, restated or modified from time to time, the “ Separation Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, HP and Enterprise have agreed to enter into this Agreement to allocate between them assets, liabilities and responsibilities with respect to certain employee compensation, pension and benefit plans, programs and arrangements and certain employment matters.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and other provisions set forth in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, capitalized words and expressions and variations thereof used in this Agreement or in its Schedules have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Separation Agreement.

1.1 “ Action ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.3 “ Agreement ” means this Employee Matters Agreement, including all the Schedules hereto and has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.4 “ Approved Leave of Absence ” means an absence from active service pursuant to an approved leave.

1.5 “ Auditing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).

1.6 “ Benefit Plan ” means, with respect to an entity or any of its Subsidiaries, (a) each “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) and all other employee benefits arrangements, policies or payroll practices (including, without limitation, severance pay, sick leave, vacation pay, salary continuation, disability, retirement, deferred compensation, bonus, stock option or other equity-based compensation, hospitalization, medical or life)


sponsored or maintained by such entity or by any of its Subsidiaries (or to which such entity or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is required to contribute) and (b) all “employee pension benefit plans” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), occupational pension plans or arrangements or other pension arrangements sponsored, maintained or contributed to by such entity or any of its Subsidiaries (or to which such entity or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is required to contribute). For the avoidance of doubt, “Benefit Plans” includes Health and Welfare Plans and Executive Benefit Plans. When immediately preceded by “HP,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by HP or an HPI Entity or any Benefit Plan with respect to which HP or an HPI Entity is a party. When immediately preceded by “Enterprise,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Enterprise or any Enterprise Entity or any Benefit Plan with respect to which Enterprise or an Enterprise Entity is a party.

1.7 “ COBRA ” means the continuation coverage requirements for “group health plans” under Title X of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, and as codified in Code § 4980B and ERISA §§ 601 through 608.

1.8 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor federal income tax law. Reference to a specific Code provision also includes any proposed, temporary or final regulation in force under that provision.

1.9 “ Delayed Transfer Employee ” means each Enterprise Employee who was identified to transfer to the HPI Group through the OD&S process, but who, as of 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence or Garden Leave from, either (a) IN30 or (b) INA5.

1.10 “ Demerger ” means the demerger of IN30 from the Enterprise Group.

1.11 “ Destination LOA Employee ” means an HPI Destination LOA Employee or an Enterprise Destination LOA Employee, as applicable.

1.12 “ DEU Account ” means (a) when immediately preceded by “HP,” an account consisting of dividend equivalent units relating to HP Common Shares granted under an HP Stock Plan or (b) when immediately preceded by “Enterprise,” an account consisting of dividend equivalent units relating to shares of Enterprise Common Stock granted under the Enterprise Stock Plan.

1.13 “ Distribution Date ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.14 “ Effective Time ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.15 “ Enterprise ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.16 “ Enterprise 401(k) Plan ” means the 401(k) plan established by Enterprise, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

1.17 “ Enterprise 401(k) Plan Trust ” means a trust relating to the Enterprise 401(k) Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

 

-2-


1.18 “ Enterprise Business ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.19 “ Enterprise Common Stock ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.20 “ Enterprise Destination LOA Employee ” means an HPI Employee who:

(a) was on Approved Leave of Absence from an HPI Entity as of the Operational Separation Date,

(b) was allocated to the Enterprise Group pursuant to the OD&S Process,

(c) did not transfer to an Enterprise Entity as of the Operational Separation Date, and

(d) returns to active employment (i) before the LOA Return Deadline or (ii) under circumstances in which applicable Law requires an Enterprise Entity to offer employment to such HPI Employee.

1.21 “ Enterprise Employee ” means any individual (a) who, as of 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date, is either actively employed by, or on Approved Leave of Absence or Garden Leave from, an Enterprise Entity, (b) who transfers from an HPI Entity to an Enterprise Entity after 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date and before the Distribution Date or (c) who is hired by any Enterprise Entity after 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date; provided, however, that Enterprise Employee will not include any individual who transfers to an HPI Entity after 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date and before the Distribution Date.

1.22 “ Enterprise Entities ” means the members of the Enterprise Group.

1.23 “ Enterprise Equity Awards ” means the Enterprise Options, Enterprise RSU Awards, Enterprise PARSU Awards, Enterprise DEU Accounts and Enterprise SARs.

1.24 “ Enterprise ESPP ” means the employee stock purchase plan to be established by Enterprise, effective immediately prior to the Effective Time, as described in Article V.

1.25 “ Enterprise Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified compensation plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any Enterprise Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any Enterprise Entity before the Operational Separation Date.

1.26 “ Enterprise Executive DC Plan ” means the Enterprise executive deferred compensation plan, effective as of the Distribution Date, as described in Article V.

1.27 “ Enterprise Group ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

-3-


1.28 “ Enterprise HRC Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

1.29 “ Enterprise Incentive Plans ” means the cash-based annual or other short-term incentive plans of Enterprise or any Enterprise Entity, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

1.30 “ Enterprise Non-Employee Director ” means each member of the Enterprise Board of Directors as of immediately after the Effective Time who is not an Enterprise Employee.

1.31 “ Enterprise Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the HP Stock Value by (b) the Enterprise Stock Value, carried out to six decimal places.

1.32 “ Enterprise Stock Plan ” means the compensatory equity plan to be established by Enterprise, effective no later than immediately prior to the Distribution Date, in connection with the treatment of HP Equity Awards as described in Article V.

1.33 “ Enterprise Stock Value ” means the opening per-share price of Enterprise Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on November 2, 2015.

1.34 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA also includes any proposed, temporary or final regulation in force under that provision.

1.35 “ Former Employees ” means both Former Enterprise Employees and Former HPI Employees.

1.36 “ Former Enterprise Employee ” means any individual (a) whose employment with an Enterprise Entity terminated prior to 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date and (b) who did not subsequently become employed by an Enterprise Entity or an HPI Entity prior to the Distribution Date.

1.37 “ Former HPI Employee ” means any individual (a) whose employment with an HPI Entity terminated prior to 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date and (b) who did not subsequently become employed by an Enterprise Entity or an HPI Entity prior to the Distribution Date.

1.38 “ Garden Leave ” means an absence from active service at the request of an employer during a statutory or contractual notice period preceding termination of employment.

1.39 “ Health and Welfare Plans ” means any plan, fund or program which was established or is maintained for the purpose of providing for its participants or their beneficiaries, through the purchase of insurance or otherwise, medical (including PPO, EPO and HDHP coverages as well as retirement medical savings accounts and retiree medical), dental, prescription, vision, short-term disability, long-term disability, life, accidental death and disability, employee assistance, group legal services, wellness, cafeteria (including premium payment, health flexible spending account and dependent care flexible spending account

 

-4-


components), travel reimbursement, transportation, or other benefits in the event of sickness, accident, disability, death or unemployment, or vacation benefits, apprenticeship or other training programs or day care centers, scholarship funds, or prepaid legal services, including any such plan, fund or program as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA. When immediately preceded by “HP,” Health and Welfare Plan means any Health and Welfare Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by HP or an HPI Entity or any Health and Welfare Plan with respect to which HP or an HPI Entity is a party. When immediately preceded by “Enterprise,” Health and Welfare Plan means any Health and Welfare Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Enterprise or any Enterprise Entity or any Health and Welfare Plan with respect to which Enterprise or an Enterprise Entity is a party.

1.40 “ HP ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.41 “ HP 401(k) Plan ” means the Hewlett-Packard Company 401(k) Plan as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

1.42 “ HP 401(k) Plan Trust ” means a trust relating to the HP 401(k) Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

1.43 “ CEO ” means Margaret C. Whitman.

1.44 “ HP Common Shares ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.45 “ HP Equity Awards ” means the HP Options, HP RSU Awards, HP PARSU Awards, HP DEU Accounts and HP SARs.

1.46 “ HP ESPP ” means the Hewlett-Packard Company 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

1.47 “ HP Excess Plans ” means all non-qualified retirement plans, agreements or arrangements maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity for U.S. employees or former U.S. employees as of the Operational Separation Date, including without limitation the Hewlett-Packard Company Excess Benefit Plan, the EDS Benefit Restoration Plan, the EDS 1998 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, the Tandem Computers Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan, the Hewlett-Packard Company Cash Account Pension Restoration Plan, and the individual agreements listed on Schedule 1.47 , in each case in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

1.48 “ HP Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified compensation plans, programs, agreements, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any HPI Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any HPI Entity before the Operational Separation Date.

1.49 “ HP Executive DC Plan ” means the Hewlett-Packard Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

 

-5-


1.50 “ HP HRC Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

1.51 “ HP Incentive Plans ” means the cash-based annual or other short-term incentive plans of HP or any HPI Entity, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the Hewlett-Packard Company 2005 Pay-for-Results Plan, as amended.

1.52 “ HP Non-Employee Director ” means each member of the HP Board of Directors as of immediately after the Effective Time who is not an HPI Employee.

1.53 “ HP Post-Separation Stock Value ” means the opening per-share price of HP Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange on November 2, 2015.

1.54 “ HP Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the HP Stock Value by (b) the HP Post-Separation Stock Value, carried out to six decimal places.

1.55 “ HP Stock Plans ” means (a) the Second Amended and Restated Hewlett-Packard Company 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, (b) the Hewlett-Packard Company 2000 Stock Plan, as amended, and (c) each other compensatory equity plan assumed by HP from time to time pursuant to which any HP Equity Awards remain outstanding as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date, including, in each case, any sub-plan or addendum thereto.

1.56 “ HP Stock Value ” means the closing per-share price of HP Common Shares trading “regular way with due bills” on the New York Stock Exchange on October 30, 2015.

1.57 “ HPI Business ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.58 “ HPI Destination LOA Employee ” means each Enterprise Employee who

(a) was on Approved Leave of Absence from an Enterprise Entity as of the Operational Separation Date,

(b) was allocated to the HPI Group pursuant to the OD&S Process,

(c) did not transfer to an HPI Entity as of the Operational Separation Date, and

(d) returns to active employment (i) before the LOA Return Deadline or (ii) under circumstances in which applicable Law requires an HPI Entity to offer employment to such Enterprise Employee.

1.59 “ HPI Employee ” means any individual (a) who, as of 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence or Garden Leave from, any HPI Entity, (b) who transfers from an Enterprise Entity to an HPI Entity after 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date and before the Distribution Date or (c) who is hired by any HPI Entity after 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date; provided, however, that HPI Employee will not include any individual who transfers to an Enterprise Entity after 12:01 am local time on the Operational Separation Date and before the Distribution Date.

 

-6-


1.60 “ HPI Entities ” means the members of the HPI Group.

1.61 “ HPI Group ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.62 “ IN30 ” means the Enterprise Entity identified as IN30.

1.63 “ INA5 ” means the Enterprise Entity identified as INA5.

1.64 “ INA5 Transfer ” means the transfer of the ownership of INA5 from the Enterprise Group to the HPI Group following the Distribution Date.

1.65 “ Individual Agreement ” means any individual (a) employment contract, (b) retention, severance or change in control agreement, (c) expatriate (including any international assignee) contract or agreement (including agreements and obligations regarding repatriation, relocation, equalization of taxes and living standards in the host country), or (d) other agreement containing restrictive covenants (including confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions) with an HPI Employee or Enterprise Employee that is in effect immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date.

1.66 “ Liability ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.67 “ LOA Return Deadline ” means the date that is one (1) year after the Distribution Date.

1.68 “ Non-parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b).

1.69 “ Non-U.S. Retirement Plan ” means each HP Benefit Plan or Enterprise Benefit Plan, whether or not intended to be tax-qualified, the primary purpose of which is to provide retirement benefits to HPI Employees, Enterprise Employees and/or Former Employees who are or were employed by an HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity located outside of the U.S.

1.70 “ OD&S Process ” means HP’s Organizational Design and Selection process.

1.71 “ Operational Separation Date ” means with respect to each applicable jurisdiction, the effective date of the Pre-Distribution Transfer Documents applicable to the HPI Entities and Enterprise Entities operating in such jurisdiction.

1.72 “ Option ” means (a) when immediately preceded by “HP,” an option (including a performance-contingent option (“ PCSO ”)) to purchase HP Common Shares granted pursuant to an HP Stock Plan or (b) when immediately preceded by “Enterprise,” an option (including a PCSO) to purchase shares of Enterprise Common Stock following the Effective Time granted under the Enterprise Stock Plan.

1.73 “ PARSU Award ” means (a) when immediately preceded by “HP,” an award of performance-adjusted restricted stock units relating to HP Common Shares granted under an HP Stock Plan for which the applicable performance conditions have not been satisfied or waived or

 

-7-


(b) when immediately preceded by “Enterprise,” an award of performance-adjusted restricted stock units relating to shares of Enterprise Common Stock granted under the Enterprise Stock Plan.

1.74 “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.75 “ Person ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.76 “ Record Date ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.77 “ RSU Award ” means (a) when immediately preceded by “HP,” an award of service-based vesting restricted stock units relating to HP Common Shares granted under an HP Stock Plan or (b) when immediately preceded by “Enterprise,” an award of service-based vesting restricted stock units relating to shares of Enterprise Common Stock granted under the Enterprise Stock Plan. RSU Awards shall include any award of performance-adjusted restricted stock units for which the performance conditions have been satisfied or waived. RSU Awards shall not include DEU Accounts.

1.78 “ SAR ” means (a) when immediately preceded by “HP,” a stock appreciation right relating to HP Common Shares granted pursuant to an HP Stock Plan or (b) when immediately preceded by “Enterprise,” a stock appreciation right relating to shares of Enterprise Common Stock granted pursuant to the Enterprise Stock Plan.

1.79 “ Separation ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.80 “ Separation Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

1.81 “ Service Provider ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

1.82 “ Severance Benefits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7.

1.83 “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.84 “ Transaction Documents ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.85 “ Transfer Documents ” has the meaning given to that term in the Separation Agreement.

1.86 “ U.S. ” means the 50 United States of America and the District of Columbia.

1.87 “ U.S. Pension Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

1.88 “ Value Factor ” means the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the HP Stock Value by (b) the sum of (i) the Enterprise Stock Value and (ii) the HP Post-Separation Stock Value, carried out to six decimal places.

 

-8-


ARTICLE II

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

2.1 Transfer of Employees .

(a) Transfers Prior to Operational Separation Date . Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties and subject to Section 2.1(b), Section 2.1(c), and Section 2.1(d), effective as of the Operational Separation Date, (i) each employee who was allocated to the HPI Group through the OD&S Process was employed by an HPI Entity, and (ii) each employee who was allocated to the Enterprise Group through the OD&S Process was employed by an Enterprise Entity.

(b) LOA Employees .

(i) The Enterprise Group and the HPI Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (A) each Enterprise Destination LOA Employee becomes employed by an Enterprise Entity on or as soon as possible after such employee’s return to active employment, and (B) subject to Section 2.1(d) with respect to Delayed Transfer Employees, each HPI Destination LOA Employee becomes employed by an HPI Entity on or as soon as possible after such employee’s return to active employment.

(ii) The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to apply the provisions of this Agreement to any Destination LOA Employee who commences employment pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) by substituting each reference to the “Operational Separation Date” with a reference to the date that the Destination LOA Employee commences employment with the applicable destination group and shall reasonably cooperate to make any adjustments in the application of the provisions of this Agreement as are necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate such application.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, except as may be required by applicable Law, neither Party shall be required to provide any specific compensation, benefits or other terms and conditions of employment for any Destination LOA Employee.

(c) Non-Transfer Garden Leave Employees .

(i) Each HPI Employee allocated to the Enterprise Group pursuant to the OD&S Process who (A) is on a Garden Leave as of the Operational Separation Date, and (B) does not transfer to an Enterprise Entity as of the Operational Separation Date shall remain on the HP payroll and any applicable HP Benefit Plans and the Enterprise Group shall reimburse the HPI Group for the cost of the compensation and benefits paid or provided to such employee during the period beginning on the Operational Separation Date and ending on the date that such employee’s employment with the HPI Group terminates, including any severance costs required by Section 5.7.

(ii) Each Enterprise Employee allocated to the HPI Group pursuant to the OD&S Process who (A) is on a Garden Leave as of the Operational Separation Date, and (B) does not transfer to an HPI Entity as of the Operational Separation Date shall

 

-9-


remain on the Enterprise payroll and any applicable Enterprise Benefit Plans and the HPI Group shall reimburse the Enterprise Group for the cost of the compensation and benefits paid or provided to such employee during the period beginning on the Operational Separation Date and ending on the date that such employee’s employment with the Enterprise Group terminates, including any severance costs required by Section 5.7.

(iii) The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to determine the basis for, and amount of, the reimbursements contemplated by this Section 2.1(c), taking into account any Tax benefits realized by reason of the payment or provision of such compensation and benefits and the cost of providing any non-cash benefits.

(d) Delayed Transfer Employees .

(i) HP and Enterprise shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that each Delayed Transfer Employee becomes employed by an HPI Entity on or as soon as possible after the effective date of the Transaction Documents with respect to the Demerger or the INA5 Transfer, as applicable, provided the Delayed Transfer Employee remains actively employed by, or on an Approved Leave of Absence from, IN30 or INA5 as of such effective date.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, except as may be required by applicable Law, HP shall not be required to provide any specific compensation, benefits or other terms and conditions of employment for any Delayed Transfer Employee.

2.2 Assumption and Retention of Liabilities; Related Assets; Management of Certain Actions .

(a) From and after the Operational Separation Date, except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement or in any Transfer Document, the HPI Entities shall assume or retain and HP hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full:

(i) all Liabilities (including those arising under any Action) with respect to the employment of all HPI Employees, whether arising before, on or after the Operational Separation Date;

(ii) all Liabilities (including those arising under any Action) with respect to the employment of each Former Employee who HP and Enterprise reasonably agree was providing services primarily to the HPI Business at the time of termination of employment, whether arising before, on or after the Operational Separation Date;

(iii) fifty percent (50%) of the Liabilities (including those arising under any Action) with respect to the employment of each Former Employee (A) who served in a global functions position at the time of termination of employment or (B) who HP and Enterprise do not reasonably agree was providing services primarily to the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business at the time of termination of employment, in each case whether arising before, on or after the Operational Separation Date; provided that this clause (iii) shall not apply to any Former Employee described in Section 2.2(a)(ii) or Section 2.2(b)(ii), and

(iv) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to HP or any HPI Entity under this Agreement or in any Transfer Document.

 

-10-


All Assets held in trust to fund the HP Benefit Plans and all insurance policies funding the HP Benefit Plans shall be Excluded Assets (as defined in the Separation Agreement), except (A) to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement or in any Transfer Document and (B) any shares of Enterprise Common Stock received by the Israeli trust funding HP Options and HP RSU Awards covered by Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance [New Version] 1961 shall be Enterprise Assets.

(b) From and after the Operational Separation Date, except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement or in any Transfer Document, Enterprise and the Enterprise Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and Enterprise hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full:

(i) all Liabilities (including those arising under any Action) with respect to the employment of all Enterprise Employees, whether arising before, on or after the Operational Separation Date;

(ii) all Liabilities (including those arising under any Action) with respect to the employment of each Former Employee who HP and Enterprise reasonably agree was providing services primarily to the Enterprise Business at the time of termination of employment, whether arising before, on or after the Operational Separation Date;

(iii) fifty percent (50%) of the Liabilities (including those arising under any Action) with respect to the employment of each Former Employee (A) who served in a global functions position at the time of termination of employment or (B) who HP and Enterprise do not reasonably agree was providing services primarily to the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business at the time of termination of employment, in each case whether arising before, on or after the Operational Separation Date; provided that this clause (iii) shall not apply to any Former Employee described in Section 2.2(a)(ii) or Section 2.2(b)(ii); and

(iv) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to Enterprise or any Enterprise Entity under this Agreement or in any Transfer Document.

All assets held in trust to fund the Enterprise Benefit Plans and all insurance policies funding the Enterprise Benefit Plans shall be Enterprise Assets (as defined in the Separation Agreement), except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Separation Agreement to the contrary, (i) all Liabilities described in Section 2.3(c)(iii) of the Separation Agreement (relating to claims for indemnification and breach of fiduciary duty) and (ii) all Liabilities with respect to compensation and benefits of Service Providers who are consultants or independent contractors shall be governed exclusively by the Separation Agreement.

 

-11-


(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.2, except as otherwise provided in any Transaction Document, with respect to Delayed Transfer Employees:

(i) Enterprise and the Enterprise Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and Enterprise hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full, (A) all Liabilities under all Enterprise Benefit Plans with respect to all Delayed Transfer Employees and their respective dependents and beneficiaries and (B) all Liabilities (including those arising under any Action) with respect to the employment of all Delayed Transfer Employees to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of their employment with the Enterprise Group; and

(ii) HP and the HPI Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and HP hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full, (A) all Liabilities under all HP Benefit Plans with respect to all Delayed Transfer Employees who become employed by the HPI Group and their respective dependents and beneficiaries and (B) all Liabilities (including those arising under any Action) with respect to the employment of all Delayed Transfer Employees who become employed by the HPI Group to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of their employment with the HPI Group.

(e) Management of Actions .

(i) For any Action (other than any OFCCP matter) arising after the Effective Time:

(A) if all Liabilities arising under such Action are allocated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to HP, the direction of such Action shall be governed by Section 6.11(b) of the Separation Agreement,

(B) if all Liabilities arising under such Action are allocated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to Enterprise, the direction of such Action shall be governed by Section 6.11(a) of the Separation Agreement,

(C) if all Liabilities arising under such Action are allocated pursuant to Section 2.2 equally to HP and Enterprise, the direction of such Action shall be governed by Section 6.12(b) of the Separation Agreement, and

(D) except as otherwise provided in the preceding clause (C) or in Section 2.2(e)(ii), if the Liabilities arising under such Action are allocated pursuant to this Section 2.2 in part to HP and in part to Enterprise, the direction of such Action shall be governed by Section 6.11(c) of the Separation Agreement.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein or in Section 6.11(c) of the Separation Agreement to the contrary, the following framework shall govern the management of Office of Federal Contract Compliance Program (“ OFCCP ”) matters:

(A) The management of the OFCCP matters listed on Schedule 6.11(c) of the Separation Agreement shall be led by the Party designated as “manager” on Schedule 6.11(c) of the Separation Agreement.

(B) Those OFFCP matters not listed on Schedule 6.11(c) of the Separation Agreement that arise after the Distribution Date shall be managed by either HP or Enterprise, with the other Party providing support and assistance to the managing Party, all as reasonably agreed in good faith by HP and Enterprise.

 

-12-


2.3 Reimbursements . To the extent that this Agreement allocates to the Enterprise Group the Liability for compensation or benefits that will be provided under an HP Benefit Plan after the Operational Separation Date, or allocates to the HPI Group the Liability for compensation or benefits that will be provided under an Enterprise Benefit Plan after the Operational Separation Date, the Party responsible for the Liability under this Agreement will promptly reimburse the Party providing the compensation or benefits.

2.4 Non-Duplication of Benefits; Service Credit .

(a) HP and Enterprise shall agree on methods and procedures, including, without limitation, amending the respective Benefit Plan documents, to prevent HPI Employees and Enterprise Employees from receiving duplicative benefits from the HP Benefit Plans and the Enterprise Benefit Plans.

(b) The HP Benefit Plans shall, and HP shall cause each HPI Entity to, recognize each HPI Employee’s recognized service with HP or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective predecessor entities at or before the Operational Separation Date, with respect to those HP Benefit Plans adopted, maintained or substituted by the HPI Group on or following the Operational Separation Date or as otherwise required by applicable Law, to the same extent that such service was recognized by HP and its Subsidiaries for similar purposes prior to the Operational Separation Date, except that (i) service will not be recognized to the extent that such recognition would result in a duplication of benefits for an HPI Employee for the same period of service and (ii) service will not be recognized for purposes of determining severance benefits under any HP Benefit Plan for any HPI Employee or HPI Destination LOA Employee who received severance from an Enterprise Entity as a result of the acceptance of an offer of employment from or transfer to an HPI Entity in connection with the Separation.

(c) The Enterprise Benefit Plans shall, and Enterprise shall cause each Enterprise Entity to, recognize each Enterprise Employee’s recognized service with HP or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective predecessor entities at or before the Operational Separation Date, with respect to those Enterprise Benefit Plans adopted, maintained or substituted by the Enterprise Group on or following the Operational Separation Date or as otherwise required by applicable Law, to the same extent that such service was recognized by HP and its Subsidiaries for similar purposes prior to the Operational Separation Date, except that (i) service will not be recognized to the extent that such recognition would result in a duplication of benefits for an Enterprise Employee for the same period of service and (ii) service will not be recognized for purposes of determining severance benefits under any Enterprise Benefit Plan for any Enterprise Employee or Enterprise Destination LOA Employee who received severance from an HPI Entity as a result of the acceptance of an offer of employment from or transfer to an Enterprise Entity in connection with the Separation.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 2.4 shall not apply to any HPI Employee or Enterprise Employee who experiences a termination of employment from the HPI Group or Enterprise Group after the Operational Separation Date and is then hired or re-hired by either an HPI Entity or an Enterprise Entity, other than (i) any HPI Destination LOA Employee who is hired by an HPI Entity or any Enterprise Destination LOA Employee who is hired by an Enterprise Entity in accordance with Section 2.1(b) or (ii) any Delayed Transfer Employee who becomes employed by an HPI Entity in accordance with Section 2.1(d).

 

-13-


2.5 Commercially Reasonable Efforts . HP and Enterprise shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) enter into any necessary agreements to accomplish the assumptions and transfers of assets and Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) provide for the maintenance of the necessary participant records, the appointment of trustees and the engagement of recordkeepers, investment managers, providers, insurers, and other third parties reasonably necessary to maintaining and administering the HP Benefit Plans and the Enterprise Benefit Plans.

2.6 Regulatory Compliance . HP and Enterprise shall, in connection with the actions taken pursuant to this Agreement, reasonably cooperate in making any and all appropriate filings required under the Code, ERISA and any applicable securities, labor and exchange control laws, implementing all appropriate communications with participants, transferring appropriate records and taking all such other actions as the requesting party may reasonably determine to be necessary or appropriate to implement the provisions of this Agreement in a timely manner.

2.7 Payroll; Tax Reporting of Compensation . HP shall, and shall cause the HPI Entities to, bear responsibility for payroll tax, payment on account and fringe benefit tax obligations and for the proper withholding and reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities of compensation paid by HP and the HPI Entities to HPI Employees and Former HPI Employees after the Operational Separation Date. Enterprise shall, and shall cause the Enterprise Entities to, bear responsibility for payroll tax, payment on account and fringe benefit tax obligations and for the proper withholding and reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities of compensation paid by Enterprise and the Enterprise Entities to Enterprise Employees and Former Enterprise Employees after the Operational Separation Date. To the extent that, for administrative reasons, any payment on or following the Operational Separation Date is made (i) by an HPI Entity in respect of a Liability allocated to the Enterprise Entities pursuant to Section 2.2 or otherwise or (ii) by an Enterprise Entity in respect of a Liability allocated to the HPI Entities pursuant to Section 2.2 or otherwise, such payment shall be deemed made, in the case of a payment described in clause (i), on behalf of the Enterprise Entities and, in the case of a payment described in clause (ii), on behalf of the HPI Entities.

 

-14-


ARTICLE III

RETIREMENT PLANS

3.1 U.S. Qualified Defined Benefit and Profit Sharing Plans . From and after the Operational Separation Date, HP shall retain or assume, as applicable, and HP hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course as required by Law, all Liabilities with respect to the Hewlett-Packard Company Pension Plan and the Hewlett-Packard Company Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan and each other defined benefit pension plan sponsored by HP and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date that is subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code (collectively, the “ U.S. Pension Plans ”). Effective as of the Distribution Date, Enterprise shall be released as a participating employer in all U.S. Pension Plans and, from and after the Distribution Date, neither Enterprise nor any member of the Enterprise Group shall be liable for any Liabilities arising under or with respect to any U.S. Pension Plans.

3.2 U.S. 401(k) Plan . HP shall retain and be solely responsible for all Liabilities for plan benefits under the HP 401(k) Plan relating to (a) HPI Employees, (b) Former Employees and (c) any Enterprise Employees whose employment with the applicable Enterprise Entity terminates prior to the Distribution Date. Enterprise has established the Enterprise 401(k) Plan and the Enterprise 401(k) Plan Trust prior to the date hereof. HP has caused the accounts under the HP 401(k) Plan (including any outstanding loans) of the Enterprise Employees who remained employed by an Enterprise Entity immediately prior to the Distribution Date to be transferred in kind to the Enterprise 401(k) Plan and the Enterprise 401(k) Plan Trust as of, or immediately prior to, the Distribution Date. Enterprise shall cause the Enterprise 401(k) Plan to assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities for plan benefits under the Enterprise 401(k) Plan relating to Enterprise Employees whose accounts have been transferred from the HP 401(k) Plan. HP and Enterprise agree to cooperate in making all appropriate filings and taking all reasonable actions required to implement the provisions of this Section 3.2; provided , that Enterprise acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with any requirements and applying for any Internal Revenue Service determination letters with respect to the Enterprise 401(k) Plan.

3.3 Stock Considerations in 401(k) Plans .

(a) To the extent that HPI Employees or Former Employees receive shares of Enterprise Common Stock in connection with the Separation with respect to HP Common Shares held under the HP 401(k) Plan, such shares will be deposited in an Enterprise Common Stock fund under the HP 401(k) Plan, subject to such limitations as are determined by HP or the applicable fiduciary of the HP 401(k) Plan. Following the Distribution Date, HPI Employees and Former Employees shall not be permitted to acquire shares of Enterprise Common Stock in the Enterprise Common Stock fund under the HP 401(k) Plan and HP shall promptly amend the HP 401(k) Plan document to provide for the elimination of the Enterprise Common Stock fund as an investment option under the HP 401(k) Plan and the liquidation of the Enterprise Common Stock held in the Enterprise Common Stock fund to be completed no later than the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, unless the relevant plan fiduciary determines that it would be imprudent to liquidate the assets by such date, in which case such liquidation shall occur as soon as the relevant plan fiduciary reasonably determines liquidation would be prudent.

(b) To the extent that Enterprise Employees hold HP Common Shares in the HP Common Share fund under the Enterprise 401(k) Plan, such shares shall continue to be held pursuant to the Enterprise 401(k) Plan following the Distribution Date subject to such limitations as are determined by Enterprise or the applicable fiduciary of the Enterprise 401(k) Plan.

 

-15-


Following the Distribution Date, Enterprise Employees shall not be permitted to acquire HP Common Shares in the HP Common Share fund under the Enterprise 401(k) Plan and Enterprise shall promptly amend the Enterprise 401(k) Plan document to provide for the elimination of the HP Common Share fund as an investment option under the Enterprise 401(k) Plan and the liquidation of the HP Common Shares held in the HP Common Shares fund to be completed no later than the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, unless the relevant plan fiduciary determines that it would be imprudent to liquidate the assets by such date, in which case such liquidation shall occur as soon as the relevant plan fiduciary reasonably determines liquidation would be prudent.

(c) HP and Enterprise shall assume sole responsibility for ensuring that their respective 401(k) plans are maintained in compliance with applicable Laws with respect to holding shares of their respective common stock and common stock of the other entity.

3.4 Non-U.S. Retirement Plans . The applicable terms governing treatment of the Non-U.S. Retirement Plans shall be as set forth in Schedule 3.4 .

3.5 U.S. Non-Qualified Retirement Arrangements . HP shall assume or retain, or cause an HPI Entity to assume or retain, all Assets and all Liabilities arising out of or relating to the HP Excess Plans, and shall make payments to all participants in the HP Excess Plans in accordance with the applicable terms of the HP Excess Plans. Enterprise shall notify HPI of the occurrence of (i) any payment event with respect to an Enterprise Employee under an HP Excess Plan and (ii) the “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code of any Enterprise Employee who participates in an HP Excess Plan, whether or not such separation from service is a payment event, in each case, as promptly as practicable but in no event later than thirty (30) days thereafter, and shall promptly provide to HP any other relevant information reasonably requested by HP for purposes of payments pursuant to the HP Excess Plans to Enterprise Employees and Former Enterprise Employees. HP and Enterprise acknowledge that none of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement will, in and of itself, constitute a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code or trigger a payment or distribution of compensation under any HP Excess Plans for any HPI Employees, Enterprise Employees or Former Employees and, consequently, that the payment or distribution of any compensation to which any HPI Employee, Enterprise Employee or Former Employee is entitled under the HP Excess Plans will occur only at such time or times as provided in the applicable plan document or the applicable deferral election.

3.6 Certain International Retirement Benefits .

(a) International Retirement Arrangements . HP shall assume or retain, or cause an HPI Entity to assume or retain, all Assets and all Liabilities arising out of or relating to the International Retirement Arrangements maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of the Operational Separation Date, and shall make payments to all participants in the International Retirement Arrangements as of the Operational Separation Date in accordance with the applicable terms of such programs as in effect from time to time.

(b) International Retirement Guarantee . For HPI Employees, Former Employees in the U.S., and Former HPI Employees outside of the U.S., HP shall assume or

 

-16-


retain, or cause an HPI Entity to assume or retain, all Assets and all Liabilities arising out of or relating to the International Retirement Guarantee programs maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of the Operational Separation Date, and shall make payments to all such HPI Employees, Former Employees in the U.S., and Former HPI Employees outside of the U.S. who participated in the International Retirement Guarantee programs as of the Operational Separation Date in accordance with the applicable terms of such programs as in effect from time to time. For Enterprise Employees and Former Enterprise Employees outside of the U.S., Enterprise shall assume or retain, or cause an Enterprise Entity to assume or retain, all Assets and all Liabilities arising out of or relating to the International Retirement Guarantee programs maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of the Operational Separation Date, and shall make payments to all such Enterprise Employees and Former Enterprise Employees outside of the U.S. who participated in the International Retirement Guarantee programs as of the Operational Separation Date in accordance with the applicable terms of such programs as in effect from time to time.

(c) Global Retirement Supplement . For HPI Employees receiving cash payments pursuant to a Global Retirement Supplement program as of the Operational Separation Date, HPI shall assume or retain, or cause an HPI Entity to assume or retain, all Liabilities for the continuation of such payments after the Operational Separation Date, in accordance with the terms of the HP Global Retirement Supplement program as in effect from time to time. For Enterprise Employees receiving cash payments pursuant to a Global Retirement Supplement program as of the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise shall assume or retain, or cause an Enterprise Entity to assume or retain, all Liabilities for the continuation of such payments after the Operational Separation Date, in accordance with the terms of the Enterprise Global Retirement Supplement program as in effect from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

HEALTH AND WELFARE PLANS

4.1 Health and Welfare Plans .

(a) Establishment of Health and Welfare Plans .

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in any Transfer Document, effective as of the Operational Separation Date:

(A) the Parties shall have taken such actions to ensure that (1) all HPI Employees and any Former Employees who were participants in the HP Health and Welfare Plans at the time of separation from employment (“ HPI H&W Employees ”) are covered by the HP Health and Welfare Plans and (2) all Enterprise Employees and any Former Employees who were participants in the Enterprise Health and Welfare Plans at the time of separation from employment (“ Enterprise H&W Employees ”), are covered by Enterprise Health and Welfare Plans,

(B) HP shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from (1) health and welfare coverage (including COBRA continuation coverage) for HPI H&W Employees and their covered dependents and (2) claims incurred under the HP Health and Welfare Plans prior to, on or following the Operational Separation Date.

(C) Enterprise shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from (1) health and welfare coverage (including COBRA continuation coverage) for Enterprise H&W Employees and their covered dependents and (2) claims incurred under the Enterprise Health and Welfare Plans prior to, on or following the Operational Separation Date.

 

-17-


(ii) No later than April 30, 2016, (A) HP shall provide to Enterprise an invoice for the actual cost, as determined by HP’s global actuary, of any claims incurred at any time prior to the Operational Separation Date but not reported as of the Distribution Date under the HP Health and Welfare Plans with respect to Enterprise Employees and (B) Enterprise shall provide to HP an invoice for the actual cost, as determined by Enterprise’s global actuary, of any claims incurred prior to the Operational Separation Date but not reported as of the Distribution Date under the Enterprise Health and Welfare Plans with respect to HPI Employees. If the amount of the invoice delivered by HP exceeds the amount of the invoice delivered Enterprise, then Enterprise shall remit to HP the amount of such excess not later than sixty (60) days following the invoice date or, if the amount of the invoice delivered by Enterprise exceeds the amount of the invoice delivered by HP, then HP shall remit to Enterprise the amount of such excess not later than sixty (60) days following the invoice date.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Enterprise Employee who is receiving self-insured health and welfare benefits under an HP Health and Welfare Plan covering U.S. employees as of the Operational Separation Date shall continue to participate in such HP Health and Welfare Plan until December 31, 2015 (including, if applicable, pursuant to the health care continuation requirements of COBRA following the incurrence of a COBRA qualifying event under the HP Health and Welfare Plans after the Operational Separation Date). No later than September 30, 2016, HP shall provide to Enterprise an invoice for the actual cost, as determined by HP’s global actuary, of any claims incurred by such Enterprise Employees under such HP Health and Welfare Plans from the Distribution Date through December 31, 2015 and Enterprise shall remit to HP the amount of the invoice not later than sixty (60) days following the invoice date.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Former Enterprise Employee who is receiving long-term disability benefits under an HP Health and Welfare Plan maintained for the benefit of U.S. participants as of the Operational Separation Date shall continue to participate in such HP Health and Welfare Plan following the Operational Separation Date in accordance with its terms and all Liabilities incurred under such HP Health and Welfare Plan in respect of such Former Enterprise Employee shall be retained by HP.

(v) For purposes of this Section 4.1(a), a claim is deemed to be incurred: (a) with respect to medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug benefits, on the date the health services giving rise to such claim are rendered; (b) with respect to life

 

-18-


insurance, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance, on the date the event giving rise to such claim occurs; and (c) with respect to disability benefits, on the date a person’s disability begins, as determined by the disability benefit insurance carrier or claim administrator, giving rise to such claim.

(b) Flexible Spending Accounts . With respect to each Enterprise Employee, the parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any health or dependent care flexible spending accounts as of the Operational Separation Date of such Enterprise Employee (whether positive or negative) under HP Health and Welfare Plans that are health or dependent care flexible spending account plans are transferred, as soon as practicable after the Operational Separation Date, from the HP Health and Welfare Plans to the corresponding Enterprise Health and Welfare Plans. Such Enterprise Health and Welfare Plans shall assume responsibility as of the Operational Separation Date for all outstanding health or dependent care flexible spending account claims under the corresponding HP Health and Welfare Plans of each Enterprise Employee for the calendar year in which the Operational Separation Date occurs.

(c) COBRA Compliance .

(i) Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, HP or another HPI Entity shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA with respect to HPI Employees and Former Employees and their respective covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event under the HP Health and Welfare Plans at any time before, on or after the Operational Separation Date.

(ii) Subject to Section 4.1(a)(iii), effective as of the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise or another Enterprise Entity shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA with respect to Enterprise Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event under the Enterprise Health and Welfare Plans at any time after the Operational Separation Date.

(iii) The Parties hereto agree that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Separation Agreement shall not constitute a COBRA qualifying event for any purpose of COBRA.

(d) Retiree Medical .

(i) Retirement Medical Savings Account Program . Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, for each HPI Employee and Former Employee, HPI shall retain, or cause the applicable HPI Entity to retain, all Liabilities for (A) the balance in the HP retirement medical savings account program of such HPI Employee or Former Employee and (B) all claims, whether arising before, on or after the Operational Separation Date, under the HP retirement medical savings account program of such HPI Employee or Former Employee. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, (1) Enterprise has established a retirement medical savings account program which is substantially similar in all material respects as of the Operational Separation Date to the HP retirement medical savings account program for each Enterprise Employee, (2) any

 

-19-


balance in the HP retirement medical savings account program as of the Operational Separation Date of each Enterprise Employee has transferred to a new voluntary employees’ beneficiary association trust sponsored by Enterprise and (3) the Enterprise retirement medical savings account program has assumed responsibility for all outstanding and unsatisfied claims under the corresponding HP retirement medical savings account program of each Enterprise Employee.

(ii) U.S. Retiree Medical Plans . From and after the Operational Separation Date, HP shall retain or assume, as applicable, and HP hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course, all Liabilities for (A) all eligible HPI Employees, Enterprise Employees and Former Employees under all subsidized retiree medical programs maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date for current and former employees in the U.S. and (B) all eligible HPI Employees and Former Employees under all employee-pay-all retiree medical programs maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date for current and former employees in the U.S. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise has established an employee-pay-all retiree medical program for employees in the U.S. and, from and after the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise Employees in the U.S. who retire from Enterprise shall not be eligible to participate in the employee-pay-all retiree medical program maintained by HP and each such Enterprise Employee shall participate in the Enterprise employee-pay-all retiree medical program, as in effect from time to time, if and to the extent that such Enterprise Employee is eligible for such program in accordance with its terms.

(iii) Puerto Rico Retiree Medical Plan . From and after the Operational Separation Date, HP shall retain or assume, as applicable, and HP hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course, all Liabilities for all eligible HPI Employees, Enterprise Employees and Former Employees under any retiree medical program maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date for current and former employees in Puerto Rico.

(iv) Brazil Retiree Medical Plan . From and after the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise shall retain or assume, as applicable, and Enterprise hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course, all Liabilities for all eligible HPI Employees, Enterprise Employees and Former Employees under any retiree medical program maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date for current and former employees in Brazil.

(v) Canada Retiree Medical Plan. From and after the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise shall retain or assume, as applicable, and Enterprise hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course, all Liabilities for all eligible Enterprise Employees and Former Employees under any retiree medical program maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date for current and former employees in Canada. Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, an HPI Entity has established a retiree medical program

 

-20-


for employees in Canada and, from and after the Operational Separation Date, HPI Employees in Canada who retire from an HPI Entity shall not be eligible to participate in the retiree medical program maintained by Enterprise from time to time and each such HPI Employee shall participate in the HPI Entity’s retiree medical program if and to the extent that such HPI Employee is eligible for such program in accordance with its terms as in effect from time to time.

(e) Vacation; Paid Time Off . For the avoidance of doubt, (i) to the extent that applicable Law requires that vacation or other paid time off accrued by an employee during employment with the HPI Group be paid to such employee in cash upon his or her commencement of employment with the Enterprise Group pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, the Enterprise Group shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of such payment and (ii) to the extent that applicable Law requires that vacation or other paid time off accrued by an employee during employment with the Enterprise Group be paid to such employee in cash upon his or her commencement of employment with the HPI Group pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, the HPI Group shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of such payment.

4.2 Workers’ Compensation Liabilities . The treatment of workers’ compensation liabilities in connection with the Separation shall be governed by the Separation Agreement.

ARTICLE V

EXECUTIVE BENEFITS AND OTHER BENEFITS

5.1 Assumption of Obligations . Except as provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Operational Separation Date, (a) HP shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities to or relating to HPI Employees under all HP Executive Benefit Plans and Enterprise Executive Benefit Plans and (b) Enterprise shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities to or relating to Enterprise Employees under all HP Executive Benefit Plans and Enterprise Executive Benefit Plans. The Parties hereto agree that none of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, this Agreement, constitutes a “change in control,” “change of control” or similar term, as applicable, within the meaning of any Benefit Plan, the HP Stock Plans or the Enterprise Stock Plan.

5.2 Incentive Plans; Long-Term Cash Awards .

(a) HP Incentive Plans . Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, the Parties have taken such actions, or caused the taking of such actions, as are necessary to ensure that all HPI Employees are covered by the HP Incentive Plans. HP shall be solely responsible for determining the amount of, and paying, all awards due to be paid after the Operational Separation Date to HPI Employees, and Former Employees who were participants in the HP Incentive Plans at the time of separation from employment, under the HP Incentive Plans, whether earned before, on or after the Operational Separation Date.

(b) Enterprise Incentive Plans . Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, the Parties have taken such actions, or caused the taking of such actions, as are necessary to ensure that all Enterprise Employees are covered by the Enterprise Incentive Plans. Enterprise

 

-21-


shall be solely responsible for determining the amount of, and paying, all awards due to be paid after the Operational Separation Date to Enterprise Employees, and Former Employees who were participants in the Enterprise Incentive Plans at the time of separation from employment, under the Enterprise Incentive Plans, whether earned before, on or after the Operational Separation Date; provided , that (i) with respect to each Enterprise Employee who was an executive officer of HP during the fiscal year ending October 31, 2015, his or her award in respect of such fiscal year will be determined based on the level of achievement of the applicable performance goals previously determined by the HR and Compensation Committee of the HP Board of Directors (the “ HP HRC Committee ”) and (ii) if requested, as soon as practicable following October 31, 2015, HP shall provide Enterprise with the information reasonably necessary for the HR and Compensation Committee of the Enterprise Board of Directors (the “ Enterprise HRC Committee ”) to determine the level of achievement of such performance goals.

(c) Long-Term Cash Awards . Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, (i) HP shall be solely responsible for paying, when due, all long-term restricted cash awards held by HPI Employees as of the Operational Separation Date and (ii) Enterprise shall be solely responsible for paying, when due, all long-term restricted cash awards held by Enterprise Employees as of the Operational Separation Date.

5.3 HP Stock Plans . HP and Enterprise shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary or appropriate so that each outstanding HP Equity Award granted under any HP Stock Plans held by any individual shall be adjusted as set forth in this Article V. Following the Separation, for any award adjusted under this Section 5.3, any reference to a “change in control,” “change of control,” “ownership change event,” or similar definition in an award agreement, employment agreement, the HP Stock Plans or other HP plan or policy (x) with respect to post-Separation equity awards denominated in HP Common Shares, shall be deemed to refer to a “change in control,” “change of control,” “ownership change event,” or similar definition as set forth in the applicable award agreement, employment agreement, the applicable HP Stock Plan or other HP plan or policy, and (y) with respect to post-Separation equity awards denominated in shares of Enterprise Common Stock, such reference shall be deemed to refer to a “change in control,” “change of control,” “ownership change event,” or similar definition as set forth in the applicable award agreement, employment agreement, the Enterprise Stock Plan or other Enterprise plan or policy.

(a) Outstanding HP Options (including PCSOs) and HP SARs Held by HPI Employees, HP Non-Employee Directors (other than the CEO), Former Employees and Certain Other Participants . Each HP Option and HP SAR held by (w) an HPI Employee, (x) an HP Non-Employee Director (other than the CEO), (y) a Former Employee or (z) any other participant who is neither employed by, or a director of, an Enterprise Entity or an HPI Entity as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, in each case that is outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such HP Option or HP SAR immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(i) the number of HP Common Shares subject to such HP Option or HP SAR, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of HP Common Shares subject to such HP Option or HP SAR immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the HP Ratio;

 

-22-


(ii) the per share exercise price of such HP Option or HP SAR, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such HP Option or HP SAR immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the HP Ratio; and

(iii) the performance conditions applicable to each such HP Option that is a PCSO will be appropriately adjusted so that the ratio of the post-adjustment exercise price to each post-adjustment stock price hurdle is the same as the ratio of the pre-adjustment exercise price to each pre-adjustment stock price hurdle.

(b) Outstanding HP Options (including PCSOs) and HP SARs Held by Certain Enterprise Employees (other than the CEO) and Enterprise Non-Employee Directors . Each HP Option and HP SAR held by an (x) Enterprise Employee (other than the CEO) who remains employed by an Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Effective Time or (y) Enterprise Non-Employee Director, in each case, that is outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be converted into an Enterprise Option or an Enterprise SAR, as applicable, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such HP Option or HP SAR immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(i) the number of shares of Enterprise Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of HP Common Shares subject to such Option or SAR immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Enterprise Ratio; and

(ii) the per share exercise price of such Option or SAR, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such Option or SAR immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Enterprise Ratio; and

(iii) the performance conditions applicable to each such Option that is a PCSO will be appropriately adjusted so that (A) they relate to the stock price appreciation of Enterprise Common Stock and (B) the ratio of the post-adjustment exercise price to each post-adjustment stock price hurdle is the same as the ratio of the pre-adjustment exercise price to each pre-adjustment stock price hurdle.

(c) Vested Outstanding HP Options (including PCSOs) Held by the CEO . Each HP Option held by the CEO that is outstanding, vested and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into both an HP Option and an Enterprise Option, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such HP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(i) the number of HP Common Shares subject to such HP Option, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of HP Common Shares subject to the corresponding HP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Value Factor;

 

-23-


(ii) the number of shares of Enterprise Common Stock subject to such Enterprise Option, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of HP Common Shares subject to the corresponding HP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Value Factor;

(iii) the per share exercise price of such HP Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of the corresponding HP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the HP Ratio; and

(iv) the per share exercise price of such Enterprise Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of the corresponding HP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Enterprise Ratio.

(d) Unvested Outstanding HP Options (including PCSOs) Held by the CEO . Each HP Option held by the CEO that is outstanding and unvested as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into an Enterprise Option, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such HP Option immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(i) the number of shares of Enterprise Common Stock subject to such Option, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of HP Common Shares subject to such Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Enterprise Ratio;

(ii) the per share exercise price of such Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Enterprise Ratio;

(iii) the service-based vesting conditions applicable to each such unvested Enterprise Option will relate solely to the CEO’s continued employment with the Enterprise Group; and

(iv) the performance conditions applicable to each such Option that is a PCSO will be appropriately adjusted so that (A) they relate to the stock price appreciation of Enterprise Common Stock and (B) the ratio of the post-adjustment exercise price to each post-adjustment stock price hurdle is the same as the ratio of the pre-adjustment exercise price to each pre-adjustment stock price hurdle.

 

-24-


(e) Outstanding HP RSU Awards Held by HPI Employees, HP Non-Employee Directors (other than the CEO), Former Employees and Certain Other Participants . Each HP RSU Award held by (w) an HPI Employee, (x) an HP Non-Employee Director (other than the CEO), (y) a Former Employee or (z) any other participant who is neither employed by, or a director of, an Enterprise Entity or an HPI Entity as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, in each case that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such HP RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, including any deferral election applicable to the delivery of vested shares; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time, the number of HP Common Shares to which such HP RSU Award relates shall be equal to the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, obtained by multiplying (i) the number of HP Common Shares to which such HP RSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) the HP Ratio.

(f) Outstanding HP RSU Awards Held by Certain Enterprise Employees and Enterprise Non-Employee Directors . Each HP RSU Award held by an (x) Enterprise Employee who remains employed by an Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Effective Time or (y) Enterprise Non-Employee Director, in each case that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be converted into an Enterprise RSU Award, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time, the number of shares of Enterprise Common Stock to which such Enterprise RSU Award relates shall be equal to the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, obtained by multiplying (i) the number of HP Common Shares to which such RSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) the Enterprise Ratio.

(g) Outstanding HP DEU Accounts Held by HPI Employees, HP Non-Employee Directors (other than the CEO), Former Employees and Certain Other Participants . Each HP DEU Account held by (w) an HPI Employee, (x) an HP Non-Employee Director (other than the CEO), (y) a Former Employee or (z) any other participant who is neither employed by, or a director of, an Enterprise Entity or an HPI Entity as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, in each case that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such HP DEU Account immediately prior to the Effective Time, including any deferral election applicable to the delivery of vested shares; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time, the number of HP Common Shares to which such HP DEU Account relates shall be equal to the product, rounded to four decimal places, obtained by multiplying (i) the number of HP Common Shares to which such HP DEU Account related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) the HP Ratio.

(h) Outstanding HP DEU Accounts Held by Certain Enterprise Employees and Enterprise Non-Employee Directors . Each HP DEU Account held by an (x) Enterprise Employee who remains employed by an Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Effective Time or (y) Enterprise Non-Employee Director, in each case that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be converted into an Enterprise DEU Account, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such DEU Account immediately prior to the Effective Time;

 

-25-


provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time, the number of shares of Enterprise Common Stock to which such Enterprise DEU Account relates shall be equal to the product, rounded to four decimal places, obtained by multiplying (i) the number of HP Common Shares to which such DEU Account related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) the Enterprise Ratio.

(i) Outstanding HP PARSU Awards Held by HPI Employees, Former Employees and Certain Other Participants . Each HP PARSU Award held by (x) an HPI Employee, (y) a Former Employee or (z) any other participant who is neither employed by, or a director of, an Enterprise Entity or an HPI Entity as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, in each case that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such HP PARSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(i) the number of HP Common Shares to which such HP PARSU Award relates shall be equal to the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, obtained by multiplying (A) the number of HP Common Shares to which such HP PARSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (ii) the HP Ratio; and

(ii) the performance conditions applicable to each such HP PARSU Award shall be such conditions as are determined by the HP HRC Committee as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time.

(j) Outstanding HP PARSU Awards Held by Certain Enterprise Employees . Each HP PARSU Award held by an Enterprise Employee who remains employed by an Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be converted into an Enterprise PARSU Award, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such PARSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Time:

(i) the number of shares of Enterprise Common Stock to which such Enterprise PARSU Award relates shall be equal to the product, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, obtained by multiplying (A) the number of HP Common Shares to which such PARSU Award related immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Enterprise Ratio; and

(ii) the performance conditions applicable to each such Enterprise PARSU Award shall be such conditions as are determined by the Enterprise HRC Committee as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time.

(k) Tax Reporting and Withholding .

(i) After the Effective Time, HP Equity Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by HP, and Enterprise Equity Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Enterprise.

 

-26-


(ii) Unless prohibited by law, following the Effective Time:

(A) Upon the occurrence of income recognition events with respect to Enterprise Equity Awards, Enterprise shall be solely responsible for ensuring the satisfaction of all applicable tax withholding requirements.

(B) Upon the occurrence of income recognition events with respect to HP Equity Awards, HP shall be solely responsible for ensuring the satisfaction of all applicable tax withholding requirements.

(C) HP shall be responsible for all income tax reporting in respect of HP Equity Awards held by HPI Employees, Former HPI Employees and HP Non-Employee Directors, and Enterprise will be responsible for all income tax reporting in respect of Enterprise Equity Awards and in respect of HP Equity Awards held by Enterprise Employees whose employment terminates prior to the Distribution Date and Former Enterprise Employees.

(l) Establishment of Enterprise Stock Plan . Effective as of no later than immediately prior to the Effective Time, Enterprise shall have adopted the Enterprise Stock Plan under which the Enterprise Equity Awards shall be issued, and Enterprise shall issue all such awards under the Enterprise Stock Plan.

(m) Registration and Other Regulatory Requirements . Prior to the Effective Time, Enterprise shall have filed a Form S-8 registration statement with respect to, and caused to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Enterprise Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Enterprise Stock Plan. The parties shall take such additional actions as are deemed necessary or advisable to comply with securities laws and other legal requirements associated with equity compensation awards in affected non-U.S. jurisdictions.

5.4 Employee Stock Purchase Plan .

(a) HP ESPP . The administrator of the HP ESPP shall take all actions necessary and appropriate to provide that: (i) the regularly scheduled offering period in which the Record Date would occur will be shortened so that the purchase date occurs at the latest practicable time prior to the Record Date; (ii) all participant payroll deductions and other contributions under the HP ESPP shall cease on or before the purchase date described in clause (i) of this paragraph; (iii) Enterprise Employees will not be eligible to participate in any offering periods under the HP ESPP after the completion of the offering period described in clause (i) of this paragraph; and (iv) the administrator of the HP ESPP shall determine in its sole discretion the time at which the next offering period following the offering period described in clause (i) of this paragraph shall commence.

(b) Establishment of Enterprise ESPP . Effective immediately prior to the Effective Time, Enterprise shall have adopted the Enterprise ESPP. Enterprise shall, in its sole discretion, determine (i) the time at which the Enterprise ESPP shall first be offered, (ii) the offering periods and terms of the options granted thereunder, (iii) the Enterprise Entities designated for participation in the Enterprise ESPP and (iv) any additional administrative or compliance requirements necessary or appropriate for offering the Enterprise ESPP to Enterprise Employees.

 

-27-


5.5 Employment Agreements .

(a) Assignment . Subject to applicable Law and except (i) as provided otherwise in the Transfer Documents, (ii) in the event an Individual Agreement is superseded, or (iii) as otherwise agreed by the Parties, effective as of the Operational Separation Date, (A) HP shall have assigned, or caused an HPI Entity to assign, to an Enterprise Entity designated by Enterprise, all Individual Agreements between any Enterprise Employee and any HPI Entity and (B) Enterprise shall have assigned, or caused an Enterprise Entity to assign, to an HPI Entity designated by HP, all Individual Agreements between any HPI Employee and any Enterprise Entity; provided , however , that to the extent that assignment of any applicable Individual Agreement is not permitted by the terms of such agreement, effective as of the Operational Separation Date, (1) with respect to Individual Agreements described in clause (A), each member of the Enterprise Group shall be considered to be a successor to each member of the HP Group for purposes of, and a third-party beneficiary with respect to, such Individual Agreement, such that each member of the Enterprise Group shall enjoy all of the rights and benefits under such agreement (including rights and benefits as a third-party beneficiary) and (2) with respect to Individual Agreements described in clause (B), each member of the HPI Group shall be considered to be a successor to each member of the Enterprise Group for purposes of, and a third-party beneficiary with respect to, such Individual Agreement, such that each member of the HPI Group shall enjoy all of the rights and benefits under such agreement (including rights and benefits as a third-party beneficiary).

(b) Assumption . Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, (i) Enterprise will assume and honor, or will cause a member of the Enterprise Group to assume and honor, any Individual Agreement assigned to Enterprise or a member of the Enterprise Group pursuant to Section 5.5(a)(A) and (ii) HP will assume and honor, or will cause a member of the HPI Group to assume and honor, any Individual Agreement assigned to HP or a member of the HPI Group pursuant to Section 5.5(a)(B).

5.6 Executive DC Plans . HP shall retain, or cause the applicable HPI Entity to retain, all Liabilities for the account balances and accrued benefits of (i) HPI Employees, (ii) Former Employees and (iii) any Enterprise Employee who does not remain employed by an Enterprise Entity as of the Distribution Date, under the HP Executive DC Plan. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Enterprise shall have established the Enterprise Executive DC Plan, which is substantially similar in all material respects as of the Distribution Date to the HP Executive DC Plan. As of the Distribution Date, Enterprise shall, and shall cause the Enterprise Executive DC Plan to, assume all Liabilities under the HP Executive DC Plan for the account balances and accrued benefits of Enterprise Employees who remain employed by an Enterprise Entity as of the Distribution Date, and HP and the HP Executive DC Plan shall be relieved of all such Liabilities. As of the Distribution Date, Enterprise shall, and shall cause the Enterprise Executive DC Plan to, recognize and maintain all elections, including deferral, payment time and form, and beneficiary elections, made under the HP Executive DC Plan by Enterprise Employees who remain employed by an Enterprise Entity as of the Distribution Date.

5.7 Severance .

 

-28-


(a) Severance Liabilities of Enterprise . Enterprise shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all the costs of providing benefits under any applicable severance, separation, redundancy, termination or similar plan, program, practice, contract, agreement, law or regulation (such benefits to include any medical or other welfare benefits, outplacement benefits, accrued vacation, and taxes) (collectively, “ Severance Benefits ”) relating to:

(i) the termination or alleged termination of employment of:

(A) any Enterprise Employee (other than any such employee covered by Section 5.7(b)) that occurs on or after the Operational Separation Date; and

(B) any HPI Employee who is allocated to the Enterprise Group pursuant to the OD&S Process but does not transfer to an Enterprise Entity as of the Operational Separation Date and whose employment with the HPI Group is terminated prior to the first anniversary of the Operational Separation Date at the earliest time that is permitted by applicable Law;

(ii) an Enterprise Employee’s or Enterprise Destination LOA Employee’s acceptance of an offer of employment from an Enterprise Entity in connection with the Separation; and

(iii) Former Employees in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2(b).

(b) Severance Liabilities of HPI . HP shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all the costs of providing the Severance Benefits relating to:

(i) the termination or alleged termination of employment of:

(A) any HPI Employee (other than any such employee covered by Section 5.7(a)) that occurs on or after the Operational Separation Date;

(B) any Enterprise Employee who is allocated to the HPI Group pursuant to the OD&S Process but does not transfer to an HPI Entity as of the Operational Separation Date and whose employment with the Enterprise Group is terminated prior to the first anniversary of the Operational Separation Date at the earliest time that is permitted by applicable Law; and

(C) any Delayed Transfer Employee who does not transfer to an HPI Entity in connection with the Demerger or the INA5 Transfer, as applicable and whose employment with the Enterprise Group is terminated at the earliest time following the effective date of the Transaction Documents with respect to the Demerger or the INA5 Transfer, as applicable, that is permitted by applicable Law;

(ii) an HPI Employee’s or HPI Destination LOA Employee’s acceptance of an offer of employment from an HPI Entity in connection with the Separation; and

(iii) Former Employees in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2(a).

 

-29-


(c) Severance Benefits in Excess of Statutory Minimum . Any Severance Benefits in excess of the applicable statutory minimum severance benefits to be provided by an HPI Entity and reimbursed by an Enterprise Entity pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the reasonable prior review and approval of Enterprise, other than with respect to any such amounts mandated by a plan or agreement in effect prior to the Operational Separation Date. Any Severance Benefits in excess of the applicable statutory minimum severance benefits to be provided by an Enterprise Entity and reimbursed by an HPI Entity, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be subject to the reasonable prior review and approval of HP, other than with respect to any such amounts mandated by a plan or agreement in effect prior to the Operational Separation Date.

5.8 Mobility Benefits . All Liabilities in respect of mobility payments and benefits that are due to HPI Employees, Enterprise Employees and Former Employees after the Operational Separation Date will be governed by Sections 2.2(a)(i)-(iii) and 2.2(b)(i)-(iii).

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

6.1 Sharing of Participant Information . Subject to applicable Laws, HP and Enterprise shall share, and HP shall cause each other HPI Entity to share, and Enterprise shall cause each other Enterprise Entity to share with each other and their respective agents and vendors (without obtaining releases) all participant information necessary for the efficient and accurate administration of each of the Enterprise Benefit Plans and the HP Benefit Plans. HP and Enterprise and their respective authorized agents shall, subject to applicable laws, be given reasonable and timely access to, and may make copies of, all information relating to the subjects of this Agreement in the custody of the other Party, to the extent necessary for such administration. Until the Distribution Date, all participant information shall be provided in the manner and medium applicable to participating companies in HP Benefit Plans generally, and thereafter all participant information shall be provided in a manner and medium as may be mutually agreed to by HP and Enterprise.

6.2 Reasonable Efforts/Cooperation . Each of the Parties hereto will use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of the Parties hereto shall cooperate fully on any issue relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the other Party seeks a determination letter or private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, an advisory opinion from the Department of Labor or any other filing (including, but not limited to, securities, labor law or exchange control filings (remedial or otherwise)), consent or approval with respect to or by a governmental agency or authority in any jurisdiction in the U.S. or abroad.

 

-30-


6.3 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and is not intended to confer upon any other Persons any rights or remedies hereunder. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude HP or any other HPI Entity, at any time after the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any HP Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any HP Benefit Plan. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Enterprise or any other Enterprise Entity, at any time after the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any Enterprise Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any Enterprise Benefit Plan.

6.4 Audit Rights With Respect to Information Provided .

(a) Each of HP and Enterprise, and their duly authorized representatives, shall have the right, subject to applicable Laws, to conduct reasonable audits with respect to all information required to be provided to it by the other Party under this Agreement. The Party conducting the audit (the “ Auditing Party ”) may adopt reasonable procedures and guidelines for conducting audits and the selection of audit representatives under this Section 6.4. The Auditing Party shall have the right to make copies of any records at its expense, subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable laws and to any confidentiality provisions set forth in the Separation Agreement, which are incorporated by reference herein. The Party being audited shall provide the Auditing Party’s representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to its operations, computer systems and paper and electronic files, and provide workspace to its representatives. After any audit is completed, the Party being audited shall have the right to review a draft of the audit findings and to comment on those findings in writing within thirty business days after receiving such draft.

(b) The Auditing Party’s audit rights under this Section 6.4 shall include the right to audit, or participate in an audit facilitated by the Party being audited, of any Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Party being audited and to require the other Party to request any benefit providers and third parties with whom the Party being audited has a relationship, or agents of such Party, to agree to such an audit to the extent any such Persons are affected by or addressed in this Agreement (collectively, the “ Non-parties ”). The Party being audited shall, upon written request from the Auditing Party, provide an individual (at the Auditing Party’s expense) to supervise any audit of a Non-party. The Auditing Party shall be responsible for supplying, at the Auditing Party’s expense, additional personnel sufficient to complete the audit in a reasonably timely manner. The responsibility of the Party being audited shall be limited to providing, at the Auditing Party’s expense, a single individual at each audited site for purposes of facilitating the audit.

6.5 Fiduciary Matters . It is acknowledged that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or standards of conduct under ERISA or other applicable law, and no Party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good faith determination that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or standard. Each Party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities and shall fully release and indemnify the other Party for any Liabilities caused by the failure to satisfy any such responsibility.

 

-31-


6.6 Consent of Third Parties . If any provision of this Agreement is dependent on the consent of any third party (such as a vendor) and such consent is withheld, the Parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the applicable provisions of this Agreement to the full extent practicable. If any provision of this Agreement cannot be implemented due to the failure of such third party to consent, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to implement the provision in a mutually satisfactory manner. The phrase “commercially reasonable efforts” as used herein shall not be construed to require any Party to incur any non-routine or unreasonable expense or Liability or to waive any right.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Effect If Effective Time Does Not Occur . If the Separation Agreement is terminated prior to the Effective Time, then this Agreement shall terminate and all actions and events that are, under this Agreement, to be taken or occur effective immediately prior to or as of the Effective Time, or as of the Distribution Date, or otherwise in connection with the Separation Transactions, shall not be taken or occur except to the extent specifically agreed by HP and Enterprise.

7.2 Relationship of Parties . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the Parties or any third party as creating the relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between the Parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and no act of the Parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the Parties other than the relationship set forth herein.

7.3 Affiliates . Each of HP and Enterprise shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement to be performed by another HPI Entity or an Enterprise Entity, respectively.

7.4 Transfer Documents . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with a provision of any Transfer Document, the applicable provision of the Transfer Document shall control.

7.5 Incorporation of Separation Agreement Provisions . The following provisions of the Separation Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein mutatis mutandis (references in this Section 7.5 to an “Article” or “Section” shall mean Articles or Sections of the Separation Agreement, and references in the material incorporated herein by reference shall be references to the Separation Agreement): Article V (relating to Releases); Sections 6.1-6.9 (relating to Indemnification); Section 7.2 (relating to Confidentiality); Article VIII (relating to Dispute Resolution); and Article IX (relating to Miscellaneous).

7.6 Section 409A of the Code . The Parties acknowledge that the provisions of the Agreement, the Separation Agreement or any Transaction Documents shall be interpreted and implemented in a manner that is intended to avoid the imposition on HPI Employees, Enterprise

 

-32-


Employees, Former Employees, HP Non-Employee Directors or Enterprise Non-Employee Directors of taxes under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Parties nor any of their Affiliates shall have any liability to any HPI Employee, Enterprise Employee, Former Employee, HP Non-Employee Director or Enterprise Non-Employee Director in the event that Section 409A applies to any payment in a manner that results in adverse tax consequences for such individual.

 

-33-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Employee Matters Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule 3.4

Non-U.S. Retirement Plans

ARTICLE I

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS

1.1 Obligations and Assets remaining with One Company From and after the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise shall assume or retain, or cause an Enterprise Entity to assume or retain, all Assets and all Liabilities arising out of or relating to the defined benefit pension plans maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of the Operational Separation Date, and shall make payments to all participants in the such plans in accordance with the applicable terms of such plans as in effect from time to time, in the following countries:

(a) Canada

(b) New Zealand

(c) United Kingdom

(d) Ireland

(e) Puerto Rico

1.2 Multiple Employer Pension Plans

(a) This section 1.2 shall apply with respect to current or former employees eligible to participate in the defined benefit pension plans in the following countries:

(i) Australia;

(ii) Belgium;

(iii) Brazil;

(iv) Japan; provided however this section 1.2 shall not apply to the Assets, Liabilities or obligations of the Parties with respect to the Japan Directors Plan, which shall be governed by Section 1.3 below;

(v) Netherlands; and

(vi) Switzerland; provided however this section 1.2 shall not apply to the Assets, Liabilities or obligations of the Parties with respect to the Swiss International Retirement Guarantee, which shall be governed by Section 1.3 below.

(b) Effective as of the Operation Separation Date, the Parties shall have taken such actions, or caused the taking of such actions, as are necessary to ensure that all HPI Employees, Enterprise Employees and Former Employees who were participants in the defined


benefit pension plans available to eligible employees in the countries listed in Section 1.2(a) at the time of separation from employment, are covered by a multi-employer defined benefit pension plan.

(c) Within each applicable multi-employer defined benefit pension plan, HP shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible HPI employees and Enterprise shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Enterprise Employees.

(d) Within each applicable multi-employer defined benefit pension plan, HP and Enterprise shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees as follows:

(i) Australia: on a US GAAP basis, Enterprise shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees;

(ii) Belgium: on a US GAAP basis, Enterprise shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees;

(iii) Brazil: on a US GAAP basis, Enterprise shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees;

(iv) Japan (excluding the Japan Directors Plan): on such basis as required under Japanese law, Enterprise shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees;

(v) Netherlands: on such basis as required under Dutch law, (A) HPI shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees who provided services primarily to the HPI Business and (B) Enterprise shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees who provided services primarily to the Enterprise Business; and

(vi) Switzerland: on a US GAAP basis, (A) HPI shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees who provided services primarily to the HPI Business and (B) Enterprise shall be allocated the Assets (if any) and Liabilities relating to eligible Former Employees who provided services primarily to the Enterprise Business and any Former Employee who cannot reasonably be determined to have provided services primarily to either the HPI Business or the Enterprise Business.

1.3 Countries in which Pension Plans are Split

(a) This section 1.3 shall apply with respect to current or former employees eligible to participate in the defined benefit pension plans in the following countries:

(i) Austria;

(ii) Finland;

 

-2-


(iii) France;

(iv) Germany

(v) India;

(vi) Indonesia;

(vii) Italy;

(viii) Japan, solely with respect to the Japan Directors Plan;

(ix) Korea;

(x) Mexico;

(xi) Philippines;

(xii) Spain;

(xiii) Switzerland, solely with respect to the Swiss International Retirement Guarantee (notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Employee Matters Agreement);

(xiv) Taiwan;

(xv) Thailand; and

(xvi) United Arab Emirates.

(b) From and after the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise shall retain or assume, as applicable, and Enterprise hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course, all Assets and Liabilities for all eligible Enterprise Employees and Former Employees under any defined benefit pension plan maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date; provided however, this Section 1.3(b) shall not apply with respect to (i) Former Employee eligible to participate in such plans in Spain and (ii) Enterprise Employees eligible to participate in such plans in Taiwan who are Taiwan citizens or married to Taiwan citizens.

(c) From and after the Operational Separation Date, HP shall retain or assume, as applicable, and HP hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course, all Assets and Liabilities for all eligible HPI Employees under any defined benefit pension plan maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date for such employees in the countries listed in Section 1.3(a). HP shall also retain or assume, as applicable, and HP hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course, all Assets and Liabilities for all eligible Former Employees in Spain under any defined benefit pension plan maintained by any HPI Entity or Enterprise Entity as of immediately prior to the Operational Separation Date.

 

-3-


(d) Except as provided herein with respect to Spain and Taiwan, effective as of the Operational Separation Date, Enterprise has caused the Assets relating to the HPI Employees eligible to participate in the applicable defined benefit pension plans in the countries listed in Section 1.3(a) to be transferred to the applicable HP defined benefit pension plan. The amount(s) to be transferred shall be based on the US GAAP funded status with respect to funded plans; no amounts shall be transferred with respect to unfunded plans.

(e) Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, HP has caused the Assets relating to the Enterprise Employees eligible to participate in the applicable defined benefit pension plans in Spain to be transferred to the applicable HP defined benefit pension plan. The amount(s) to be transferred shall be based on the US GAAP funded status with respect to funded plans.

(f) Effective as of the Operational Separation Date, HP shall cause the relevant HPI entity to provide the relevant Enterprise Entity with a payment relating to the Enterprise Employees eligible to participate in the applicable defined benefit pension plans in Taiwan who are Taiwan citizens or married to Taiwan citizens, in an amount equal to the reasonably estimated amount such employees would have been eligible to receive from the HP Taiwan defined benefit pension plan as of the Operational Separation Date. Upon the future retirement of such employees from an Enterprise Entity, such Enterprise Entity shall provide such employee with a retirement benefit equal to (i) the benefit to which such employee would have been entitled under the HP Taiwan defined benefit pension plan, less (ii) the benefit to which such employee is entitled under the Enterprise Taiwan defined contribution plan.

 

-4-

Exhibit 2.6

FORM OF

MASTER COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT

between

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

and

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

Dated:                     , 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.     DEFINITIONS      1   
2.     INCORPORATION OF ADDITIONAL TERMS; ORDER OF PRECEDENCE      6   
3.     TERM      7   
4.     SCOPE      7   
5.     CONTRACT MANAGEMENT      9   
6.     PERSONNEL      9   
7.     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY      10   
8.     AUDIT RIGHTS AND RECORDS RETENTION      11   
9.     PRICING      11   
10.     CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION      11   
11.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      14   
12.     INDEMNIFICATION      14   
13.     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY      16   
14.     DISPUTE RESOLUTION      17   
15.     TERMINATION      20   
16.     MISCELLANEOUS      22   

 

Master Commercial Agreement

i


TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1     Existing Agreements
Exhibit 2     Contract Management
Exhibit 3     Catalog Requirements
Exhibit 4     Form of Local Country Participation Agreement

 

Master Commercial Agreement

i


MASTER COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT

This MASTER COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT is entered into as of                     , 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 1501 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304 (“ HPI ”), and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California 94304 (“ HPE ”). HPI and HPE are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and each is individually referred to as a “ Party .”

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of HPI has determined that it is in the best interests of HPI and its shareholders to separate its various businesses into two separate publicly-traded companies;

WHEREAS, HPI and HPE and other parties named therein have entered into the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Separation Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Enterprise Business (as defined in the Separation Agreement) will be held by HPE and the HPI Business (as defined in the Separation Agreement) will be retained by HPI (the “ Separation ”);

WHEREAS, the Enterprise Business and the HPI Business were parties to various commercial agreements and arrangements pursuant to which products and services of the HPI Business were provided to the Enterprise Business and products and services of the Enterprise Business were provided to the HPI Business;

WHEREAS, HPI and HPE wish to (1) provide for the continuing performance following the Separation of existing commercial agreements and arrangements which support third-party customers, (2) enter into a new agreement under which each Party and its Affiliates may purchase commercially available products and services from the other Party and its Affiliates (for internal use, for incorporation into products or services on an OEM basis, for resale, or to support a Party’s provision of managed services to its customers, as applicable); and (3) conduct alliance, joint marketing and joint development activities, all pursuant to the terms and conditions in the Master Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms and certain other terms used herein will have the meanings set forth below.

 

Additional Terms    means, individually and collectively, as the context requires, the (1) Internal Use Agreement, (2) OEM and Supply Chain Agreement, (3) Partner Agreement, (4) Managed Service Provider Agreement, and (5) Strategic Alliance and Development Agreement.
Affiliate    means, with respect to either Party, a Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control, with such Party.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

1


Agreement    means the terms and conditions set forth in the body of this Master Commercial Agreement, excluding the Exhibits attached hereto, the Appendices attached thereto, the documents incorporated therein by reference, and the Additional Terms.
Buyer    means either Party or an Affiliate thereof in its capacity as a buyer of Products or Services from the other Party or an Affiliate thereof under the Master Agreement.
Change of Control    means, with respect to a Party, the occurrence after the Effective Date of any of the following: (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (however accomplished), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of such party’s Group (as defined in the Separation Agreement) to a third Person that is not an Affiliate of such party prior to such transaction or the first of such related transactions; (2) the consolidation, merger or other business combination of such Party with or into any other entity, immediately following which the stockholders of such Party immediately prior to such transaction fail to own in the aggregate at least a majority of the voting power in the election of directors of all the outstanding voting securities of the surviving party in such consolidation, merger or business combination or of its ultimate publicly traded parent entity; (3) a transaction or series of transactions in which any Person or “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) acquires at least 35% of the outstanding voting securities of such Party and effective control of such Party (other than (a) a reincorporation, holding company merger or similar corporate transaction in which each of such Party’s stockholders owns, immediately thereafter, interests in the new parent company in substantially the same percentage as such stockholder owned in such Party immediately prior to such transaction, or (b) in connection with a transaction described in clause (2), which will be governed by such clause (2)); or (4) a majority of the board of directors of such Party ceasing to consist of individuals who have become directors as a result of being nominated or elected by a majority of such Party’s directors.
Control  and its derivatives Controlled  and  Controlling    means, with respect to a Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interest, by contract or otherwise.
Custom Products    means Products that are modified, altered or customized, in accordance with a Statement of Work, to meet the Buyer’s or Customer’s requirements.
Custom Support Services    means non-standard Support Services that are as agreed and described in the applicable Statement of Work.
Customer    means an end customer of the Buyer, provided that a business unit or Affiliate of the Buyer may not be a Customer.
Customer Contract    means an agreement between the Buyer and a Customer.
days    means calendar days, unless otherwise specified.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

2


Data Breach    means an unauthorized disclosure of or access to personally identifiable information of the Buyer or a Customer resulting from the Seller’s breach of its obligations with respect to such personally identifiable information, including those obligations set forth in Article 10 .
Deliverable    means all deliverables or other tangible work product prepared by the Seller in the course of the provision of Services to the Buyer or a Customer and specifically identified in a SOW and to be delivered to the Buyer or a Customer under such SOW, excluding Products.
Development Agreement    has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Alliance and Development Agreement.
Exchange Act    means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Flow Down Terms    means the terms and conditions in a Customer Contract with which the Seller must comply in the Seller’s performance under the applicable Transaction Document. The Flow Down Terms for a particular Customer engagement will be set forth, or incorporated by reference, in the Transaction Documents entered into between the Buyer and Seller for such engagement.
Force Majeure    means, with respect to a Party, an event beyond the control of such Party (or any person acting on its behalf), which by its nature could not reasonably have been foreseen by such Party (or such person), or, if it could have reasonably been foreseen, was unavoidable, and includes acts of God, storms, floods, riots, fires, sabotage, civil commotion or civil unrest, interference by civil or military authorities, acts of war (declared or undeclared) or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity or one or more acts of terrorism or failure of energy sources or distribution facilities.
Governmental Authority    means any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign, transnational or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government.
Hardware    means computer and related devices and equipment, related documentation, accessories, supplies, consumables, parts and upgrades.
include  and its derivatives including and includes    means include without limitation.
Intellectual Property    means all (1) patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and inventions (whether patentable or not), (2) Marks, (3) copyrights and copyrightable works (including mask works) and registrations and applications thereof, (4) computer software programs (including source code and object code), data, databases and documentation thereof, (5) trade secrets and other confidential information (including ideas formulas, compositions, inventions, improvements, know-how, research and development information, drawings, specifications, flowcharts,

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

3


   schematics, protocols, programmer notes, designs, design rights, developments, discoveries, plans, business plans, proposals, technical data, financial and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information), (6) business processes, methodologies and frameworks, (7) moral rights, privacy and publicity rights, neighboring rights, and performance rights, and (8) all other proprietary or intellectual property rights recognized by Law.
Internal Use Agreement    means that certain Internal Use Agreement entered into by the Parties as of November 1, 2015, which applies to the purchase of Products and Services for internal use purposes of the Buyer.
Laws    means any national, foreign, international, multinational, supranational, federal, state, provincial, local or similar law (including common law), statute, code, order, directive, guidance, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty (including any income tax treaty), license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, decree, injunction, binding judicial or administrative interpretation or other requirement, in each case, enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by any Governmental Authority.
Local Country Participation Agreement    means an agreement, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 4 , between Affiliates of the Parties that are located outside of the United States.
Losses    means liabilities, losses, damages, claims, actions, costs, expenses, interest, awards, judgments, fines and penalties (including reasonable attorneys’ fees).
Malware    means viruses, Trojan horses, worms, spyware, back doors, email bombs, malicious code and similar items.
Managed Service Provider Agreement    means that certain Managed Service Provider Agreement entered into by the Parties as of November 1, 2015, which applies to the provision of Products and Services to the Buyer for use in providing managed services and solutions to Customers.
Marks    means service marks, trade dress, trade names, logos, insignias, corporate names, internet domain names, and registrations and applications for the registration thereof, together with all of the goodwill associated therewith.
Master Agreement    means this Master Commercial Agreement, the Additional Terms, all Exhibits attached hereto, and all Appendices attached thereto.
Material Breach    means a Party’s material breach of its obligations under the Master Agreement which (1) causes substantial and continuing damages to the other Party or any its Affiliates or (2) has a material adverse impact on the other Party or its Affiliates or their businesses.
OEM and Supply Chain Agreement    means that certain OEM and Supply Chain Agreement entered into by the Parties as of November 1, 2015, which applies to the purchase of Products and Services for purposes of (1) integrating, embedding, bundling or otherwise incorporating with products and services of the Buyer and (2) reselling to Customers, where the applicable Products and Services are not available to the Buyer through the Seller’s reseller partner program.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

4


Order    means an agreement entered into under the Master Agreement, pursuant to which the Buyer will purchase standard Products and Services from the Seller. An Order will include any Supporting Materials.
Partner Agreement    means that certain Partner Agreement entered into by the Parties as of November 1, 2015, which applies to the purchase of Products and Services for purposes of reselling them to Customers.
Person    means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Products    means any products that the Seller offers on a commercial basis to any customers during the Term, including Hardware and Software, as well as any Custom Products described in a Statement of Work.
Professional Services    means IT consulting, training or other services as described in a Statement of Work or applicable Supporting Material.
Records    means the Seller’s records and supporting documentation that are created, generated, collected or processed and stored by the Seller in the ordinary course of performance of its obligations under the Master Agreement.
Safeguards    means technical or operational measures (including policies and procedures) designed to reduce the chance of the loss of data or access to data by an unauthorized party through any means.
Seller    means either Party or an Affiliate thereof in its capacity as a seller of its Products and Services to the other Party, or an Affiliate of the other Party, under the Master Agreement.
Seller-Branded    means Products and Services bearing a trademark or service mark of the Seller or an Affiliate of the Seller.
Seller Partners    means the Seller’s distributors, dealers or resellers that (1) the Seller has authorized to sell its Products and Services and (2) have executed either a distributor, partner or reseller agreement with the Seller.
Seller Personnel    means an employee, agent, contractor, subcontractor, or other representative of the Seller performing any of the Seller’s obligations under the Master Agreement.
Services    means services that the Seller offers on a commercial basis to any customers during the Term, as well as any Custom Support Services, Professional Services and other non-standard Services described in a Statement of Work or Supporting Material.
Software    means machine-readable instructions and data (and copies thereof), and related updates and upgrades, licensed materials, user documentation, user manuals, and operating procedures. Software may be a separate Product and Software that is bundled with other Products. In the event that, in connection with a particular transaction, the Seller will license source code to the Buyer, then this definition will be amended in the applicable Transaction Document.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

5


Specification    means technical information about Products published in the Seller’s Product manuals, user documentation, and technical data sheets in effect on the date the Seller delivers such Products.
Statement of Work  or  SOW    means a statement of work entered into under the Master Agreement that describes the Custom Products, Custom Support Services, Professional Services and other non-standard Services to be provided by the Seller.
Strategic Alliance and Development Agreement    means that certain Strategic Alliance and Development Agreement entered into by the Parties as of November 1, 2015, which applies to alliance, joint marketing and joint development activities between the Parties and their Affiliates.
Support Services    means Services for Hardware maintenance and repair, Software maintenance, training, installation and configuration, and other standard support services provided by the Seller, as well as Custom Support Services.
Supporting Materials    means any documentation that is incorporated into Transaction Documents by reference or attachment, as may be further described in the applicable Additional Terms.
Teaming Agreement    has the meaning set forth in the Strategic Alliance and Development Agreement.
Transaction Documents    means, collectively, the (1) Internal Use Transaction Documents, (2) OEM and Supply Chain Transaction Documents, (3) Reseller Transaction Documents, (4) Managed Service Provider Transaction Documents and (5) Strategic Alliance and Development Transaction Documents.

 

2. INCORPORATION OF ADDITIONAL TERMS; ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

2.1 Incorporation of Additional Terms. The Additional Terms are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

2.2 Order of Precedence.

(A) Agreement, Additional Terms and Exhibits. In the event of a conflict, ambiguity or inconsistency between the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and any Additional Terms or any Exhibit attached hereto, then unless the Additional Terms or Exhibit expressly sets forth the applicable Sections of this Agreement that are to be excluded or modified, the terms and conditions in this Agreement will control.

(B) Agreement and Transaction Documents. In the event of a conflict, ambiguity or inconsistency between the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and any Transaction Document, the terms and conditions in this Agreement will control, provided that, if Flow Down Terms are set forth in or incorporated by reference into the applicable Transaction Document, then such Flow Down Terms will control.

(C) Additional Terms and Transaction Documents. In the event of a conflict, ambiguity or inconsistency between the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Additional Terms and any Transaction Document entered into under such Additional Terms, then, except as set forth in the applicable Additional Terms, the terms and conditions in the Transaction Document will control.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

6


3. TERM

3.1 Term of the Master Agreement. The Master Agreement will become effective on the Effective Date and will continue in full force and effect until 11:59 p.m. (Pacific Time) on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”), unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 15.1 or renewed in accordance with this Section. At least nine months prior to the then-existing expiration date, the Parties will meet to discuss whether either Party desires to renew the Master Agreement beyond the then-existing date of expiration, and will begin negotiating the terms, including the duration, of such renewal. If, during such negotiation period, a Party determines that it wants to renew the Master Agreement, such Party will provide notice to the other Party at least six months prior to the then-existing expiration date. If the other Party agrees to such renewal, and the Parties reach agreement on the terms and conditions of such renewal, then the Master Agreement will renew for the agreed duration (each such renewal period, a “ Renewal Term ”). The Initial Term and any Renewal Terms are collectively referred to herein as the “ Term .”

3.2 Term of Transaction Document. A Transaction Document will become effective on the effective date specified therein, or, if no effective date is specified, on the date such Transaction Document is, with respect to (A) Orders, accepted by the Seller and (B) Statements of Work, fully executed by the Buyer and Seller, and in each case will remain in effect for the period of time set forth in the Transaction Document, unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 15.2 or its terms, or renewed in accordance with its terms.

 

4. SCOPE

4.1 General.

During the Term, the Seller and Buyer may enter into:

(A) Orders and Statements of Work under the (1) Internal Use Agreement pursuant to which the Buyer purchases or licenses, as applicable, Products and Services from the Seller for its own internal use (“ Internal Use Transaction Documents ”), (2) OEM and Supply Chain Agreement pursuant to which the Buyer purchases or licenses, as applicable, Products and Services from the Seller to integrate, embed, bundle or otherwise incorporate with its products and services and sell the end product or service, including solutions sold “as a service,” to its Customers, or to resell to Customers where the Products and Services are not available through the Seller’s established reseller programs (“ OEM and Supply Chain Transaction Documents ”), (3) Managed Service Provider Agreement pursuant to which the Buyer purchases or licenses, as applicable, Products and Services from the Seller to use to provide managed services and solutions to its Customers, where the Buyer retains title to Products (“ Managed Service Provider Transaction Documents ”), or (4) Partner Agreement pursuant to which the Buyer purchases or licenses, as applicable, Products and Services from the Seller under the Seller’s established partner programs to resell to Customers (“ Partner Transaction Documents ”), in each case subject to the Master Agreement and any additional terms and conditions specified in the applicable Order or Statement of Work;

(B) alliances under the Strategic Alliance and Development Agreement, including Teaming Agreements and Development Agreements, to jointly pursue business opportunities and

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

7


engage in joint development activities (“ Strategic Alliance and Development Transaction Documents ”), in each case, subject to the Master Agreement and any additional terms and conditions specified in the applicable Teaming Agreement, Development Agreement or other alliance agreement.

4.2 Existing Agreements. As of the Effective Date, the Parties and certain of their Affiliates are parties to existing arrangements and agreements for the sale of Products and provision of Services for the purposes set forth in Section 4.1 (“ Existing Agreements ”). Existing Agreements for Products and Services will continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the Parties’ execution of the Master Agreement, if such Existing Agreement (A) is listed in Exhibit 1 or (B) specifies that such Existing Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of the Master Agreement as of August 1, 2015 (collectively, the “ Continuing Agreements ”). Any Existing Agreements other than as described in subsections (A) and (B) above will be terminated as of the Effective Date, and the Parties may choose to enter into a Transaction Document under the Master Agreement for the receipt of the applicable Products and Services. The Seller, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates that are parties to the Continuing Agreements, agrees to continue to provide to the Buyer the Products and Services being provided under the Continuing Agreements as of the Effective Date, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Continuing Agreement. If a Continuing Agreement listed in Exhibit 1 does not include particular terms that are included in the Agreement or the Additional Terms that are applicable to the nature of Products and Services provided under such Continuing Agreement, then such terms will be deemed to be incorporated into such Continuing Agreement, provided that the terms in the Agreement or the Additional Terms will not replace any terms included in the Continuing Agreement. As of the Effective Date, references in a Continuing Agreement to an HPI Business unit will be deemed to be references to HPI, and references to an HPE Business unit will be deemed to be references to HPE.

4.3 Local Country Participation Agreements. The Parties agree and acknowledge that an Affiliate of a Party located outside of the United States may want to purchase Products and Services of the other Party or an Affiliate thereof. In order for the Buyer and Seller to comply with applicable Laws in a particular country or mitigate tax or regulatory liabilities, it may be necessary to modify certain terms of the Master Agreement with respect to the applicable Transaction Documents. In that case, and subject to additional requirements set forth in the applicable Additional Terms, the Buyer or Seller may request, and the Buyer and Seller will negotiate in good faith, a Local Country Participation Agreement, which will incorporate and be subject to the terms of the Master Agreement. Each such Local Country Participation Agreement will only deviate from the terms and conditions set forth in the Master Agreement and the applicable Transaction Document to the extent necessary to address applicable local Laws, or tax or regulatory issues, and in no event will a Local Country Participation Agreement amend or override any provision of the Master Agreement except to address applicable local Laws or tax or regulatory issues.

4.4 Purchases from Seller Partners. The Parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in the Master Agreement limits the right of the Buyer to purchase any Products or Services from any Seller Partner, provided that a Party and Affiliates thereof will only purchase Products and Services for its internal use from the other Party or Affiliates thereof, and will not make such purchases from Seller Partners, except as permitted in the Internal Use Agreement. Any purchases from Seller Partners will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the relevant agreement between the applicable Seller Partner and the Buyer, and of the terms and conditions set forth in the Master Agreement relating to the purchase by the Buyer from the Seller of any Products or Services (including pricing and pricing-related terms) will not apply to such purchases, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Additional Terms.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

8


4.5 Excluded Services. The Master Agreement is not applicable to Services provided pursuant to that certain (A) Information Technology Service Agreement entered into by and between HPI and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Services, LLC as of November 1, 2015 or (B) Operating Agreement entered into by and between HPI and Hewlett Packard Financial Services Company as of November 1, 2015.

4.6 Product Changes. Each Party will provide the other Party notice of discontinued Products and Services at least 60 days prior to such discontinuance. The Seller will provide the Buyer the statements of direction for Products and Services upon the Buyer’s reasonable request and in accordance with the Seller’s standard roadmap policy.

 

5. CONTRACT MANAGEMENT

5.1 Executive Sponsors. Each Party will appoint one representative to provide leadership and guidance to such Party’s governance organization and activities, progress the goals and objectives of the relationship, and resolve escalated issues in accordance with the dispute escalation procedures (each, an “ Executive Sponsor ”). Either Party may replace its Executive Sponsor at any time upon notice to the other; provided, however, that if a Party is dissatisfied in any way with such a replacement, the Parties will work in good faith to communicate and resolve such dissatisfaction. The Executive Sponsors as of the Effective Date are identified in Exhibit 2 .

5.2 Relationship Managers. Each Party will appoint two representatives to be the designated managers for the Parties’ relationship with respect to the Master Agreement in its capacity as a Buyer and a Seller (each, a “ Relationship Manager ”). Either Party may replace a Relationship Manager at any time upon notice to the other; provided, however, that if a Party is dissatisfied in any way with such a replacement, the Parties will work in good faith to communicate and resolve such dissatisfaction. The Relationship Managers as of the Effective Date are identified in Exhibit 2 . The Relationship Managers will set up and manage a global governance structure for the Parties’ relationship.

5.3 Additional Governance Roles and Processes. Additional governance roles and processes may be set forth in the Additional Terms.

5.4 Quarterly Account Reviews. The Executive Sponsors and Relationship Managers of each Party will participate in account review meetings on a quarterly basis to review the status of the Parties’ relationship and discuss goals for the following quarter.

 

6. PERSONNEL

6.1 General. All Seller Personnel will be deemed to be the Seller’s agents, employees or contractors and not employees, agents, or contractors of the Buyer. The Seller assumes full liability for all acts and omissions of Seller Personnel while providing Products or performing Services, and the acts or omissions of Seller Personnel will be deemed to be acts or omissions of the Seller. The Seller will at all times remain the employer of all of its employees performing the Services, and will perform all of the responsibilities of an employer under applicable Laws. Each Party agrees to cause its Affiliates to perform the obligations contemplated to be performed by such Affiliates by the Master Agreement.

6.2 Use of Subcontractors. Subject to any limitations set forth in the applicable Additional Terms, a Seller may subcontract its obligations under a Transaction Document to a subcontractor. No

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

9


subcontracting or delegation will release the Seller from its responsibility for its obligations under the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents, and the Seller will be responsible for all acts and omissions of Seller’s subcontractors, including compliance or noncompliance with any term of the Master Agreement or Transaction Documents. Any work performed by the Seller’s subcontractors will be deemed work performed by the Seller. The Seller will be responsible for all payments to the Seller’s subcontractors. The Seller will ensure that any Person to which the Seller subcontracts or delegates any performance of the Services or any obligations set forth in the Master Agreement or a Transaction Document complies with the Master Agreement and such Transaction Document.

6.3 Requirements and Conduct. The Seller will cause any Seller Personnel, when at the Buyer’s or a Customer’s facilities, to comply with the Buyer’s or such Customer’s, as applicable, rules, regulations and work conduct policies.

6.4 Removal. With respect to Seller Personnel performing Services for the Buyer or a Customer, if the Buyer requests in good faith that any such Seller Personnel be removed from the performance of such Services, then upon receipt of such request, the Seller will have a reasonable period of time (but no longer than five business days) to remove such Seller Personnel from performance of such Services and replace such individual.

 

7. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

7.1 Ownership. No transfer of ownership of any Intellectual Property will occur under the Master Agreement.

7.2 Licenses. No license or rights to Intellectual Property of either Party or its Affiliates is granted under the Master Agreement, except as set forth in Section 7.4 and except as may be set forth in any Additional Terms or Transaction Documents. All rights in a Party’s or its Affiliates’ Intellectual Property not expressly granted in any Additional Terms or Transaction Documents are expressly reserved by each Party or its Affiliates, as applicable.

7.3 U.S. Federal Government Use . If any software is licensed to the Buyer or a Customer under the Master Agreement for use in the performance of a U.S. government prime contract or subcontract, the Buyer agrees and will cause the applicable Customer to agree, that, such software is delivered as “commercial computer software” as defined in DFARS 252.227-7014 (Jun 1995), or as a “commercial item” as defined in FAR 2.101(a), or as “restricted computer software” as defined in FAR 52.227-20 (Jun 1987), or any equivalent agency regulation or contract clause, whichever is applicable.

7.4 Trademarks. Except as set forth in this Section, and except as expressly permitted by and subject to the requirements of any applicable Additional Terms, no rights are granted under the Master Agreement to a Party or its Affiliates to use any Marks of the other Party or such other Party’s Affiliates. Each Party grants to the other Party a limited non-exclusive, non-transferable permission to use its Marks during the Term only as necessary to develop and maintain the custom catalogs described in Exhibit 3 , provided that any such use will be subject to the licensing Party’s approval in each such instance, and such use will be in accordance with any standards for such use provided by the other Party. All goodwill arising from the use of the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ marks will inure to and be owned by the other Party. All rights not expressly granted are reserved to the owner of the Marks, and the use of the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ Marks will never mean, or be implied to mean, that there is a transfer of ownership of such Marks between the Parties or their Affiliates, or any license or permission to use the Marks other than as expressly set forth in this Section 7.4 .

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

10


8. AUDIT RIGHTS AND RECORDS RETENTION

8.1 Audit Rights. The Parties agree that each Party in its capacity as a Buyer (the “ Auditing Party ”) will have the right during the Term and for the time period that the other Party in its capacity as a Seller is required to maintain Records pursuant to Section 8.2 , to engage a third party designated by the Auditing Party and approved by the other Party (the “ Audited Party ”) to audit, following not less than five business days’ prior written notice, the Audited Party’s Records to verify the Audited Party’s compliance with the terms and conditions of the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents. Any such audit will be at the Auditing Party’s expense, require reasonable notice, and will be performed during normal business hours. Such third party will be required to execute a non-disclosure agreement that restricts such third party from disclosing Confidential Information of the Audited Party to the Auditing Party, except to the extent required to report on the extent to which the Audited Party is not in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents.

8.2 Records Retention. The Seller will maintain Records for at least the greater of (A) two years following the expiration or termination of the Master Agreement and (B) the time period required under its internal records retention policy.

 

9. PRICING

The prices for the Products and Services provided under a Transaction Document will be as set forth in the applicable Transaction Document and will be determined in accordance with the pricing methodology set forth in the applicable Additional Terms.

 

10. CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION

10.1 Confidential Information.

(A) General . Each Party acknowledges that they may be furnished with, receive or otherwise have access to information of or concerning the other Party or the other Party’s Affiliates that such other Party or its Affiliates considers to be confidential, a trade secret or otherwise restricted. As used in the Master Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” will mean all information, in any form, furnished or made available, directly or indirectly, by one Party or its Affiliates or their Customers (the “ Disclosing Party ”) to the other Party or its Affiliates (the “ Receiving Party ”) or the Receiving Party’s officers, directors, principals, employees, agents, auditors, advisors, bankers, attorneys and other representatives (the “ Representatives ”) in connection with the Master Agreement or Transaction Documents that is marked confidential, restricted, or with a similar designation or which, given the nature of the information or the circumstances of disclosure, should reasonably be understood to be confidential, including the Disclosing Party’s data, business, customer information, business practices, data processes, computer or software products or programs and all related documentation, cost and pricing data, know-how, marketing or business plans, research and development information, analytical methods and procedures, hardware design, technology, financial information, and personnel or customer data.

(B) Obligations . The Receiving Party will, and will cause its Representatives (1) to hold Confidential Information in strict confidence and apply at least the standard of care used by the Receiving Party in protecting its own confidential information, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care, and not to disclose such Confidential Information to any third party without the Disclosing Party’s prior consent, except as permitted by Section 10.1(C) , and (2) without the written

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

11


permission of the Disclosing Party, not to use any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party except as reasonably required to exercise its rights or perform its obligations under the Master Agreement or Transaction Documents. In the event of any possession, use, disclosure or loss of, or inability to account for, any Confidential Information other than as permitted by the Master Agreement, the Receiving Party will promptly (a) notify the Disclosing Party upon becoming aware thereof; (b) provide to the Disclosing Party all known details and take such actions as may be necessary or reasonably requested by the Disclosing Party to pursue its legal rights and remedies and to minimize the possession, use, disclosure or loss; and (c) cooperate in all reasonable respects with the Disclosing Party to minimize the violation and any damage resulting therefrom.

(C) Compelled Disclosure . The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information as required to satisfy any legal requirement of a Governmental Authority, provided that, immediately upon receiving any such request and to the extent that it may legally do so, the Receiving Party advises the Disclosing Party of the request prior to making such disclosure so that the Disclosing Party may interpose an objection to such disclosure, take action to ensure confidential handling of the Confidential Information, or take such other action as it deems appropriate to protect the Confidential Information.

(D) Exclusions . Except with respect to personally identifiable information, Section 10.1(B) will not apply to any particular information that the Receiving Party can demonstrate: (1) was, at the time of disclosure to it, in the public domain; (2) after disclosure to it, was published or otherwise became part of the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party; (3) was in the possession of the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure to it; (4) was received after disclosure to it from a third party who had a lawful right to disclose such information to it without any obligation to restrict its further use or disclosure; or (5) was independently developed by the Receiving Party without reference to Confidential Information.

(E) No Implied Rights . Each Party’s Confidential Information will remain the property of that Party. Nothing contained in this Article will be construed as obligating a Party to disclose its Confidential Information to the other Party, or as granting to or conferring on a Party, expressly or impliedly, any rights or license to the Confidential Information of the other Party.

10.2 Data.

(A) Ownership . Each Party’s data will be and remain, as between the Parties, the property of such Party. Neither Party nor its Affiliates will possess or assert any lien or other encumbrance or right against or to the other Party’s data, and neither Party will have any rights to any data obtained from the other Party or the other Party’s Customers, except as expressly set forth in a Transaction Document.

(B) Training and Awareness . In the event that the Seller will have access to data of the Buyer or Customers, including personal data, the Seller will ensure that its personnel (including employees and contractors) performing the applicable Services receive access to and training on the Seller’s cybersecurity and data privacy policies and procedures as needed to perform the applicable Services. The Seller will provide the Buyer with access to such policies and procedures, which are considered proprietary and confidential information of the Seller. The Buyer will provide the Seller with its own policies and procedures related to cybersecurity and data privacy that are directly applicable to the applicable Services. If the policies and procedures conflict with each other, the Seller will follow its own policies and procedures unless otherwise required by Law or pursuant to written agreement of the Buyer.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

12


(C) Policies and Overview . The Seller will maintain Safeguards appropriate to the sensitivity of data being stored, transmitted, processed, maintained, modified, or analyzed on behalf of the Buyer. The Seller may change such Safeguards at any time due to changes in applicable Laws or to changes in the Seller’s business practices or the business environment where the Seller is operating. The Seller and Buyer understand that cybersecurity and data privacy threats are dynamic and evolving. Accordingly, the Seller’s Safeguards will contain measures designed to safeguard against these threats based on the Seller’s assessment of the threat landscape, but such measures are not a guarantee of protection.

(D) Buyer Responsibilities . The Buyer is responsible for implementing protective measures to safeguard data, including appropriate policies and procedures, technical measures (e.g., encryption, firewalls, multi-factor authentication, etc.), and training of affected personnel, whether employees or contractors. In all cases, the Buyer is responsible for complying with applicable Laws.

(E) Compliance with Law . Data that is accessed, stored, transmitted, processed, maintained, modified or analyzed (collectively, “ Accessed ”) by the Seller, its partners, or its contractors on behalf of the Buyer or Customers, or with the purpose of providing products or services to the Buyer or Customers, may be subject to various legal and regulatory standards depending on the jurisdiction where the parties or data subjects are located or where the data is Accessed. If the Buyer intends to purchase Services from the Seller that would result in any personally identifiable information (financial, medical, or otherwise) being Accessed by the Seller, the Buyer is responsible for notifying the Seller prior to the initiation of the applicable Services. The Seller will work in good faith with the Buyer to enter into any supplemental agreements required by applicable Laws regarding the handling of personally identifiable information Accessed by the Seller through the performance of the applicable Services.

(F) Breach Notification . The Seller will comply with data breach notice requirements where specifically applicable to data. If the Seller discovers that any legally protected information Accessed by the Seller, its partners, or its contractors as a result of the performance of the applicable Services has been accessed by a third party through any means without authorization, the Seller will notify the Buyer’s designated representative within two days of becoming aware of the access, but in no event later than required by applicable Law.

(G) Liability . The Seller will not be liable for the Buyer’s failure to abide by appropriate and reasonable security standards for the protection of the Buyer’s or Customer data. To the extent that Buyer or Customer data containing personally identifiable information is Accessed by the Seller, the Seller will use appropriate and reasonable Safeguards to secure the personally identifiable information against unauthorized or unlawful access. The Buyer and Seller acknowledge that Safeguards do not completely eliminate all threats to data security or data integrity. In the event of a Data Breach that is directly caused by the Seller’s failure to comply with applicable Laws, the Seller will be responsible for legally imposed damages, fines and penalties required to be paid by the Buyer in connection with such Data Breach, as well as the costs of preparation and mailing of notification letters and credit monitoring services for impacted individuals for up to 12 months.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

13


11. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

11.1 Organization and Good Standing. Each Party represents and warrants that it is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.

11.2 Authorization. Each Party represents and warrants that it has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Master Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance of the Master Agreement by such Party has been duly authorized by such Party.

11.3 Licenses and Qualifications. Each Party represents and warrants that it is duly licensed, authorized or qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which a license, authorization or qualification is required for the transaction of business of the character transacted by it, except where the failure to be so licensed, authorized or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under the Master Agreement.

11.4 Compliance with Law. Each Party represents and warrants that it is in compliance with all Laws applicable to its obligations under the Master Agreement and has obtained all applicable permits and licenses required of it in connection with its obligations under the Master Agreement.

11.5 Absence of Conflicts. Each Party represents and warrants that there is no outstanding litigation, arbitrated matter or other dispute to which it is a party which, if decided unfavorably to such Party, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under the Master Agreement, and that its execution of the Master Agreement will not conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

11.6 Power and Authority. Each Party represents that it has full power and authority to grant the other Party the rights granted herein without the consent of any other party and any materials developed or furnished by one Party to the other Party under the Master Agreement are free of any and all restrictions, settlements, judgments or adverse claims.

11.7 Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE, THE ADDITIONAL TERMS AND ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, NEITHER PARTY NOR ITS AFFILIATES MAKES ANY WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, SERVICES AND ANY OTHER MATERIALS PROVIDED BY SUCH PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES AND EXPLICITLY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT AND TITLE.

 

12. INDEMNIFICATION

12.1 General. Each Party (as “ Indemnifying Party ”) will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, “ Indemnified Party ”), from and against any and all Losses incurred by Indemnified Party arising out of any third-party action, suit or proceeding alleging: (A) Indemnifying Party’s breach of any warranty, or inaccuracy of any representation, set forth in Article 11 ; (B) bodily injury (including death) or damage to or loss of real or tangible personal property resulting from Indemnifying Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (C) Indemnifying Party’s breach of its obligations with respect to Indemnified Party’s Confidential Information or data, including those obligations set forth in Article 10 ; (D) Indemnifying Party’s failure to comply with any applicable Law in

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

14


the performance of its obligations under the Master Agreement; or (E) Indemnifying Party’s fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the performance of its obligations under the Master Agreement, except, in the case of each of the foregoing, to the extent that such Losses were caused by Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.2 Infringement.

(A) Indemnifying Party will defend, at its expense, Indemnified Party and its Customers against any action, suit or proceeding brought against Indemnified Party or such Customers by a third party alleging infringement or misappropriation of Intellectual Property arising from Indemnified Party’s or such Customers’ use of Indemnifying Party’s Seller-Branded Products, Deliverables or Intellectual Property licensed pursuant to Additional Terms, or receipt of Indemnifying Party’s Services (such Seller-Branded Products, Deliverables, Intellectual Property and Services, collectively “ Seller-Provided Resources ”), and will indemnify Indemnified Party and its Customers for all amounts finally awarded by a court or agreed in a settlement and reasonable attorney’s fees resulting from such action, suit or proceeding, except to the extent that the infringement or misappropriation arises out of (1) third-party content within such Seller-Provided Resources; (2) a modification of such Seller-Provided Resources other than by Indemnifying Party (unless such modification was authorized by Indemnifying Party); (3) a modification of such Seller-Provided Resources by Indemnifying Party in accordance with Indemnified Party’s specifications or instructions; (4) combination, operation or use of such Seller-Provided Resources with non-Seller-Provided Resources if the claim of infringement or misappropriation could have been avoided had such combination, operation or use not occurred; (5) use of such Seller-Provided Resources for purposes not contemplated by the Master Agreement, applicable Transaction Documents or applicable Specifications and documentation provided by the Seller; or (6) a Seller-Branded Product or Deliverable that is not at the most current release level if the most current release level is non-infringing and has been made available to Indemnified Party at no additional cost.

(B) If the Buyer or a Customer is enjoined from, or if the Seller believes the Buyer or a Customer may be enjoined from, using any Seller-Provided Resource as a result of any action or proceeding brought by a third party alleging infringement or misappropriation, or if the Seller believes that such a claim may arise, the Seller will, in addition to indemnifying the Buyer as provided in this Section, (1) promptly, at Indemnifying Party’s expense, secure the right to continue using such Seller-Provided Resource, or (2) if this cannot be accomplished with commercially reasonable efforts, then, at Indemnifying Party’s cost and expense, replace or modify such Seller-Provided Resource to make it non-infringing, provided that any such replacement or modification will not degrade the performance or quality of such Seller-Provided Resource, or (3) if neither of the foregoing can be accomplished by Indemnifying Party with commercially reasonable efforts, and only in such event, then the Buyer will, as applicable (a) return the applicable Seller-Branded Product or Deliverable and receive a refund of the amount paid for the affected Product if the claim is brought in the first year after purchase or the depreciated value if the claim is brought thereafter, (b) cease use of the applicable Intellectual Property, in which case the Seller will refund any amounts paid for such Intellectual Property, or (c) cease use of the applicable Service, in which case the Seller will, with respect to (i) Support Services, refund any prepaid amounts for the applicable Service and the ongoing fees will be equitably adjusted to reflect such removal, and (ii) Professional Services, refund the amount paid for the applicable Professional Services. The remedies set forth in this Section state the Seller’s entire liability, and the Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedies, with respect to any infringement or misappropriation by Seller-Provided Resources of any third-party Intellectual Property rights.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

15


12.3 Indemnification Procedures.

(A) To be entitled to indemnification under Section 12.1 or Section 12.2 , Indemnified Party must promptly (and in no event later than 10 days) after receipt by Indemnified Party of notice of the assertion or the commencement of any action, proceeding or other claim by a third party in respect of which Indemnified Party will seek indemnification pursuant to Section 12.1 or Section 12.2 , notify Indemnifying Party of such claim. Indemnified Party’s failure to notify Indemnifying Party within such time period will not relieve Indemnifying Party of its obligations under the Master Agreement except to the extent that Indemnifying Party can demonstrate that it was prejudiced by such failure, and Indemnifying Party will not be required to reimburse Indemnified Party for any litigation expenses during the period in which Indemnified Party failed to notify Indemnifying Party. Within 15 days following receipt of notice from Indemnified Party relating to any claim, but no later than 10 days before the date on which any response to a complaint or summons is due, Indemnifying Party will notify Indemnified Party if Indemnifying Party acknowledges its indemnification obligation and elects to assume control of the defense and settlement of that claim (a “ Notice of Election ”).

(B) If Indemnifying Party delivers a Notice of Election relating to any claim within the required notice period, Indemnifying Party will be entitled to have sole control over the defense and settlement of such claim, provided that (1) Indemnified Party will be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel at its own expense to assist in the handling of such claim and (2) Indemnifying Party will obtain the prior approval of Indemnified Party before entering into any settlement of such claim or ceasing to defend against such claim. After Indemnifying Party has delivered a Notice of Election relating to any claim in accordance with Section 12.3(A) , Indemnifying Party will not be liable to Indemnified Party for any legal expenses incurred by Indemnified Party in connection with the defense of that claim. In addition, Indemnifying Party will not be required to indemnify Indemnified Party for any amount paid or payable by Indemnified Party in the settlement of any claim for which Indemnifying Party has delivered a timely Notice of Election if such amount was agreed to without the consent of Indemnifying Party.

(C) If Indemnifying Party does not deliver a Notice of Election relating to a claim, or otherwise fails to acknowledge its indemnification obligation or to assume the defense of a claim, within the required notice period, Indemnified Party will have the right to defend the claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate, at the cost and expense of Indemnifying Party, including payment of any judgment or award and the costs of settlement or compromise of the claim. Indemnifying Party will promptly reimburse Indemnified Party for all such costs and expenses, including payment of any judgment or award and the costs of settlement or compromise of the claim.

12.4 Subrogation. In the event that Indemnifying Party will be obligated to indemnify Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article, Indemnifying Party will, upon fulfillment of its obligations with respect to indemnification, including payment in full of all amounts due pursuant to its indemnification obligations, be subrogated to the rights of Indemnified Party with respect to the claims to which such indemnification relates.

 

13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

13.1 EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 13.3 AND SECTION 13.4 , IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE UNDER THE MASTER AGREEMENT TO THE OTHER PARTY, THE OTHER PARTY’S AFFILIATES OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST REVENUES OR PROFITS, DAMAGES FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, OR LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO DATA, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT) OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

16


13.2 Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.3 and Section 13.4 , the aggregate liability of a Party or, if applicable, its Affiliate, whether arising out of breach of contract, tort (including breach of warranty, negligence and strict liability in tort) or otherwise, in connection with (A) a breach of a Transaction Document will not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (1) the total amounts paid or payable by the Buyer to the Seller under such Transaction Document for the 12 months prior to the month in which the most recent event giving rise to liability occurred and (2) $1,000,000, and (B) a breach of the Master Agreement that arises in connection with the provision of particular Products or Services under one or more Transaction Documents will not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (1) the total amounts paid or payable by the Buyer to the Seller under the affected Transaction Documents for the 12 months prior to the month in which the most recent event giving rise to liability occurred and (2) $1,000,000.

13.3 The exclusions set forth in Section 13.1 and the limitations set forth in Section 13.2 will not apply with respect to Losses arising from: (A) fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of a Party or its Affiliates in performing its obligations under the Master Agreement; (B) claims that are subject to indemnification pursuant to Article 12 (other than Losses arising from Data Breaches); (C) bodily injury (including death) or damage to or loss of real or tangible personal property resulting from the other Party’s or its Affiliates’ negligence or willful misconduct; (D) a Party’s or its Affiliates’ breach of Article 10 (other than Losses arising from Data Breaches); (E) a Party’s or its Affiliates’ infringement or misappropriation of the other Party’s Intellectual Property; (F) a Party’s or its Affiliates’ willful repudiation of the Master Agreement or Transaction Documents; or (G) any additional exclusions set forth in the applicable Additional Terms.

13.4 The exclusions set forth in Section 13.1 and the limitations set forth in Section 13.2 will not apply with respect to Losses arising from Data Breaches, provided that (A) the liability will be limited to legally imposed damages, fines and penalties required to be paid by the Buyer in connection with such Data Breach, costs of preparation and mailing of notification letters and credit monitoring services for impacted individuals for up to 12 months, (B) the liability of a Party or, if applicable, its Affiliates, under the affected Transaction Documents for such amounts will not exceed the greater of (1) two times the total amounts paid or payable by Buyer to Seller under the applicable Transaction Documents for the 12 months prior to the month in which the most recent event giving rise to liability occurred and (2) $24,000,000, provided further that such limitations will not apply with respect to Data Breaches occasioned by the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of a Party in performing its obligations under the Master Agreement.

 

14. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

14.1 General. Except as expressly provided in this Article, the procedures set forth in this Article will apply to any dispute, controversy or claim, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, arising out of or relating to the Master Agreement, between the Parties (each, a “ Dispute ”). Each Party agrees that the procedures set forth in this Article will be the sole and exclusive procedures in connection with any such Dispute and irrevocably waives any right to commence any action in or before any Governmental Authority, except as expressly provided in this Article, and except to the extent provided under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§1 et seq. (the “ Arbitration Act ”), in the case of judicial review of arbitration results or awards. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS ARTICLE, EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO ANY TRIAL IN A COURT THAT WOULD OTHERWISE HAVE JURISDICTION OVER ANY DISPUTE.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

17


14.2 Negotiations between Parties’ Designated Representatives. The Parties will make a good faith attempt to resolve any Dispute through negotiation. In the event of a Dispute, the Party that desires to initiate the dispute resolution process will provide a notice of the Dispute (“ Dispute Notice ”) to the other Party. If the Dispute arises out of or relates to any Additional Terms, then the governance contacts identified in the applicable Additional Terms will first negotiate in good faith in an attempt to resolve such Dispute amicably. If the Dispute does not arise out of or relate to any particular Additional Terms, or if the governance contacts identified in the applicable Additional Terms are not able to resolve the Dispute to the mutual satisfaction of the Parties within five business days after the initial written notice of the Dispute (or such longer period as the Parties may agree), then the applicable Relationship Managers (or such other persons as each Party may designate) will negotiate in good faith in an attempt to resolve such Dispute. If such Dispute has not been resolved to the mutual satisfaction of the Parties within 30 days after the initial written notice of the Dispute (or such longer period as the Parties may agree), then the Executive Sponsors will meet within 30 days after the end of the first 30-day negotiating period to attempt to resolve the Dispute. During the course of negotiations under this Section, all reasonable requests made by one Party to the other for information, including reasonable requests for copies of relevant documents, will be honored. The specific format for such negotiations will be left to the discretion of the designated negotiating teams but may include the preparation of agreed upon statements of fact or written statements of position furnished to the other Party. If the Parties are unable for any reason to resolve a Dispute within 30 days after the Executive Sponsors first meet to attempt to resolve the Dispute or if a Party reasonably concludes that the other Party is not willing to negotiate in good faith as contemplated by this Section, either Party may submit the Dispute to binding mediation in accordance with Section 14.3 .

14.3 Binding Mediation. Any Dispute not resolved pursuant to Section 14.2 will, at the written request of any Party (a “ Mediation Request ”), be submitted to binding mediation in accordance with the International Institute for Conflict Prevention & Resolution (“ CPR ”) Mediation Procedure (the “ Procedure ”) then in effect, except as otherwise set forth in this Article. The mediation will be held in Palo Alto, California or such other place as the Parties may mutually agree. The Parties will have 20 days from receipt by a Party of a Mediation Request to agree on a mediator. If no mediator has been agreed upon by the Parties within 20 days of receipt by a Party of a Mediation Request, then any Party may request (on notice to the other Party) that CPR appoint a mediator in accordance with the Procedure. If the Dispute has not been resolved within the earlier of 60 days of the appointment of a mediator or 90 days after receipt by a Party of a Mediation Request, or within such longer period as the Parties may agree to in writing, either Party may submit the Dispute to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 14.4 ; provided, however, that if one Party fails to participate in the mediation, the other Party may commence arbitration in accordance with Section 14.4 prior to the expiration of the time periods set forth above.

14.4 Arbitration.

(A) Any Dispute that arises under the Master Agreement that is not resolved pursuant to Section 14.2 or Section 14.3 will, at the written request of either Party (an “ Arbitration Demand Notice ”), be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with this Section. If either Party delivers an Arbitration Demand Notice, the other Party may itself deliver an Arbitration Demand Notice to such first Party with respect to any related Dispute without the requirement of first delivering a Dispute Notice as contemplated by Section 14.2 or a Mediation Request as contemplated by Section 14.3 . Subject to Section 14.6 , upon delivery of an Arbitration Demand Notice pursuant to this Section, the Dispute will be decided in accordance with this Section.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

18


(B) Any arbitration hereunder will be conducted in accordance with CPR Rules for Administered Arbitration then in effect (the “ CPR Arbitration Rules ”); provided, however, that to the extent that the provisions of the Master Agreement and the CPR Arbitration Rules conflict, the provisions of the Master Agreement (including this Article) will govern. Unless the Parties otherwise agree, any such arbitration will be conducted by and before a single arbitrator. Any arbitrator selected pursuant to this Section will be neutral and disinterested with respect to each of the Parties and the subject matter of the Dispute.

(C) The arbitrator will have full power and authority to determine issues of arbitrability but will otherwise be limited to interpreting or construing the applicable provisions of the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents and will have no authority or power to limit, expand, alter, amend, modify, revoke or suspend any condition or provision of the Master Agreement or Transaction Documents; it being understood that the arbitrator will have full authority to implement the provisions of the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents, and to fashion appropriate remedies for breaches of the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents (including interim or permanent injunctive relief); provided, however, that the arbitrator will not have (1) any authority in excess of the authority a court having jurisdiction over the Parties and the Dispute would have absent these arbitration provisions or (2) any right or power to award special, indirect, punitive, exemplary, consequential, remote, speculative or similar damages in excess of compensatory damages, except to the extent such damages are expressly permitted by the terms of the Master Agreement. It is the intention of the Parties that in rendering a decision the arbitrator will give effect to the applicable provisions of the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents and follow applicable Law.

(D) If a Party fails or refuses to appear at and participate in an arbitration hearing after due notice, the arbitrator may hear and determine the controversy upon evidence produced by the appearing Party. Any decision rendered under such circumstances will be as valid and enforceable as if the Parties had appeared and participated fully at all stages.

(E) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the fees of the arbitrator and all other arbitration costs will be borne equally by each Party, except that each Party will be responsible for its own attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses, including the costs of witnesses selected by such Party.

(F) Any arbitration award will be an award with a holding in favor of or against a Party and will include findings as to facts, issues or conclusions of law, and will include a statement of the reasoning on which the award rests. The award must also be in adequate form so that a judgment of a court may be entered thereupon. Judgment upon any arbitration award hereunder may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(G) Any arbitration proceedings hereunder will be held in Palo Alto, California or such other place as the Parties may mutually agree.

(H) The arbitration, including the interpretation of the provisions of this Article only to the extent they relate to the agreement to arbitrate set forth herein and any procedures pursuant thereto, will be governed by the Arbitration Act. In all other respects, the interpretation of the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents will be governed as set forth in Section 14.5 .

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

19


14.5 Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue. The Master Agreement, and performance under the Master Agreement, will be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. The Parties irrevocably and unconditionally consent to venue in the State of Delaware (and hereby waive any claims of forum non conveniens with respect to such venue) and to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in Delaware. The Parties further consent to the jurisdiction of any state court located within a district that encompasses assets of a Party against which a judgment has been rendered for the enforcement of such judgment against the assets of such Party.

14.6 Equitable Remedies. Each Party acknowledges that, in the event the receiving Party breaches (or attempts or threatens to breach) its obligations under Article 10 or restrictions on its right to use Intellectual Property of the other Party, including as may be set forth in a Transaction Document, the disclosing Party may be irreparably harmed. In such a circumstance, the disclosing Party may proceed directly to court. If a court of competent jurisdiction should find that the receiving Party has breached (or attempted or threatened to breach) any such obligations, the receiving Party agrees that, without any additional findings of irreparable injury or other conditions to injunctive relief, it will not oppose the entry of an appropriate order compelling its performance and restraining it from any further breaches (or attempted or threatened breaches).

14.7 Confidentiality of Dispute Resolution Proceedings. Except as required by applicable Law, the existence, content and result of all Dispute resolution proceedings pursuant to this Article will be confidential and will not be disclosed by any Party (other than to the extent disclosure is permitted pursuant to Section 10.1 or as may be required in order to enforce any agreement or award). Each of the Parties will request that the mediator or arbitrator, as applicable, comply with such confidentiality requirement.

14.8 Continued Performance. Each Party agrees to continue performing its obligations under the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents while a dispute is being resolved except to the extent the issue in dispute precludes performance (dispute over payment will not be deemed to preclude performance) and without limiting either Party’s right to terminate the Master Agreement and Transaction Documents, as provided in Article 15 .

 

15. TERMINATION

15.1 Termination of the Master Agreement. In the event that a Party:

(A) commits a Material Breach that is capable of being cured within 30 days after notice of breach from the other Party, but is not cured in such 30-day period;

(B) commits a Material Breach that is not capable of being cured within 30 days but is capable of being cured within 60 days and fails to (1) proceed promptly and diligently to correct the breach and (2) cure the breach within 60 days of notice thereof;

(C) commits a Material Breach that is not capable of being cured with due diligence within 60 days of notice thereof;

(D) commits numerous breaches of its duties or obligations under the Master Agreement which collectively constitute a Material Breach; or

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

20


(E) becomes insolvent, files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or an involuntary petition is filed against it and is not dismissed within 45 days, is adjudged bankrupt, makes an assignment of its assets for the benefit of its creditors, or becomes subject to a receivership,

then the other Party may, by giving notice to the breaching Party, terminate the Master Agreement, in whole or in part, as of a date specified in the notice of termination, without cost or penalty.

15.2 Termination of a Transaction Document. In the event that a party to a Transaction Document:

(A) commits a material breach of its obligations under a Transaction Document that is capable of being cured within 30 days after notice of breach from the other Party, but is not cured in such 30-day period;

(B) commits a material breach of its obligations under a Transaction Document that is not capable of being cured within 30 days but is capable of being cured within 60 days and fails to (1) proceed promptly and diligently to correct the breach and (2) cure the breach within 60 days of notice thereof;

(C) commits a material breach of its obligations under a Transaction Document that is not capable of being cured with due diligence within 60 days of notice thereof;

(D) commits numerous breaches of its duties or obligations under a Transaction Document which collectively constitute a material breach of its obligations under the Transaction Document; or

(E) becomes insolvent, files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or an involuntary petition is filed against it, is adjudged bankrupt, makes an assignment of its assets for the benefit of its creditors, or becomes subject to a receivership,

then the other party to the Transaction Document may, by giving notice to the breaching party, terminate the Transaction Document, as of a date specified in the notice of termination, without cost or penalty.

15.3 Effect of Termination or Expiration.

(A) In the event of expiration of the Master Agreement, or termination of the Master Agreement in whole, any Transaction Documents then in effect will continue until their expiration or termination in accordance with their terms, and the terms of the Master Agreement will survive with respect to each such Transaction Document until such expiration or termination, provided that the Parties may not enter into any new Transaction Documents under the Master Agreement.

(B) In the event of termination of the Master Agreement in part such that particular Additional Terms are terminated, any Transaction Documents entered into under such Additional Terms that are then in effect will continue until their expiration or termination in accordance with their terms, and the terms of the applicable Additional Terms will survive with respect to each such Transaction Document until such expiration or termination, provided that the Parties may not enter into any new Transaction Documents under such applicable Additional Terms.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

21


(C) In the event of termination of a Transaction Document, (1) any unfulfilled obligations under such Transaction Document will be cancelled, (2) the Buyer will pay to the Seller any fees for Products properly provided and Services properly performed through the effective date of termination, and (3) each party will promptly return to the other party or destroy (and provide certification of such destruction to the other party) any materials that constitute such other party’s Confidential Information. Where the Transaction Document involves provision of ongoing services to a Customer, any termination assistance Services that will be provided by the Seller will be set forth in the applicable Transaction Document.

15.4 Survival. The provisions of Article 8 , Article 10 , Article 12 , Article 13 , Article 14 , this Section, Section 16.8 , Section 16.14 , as well as any other provision of the Master Agreement which contemplates performance or observance subsequent to termination or expiration of the Master Agreement, will survive termination or expiration of the Master Agreement and continue in full force and effect.

 

16. MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 Binding Nature and Assignment. The Master Agreement will be binding on the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. Neither Party may, nor will either Party have the power to, assign, novate or transfer any or all of its rights or obligations under the Master Agreement, including to an Affiliate, without the prior consent of the other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld). Any Change of Control, or assignment by operation of Law, order of any court, or pursuant to any plan of liquidation, will be deemed an assignment for which prior consent is required and any assignment made without any such consent will be void and of no effect as between the Parties. The Parties agree and acknowledge that, if a Party requests the consent of the other Party to an assignment of the Master Agreement by such Party pursuant to this Section (including a deemed assignment that would occur as a result of a Change of Control of such Party), it would not be unreasonable for such other Party to withhold its consent to such proposed assignment if the proposed assignee (or the Person that is acquiring Control of such Party in a transaction that will result in a Change of Control) is a competitor of such other Party. In the event of a Change in Control with respect to a Party, such Party will notify the other Party, and provide such information regarding such change as required by the other Party, within five days prior to the intended date of change, or on the earliest date that such Party is legally permitted to provide such information, but not later than five business days after the Change of Control has occurred. An assignment of the Master Agreement by a Party (including a Change of Control) to which the other Party has not consented in accordance with this Section will be deemed to be a Material Breach by such Party that is not capable of being cured.

16.2 Entire Agreement; Amendment. The Master Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter contained in the Master Agreement. No amendment of the Master Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each Party (as designated by each Party from time to time).

16.3 Consents and Approvals. Where agreement, approval, authorization, acceptance, consent, or similar action by either Party is required under the Master Agreement, such action will be in writing and, except where expressly provided as being in the discretion of a Party, will not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. An approval or consent given by a Party under the Master Agreement will not relieve the other Party from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Master Agreement, nor will it be construed as a waiver of any rights under the Master Agreement, except as and to the extent otherwise expressly provided in such approval or consent.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

22


16.4 Force Majeure. Except for a Party’s payment obligations and obligations under Article 12 , neither Party will be liable for any default or delay in the performance of its obligations under the Master Agreement if and to the extent such default or delay is caused, directly or indirectly, by a Force Majeure. In the event of a Force Majeure, the affected Party will give prompt written notice to the other Party and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable.

16.5 UN Convention. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not apply to the Master Agreement or to the transactions processed under the Master Agreement.

16.6 Compliance with Export Laws. Each Party acknowledges that the Products and Services may be subject to the export laws of the United States and other countries. Each Party will comply with all applicable export and import laws (including national and international laws prohibiting or restricting exports to embargoes or sanctioned countries, including, as of the Effective Date, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, North Sudan (Khartoum) and Syria). The Seller will obtain all required export or import authorizations prior to export, import or transfer of Products and Services within the scope of such laws. The Buyer will not sell or provide Products or Services to any party subject to trade sanctions, restrictions or controls imposed by the U.S. government or other national governments. The Seller may suspend its performance under the Master Agreement in the event of the Buyer’s violation of these obligations or to the extent required by applicable Laws.

16.7 Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws. The Parties acknowledge they are familiar with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and anti-corruption legislation in other relevant jurisdictions. The Parties agree that they will not, in connection with the Master Agreement: (A) make any payment to; (B) transfer anything of value to; (C) offer, promise or give a financial or other advantage or request to; or (D) agree to receive or accept a financial or other advantage from, in each case either directly or indirectly, (1) any government official or employee (including employees of a government corporation or public international organization); (2) any political party or candidate for public office or (3) any other person or entity with an intent to obtain or retain business or otherwise gain an improper business advantage.

16.8 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and determinations under the Master Agreement (other than routine operational communications), will be in writing and will be deemed duly given (A) when delivered by hand, (B) one business day after being given to an express courier with a reliable system for tracking delivery, (C) when sent by confirmed facsimile or electronic mail with a copy sent by another means specified in this Section, or (D) four business days after the day of mailing, when mailed by U.S. mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed as follows:

 

 

In the case of HPI:

  

HP Inc.

11445 Compaq Center Drive West

Houston, TX 77070

Attn: Joseph Romero

     

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

23


   and   

HP Inc.

1501 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Joshua Brenkel

  
   With a copy to:   

HP Inc.

1501 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Office of the General Counsel

  
   In the case of HPE:   

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company

165 Dascomb Road

Andover, MA 01810

Attn: Kathy McCurdy

  
   and   

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company

3000 Hanover Street

Mailstop 1520

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Jonathan Thomas

  
   With a copy to:   

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company

3000 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Office of the General Counsel

  

A Party may from time to time change its address or designee for notification purposes by giving the other Party prior notice of the new address or designee and the date upon which it will become effective.

16.9 Relationship of Parties. Each Party in providing Products and the Services to the other Party, is acting as an independent contractor, and has the sole right and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to be performed, all work to be performed by such Party under the Master Agreement. Neither Party is an agent of the other Party and has no authority to represent the other Party or the other Party’s Affiliates as to any matters, except as expressly authorized in the Master Agreement.

16.10 Non-Exclusive Relationship. Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Additional Terms, nothing in the Master Agreement will be construed to preclude the Seller from providing to, or the Buyer from acquiring from, another entity products and services similar to the Products and Services.

16.11 Severability. In the event that any provision of the Master Agreement conflicts with the Law under which the Master Agreement is to be construed or if any such provision is held invalid by a competent authority, such provision will be deemed to be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the Parties in accordance with applicable Law. The remainder of the Master Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

24


16.12 Waivers. A delay or omission by either Party to exercise any right or power under the Master Agreement will not be construed to be a waiver thereof. A waiver by either of the Parties of any of the covenants to be performed by the other Party or any breach thereof will not be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach thereof or of any other covenant specified herein.

16.13 Cumulative Remedies. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all remedies provided for in the Master Agreement will be cumulative and in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies available to either Party at law or in equity.

16.14 Publicity. Except as may be expressly permitted by any Additional Terms, neither Party nor its Affiliates may use the name of the other Party or refer to it or any of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, in any advertisement, promotion, news release, marketing materials, user lists, customer lists, websites, professional or trade publication, or for any other public purpose, without the prior approval of the other Party. The foregoing does not prevent announcements intended solely for internal distribution or disclosures to the extent required to meet legal or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of the disclosing Party, which will be coordinated with and approved by the other Party prior to release.

16.15 Third Party Beneficiaries. The Master Agreement is entered into solely between, and may be enforced only by, the Parties and Affiliates that are Buyers or Sellers, and the Master Agreement will not be deemed to create any rights in, or obligations of a Party to, third parties other than Indemnified Parties and Affiliates that are Buyers or Sellers.

16.16 Negotiated Agreement. The Parties agree that the terms and conditions of the Master Agreement are the result of negotiations between the Parties and that the Master Agreement will not be construed in favor of or against any Party by reason of the extent to which any Party or its professional advisors participated in the preparation of the Master Agreement.

16.17 Covenant of Good Faith. Each Party agrees that, in its respective dealings with the other Party under or in connection with the Master Agreement, it will act in good faith.

16.18 Covenant of Further Assurances. Each Party covenants and agrees that, subsequent to the execution and delivery of the Master Agreement and without any additional consideration, each Party will execute and deliver any further legal instruments and perform any acts that are or may become necessary to effectuate the purposes of the Master Agreement.

16.19 Headings. The headings used in the Master Agreement are intended solely for convenience of reference and will not amplify, limit, modify or otherwise be used in the interpretation of any provision of the Master Agreement.

16.20 Electronic Orders; EDI. Where facilitated under local Law, the Buyer and Seller may do business electronically, including Order placement and acceptance. Once accepted, such Orders will create fully enforceable obligations subject to the terms of the Master Agreement. Such Orders and acceptances will be deemed for all purposes to be an original signed writing. The Buyer and Seller will adopt commercially reasonable security measures for password and access protection.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

25


16.21 Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. The Master Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, all of which taken together will constitute one single agreement between the Parties. Each Party acknowledges that it may be executing the Master Agreement by facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature, and that delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to the Master Agreement (whether executed by manual, stamp or mechanical signature) by facsimile or by email in portable document format (.pdf) will be effective as delivery of such executed counterpart of the Master Agreement. Each Party expressly adopts and confirms each such facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature (regardless of whether delivered in person, by mail, by courier, by facsimile or by email in .pdf) made in its respective name as if it were a manual signature delivered in person, agrees that it will not assert that any such signature or delivery is not adequate to bind such Party to the same extent as if it were signed manually and delivered in person.

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have each caused the Master Agreement to be signed and delivered by its duly authorized officer, all as of the Effective Date.

 

HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY       HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

 

Signature

     

 

Signature

 

Name

     

 

Name

 

Title                                                      Date

     

 

Title                                                      Date

 

Master Commercial Agreement

 

27

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company. The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 25, 2015.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL and by the written consent of its sole stockholder in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL, and is to become effective as of 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on [•].

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the original Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred”), and Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common”). The total number of shares of Common that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [•]. The total number of shares of Preferred that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [•]. The Preferred may be issued from time to time in one or more series.

The Corporation shall from time to time in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware increase the authorized amount of its Common if at any time the number of Common shares remaining unissued and available for issuance shall not be sufficient to permit conversion of the Preferred.

The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of this Article IV, by resolution to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred in one or more series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.


The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

A. The number of shares constituting that series (including an increase or decrease in the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares in any such series then outstanding)) and the distinctive designation of that series;

B. The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;

C. Whether that series shall have voting rights (including multiple or fractional votes per share) in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

D. Whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such privileges, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

E. Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption rates;

F. Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and the amount of such sinking funds;

G. The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and

H. Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of that series.

No holders of shares of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter authorized, shall have any preferential or preemptive rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any shares of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter authorized, or any options or warrants for such shares, or any rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any securities convertible to or exchangeable for such shares, which may at any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Corporation, except in the case of any shares of Preferred to which such rights are specifically granted by any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted pursuant to this Article IV.

ARTICLE V

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be not less than eight (8) or more than seventeen (17). The exact number of directors shall be fixed and may be changed from time to time, within the limits specified above, in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

2


B. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

C. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

D. Advance notice of stockholder nomination for the election of directors and of any other business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

E. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

ARTICLE VII

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE VIII

A. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

B. The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation (which shall include, but not be limited to, Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation (“HP Co.”), for periods prior to [•], 2015) or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation (which shall include, but not be limited to, HP Co. for periods prior to [•], 2015).

C. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII, with respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the laws of the State of Delaware) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Rishi Varma, its Secretary, this [•] day of [•], 2015.

 

 

 

Rishi Varma

Secretary

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

(A Delaware Corporation)

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (“ Hewlett Packard Enterprise ”) will be fixed in the Certificate of Incorporation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

1.2 Other Offices . The Board of Directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where Hewlett Packard Enterprise is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders will be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In lieu of holding a stockholders’ meeting at a designated place, the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may determine that any stockholders’ meeting may be held solely by means of remote communication. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings will be held at the registered office of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

2.2 Annual Meeting .

(a) The annual meeting of stockholders will be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors or its delegate. At the meeting, directors will be elected, and any other proper business may be transacted.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations for director will be made and only such other business will be conducted as will have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations and other business must be: (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in these Bylaws, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.2.

(c) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and such other business must be a proper subject for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of Hewlett Packard Enterprise not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after the anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the annual meeting and (ii) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. For purposes of this Section 2.2, a “public announcement” will mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise with the


Securities and Exchange Commission, or in a notice pursuant to the applicable rules of an exchange on which the securities of Hewlett Packard Enterprise are listed. In no event will the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a stockholders meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice of a nomination in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.2(h) of these Bylaws must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of Hewlett Packard Enterprise not later than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting.

(d) A stockholder’s notice to the secretary will set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (other than director nominations, which are governed by Section 2.2(f)): (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including without limitation the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of the stockholder and the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”)), if any, on whose behalf the business is being proposed, (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business is being proposed: (A) the name and address, as they appear on Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, and the name and address of the beneficial owner, (B) the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise which are owned of record by the stockholder and the beneficial owner as of the date of the notice, and the stockholder’s agreement to notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for the annual meeting of the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise owned of record by the stockholder and the beneficial owner as of the record date for the meeting, and (C) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business, and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice or, if the notice is given on behalf of a beneficial owner on whose behalf the business is being proposed, as to the beneficial owner: (A) the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise which are beneficially owned by the stockholder or beneficial owner as of the date of the notice, and the stockholder’s agreement to notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting of the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise beneficially owned by the stockholder or beneficial owner as of the record date for the meeting, (B) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the business between or among the stockholder or beneficial owner and any other person, including without limitation any agreements that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 5 or Item 6 of 1934 Act Schedule 13D (regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable to the stockholder or beneficial owner) and the stockholder’s agreement to notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for the annual meeting of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting, and (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, the stockholder or beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit from changes in the share price of any class of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, or increase or decrease the voting power of the stockholder or beneficial owner with respect to shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and the stockholder’s agreement to notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for such meeting of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting.

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business will be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2. The chairman of the annual meeting may determine and declare, if the facts warrant, at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.2, and, if he or she should so determine, he or she will so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting will not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.2, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder does not provide the information required under clauses (ii)(B) and (iii)(A) through (iii)(C) of this Section 2.2(d) to Hewlett Packard Enterprise within five (5) business days following the record date for an annual meeting of stockholders or if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present the business described in the stockholder’s notice delivered pursuant to this Section 2.2(d), such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by

 

2


Hewlett Packard Enterprise. For purposes of this Section 2.2, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) delivered to Hewlett Packard Enterprise prior to the proposing of the business at the meeting by the stockholder stating that the person is authorized to act for the stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for an annual meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act, and the foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.2 will not apply to stockholders who have notified Hewlett Packard Enterprise of their intention to present a stockholder proposal only pursuant to and in compliance with such regulations.

(e) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(e) and either the following Section 2.2(f) or Section 2.2(h) of these Bylaws will be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders, or at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice for such meeting, by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of record of Hewlett Packard Enterprise at the time of giving notice provided for in these Bylaws who is entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.2.

(f) Nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, will be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise in accordance with the time periods described in Section 2.2(c) of these Bylaws in the case of an annual meeting and Section 2.3(c) of these Bylaws in the case of a special meeting. Such stockholder’s notice will set forth (i) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise which are owned by such person, including without limitation shares beneficially owned and shares held of record, (D) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), and (E) a written statement executed by such nominee acknowledging that, as a director of such corporation, such person will owe a fiduciary duty, under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, exclusively to Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its stockholders and, in furtherance thereof, a written representation and agreement that such person (x) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, will act or vote on any issue or question that has not been disclosed to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, (y) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than Hewlett Packard Enterprise with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and (z) will comply with all Hewlett Packard Enterprise corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines, and any other Hewlett Packard Enterprise policies and guidelines applicable to directors; (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made: (A) the name and address, as they appear on Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s books, of the stockholder giving the notice, and the name and address of the beneficial owner, (B) the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise which are owned of record by the stockholder and the beneficial owner as of the date of the notice, and the stockholder’s agreement to notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for the annual meeting of the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise owned of record by the stockholder and the beneficial owner as of the record date for the meeting, and (C) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to present the nomination; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice or, if the notice is given on behalf of a beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is being made, as to the beneficial owner: (A) the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise which are beneficially owned by the stockholder or beneficial owner as of the date of the notice, and the stockholder’s agreement to notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting of the class and number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise beneficially owned by the stockholder or beneficial owner as of the record date for the meeting,

 

3


(B) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination between or among the stockholder or beneficial owner and any other person, including without limitation any agreements that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 5 or Item 6 of 1934 Act Schedule 13D (regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable to the stockholder or beneficial owner) and the stockholder’s agreement to notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for the annual meeting of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting, and (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, the stockholder or beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit from changes in the share price of any class of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, or increase or decrease the voting power of the stockholder or beneficial owner with respect to shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and the stockholder’s agreement to notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for such meeting of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting. At the request of the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director will furnish to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee and such other information as Hewlett Packard Enterprise may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of the proposed nominee to serve as a director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. No person (other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors) will be eligible for election as a director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(f).

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.2, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder does not provide the information required under clauses (ii)(B) and (iii)(A) through (iii)(C) of this Section 2.2(f) to Hewlett Packard Enterprise within five (5) business days following the record date for an annual or special meeting of stockholders or if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

(g) The chairman of the meeting may determine and declare, if the facts warrant, at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and in such event the defective nomination will be disregarded.

(h) Hewlett Packard Enterprise shall include in its proxy statement for an annual meeting of stockholders the name, together with the Required Information (defined below), of any person nominated for election (the “Stockholder Nominee”) to the Board of Directors by a stockholder that satisfies, or by a group of no more than 20 stockholders that satisfy, the requirements of this Section 2.2(h) (the “Eligible Stockholder”), and who expressly elects at the time of providing the notice required by this Section 2.2(h) to have its nominee included in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy materials pursuant to this Section 2.2(h).

For purposes of this Section 2.2(h), the “Required Information” that Hewlett Packard Enterprise will include in its proxy statement is (i) the information concerning the Stockholder Nominee and the Eligible Stockholder that is required to be disclosed in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy statement by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act; and (ii) if the Eligible Stockholder so elects, a Statement (defined below).

Hewlett Packard Enterprise shall not be required to include, pursuant to this Section 2.2(h), any Stockholder Nominees in its proxy materials for any meeting of stockholders for which the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise receives a notice that a stockholder has nominated a person for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to the advance notice requirements for stockholder nominees for director set forth in Section 2.2(f) of these Bylaws.

The number of Stockholder Nominees (including without limitation Stockholder Nominees that were submitted by an Eligible Stockholder for inclusion in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy materials pursuant to this Section 2.2(h) but either are subsequently withdrawn or that the Board of Directors decides to nominate as Board of Director nominees) appearing in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy materials with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders shall not exceed 20% of the number of directors in office as of the last day on which notice of a

 

4


nomination in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(h) may be delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(c) of these Bylaws, or if such amount is not a whole number, the closest whole number below 20%. In the event that the number of Stockholder Nominees submitted by Eligible Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.2(h) exceeds this maximum number, each Eligible Stockholder will select one Stockholder Nominee for inclusion in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy materials until the maximum number is reached, going in order of the amount (largest to smallest) of shares of common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise each Eligible Stockholder disclosed as owned in the written notice of the nomination submitted to Hewlett Packard Enterprise. If the maximum number is not reached after each Eligible Stockholder has selected one Stockholder Nominee, this selection process will continue as many times as necessary, following the same order each time, until the maximum number is reached.

For purposes of this Section 2.2(h), an Eligible Stockholder shall be deemed to “own” only those outstanding shares of common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise as to which the stockholder possesses both (i) the full voting and investment rights pertaining to the shares and (ii) the full economic interest in (including without limitation the opportunity for profit and risk of loss on) such shares; provided that the number of shares calculated in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) shall not include any shares (A) sold by such stockholder or any of its affiliates in any transaction that has not been settled or closed, (B) borrowed by such stockholder or any of its affiliates for any purposes or purchased by such stockholder or any of its affiliates pursuant to an agreement to resell or (C) subject to any option, warrant, forward contract, swap, contract of sale, other derivative or similar agreement entered into by such stockholder or any of its affiliates, whether any such instrument or agreement is to be settled with shares or with cash based on the notional amount or value of shares of outstanding common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, in any such case which instrument or agreement has, or is intended to have, the purpose or effect of (1) reducing in any manner, to any extent or at any time in the future, such stockholder’s or affiliates’ full right to vote or direct the voting of any such shares, and/or (2) hedging, offsetting or altering to any degree gain or loss arising from the full economic ownership of such shares by such stockholder or affiliate. A stockholder shall “own” shares held in the name of a nominee or other intermediary so long as the stockholder retains the right to instruct how the shares are voted with respect to the election of directors and possesses the full economic interest in the shares. A stockholder’s ownership of shares shall be deemed to continue during any period in which the stockholder has delegated any voting power by means of a proxy, power of attorney or other instrument or arrangement which is revocable at any time by the stockholder. The terms “owned,” “owning” and other variations of the word “own” shall have correlative meanings.

Whether outstanding shares of the common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise are “owned” for these purposes shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

An Eligible Stockholder must have owned (as defined above) 3% or more of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s outstanding common stock continuously for at least three (3) years (the “Required Shares”) as of both the date the written notice of the nomination is delivered to or mailed and received by Hewlett Packard Enterprise in accordance with Section 2.2(c) of these Bylaws and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting. Within the time period specified in Section 2.2(c) of these Bylaws for providing notice of a nomination in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(h), an Eligible Stockholder must provide the following information in writing to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise: (i) one or more written statements from the record holder of the shares (and from each intermediary through which the shares are or have been held during the requisite three (3)-year holding period) verifying that, as of a date within seven (7) calendar days prior to the date the written notice of the nomination is delivered to or mailed and received by Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the Eligible Stockholder owns, and has owned continuously for the preceding three (3) years, the Required Shares, and the Eligible Stockholder’s agreement to provide, within five (5) business days after the record date for the annual meeting, written statements from the record holder and intermediaries verifying the Eligible Stockholder’s continuous ownership of the Required Shares through the record date; (ii) the information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination pursuant to Section 2.2(f) of these Bylaws, together with the written consent of each Stockholder Nominee to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (iii) a copy of the Schedule 14N that has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as required by Rule 14a-18 under the 1934 Act, as may be amended; (iv) a representation that the Eligible Stockholder (A) acquired the Required Shares in the ordinary course of business and not with the intent to change or influence control at Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and does not presently have such intent, (B) has not nominated and will not nominate for election to the Board of Directors at the annual meeting any person other than the Stockholder Nominee(s) being nominated pursuant to this Section 2.2(h), (C) has not engaged and will not engage in, and has not

 

5


and will not be a “participant” in another person’s, “solicitation” within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(l) under the 1934 Act in support of the election of any individual as a director at the annual meeting other than its Stockholder Nominee or a nominee of the Board of Directors, and (D) will not distribute to any stockholder any form of proxy for the annual meeting other than the form distributed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise; and (v) an undertaking that the Eligible Stockholder agrees to (A) assume all liability stemming from any legal or regulatory violation arising out of the Eligible Stockholder’s communications with the stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or out of the information that the Eligible Stockholder provided to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, (B) comply with all other laws and regulations applicable to any solicitation in connection with the annual meeting, and (C) with respect to any shares held or controlled by the Eligible Stockholder, provide to Hewlett Packard Enterprise prior to the election of directors such additional information as necessary with respect thereto. The inspector of elections shall not give effect to the Eligible Stockholder’s votes with respect to the election of directors if the Eligible Stockholder does not comply with the undertaking in clause (iv)(C) above.

The Eligible Stockholder may provide to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, at the time the information required by this Section 2.2(h) is provided, a written statement for inclusion in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy statement for the annual meeting, not to exceed 500 words, in support of the Stockholder Nominee’s candidacy (the “Statement”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.2(h), Hewlett Packard Enterprise may omit from its proxy materials any information or Statement that it, in good faith, believes would violate any applicable law or regulation.

Within the time period specified in Section 2.2(c) of these Bylaws for providing notice of a nomination in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2(h), a Stockholder Nominee must deliver to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise a written representation and agreement that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, will act or vote on any issue or question that has not been disclosed to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than Hewlett Packard Enterprise with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and (iii) will comply with all Hewlett Packard Enterprise corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines, and any other Hewlett Packard Enterprise policies and guidelines applicable to directors. At the request of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the Stockholder Nominee must submit all completed and signed questionnaires required of Hewlett Packard Enterprise directors and officers. Hewlett Packard Enterprise may request such additional information as necessary to permit the Board of Directors to determine if each Stockholder Nominee is independent under the listing standards of the principal U.S. exchange upon which the common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise is listed, any applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board of Directors in determining and disclosing the independence of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s directors. If the Board of Directors determines that the Stockholder Nominee is not independent under any of these standards, the Stockholder Nominee will not be eligible for inclusion in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy materials.

Any Stockholder Nominee who is included in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy materials for a particular annual meeting of stockholders but either (i) withdraws from or becomes ineligible or unavailable for election at the annual meeting, or (ii) does not receive at least 25% of the votes cast in favor of the Stockholder Nominee’s election, will be ineligible to be a Stockholder Nominee pursuant to this Section 2.2(h) for the next two (2) annual meetings.

2.3 Special Meeting .

(a) A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, or by any of the following persons with the concurrence of a majority of the Board of Directors: the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer or the secretary, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons except as provided in Section 2.3(b) of these Bylaws.

 

6


(b) A special meeting of stockholders shall be called by the Board of Directors upon written request to the secretary of one or more record holders who are acting on behalf of beneficial owners (which may include such record holders) who have a “net long position” (as defined below) of shares of stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise representing in the aggregate not less than 25% of the total number of shares of stock entitled to vote on the matter or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting; provided that each such owner must have held such “net long position” included in such aggregate amount as of the date the written request for a special meeting is received by the secretary and on the record date for the proposed special meeting, and must continue to hold such “net long position” through the conclusion of the special meeting (such aggregate “net long position” held for the requisite period, the “Required Percentage”). A request to the secretary shall be signed by each stockholder, or a duly authorized agent of such stockholder, requesting the special meeting and shall set forth a brief description of each matter of business desired to be brought before the special meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the special meeting and the information required in Section 2.2(d) or Section 2.2(f) of these Bylaws, as applicable. Such request shall include, as to the beneficial owner, if any, directing such record stockholder to sign the request to call a special meeting and as to such record stockholder (unless such record stockholder is acting solely as a nominee for a beneficial owner) (each such beneficial owner and each record stockholder who is not acting solely as a nominee, a “Disclosing Party”), any additional information necessary to verify the “net long position” of such Disclosing Party. Each time any such Disclosing Party’s “net long position” decreases following the delivery of the foregoing information to the secretary, such Disclosing Party shall notify Hewlett Packard Enterprise of his, her or its decreased “net long position,” together with all information necessary to verify such position, within 10 days of such decrease or as of the fifth day before the special meeting, whichever is earlier.

A special meeting requested by stockholders shall be held at such date, time and place within or without the State of Delaware as may be fixed by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the date of any such special meeting shall be not more than ninety (90) days after the request to call the special meeting is received by the secretary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a special meeting requested by stockholders shall not be held if the Board of Directors has called or calls for an annual meeting of stockholders to be held within ninety (90) days after the secretary receives the request for the special meeting and the Board of Directors determines in good faith that the business of such annual meeting includes (among any other matters properly brought before the annual meeting) the business specified in the request. A stockholder may revoke a request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary, and a request by a stockholder for a special meeting shall be deemed revoked if the Disclosing Party does not provide the information required by the final sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph. If, following any such revocation, or following any notice of “net long position” decreases delivered to Hewlett Packard Enterprise pursuant to this Section 2.3(b), there are un-revoked requests from stockholders holding in the aggregate less than the Required Percentage, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may cancel the special meeting. Business transacted at a special meeting requested by stockholders shall be limited to the matters described in the special meeting request; provided , however , that nothing herein shall prohibit the Board of Directors from submitting matters to the stockholders at any special meeting requested by stockholders.

For purposes of this Section 2.3(b), “net long position” shall be determined with respect to each record stockholder requesting a special meeting and each beneficial owner who is directing a record stockholder to act on such beneficial owner’s behalf, in accordance with the definition thereof set forth in Rule 14e-4 under the 1934 Act, provided that (i) for purposes of such definition, in determining such person’s “short position,” the reference in Rule 14e-4 to “the date that a tender offer is first publicly announced or otherwise made known by the bidder to holders of the security to be acquired” shall be the record date fixed to determine the record stockholders entitled to deliver a written request for a special meeting, and the reference to the “highest tender offer price or stated amount of consideration offered for the subject security” shall refer to the closing sales price of the common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise on the exchange upon which the common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise is listed on such record date (or, if such date is not a trading day, the next succeeding trading day) and (ii) the “net long position” of such person shall be reduced by the number of shares as to which the Board of Directors determines that such person does not, or will not, have the right to vote or direct the vote at the special meeting or as to which the Board of Directors determines that such person has entered into any derivative or other agreement, arrangement or understanding that hedges or transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such shares. A stockholder’s ownership of shares shall be deemed to continue during any period in which the stockholder has delegated any voting power by means of a proxy, power of attorney or other instrument or arrangement which is revocable at any time by the stockholder.

 

7


(c) In the event a special meeting is called for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the notice for such meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.2(f) of these Bylaws shall be delivered to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise at the principal executive offices of Hewlett Packard Enterprise not earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the special meeting nor later than the close of business on the later of: (i) the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the special meeting or (ii) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement (as defined in Section 2.2(c) of these Bylaws) of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Only such business will be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as will have been stated in the notice for such meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole authority to interpret the provisions of this Section 2.3 and to determine whether a person has complied with such provisions.

2.4 Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or in his or her absence by a person designated by the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of a person so designated by the Board of Directors, by the chief executive officer, or in his or her absence by the chief financial officer, or in his or her absence by the secretary, if any, or in his or her absence by a chairman chosen at the meeting by the vote of a majority in interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat. The secretary, or in his or her absence, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, a person whom the chairman of the meeting will appoint will act as secretary of the meeting and keep a record of the proceedings thereof.

The Board of Directors will be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it will deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting will have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including without limitation establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and their duly authorized and constituted proxies, and such other persons as the chairman will permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting and matters which are to be voted on by ballot. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders will not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

2.5 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . All notices of meetings of stockholders will be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.6 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice will specify the place (if any), date, and hour of the meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at the meeting and (a) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted (no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (b) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the Board of Directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the stockholders (but any matter properly may be presented at the meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected will include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the Board of Directors intends to present for election. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and, except for meetings of stockholders called by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2.3(b) of these Bylaws (which meetings may be cancelled only on the terms provided in Section 2.3(b) of these Bylaws) or if the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides, any meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice . Notice of any meeting of stockholders will be given either personally, by mail, express mail, courier service or, with the actual or constructive consent of the stockholder entitled to receive such notice, by facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission.

 

8


If sent by mail, express mail or courier service, such notice will be sent postage or charges prepaid and will be addressed to the stockholder at the address of that stockholder appearing on the books of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or given by the stockholder to Hewlett Packard Enterprise for the purpose of notice, and such notice will be deemed to have been given. Notice given by electronic transmission pursuant to this Section 2.6 will be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a facsimile telecommunication number at which the stockholder has actually or constructively consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has actually or constructively consented to receive notice; (c) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any stockholders’ meeting, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent or mailing agent of Hewlett Packard Enterprise giving the notice, will be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice or report.

2.7 Quorum . The holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b) the stockholders by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, will have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 2.8 of these Bylaws, each without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy will decide any matter properly brought before such meeting, unless (i) the matter is one upon which, by express provision of the laws of the State of Delaware or of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a vote of a different number or voting by classes is required, in which case such express provision will govern and control the decision of the matter, or (ii) the matter is brought pursuant to the rules of an exchange upon which the securities of Hewlett Packard Enterprise are listed, in which case such rules will determine the vote required.

If a quorum is initially present, the stockholders may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

2.8 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned for any reason from time to time by either (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b) the stockholders by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented at the meeting, either in person or by proxy. In the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at that meeting except as provided in Section 2.7 of these Bylaws.

When any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed or if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting, then notice of the adjourned meeting will be given. Notice of any such adjourned meeting will be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.5 and 2.6 of these Bylaws. At any adjourned meeting Hewlett Packard Enterprise may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.9 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders will be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 of these Bylaws.

 

9


Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, by these Bylaws or as required by law, each stockholder will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of Hewlett Packard Enterprise on the record date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.

Any stockholder entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of such stockholder’s shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting part or all of such stockholder’s remaining shares or, except when the matter is the election of directors and plurality voting applies, may vote part or all of them against the proposal; but if the stockholder fails to specify the number of shares which the stockholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the stockholder’s vote is with respect to all shares which the stockholder is entitled to vote.

2.10 Validation of Meetings; Waiver of Notice; Consent . The transactions of any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, will be as valid as though they had been taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy.

Attendance by a person at a meeting also will constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by law to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if that objection is expressly made at the meeting.

2.11 Action by Written Consent . Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of preferred stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise as to dividends or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents . For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote thereat, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which will not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and will not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting, and in such event only stockholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of Hewlett Packard Enterprise after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, by these Bylaws, by agreement or by applicable law.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders will be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders will apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the Board of Directors will fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting.

The record date for any other purpose will be as provided in Section 8.1 of these Bylaws.

2.13 Proxies . Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to do so either in person or by one (1) or more agents authorized by a written proxy, which may be in the form of a facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, signed by the person and submitted to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy solicitor, but no such proxy will be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy will be deemed signed if

 

10


the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, facsimile signature or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact or, in the case of an electronically transmitted proxy, the submission has been properly authorized. A duly executed proxy will be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by submitting another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the secretary.

A proxy is not revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless, before the vote is counted, written notice of such death or incapacity is received by Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

2.14 Inspectors of Election . Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors will appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors will be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy will, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors will:

(a) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity of proxies;

(b) receive votes and ballots;

(c) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the votes and ballots submitted that may be resolved by an inspector of elections during a review and challenge process; and

(d) count and tabulate all votes and ballots.

The inspectors of election will perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Powers . Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and to any limitations in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be managed and will be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities these Bylaws expressly confer upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the General Corporation Law of Delaware or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.2 Number . The authorized number of directors will be not less than eight (8) or more than seventeen (17). Within such limits, the exact number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which Hewlett Packard Enterprise would have if there were no vacancies.

3.3 Election, Qualifications and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, at each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms then expire will be elected for a term of office to expire at the succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold office until such director’s successor will have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

11


Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including without limitation a director elected to fill a vacancy, will hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

To be qualified to serve as a director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and to be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, a person (i) must not have been an officer or director of a company that is a competitor of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors) within the three (3) years preceding the date Hewlett Packard Enterprise first mails to the stockholders its notice of meeting that includes the name of the nominee; (ii) must not be serving as a director at more than four (4) other public companies as of the date Hewlett Packard Enterprise first mails to the stockholders its notice of meeting that includes the name of the nominee; and (iii) must not be a named subject of a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses) pending as of the date Hewlett Packard Enterprise first mails to the stockholders its notice of meeting that includes the name of the nominee and, within the 10 years preceding such date, must not have been convicted in such a criminal proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a director elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship pursuant to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, the relevant time frames for assessing whether a nominee meets the foregoing qualifications shall be determined by reference to the date on which the Board of Directors determines whether to elect the nominee. For purposes of clause (i) above, a “competitor” of Hewlett Packard Enterprise is any company engaged in any business or other activities that are competitive with any aspect of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s business to an extent that is more than de minimis, as determined by the Board of Directors.

Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected will be by ballot.

Each director shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to the nominee at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, provided , however , that the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors and cast in the election of directors at any meeting of stockholders for which (i) the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise receives a notice that a stockholder has nominated a person for election to the Board of Directors in compliance with the advance notice requirements for stockholder nominees for director set forth in Section 2.2 of these Bylaws and (ii) such nomination has not been withdrawn by such stockholder on or prior to the tenth (10th) day preceding the date Hewlett Packard Enterprise first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders. For purposes of this Section 3.3, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a nominee must exceed the votes cast “against” such nominee’s election.

3.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign effective upon giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, the chief executive officer, the secretary or the entire Board of Directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective; provided , however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the Board of Directors, including without limitation such resigning director, may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote of the stockholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum). Each director so elected will hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

12


Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one (1) or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

Any directors chosen pursuant to this Section 3.4 will hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor will have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, Hewlett Packard Enterprise should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the then outstanding shares having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election will be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

3.5 Removal . Unless otherwise restricted by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

3.6 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings will be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another; and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

3.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice if the times of such meetings are fixed by the Board of Directors.

3.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or in the absence of a chairman by the lead independent director, or by the chief executive officer, the secretary or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office.

 

13


The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings. The chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, the chief executive officer, secretary or any assistant secretary or their delegates will give notice of any special meeting to each director personally or by telephone to each director or sent by mail, express mail, courier service, confirmed facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission, postage or charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or if the address is not readily ascertainable, notice will be addressed to the director at the city or place in which the meetings of directors are regularly held. If the notice is by mail, such notice will be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days prior to the time set for such meeting. If the notice is by express mail or courier service, such notice will be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time set for such meeting. If the notice is by telephone, hand delivery, facsimile transmission, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission, such notice will be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted a reasonable time (which need not be more than twenty-four (24) hours and may be less depending upon the circumstances) prior to the time set for such meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director whom the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. If the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the notice need not specify the place of the meeting. Moreover, a notice of meeting need not state the purpose of such meeting, and, unless indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a meeting.

3.9 Quorum . A majority of the authorized number of directors will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws and to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these Bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present will be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

3.10 Waiver of Notice . Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (a) who provides a written or electronic waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or who approves the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (b) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such directors. If waiver of notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. The transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and noticed or wherever held, are as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice of such meeting provides a written or electronic waiver of notice pursuant to this Section 3.10. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

3.11 Adjournment . A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

3.12 Notice of Adjournment . Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given if announced unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, then notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting will be given before the adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in Section 3.8 of these Bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

3.13 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting; provided that all members of the Board of Directors individually or collectively provide written or electronic consent to that action; provided , further , that, if such consent is effected by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission was authorized by the director. Such action by written consent will have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof will be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

14


3.14 Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors will be presided over by the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any. In his or her absence, the lead independent director will preside over meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the chairman of the Board of Directors and the lead independent director, a majority of the directors present at the meeting, assuming a quorum, will designate a president pro tem of the meeting who, if any such person be present, will be a chairman of a committee of the Board of Directors and who will preside at the meeting. The secretary, or in his or her absence the assistant secretary, will act as secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of such persons the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

3.15 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. This Section 3.15 will not be construed to preclude any director from serving Hewlett Packard Enterprise in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.

3.16 Executive Session . It is the intent of the Board of Directors that the members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of Hewlett Packard Enterprise will confer in executive session at least three (3) times per year. Such directors may confer in additional executive sessions from time to time throughout the year, as determined by a majority of such directors. The executive sessions shall be presided over by a lead independent director, selected by a majority of such independent directors, as determined by Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s independence standards.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 Committees of Directors . The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more committees, each consisting of one (1) or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee, unless limited by resolution of the Board of Directors or any applicable laws or listing standards, will have all the authority of the Board of Directors, but no such committee will have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt or recommend to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) that requires the approval of the stockholders under applicable law or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws.

4.2 Meetings and Action of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees will be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.6 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings; notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment), Section 3.12 (notice of adjournment) and Section 3.13 (action by written consent) of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided , however , that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees will also be given to all alternate members, who will have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

4.3 Executive Committee . In the event that the Board of Directors appoints an executive committee, such executive committee, in all cases in which specific directions to the contrary have not been given by the Board of Directors, will have and may exercise, during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (except as provided in Section 4.1 of these Bylaws) in such manner as the executive committee may deem in the best interests of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

 

15


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS AND CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

5.1 Officers . The officers of Hewlett Packard Enterprise shall consist of a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, one or more assistant secretaries, who will be elected by the Board of Directors, and such other officers, including without limitation a president and a treasurer, as the Board of Directors deems expedient, who will be elected in such manner and hold their offices for such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. Any two (2) of such offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more elected vice presidents as executive vice presidents or senior vice presidents, and the chief executive officer may designate one (1) or more elected vice presidents as senior vice presidents. The Board of Directors may from time to time designate the chief executive officer, president or any executive vice president as the chief operating officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

5.2 Appointment of Officers . In addition to officers elected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.3 of these Bylaws, Hewlett Packard Enterprise may have one or more appointed vice presidents. Such appointed vice presidents may be appointed by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer and will have such duties as may be established by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer. The Board of Directors may designate one or more appointed vice presidents as executive vice presidents or senior vice presidents, and the chief executive officer may designate one or more appointed vice presidents as senior vice presidents. Vice presidents appointed pursuant to this Section 5.2 may be removed in accordance with Section 5.5 of these Bylaws.

5.3 Election of Section 16 Officers by Board of Directors . The Board of Directors will designate officers for purposes of Section 16 of the 1934 Act (“Section 16 Officers”).

5.4 Terms of Office and Compensation . The term of office of each of such executive officers will be fixed and determined by the Board of Directors and may be altered by the Board of Directors from time to time at its pleasure, subject to the rights, if any, of such executive officers under any contract of employment. The compensation of such executive officers shall be determined by the HR and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors in consultation with the full Board of Directors, as appropriate.

5.5 Removal; Resignation of Officers and Vacancies . Any officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise may be removed at the pleasure of the Board of Directors at any meeting or at the pleasure of any officer who may be granted such power by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written or electronic notice to Hewlett Packard Enterprise without prejudice to the rights, if any, of Hewlett Packard Enterprise under any contract to which the officer is a party; provided that, if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If any vacancy occurs in any office of Hewlett Packard Enterprise the Board of Directors may elect a successor to fill such vacancy for the remainder of the unexpired term and until a successor is duly chosen and qualified.

5.6 Chairman of the Board . The chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, may be an officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and will, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders; and may call meetings of the stockholders and also of the Board of Directors to be held, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such times and at such places as the chairman of the Board of Directors may deem proper. The chairman of the Board of Directors will exercise and perform such other duties as may from time to time be agreed to by the Board of Directors. The chairman of the Board of Directors will report to the Board of Directors.

5.7 Chairman of Executive Committee . The chairman of the executive committee, if there be one, will have other powers and be subject to such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

16


5.8 Chief Executive Officer . The powers and duties of the chief executive officer are:

(a) To have and provide general supervision, direction and control of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s business and its officers;

(b) To call meetings of the Board of Directors to be held, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such times and at such places as the chief executive officer deems proper;

(c) To affix the signature of Hewlett Packard Enterprise to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing (“Contracts”) which have been authorized by the Board of Directors or which, in the judgment of the chief executive officer, should be executed on behalf of Hewlett Packard Enterprise;

(d) To delegate the power to affix the signature of Hewlett Packard Enterprise to Contracts to other officers of Hewlett Packard Enterprise; and

(e) To have such other powers and be subject to such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

In case of the disability or death of the chief executive officer, the Board of Directors will meet promptly to confer the powers of the chief executive officer on another elected officer. Until the Board of Directors takes such action, the chief financial officer will exercise all the powers and perform all the duties of the chief executive officer.

5.9 President . Subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors to elect or not elect a president and to the supervisory powers of the chief executive officer in the event of such election, the president, if any, will act in a general executive capacity and will assist the chief executive officer in the administration and operation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s business and general supervision of its policies and affairs. The president will have the power to sign certificates for shares of stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. The president will have the power to affix the signature of Hewlett Packard Enterprise to all Contracts unless otherwise limited by Hewlett Packard Enterprise policy or by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer. The president will have such other powers and be subject to such other duties as the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer may from time to time prescribe.

5.10 Vice Presidents . Vice presidents may be elected by the Board of Directors or appointed pursuant to Section 5.2 of these Bylaws. Elected vice presidents will have the power to affix the signature of Hewlett Packard Enterprise to all Contracts, unless otherwise limited by Hewlett Packard Enterprise policy or by the Board of Directors or the officer to whom such elected vice president directly or indirectly reports. Elected vice presidents will have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be granted or prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Vice presidents appointed pursuant to Section 5.2 of these Bylaws will have such powers and duties as may be fixed in accordance with Section 5.2 of these Bylaws, except that such appointed vice presidents may not exercise the powers and duties of the chief executive officer or president.

5.11 Secretary . The powers and duties of the secretary are:

(a) To keep a book of minutes at the principal office of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, of all meetings of its directors and stockholders with the time and place of such meetings, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at directors’ meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof;

(b) To keep the seal of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and affix the same to all instruments which may require it;

 

17


(c) To keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, or at the office of the transfer agent or agents, a share register, or duplicate share registers, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number of and classes of shares and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation;

(d) To keep a supply of certificates for shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, to fill in all certificates issued and to make a proper record of each such issuance; provided that so long as Hewlett Packard Enterprise will have one (1) or more duly appointed and acting transfer agents or exchange agents with respect to the shares, or any class or series of shares, of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, such duties with respect to such shares will be performed by such agent or agents;

(e) To transfer upon the share books of Hewlett Packard Enterprise any and all shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise; provided that so long as Hewlett Packard Enterprise will have one (1) or more duly appointed and acting transfer agents or exchange agents with respect to the shares, or any class or series of shares, of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, such duties with respect to such shares will be performed by such agent or agents, and the method of transfer of each certificate will be subject to the reasonable regulations of the agent to which the certificate is presented for transfer, and also, if Hewlett Packard Enterprise then has one (1) or more duly appointed and acting agents, to the reasonable regulations of the agent to which the new certificate is presented for registration; and provided , further that no certificate for shares of stock will be issued or delivered or, if issued or delivered, will have any validity whatsoever until and unless it has been signed or authenticated in the manner provided in Section 8.5 of these Bylaws;

(f) To make service and publication of all notices that may be necessary or proper. In case of the absence, disability, refusal or neglect of the secretary to make service or publication of any notices, then such notices may be served and/or published by the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, or by any person thereunto authorized by any of them or by the Board of Directors or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise; and

(g) To generally do and perform all such duties as pertain to the office of secretary and as may be required by the Board of Directors.

5.12 Chief Financial Officer . The powers and duties of the chief financial officer are:

(a) To supervise the corporate-wide treasury functions and financial reporting to external bodies;

(b) To have the custody of all funds, securities, evidence of indebtedness and other valuable documents of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and, at the chief financial officer’s discretion, to cause any or all thereof to be deposited for account of Hewlett Packard Enterprise at such depositary or depositaries as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer, or as the chief financial officer deems appropriate;

(c) To receive or cause to be received, and to give or cause to be given, receipts and acceptances for monies paid in for the account of Hewlett Packard Enterprise;

(d) To disburse, or cause to be disbursed, all funds of Hewlett Packard Enterprise subject to such limits as may be directed by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board, if any, or the chief executive officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements;

(e) To render to the chief executive officer and to the Board of Directors, whenever they may require, accounts of all transactions and of the financial condition of Hewlett Packard Enterprise; and

(f) To generally do and perform all such duties as pertain to the office of chief financial officer and as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

18


ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES

AND OTHER AGENTS

6.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Hewlett Packard Enterprise will indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter, a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (or any predecessor, which shall include without limitation Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation (“HP Co.”), for periods prior to [•], 2015) or is or was serving at the request of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (or any predecessor, which shall include without limitation HP Co. for periods prior to [•], 2015) as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (or any predecessor of any of such entities), including without limitation service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by Hewlett Packard Enterprise (or any predecessor, which shall include without limitation HP Co. for periods prior to [•], 2015), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all expenses, liabilities and losses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification will continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and will inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that except as provided in the third paragraph of this Section 6.1, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 6.1 will be a contract right and, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 of these Bylaws, will include without limitation the right to be paid by Hewlett Packard Enterprise the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

To obtain indemnification under this Section 6.1, a claimant will submit to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the preceding sentence, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto will be made as follows: (a) if requested by the claimant, by Independent Counsel (as defined below), or (b) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of Disinterested Directors (as defined below), even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which will be delivered to the claimant, or (iii) by a majority vote of a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, or (iv) if a majority of the Disinterested Directors so direct, by the stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the claimant, the Board of Directors will select Independent Counsel unless there has occurred within two (2) years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a “Change of Control” (as defined below), in which case the claimant will select Independent Counsel unless the claimant requests that the Board of Directors makes such selection. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will pay such amount promptly following such determination.

If Hewlett Packard Enterprise does not pay in full a claim for indemnification under this Section 6.1 within sixty (60) days after a written claim pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Section 6.1 has been received by Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against Hewlett Packard Enterprise to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant will be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It will be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to Hewlett Packard Enterprise) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the General Corporation Law of Delaware for Hewlett

 

19


Packard Enterprise to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense will be on Hewlett Packard Enterprise. Neither the failure of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (including without limitation its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, nor an actual determination by Hewlett Packard Enterprise (including without limitation its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

If a determination is made pursuant to this Section 6.1 that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Section 6.1. Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to the third paragraph of this Section 6.1 that the procedures and presumptions of this Article VI are not valid, binding and enforceable and will stipulate in such proceeding that Hewlett Packard Enterprise is bound by all the provisions of this Article VI. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section 6.1 will not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise. No repeal or modification of this Article VI will in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of any director, officer, employee or agent of Hewlett Packard Enterprise hereunder in respect of any occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or modification.

6.2 Indemnification of Others . Hewlett Packard Enterprise will have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than present and former directors and officers) against expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred or suffered in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (other than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or agent of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, (b) who is or was serving at the request of Hewlett Packard Enterprise as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or (c) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (which shall include without limitation HP Co. for periods prior to [•], 2015) or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation. To obtain indemnification under this Section 6.2, a claimant will submit to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise a written request, including without limitation therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant will be granted indemnification.

6.3 Insurance . Hewlett Packard Enterprise may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (or any predecessor, which shall include without limitation HP Co. for periods prior to [•], 2015), or is or was serving at the request of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (or any predecessor, which shall include without limitation HP Co. for periods prior to [•], 2015) as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not Hewlett Packard Enterprise would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

6.4 Expenses . Hewlett Packard Enterprise will advance to any person eligible for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.1 of these Bylaws, and may advance to any person eligible for indemnification pursuant to Section 6.2 of these Bylaws, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, all expenses reasonably incurred by any such person in connection with defending such proceeding, upon receipt of a request therefor and an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amounts if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise, such advances to be paid by Hewlett Packard Enterprise within forty-five (45) days after the receipt by Hewlett Packard Enterprise of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will not be required to advance expenses in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by any person unless the proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

20


Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 6.5 of these Bylaws, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will not advance or continue to advance expenses to any person (except by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise in which event this paragraph will not apply) in any proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum (b) if there are no Disinterested Directors or the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors or (c) by a majority vote of a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of Disinterested Directors, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

6.5 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Article VI will not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. Hewlett Packard Enterprise is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

6.6 Survival of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Article VI will continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and will inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

6.7 Amendments . Any repeal or modification of this Article VI will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

6.8 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Article VI will be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VI (including without limitation each portion of any paragraph of this Article VI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VI (including without limitation each such portion of any paragraph of this Article VI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

6.9 Notice . Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to Hewlett Packard Enterprise under this Article VI will be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by confirmed telecopy, electronic mail, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage or charges prepaid, return copy requested, to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and will be effective only upon receipt by the secretary.

6.10 Definitions . For the purpose of this Article VI, a “ Change of Control ” will mean:

(a) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of twenty percent (20%) or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (the “ Outstanding Corporation Common Stock ”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Hewlett Packard Enterprise entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this clause (a), the following acquisitions will not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from Hewlett Packard Enterprise or any acquisition from other stockholders where (A) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Board of Directors, and (B) such acquisition would not constitute a Change of Control under the first

 

21


sentence of this clause (a), (ii) any acquisition by Hewlett Packard Enterprise, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Hewlett Packard Enterprise or any corporation controlled by Hewlett Packard Enterprise or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the second sentence of this clause (a); or

(b) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board will be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors; or

(c) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of Hewlett Packard Enterprise resulting from such Business Combination (including without limitation a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns Hewlett Packard Enterprise or all or substantially all of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination; or

(d) approval by the stockholders of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

For purposes of this Bylaw:

Disinterested Director ” will mean a director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

Independent Counsel ” will mean a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and will include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either Hewlett Packard Enterprise or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights under this Article VI.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Records . Hewlett Packard Enterprise will, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors or the secretary, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

 

22


Any stockholder of record or beneficial owner of shares held either in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person, in person or by attorney or other agent, will, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. In every instance where the stockholder is other than a record holder of stock in Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the demand under oath will state the person’s status as a stockholder, be accompanied by documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of the stock and state that such documentary evidence is a true and correct copy of what it purports to be. A proper purpose will mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath will be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath will be directed to Hewlett Packard Enterprise at its registered office in Delaware or to the secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise at Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s principal place of business. For purposes of this Section 7.1, “under oath” will include statements the declarant affirms to be true under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States or any state thereof.

7.2 Inspection by Directors . Any director will have the right to examine Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The burden of proof will be upon Hewlett Packard Enterprise to establish that the inspection such director seeks is for an improper purpose. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court of Chancery may summarily order Hewlett Packard Enterprise to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court of Chancery may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

7.3 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . The chief executive officer or any other officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise who serves on the board of directors of another entity at the request of or with the approval of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or who is otherwise duly authorized may vote, represent and exercise on behalf of Hewlett Packard Enterprise all rights incident to any and all shares or other equity interest of any other entity or corporations standing in the name of Hewlett Packard Enterprise; provided , however , that the granting of any proxy in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders of any such entity will be subject to prior review by the secretary or assistant secretary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and, provided , further , that the granting of any proxy in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders of any entity in which an Hewlett Packard Enterprise employee benefit plan is a stockholder will be determined by the Investment Review Committee of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or its delegate. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by such person having the authority.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Record Date for Purposes Other Than Notice and Voting . For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which will not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action, and which record date will not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. In that case, only stockholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of Hewlett Packard Enterprise after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, by these Bylaws, by agreement or by law.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose will be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the applicable resolution.

 

23


8.2 Checks; Drafts; Evidences of Indebtedness . From time to time, the Board of Directors or its delegate will determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and only the persons so authorized will sign or endorse those instruments.

8.3 Corporate Contracts and Instruments; How Executed . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of Hewlett Packard Enterprise; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors, provided in these Bylaws or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee will have any power or authority to bind Hewlett Packard Enterprise by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.4 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of Hewlett Packard Enterprise will begin on the first day of November of each year and end on the last day of October of the following year.

8.5 Stock Certificates . The interest of each stockholder of Hewlett Packard Enterprise may be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock in such form as the appropriate officers of Hewlett Packard Enterprise may from time to time prescribe or be uncertificated. Any such certificates of stock shall be signed, countersigned and registered in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution prescribe, which resolution may permit all or any of the signatures on such certificates to be in facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by Hewlett Packard Enterprise with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

8.6 Special Designation on Certificates . If Hewlett Packard Enterprise is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights will be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that Hewlett Packard Enterprise will issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that Hewlett Packard Enterprise will issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that Hewlett Packard Enterprise will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.7 Lost Certificates . Hewlett Packard Enterprise, directly or through its transfer or exchange agent, may issue a new share certificate or new certificate for any other security in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and Hewlett Packard Enterprise, directly or through its transfer or exchange agent, may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner’s legal representative to give Hewlett Packard Enterprise a bond (or other adequate security) sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it (including without limitation any expense or liability) on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. The Board of Directors may adopt such other provisions and restrictions with reference to lost certificates, not inconsistent with applicable law, as appropriate.

8.8 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the General Corporation Law of Delaware will govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporate or similar person and a natural person.

8.9 Provisions Contrary to Provisions of Law . Any article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause or phrase of these Bylaws which upon being construed in the manner provided in Section 8.8 of these Bylaws, is contrary to or inconsistent with any applicable provisions of law, will not apply so long as such provisions of law remain in effect, but such result will not affect the validity or applicability of any other portions of these Bylaws, it being hereby declared that these Bylaws would have been adopted and each article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more articles, sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses or phrases is or are illegal.

 

24


8.10 Notices . Any reference in these Bylaws to the time a notice is given or sent means, unless otherwise expressly provided, the time a written notice by mail is deposited in the United States mails, postage prepaid; or the time any other written notice is personally delivered to the recipient or is delivered to a carrier for transmission, or actually transmitted by the person giving the notice by facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic means, to the recipient; or the time any oral notice is communicated, in person or by telephone, to the recipient or to a person at the office of the recipient who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the recipient.

8.11 Remote Communication . For the purposes of these Bylaws, if authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) Hewlett Packard Enterprise will implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) Hewlett Packard Enterprise will implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholder, including without limitation an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, Hewlett Packard Enterprise or its agent will maintain a record of such vote or other action.

8.12 Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

8.13 Stockholder Rights Plan . Hewlett Packard Enterprise will seek stockholder approval prior to its adoption of a Rights Plan, unless the Board of Directors, in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, determines that, under the circumstances existing at the time, it is in the best interests of the stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise to adopt or extend a Rights Plan without delay. If a Rights Plan is adopted or extended by the Board of Directors without prior stockholder approval, such plan must provide that it will expire unless ratified by the stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise within one (1) year of adoption. For purposes of this Bylaw, the term “Rights Plan” refers generally to any plan providing for the distribution of preferred stock, rights, warrants, options or debt instruments to the stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, designed to assist the Board of Directors in responding to unsolicited takeover proposals and significant stock accumulations in a manner that facilitates the exercise of the Board of Directors’ fiduciary responsibilities to stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise by conferring certain rights on them upon the occurrence of a “triggering event” such as a tender offer or third-party acquisition of a specified percentage of stock.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided , however , that Hewlett Packard Enterprise may, in its Certificate of Incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws upon the directors; and provided , further , that any proposal by a stockholder to amend these Bylaws will be subject to the provisions of Article II and Article VI. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors will not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power, to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amendment or deletion of all or any portion of Article II, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Section 3.4, Section 6.1 or Section 6.4 of these Bylaws or this Article IX by the stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

25


Amended and restated effective [•], 2015.

 

26

Exhibit 10.1

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

  1. Purposes of the Plan.

The purpose of this Plan is to encourage ownership in the Company by key personnel whose long-term employment is considered essential to the Company’s continued progress and, thereby, encourage recipients to act in the shareholders’ interest and share in the Company’s success and to provide an opportunity for cash awards to incentivize or reward employees.

 

  2. Definitions.

As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board, any Committee or such delegates as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company has a significant ownership interest as determined by the Administrator provided that the entity is one with respect to which Common Stock will qualify as “service recipient stock” under Code Section 409A.

(c) “Annual Equity Retainer” shall mean the amount which a Non-Employee Director will be entitled to receive in the form of equity for serving as a director in a relevant Director Plan Year, but shall not include reimbursement for expenses, fees associated with service on any committee of the Board, any cash compensation (whether or not payable in Shares at the election of the Non-Employee Director), or fees with respect to any other services to be provided to HP or the Board, including but not limited to Board leadership services.

(d) “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock incentive plans under U.S. federal and state laws, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company has listed or submitted for quotation the Common Stock to the extent provided under the terms of the Company’s agreement with such exchange or quotation system and, with respect to Awards subject to the laws of any foreign jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan, the laws of such jurisdiction related to securities and exchange control requests for share offerings.

(e) “Award” means a Cash Award, Stock Award, Stock Appreciation Right, Option, or Converted Award granted in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

(f) “Awardee” means an individual who has been granted an Award under the Plan or any person (including any estate) to whom an Award has been assigned or transferred as permitted hereunder.

(g) “Award Agreement” means a Cash Award Agreement, Stock Award Agreement, SAR Agreement and/or Option Agreement, which may be in written or electronic format, in such form and with such terms as may be specified by the Administrator, evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award. Each Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Award Agreement may be in the form of either (i) an agreement to be either executed by both the Awardee and the Company or offered and accepted electronically as the Administrator shall determine or (ii) certificates, notices or similar instruments as approved by the Administrator.


(h) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(i) “Cash Award” means a bonus opportunity awarded under Section 12 pursuant to which a Awardee may become entitled to receive an amount based on the satisfaction of such performance criteria as are specified in the Award Agreement or other documents evidencing the Award (the “ Cash Award Agreement ”).

(j) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:

 

  i. A direct or indirect acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of shares which, together with other direct or indirect acquisitions or beneficial ownership by such Person, results in aggregate beneficial ownership by such Person of thirty percent (30%) or more of either (1) the then outstanding Shares (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”), or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); excluding, however, the following: (a) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (b) any acquisition by the Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary, (c) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or (d) any acquisition by any entity pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (a), (b) and (c) of subsection (iii) of this definition; or

 

  ii. A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the effective date of the subject action (the “Effective Date”), constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of a majority of those individuals then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

  iii.

The consummation of a Corporate Transaction; excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (a) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty percent (60%) of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction or a direct or indirect parent entity of the surviving or acquiring entity (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such


  transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions (as compared to each other) as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (b) no Person (other than the Company, any wholly owned subsidiary, any employee benefit plan (or related trust)) sponsored or maintained by the Company, any entity controlled by the Company, such surviving or acquiring entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction or any entity controlled by such surviving or acquiring entity or a direct or indirect parent entity of the surviving or acquiring entity that, after giving effect to the Corporate Transaction, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock (or comparable equity interests) of the entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such entity except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction or (c) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute a majority of the members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the surviving or acquiring entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction or a direct or indirect parent entity of the surviving or acquiring entity. “Corporate Transaction” means (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (iii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, regardless of whether the Company is the surviving corporation, or (iv) a statutory share exchange involving capital stock of the Company.

(k) “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(l) “Committee” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan. The HR and Compensation Committee of the Board shall be deemed a “Committee” for purposes of the Plan.

(m) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(n) “Company” means Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, a Delaware corporation, or its successor.

(o) “Conversion Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b)(xiii) of the Plan.

(p) “Converted Award” shall mean an Award that is issued to satisfy automatic adjustment and conversion of awards over HP common stock contemplated under the Employee Matters Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, any Converted Award shall be governed by the provisions of the original award agreement applicable to such Converted Award.

(q) “Director” means a member of the Board who is not a Non-Employee Director.

(r) “Director Option” shall mean any option granted under Section 13 of the Plan including Converted Awards originally granted to Directors in connection with service on the HP Board of Directors.


(s) “Director Plan Year” shall mean the year beginning the day after the Company’s annual meeting and ending on the day of the Company’s next annual meeting, as the case may be, for any relevant year.

(t) “Employee” means a regular, active employee of the Company or any Affiliate, including an Officer and/or Director. The Administrator shall determine whether or not the chairman of the Board qualifies as an “Employee.” Within the limitations of Applicable Law, the Administrator shall have the discretion to determine the effect upon an Award and upon an individual’s status as an Employee in the case of (i) any individual who is classified by the Company or its Affiliate as leased from or otherwise employed by a third party or as intermittent or temporary, even if any such classification is changed retroactively as a result of an audit, litigation or otherwise, (ii) any leave of absence approved by the Company or an Affiliate, (iii) any period of notice or garden leave under foreign law, (iv) any transfer between locations of employment with the Company or an Affiliate or between the Company and any Affiliate or between any Affiliates, (v) any change in the Awardee’s status from an employee to a consultant or Director, and (vi) at the request of the Company or an Affiliate an employee becomes employed by any partnership, joint venture or corporation not meeting the requirements of an Affiliate in which the Company or an Affiliate is a party.

(u) “Employee Matters Agreement” shall mean that certain Employee Matters Agreement dated [date] by and between HP and the Company relating to the transfer of employees in connection with the separation of the Company’s business from HP’s business, which agreement is incorporated herein by reference.

(v) “Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(w) “Fair Market Value” means, unless the Administrator determines otherwise, as of any date, the closing sales price for such Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) as of such date (or if no sales were reported on such date, the closing sales price on the last preceding day on which a sale was made), as reported in such source as the Administrator shall determine.

(x) “Grant Date” means the date or event specified by the Administrator on which a grant of an Award will become effective (which date with respect to an Option or a SAR will not be earlier than the date on which the Administrator takes action with respect thereto); in the case of a Converted Award, the Grant Date means the grant date applicable to the original award covering HP common stock corresponding to the Converted Award.

(y) “HP” shall mean Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation.

(z) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(aa) “Non-Employee Director” shall mean each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and who is eligible only for Awards granted pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan.

(bb) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.


(cc) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(dd) “Option” means a right granted under Section 8, including any such right that is a Converted Award, to purchase a number of Shares or Stock Units at such exercise price, at such times, and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the agreement or other documents evidencing the Award (the “ Option Agreement ”). Both Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options and Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted under the Plan.

(ee) “Plan” means this Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.

(ff) “Qualifying Performance Criteria” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

(gg) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

(hh) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted under Section 8, including any such right that is a Converted Award, which entitles the recipient to receive an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right over the exercise price thereof on such terms and conditions as are specified in the agreement or other documents evidencing the Award (the “ SAR Agreement ”). The Administrator shall determine whether a Stock Appreciation Right shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with another Award or freestanding and unrelated to another Award.

(ii) “Stock Award” means an award or issuance of Shares or Stock Units made under Section 11 of the Plan, including any such right that is a Converted Award, the grant, issuance, retention, vesting and/or transferability of which is subject during specified periods of time to such conditions (including continued employment or performance conditions) and terms as are expressed in the agreement or other documents evidencing the Award (the “ Stock Award Agreement ”).

(jj) “Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equivalent to the value of one Share, payable in cash, property or Shares. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, including any such right that is a Converted Award, except as otherwise provided for by the Administrator.

(kk) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(ll) “Termination of Employment” shall mean ceasing to be an Employee. However, for Incentive Stock Option purposes, Termination of Employment will occur when the Awardee ceases to be an employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. The Administrator shall determine whether any corporate transaction, such as a sale or spin-off of a division or business unit, or a joint venture, shall be deemed to result in a Termination of Employment.


(mm) “Total and Permanent Disability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

  3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

(a) Aggregate Limits. Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares subject to Awards granted under the Plan is 260,000,000 Shares. The Shares subject to the Plan may be either Shares reacquired by the Company, including Shares purchased in the open market, or authorized but unissued Shares.

For the avoidance of doubt, any Shares issued pursuant to a Converted Award shall reduce the maximum number of Shares issuable under this Section 3(a).

(b) Issuance of Shares . For purposes of Section 3(a), the aggregate number of Shares issued under the Plan at any time shall equal only the number of Shares actually issued upon exercise or settlement of an Award. If any Shares subject to an Award granted under the Plan are forfeited or such Award is settled in cash or otherwise terminates without the delivery of such Shares, the Shares subject to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture, settlement or termination, shall again be available for grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may not again be made available for issuance under the Plan if such Shares are: (i) Shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the exercise price of an Option, (ii) Shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the withholding taxes related to an Award, or (iii) Shares repurchased by the Company on the open market with the proceeds of an Award paid to the Company by or on behalf of the Awardee. For the avoidance of doubt, when SARs are exercised and settled in Shares the full number of Shares exercised will no longer be available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Share Limits. Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares subject to Awards granted under this Plan during any calendar year to any one Awardee shall not exceed 6,000,000, except that in connection with his or her initial service, an Awardee may be granted Awards covering up to an additional 4,000,000 Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to all Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan is 6,000,000 Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the limitations set forth in this Section 3(c) shall be subject to adjustment under Section 15(a) of the Plan only to the extent that such adjustment will not affect the status of any Award intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) or the ability to grant or the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Shares subject to Converted Awards shall be disregarded for purposes of the limitations set forth in this Section 3(c).

 

  4. Administration Of The Plan.

(a) Procedure.

i. Multiple Administrative Bodies. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, one or more Committees and/or their delegates.


ii. Section 162. To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, Awards to “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code or Employees that the Committee determines may be “covered employees” in the future shall be made by a Committee of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

iii. Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”), Awards to Officers and Directors shall be made by the entire Board or a Committee of two or more “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

iv. Other Administration. Subject to Applicable Law, the Board or a Committee may delegate to an authorized Officer or Officers the power to approve Awards to persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan who are not (A) subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (B) at the time of such approval, “covered employees” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

v. Delegation of Authority for the Day-to-Day Administration of the Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Law, the Administrator may delegate to one or more individuals the day-to-day administration of the Plan and any of the functions assigned to it in this Plan. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee or delegates acting as the Administrator, subject to the specific duties delegated to such Committee or delegates, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

i. to select the Awardees to whom Awards are to be granted hereunder;

ii. to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

iii. to determine the type of Award to be granted to the selected Awardees;

iv. to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

v. to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise and/or purchase price, the time or times when an Award may be exercised or settled (which may or may not be based on performance criteria), the vesting schedule, any vesting and/or exercisability acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, the acceptable forms of consideration, the term, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine and may be established at the time an Award is granted or thereafter;

vi. to suspend the right to exercise Awards during any blackout period that is necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of Applicable Laws and/or to extend the Award exercise period for an equal period of time in a manner consistent with Applicable Law;


vii. to correct defects and supply omissions in the Plan and any Award Agreement and to correct administrative errors;

viii. to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan (including sub-plans, Award Agreements and Plan and Award Agreement addenda) and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

ix. to adopt rules and procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized (A) to adopt the rules and procedures regarding the conversion of local currency, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates which vary with local requirements and (B) to adopt sub-plans, Award Agreements and Plan and Award Agreement addenda as the Administrator deems desirable, to accommodate foreign laws, regulations and practice;

x. to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, Award Agreements and Plan and Award Agreement addenda;

xi. to modify or amend each Award, including, but not limited to, the acceleration of vesting and/or exercisability, provided, however, that any such amendment is subject to Section 15 of the Plan and may not materially impair any outstanding Award unless agreed to in writing by the Awardee;

xii. to allow Awardees to satisfy withholding tax amounts by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or SAR, or vesting or settlement of a Stock Award that number of Shares having a value not in excess of the amount required to be withheld. The value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined in such manner and on such date that the Administrator shall determine or, in the absence of provision otherwise, on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by a Awardee to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may provide;

xiii. to authorize conversion or substitution under the Plan of any or all stock options, stock appreciation rights or other stock awards held by service providers of an entity acquired by the Company (the “Conversion Awards”). Any conversion or substitution shall be effective as of the close of the merger or acquisition. The Conversion Awards may be Nonstatutory Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator, with respect to options granted by the acquired entity; provided, however, that with respect to the conversion of stock appreciation rights in the acquired entity, the Conversion Awards shall be Nonstatutory Stock Options, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator at the time of conversion or substitution, all Conversion Awards shall have the same terms and conditions as Awards generally granted by the Company under the Plan;

xiv. to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;


xv. to impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by a Awardee or other subsequent transfers by the Awardee of any Shares issued as a result of or under an Award, including without limitation, (A) restrictions under an insider trading policy and (B) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers;

xvi. to provide, either at the time an Award is granted or by subsequent action, that an Award shall contain as a term thereof, a right, either in tandem with the other rights under the Award or as an alternative thereto, of the Awardee to receive, without payment to the Company, a number of Shares, cash or a combination thereof, the amount of which is determined by reference to the value of the Award; and

xvii. to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan and any Award granted hereunder.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Administrator regarding the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan and the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder, shall be final and binding on all Awardees or other persons claiming rights under the Plan or any Award. The Administrator shall consider such factors as it deems relevant, in its sole and absolute discretion, to making such decisions, determinations and interpretations including, without limitation, the recommendations or advice of any Officer or other employee of the Company and such attorneys, consultants and accountants as it may select.

 

  5. Eligibility.

Awards may be granted to Directors and/or Employees; provided that Non-Employee Directors are eligible only for awards granted under Section 13 of the Plan.

 

  6. Term of Plan.

The Plan shall become effective upon its approval by shareholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of the date the Plan or any amendment to add shares to the Plan is approved by shareholders of the Company unless terminated earlier under Section 16 of the Plan; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the 10th anniversary of the date that the Plan (or share reserve increase, as applicable) is approved by the Board or by shareholders, if earlier.

 

  7. Term of Award.

The term of each Award shall be determined by the Administrator and stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Option or SAR, the term shall be ten (10) years from the Grant Date or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement; provided that the term may be ten and one-half (10 1 / 2 ) years in the case of Options granted to Awardees in certain jurisdictions outside the United States as determined by the Administrator.

 

  8. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

The Administrator may grant an Option or SAR, or provide for the grant of an Option or SAR, either from time to time in the discretion of the Administrator or automatically upon the occurrence of specified events, including, without limitation, the achievement of performance goals, the satisfaction of an event or condition whether or not within the control of the Awardee.


(a) Option or SAR Agreement. Each Option or SAR Agreement shall contain provisions regarding (i) the number of Shares that may be issued upon exercise of the Option or SAR, (ii) the type of Option, (iii) the exercise price of the Shares and the means of payment for the Shares, (iv) the term of the Option or SAR, (v) such terms and conditions on the vesting and/or exercisability of an Option or SAR as may be determined from time to time by the Administrator, (vi) restrictions on the transfer of the Option or SAR and forfeiture provisions and (vii) such further terms and conditions, in each case not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined from time to time by the Administrator.

(b) Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option or SAR shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

i. The per Share exercise price of an Option or SAR shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Grant Date.

ii. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Administrator’s discretion, Converted Awards and Conversion Awards that are granted in substitution and/or conversion of options or stock appreciation rights of HP or an acquired entity, may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of such substitution and/or conversion if such exercise price is determined in a manner that complies with the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code, as applicable.

(c) No Option or SAR Repricings. Other than in connection with a change in the Company’s capitalization (as described in Section 15(a) of the Plan), the exercise price of an Option or SAR may not be reduced without shareholder approval (including canceling previously awarded Options or SARs in exchange for cash, other Awards, Options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Option or SAR). Nothing in this Section 8(c) shall be construed to apply to the issuance of an Option that is a Converted Award or the issuance or assumption of an Option or SAR in connection with the acquisition by the Company or a subsidiary of an unrelated entity provided such actions are taken in a manner that complies with the requirements of Section 409A and 424 of the Code, as applicable.

(d) Vesting Period and Exercise Dates. Options or SARs granted under this Plan shall vest and/or be exercisable at such time and in such installments during the period prior to the expiration of the Option’s or SAR’s term as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have the right to make the timing of the ability to exercise any Option or SAR granted under this Plan subject to continued employment, the passage of time and/or such performance requirements as deemed appropriate by the Administrator. At any time after the grant of an Option or SAR, the Administrator may reduce or eliminate any restrictions surrounding any Awardee’s right to exercise all or part of the Option or SAR.

(e) Form of Consideration for Exercising an Option. The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment, either through the terms of the Option Agreement or at the time of exercise of an Option. Acceptable forms of consideration may include:

i. cash;


ii. check or wire transfer (denominated in U.S. Dollars);

iii. subject to any conditions or limitations established by the Administrator, other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;

iv. subject to any conditions or limitations established by the Administrator, withholding of Shares deliverable upon exercise, which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;

v. consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted sale and remittance program acceptable to the Administrator;

vi. such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or

vii. any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

  9. Incentive Stock Option Limitations/Terms.

(a) Eligibility. Only employees (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may be granted Incentive Stock Options.

(b) $100,000 Limitation. Notwithstanding the designation “Incentive Stock Option” in an Option Agreement, if and to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Awardee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries) exceeds U.S. $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 9(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the Grant Date.

(c) Effect of Termination of Employment on Incentive Stock Options. Generally. Unless otherwise provided for by the Administrator, upon an Awardee’s Termination of Employment, any outstanding Incentive Stock Option granted to such Awardee, whether vested or unvested, to the extent not theretofore exercised, shall terminate immediately upon the Awardee’s Termination of Employment.

(d) Leave of Absence. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no leave of absence may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company or a Subsidiary is not so guaranteed, an Awardee’s employment with the Company shall be deemed terminated on the ninety-first (91 st ) day of such leave for Incentive Stock Option purposes and any Incentive Stock Option granted to the Awardee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall terminate upon the expiration of the three month period following the date the employment relationship is deemed terminated.

(e) Transferability. The Option Agreement must provide that an Incentive Stock Option cannot be transferable by the Awardee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and


distribution, and, during the lifetime of such Awardee, must not be exercisable by any other person. If the terms of an Incentive Stock Option are amended to permit transferability, the Option will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(f) Other Terms. Option Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such other terms and conditions as may be necessary to qualify, to the extent determined desirable by the Administrator, with the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code; however, for clarity’s sake, the Administrator makes no guarantee that an Incentive Stock Option shall remain qualified under Section 422 of the Code.

 

  10. Exercise of Option or SAR.

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder.

i. Any Option or SAR granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the respective Award Agreement. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise: (A) no Option or SAR may be exercised during any leave of absence other than an approved personal or medical leave with an employment guarantee upon return, (B) an Option or SAR shall continue to vest during any authorized leave of absence and such Option or SAR may be exercised to the extent vested and exercisable upon the Awardee’s return to active employment status.

ii. An Option or SAR shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (A) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option or SAR; (B) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the related Option is exercised; and (C) with respect to Nonstatutory Stock Options or SARs, satisfaction of all applicable withholding taxes.

iii. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option or SAR shall be issued in the name of the Awardee. Unless provided otherwise by the Administrator or pursuant to this Plan, until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a Company shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option or SAR, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option or SAR.

iv. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares as soon as administratively practicable after the Option or SAR is exercised. An Option or SAR may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment on Nonstatutory Stock Options or SARs. Unless otherwise provided for by the Administrator prior to the Awardee’s Termination of Employment, upon an Awardee’s Termination of Employment, any outstanding Nonstatutory Stock Option or SAR granted to such Awardee, whether vested or unvested, to the extent not theretofore exercised, shall terminate immediately upon the Awardee’s Termination of Employment.

 

  11. Stock Awards.

(a) Stock Award Agreement. Each Stock Award Agreement shall contain provisions regarding (i) the number of Shares subject to such Stock Award or a formula for determining such number, (ii) the purchase price of the Shares, if any, and the means of payment for the Shares,


(iii) the performance criteria, if any, and level of achievement versus these criteria that shall determine the number of Shares granted, issued, retainable and/or vested, (iv) such terms and conditions on the grant, issuance, vesting and/or forfeiture of the Shares as may be determined from time to time by the Administrator, (v) restrictions on the transferability of the Stock Award and (vi) such further terms and conditions in each case not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined from time to time by the Administrator.

(b) Restrictions and Performance Criteria. The grant, issuance, retention and/or vesting of each Stock Award may be subject to such performance criteria and level of achievement versus these criteria as the Administrator shall determine, which criteria may be based on financial performance, personal performance evaluations and/or completion of service by the Awardee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the performance criteria for any Stock Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be established by the Administrator based on one or more Qualifying Performance Criteria selected by the Administrator and specified in writing not later than the earlier of ninety (90) days after the commencement, or within the first 25%, of the period of service to which the performance goals relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at that time.

(c) Forfeiture. Unless otherwise provided for by the Administrator prior to the Awardee’s Termination of Employment, upon the Awardee’s Termination of Employment, the Stock Award and the Shares subject thereto shall be forfeited, provided that to the extent that the Awardee purchased any Shares, the Company shall have a right to repurchase the unvested Shares at the original price paid by the Awardee.

(d) Rights as a Shareholder. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, the Awardee shall have the rights equivalent to those of a Company shareholder and shall be a shareholder only after Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) to the Awardee. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Awardee holding Stock Units shall be entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights payable in cash or Shares subject to the same vesting conditions as the underlying Stock Units.

 

  12. Cash Awards.

Each Cash Award will confer upon the Awardee the opportunity to earn a future payment tied to the level of achievement with respect to one or more performance criteria established for a performance period of not less than one (1) year.

(a) Cash Award. Each Cash Award shall contain provisions regarding (i) the target and maximum amount payable to the Awardee as a Cash Award, (ii) the performance criteria and level of achievement versus these criteria which shall determine the amount of such payment, (iii) the period as to which performance shall be measured for establishing the amount of any payment, (iv) the timing of any payment earned by virtue of performance, (v) restrictions on the alienation or transfer of the Cash Award prior to actual payment, (vi) forfeiture provisions, and (vii) such further terms and conditions, in each case not inconsistent with the Plan, as may be determined from time to time by the Administrator. The maximum amount payable as a Cash Award that is settled for cash may be a multiple of the target amount payable, but the maximum amount payable in any fiscal year pursuant to that portion of a Cash Award granted under this Plan to any Awardee that is intended to satisfy the requirements for “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code shall not exceed U.S. $15,000,000.


(b) Performance Criteria. The Administrator shall establish the performance criteria and level of achievement versus these criteria which shall determine the target and the minimum and maximum amount payable under a Cash Award, which criteria may be based on financial performance and/or personal performance evaluations. The Administrator may specify the percentage of the target Cash Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the performance criteria for any portion of an Cash Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code shall be a measure established by the Administrator based on one or more Qualifying Performance Criteria selected by the Administrator and specified in writing not later than the earlier of, 90 days after the commencement, or within the first 25%, of the period of service to which the performance goals relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at that time.

(c) Timing and Form of Payment. The Administrator shall determine the timing of payment of any Cash Award. The Administrator may provide for or, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify, may permit an Awardee to elect (in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code) for the payment of any Cash Award to be deferred to a specified date or event. The Administrator may specify the form of payment of Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for an Awardee to have the option for his or her Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Administrator may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(d) Termination of Employment. Unless otherwise provided for by the Administrator prior to the Awardee’s Termination of Employment, upon the Awardee’s Termination of Employment, any Cash Awards issued hereunder shall be forfeited.

 

  13. Non-Employee Director Awards.

(a) Eligibility . Each member of the Board who is a Non-Employee Director and who is providing service to the Company as a member of the Board at the beginning of the Director Plan Year shall be eligible to receive an Annual Equity Retainer under the Plan. The value of the Annual Equity Retainer granted to a Non-Employee Director for any Director Plan Year (which shall be converted into a number of Shares subject to a Director RSU Award (as provided in Section 13(b)(ii)) or Director Option Award (as provided in Section 13(b)(iii)) shall not exceed $550,000.

Any member of the Board who enters service after the beginning of the Director Plan Year may be eligible to receive a prorated Annual Equity Retainer under the Plan as the Board or the Committee determines in its discretion.

(b) Terms and Conditions .

(i) Compensation Alternatives . Within (i) 25 days after the beginning of the Director Plan Year, or (ii) if the Non-Employee Director elects to participate in the [Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “EDCP”)] then in the calendar year preceding the first day of the Director Plan Year, each Non-Employee Director may elect to receive his or her Annual Equity Retainer in the form of restricted stock units (a “Director RSU Award”) and or in the form of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock (a “Director Option Award”). If any Non-Employee Director fails to make such an election, then he or she shall be deemed to have elected a Director RSU Award for the value of his or her Annual Equity Retainer. Any such election, or any modification or termination of such


an election, shall be filed with HP on a form prescribed by the Company for this purpose. If a Non-Employee Director does not elect to participate in the EDCP and does not select his or her means of payment within the prescribed time, then such Non-Employee Director shall not be permitted to participate in the EDCP for the applicable Director Plan Year.

(ii) Director RSU Award.

A. Date of Grant . The Director RSU Award shall be granted automatically one month after the beginning of each Director Plan Year (or, if such date is not a business day, on the next succeeding business day) (the “Director Grant Date”).

B. Number of Shares Subject to a Director RSU Award . The total number of Shares included in each Director RSU Award shall be determined by dividing the amount of the Annual Equity Retainer that is to be paid in Director RSU Awards by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Director Grant Date. It shall be rounded up to the largest number of whole Shares.

C. Vesting Period for Director RSU Award . If the Committee does not expressly exercise its discretion to change the vesting of the Director RSU Award for a Director Plan Year, then the vesting of such Director RSU Award shall be the same as the last Director Plan Year in which the Committee exercised its discretion to set the vesting terms. Unless deferred under the EDCP, Shares subject to Director RSU Awards shall be delivered promptly upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions, but no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the vesting conditions are satisfied.

(iii) Director Option Award. Subject to Section 13(b)(i) above, each Non-Employee Director may specify the amount of his or her Annual Equity Retainer to be received in the form of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Each Director Option Award granted under this Plan shall comply with and be subject to the terms of the Plan and the following terms and conditions including such additional terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board or Committee:

A. Date of Grant . The Director Option Award shall be granted automatically on the Director Grant Date.

B. Number of Shares Subject to Director Option Award . The number of Shares to be subject to any Director Option Award shall be an amount necessary to make such option equal in value, using a modified Black-Scholes option valuation model, to that portion of the Annual Equity Retainer that the Non-Employee Director elected to receive in the form of an option. The value of the option will be calculated by assuming that the value of an option to purchase one Share equals the product of (i) a fraction determined by dividing 1 by the Multiplier, as defined below, and (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Director Grant Date.

The number of Shares represented by a Director Option Award shall be determined by multiplying the number of Shares determined above by a multiplier determined using a modified Black-Scholes option valuation method (the “Multiplier”). The Board or the Committee shall determine the Multiplier prior to the beginning of the Director Plan Year by considering the following factors: (i) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Multiplier is determined; (ii) the average length of time that Company stock options are held by optionees prior to exercise; (iii) the risk-free rate of return based on the term determined in (ii) above and U.S. government securities rates; (iv) the annual dividend yield for the Common


Stock; and (v) the volatility of the Common Stock over the previous ten-year period. The number of Shares to be subject to the option shall be rounded up to the largest number of whole Shares determined as follows:

 

Amount of Annual Equity Retainer to be paid as options  

                                                                                            

 

   ×  Multiplier  =  Number of
Shares  

Fair Market Value on the Director Grant Date

        

C. Price of Options . The exercise price of the Director Option Award will be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Director Grant Date.

D. Period of Director Option Award . The Committee shall have the discretion to determine the exercisability of Shares subject to the Director Option Award. If the Committee does not expressly exercise its discretion to change the exercisability (including the vesting schedule and/or the term of an option) of the Director Option Award for a Director Plan Year, then the exercisability of such options shall be the same as the last Director Plan Year in which the Committee expressly exercised its discretion to determine the exercisability of Shares subject to the Director Option Award.

(iv) Termination . Any Non-Employee Director who terminates service prior to the end of the Director Plan Year may have his or her Annual Retainer prorated, including a forfeiture of options, restricted stock units or cash payment, if any, as the Board or the Committee determines in its discretion.

 

  14. Other Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a) Non-Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by beneficiary designation, will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The Administrator may make an Award transferable to an Awardee’s “family member” (as such term is defined in Section 1(a)(5) of the General Instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), to trusts solely for the benefit of such family members and to partnerships in which such family members and/or trusts are the only partners. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, either on the Grant Date or thereafter, such Award shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate, and any transferee shall be deemed to be bound by such terms upon acceptance of such transfer.

(b) Qualifying Performance Criteria. For purposes of this Plan, the term “Qualifying Performance Criteria” shall mean any one or more of the following performance criteria, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit, Affiliate or business segment, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Committee in the Award: (i) cash flow (including operating cash flow or free cash flow) or cash conversion cycle; (ii) earnings (including gross margin, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings); (iii) earnings per share; (iv) growth in: earnings or earnings per share, cash flow, revenue, gross margin, operating expense or operating expense as a percentage of revenue; (v) stock price; (vi) return on equity or average shareholder equity; (vii) total shareholder return; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on assets or net assets; (x) return on investment; (xi) revenue (on an absolute basis or adjusted for currency effects);


(xii) net profit or net profit before annual bonus; (xiii) income or net income; (xiv) operating income or net operating income; (xv) operating profit, net operating profit or controllable operating profit; (xvi) operating margin or operating expense or operating expense as a percentage of revenue; (xvii) return on operating revenue; (xviii) market share or customer indicators; (xix) contract awards or backlog; (xx) overhead or other expense reduction; (xxi) growth in shareholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or a peer group index or another index; (xxii) credit rating; (xxiii) strategic plan development and implementation, attainment of research and development milestones or new product invention or innovation; (xxiv) succession plan development and implementation; (xxv) improvement in productivity or workforce diversity, (xxvi) attainment of objective operating goals and employee metrics; and (xxvii) economic value added. To the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Qualifying Performance Criteria to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (A) asset write-downs; (B) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (C) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results; (D) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; and (E) any unusual or infrequently occurring or special items.

(c) Certification. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall certify the extent to which any Qualifying Performance Criteria and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock).

(d) Discretionary Adjustments Pursuant to Section 162(m). Notwithstanding satisfaction or completion of any Qualifying Performance Criteria, to the extent specified at the time of grant of an Award to “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the number of Shares, Options, SARs or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Qualifying Performance Criteria may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine.

 

  15. Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger or Asset Sale.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, (i) the number and kind of Shares available for issuance under the Plan and/or covered by each outstanding Award, (ii) the price per Share subject to each such outstanding Award and (iii) the Share limitations set forth in Section 3 of the Plan, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number or kind of issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, extraordinary dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property (other than regular, cash dividends)), combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award.


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Awardee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide at any time for an Option to be fully vested and exercisable until ten (10) days prior to such transaction. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any restrictions on any Award shall lapse prior to the transaction, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

(c) Change in Control. In the event there is a Change in Control of the Company, as determined by the Board or a Committee, the Board or Committee may, in its discretion, (i) provide for the assumption or substitution of, or adjustment to, each outstanding Award; (ii) accelerate the vesting of Awards and terminate any restrictions on Awards; and (iii) provide for the cancellation of Awards for a cash payment to the Awardee.

 

  16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Administrator may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan or any Award Agreement, but any such amendment shall be subject to approval of the shareholders of the Company in the manner and to the extent required by Applicable Law. In addition, without limiting the foregoing, unless approved by the shareholders of the Company, no such amendment shall be made that would:

i. increase the maximum number of Shares for which Awards may be granted under the Plan, other than an increase pursuant to Section 15 of the Plan;

ii. reduce the minimum exercise price for Options or SARs granted under the Plan;

iii. reduce the exercise price of outstanding Options or SARs; or

iv. materially expand the class of persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Award, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Awardee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Awardee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

(c) Effect of the Plan on Other Arrangements. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board or a Committee nor the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or any Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it or they may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.


  17. Designation of Beneficiary.

(a) An Awardee may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive the Awardee’s rights pursuant to Awardee’s Award or the Awardee may include his or her Awards in an omnibus beneficiary designation for all benefits under the Plan pursuant to terms and conditions permitted by the Administrator. To the extent that Awardee has completed a designation of beneficiary while employed with HP, such beneficiary designation shall remain in effect with respect to any Award hereunder until changed by the Awardee to the extent enforceable under Applicable Law.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Awardee at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of an Awardee and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Awardee’s death, the Company shall allow the executor or administrator of the estate of the Awardee to exercise the Award, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may allow the spouse or one or more dependents or relatives of the Awardee to exercise the Award to the extent permissible under Applicable Law.

 

  18. No Right to Awards or to Employment.

No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award and the grant of any Award shall not be construed as giving an Awardee the right to continue in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates. Further, the Company and its Affiliates expressly reserve the right, at any time, to dismiss any Employee or Awardee at any time without liability or any claim under the Plan, except as provided herein or in any Award Agreement entered into hereunder.

 

  19. Legal Compliance.

Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Award unless the exercise of such Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

  20. Inability to Obtain Authority.

To the extent the Company is unable to or the Administrator deems it infeasible to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, the Company shall be relieved of any liability with respect to the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

  21. Reservation of Shares.

The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

  22. Notice.

Any written notice to the Company required by any provisions of this Plan shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Company and shall be effective when received.


  23. Governing Law; Interpretation of Plan and Awards.

(a) This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the state of Delaware.

(b) In the event that any provision of the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan is declared to be illegal, invalid or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be reformed, if possible, to the extent necessary to render it legal, valid and enforceable, or otherwise deleted, and the remainder of the terms of the Plan and/or Award shall not be affected except to the extent necessary to reform or delete such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.

(c) The headings preceding the text of the sections hereof are inserted solely for convenience of reference, and shall not constitute a part of the Plan, nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.

(d) The terms of the Plan and any Award shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective permitted heirs, beneficiaries, successors and assigns.

(e) All questions arising under the Plan or under any Award shall be decided by the Administrator in its total and absolute discretion. In the event the Awardee believes that a decision by the Administrator with respect to such person was arbitrary or capricious, the Awardee may request arbitration with respect to such decision. The review by the arbitrator shall be limited to determining whether the Administrator’s decision was arbitrary or capricious. This arbitration shall be the sole and exclusive review permitted of the Administrator’s decision, and the Awardee shall as a condition to the receipt of an Award be deemed to explicitly waive any right to judicial review.

(f) Notice of demand for arbitration shall be made in writing to the Administrator within thirty (30) days after the applicable decision by the Administrator. The arbitrator shall be selected by the Administrator. The arbitrator shall be an individual who is an attorney licensed to practice law in the State of Delaware. Such arbitrator shall be neutral within the meaning of the Commercial Rules of Dispute Resolution of the American Arbitration Association; provided, however, that the arbitration shall not be administered by the American Arbitration Association. Any challenge to the neutrality of the arbitrator shall be resolved by the arbitrator whose decision shall be final and conclusive. The arbitration shall be administered and conducted by the arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Rules of Dispute Resolution of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the arbitrator on the issue(s) presented for arbitration shall be final and conclusive and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  24. Limitation on Liability.

The Company and any Affiliate which is in existence or hereafter comes into existence shall not be liable to a Awardee, an Employee, an Awardee or any other persons as to:

(a) The Non-Issuance of Shares. The non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has been unable to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder; and

(b) Tax Consequences. Any tax consequence expected, but not realized, by any Awardee, Employee, Awardee or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Option or other Award granted hereunder.


  25. Unfunded Plan.

Insofar as it provides for Awards, the Plan shall be unfunded. Although bookkeeping accounts may be established with respect to Awardees who are granted Stock Awards under this Plan, any such accounts will be used merely as a bookkeeping convenience. The Company shall not be required to segregate any assets which may at any time be represented by Awards, nor shall this Plan be construed as providing for such segregation, nor shall the Company or the Administrator be deemed to be a trustee of stock or cash to be awarded under the Plan. Any liability of the Company to any Awardee with respect to an Award shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations which may be created by the Plan; no such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or other encumbrance on any property of the Company. Neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be required to give any security or bond for the performance of any obligation which may be created by this Plan.

Exhibit 10.2

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. PURPOSE.

The purpose of this Plan is to provide an opportunity for Employees of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (the “Corporation”) and its Designated Affiliates to purchase Common Stock of the Corporation and thereby to have an additional incentive to contribute to the prosperity of the Corporation. It is the intention of the Corporation that the Plan qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, although the Corporation makes no undertaking nor representation to maintain such qualification. In addition, this Plan document authorizes the grant of options under a non-423 Plan which do not qualify under Section 423 of the Code pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Board (or its designate) designed to achieve desired tax or other objectives.

2. DEFINITIONS.

 

  (a) “Affiliate” shall mean any (i) Subsidiary and (ii) any other entity other than the Corporation in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Corporation if, at the time of the granting of the option, each of the entities, other than the last entity in the unbroken chain, owns or controls 50 percent or more of the total ownership interest in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

  (b) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

  (c) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, of the USA, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

  (d) “Code Section 423 Plan” shall mean an employee stock purchase plan which is designed to meet the requirements set forth in Code Section 423.

 

  (e) “Committee” shall mean the committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

 

  (f) “Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any stock into which such Common Stock may be converted.

 

  (g) “Compensation” shall mean an Employee’s base cash compensation (including 13 th /14 th month payments or similar concepts under local law), commissions and shift premiums paid on account of personal services rendered by the Employee to the Corporation or a Designated Affiliate, but shall exclude payments for overtime, incentive compensation, incentive payments and bonuses, with any modifications determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority to determine and approve all forms of pay to be included in the definition of Compensation and may change the definition on a prospective basis.

 

  (h) “Contributions” shall mean the payroll deductions (to the extent permitted under applicable local law) and other additional payments that the Corporation may allow to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan if payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law.


  (i) “Corporation” shall mean Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, a Delaware corporation.

 

  (j) “Designated Affiliate” shall mean an Affiliate, whether now existing or existing in the future, that has been designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to its Employees. In the event the Designated Affiliate is not a Subsidiary, it shall be designated for participation in the Non-423 Plan.

 

  (k) “Employee” shall mean an individual classified as an employee (within the meaning of Code Section 3401(c) and the regulations thereunder or as otherwise determined under applicable local law) by the Corporation or a Designated Affiliate on the Corporation’s or such Designated Affiliate’s payroll records during the relevant participation period. Employees shall not include individuals whose customary employment is for not more than five (5) months in any calendar year (except those Employees in such category the exclusion of whom is not permitted under applicable local law) or individuals classified as independent contractors.

 

  (l) “Entry Date” shall mean the first Trading Day of the Offering Period, or, for new Participants, the first Trading Day of their first Purchase Period.

 

  (m) “Fair Market Value” shall be the closing sales price for the Common Stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of determination if that date is a Trading Day, or if the date of determination is not a Trading Day, the last market Trading Day prior to the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable.

 

  (n) “Non-423 Plan” shall mean an employee stock purchase plan which does not meet the requirements set forth in Code Section 423.

 

  (o) “Offering Period” shall mean the period of up to 24 months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless changed by the Committee, “Offering Period” shall mean a period of approximately six (6) months and Offering Periods shall commence on the first Trading Day on or after November 1 and May 1 of each year and terminate on the last Trading Day, respectively, of April and October. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed or modified by the Committee pursuant to Section 4. The first Offering Period shall commence on the Plan’s effective date.

 

  (p) “Participant” shall mean a participant in the Plan as described in Section 5 of the Plan.

 

  (q) “Plan” shall mean this Employee Stock Purchase Plan which includes: (i) a Code Section 423 Plan and (ii) a Non-423 Plan.

 

  (r) “Purchase Date” shall mean the last Trading Day of each Purchase Period.

 

  (s)

“Purchase Period” shall mean the period of six (6) months commencing after one Purchase Date and ending with the next Purchase Date, except that the first Purchase Period shall commence on the Plan’s effective date. Subsequent Purchase Periods, if any, shall


  run consecutively after the termination of the preceding Purchase Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Committee’s discretion to modify Offering Periods and Purchase Periods, “Purchase Period” shall mean the six (6) month period commencing on the first day of an Offering Period and ending on the last day of such Offering Period.

 

  (t) “Purchase Price” shall mean 95% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Purchase Date; provided however, that the Committee may elect with respect to future Offering Periods to establish the Purchase Price as a price that is no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Entry Date or the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Committee pursuant to Sections 7.4 and 10.

 

  (u) “Shareowner” shall mean a record holder of shares entitled to vote shares of Common Stock under the Corporation’s by-laws.

 

  (v) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, as described in Code Section 424(f).

 

  (w) “Tax-Related Items” shall mean any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in relation to the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

  (x) “Trading Day” shall mean a day on which U.S. national stock exchanges and the national market system are open for trading.

3. ELIGIBILITY.

Any Employee regularly employed on a full-time or part-time (20 hours or more per week on a regular schedule) basis, or on any other basis as determined by the Corporation (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of the Non-423 Plan or any separate offering under the Code Section 423 Plan, by the Corporation or by any Designated Affiliate on an Entry Date shall be eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to the Offering Period commencing on such Entry Date, provided that the Committee may establish administrative rules requiring that employment commence some minimum period (e.g., one pay period) prior to an Entry Date to be eligible to participate with respect to the Offering Period beginning on that Entry Date. The Committee may also determine that a designated group of highly compensated Employees are ineligible to participate in the Plan so long as the excluded category fits within the definition of “highly compensated employee” in Code Section 414(q). No Employee may participate in the Plan if immediately after an option is granted the Employee owns or is considered to own (within the meaning of Code Section 424(d)) shares of stock, including stock which the Employee may purchase by conversion of convertible securities or under outstanding options granted by the Corporation, possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation or of any of its Subsidiaries. All Employees who participate in the same offering under the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges under such offering, except for differences that may be needed to facilitate compliance with applicable local law, as determined by the Corporation and that are consistent with Code Section 423(b)(5); provided, however, that Employees participating in the Non-423 Plan by means of rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted pursuant to Section 15 need not have the same rights and privileges as Employees participating in the Code Section 423 Plan. The Board may impose restrictions on eligibility and participation of Employees who are officers and directors to facilitate compliance with federal or state securities laws or foreign laws.


Any individual who is an Eligible Employee and who is a participant in the Hewlett- Packard Company 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan immediately prior to the first Offering Period shall be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period at the same contribution rate.

4. OFFERING PERIODS.

The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day after the completion of the prior Offering Period, or on such other date as the Committee shall determine, and continuing thereafter for six (6) months or until terminated pursuant to Section 13 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the authority to change the duration of Offering Periods to cover a period of up to 24 months, or to change the commencement dates thereof, including the implementation of overlapping Offering Periods pursuant to which Participants will be deemed to enroll in a new Offering Period if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on a Purchase Date is lower than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Entry Date of the relevant Offering Period, with respect to future offerings without Shareowner approval if such change is announced at least five (5) days prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter.

5. PARTICIPATION.

 

  5.1 An Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3 may become a Participant by completing and submitting, on a date prescribed by the Committee prior to an applicable Entry Date, a completed payroll deduction authorization or, if applicable local law prohibits payroll deductions for the purpose of the Plan, other authorization stating the amount of Contributions to the Plan, expressed as any whole percentage up to ten percent (10%) of the eligible Employee’s Compensation, and Plan enrollment form provided by the Corporation or by following an electronic or other enrollment process as prescribed by the Committee. Where applicable local law prohibits payroll deductions for the purpose of the Plan, the Corporation may permit a Participant to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the Plan enrollment form prior to each Purchase Date. An eligible Employee may authorize Contributions at the rate of any whole percentage of the Employee’s Compensation, not to exceed ten percent (10%) of the Employee’s Compensation. All payroll deductions may be held by the Corporation and commingled with its other corporate funds where administratively appropriate, except where applicable local law requires that Contributions to the Plan from Participants be segregated from the general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. No interest shall be paid or credited to the Participant with respect to such Contributions, unless required by local law. The Corporation shall maintain a separate bookkeeping account for each Participant under the Plan and the amount of each Participant’s Contributions shall be credited to such account. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

 

  5.2 Under procedures established by the Committee, a Participant may withdraw from the Plan during an Offering Period, by completing and filing a new payroll deduction authorization or, if applicable local law prohibits payroll deductions for the purpose of the Plan, other Contribution authorization and Plan enrollment form with the Corporation or by following electronic or other procedures prescribed by the Committee, prior to the change enrollment deadline established by the Corporation. If a Participant withdraws from the Plan during an Offering Period, his or her accumulated Contributions will be refunded to the Participant without interest. The Committee may establish rules limiting the frequency with which Participants may withdraw and re-enroll in the Plan and may impose a waiting period on Participants wishing to re-enroll following withdrawal.


  5.3 A Participant may change his or her rate of Contributions at any time by filing a new payroll deduction authorization or, if applicable local law prohibits payroll deductions for the purpose of the Plan, other authorization stating the amount of Contributions to the Plan expressed as any whole percentage up to ten percent (10%) of the eligible Employee’s Compensation and Plan enrollment form or by following electronic or other procedures prescribed by the Committee. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of Contributions, the rate of Contributions shall continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods. In accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, the Committee may reduce a Participant’s Contributions to zero percent (0%) at any time during an Offering Period.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

In the event any Participant terminates employment with the Corporation or any of its Designated Affiliates for any reason (including death) prior to the expiration of an Offering Period, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate and all amounts credited to the Participant’s account shall be paid to the Participant or, in the case of death, to the Participant’s heirs or estate, without interest. Whether a termination of employment has occurred shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may also establish rules regarding when leaves of absence or changes of employment status will be considered to be a termination of employment, including rules regarding transfer of employment among Designated Affiliates, Affiliates and the Corporation, and the Committee may establish termination-of-employment procedures for this Plan that are independent of similar rules established under other benefit plans of the Corporation and its Affiliates.

7. OFFERING.

 

  7.1 Subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 10, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be 80,000,000. If, on a given Purchase Date, the number of shares with respect to which options are to be exercised exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan, the Corporation shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable. For avoidance of doubt, the limitation set forth in this Section may be used to satisfy purchases of shares of Common Stock under either the Code Section 423 Plan or the Non-423 Plan.

 

  7.2 Each Offering Period shall be determined by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Plan will operate with successive six (6) month Offering Periods commencing at the beginning of each fiscal year half. The Committee shall have the power to change the duration of future Offering Periods, without Shareowner approval, and without regard to the expectations of any Participants.

 

  7.3

Each eligible Employee who has elected to participate as provided in Section 5.1 shall be granted an option to purchase that number of shares of Common Stock (not to exceed 5,000 shares, subject to adjustment under Section 10 of the Plan) which may be purchased with the Contributions accumulated on behalf of such Employee during each Offering Period at the Purchase Price specified in Section 7.4 below, subject to the additional limitation that no Employee shall be granted an option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan at a rate which exceeds U.S. twenty-five thousand dollars (U.S. $25,000) of the Fair Market Value


  of such Common Stock (determined at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time. For purposes of the Plan, an option is “granted” on a Participant’s Entry Date. An option will expire upon the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of a Participant’s participation in the Plan; or (ii) the termination of an Offering Period. This section shall be interpreted so as to comply with Code Section 423(b)(8).

 

  7.4 The Committee has the right to establish that the Purchase Price under each option shall be the lower of: (i) a percentage (not less than eighty-five percent (85%)) established by the Committee (“Designated Percentage”) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Entry Date on which an option is granted, or (ii) the Designated Percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date on which the Common Stock is purchased. The Committee may change the Designated Percentage with respect to any future Offering Period, but not below eighty-five percent (85%), and the Committee may determine with respect to any prospective Offering Period that the Purchase Price shall be the Designated Percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date.

 

  7.5 For purposes of the Code Section 423 Plan only, and unless the Committee otherwise determines, each Designated Affiliate shall be deemed to participate in a separate offering from the Corporation or any other Designated Affiliate, provided that the terms of participation within any such offering are the same for all Participants in such offering, to comply with Code Section 423.

8. PURCHASE OF STOCK.

Upon the expiration of each Purchase Period, a Participant’s option shall be exercised automatically for the purchase of that number of whole shares of Common Stock which the accumulated Contributions credited to the Participant’s account at that time shall purchase at the applicable Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation or its designee may make such provisions and take such action as it deems necessary or appropriate for the withholding of Tax-Related Items which the Corporation or its Designated Affiliate is required or permitted by applicable law or regulation of any governmental authority to withhold. Each Participant, however, shall be responsible for payment of all individual Tax-Related Items arising under the Plan.

9. PAYMENT AND DELIVERY.

As soon as practicable after the exercise of an option, the Corporation shall deliver to the Participant a record of the Common Stock purchased and the balance of any amount of Contributions credited to the Participant’s account not used for the purchase, except as specified below. The Committee may permit or require that shares delivered to a Participant be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Committee or with a designated agent of the Corporation, and the Committee may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Committee may require that shares be held by such broker or agent for a designated period and/or may establish, for purposes of the Code Section 423 Plan, procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. The Corporation shall retain the amount of payroll deductions used to purchase Common Stock as payment for the Common Stock and the Common Stock shall then be fully paid and non-assessable. No Participant shall have any voting, dividend, or other Shareowner rights with respect to shares subject to any option granted under the Plan until the shares subject to the option have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.


10. RECAPITALIZATION.

If after the grant of an option, but prior to the purchase of Common Stock under the option, there is any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock because of a stock split, stock or extraordinary cash dividend, combination or recapitalization of shares subject to options, the number of shares to be purchased pursuant to an option, the price per share of Common Stock covered by an option and the maximum number of shares specified in Section 7.1 shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board, and the Board shall take any further actions which, in the exercise of its discretion, may be necessary or appropriate for an equitable adjustment under the circumstances.

The Board’s determinations under this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

11. MERGER, LIQUIDATION, OTHER CORPORATION TRANSACTIONS.

In the event of the proposed liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, the Offering Period will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction, unless otherwise provided by the Board in its sole discretion, and all outstanding options shall automatically terminate and the amounts of all payroll deductions, or other form of Contributions where applicable, will be refunded without interest (except as may be required by applicable local law, as determined by the Corporation) to the Participants.

In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation, then in the sole discretion of the Board, (1) each option shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by the successor corporation or parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, (2) a date established by the Board on or before the date of consummation of such merger, consolidation or sale shall be treated as a Purchase Date, and all outstanding options shall be exercised on such date, or (3) all outstanding options shall terminate and the accumulated Contributions will be refunded without interest to the Participants.

12. TRANSFERABILITY.

Options granted to Participants may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way, and any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, or other disposition shall be null and void and without effect. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer, assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights or interests under the Plan, other than as set forth in Section 22 and as permitted by the Code, such act shall be treated as an election by the Participant to discontinue participation in the Plan pursuant to Section 5.2.

13. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

 

  13.1 The Plan shall continue in effect until the ten-year anniversary of the effective date of the Plan set forth in Section 20 unless otherwise terminated earlier in accordance with Section 13.2.

 

  13.2 The Board may, in its sole discretion, insofar as permitted by law, terminate or suspend the Plan, or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever, except that, without approval of the Shareowners, no such revision or amendment shall increase the number of shares subject to the Plan, other than an adjustment under Section 10 of the Plan or materially increase the class of Employees eligible to participate in the Plan.


14. ADMINISTRATION.

The Board shall appoint a Committee consisting of at least two members who will serve for such period of time as the Board may specify and whom the Board may remove at any time. The Committee will have the authority and responsibility for the day-to-day administration of the Plan, the authority and responsibility specifically provided in this Plan and any additional duty, responsibility and authority delegated to the Committee by the Board, which may include any of the functions assigned to the Board in this Plan. The Committee may delegate to one or more individuals the day-to-day administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have full power and authority to promulgate any rules and regulations which it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, to interpret the provisions and supervise the administration of the Plan, to designate Designated Affiliates under the Plan, to make factual determinations relevant to Plan entitlements and to take all action in connection with administration of the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable, consistent with the delegation from the Board. Decisions of the Board and the Committee shall be final and binding upon all participants. Any decision reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members of the Committee shall be fully effective as if it had been made at a meeting of the Committee duly held. The Corporation shall pay all expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan. No Board or Committee member shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.

15. COMMITTEE RULES FOR FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS AND THE NON-423 PLAN.

 

  15.1 The Committee may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding handling of Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, payroll tax, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances which vary with local legal requirements.

 

  15.2 The Committee may also adopt rules, procedures or sub-plans applicable to particular Affiliates or locations, which rules, procedures or sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Code Section 423. The terms of such rules, procedures or sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 7.1, but unless otherwise expressly superseded by the terms of such rule, procedure or sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of the Plan. To the extent inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 423, such rules, procedures or sub-plans shall be considered part of the Non-423 Plan, and the options granted thereunder shall not be considered to comply with Section 423.

16. SECURITIES LAWS REQUIREMENTS.

The Corporation shall not be under any obligation to issue Common Stock upon the exercise of any option unless and until the Corporation has determined that: (i) it and the Participant have taken all actions required to register the Common Stock under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof; (ii) any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed has been satisfied; and (iii) all other applicable provisions of state, federal and applicable foreign law have been satisfied.

17. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS.

This Plan and the Corporation’s obligation to sell and deliver shares of its stock under the Plan shall be subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the Plan or the authorization, issuance, sale, or delivery of stock hereunder.


18. NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS.

Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Corporation or any Designated Affiliate or to interfere with the right of the Corporation or Designated Affiliate to discharge any Employee at any time.

19. GOVERNING LAW.

This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, U.S.A., without regard to that State’s choice of law rules.

20. EFFECTIVE DATE.

This Plan shall become effective upon its approval by the Shareowners of the Corporation.

21. REPORTS.

Individual accounts shall be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

22. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY FOR OWNED SHARES.

With respect to shares of Common Stock purchased by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and held in an account maintained by the Corporation or its assignee on the Participant’s behalf, the Participant may be permitted to file a written designation of beneficiary. The Participant may change such designation of beneficiary at any time by written notice. Subject to applicable local legal requirements, in the event of a Participant’s death, the Corporation or its assignee shall deliver such shares of Common Stock to the designated beneficiary.

Subject to applicable local law, in the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Corporation shall deliver such shares of Common Stock to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Corporation), the Corporation in its sole discretion, may deliver (or cause its assignee to deliver) such shares of Common Stock to the spouse, dependent or relative of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Corporation, then to such other person as the Corporation may determine.

23. CODE SECTION 409A; QUALIFICATION OF PLAN.

Options to purchase shares under the Code Section 423 Plan are exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code. Options granted under the Non-423 Plan are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A under the short-term deferral exemption and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Options granted to U.S. taxpayers under the Non-423 Plan are subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such options to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A, including the requirement that the shares subject to an option be delivered within the short-term deferral period. In the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A, to the extent the Corporation determines that an option or the exercise, payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section Code 409A, the option will be granted, exercised, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply


with Code Section 409A, including U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Corporation with respect thereto.

Although the Corporation may endeavor to (i) qualify on option for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the U.S. or jurisdictions outside of the U.S. or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment ( e.g. , under Section 409A of the Code), the Corporation makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Corporation is not constrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

Exhibit 10.3

ESPP ENROLLMENT FORM

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ENROLLMENT AND PAYROLL DEDUCTION AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

(“Enrollment Agreement”)

To purchase shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (the “Company”) common stock (the “Common Stock”) pursuant to the Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), you must accept the terms and conditions of the ESPP plan document and this Enrollment and Payroll Deduction Authorization Agreement (“Enrollment Agreement”), copies of which can be found on the ESPP website . Capitalized terms used by not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the ESPP.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND WAIVER

By enrolling and participating in the ESPP and accepting the grant of stock purchase rights, I acknowledge, understand and agree that:

 

(i) the ESPP is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time;

 

(ii) the grant of purchase rights under the ESPP is voluntary and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of purchase rights or benefits in lieu of purchase rights even if the ESPP is offered over a significant period of time, and/or my participation in the ESPP automatically continues until I withdraw or become ineligible;

 

(iii) all determinations with respect to the grant of future purchase rights, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(iv) my participation in the ESPP is voluntary;

 

(v) my participation in the ESPP shall not create a right to further employment with my employer and shall not interfere with the ability of my employer to terminate my employment relationship at any time;

 

(vi) the purchase right and shares of Common Stock subject to the purchase right are extraordinary items that do not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or my employer, and are outside the scope of my employment contract, if any;

 

(vii) the purchase right and shares of Common Stock subject to the purchase right are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(viii) the purchase right and shares of Common Stock subject to the purchase right are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any termination, severance, resignation, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company, my employer or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company;


(ix) unless otherwise agreed with the Company, the purchase right and the shares of Common Stock subject to the purchase right, and the income and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, the service I may provide as a director of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company;

 

(x) in the event of termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws and whether or not later found to be invalid), my right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of my active employment and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law (e.g., active employment would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local labor law); the Board/Committee has the exclusive discretion to determine when I am no longer actively employed for purposes of participation in the ESPP;

 

(xi) the future value of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP is unknown and cannot be predicted and the value of any shares of Common Stock I acquire under the ESPP may increase or decrease in value, even below the purchase price;

 

(xii) the grant of purchase rights will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with my employer or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Company;

 

(xiii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the purchase rights under the ESPP resulting from termination of my employment by the Company or my employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and in consideration of the grant of the purchase rights to which I am otherwise not entitled, I irrevocably agree never to institute any claim against the Company or my employer; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the ESPP, I shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claims;

 

(xiv) the Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding my participation in the ESPP or the purchase or sale of shares of Common Stock under the ESPP. The Company has advised me to consult my attorney or accountant with respect to tax consequences for me upon participation in the ESPP, including purchase and disposition of shares of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP;

 

(xv) neither the Company, my employer, nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between my local currency and the U.S. dollar that may affect the value of any shares of Common Stock I acquire under the ESPP; and

 

(xvi) the laws of the state of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law provision, and the United States of America govern the ESPP.

TAX WITHHOLDING

Regardless of any action the Company and/or my employer takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to my participation in the ESPP and legally applicable to me (“Tax-Related Items”), I hereby acknowledge and agree that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is, and remains, my responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company, my employer and/or any trustee. I further acknowledge that the Company and/or my employer (a) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of my participation in the ESPP, including the grant or


exercise of the purchase rights, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the ESPP and the receipt of any dividends; and (b) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the purchase rights to reduce or eliminate my liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if I have become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Entry Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, I acknowledge that the Company, my employer (or former employer, as applicable) and/or any trustee may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to the relevant taxable event, I shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or my employer, as applicable, to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, I authorize the Company and/or my employer, or their respective agents, which are qualified to deduct tax at source, to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (i) withholding from my wages or other cash compensation paid to me by the Company and/or my employer; (ii) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on my behalf pursuant to this authorization); (iii) withholding in shares of Common Stock to be issued upon purchase; and/or (iv) requiring that I pay the Tax-Related Items to the Company or my employer in the form of cash, check or wire transfer.

To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares of Common Stock, for tax purposes, I am deemed to have been issued the full number of shares of Common Stock subject to the purchase rights, notwithstanding that a number of the shares of Common Stock are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of my participation in the ESPP. Any estimated withholding which is not required in satisfaction of any Tax-Related Items will be repaid to me by the Company or my employer as soon as practicable and without interest.

Finally, I shall pay to the Company or my employer any amount of any Tax-Related Items that the Company or my employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of my participation in the ESPP or my purchase of shares of Common Stock that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to allow me to purchase shares of Common Stock and/or refuse to deliver shares of Common Stock or proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock if I fail to comply with my obligations in connection with the payment of Tax-Related Items.

By participating in the ESPP, I consent and agree that in the event the ESPP benefits become subject to an employer or Company tax that is legally permitted to be recovered from me, as may be determined by the Company and/or my employer at their sole discretion, and whether or not my employment with the Company and/or my employer is continuing at the time such tax becomes recoverable, I will assume any liability for any such taxes that may be payable by the Company and/or my employer in connection with the ESPP benefits. Further, by participating in the ESPP, I agree that the Company and/or my employer may collect any such taxes from me by any of the means set forth in this Enrollment Agreement. I further agree to execute any other consents or elections required to accomplish the above, promptly upon request of the Company.

DATA PRIVACY CONSENT

I explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of my personal data as described in this Enrollment Agreement and any other materials by and among, as applicable, the Company, its Subsidiaries, its Affiliates and my employer for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing my participation in the ESPP.


I understand that the Company, its Affiliates, its Subsidiaries and my employer hold certain personal information about me, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, purchased, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in my favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, managing and administering the ESPP. I understand that the Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the ESPP, that these recipients may be located in my country or elsewhere and that the recipient country may have different data privacy laws and protections than my country. The Company is committed to protecting the privacy of Data in such cases. I understand that by contract both with the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and with the Company’s vendors, the people and companies that have access to my Data are bound to handle such Data in a manner consistent with the Company’s Privacy Policy and law. The Company periodically performs due diligence and audits on its vendors in accordance with good commercial practices to ensure their capabilities and compliance with those commitments.

I understand that I may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data by contacting my local human resources representative. I further understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage my participation in the ESPP.

ENGLISH LANGUAGE DOCUMENTS

While the Company may provide local language translations of this Enrollment Agreement and other ESPP materials, I understand and agree that in the event of any discrepancy between the meaning of the translations and the English language versions, the English language versions and the ESPP document govern.

ELECTRONIC ENROLLMENT AND FUTURE ACTIVITY

Employees are required to enroll electronically using the Web, the Interactive Voice Response System (“IVR”) or a Customer Service Representative (“CSR”). In some countries, local laws require the Company to obtain a signed Enrollment Agreement in addition to the electronic enrollment. In these countries, employees are required to submit a signed copy of this Enrollment Agreement to the address designated on the Country Coordinator list on the ESPP Web site.

I agree that my electronic enrollment, as summarized in the written confirmation I receive from the ESPP administrator, will govern my contributions to the ESPP. I agree to be responsible for correcting any errors or making future changes to my enrollment using the Web, IVR or CSR.

I also agree that the Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the purchase rights and my participation in the ESPP by electronic means. I hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agree to participate in the ESPP through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.


HOLDING PERIOD

I agree that as a condition of participating in the ESPP I cannot request a transfer of my shares of Common Stock until the applicable holding period has lapsed. I understand that the holding period will be two years from the Entry Date for each Offering Period. I further understand that I am responsible for tracking the holding period and determining the U.S. tax consequences, if applicable, of selling the shares of Common Stock prior to the lapse of the applicable holding period.

SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Notwithstanding any provisions in this Enrollment Agreement, my participation in the ESPP, the grant of the purchase rights and any shares of Common Stock purchased under the ESPP shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in the Appendix to this Enrollment Agreement for my country. Moreover, if I relocate to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to me, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the ESPP. The Appendix constitutes part of this Enrollment Agreement.

The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on my participation in the ESPP, on the purchase rights and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the ESPP, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the ESPP, and to require me to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

WAIVER OF PROVISION

A waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Enrollment Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Enrollment Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by me or any other Participant.

IMPORTANT LEGAL INFORMATION

I agree to receive copies of the ESPP, the plan prospectus and other plan information, including information prepared to comply with laws outside the United States of America, such as the European prospectus, from the ESPP Web site and stockholder information, including copies of the Annual Report, proxy and Form 10K, from the Investor Information section of the HPE Web site. I understand that copies of the ESPP, the ESPP prospectus, other ESPP information and stockholder information are available upon written or telephonic request to the Company Secretary or the ESPP administrator.

I understand and agree that in event of an administrative error that results in an economic loss, the ESPP administrator will determine the appropriate correction and or cash compensation, if any.

I also agree that as a condition of participating in the ESPP, I must comply with all applicable laws related to my participation in the ESPP.


I acknowledge that the provisions of this Enrollment Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

CERTIFICATION, ELECTION AND PAYROLL DEDUCTION AUTHORIZATION

I elect to participate in the ESPP or to change my contribution to the ESPP. I understand that I may elect to contribute from 1% to 10% (in whole percentages) of my Compensation, as defined in the ESPP. My contributions will be credited to an account in my name and applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the ESPP. I understand that my contributions will continue until I elect to change my rate of contribution or withdraw from the ESPP or become ineligible. I understand that changes in my election, including withdrawal from the ESPP, will be effective as soon as administratively possible. I also understand that to withdraw and receive a refund of my contributions for the current Offering Period, I must withdraw prior to the Change Enrollment Deadline set by the Company. Any changes made after the Change Enrollment Deadline will be effective for the next Offering Period.

I certify that I have reviewed the details of the ESPP and agree to be bound by the terms of the ESPP and this Enrollment Agreement.

I understand that the Company reserves the right to terminate the ESPP or to amend the ESPP and my right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP to the extent provided by the ESPP. I agree to be bound by such termination or amendment, as applicable, regardless of whether notice is given to me of such event, subject in any case to my right to timely withdraw from the ESPP in accordance with the ESPP withdrawal procedures then in effect.

I understand and agree that I must also enroll, elect to change my contribution or withdraw electronically using the Web, IVR or CSR.

Please enter the percentage you wish to deduct from each pay period. To withdraw, enter zero (0).

Percentage to deduct:     %


SIGNATURE

If you reside in Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Estonia, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Israel, Italy, Lithuania, Netherlands, New Zealand, Poland, Romania, Saudi Arabia, Thailand or Turkey, you are required to sign and return this Enrollment Agreement to enroll, change your contribution rate or withdraw. Please submit the signed Enrollment Agreement to the address designated on the Country Coordinator list on the ESPP Web site within two business days of your enrollment, change or withdrawal.

This Enrollment Agreement can be printed from the ESPP website on the Enrollment Agreement web page or obtained from the address or person designated on the Country Coordinator list on the ESPP Web site.

 

 

     

 

 
Name       Entity  

 

     

 

 

 

Signature       Employee Number  

Date

Exhibit 10.4

SEVERANCE PLAN

Hewlett Packard Enterprise

Severance and

Long-Term Incentive Change in Control Plan

for Executive Officers

Effective November 1, 2015

1. Eligibility. This Severance and Long-Term Incentive Change in Control Plan for Executive Officers (“Plan”) is applicable to individuals who are Executive Officers (as defined below), effective for terminations and Changes in Control occurring on or after November 1, 2015. “Executive Officer” means a person who is employed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise or a subsidiary (“Enterprise”) and who (a) is an executive officer of Enterprise within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Section 16 Officer”) a Participating EC Member (as defined below), or was a Section 16 Officer or Participating EC Member within 90 days before his or her termination of employment, or (b) is a Section 16 Officer upon the occurrence of, or was a Section 16 Officer within 90 days prior to, a Change in Control, as defined below. A “Participating EC Member” is an individual who is (and remains) a member of the Executive Council but is not a Section 16 Officer, who is designated as eligible for the Plan by the Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise and whose eligibility is approved by the HR & Compensation Committee of the Enterprise’s Board of Directors (such Board, the “Board” and such Committee the “Committee”).

2. Severance Benefits outside a Change in Control. In the event of a Qualifying Termination (as defined below) prior to or more than 24 months following a Change in Control, and subject to the Executive Officer’s execution of a full release of claims in a form satisfactory to Enterprise (“Release of Claims”) within 45 days following termination of employment, and provided there has been no revocation or attempted revocation of the Release of Claims during the statutory revocation period (the date after the lapse of such revocation period without a revocation or attempted revocation, the “Release Effective Date”) and subject to the terms of this Plan, an Executive Officer will be eligible for severance benefits consisting of (a) a cash severance payment, (b) a pro-rata annual bonus payment, (c) pro-rata vesting on any outstanding awards under a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) (each, an “Award”), and (d) a health benefit stipend, all as more fully described below.

 

  (a) Cash Severance: The cash severance payment shall be calculated as a multiple of the sum of the Executive Officer’s (i) annual base salary as in effect immediately before termination of employment, and (ii) the average of the actual annual cash bonuses paid under the applicable annual bonus plan for the three fiscal years most recently completed (or actual completed fiscal years, if less) prior to termination of employment.

 

  (i) For an Executive Officer whose highest title held within 90 days before termination was Chief Executive Officer, the multiple shall be two; and

 

  (ii) For an Executive Officer whose highest title held within 90 days before termination was Executive Vice President, the multiple shall be 1.5; For avoidance of doubt, the Executive 1 must also have been a Section 16 Officer or a Participating EC Member; and

 

  (iii) For an Executive Officer whose highest title held within 90 days before termination was Senior Vice President, the multiple shall be one. For avoidance of doubt the Senior Vice President must also have been a Section 16 Officer or a Participating EC Member.


  (b) Pro-Rata Annual Bonus: The pro-rata annual bonus payment shall be calculated as a pro-rata portion of the annual (short-term) bonus for the fiscal year in which termination occurs, based on the number of days worked in the fiscal year in which termination occurs through the date of termination, divided by 365, and subject to actual performance on the applicable metrics, and to discretionary adjustments permitted under the applicable plan, as certified by the Committee following the end of the fiscal year.

 

  (c) Long-Term Incentive Awards:

 

  (i) Each separately-granted Award held by an Executive Officer at the time of his or her Qualifying Termination that vests solely based on service will receive pro-rata vesting based on the number of full months worked during the vesting period applicable to such Award. Pro-rata vesting, where applicable, shall be applied separately to each separately-granted Award in its entirety and thus shall take into account amounts previously vested.

 

  (ii) Each separately-granted Award held by an Executive Officer at the time of his or her Qualifying Termination that vests solely based on performance will be deemed earned as of the end of the applicable performance period based on actual results as certified by the Committee, and subject to discretionary adjustments permitted under the applicable plan, if any, and will receive pro-rata vesting as described in the preceding sentence and application of the pro-rata vesting to the entire separately-granted Award, taking into account amounts, if any, previously vested.

 

  (iii) Vesting for Awards not specifically addressed above, including Awards subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting, may be illustrated in Appendix A, as amended from time to time. Awards not specifically illustrated in Appendix A will be pro-rated by analogy to those illustrations.

 

  (iv) Vested stock options (including those becoming vested pursuant to Paragraph 2(c)(i), (ii), or (iii)) may be exercised until one year after the later of (A) termination of employment or (B) if under the terms of the option, performance after termination of employment will be applied to determine the amount of pro ration, the first business day following the date the applicable performance is certified; but in any case no later than the applicable expiration date.

 

  (v) Pro-rata vesting is based on the number of full calendar months worked during the vesting period applicable to such Award, counting the month of grant as one full month (i.e., January 15-March 31 is three months).

 

  (vi) The provisions of this Paragraph 2(c) shall be deemed incorporated into the Award agreement for the applicable Award, except to the extent it would be deemed an amendment violating Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”) by accelerating payment or settlement of an Award, in which case the Award shall become vested as described above, but settlement shall not be accelerated, and settlement shall occur as initially provided in the Award agreement. If an Executive Officer ceases to be an Executive Officer (including, in the case of a Participating EC Member by ceasing to be a member of the EC) prior to termination of employment, the provisions of this Paragraph 2(c) shall be deemed removed from the Award agreement for the applicable Award on the 91st day after the individual ceases to be an Executive Officer, without the need for consent of the grantee, except to the extent such removal would be deemed an amendment violating Section 409A, in which case the provisions of this Paragraph 2(c) shall remain in effect with respect to such Award.


  (d) Health Benefit Stipend: The health benefit stipend shall consist of the payment in a lump sum of an amount equal to the excess of 18 times one months’ COBRA premiums for continued group medical coverage at the rate in effect on the date of termination of employment (for the Executive Officer and his or her eligible dependents covered by the applicable Enterprise group medical plan immediately prior to termination of employment) over 18 times the monthly amount payable by an active employee in the same plan as of the date of the Executive Officer’s termination of employment and with the same level of coverage.

3. Severance Benefits in the event of a Change in Control. In the event of a Qualifying Termination, including a voluntary termination for Good Reason (each as defined below) within 24 months after a Change in Control (as defined below), and subject to his or her execution of a Release of Claims within 45 days following such termination of employment, and provided there occurs a Release Effective Date, and subject to the terms of this Plan, an Executive Officer will be eligible for severance benefits consisting of the following:

 

  (a) Severance Benefits. (i) a cash severance payment, (ii) a pro-rata annual bonus payment, (iii) a health benefit stipend (each in the amounts described in Paragraph 2 above, except that the amount of the pro rata annual bonus payment will be calculated based on actual performance through the date of the Qualifying Termination; and (iv) vesting in accordance with sub-paragraph 3(b) of any then-outstanding Award granted after the Change in Control and any Replacement Award as defined in Paragraph 4(b), and settlement thereof in accordance with Paragraph 8.

 

  (b) Vesting.

 

  (i) Any such Award or Replacement Award of Options or stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) not subject to Section 409A, to the extent subject to time-based vesting shall become 100% vested upon the Qualifying Termination and to the extent subject, in whole or in part to performance-based vesting, shall become 100% vested at the target level of performance and in either event shall remain exercisable for 1 year after the Qualifying Termination, but in no event after the stated expiration date of the Award or Replacement Award.

 

  (ii) Any such Award or Replacement Award (other than Options or SARs, and whether or not subject to Section 409A) (A) that vests and is settled solely based on the performance of service will become 100% vested upon the Qualifying Termination; and (B) that vests in whole or in part based on performance, shall become 100% vested at the target level of performance.

4. Effect of a Change in Control on Outstanding Long-Term Incentive Awards. This Paragraph 4 provides for the treatment of long-term incentive awards that are outstanding on the date on which a Change in Control occurs. Treatment depends, in part, on whether the Award is a “Replaceable 409A Award” (which is an Award (A) that is subject to Section 409A and that was granted either prior to November 1, 2015 or on or after November 1, 2015 but prior to the grantee’s becoming an Executive Officer, or (B) that is subject to 409A and the applicable Change in Control is not described in Section 6(e) (i.e., does not qualify under Section 409A)); a “409A Award” (which is an Award granted on or after November 1, 2015 that is subject to Section 409A and the Change in Control is described in Paragraph 6(e)); or a “Non-409A Award” (which is an Award that is not subject to Section 409A, regardless of when granted). In general, subject to the specific terms of this Paragraph 4, (x) Non-409A Awards will receive accelerated vesting and be settled on the occurrence of a Change in Control unless a Replacement Award is granted, in which case the terms of the Replacement Award will apply; (y) Replaceable 409A Awards


will receive accelerated vesting and will be settled at the time and in the form provided under the terms of such Awards in effect prior to the Change in Control unless a Replacement Award is granted, in which case the terms of the Replacement Award will apply; and (z) 409A Awards will receive accelerated vesting and be settled on the occurrence of the Change in Control as described in Section 4(c), and will not be eligible to be replaced by Replacement Awards.

 

  (a) Immediate Vesting of Long-Term Incentive Awards that Are Not Assumed or Replaced. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary under this Plan or any equity plan or LTIP maintained by Enterprise, upon a Change in Control any then-outstanding Award held by an Executive Officer, other than a 409A Award, whether such Award is denominated and/or payable in equity securities of Enterprise or denominated and/or payable in cash, shall be treated in accordance with sub-paragraph 4(a)(i), (ii), or (iii) below, except to the extent that another Award meeting the requirements of Paragraph 4(b) below (a “Replacement Award”) is provided to the Executive Officer to replace such Award (the “Replaced Award”). For avoidance of doubt, Replacement Awards shall not be treated as provided in this paragraph 4(a).

Where no Replacement Award is granted or is to be granted, the following shall apply to an Award other than a 409A Award outstanding upon a Change in Control:

 

  (i) Outstanding Options and SARs .

 

  A. Not a Corporate Transaction or Corporate Transaction in which Enterprise is the Survivor . Upon a Change in Control that does not involve a Corporate Transaction or that does involve a Corporate Transaction in which Enterprise is the surviving corporation, an Executive Officer’s then-outstanding Options and SARs that are not vested shall immediately become fully vested (and, to the extent applicable, all performance conditions shall be deemed satisfied as if target performance were achieved) and, if the Executive Officer does not have a Qualifying Termination, shall remain exercisable for the exercise period described in Paragraph 2(c)(iv) above.

 

  B. Corporate Transaction, Enterprise Not the Survivor . Upon a Change in Control that involves a Corporate Transaction in which Enterprise is not the surviving corporation, one of the following shall apply, as the Committee shall determine in its discretion, provided, however, that all Executive Officers shall be treated the same with respect to similar Awards:

 

  (I) an Executive Officer’s then-outstanding Options and SARs shall become fully vested and shall be exercisable for such limited period of time prior to the Corporate Transaction as is deemed fair and equitable by the Committee and shall terminate at the effective time of the Corporate Transaction. For performance-based Awards, all performance conditions shall be deemed satisfied as if target performance were achieved. The Committee shall provide written notice of the limited period of accelerated exercisability of Options and SARs to all affected Executive Officers. The exercise of any Option or SAR whose exercisability is accelerated as provided in this Paragraph 4(a)(i)(B)(I) shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction and shall be effective only immediately before such consummation; or


  (II) an Executive Officer’s Options and SARs shall become fully vested (and in the case of Options and SARs subject in whole or in part to performance-based vesting all performance conditions shall be deemed satisfied as if target performance were achieved) and such Options and SARs shall be cancelled in exchange for the payment of an amount of cash (less normal withholding taxes) equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee, of the consideration (including cash) received by the holder of a share of common stock of Enterprise (“Share”) as a result of the Change in Control (or if Enterprise shareholders do not receive any consideration as a result of the Change in Control, the fair market value, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, of a Share on the day immediately prior to the Change in Control) over (B) the exercise price of such Option or the grant price of the SAR, multiplied by the number of Shares subject to such Award. No payment shall be made to an Executive Officer for any Option or SAR if the exercise price or grant price for such Option or SAR exceeds the value, as determined by the Committee, of the consideration (including cash) received by the holder of a Share as a result of Change in Control that involves a Corporate Transaction (or if Enterprise shareholders do not receive any consideration as a result of the Change in Control, the fair market value, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, of a Share on the day immediately prior to the Change in Control).

 

  (III) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Options or SARs that are Replaceable 409A Awards, if the foregoing treatment would violate Section 409A, such Options and SARs shall become fully vested (with any applicable performance measure deemed to be satisfied at the target level) and shall be converted, as of the date of the Change in Control, to a right to receive a cash payment on the required date of exercise, which payment shall be made on the required date of exercise under the terms of such Award as in effect prior to the Change in Control, equal to the amount described in Paragraph 4(a)(i)(B)(II) above.

 

  (ii) Outstanding Awards (other than Options and SARs ) Subject Solely to Service-Based Vesting . Upon a Change in Control, an Executive Officer’s then-outstanding Awards (other than Options and SARs) that are not vested and as to which vesting depends solely on the satisfaction of a service obligation by the Executive Officer (“Service-based Awards”) shall become fully vested and shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee, within thirty (30) days following such Change in Control; provided that in the case of a Replaceable 409A Award, settlement shall be made at the time and in the form provided under the terms of such Award in effect prior to the Change in Control.

 

  (iii)

Outstanding Awards (other than Options and SARs) Subject to Performance-Based Vesting . Upon a Change in Control, an Executive Officer’s then-outstanding Awards (other than Options and SARs) that are not vested and as to which vesting depends upon the satisfaction of one or more performance conditions (“Performance-based Awards”) shall immediately vest and all performance conditions shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the greater of (X) 100% of the Shares earned based on actual performance or (Y) the number of the Shares earned based on assumed target performance pro-rated based on the number of full calendar months the Executive Officer was employed by Enterprise during the performance period applicable to such Award, counting the month of grant as one full month (i.e., January 15-March 31 is three months)


  and shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee, within thirty (30) days following such Change in Control; provided that in the case of a Replaceable 409A Award, settlement shall be made at the time and in the form provided under the terms of such Award in effect prior to the Change in Control.

 

  (b) Definition of Replacement Award. An Award shall meet the conditions of this Paragraph 4(b) (and hence qualify as a Replacement Award) if: (i) it is of the same type of instrument as the Replaced Award; (ii) it has an intrinsic value at least equal to the value of the Replaced Award; (iii) it relates to publicly traded equity securities of Enterprise or its successor in the Change in Control or another entity that is affiliated with Enterprise or its successor following the Change in Control; (iv) its terms and conditions comply with applicable regulations under Section 409A regarding substitutions and assumptions by reason of a corporate transaction; and (v) its other terms and conditions are not less favorable to the holder of the Award than the terms and conditions of the Replaced Award (including the provisions that would apply in the event of a subsequent Change in Control). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Replacement Award may take the form of a continuation or assumption of the Replaced Award if the requirements of the preceding sentence are satisfied. The determination of whether the conditions of this Paragraph 4(b) are satisfied shall be made by the Committee, as constituted immediately before the Change in Control, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine the value of Awards and Replacement Awards that are stock options by reference to either their intrinsic value or their fair value.

 

  (c) Treatment of 409A Awards. This Paragraph 4(c) shall apply to 409A Awards (i.e., Awards subject to Section 409A when the applicable Change in Control is defined in Section 6(e)). 409A Awards shall be treated, in the case of Options or SARs, as described in Paragraph 4(a)(i)(B)(I) or (II)(regardless of whether Enterprise is the survivor). In the case of 409A Awards other than Options or SARs, such 409A Awards shall become vested (with any applicable performance conditions being deemed satisfied with respect to the greater of (X) 100% of the Shares earned based on actual performance or (Y) the number of the Shares earned based on assumed target performance pro-rated based on the number of full calendar months the Executive Officer was employed by Enterprise during the performance period applicable to such Award, counting the month of grant as one full month (i.e., January 15-March 31 is three months) and shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee, within thirty (30) days following the Change in Control. Awards subject to this Paragraph 4(c) shall not be eligible to be replaced by Replacement Awards or to be continued or assumed in connection with the Change in Control.

5. Qualifying Termination and Good Reason.

 

  (a) An Executive Officer will be deemed to have incurred a Qualifying Termination for purposes of this plan if he or she is involuntarily terminated, as determined by the Committee, other than for Cause while holding Executive Officer status or within 90 days after having held Executive Officer status. For purposes of this Plan, the term “Cause” shall mean an Executive Officer’s:

 

  (i) Material neglect (other than as a result of illness or disability) of his or her duties or responsibilities to Enterprise; or

 

  (ii) Conduct (including action or failure to act) that is not in the best interest of, or is injurious to, Enterprise.


An Executive Officer shall not be deemed to have engaged in conduct constituting Cause under this plan except by a majority vote of the members of the Board or an independent committee thereof.

 

  (b) For purposes of this plan, “Qualifying Termination” shall also include an Executive Officer’s voluntary termination of employment for “Good Reason” provided such termination occurs within 24 months after a Change in Control, where “Good Reason” means:

 

  (i) a material reduction in the Executive Officer’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities relative to such position, authority, duties or responsibilities immediately prior to the Change in Control; or

 

  (ii) a material reduction in the Executive Officer’s base salary or target bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control; or

 

  (iii) receipt of notice by the Executive Officer with regard to the mandatory relocation (other than by mutual agreement) of the office at which the Executive Officer is to perform the majority of his or her duties following the Change in Control to a location more than 50 miles from the location at which the Executive Officer performed such duties prior to the Change in Control; or

 

  (iv) the failure at any time of a successor to Enterprise explicitly to assume and agree to be bound by this Plan.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, no act, omission or event shall constitute grounds for a voluntary termination due to “Good Reason” unless:

 

  (i) the Executive Officer provides Enterprise thirty (30) day advance written notice of his or her intent to termination employment for Good Reason which notice must describe the claimed act, omission or event giving rise to Good Reason (“Notice of Termination”);

 

  (ii) the Notice of Termination is given within ninety (90) days of Executive Officer’s first actual knowledge of such act, omission or event;

 

  (iii) Enterprise fails to cure such act, omission or event within the thirty (30) day period after receiving the Notice of Termination; and

 

  (iv) the Executive Officer’s termination of employment for Good Reason actually occurs at the end of such 30-day cure period if the Good Reason is not cured.

6. Change in Control. A Change in Control means the first to occur of any of the following:

 

  (a)

A direct or indirect acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of shares which, together with other direct or indirect acquisitions or beneficial ownership by such Person, results in aggregate beneficial ownership by such Person of thirty percent (30%) or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock (the “Outstanding Enterprise Common Stock”) of Enterprise, or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Enterprise (the “Outstanding Enterprise Voting Securities”); excluding, however, the following: (i) any acquisition directly from Enterprise, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from


  Enterprise, (ii) any acquisition by Enterprise or a wholly owned Subsidiary, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Enterprise or any entity controlled by Enterprise, or (iv) any acquisition by any entity pursuant to a transaction which complies with Paragraphs 6 (c)(i), (ii) or (iii); or

 

  (b) A change in the composition of the Board over a 12-month period such that the individuals who, as of the date of the beginning of the period (the “Effective Incumbency Date”), constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Incumbency Date, whose election, or nomination for election by HPs stockholders, was approved by a vote of a majority of those individuals then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

  (c) The consummation of a Corporate Transaction; excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Enterprise Common Stock and Outstanding Enterprise Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty percent (60%) of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction or a direct or indirect parent entity of the surviving or acquiring entity (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns Enterprise or all or substantially all of Enterprise’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions (as compared to each other) as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Enterprise Common Stock and Outstanding Enterprise Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than Enterprise, any wholly owned subsidiary, any employee benefit plan (or related trust)) sponsored or maintained by Enterprise, any entity controlled by Enterprise, such surviving or acquiring entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction or any entity controlled by such surviving or acquiring entity or a direct or indirect parent entity of the surviving or acquiring entity that, after giving effect to the Corporate Transaction, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (30%) or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock (or comparable equity interests) of the entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such entity except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction or (iii) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute a majority of the members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the surviving or acquiring entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction or a direct or indirect parent entity of the surviving or acquiring entity. “Corporate Transaction” means (w) a dissolution or liquidation of Enterprise, (x) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Enterprise, (y) a merger or consolidation of Enterprise with or into any other corporation, regardless of whether Enterprise is the surviving corporation, or (z) a statutory share exchange involving capital stock of Enterprise.

 

  (d) For avoidance of doubt, the separation of Hewlett-Packard Company into HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise shall not be a Change in Control under the Plan.


  (e) A Change in Control is described in this Paragraph 6(e) only if it would also constitute a “change in ownership” of Enterprise, a “change in effective control” of Enterprise, or a “change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets” of Enterprise under Section 409A.

7. Form and Time of Payment for Severance Benefits Outside a Change in Control. Subject to the timely execution of the required Release of Claims, and the occurrence of the Release Effective Date, severance benefits provided under Paragraph 2 shall be paid in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (a) Cash severance benefits under Paragraph 2(a) shall be paid to an Executive Officer in installments as follows: 25% of such cash severance benefits shall be paid no later than the 75 th day following the date of an Executive Officer’s Qualifying Termination, and then 25% of such cash severance benefit on the 6 th , 12 th and 18 th month anniversary of the date of such Qualifying Termination.

 

  (b) The pro-rata annual bonus under Paragraph 2(b) shall be paid at the time such bonuses are otherwise paid to participants in the applicable bonus plan; provided that if the Release Effective Date is after the date that the bonus would otherwise have been paid, such payment shall be made as soon as administratively practicable after the Release Effective Date, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which the bonus performance period ended.

 

  (c) The health benefit stipend under Paragraph 2(d) shall be paid to an Executive Officer on the same date the Executive Officer is paid the first installment of his or her cash severance under Paragraph (a) above.

 

  (d) Any Award entitled to pro rata vesting that would have otherwise become vested and been settled solely based on the performance of service will be settled, or in the case of an Award that is an option or SAR, accelerated vesting will occur, no later than the 75 th day following the date of an Executive Officer’s Qualifying Termination.

 

  (e) Any Award entitled to pro rata vesting that would otherwise have become vested and been settled, in whole or in part, based on performance for which the applicable performance period has not ended on or prior to the Executive Officer’s Qualifying Termination will be settled (or in the case of an Award of options or SAR, accelerated vesting will occur) at the time such Award is otherwise settled for (or vests) for other holders of such Awards; provided that if the Release Effective Date is after the date that the Award would otherwise have been settled, such settlement or vesting shall occur no later than the 75 th day following the date of the Release Effective Date.

All payments and benefits under this plan shall be subject to, and made net of, applicable deductions and withholdings. Any payments and benefits under this plan shall be reduced by any severance benefit payable to the Executive Officer under any other Enterprise plan, program or agreement.

All payments and benefits are subject to the Executive Officer’s continuing compliance with Enterprise Agreement Regarding Confidential Information and Proprietary Developments (as reflected in the Release of Claims), and to Enterprise’s policies on recoupment, as in effect from time to time.

8. Form and Time of Payment for Severance Benefits in the event of a Change in Control. Subject to the timely execution of the required Release of Claims, and the occurrence of the Release Effective


Date, severance benefits provided under Paragraph shall be paid in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (a) Cash severance benefits the pro-rata annual bonus, and the health benefit stipend under Paragraph 3(a) shall be paid to the Executive Officer in a lump sum no later than the 75 th day following the Qualifying Termination.

 

  (b) Any Award, including a Replacement Award (to the extent vested under Paragraph 3) shall be settled, or in the case of an option or SAR, accelerated vesting will occur, no later than the 75 th day following the date of an Executive Officer’s Qualifying Termination.

All payments and benefits under this plan shall be subject to, and made net of, applicable deductions and withholdings. Any payments and benefits under this plan shall be reduced by any severance benefit payable to the Executive Officer under any other Enterprise plan, program or agreement.

All payments and benefits are subject to the Executive Officer’s continuing compliance with Enterprise Agreement Regarding Confidential Information and Proprietary Developments (as reflected in the Release of Claims), and to Enterprise’s policies on recoupment, as in effect from time to time.

9. Section 409A Provisions. The term “termination of employment,” “termination,” “separation from service” and similar terms shall mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

Any amounts payable solely on account of an “involuntary” separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A shall be, to the maximum extent possible, excludible from the requirements of Section 409A, either as involuntary separation pay or as short-term deferral amounts. For purposes of Section 409A, each payment of compensation under the plan shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation.

Any reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided under the plan shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (a) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the period of time specified in the Agreement, (b) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (c) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (d) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

If payment of any amount of nonqualified deferred compensation is triggered by a separation from service that occurs while the Executive Officer is a specified employee (as such term is defined in Section 409A), and if such amount is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service, the amount shall accrue without interest and shall be paid the first business day after the end of such six-month period, or, if earlier, within 15 days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive Officer’s estate following the Executive Officer’s death.

If the maximum period within which the Executive Officer must sign and not revoke the Release of Claims would begin in one calendar year and expire in the following calendar year, then any payments contingent on the occurrence of the Release Effective Date shall be made in such following calendar year (regardless of the year of execution of such release) if payment in such following calendar year is required in order to comply with Section 409A. If the Release Effective Date has not occurred by the 53rd day following termination of employment, the Executive Officer will not be entitled to any amounts or accelerated vesting that are subject to the timely execution of the Release of Claims and the occurrence of the Release Effective Date.


For avoidance of doubt, if an Executive Officer’s Award or Replacement Award is subject to Section 409A, and the vesting or settlement acceleration provisions of the Plan would cause the Award to be subject to additional tax and interest penalties under Section 409A (including but not limited to the Award’s being deemed amended by the terms of the Plan after it was granted), then the Committee shall not settle such Award (or Replacement Award) on an accelerated basis.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Enterprise does not make any guarantees or other assurances of any kind with respect to the tax consequences or treatment of any amounts paid or payable to him under this plan.

10. Effect on Other Benefits; At-Will Status. Payments under this plan shall not be considered compensation for purposes of any other compensation or benefit plan, program, or agreement of Enterprise or its affiliates. All other compensation and benefit plans and programs shall be governed by the applicable Enterprise plan or agreement. This plan does not create an employment relationship for any fixed term.

11. Effective Date; Administration of Plan. The Plan was originally November 1, 2015. The Plan may be amended or terminated at any time by the Committee or the Board, in their discretion; provided that (a) no right to payments or benefits in pay status may be cut back without the consent of the affected Executive Officer, and (b) no amendment that would have the effect of reducing payments or benefits under Paragraph 3 Severance Benefits in the event of a Change in Control may take effect prior to the second anniversary of a Change in Control.

The Committee shall have full authority, in its discretion to interpret and apply the provisions of the plan, to establish rules and procedures applicable to the Plan, to resolve any ambiguity, correct any defect or supply any omission; to make such adjustments or modifications as the Committee deems appropriate for Executive Officers who are working outside the United States as are advisable to fulfill the purposes of the plan or to comply with applicable local law’ and to take any other action it deems necessary or advisable for administration of the Plan.

This plan is intended to be consistent with the Board’s policy regarding severance agreements for senior executives, and the benefits provided for hereunder, exclusive of “permitted benefits” (as defined in the Resolutions), do not exceed 2.99 times the sum of any eligible executive’s base salary plus bonus as in effect immediately prior to separation from employment. The Committee may take such action as is necessary to implement and administer this plan consistent with such intent of the Board.

12. Clawback. Any amounts payable under the Plan are subject to any policy providing for clawback, recoupment or recovery of amounts that were paid to an Executive Officer as established from time to time by the Committee and adopted prior to a Change in Control or required by applicable law. The Enterprise shall make any determination for clawback, recoupment or recovery in its sole discretion and in accordance with any such policy and applicable law or regulation.

13. Best Net. It is the object of this paragraph to provide for the maximum after-tax income to each Executive Officer with respect to any payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the Executive Officer, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the Plan or any other plan, arrangement or agreement, that would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) or any similar federal, state or local tax that may hereafter be imposed (a “Payment”) (Section 4999 of the Code or any similar federal, state or local tax are collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”). Accordingly, before any Payments are made under this Plan, a determination will be made as to which of two alternatives will maximize such Executive Officer’s after-tax proceeds, and Enterprise must notify the Executive Office in writing of such determination. The first alternative is the payment in full of all Payments potentially subject to the Excise Tax. The second alternative is the


payment of only a part of the Executive Officer’s Payments so that the Executive Officer receives the largest payment and benefits possible without causing the Excise Tax to be payable by the Executive Officer. This second alternative is referred to in this paragraph as “Limited Payment”. The Executive Officer’s Payments shall be paid only to the extent permitted under the alternative determined to maximize the Executive Officer’s after-tax proceeds, and the Executive Officer shall have no rights to any greater payments on his or her Payments. If Limited Payment applies, Payments shall be reduced in a manner that would not result in the Executive Officer incurring an additional tax under Section 409A.

 

  (a) Accordingly, Payments not constituting nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A shall be reduced first, in this order but only to the extent that doing so avoids the Excise Tax (e.g., accelerated vesting or payment provisions in an Award will be ignored to the extent that such provisions would trigger the Excise Tax):

 

  (i) Payment of the severance amounts under Paragraph 3 hereof to the extent such payments do not constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A.

 

  (ii) Performance-based Awards, but excluding Performance-based Awards subject to Section 409A.

 

  (iii) Service-based Awards, but excluding Service-based Awards subject to Section 409A.

 

  (iv) Awards of Options and SARs under an Enterprise LTIP.

 

  (b) Then, if the foregoing reductions are insufficient, Payments constituting deferred compensation under Section 409A shall be reduced, in this order:

 

  (i) Payment of the severance amounts under Paragraph 3 hereof to the extent such payments constitute deferred compensation under Section 409A.

 

  (ii) Performance-based Awards subject to Section 409A.

 

  (iii) Service-based Awards subject to Section 409A.

In the event of conflict between the order of reduction under this Plan and the order provided by any other Enterprise document governing a Payment, then the order under this Plan shall control.

All determinations required to be made under this Paragraph 13 shall be made by Enterprise’s external auditor (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to Enterprise and the Executive Officer within ten (10) business days of the termination of employment giving rise to benefits under the Plan, or such earlier time as is requested by Enterprise. All fees, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, the costs of retaining experts) of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by Enterprise. In the event the Accounting Firm determines that the Payments shall be reduced, it shall furnish the Executive Officer with a written opinion to such effect. The determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon Enterprise and the Executive Officer.

Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.1

LOGO

                    , 2015

Dear Hewlett-Packard Company Stockholder:

In October 2014, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP Co.”) announced plans to separate into two independent, industry-leading companies.

The first, Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (“Hewlett Packard Enterprise”), will provide the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional IT while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs. Specifically, this company will include our best-in-class portfolio and innovation capability across our Enterprise Group, Enterprise Services, Software and Financial Services businesses.

The second, HP Inc., will own and operate our printing and personal systems businesses, which currently hold the number one position in printing, the number one position in the profitable commercial personal systems segment, and the number two position in the consumer personal systems segment (each by units shipped). HP Inc. will have an impressive portfolio and a strong innovation pipeline across areas such as multi-function printing, Ink in the Office, graphics, notebooks, mobile and desktop workstations, tablets and phablets.

Each of these companies will have strong financial foundations, compelling innovation roadmaps, sharpened strategic focus and experienced leadership teams. The separation is intended to, among other things, simplify the organizational structure of each company, facilitating faster decisionmaking. As independent companies, each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will be able to focus its capital deployment and investment strategies and implement an appropriate capital structure to meet the needs of its business.

The separation will occur by means of a pro rata distribution to HP Co. stockholders of 100% of the outstanding shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. In connection with the separation, HP Co. will be renamed HP Inc. Consequently, the separation will provide HP Co. stockholders with ownership interests in both HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Each HP Co. stockholder will receive [●] share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for every one share of HP Co. common stock held on [●], 2015, the record date for the distribution. It is intended that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the distribution generally will be tax-free to HP Co. stockholders.

You do not need to take any action to receive shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to which you are entitled as an HP Co. stockholder. You do not need to pay any consideration or surrender or exchange your HP Co. common shares to participate in the spin-off.

I encourage you to read the attached information statement, which is being provided to all HP Co. stockholders who held shares on the record date for the distribution. The information statement describes the separation in detail and contains important business and financial information about Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

I believe the separation will create two compelling companies well positioned to win in the marketplace and to drive value for our stockholders. We remain committed to working on your behalf to continue to build long-term stockholder value.

Sincerely,

Margaret C. Whitman

Chairman of Board, President and Chief

Executive Officer

Hewlett-Packard Company


Table of Contents

LOGO

                    , 2015

Dear Future Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company Stockholder:

I am pleased to welcome you as a future stockholder of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company (“Hewlett Packard Enterprise”). Our new company will provide the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional IT while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs.

Over the past few years, we have strengthened the fundamentals of our business, streamlined our operations and intensified our focus on the customer. We have reignited innovation and will continue to introduce offerings designed to solve technology’s biggest challenges and shape the future of computing. As a result, we believe Hewlett Packard Enterprise is well positioned to drive growth and deliver long-term stockholder value.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise has applied to list its common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HPE.” I encourage you to learn more about Hewlett Packard Enterprise and our strategic initiatives by reading the attached information statement.

Sincerely,

 

Margaret C. Whitman

President and Chief Executive Officer

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company


Table of Contents

Information contained herein is preliminary and subject to completion or amendment. A Registration Statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 28, 2015

INFORMATION STATEMENT

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company

 

 

This information statement is being furnished to the stockholders of Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP Co.”) in connection with the distribution by HP Co. to its stockholders of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of HP Co. that will hold, directly or indirectly, the assets and liabilities associated with HP Co.’s enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses (“Hewlett Packard Enterprise”). To implement the distribution, HP Co. will distribute all of the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock on a pro rata basis to HP Co. stockholders in a distribution that is intended to be tax-free to HP Co. stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

For every one share of HP Co. common stock held of record by you as of the close of business on [●], 2015, the record date for the distribution, you will receive [●] share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock. You will receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock that you would otherwise have received after application of the above distribution ratio. As discussed herein under “The Separation and Distribution—Trading Between the Record Date and Distribution Date,” if you sell your HP Co. common shares “regular-way” after the record date and before the distribution, you will also be selling your right to receive shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in connection with the separation. We expect that shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will be distributed by HP Co. to you on [●], 2015. We refer to the date on which HP Co. commences distribution of the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to the holders of HP Co. common shares as the “distribution date.”

No vote of HP Co. stockholders is required for the distribution. Therefore, you are not being asked for a proxy, and you are requested not to send HP Co. a proxy, in connection with the distribution. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing HP Co. shares or take any other action to receive your shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock.

There is currently no trading market for Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock, although we expect that a limited market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, will develop on or shortly before the record date for the distribution. We expect “regular-way” trading of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to begin on the first trading day following the distribution. Hewlett Packard Enterprise has applied to have its common stock authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “HPE.” Shortly prior to the distribution, HP Co. will be renamed HP Inc. Following the distribution, HP Inc. will continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “HPQ.” We refer in this information statement to HP Co. following the separation as “HP Inc.”

 

 

In reviewing this information statement, you should carefully consider the matters described under the caption “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this information statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This information statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

The date of this information statement is                     , 2015.

This information statement was first made available to HP Co. stockholders on or about                     , 2015.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

     iii   

INFORMATION STATEMENT SUMMARY

     1   

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     11   

RISK FACTORS

     12   

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     38   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     39   

CAPITALIZATION

     40   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     41   

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     51   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     52   

BUSINESS

     87   

MANAGEMENT

     100   

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     111   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     112   

TREATMENT OF HP CO. EQUITY-BASED AWARDS AT THE TIME OF SEPARATION

     149   

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY 2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

     151   

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY SEVERANCE AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL PLAN FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     156   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

     158   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     168   

THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

     170   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     176   

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

     180   

DESCRIPTION OF HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE’S CAPITAL STOCK

     183   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     187   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

Presentation of Information

Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this information statement about Hewlett Packard Enterprise assumes the completion of all of the transactions referred to in this information statement in connection with the separation and distribution. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this information statement to “Hewlett Packard Enterprise,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “the company” refer to Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s historical business and operations refer to the business and operations of HP Co.’s enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses that will be transferred to Hewlett Packard Enterprise in connection with the separation and distribution. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this information statement to “HP Co.” refer to Hewlett-Packard Company, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, which will be renamed HP Inc. shortly prior to the distribution. We refer in this information statement to HP Co. following the separation as “HP Inc.” Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this information statement to the “separation” refer to the separation of HP Co.’s enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses from HP Co.’s other businesses and the creation, as a result of the distribution, of an independent, publicly traded company, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, that holds the assets and liabilities associated with such businesses, as further described herein. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this information statement to the “distribution” refer to the distribution by HP Co. to HP Co. stockholders as of the record date of 100% of the outstanding shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, as further described herein.

 

i


Table of Contents

Trademarks, Trade Names and Service Marks

Hewlett Packard Enterprise owns or has rights to use the trademarks, service marks and trade names that it uses in conjunction with the operation of its business. Some of the more important trademarks that Hewlett Packard Enterprise owns or has rights to use that appear in this information statement include “HEWLETT PACKARD” and “HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE,” each of which may be registered or trademarked in the United States and other jurisdictions around the world. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this information statement is, to our knowledge, owned by such other company.

 

ii


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

 

What is Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and why is HP Co. separating Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s business and distributing Hewlett Packard Enterprise stock?

Hewlett Packard Enterprise, which is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of HP Co., was formed to hold HP Co.’s Enterprise Group, Enterprise Services, Software and Financial Services businesses. The separation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise from HP Co. and the distribution of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock are intended to, among other things, (i) create two sharper, stronger, more focused companies by enabling the management of each company to concentrate efforts on the unique needs of each business and the pursuit of distinct opportunities for long-term growth and profitability, (ii) simplify the organizational structure of each company, facilitating faster decisionmaking, (iii) allow each business to more effectively pursue its own distinct capital structures and capital allocation strategies and design more effective equity compensation structures and (iv) provide current HP Co. stockholders with equity investments in two separate, publicly traded companies. HP Co. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise expect that the separation will result in enhanced long-term performance of each business for the reasons discussed in the sections entitled “The Separation and Distribution—Background” and “The Separation and Distribution—Reasons for the Separation.”

 

Why am I receiving this document?

HP Co. is delivering this document to you because you are a holder of HP Co. common shares. If you are a holder of HP Co. common shares as of the close of business on [●], 2015, the record date for the distribution, you will be entitled to receive [●] share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for every one share of HP Co. common stock that you held at the close of business on such date. This document will help you understand how the separation and distribution will affect your investment in HP Co. and your investment in Hewlett Packard Enterprise after the separation.

 

How will the separation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise from HP Co. work?

To accomplish the separation, HP Co. will distribute all of the outstanding shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to HP Co. stockholders on a pro rata basis in a distribution intended to be tax-free to HP Co. stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Why is the separation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise structured as a distribution?

HP Co. believes that a distribution of the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to HP Co. stockholders is an efficient way to separate its enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses in a manner that will create long-term value for HP Co. and its stockholders.

 

What is the record date for the distribution?

The record date for the distribution will be [●], 2015.

 

When will the separation and the distribution occur?

It is expected that all of the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will be distributed by HP Co. on [●], 2015 to holders of record of HP Co. common shares as of the record date for the distribution. The separation will become effective at the time of the

 

iii


Table of Contents
 

distribution. However, no assurance can be provided as to the timing of the separation and the distribution or that all conditions to the distribution will be met.

 

What do stockholders need to do to participate in the distribution?

Stockholders of HP Co. as of the record date for the distribution will not be required to take any action to receive Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution, but you are urged to read this entire information statement carefully. No stockholder approval of the distribution is required. You are not being asked for a proxy. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing HP Co. common shares or take any other action to receive your shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock. Please do not send in your HP Co. stock certificates. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding HP Co. shares or any rights of HP Co. stockholders, although it will affect the market value of each outstanding HP Co. common share. HP Co. will be renamed HP Inc. shortly prior to the distribution.

 

How will shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock be issued?

You will receive shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock through the same channels that you currently use to hold or trade HP Co. common shares, whether through a brokerage account, 401(k) plan or other channel. Receipt of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will be documented for you in the same manner that you typically receive stockholder updates, such as monthly broker statements and 401(k) statements.

 

  If you own HP Co. common shares as of the close of business on the record date for the distribution, including shares owned in certificate form or through the HP Co. dividend reinvestment plan, HP Co., with the assistance of Wells Fargo Shareowner Services, the settlement and distribution agent, will electronically distribute shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to you or to your brokerage firm on your behalf in book-entry form. Wells Fargo will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares.

 

How many shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will I receive in the distribution?

HP Co. will distribute to you [●] share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for every one share of HP Co. common stock held by you as of the record date for the distribution. Based on approximately [●] HP Co. common shares outstanding as of [●], 2015, a total of approximately [●] shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock are expected to be distributed. For additional information on the distribution, see “The Separation and Distribution.”

 

Will Hewlett Packard Enterprise issue fractional shares of its common stock in the distribution?

No. Hewlett Packard Enterprise will not issue fractional shares of its common stock in the distribution. Fractional shares that HP Co. stockholders would otherwise have been entitled to receive will be aggregated and sold in the public market by the distribution agent. The aggregate net cash proceeds of these sales will be distributed pro rata (based on the fractional share such holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive) to those stockholders who would otherwise

 

iv


Table of Contents
 

have been entitled to receive fractional shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payments made in lieu of fractional shares. The receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares generally will be taxable, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the recipient HP Co. stockholders. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

What are the conditions to the distribution?

The distribution is subject to final approval by the board of directors of HP Co., as well as to a number of conditions, including, among others:

 

    the transfer of assets and liabilities to Hewlett Packard Enterprise in accordance with the separation and distribution agreement will have been completed, other than assets and liabilities intended to be transferred after the distribution;

 

    HP Co. will have received (i) a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and/or one or more opinions from its external tax advisors, in each case, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and related transactions and (ii) an opinion of each of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

 

    the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) will have declared effective the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement will be in effect, no proceedings for such purpose will be pending before or threatened by the SEC and this information statement will have been made available to HP Co. stockholders;

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the separation, the distribution or any of the related transactions will be in effect;

 

    the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to be distributed will have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

    the receipt of an opinion from an independent appraisal firm confirming the solvency and financial viability of HP Co. before the distribution and each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. after the distribution that is in form and substance acceptable to HP Co. in its sole discretion; and

 

    no other event or development will have occurred or exist that, in the judgment of HP Co.’s board of directors, in its sole discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation, the distribution or the other related transactions.

 

v


Table of Contents
  Hewlett Packard Enterprise cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met. For a complete discussion of all of the conditions to the distribution, see “The Separation and Distribution—Conditions to the Distribution.”

 

Can HP Co. decide to cancel the distribution of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock even if all the conditions have been met?

Yes. Until the distribution has occurred, HP Co. has the right to terminate the distribution, even if all of the conditions are satisfied. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—The Separation and Distribution Agreement—Termination.”

 

What if I want to sell my HP Co. common stock or my Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock?

You should consult with your financial advisors, such as your stockbroker, bank or tax advisor.

 

What is “regular-way” and “ex-distribution” trading of HP Co. stock?

Beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to the distribution date, it is expected that there will be two markets in HP Co. common shares: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. HP Co. common shares that trade in the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to be distributed pursuant to the distribution. Shares that trade in the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to be distributed pursuant to the distribution.

 

  If you decide to sell any HP Co. common shares before the distribution date, you should make sure your stockbroker, bank or other nominee understands whether you want to sell your HP Co. common shares with or without the entitlement to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock pursuant to the distribution.

 

Where will I be able to trade shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock?

Hewlett Packard Enterprise has applied to list its common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “HPE.” Hewlett Packard Enterprise anticipates that trading in shares of its common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and will continue up to the distribution date, and that “regular-way” trading in Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will begin on the first trading day following the distribution. If trading begins on a “when-issued” basis, you may purchase or sell Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock up to the distribution date, but your transaction will not settle until after the distribution date. Hewlett Packard Enterprise cannot predict the trading prices for its common stock before, on or after the distribution date.

 

What will happen to the listing of HP Co. common shares?

HP Co. common stock will continue to trade on the NYSE after the distribution under the symbol “HPQ.”

 

Will the number of HP Co. common shares that I own change as a result of the distribution?

No. The number of HP Co. common shares that you own will not change as a result of the distribution.

 

vi


Table of Contents

Will the distribution affect the market price of my HP Co. shares?

Yes. As a result of the distribution, it is expected that the trading price of HP Co. common shares immediately following the distribution will be lower than the “regular-way” trading price of such shares immediately prior to the distribution because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses to be held by Hewlett Packard Enterprise. The combined trading prices of one HP Inc. common share and [●] share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock after the distribution (representing the number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to be received per every one share of HP Co. common stock in the distribution) may be equal to, greater than or less than the trading price of one HP Co. common share before the distribution.

 

What are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution?

It is a condition to the distribution that HP Co. receive (i) a private letter ruling from the IRS and/or one or more opinions from its external tax advisors, in each case, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and related transactions, and (ii) an opinion of each of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as transactions that are generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Assuming that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, so qualifies, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss will be recognized by you, and no amount will be included in your income, upon the receipt of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock pursuant to the distribution. You will, however, recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock.

 

  You should consult your own tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the distribution to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, as well as any foreign tax laws. For more information regarding the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution, see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

What will Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s relationship be with HP Inc. following the separation?

Hewlett Packard Enterprise will enter into a separation and distribution agreement with HP Co. to effect the separation and provide a framework for Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s relationship with HP Inc. after the separation. Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will also enter into certain other agreements, including among others a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, a transition services agreement, a real estate matters agreement, a commercial agreement and an IT service agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. of HP Co.’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods

 

vii


Table of Contents
 

prior to, at and after the separation and will govern certain relationships between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. after the separation. For additional information regarding the separation and distribution agreement and other transaction agreements, see the sections entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

 

Who will manage Hewlett Packard Enterprise after the separation?

Hewlett Packard Enterprise benefits from having in place a management team with an extensive background in the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses. Led by Margaret C. Whitman, who will be Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s president and chief executive officer after the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s management team possesses deep knowledge of, and extensive experience in, its industry. Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s management team includes Martin Fink, Henry Gomez, John Hinshaw, Christopher P. Hsu, Kirt P. Karros, Alan May, Michael G. Nefkens, Antonio Neri, Jeff T. Ricci, John F. Schultz, Timothy C. Stonesifer and Robert Youngjohns, each of whom has held senior positions of responsibility at HP Co. For more information regarding Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s management, see “Management.”

 

Are there risks associated with owning Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock?

Yes. Ownership of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will be subject to both general and specific risks, including those relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s business, the industry in which it operates, its separation from HP Co. and ongoing contractual relationships with HP Inc. and its status as a separate, publicly traded company. These risks are described in the “Risk Factors” section of this information statement. You are encouraged to read that section carefully.

 

Does Hewlett Packard Enterprise plan to pay dividends?

Yes. Following the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. are each expected to maintain a dividend that, together, will be similar to that of HP Co. prior to the separation. We expect that HP Inc. will maintain a higher dividend than Hewlett Packard Enterprise initially. We currently expect Hewlett Packard Enterprise to return at least 50% of free cash flow in fiscal year 2016 to stockholders through approximately $400 million in dividends and the remainder in share repurchases. Dividend yields will be dependent on the trading price of the respective companies’ common stock following the separation. We cannot guarantee that we will pay dividends in the future. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Will Hewlett Packard Enterprise incur any indebtedness prior to or at the time of the distribution?

Yes. In connection with our separation capitalization plan, which is intended to result in each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise obtaining investment grade credit ratings, we expect to incur additional borrowings to redistribute debt between us and HP Co., such that we have total debt of approximately $16 billion immediately following the separation. See “Description of Material Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”

 

viii


Table of Contents

Who will be the distribution agent, transfer agent, registrar and information agent for the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock?

The distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will be Wells Fargo Shareowner Services. For questions relating to the transfer or mechanics of the stock distribution, you should contact:

 

  Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

  Shareowner Services

 

  1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101

 

  Mendota Heights, MN 55120-4100

 

  1 (800) 286-5977 (U.S. and Canada)

 

  1 (651) 453-2122 (International)

 

Where can I find more information about HP Co. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise?

Before the distribution, if you have any questions relating to HP Co.’s business performance, you should contact:                                                                                                                                                    

 

  Hewlett-Packard Company

3000 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

  Telephone: [●]

 

  Email: [●]

 

  After the distribution, Hewlett Packard Enterprise stockholders who have any questions relating to Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s business performance should contact Hewlett Packard Enterprise at:

 

  Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company

3000 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

  Telephone: [●]

 

  Email: [●]

 

  Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s investor website is [●].

 

ix


Table of Contents

INFORMATION STATEMENT SUMMARY

The following is a summary of certain material information discussed in this information statement. This summary may not contain all of the details concerning the separation or other information that may be important to you. To better understand the separation and Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s business and financial position, you should carefully review this entire information statement.

This information statement describes the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses to be transferred to Hewlett Packard Enterprise by HP Co. in the separation as if the transferred businesses were Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s businesses for all historical periods described. References in this information statement to Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities are generally intended to refer to the assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities of the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses of HP Co. and its subsidiaries prior to the distribution.

Our Company

Hewlett Packard Enterprise is a leading global provider of the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional information technology (“IT”) while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs. Our legacy dates back to a partnership founded in 1939 by William R. Hewlett and David Packard, and we strive every day to uphold and enhance that legacy through our dedication to providing innovative technological solutions to our customers. In fiscal year 2014, we generated net income of $1.6 billion from revenues of $55 billion.

We believe that we offer the most comprehensive portfolio of enterprise solutions in the IT industry. With an industry-leading position in servers, storage, wired and wireless networking, converged systems, software and services, combined with our customized financing solutions, we believe we are best equipped to deliver the right IT solutions to help drive optimal business outcomes for our customers.

We organize our business into the following five segments:

 

    Enterprise Group. Our Enterprise Group (“EG”) provides our customers with the cutting-edge technology infrastructure they need to optimize traditional IT while building a secure, cloud-enabled and mobile-ready future.

 

    Software. Our Software allows our customers to automate IT operations to simplify, accelerate and secure business processes, and drives the analytics that turn raw data into actionable knowledge.

 

    Enterprise Services. Our Enterprise Services (“ES”) brings all of our solutions together through our consulting and support professionals to help deliver superior, comprehensive results for our customers.

 

    Hewlett Packard Financial Services. Hewlett Packard Financial Services (“Financial Services” or “FS”) enables flexible IT consumption models, financial architectures and customized investment solutions for our customers.

 

    Corporate Investments. Corporate Investments includes Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs and certain business incubation projects, among others.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive advantages that distinguish us from our competitors, including:

Broad and deep end-to-end solutions portfolio . We combine our infrastructure, software and services capabilities to provide what we believe is the broadest and deepest portfolio of end-to-end enterprise solutions in the IT industry. Our ability to deliver a wide range of high-quality products and high-value consulting and support services in a single package is one of our principal differentiators.

Multiyear innovation roadmap . We have been in the technology and innovation business for over 75 years. Our vast intellectual property portfolio and global research and development capabilities are part of a broader innovation roadmap designed to help organizations of all sizes journey from traditional technology platforms to the IT systems of the future—what we call the new style of IT—which we believe will be characterized by the increasing and interrelated prominence of cloud computing, big data, enterprise security, applications and mobility.

Global distribution and partner ecosystem . We are experts in delivering innovative technological solutions to our customers in complex multi-country, multi-vendor and/or multi-language environments. We have one of the largest go-to-market capabilities in our industry, including a large ecosystem of channel partners, which enables us to market and deliver our product offerings to customers located virtually anywhere in the world.

Custom financial solutions . We have developed innovative financing solutions to facilitate the delivery of our products and services to our customers. We deliver flexible investment solutions and expertise that help customers and other partners create unique technology deployments based on specific business needs.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

Experienced leadership team with track record of successful performance . Our management team has an extensive track record of performance and execution. We are led by our Chief Executive Officer Margaret C.   Whitman, who has proven experience in developing transformative business models, building global brands and driving sustained growth and expansion in the technology industry, including from her leadership of HP Co. for four years prior to the separation and her prior ten years as Chief Executive Officer of eBay Inc. Our senior management team has over 100 collective years of experience in our industry and possesses extensive knowledge of and experience in the enterprise IT business and the markets in which we compete. Moreover, we have a deep bench of management and technology talent that we believe provides us with an unparalleled pipeline of future leaders and innovators.

 

LOGO

Our Strategies

Disruptive change is all around us, and we are living in an idea economy where the ability to turn an idea into a new product or a new industry is more accessible than ever. This environment requires a new style of business, underpinned by a new style of IT. Cloud, mobile, big data and analytics provide the tools enterprises need to significantly reduce the time to market for any good idea. Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s strategy is to enable customers to win in the idea economy by slashing the time it takes to turn an idea into value.

We make IT environments more efficient, more productive and more secure, enabling fast, flexible responses to a rapidly changing competitive landscape. We enable organizations to act quickly on ideas by creating, consuming and reconfiguring new solutions, experiences and business models, and deliver infrastructure that is built from components that can be composed and recomposed easily and quickly to meet the shifting demands of business applications.

Every IT journey is unique, but every customer is looking to minimize the time between initial idea and realized value. While some customers are looking for solutions that let them take the next step on this journey, the majority of customers are at the beginning of this journey and are looking for solutions that can help them take their first steps. Hewlett Packard Enterprise will leverage our leadership position in our traditional markets to lead the transition to this new style of business.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Specifically, we are focused on delivering solutions to help customers transform four critical areas that matter most to their business.

Transform to a hybrid infrastructure. Infrastructure matters more than ever today, but customers need a new kind of infrastructure. We help customers build an on-demand infrastructure and operational foundation for all of the applications that power the enterprise. With our cloud expertise, combined with our portfolio of traditional IT infrastructure and services, we are able to provide customized and seamless IT solutions for customers of all sizes and at all levels of technological sophistication. We are able to optimize our customers’ applications regardless of form—traditional, mobile, in the cloud or in the data center.

Protect the digital enterprise. The threat landscape is wider and more diverse today than ever before. We offer complete risk management solutions, ranging from protection against security threats to data back-up and recovery, that help our customers protect themselves and their data in an increasingly volatile cybersecurity landscape. Our products and services are informed by our decades of IT security experience and enable customers to predict and disrupt threats, manage risk and compliance, and extend their internal security team.

Empower the data-driven organization. We provide open-source solutions that allow customers to use 100% of their data, including business data, human data and machine data, to generate real-time, actionable insights. The result is better and faster decisionmaking.

Enable workplace productivity. We help customers deliver rich digital and mobile experiences to their customers, employees and partners. We offer an end-to-end mobility portfolio, from cloud infrastructure to customer-facing applications. Our infrastructure offerings leverage our cloud and security expertise to provide the backbone for secure mobile networks. Our integrated software offerings leverage our application expertise to provide intuitive interfaces for end-users. We also leverage our big data expertise to enable our customers to gain insight into the mobile user experience by monitoring and analyzing customer experience analytics.

 

LOGO

 



 

4


Table of Contents

The Separation and Distribution

On October 6, 2014, HP Co. announced that it intended to separate into two new publicly traded companies: one comprising HP Co.’s industry-leading enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses, which will do business as Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and one that will comprise HP Co.’s industry-leading personal systems and printing businesses, which will do business as HP Inc. and retain HP Co.’s current logo.

The allocation of HP Co.’s business segments between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. was determined based on a variety of factors, including the nature of the markets in which each business segment competes, the customers it serves and the extent to which the businesses allocated to each company complement each other. For example, enterprise customers such as large businesses or governments operate at large scales and often have specific organizational needs, such as with respect to enterprise software. The product and service design, manufacturing and distribution channels needed to serve such customers in the enterprise IT market are substantially different from the design, manufacturing and distribution channels needed to serve retail and business customers in the personal computing and printing markets. The research and development associated with serving such markets also varies.

The process of completing the separation has been and is expected to continue to be time-consuming and involves significant costs and expenses. For example, during the nine months ended July 31, 2015, we recorded nonrecurring separation costs of $458 million, which were primarily related to third-party consulting, contractor fees and other incremental costs directly associated with the separation process. As of July 31, 2015, we expect to incur future separation costs of up to $0.6 billion during the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016. In addition, we expect to make foreign tax payments of approximately $0.6 billion arising from the separation over this same time period, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we expect future cash payments of up to $0.9 billion in connection with our separation costs and foreign tax payments, which are expected to be paid in the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we also expect separation-related capital expenditures of approximately $60 million in the remainder of fiscal 2015. Additionally, following the separation, each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise must maintain certain overhead and other independent corporate functions and services appropriate for a diverse global company with various business units in many parts of the world. Due to the loss of economies of scale and the necessity of establishing such independent functions for each company, the separation of HP Co. into two independent companies is expected to result in total dis-synergies of approximately $400 million to $450 million annually, which costs are primarily associated with corporate functions such as finance, legal, IT, real estate and human resources. Based on the expected similar sizes of the resulting organizations and the need for each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise to establish independent corporate functions, such dis-synergies are expected to be divided approximately equally between HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Due to the scale and variety of HP Co.’s businesses and its global footprint (among other factors), the separation process is extremely complex and requires effort and attention from employees throughout the HP Co. organization. For example, thousands of employees of businesses that will become part of Hewlett Packard Enterprise must be transitioned to new payroll and other benefit platforms, and legacy programs going back decades, such as pensions, must be divided among Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. Outside the organization, HP Co. must notify and establish separation readiness among tens of thousands of customers, business partners and suppliers so that business relationships all over the world may continue seamlessly following the completion of the separation. Administratively, the separation involves the establishment of new customer and supplier accounts, new bank accounts, legal reorganizations and contractual assignments in various jurisdictions throughout the world, and the creation and maintenance of separation management functions, led by the Separation Management Office, to plan and execute the separation process in a timely fashion. For more information on the risks involved in the separation process, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation.”

 



 

5


Table of Contents

In connection with our separation capitalization plan, which is intended to result in each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise obtaining investment grade credit ratings, we expect to incur additional borrowings to redistribute debt between us and HP Co., such that we have total debt of approximately $16 billion immediately following the separation. To accomplish this, we anticipate issuing senior notes prior to the distribution date. We intend to use all of the net proceeds from the senior notes offering for the payment of a distribution to HP Co. in connection with the separation. HP Co. has informed Hewlett Packard Enterprise that it intends to use the cash to be distributed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise to HP Co. to redeem or repurchase certain of HP Co.’s outstanding notes. A separate cash allocation by HP Co. in connection with the separation is expected to result in Hewlett Packard Enterprise having approximately $11.5 billion of cash on hand as of the distribution date. In addition, we anticipate entering into an unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $4 billion prior to the distribution date, as well as commercial paper programs. See “Description of Material Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”

Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s Post-Separation Relationship with HP Inc.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise will enter into a separation and distribution agreement with HP Co., which is referred to in this information statement as the “separation agreement” or the “separation and distribution agreement.” The separation agreement will generally provide for the transfer to us of the assets and liabilities (including litigation) to the extent related to the businesses allocated to us, while HP Inc. will retain the assets and liabilities (including litigation) to the extent related to its businesses. Certain assets and liabilities that are related to general corporate matters of HP Co. generally will be divided 50/50 between the parties.

Following a strategic review and a determination by HP Co. that the marketing optimization business would be better suited to HP Inc.’s business following the separation, the marketing optimization business, which comprised approximately 0.4% and 5.9% of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s total revenue and Software segment revenue, respectively, in fiscal 2014, will be transferred to HP Inc. in connection with the separation. In addition, two customer contracts serviced by our Enterprise Group segment, which collectively comprised approximately 0.2% of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s total revenue in fiscal 2014, were determined to be better suited to HP Inc.’s business following the separation and will be transferred to HP Inc. in connection with the separation.

Under the separation agreement, each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise will agree to indemnify the other and each of the other’s subsidiaries and each of their respective directors, officers and employees from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from liabilities allocated to it under the separation agreement or breaches by it of the separation agreement or any of the ancillary agreements, among other matters.

The separation agreement will also contain certain non-compete provisions pursuant to which each of HP Inc. and us will agree, for a period of three years following the separation, generally not to compete in the other company’s businesses. These non-compete provisions are intended to enable each company to more effectively pursue its businesses and succeed in its markets, and are subject to customary exceptions (e.g., for relatively minor acquisitions). The separation agreement will also contain non-solicitation provisions generally preventing each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise from soliciting the other party’s employees for 12 months from the distribution date. Additionally, to allow each company to operate independently, the agreement will contain no-hire provisions generally preventing each party from hiring the other party’s employees for six months from the distribution date.

The separation agreement will also contain a number of arrangements allocating and governing the intellectual property rights and obligations of each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc., including a patent cross-license agreement, pursuant to which each party will license to the other party all of the patents controlled by such party at any time during the period beginning on the distribution date and ending on the third anniversary of the distribution date. Each license will be worldwide, royalty-free and perpetual for the life of the licensed patents. The licenses will be limited to products and services in the licensee’s general area of current and

 



 

6


Table of Contents

projected future business. Each party will fully release the other party, from and after the separation, for any possible prior patent infringement claim.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise will also enter into various other agreements with HP Co. to effect the separation and provide a framework for its relationship with HP Inc. after the separation, including among others a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, a transition services agreement, a real estate matters agreement, a commercial agreement and an IT service agreement. These agreements, along with the separation agreement, will provide for the allocation between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. of HP Co.’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s separation from HP Co. and will govern certain relationships between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. after the separation. The commercial agreement will establish a bilateral relationship between HP Inc. and us for the purchase and sale of commercially available products and services for internal use, incorporation and bundling in OEM products and services, resale to customers and use in the provision of managed services to customers, as well as joint customer pursuits and joint development activities. The IT service agreement will establish the terms by which one of our subsidiaries will provide HP Inc. with certain application development and maintenance and IT infrastructure services following the separation. Under the transition services agreement, HP Inc. and its subsidiaries and Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its subsidiaries will provide, on an interim, transitional basis, various services to each other, including, but not limited to, finance, human resources, information technology, marketing, real estate, sales support, supply chain, and tax services. These services will generally be provided for a period of up to 24 months. The charges for the majority of services will be determined on a cost-plus basis. Hewlett Packard Enterprise does not expect to face business challenges resulting from its post-separation relationship with HP Inc. where equivalent third-party products may be available because the transaction agreements are not expected to contain exclusive arrangements that would prevent Hewlett Packard Enterprise from acquiring third-party products following the completion of the separation. For additional information regarding the separation agreement and other transaction agreements, see the sections entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

Upon completion of the separation, certain current directors of HP Co. are expected to serve as directors of HP Inc., and other current directors of HP Co. are expected to serve as directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise (in addition to new directors that are expected to join the board of each company in connection with the separation). Margaret C. Whitman, the current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HP Co., is expected to serve as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and as nonexecutive Chairman of the Board of HP Inc. upon completion of the separation. See “Management.”

Reasons for the Separation

The HP Co. board of directors believes that separating the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses from the remainder of HP Co. is in the best interests of HP Co. and its stockholders for a number of reasons, including that:

 

    the separation will allow each company to focus on and more effectively pursue its own distinct operating priorities and strategies, and will enable the management of each company to concentrate efforts on the unique needs of each business and pursue distinct opportunities for long-term growth and profitability;

 

    the separation will permit each company to concentrate its financial resources solely on its own operations, providing greater flexibility to invest capital in its business in a time and manner appropriate for its distinct strategy and business needs and facilitating a more efficient allocation of capital;

 

   

the separation will create two companies with a simplified organizational structure and increased focus on the unique needs of its business, facilitating faster decisionmaking and flexibility, and improving the

 



 

7


Table of Contents
 

ability of each company to compete against a distinct set of competitors and enabling it to respond quickly to changing customer requirements and market dynamics;

 

    the separation will create an independent equity structure that will afford HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise direct access to capital markets and facilitate the ability of each company to capitalize on its unique growth opportunities and effect future acquisitions utilizing its common stock;

 

    the separation will facilitate incentive compensation arrangements for employees more directly tied to the performance of the relevant company’s business, and may enhance employee hiring and retention by, among other things, improving the alignment of management and employee incentives with performance and growth objectives; and

 

    the separation will allow investors to separately value HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise based on their unique investment identities, including the merits, performance and future prospects of their respective businesses. The separation will also provide investors with two distinct and targeted investment opportunities.

The HP Co. board of directors also considered a number of potentially negative factors in evaluating the separation, including that:

 

    as part of HP Co., the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses have historically benefitted from HP Co.’s larger size and purchasing power in procuring certain goods and services. Hewlett Packard Enterprise may also incur costs for certain functions previously performed by HP Co., such as accounting, tax, legal, human resources and other general administrative functions, that are higher than the amounts reflected in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s historical financial statements, which could cause Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s financial performance to be adversely affected;

 

    we will incur costs in the transition to being a standalone public company, which include accounting, tax, legal and other professional services costs, recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring or reassigning our personnel, costs related to establishing a new brand identity in the marketplace and costs to separate HP Co.’s information systems;

 

    certain costs and liabilities that were otherwise less significant to HP Co. as a whole will be more significant for Hewlett Packard Enterprise as a standalone company;

 

    the actions required to separate Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s and HP Inc.’s respective businesses could disrupt Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s operations;

 

    we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the separation for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (i) the separation will require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our business; (ii) following the separation, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if we were still a part of HP Co.; and (iii) following the separation, our business will be less diversified than HP Co.’s business prior to the separation; and

 

    to preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and the distribution to HP Inc. for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under the tax matters agreement that Hewlett Packard Enterprise will enter into with HP Co., Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be restricted from taking actions that may cause the separation and distribution to be taxable to HP Inc. for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These restrictions may limit for a period of time Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s ability to pursue certain strategic transactions and equity issuances or engage in certain other transactions that might increase the value of its business.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

The HP Co. board of directors concluded that the potential benefits of the separation outweighed these factors. For more information, see the sections entitled “The Separation and Distribution—Reasons for the Separation” and “Risk Factors.”

Risks Related to Our Business and the Separation and Distribution

An investment in Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock is subject to a number of risks, including risks relating to our business and the separation and distribution. The following list of certain significant risk factors is a high-level summary and is not exhaustive. Please read the information in the section captioned “Risk Factors” for a more thorough description of these and other risks.

Risks Related to Our Business

 

    If we are unsuccessful at addressing our business challenges, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected and our ability to invest in and grow our business could be limited.

 

    We operate in an intensely competitive industry and competitive pressures could harm our business and financial performance.

 

    If we cannot successfully execute our go-to-market strategy and continue to develop, manufacture and market innovative products, services and solutions, our business and financial performance may suffer.

 

    Recent global, regional and local economic weakness and uncertainty could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

 

    Due to the international nature of our business, political or economic changes or other factors could harm our business and financial performance.

 

    We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Risks Related to the Separation

 

    Our plan to separate into two independent publicly traded companies is subject to various risks and uncertainties and may not be completed in accordance with the expected plans or anticipated timeline, or at all, and will involve significant time and expense, which could disrupt or adversely affect our business.

 

    The combined post-separation value of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock may not equal or exceed the pre-separation value of HP Co. common stock.

 

    The separation may not achieve some or all of the anticipated benefits.

 

    If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, HP Inc., Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. stockholders could be subject to significant tax liabilities, and, in certain circumstances, Hewlett Packard Enterprise could be required to indemnify HP Inc. for material taxes and other related amounts pursuant to indemnification obligations under the tax matters agreement.

 

    We may not be able to engage in desirable strategic or capital-raising transactions following the separation.

 

    We have no history of operating as an independent company and we expect to incur increased administrative and other costs following the separation by virtue of our status as an independent public company. Our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

 

    We cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the separation, and following the separation, our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

 

    Shares of our common stock generally will be eligible for resale following the distribution, which may cause our stock price to decline.

 

    We cannot guarantee the payment of dividends on our common stock, or the timing or amount of any such dividends.

Corporate Information

Hewlett Packard Enterprise was incorporated in Delaware for the purpose of holding HP Co.’s enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses in connection with the separation and distribution. Until these businesses are transferred to us in connection with the separation, we will have no operations. The address of our principal executive offices is 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, CA 94304. Our telephone number is [●].

Hewlett Packard Enterprise maintains an Internet site at [●]. Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s website, and the information contained therein, or connected thereto, is not incorporated by reference into this information statement or the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part.

Reason for Furnishing this Information Statement

This information statement is being furnished solely to provide information to stockholders of HP Co. who will receive shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution. It is not, and is not to be construed as, an inducement or encouragement to buy or sell any of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s securities. The information contained in this information statement is believed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise to be accurate as of the date set forth on its cover. Changes may occur after that date, and neither HP Co. nor Hewlett Packard Enterprise will update the information except in the normal course of their respective disclosure obligations and practices or as otherwise required by law.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table presents the summary historical and unaudited pro forma combined financial data for Hewlett Packard Enterprise. The Combined Statements of Earnings data and the Combined Statements of Cash Flows data for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 and the Combined Balance Sheets data as of July 31, 2015 are derived from our unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements included in this information statement. The Combined Statements of Earnings data and the Combined Statements of Cash Flows data for each of the three fiscal years ended October 31, 2014 and the Combined Balance Sheets data as of October 31, 2014 and 2013 set forth below are derived from our audited Combined Financial Statements included in this information statement. The Combined Balance Sheets data as of October 31, 2012 are derived from our unaudited Combined Financial Statements that are not included in this information statement.

The summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data reflect adjustments to our historical financial results in connection with the separation and distribution. The unaudited pro forma Combined Statements of Earnings data give effect to these events as if they occurred on November 1, 2013, the beginning of our most recently completed fiscal year. The unaudited pro forma Combined Balance Sheets data gives effect to these events as if they occurred as of July 31, 2015, our latest balance sheet date.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial data are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations or financial condition had the separation and distribution been completed on the dates assumed. Also, they may not reflect the results of operations or financial condition that would have resulted had we been operating as a standalone publicly traded company during such periods. In addition, they are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operation or financial condition.

The summary financial data should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes included in this information statement. See “Index to Financial Statements.”

 

    As of and
for the nine months ended
July 31
    As of and
for the fiscal years ended
October 31
 
    Pro Forma     Historical     Pro Forma     Historical  
    2015     2015     2014     2014     2014     2013     2012  
    In millions  

Combined Statements of Earnings:

             

Revenue

  $ 38,444      $ 38,659      $ 41,050      $ 54,807      $ 55,123      $ 57,371      $ 61,042   

Earnings (loss) from operations

  $ 1,774      $ 1,404      $ 1,509      $ 2,163      $ 2,335      $ 2,952      $ (14,139

Net earnings (loss)

  $ 1,154      $ 1,076      $ 1,132      $ 1,347      $ 1,648      $ 2,051      $ (14,761

Combined Balance Sheets:

             

Total assets

  $ 79,397      $ 68,308          $ 65,071      $ 68,775      $ 71,702   

Long-term debt

  $ 15,248      $ 493          $ 485      $ 617      $ 702   

Total debt

  $ 16,000      $ 1,245          $ 1,379      $ 1,675      $ 2,923   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows:

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

    $ 3,819      $ 5,885        $ 6,911      $ 8,739      $ 7,240   

Net cash used in investing activities

    $ (4,834   $ (2,418     $ (2,974   $ (2,227   $ (3,159

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    $ 1,470      $ (2,915     $ (3,800   $ (6,464   $ (4,521

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this information statement in evaluating Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its common stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. The risk factors generally have been separated into three groups: risks related to our business, risks related to the separation and risks related to our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

If we are unsuccessful at addressing our business challenges, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected and our ability to invest in and grow our business could be limited.

We are in the process of addressing many challenges facing our business. One set of challenges relates to dynamic and accelerating market trends, such as the market shift to cloud-related IT infrastructure, software and services, and the growth in software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) business models. Certain of our legacy hardware businesses face challenges as customers migrate to cloud-based offerings and reduce their purchases of hardware products. Additionally, our legacy software business derives a large portion of its revenues from upfront license sales, some of which over time can be expected to shift to SaaS. A second set of challenges relates to changes in the competitive landscape. Our major competitors are expanding their product and service offerings with integrated products and solutions; our business-specific competitors are exerting increased competitive pressure in targeted areas and are entering new markets; our emerging competitors are introducing new technologies and business models; and our alliance partners in some businesses are increasingly becoming our competitors in others. A third set of challenges relates to business model changes and our go-to-market execution. For example, we may fail to develop innovative products and services, maintain the manufacturing quality of our products, manage our distribution network or successfully market new products and services, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

In addition, we are facing a series of significant macroeconomic challenges, including weakness across many geographic regions, particularly in the United States, Central and Eastern Europe and Russia, and certain countries and businesses in Asia. We may experience delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our efforts to address these challenges and higher than expected or unanticipated execution costs. In addition, we are vulnerable to increased risks associated with our efforts to address these challenges given our large and diverse portfolio of businesses, the broad range of geographic regions in which we and our customers and partners operate, and the ongoing integration of acquired businesses. If we do not succeed in these efforts, or if these efforts are more costly or time-consuming than expected, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected, which could limit our ability to invest in and grow our business.

We operate in an intensely competitive industry and competitive pressures could harm our business and financial performance.

We encounter aggressive competition from numerous and varied competitors in all areas of our business, and our competitors have targeted and are expected to continue targeting our key market segments. We compete primarily on the basis of our technology, innovation, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution, range of products and services, ease of use of our products, account relationships, customer training, service and support, security, and the availability of our application software and IT infrastructure offerings. If our products, services, support and cost structure do not enable us to compete successfully based on any of those criteria, our results of operations and business prospects could be harmed.

We have a large portfolio of products and services and must allocate our financial, personnel and other resources across all of our products and services while competing with companies that have smaller portfolios or specialize in one or more of our product or service lines. As a result, we may invest less in certain areas of our

 

12


Table of Contents

business than our competitors do, and our competitors may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources available to them compared to the resources allocated to our products and services that compete against their products and services. Industry consolidation may also affect competition by creating larger, more homogeneous and potentially stronger competitors in the markets in which we operate. Additionally, our competitors may affect our business by entering into exclusive arrangements with our existing or potential customers or suppliers.

Companies with whom we have alliances in certain areas may be or become our competitors in other areas. In addition, companies with whom we have alliances also may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, which could reduce their business with us. If we are unable to effectively manage these complicated relationships with alliance partners, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We face aggressive price competition and may have to continue lowering the prices of many of our products and services to stay competitive, while at the same time trying to maintain or improve our revenue and gross margin. In addition, competitors who have a greater presence in some of the lower-cost markets in which we compete, or who can obtain better pricing, more favorable contractual terms and conditions or more favorable allocations of products and components during periods of limited supply, may be able to offer lower prices than we are able to offer. Our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by these and other industry-wide pricing pressures.

Because our business model is based on providing innovative and high-quality products, we may spend a proportionately greater amount of our revenues on research and development than some of our competitors. If we cannot proportionately decrease our cost structure (apart from research and development expenses) on a timely basis in response to competitive price pressures, our gross margin and, therefore, our profitability could be adversely affected. In addition, if our pricing and other facets of our offerings are not sufficiently competitive, or if there is an adverse reaction to our product decisions, we may lose market share in certain areas, which could adversely affect our financial performance and business prospects.

Even if we are able to maintain or increase market share for a particular product, its financial performance could decline because the product is in a maturing industry or market segment or contains technology that is becoming obsolete. For example, our Storage business unit is experiencing the effects of a market transition towards converged products and solutions, which has led to a decline in demand for our traditional storage products. In addition, the performance of our Business Critical Systems business unit has been affected by the decline in demand for UNIX servers and concerns about the development of new versions of software to support our Itanium-based products. Financial performance could decline due to increased competition from other types of products. For example, the development of cloud-based solutions has reduced demand for some of our existing hardware products.

If we cannot successfully execute our go-to-market strategy and continue to develop, manufacture and market innovative products, services and solutions, our business and financial performance may suffer.

Our long-term strategy is focused on leveraging our existing portfolio of hardware, software and services as we adapt to a new hybrid model of IT delivery and consumption driven by the growing adoption of cloud computing and increased demand for integrated IT solutions. To successfully execute this strategy, we must continue to pivot toward the delivery of integrated IT solutions and continue to invest and expand in cloud computing, enterprise security, big data, applications and mobility. Any failure to successfully execute this strategy, including any failure to invest sufficiently in strategic growth areas, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The process of developing new high-technology products, software, services and solutions and enhancing existing hardware and software products, services and solutions is complex, costly and uncertain, and any failure by us to anticipate customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends accurately could significantly harm our market share, results of operations and financial condition. For example, as the transition to an

 

13


Table of Contents

environment characterized by cloud-based computing and software being delivered as a service progresses, we must continue to successfully develop and deploy cloud-based solutions for our customers. We must make long-term investments, develop or obtain and protect appropriate intellectual property, and commit significant research and development and other resources before knowing whether our predictions will accurately reflect customer demand for our products, services and solutions. Any failure to accurately predict technological and business trends, control research and development costs or execute our innovation strategy could harm our business and financial performance. Our research and development initiatives may not be successful in whole or in part, including research and development projects which we have prioritized with respect to funding and/or personnel.

After we develop a product, we must be able to manufacture appropriate volumes quickly while also managing costs and preserving margins. To accomplish this, we must accurately forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that meet customer requirements, and we may not succeed at doing so within a given product’s lifecycle or at all. Any delay in the development, production or marketing of a new product, service or solution could result in us not being among the first to market, which could further harm our competitive position.

For example, our success in our software segment is dependent on our ability to address the market shift to SaaS and other go-to-market execution challenges. To be successful in addressing these challenges, we must improve our go-to-market execution with multiple product delivery models, which better address customer needs and achieve broader integration across our overall product portfolio as we work to capitalize on important market opportunities in cloud computing, big data, enterprise security, applications and mobility. Improvements in SaaS delivery, however, do not guarantee that we will achieve increased revenue or profitability. SaaS solutions often have lower margins than other software solutions throughout the subscription period and customers may elect to not renew their subscriptions upon expiration of their agreements with us.

If we cannot continue to produce quality products and services, our reputation, business and financial performance may suffer .

In the course of conducting our business, we must adequately address quality issues associated with our products, services and solutions, including defects in our engineering, design and manufacturing processes and unsatisfactory performance under service contracts, as well as defects in third-party components included in our products and unsatisfactory performance or even malicious acts by third-party contractors or subcontractors or their employees. In order to address quality issues, we work extensively with our customers and suppliers and engage in product testing to determine the causes of problems and to develop and implement appropriate solutions. However, the products, services and solutions that we offer are complex, and our regular testing and quality control efforts may not be effective in controlling or detecting all quality issues or errors, particularly with respect to faulty components manufactured by third parties. If we are unable to determine the cause, find an appropriate solution or offer a temporary fix (or “patch”) to address quality issues with our products, we may delay shipment to customers, which would delay revenue recognition and receipt of customer payments and could adversely affect our revenue, cash flows and profitability. In addition, after products are delivered, quality issues may require us to repair or replace such products. Addressing quality issues can be expensive and may result in additional warranty, repair, replacement and other costs, adversely affecting our financial performance. If new or existing customers have difficulty operating our products or are dissatisfied with our services or solutions, our results of operations could be adversely affected, and we could face possible claims if we fail to meet our customers’ expectations. In addition, quality issues can impair our relationships with new or existing customers and adversely affect our brand and reputation, which could, in turn, adversely affect our results of operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

If we fail to manage the distribution of our products and services properly, our business and financial performance could suffer.

We use a variety of distribution methods to sell our products and services around the world, including third-party resellers and distributors and both direct and indirect sales to enterprise accounts and consumers. Successfully managing the interaction of our direct and indirect channel efforts to reach various potential customer segments for our products and services is a complex process. Moreover, since each distribution method has distinct risks and gross margins, our failure to implement the most advantageous balance in the delivery model for our products and services could adversely affect our revenue and gross margins and therefore our profitability.

Our financial results could be materially adversely affected due to distribution channel conflicts or if the financial conditions of our channel partners were to weaken. Our results of operations may be adversely affected by any conflicts that might arise between our various distribution channels or the loss or deterioration of any alliance or distribution arrangement. Moreover, some of our wholesale distributors may have insufficient financial resources and may not be able to withstand changes in business conditions, including economic weakness, industry consolidation and market trends. Many of our significant distributors operate on narrow margins and have been negatively affected by business pressures in the past. Considerable trade receivables that are not covered by collateral or credit insurance are outstanding with our distribution channel partners. Revenue from indirect sales could suffer, and we could experience disruptions in distribution, if our distributors’ financial conditions, abilities to borrow funds in the credit markets or operations weaken.

Our inventory management is complex, as we continue to sell a significant mix of products through distributors. We must manage both owned and channel inventory effectively, particularly with respect to sales to distributors, which involves forecasting demand and pricing challenges. Distributors may increase orders during periods of product shortages, cancel orders if their inventory is too high or delay orders in anticipation of new products. Distributors also may adjust their orders in response to the supply of our products and the products of our competitors and seasonal fluctuations in end-user demand. Our reliance upon indirect distribution methods may reduce our visibility into demand and pricing trends and issues, and therefore make forecasting more difficult. If we have excess or obsolete inventory, we may have to reduce our prices and write down inventory. Moreover, our use of indirect distribution channels may limit our willingness or ability to adjust prices quickly and otherwise to respond to pricing changes by competitors. We also may have limited ability to estimate future product rebate redemptions in order to price our products effectively.

Recent global, regional and local economic weakness and uncertainty could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our business and financial performance depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions and the demand for technology hardware, software and services in the markets in which we compete. Recent economic weakness and uncertainty in various markets throughout the world have resulted, and may result in the future, in decreased revenue, gross margin, earnings or growth rates and in increased expenses and difficulty in managing inventory levels. For example, we are continuing to experience macroeconomic weakness across many geographic regions, particularly in the Europe, the Middle East and Africa region, China and certain other high-growth markets. Ongoing U.S. federal government spending limits may continue to reduce demand for our products, services and solutions from organizations that receive funding from the U.S. government, and could negatively affect macroeconomic conditions in the United States, which could further reduce demand for our products, services and solutions. Economic weakness and uncertainty may adversely affect demand for our products, services and solutions, may result in increased expenses due to higher allowances for doubtful accounts and potential goodwill and asset impairment charges, and may make it more difficult for us to make accurate forecasts of revenue, gross margin, cash flows and expenses.

Economic weakness and uncertainty could cause our expenses to vary materially from our expectations. Any financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial markets or any significant financial services

 

15


Table of Contents

institution failures could negatively impact our treasury operations, as the financial condition of such parties may deteriorate rapidly and without notice in times of market volatility and disruption. Poor financial performance of asset markets combined with lower interest rates and the adverse effects of fluctuating currency exchange rates could lead to higher pension and post-retirement benefit expenses. Interest and other expenses could vary materially from expectations depending on changes in interest rates, borrowing costs, currency exchange rates, costs of hedging activities and the fair value of derivative instruments. Economic downturns also may lead to restructuring actions and associated expenses.

Due to the international nature of our business, political or economic changes or other factors could harm our business and financial performance.

Sales outside the United States constituted approximately 62% of our net revenue in fiscal 2014. Our future business and financial performance could suffer due to a variety of international factors, including:

 

    ongoing instability or changes in a country’s or region’s economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession, interest rate fluctuations and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts;

 

    longer collection cycles and financial instability among customers;

 

    trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and marketing of products, including policies adopted by countries that may champion or otherwise favor domestic companies and technologies over foreign competitors;

 

    local labor conditions and regulations, including local labor issues faced by specific suppliers and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”);

 

    managing our geographically dispersed workforce;

 

    changes in the international, national or local regulatory and legal environments;

 

    differing technology standards or customer requirements;

 

    import, export or other business licensing requirements or requirements relating to making foreign direct investments, which could increase our cost of doing business in certain jurisdictions, prevent us from shipping products to particular countries or markets, affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for components, increase our operating costs or lead to penalties or restrictions;

 

    difficulties associated with repatriating earnings generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner, and changes in tax laws; and

 

    fluctuations in freight costs, limitations on shipping and receiving capacity, and other disruptions in the transportation and shipping infrastructure at important geographic points of exit and entry for our products and shipments.

The factors described above also could disrupt our product and component manufacturing and key suppliers located outside of the United States. For example, we rely on suppliers in Asia for product assembly and manufacture.

In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, there are companies that engage in business practices prohibited by laws and regulations applicable to us, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”). Although we implement policies, procedures and training designed to facilitate compliance with these laws, our employees, contractors and agents, as well as those of the companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, may take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the euro, the British pound, Chinese yuan (renminbi) and the Japanese yen, can have an impact on our results as expressed in U.S. dollars. In particular, the economic

 

16


Table of Contents

uncertainties relating to European sovereign and other debt obligations and the related European financial restructuring efforts may cause the value of the euro to fluctuate. Currency volatility also contributes to variations in our sales of products and services in impacted jurisdictions. For example, in the event that one or more European countries were to replace the euro with another currency, our sales into such countries, or into Europe generally, would likely be adversely affected until stable exchange rates are established. Accordingly, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, most notably the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the euro, could adversely affect our revenue growth in future periods. In addition, currency variations can adversely affect margins on sales of our products in countries outside of the United States and margins on sales of products that include components obtained from suppliers located outside of the United States.

From time to time, we may use forward contracts and options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against foreign currency exchange rate risks. The effectiveness of our hedges depends on our ability to accurately forecast future cash flows, which is particularly difficult during periods of uncertain demand for our products and services and highly volatile exchange rates. We may incur significant losses from our hedging activities due to factors such as demand volatility and currency variations. In addition, certain or all of our hedging activities may be ineffective, may expire and not be renewed or may not offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial impact resulting from currency variations. Losses associated with hedging activities also may impact our revenue and to a lesser extent our cost of sales and financial condition.

The revenue and profitability of our operations have historically varied, which makes our future financial results less predictable.

Our revenue, gross margin and profit vary among our diverse products and services, customer groups and geographic markets and therefore will likely be different in future periods than our current results. Our revenue depends on the overall demand for our products and services. Delays or reductions in IT spending by our customers or potential customers could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products and services, which could result in a significant decline in revenue. In addition, revenue declines in some of our businesses, particularly our services businesses, may affect revenue in our other businesses as we may lose cross-selling opportunities. Overall gross margins and profitability in any given period are dependent partially on the product, service, customer and geographic mix reflected in that period’s net revenue. Competition, lawsuits, investigations, increases in component and manufacturing costs that we are unable to pass on to our customers, component supply disruptions and other risks affecting those businesses therefore may have a significant impact on our overall gross margin and profitability. Certain segments have a higher fixed cost structure and more variation in gross margins across their business units and product portfolios than others and may therefore experience significant operating profit volatility on a quarterly or annual basis. In addition, newer geographic markets may be relatively less profitable due to our investments associated with entering those markets and local pricing pressures, and we may have difficulty establishing and maintaining the operating infrastructure necessary to support the high growth rate associated with some of those markets. Market trends, industry shifts, competitive pressures, commoditization of products, increased component or shipping costs, regulatory impacts and other factors may result in reductions in revenue or pressure on gross margins of certain segments in a given period, which may lead to adjustments to our operations. Moreover, our efforts to address the challenges facing our business could increase the level of variability in our financial results because the rate at which we are able to realize the benefits from those efforts may vary from period to period. See also the risk factor below entitled “We have no history of operating as an independent company and we expect to incur increased administrative and other costs following the separation by virtue of our status as an independent public company. Our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.”

We depend on third-party suppliers, and our financial results could suffer if we fail to manage our suppliers properly.

Our operations depend on our ability to anticipate our needs for components, products and services, as well as our suppliers’ ability to deliver sufficient quantities of quality components, products and services at reasonable

 

17


Table of Contents

prices and in time for us to meet critical schedules for the delivery of our own products and services. Given the wide variety of systems, products and services that we offer, the large number of our suppliers and contract manufacturers that are located around the world, and the long lead times required to manufacture, assemble and deliver certain components and products, problems could arise in production, planning and inventory management that could seriously harm our business. In addition, our ongoing efforts to optimize the efficiency of our supply chain could cause supply disruptions and be more expensive, time-consuming and resource-intensive than expected. Furthermore, certain of our suppliers may decide to discontinue conducting business with us. Other supplier problems that we could face include component shortages, excess supply, risks related to the terms of our contracts with suppliers, risks associated with contingent workers, and risks related to our relationships with single-source suppliers, each of which is described below.

 

    Component shortages. We may experience a shortage of, or a delay in receiving, certain components as a result of strong demand, capacity constraints, supplier financial weaknesses, the inability of suppliers to borrow funds in the credit markets, disputes with suppliers (some of whom are also our customers), disruptions in the operations of component suppliers, other problems experienced by suppliers or problems faced during the transition to new suppliers. If shortages or delays persist, the price of certain components may increase, we may be exposed to quality issues, or the components may not be available at all. We may not be able to secure enough components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build products or provide services in a timely manner in the quantities needed or according to our specifications. Accordingly, our business and financial performance could suffer if we lose time-sensitive sales, incur additional freight costs or are unable to pass on price increases to our customers. If we cannot adequately address supply issues, we might have to reengineer some product or service offerings, which could result in further costs and delays.

 

    Excess supply. In order to secure components for our products or services, at times we may make advance payments to suppliers or enter into non-cancelable commitments with vendors. In addition, we may purchase components strategically in advance of demand to take advantage of favorable pricing or to address concerns about the availability of future components. If we fail to anticipate customer demand properly, a temporary oversupply could result in excess or obsolete components, which could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

 

    Contractual terms. As a result of binding long-term price or purchase commitments with vendors, we may be obligated to purchase components or services at prices that are higher than those available in the current market and be limited in our ability to respond to changing market conditions. If we commit to purchasing components or services for prices in excess of the then-current market price, we may be at a disadvantage to competitors who have access to components or services at lower prices, our gross margin could suffer, and we could incur additional charges relating to inventory obsolescence. Any of these developments could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.

 

    Contingent workers. We also rely on third-party suppliers for the provision of contingent workers, and our failure to manage our use of such workers effectively could adversely affect our results of operations. We have been exposed to various legal claims relating to the status of contingent workers in the past and could face similar claims in the future. We may be subject to shortages, oversupply or fixed contractual terms relating to contingent workers. Our ability to manage the size of, and costs associated with, the contingent workforce may be subject to additional constraints imposed by local laws.

 

   

Single-source suppliers . We obtain a significant number of components from single sources due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. New products that we introduce may utilize custom components obtained from only one source initially until we have evaluated whether there is a need for additional suppliers. Replacing a single-source supplier could delay production of some products as replacement suppliers may be subject to capacity constraints or other output limitations. For some components, such as customized components, alternative sources either may not exist or may be unable to produce the quantities of those components necessary to satisfy our production requirements. In addition, we sometimes purchase components from single-source suppliers under short-term agreements that contain favorable pricing and other terms but that may be unilaterally

 

18


Table of Contents
 

modified or terminated by the supplier with limited notice and with little or no penalty. The performance of such single-source suppliers under those agreements (and the renewal or extension of those agreements upon similar terms) may affect the quality, quantity and price of our components. The loss of a single-source supplier, the deterioration of our relationship with a single-source supplier or any unilateral modification to the contractual terms under which we are supplied components by a single-source supplier could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our worldwide operations could be disrupted by earthquakes, telecommunications failures, power or water shortages, tsunamis, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics or pandemics and other natural or manmade disasters or catastrophic events, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could result in significant losses, seriously harm our revenue, profitability and financial condition, adversely affect our competitive position, increase our costs and expenses, and require substantial expenditures and recovery time in order to fully resume operations. Our corporate headquarters and a portion of our research and development activities are located in California, and other critical business operations and some of our suppliers are located in California and Asia, near major earthquake faults known for seismic activity. In addition, our principal worldwide IT data centers are located in the southern United States, making our operations more vulnerable to natural disasters or other business disruptions occurring in that geographical area. The manufacture of product components, the final assembly of our products and other critical operations are concentrated in certain geographic locations, including the Czech Republic, Mexico, Shanghai and Singapore. We also rely on major logistics hubs, primarily in Asia to manufacture and distribute our products, and primarily in the southwestern United States to import products into the Americas region. Our operations could be adversely affected if manufacturing, logistics or other operations in these locations are disrupted for any reason, including natural disasters, IT system failures, military actions or economic, business, labor, environmental, public health, regulatory or political issues. The ultimate impact on us, our significant suppliers and our general infrastructure of being located near locations more vulnerable to the occurrence of the aforementioned business disruptions, such as near major earthquake faults, and being consolidated in certain geographical areas is unknown and remains uncertain.

Our uneven sales cycle makes planning and inventory management difficult and future financial results less predictable.

In some of our segments, our quarterly sales often have reflected a pattern in which a disproportionate percentage of each quarter’s total sales occurs towards the end of the quarter. This uneven sales pattern makes predicting revenue, earnings, cash flow from operations and working capital for each financial period difficult, increases the risk of unanticipated variations in our quarterly results and financial condition and places pressure on our inventory management and logistics systems. If predicted demand is substantially greater than orders, there may be excess inventory. Alternatively, if orders substantially exceed predicted demand, we may not be able to fulfill all of the orders received in each quarter and such orders may be cancelled. Depending on when they occur in a quarter, developments such as a systems failure, component pricing movements, component shortages or global logistics disruptions, could adversely impact our inventory levels and results of operations in a manner that is disproportionate to the number of days in the quarter affected.

We experience some seasonal trends in the sale of our products that also may produce variations in our quarterly results and financial condition. For example, sales to governments (particularly sales to the U.S. government) are often stronger in the third calendar quarter, and many customers whose fiscal year is the calendar year spend their remaining capital budget authorizations in the fourth calendar quarter prior to new budget constraints in the first calendar quarter of the following year. European sales are often weaker during the summer months. Typically, our third fiscal quarter is our weakest and our fourth fiscal quarter is our strongest. Many of the factors that create and affect seasonal trends are beyond our control.

 

19


Table of Contents

Any failure by us to identify, manage and complete acquisitions, divestitures and other significant transactions successfully could harm our financial results, business and prospects.

As part of our business strategy, we may acquire companies or businesses, divest businesses or assets, enter into strategic alliances and joint ventures and make investments to further our business (collectively, “business combination and investment transactions”). For example, in May 2015, we acquired Aruba Networks, Inc., which provides next-generation network access solutions for mobile enterprise. Also in May 2015, we announced a partnership with Tsinghua Holdings Co., Ltd. (“Tsinghua”), the asset management arm of Tsinghua University in China, pursuant to which we will sell to Tsinghua a 51% interest in our wholly owned subsidiary that owns and operates H3C Technologies and our China-based server, storage and technology services businesses for approximately $2.3 billion, subject to the terms and conditions of the share purchase agreement among Tsinghua, Tsignhua’s subsidiary Unispendour Corporation and our subsidiary H3C Holdings Limited. The transaction with Tsinghua is expected to close near the end of calendar 2015 (potentially after the completion of the separation).

Risks associated with business combination and investment transactions include the following, any of which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, profitability and financial results:

 

    Managing business combination and investment transactions requires varying levels of management resources, which may divert our attention from other business operations.

 

    We may not fully realize all of the anticipated benefits of any particular business combination and investment transaction, and the timeframe for realizing the benefits of a particular business combination and investment transaction may depend partially upon the actions of employees, advisors, suppliers, other third parties or market trends.

 

    Certain prior HP Co. business combination and investment transactions have resulted, and in the future any such transactions by us may result, in significant costs and expenses, including those related to severance pay, early retirement costs, employee benefit costs, charges from the elimination of duplicative facilities and contracts, inventory adjustments, assumed litigation and other liabilities, legal, accounting and financial advisory fees, and required payments to executive officers and key employees under retention plans.

 

    Any increased or unexpected costs, unanticipated delays or failure to meet contractual obligations could make business combination and investment transactions less profitable or unprofitable.

 

    Our ability to conduct due diligence with respect to business combination and investment transactions, and our ability to evaluate the results of such due diligence, is dependent upon the veracity and completeness of statements and disclosures made or actions taken by third parties or their representatives.

 

    Our due diligence process may fail to identify significant issues with the acquired company’s product quality, financial disclosures, accounting practices or internal control deficiencies.

 

    The pricing and other terms of our contracts for business combination and investment transactions require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts, and, during the course of our due diligence, we may not identify all of the factors necessary to estimate accurately our costs, timing and other matters or we may incur costs if a business combination is not consummated.

 

    In order to complete a business combination and investment transaction, we may issue common stock, potentially creating dilution for our existing stockholders.

 

    We may borrow to finance business combination and investment transactions, and the amount and terms of any potential future acquisition-related or other borrowings, as well as other factors, could affect our liquidity and financial condition.

 

    Our effective tax rate on an ongoing basis is uncertain, and business combination and investment transactions could adversely impact our effective tax rate.

 

20


Table of Contents
    An announced business combination and investment transaction may not close on the expected timeframe or at all, which may cause our financial results to differ from expectations in a given quarter.

 

    Business combination and investment transactions may lead to litigation, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

    If we fail to identify and successfully complete and integrate business combination and investment transactions that further our strategic objectives, we may be required to expend resources to develop products, services and technology internally, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We have incurred and will incur additional depreciation and amortization expense over the useful lives of certain assets acquired in connection with business combination and investment transactions and, to the extent that the value of goodwill or intangible assets acquired in connection with a business combination and investment transaction becomes impaired, we may be required to incur additional material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. For example, in our third fiscal quarter of 2012, we recorded an $8.0 billion impairment charge related to the goodwill associated with our enterprise services reporting unit within our Enterprise Services segment. In addition, in our fourth fiscal quarter of 2012, we recorded an $8.8 billion impairment charge relating to the goodwill and intangible assets associated with the Autonomy reporting unit within our Software segment. See Note 10 to the Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this information statement. If there are future decreases in our stock price or significant changes in the business climate or results of operations of our reporting units, we may incur additional charges, which may include goodwill impairment or intangible asset charges.

As part of our business strategy, we regularly evaluate the potential disposition of assets and businesses that may no longer help us meet our objectives. When we decide to sell assets or a business, we may encounter difficulty in finding buyers or alternative exit strategies on acceptable terms in a timely manner, which could delay the achievement of our strategic objectives. We may also dispose of a business at a price or on terms that are less desirable than we had anticipated. In addition, we may experience greater dis-synergies than expected, and the impact of the divestiture on our revenue growth may be larger than projected. After reaching an agreement with a buyer or seller for the acquisition or disposition of a business, we are subject to satisfaction of pre-closing conditions as well as to necessary regulatory and governmental approvals on acceptable terms, which, if not satisfied or obtained, may prevent us from completing the transaction. Dispositions may also involve continued financial involvement in the divested business, such as through continuing equity ownership, guarantees, indemnities or other financial obligations. Under these arrangements, performance by the divested businesses or other conditions outside of our control could affect our future financial results.

Integrating acquisitions may be difficult and time-consuming. Any failure by us to integrate acquired companies, products or services into our overall business in a timely manner could harm our financial results, business and prospects.

In order to pursue our strategy successfully, we must identify candidates for and successfully complete business combination and investment transactions, some of which may be large or complex, and manage post-closing issues such as the integration of acquired businesses, products, services or employees. Integration issues are often time-consuming and expensive and, without proper planning and implementation, could significantly disrupt our business and the acquired business. The challenges involved in integration include:

 

    successfully combining product and service offerings, including under a single new Hewlett Packard Enterprise brand, and entering or expanding into markets in which we are not experienced or are developing expertise;

 

    convincing customers and distributors that the transaction will not diminish customer service standards or business focus;

 

    persuading customers and distributors to not defer purchasing decisions or switch to other suppliers (which could result in our incurring additional obligations in order to address customer uncertainty), minimizing sales force attrition and expanding and coordinating sales, marketing and distribution efforts;

 

21


Table of Contents
    consolidating and rationalizing corporate IT infrastructure, which may include multiple legacy systems from various acquisitions and integrating software code and business processes;

 

    minimizing the diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns;

 

    persuading employees that business cultures are compatible, maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees, engaging with employee works councils representing an acquired company’s non-U.S. employees, integrating employees, correctly estimating employee benefit costs and implementing restructuring programs;

 

    coordinating and combining administrative, manufacturing, research and development and other operations, subsidiaries, facilities and relationships with third parties in accordance with local laws and other obligations while maintaining adequate standards, controls and procedures;

 

    achieving savings from supply chain integration; and

 

    managing integration issues shortly after or pending the completion of other independent transactions.

We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of our restructuring plans and our restructuring may adversely affect our business.

We have announced restructuring plans in order to realign our cost structure due to the changing nature of our business and to achieve operating efficiencies that we expect to reduce costs. We may not be able to obtain the cost savings and benefits that were initially anticipated in connection with our restructuring. Additionally, as a result of our restructuring, we may experience a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge and/or inefficiency during transitional periods. Reorganization and restructuring can require a significant amount of management and other employees’ time and focus, which may divert attention from operating and growing our business. If we fail to achieve some or all of the expected benefits of restructuring, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For more information about our restructuring plans, see Note 4 to our Combined Financial Statements and Notes 3 and 18 to our Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

Our financial performance may suffer if we cannot continue to develop, license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which our businesses depend.

We rely upon patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws in the United States, similar laws in other countries, and agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and other parties, to establish and maintain intellectual property rights in the products and services we sell, provide or otherwise use in our operations. However, any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, infringed or circumvented, or such intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or to otherwise provide competitive advantages, either of which could result in costly product redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain product offerings or other harm to our competitive position. Further, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Therefore, in certain jurisdictions we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology adequately against unauthorized third-party copying or use; this, too, could adversely affect our ability to sell products or services and our competitive position.

Our products and services depend in part on intellectual property and technology licensed from third parties.

Much of our business and many of our products rely on key technologies developed or licensed by third parties. For example, many of our software offerings are developed using software components or other intellectual property licensed from third parties, including through both proprietary and open source licenses. These third-party software components may become obsolete, defective or incompatible with future versions of our products, or our relationship with the third party may deteriorate, or our agreements with the third party may expire or be terminated. We may face legal or business disputes with licensors that may threaten or lead to the

 

22


Table of Contents

disruption of inbound licensing relationships. In order to remain in compliance with the terms of our licenses, we must carefully monitor and manage our use of third-party software components, including both proprietary and open source license terms that may require the licensing or public disclosure of our intellectual property without compensation or on undesirable terms. Additionally, some of these licenses may not be available to us in the future on terms that are acceptable or that allow our product offerings to remain competitive. Our inability to obtain licenses or rights on favorable terms could have a material effect on our business, including our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, it is possible that as a consequence of a merger or acquisition,

third parties may obtain licenses to some of our intellectual property rights or our business may be subject to certain restrictions that were not in place prior to such transaction. Because the availability and cost of licenses from third parties depends upon the willingness of third parties to deal with us on the terms we request, there is a risk that third parties who license to our competitors will either refuse to license us at all, or refuse to license us on terms equally favorable to those granted to our competitors. Consequently, we may lose a competitive advantage with respect to these intellectual property rights or we may be required to enter into costly arrangements in order to terminate or limit these rights.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, including patent infringement, are commonplace in the IT industry and successful third-party claims may limit or disrupt our ability to sell our products and services.

Third parties also may claim that we or customers indemnified by us are infringing upon their intellectual property rights. For example, patent assertion entities may purchase intellectual property assets for the purpose of asserting claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies such as Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its customers. If we cannot or do not license allegedly infringed intellectual property at all or on reasonable terms, or if we are required to substitute similar technology from another source, our operations could be adversely affected. Even if we believe that intellectual property claims are without merit, they can be time-consuming and costly to defend against and may divert management’s attention and resources away from our business. Claims of intellectual property infringement also might require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay costly damage awards or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from importing, marketing or selling certain of our products. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable or unwilling to uphold its contractual obligations to us.

The allocation of intellectual property rights between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. as part of the separation, and the shared use of certain intellectual property rights following the separation, could adversely impact our reputation, our ability to enforce certain intellectual property rights that are important to us and our competitive position.

In connection with the separation, HP Co. will allocate to each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. the intellectual property assets relevant to their businesses. The terms of the separation include cross-licenses and other arrangements to provide for certain ongoing use of intellectual property in the existing operations of both businesses. For example, through a joint brand holding structure, both Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will retain the ability to make ongoing use of certain variations of the legacy Hewlett-Packard and HP branding, respectively. As a result of this shared use of the legacy branding there is a risk that conduct or events adversely affecting the reputation of HP Inc. could also adversely affect the reputation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. In addition, as a result of the allocation of intellectual property as part of the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will no longer have ownership of intellectual property allocated to HP Inc. and our resulting intellectual property ownership position could adversely affect our position and options relating to patent enforcement and patent licensing, our ability to sell our products or services and our competitive position in the industry.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our business and financial performance could suffer if we do not manage the risks associated with our Enterprise Services business properly.

The success of our ES segment is to a significant degree dependent on our ability to retain our significant services clients and maintain or increase the level of revenues from these clients. We may lose clients due to their merger or acquisition, business failure, contract expiration or their selection of a competing service provider or decision to in-source services. In addition, we may not be able to retain or renew relationships with our significant clients. As a result of business downturns or for other business reasons, we are also vulnerable to reduced processing volumes from our clients, which can reduce the scope of services provided and the prices for those services. We may not be able to replace the revenue and earnings from any such lost clients or reductions in services. In addition, our contracts may allow a client to terminate the contract for convenience, and we may not be able to fully recover our investments in such circumstances.

The pricing and other terms of some of our IT service agreements, particularly our long-term IT outsourcing services agreements, require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts that could differ from actual results. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control, could make these agreements less profitable or unprofitable, which could have an adverse effect on the profit margin of our IT services business.

Some of our IT service agreements require significant investment in the early stages that is expected to be recovered through billings over the life of the agreement. These agreements often involve the construction of new IT systems and communications networks and the development and deployment of new technologies. Substantial performance risk exists in each agreement with these characteristics, and some or all elements of service delivery under these agreements are dependent upon successful completion of the development, construction and deployment phases. Any failure to perform satisfactorily under these agreements may expose us to legal liability, result in the loss of customers and harm our reputation, which could harm the financial performance of our IT services business.

Some of our IT outsourcing services agreements contain pricing provisions that permit a client to request a benchmark study by a mutually acceptable third party. The benchmarking process typically compares the contractual price of our services against the price of similar services offered by other specified providers in a peer comparison group, subject to agreed-upon adjustment and normalization factors. Generally, if the benchmarking study shows that our pricing differs from our peer group outside a specified range, and the difference is not due to the unique requirements of the client, then the parties will negotiate in good faith appropriate adjustments to the pricing. This may result in the reduction of our rates for the benchmarked services performed after the implementation of those pricing adjustments, which could harm the financial performance of our IT services business.

If we do not hire, train, motivate and effectively utilize employees with the right mix of skills and experience in the right geographic regions to meet the needs of our services clients, our financial performance could suffer. For example, if our employee utilization rate is too low, our profitability and the level of engagement of our employees could suffer. If that utilization rate is too high, it could have an adverse effect on employee engagement and attrition and the quality of the work performed, as well as our ability to staff projects. If we are unable to hire and retain a sufficient number of employees with the skills or backgrounds to meet current demand, we might need to redeploy existing personnel, increase our reliance on subcontractors or increase employee compensation levels, all of which could also negatively affect our profitability. In addition, if we have more employees than we need with certain skill sets or in certain geographies, we may incur increased costs as we work to rebalance our supply of skills and resources with client demand in those geographies.

Failure to comply with our customer contracts or government contracting regulations could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our contracts with our customers may include unique and specialized performance requirements. In particular, our contracts with federal, state, provincial and local governmental customers are subject to various

 

24


Table of Contents

procurement regulations, contract provisions and other requirements relating to their formation, administration and performance. Any failure by us to comply with the specific provisions in our customer contracts or any violation of government contracting regulations could result in the imposition of various civil and criminal penalties, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments and, in the case of our government contracts, fines and suspension from future government contracting. Such failures could also cause reputational damage to our business. In addition, HP Co. has in the past been, and we may in the future be, subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the government relating to our government contracts, which could include claims for treble damages. Further, any negative publicity related to our customer contracts or any proceedings surrounding them, regardless of its accuracy, may damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new contracts. If our customer contracts are terminated, if we are suspended or disbarred from government work, or if our ability to compete for new contracts is adversely affected, our financial performance could suffer.

We make estimates and assumptions in connection with the preparation of our Combined Financial Statements and Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited), and any changes to those estimates and assumptions could adversely affect our results of operations.

In connection with the preparation of our Combined Financial Statements and Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited), we use certain estimates and assumptions based on historical experience and other factors. Our most critical accounting estimates are described in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” In addition, as discussed in Note 16 to our Combined Financial Statements, we make certain estimates, including decisions related to provisions for legal proceedings and other contingencies. While we believe that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances, they are subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could adversely affect our results of operations.

Unanticipated changes in our tax provisions, the adoption of new tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities could affect our financial performance.

We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our tax liabilities are affected by the amounts we charge in intercompany transactions for inventory, services, licenses, funding and other items. We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters, and may assess additional taxes as a result. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of our tax provision. However, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits could be materially different from the amounts previously included in our income tax expense and therefore could have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows. In addition, our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes to our operating structure, changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and the discovery of new information in the course of our tax return preparation process. In particular, if circumstances change such that we are unable to indefinitely reinvest our foreign earnings outside the United States, future income tax expense and payments may differ significantly from historical amounts and could materially adversely affect our results of operations. As of October 31, 2014, we had $25 billion of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. operations indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. See Note 7 to our Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this information statement. The carrying value of our deferred tax assets, which are predominantly in the United States, is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income in the United States. In addition, there are proposals for tax legislation that have been introduced or that are being considered that could have a significant adverse effect on our tax rate, the carrying value of deferred tax assets, or our deferred tax liabilities. Any of these changes could affect our financial performance.

 

25


Table of Contents

In order to be successful, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and transition key employees, and failure to do so could seriously harm us.

In order to be successful, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and transition qualified executives and other key employees, including those in managerial, technical, development, sales, marketing and IT support positions. Identifying, developing internally or hiring externally, training and retaining qualified executives, engineers, skilled solutions providers in the IT support business and qualified sales representatives are critical to our future, and competition for experienced employees in the IT industry can be intense. In order to attract and retain executives and other key employees in a competitive marketplace, we must provide a competitive compensation package, including cash- and equity-based compensation. Our equity-based incentive awards may contain conditions relating to our stock price performance and our long-term financial performance that make the future value of those awards uncertain. If the anticipated value of such equity-based incentive awards does not materialize, if our equity-based compensation otherwise ceases to be viewed as a valuable benefit, if our total compensation package is not viewed as being competitive, or if we do not obtain the stockholder approval needed to continue granting equity-based incentive awards in the amounts we believe are necessary, our ability to attract, retain, and motivate executives and key employees could be weakened. Our failure to successfully hire executives and key employees or the loss of any executives and key employees could have a significant impact on our operations. Further, changes in our management team may be disruptive to our business, and any failure to successfully transition and assimilate key new hires or promoted employees could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

System security risks, data protection breaches, cyberattacks and systems integration issues could disrupt our internal operations or IT services provided to customers, and any such disruption could reduce our revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price.

Experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Computer programmers and hackers also may be able to develop and deploy viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that attack our products or otherwise exploit any security vulnerabilities of our products. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, including bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and other security vulnerabilities, could be significant, and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could result in interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may impede our sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions.

We manage and store various proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our business. In addition, our outsourcing services business routinely processes, stores and transmits large amounts of data for our clients, including sensitive and personally identifiable information. Breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data about us, our clients or our customers, including the potential loss or disclosure of such information or data as a result of fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, could expose us, our customers or the individuals affected to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, result in litigation and potential liability for us, damage our brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business. We also could lose existing or potential customers of outsourcing services or other IT solutions or incur significant expenses in connection with our customers’ system failures or any actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our products and services. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.

Portions of our IT infrastructure also may experience interruptions, delays or cessations of service or produce errors in connection with systems integration or migration work that takes place from time to time. We

 

26


Table of Contents

may not be successful in implementing new systems and transitioning data, which could cause business disruptions and be more expensive, time-consuming, disruptive and resource intensive. Such disruptions could adversely impact our ability to fulfill orders and respond to customer requests and interrupt other processes. Delayed sales, lower margins or lost customers resulting from these disruptions could reduce our revenue, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price.

Terrorist acts, conflicts, wars and geopolitical uncertainties may seriously harm our business and revenue, costs and expenses and financial condition and stock price.

Terrorist acts, conflicts or wars (wherever located around the world) may cause damage or disruption to our business, our employees, facilities, partners, suppliers, distributors, resellers or customers or adversely affect our ability to manage logistics, operate our transportation and communication systems or conduct certain other critical business operations. The potential for future attacks, the national and international responses to attacks or perceived threats to national security, and other actual or potential conflicts or wars have created many economic and political uncertainties. In addition, as a major multinational company with headquarters and significant operations located in the United States, actions against or by the United States may impact our business or employees. Although it is impossible to predict the occurrences or consequences of any such events, if they occur, they could result in a decrease in demand for our products, make it difficult or impossible to provide services or deliver products to our customers or to receive components from our suppliers, create delays and inefficiencies in our supply chain and result in the need to impose employee travel restrictions. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts, conflicts and wars.

Our business is subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that could result in costs or other sanctions that adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations. For example, we are subject to laws and regulations concerning environmental protection, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the clean-up of contaminated sites, the content of our products and the recycling, treatment and disposal of our products. In particular, we face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and materials composition of our products, their safe use, the energy consumption associated with those products, climate change laws and regulations and product take-back legislation. If we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if our products become non-compliant with environmental laws, we could incur substantial costs or face other sanctions, which may include restrictions on our products entering certain jurisdictions. Our potential exposure includes fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage, personal injury claims and clean-up costs. Further, liability under some environmental laws relating to contaminated sites can be imposed retroactively, on a joint and several basis, and without any finding of noncompliance or fault. The amount and timing of costs to comply with environmental laws are difficult to predict.

In addition, our business is subject to laws addressing privacy and information security. In particular, we face an increasingly complex regulatory environment in our big data offerings as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the security of our offerings. If we were to violate or become liable under laws or regulations associated with security, we could incur substantial costs or face other sanctions. Our potential exposure includes fines and civil or criminal sanctions, and third-party claims.

Failure by Hewlett Packard Enterprise to obtain or maintain a satisfactory credit rating could adversely affect its liquidity, capital position, borrowing costs and access to capital markets.

In connection with our separation capitalization plan, which is intended to result in each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise obtaining investment grade credit ratings, we expect to incur additional borrowings to redistribute debt between us and HP Co., such that we have total debt of approximately $16 billion immediately following the separation. In August 2015, Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. assigned a Baa2 senior

 

27


Table of Contents

unsecured issuer rating with a stable outlook, Standard & Poor’s announced that it will likely assign a BBB corporate credit rating with a stable outlook, and Fitch Ratings announced that it expects to assign long-term issuer default ratings of A-, in each case to Hewlett Packard Enterprise in anticipation of the separation. Despite these anticipated investment grade credit ratings following the separation, any future downgrades could increase the cost of borrowing under any indebtedness we may incur in connection with the separation or otherwise, reduce market capacity for our commercial paper or require the posting of additional collateral under our

derivative contracts. Additionally, increased borrowing costs, including those arising from a credit rating downgrade, can potentially reduce the competitiveness of our financing business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our credit ratings once established, and any additional actual or anticipated changes or downgrades in our credit ratings, including any announcement that our ratings are under review for a downgrade, may have a negative impact on our liquidity, capital position and access to capital markets.

After our separation from HP Co., we will have debt obligations that could adversely affect our business and our ability to meet our obligations and pay dividends.

Immediately following the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise expects to carry net debt. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.” We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. This significant amount of debt could have important adverse consequences to us and our investors, including:

 

    requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make principal and interest payments;

 

    making it more difficult to satisfy other obligations;

 

    increasing the risk of a future credit ratings downgrade of our debt, which could increase future debt costs and limit the future availability of debt financing;

 

    increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    reducing the cash flows available to fund capital expenditures and other corporate purposes and to grow our business;

 

    limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and

 

    limiting our ability to borrow additional funds as needed or take advantage of business opportunities as they arise, pay cash dividends or repurchase our common stock.

To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness, the risks described above could increase. In addition, our actual cash requirements in the future may be greater than expected. Our cash flow from operations may not be sufficient to service our outstanding debt or to repay our outstanding debt as it becomes due, and we may not be able to borrow money, sell assets or otherwise raise funds on acceptable terms, or at all, to service or refinance our debt.

Risks Related to the Separation

Our plan to separate into two independent publicly traded companies is subject to various risks and uncertainties and may not be completed in accordance with the expected plans or anticipated timeline, or at all, and will involve significant time and expense, which could disrupt or adversely affect our business.

On October 6, 2014, we announced plans to separate into two independent publicly traded companies. The separation is subject to approval by the HP Co. board of directors of the final terms of the separation and market, regulatory and certain other conditions. Unanticipated developments, including changes in the competitive conditions of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s and HP Inc.’s respective markets, possible delays in obtaining a private letter ruling from the IRS regarding certain tax matters relating to the separation and distribution and certain related transactions, regulatory approvals or clearances, the uncertainty of the financial markets and challenges in executing the separation, could delay or prevent the completion of the proposed separation, or cause the separation to occur on terms or conditions that are different or less favorable than expected.

 

28


Table of Contents

HP Co. has established a Separation Management Office tasked with driving the separation process. The process of completing the proposed separation has been and is expected to continue to be time-consuming and involves significant costs and expenses. For example, during the nine months ended July 31, 2015, we recorded nonrecurring separation costs of $458 million, which were primarily related to third-party consulting, contractor fees and other incremental costs directly associated with the separation process. As of July 31, 2015, we expect to incur future separation costs of up to $0.6 billion during the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016. In addition, we expect to make foreign tax payments of approximately $0.6 billion arising from the separation over this same time period, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we expect future cash payments of up to $0.9 billion in connection with our separation costs and foreign tax payments, which are expected to be paid in the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we also expect separation-related capital expenditures of approximately $60 million in the remainder of fiscal 2015. The separation costs may be significantly higher than what we currently anticipate and may not yield a discernible benefit if the separation is not completed or is not well executed. Executing the proposed separation will also require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our business. Due to the scale and variety of HP Co.’s businesses and its global footprint (among other factors), the separation process is extremely complex and requires effort and attention from employees throughout the HP Co. organization. For example, thousands of employees of businesses that will become part of Hewlett Packard Enterprise must be transitioned to new payroll and other benefit platforms, and legacy programs going back decades, such as pensions, must be divided among Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. Outside the organization, HP Co. must notify and establish separation readiness among tens of thousands of customers, business partners and suppliers so that business relationships all over the world may continue seamlessly following the completion of the separation. Administratively, the separation involves the establishment of new customer and supplier accounts, new bank accounts, legal reorganizations and contractual assignments in various jurisdictions throughout the world, and the creation and maintenance of separation management functions, led by the Separation Management Office, to plan and execute the separation process in a timely fashion. Other challenges associated with effectively executing the separation include attracting, retaining and motivating employees during the pendency of the separation and following its completion; addressing disruptions to our supply chain, manufacturing and other operations resulting from splitting HP Co. into two large but independent companies; separating HP Co.’s information systems; and establishing a new brand identity in the marketplace.

The combined post-separation value of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock may not equal or exceed the pre-separation value of HP Co. common stock.

As a result of the distribution, HP Co. expects the trading price of HP Inc. common stock immediately following the distribution to be lower than the “regular-way” trading price of such common stock immediately prior to the distribution because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of the businesses held by Hewlett Packard Enterprise. The aggregate market value of HP Inc. common stock and the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock following the separation may be higher or lower than the market value of HP Co. common stock immediately prior to the separation.

The separation may not achieve some or all of the anticipated benefits.

We may not realize some or all of the anticipated strategic, financial, operational, marketing or other benefits from the separation. As independent publicly traded companies, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will be smaller, less diversified companies with a narrower business focus and may be more vulnerable to changing market conditions, which could materially and adversely affect their respective business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, HP Inc., Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. stockholders could be subject to significant tax liabilities, and, in certain circumstances, Hewlett Packard Enterprise could be required to indemnify HP Inc. for material taxes and other related amounts pursuant to indemnification obligations under the tax matters agreement.

It is a condition to the distribution that HP Co. receive (i) a private letter ruling from the IRS and/or one or more opinions from its external tax advisors, in each case, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and related transactions, and (ii) an opinion of each of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Any opinions of outside counsel or other external tax advisors and any IRS private letter ruling will be based, among other things, on various facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements and undertakings of HP Co. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise (including those relating to the past and future conduct of HP Co. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise). If any of these facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings is, or becomes, inaccurate or incomplete, or if HP Co. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise breach any of their respective covenants contained in any of the separation-related agreements or in the documents relating to the IRS private letter ruling and/or any tax opinion, the IRS private letter ruling and/or any tax opinion may be invalid. Accordingly, notwithstanding receipt of the IRS private letter ruling and/or opinions of counsel or other external tax advisors, the IRS could determine that the distribution and certain related transactions should be treated as taxable transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes if it determines that any of the facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings that were included in the request for the IRS private letter ruling or on which any opinion was based are false or have been violated. In addition, the IRS private letter ruling will not address all of the issues that are relevant to determining whether the distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualifies as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and an opinion of outside counsel or other external tax advisor represents the judgment of such counsel or advisor which is not binding on the IRS or any court. Accordingly, notwithstanding receipt by HP Co. of the IRS private letter ruling and the tax opinions referred to above, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that the distribution and/or certain related transactions do not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. In the event the IRS were to prevail with such challenge, HP Co., Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co.’s stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability.

If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, fails to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, in general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, HP Inc. would recognize taxable gain as if it has sold the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value and HP Co. stockholders who receive shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares. For more information, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Under the tax matters agreement to be entered into by HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise in connection with the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise generally would be required to indemnify HP Inc. for any taxes resulting from the separation (and any related costs and other damages) to the extent such amounts resulted from (i) an acquisition of all or a portion of the equity securities or assets of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, whether by merger or otherwise (and regardless of whether Hewlett Packard Enterprise participated in or otherwise facilitated the acquisition), (ii) other actions or failures to act by Hewlett Packard Enterprise or (iii) any of the representations or undertakings of Hewlett Packard Enterprise contained in any of the separation-related agreements or in the documents relating to the IRS private letter ruling and/or any tax opinion being incorrect or violated. Any such indemnity obligations could be material. For a more detailed discussion, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.”

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, HP Co., Hewlett Packard Enterprise and their respective subsidiaries may incur certain tax costs in connection with the separation, including non-U.S. tax costs resulting from separations in multiple non-U.S. jurisdictions that do not legally provide for tax-free separations, which may be material.

We may not be able to engage in desirable strategic or capital-raising transactions following the separation.

To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and the distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for the two-year period following the separation, we will be prohibited under the tax matters agreement, except in specific circumstances, from: (i) entering into any transaction pursuant to which all or a portion of the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock would be acquired, whether by merger or otherwise, (ii) issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds, (iii) repurchasing shares of our common stock other than in certain open-market transactions, (iv) ceasing to actively conduct certain of our businesses or (v) taking or failing to take any other action that would prevent the distribution and certain related transactions from qualifying as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. These restrictions may limit for a period of time our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions, equity issuances or repurchases or other transactions that we may believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might increase the value of our business. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.”

We have no history of operating as an independent company and we expect to incur increased administrative and other costs following the separation by virtue of our status as an independent public company. Our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

The historical information about Hewlett Packard Enterprise in this information statement refers to our business as operated by and integrated with HP Co. Our historical and pro forma financial information included in this information statement is derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of HP Co. Accordingly, our historical and pro forma financial information included in this information statement does not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company during the periods presented or those that we will achieve in the future primarily as a result of the following factors, among others:

 

    Prior to the separation, our business has been operated by HP Co. as part of its broader corporate organization, rather than as an independent company. HP Co. or one of its affiliates performed various corporate functions for us such as legal, treasury, accounting, internal auditing, human resources and corporate affairs, and also provided our IT and other corporate infrastructure. Our historical and pro forma financial results reflect allocations of corporate expenses from HP Co. for such functions and are likely to be less than the expenses we would have incurred had we operated as a separate publicly traded company. Following the separation, our costs related to such functions previously performed by HP Co. may increase.

 

    Currently, our business is integrated with the other businesses of HP Co. Historically, we have shared economies of scope and scale in costs, employees, vendor relationships and customer relationships. Although we will enter into certain agreements (including a transition services agreement) with HP Inc. in connection with the separation, these arrangements may not fully capture the benefits that we enjoyed as a result of being integrated with HP Co. and may result in us paying higher charges than in the past for these services. This could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition following the completion of the separation.

 

   

Generally, our working capital requirements and capital for our general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, have historically been satisfied as part of the corporate-wide cash management policies of HP Co. In connection with the separation, we intend to enter into the financing arrangements described under the section entitled “Description of Material Indebtedness” as part of our transition to becoming a standalone company. Following the completion of the separation, we may

 

31


Table of Contents
 

need to obtain additional financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities, strategic relationships or other arrangements.

 

    After the completion of the separation, the cost of capital for our business may be higher than HP Co.’s cost of capital prior to the separation.

 

    Our historical combined and condensed combined financial information does not reflect the debt or the associated interest expense that we will incur as part of the separation and distribution. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

Other significant changes may occur in our cost structure, management, financing and business operations as a result of operating as a company separate from HP Co. For additional information about the past financial performance of our business and the basis of presentation of the historical combined financial statements and the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of our business, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined and condensed combined financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this information statement.

The separation agreement that we will enter into with HP Co. may limit our ability to compete in certain markets and may impose limitations on our recruiting efforts for a period of time following the separation.

The separation agreement will include non-compete provisions pursuant to which we will generally agree to not compete with HP Inc. in certain product and service categories that comprise the HP Inc. business, including personal computers and printers, worldwide for three years from the distribution date. Such restrictions will be subject to certain exceptions set forth in the separation agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—The Separation and Distribution Agreement—Non-Competition.”

In addition, the separation agreement will contain (i) non-solicitation provisions preventing us from soliciting HP Inc. employees to work for us for 12 months from the distribution date and (ii) no-hire provisions preventing us from hiring HP Inc. employees for six months from the distribution date, in each case subject to certain exceptions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—The Separation and Distribution Agreement—Non-Solicitation and No-Hire.”

The foregoing restrictions may limit our ability to compete in certain markets and may impose limitations on our recruiting efforts. These factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise or HP Inc. may fail to perform under the transition services agreement and other transaction agreements that will be executed as part of the separation, and we may not have necessary systems and services in place when these transaction agreements expire.

In connection with the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. will enter into several agreements, including among others a transition services agreement, a separation agreement, a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, a real estate matters agreement, a commercial agreement and an IT service agreement. The transition services agreement will provide for the performance of certain services by each company for the benefit of the other for a transition period after the separation. The separation agreement, tax matters agreement, employee matters agreement and real estate matters agreement will determine the allocation of assets and liabilities between the companies following the separation for those respective areas and include any necessary indemnifications related to liabilities and obligations. The commercial agreement will establish a bilateral relationship between HP Inc. and us for the purchase and sale of commercially available products and services for internal use, incorporation and bundling in OEM products and services, resale to customers and use in the provision of managed services to customers, as well as joint customer pursuits and joint development activities. The IT service agreement will provide for the performance by one of our subsidiaries of certain application development and maintenance and IT infrastructure services for HP Inc. We will rely on HP Inc. to

 

32


Table of Contents

satisfy its performance and payment obligations under these agreements. If HP Inc. is unable to satisfy its obligations under these agreements, including its obligations with respect to the provision of transition services, we could incur operational difficulties or losses that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, if we do not have in place our own systems and services, or if we do not have agreements with other providers of these services in place once certain transition services expire, we may not be able to operate our business effectively and our profitability may decline. We are in the process of creating our own, or engaging third parties to provide, systems and services to replace many of the systems and services that HP Co. currently provides to us and/or will provide to us under the transition services agreement. However, we may not be successful in implementing these systems and services or in transitioning from HP Co.’s systems to our own systems, and may pay more for such systems and services that we currently pay or that we will pay under the transition services agreement.

The proposed separation may result in disruptions to, and negatively impact our relationships with, our customers and other business partners. In addition, certain contracts that will need to be assigned from HP Co. or its affiliates to Hewlett Packard Enterprise in connection with the separation require the consent of the counterparty to such an assignment, and failure to obtain these consents could increase our expenses or otherwise harm our business and financial performance.

Uncertainty related to the proposed separation may lead customers and other parties with which we currently do business or may do business in the future to terminate or attempt to negotiate changes in our existing business relationships, or cause them to consider entering into business relationships with parties other than us. These disruptions could have a material and adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The effect of such disruptions could be exacerbated by any delays in the completion of the separation.

In addition, the separation agreement will provide that a number of contracts are to be assigned from HP Co. or its affiliates to us or our affiliates. A minority of our customer contracts require the contractual counterparty’s consent to assignment, a small number of which remain outstanding. We are currently on track to obtain most of these outstanding consents prior to the completion of the separation. However, it is possible that some parties may use the consent requirement to seek more favorable contractual terms from us. If we are unable to obtain these consents, we may be unable to obtain some of the benefits, assets and contractual commitments that are intended to be allocated to us as part of the separation. If we are unable to obtain these consents, the loss of these contracts could increase our expenses or otherwise reduce our profitability.

Potential indemnification liabilities to HP Inc. pursuant to the separation agreement could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The separation agreement will provide for, among other things, indemnification obligations generally designed to make us financially responsible for (i) liabilities primarily associated with the Hewlett Packard Enterprise business; (ii) our failure to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any such liabilities or contracts, in accordance with their respective terms, whether prior to, at or after the distribution; (iii) any guarantee, indemnification obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding by HP Inc. for our benefit, unless related to liabilities primarily associated with the HP Inc. business; (iv) any breach by us of the separation agreement or any of the ancillary agreements or any action by us in contravention of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; and (v) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part (as amended or supplemented) or any other disclosure document that describes the separation or the distribution or Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its subsidiaries or primarily relates to the transactions contemplated by the separation agreement, subject to certain exceptions. If we are required to indemnify HP Inc. under the

 

33


Table of Contents

circumstances set forth in the separation agreement, we may be subject to substantial liabilities. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—The Separation and Distribution Agreement—Indemnification.”

In connection with the separation, HP Inc. will indemnify us for certain liabilities. However, there can be no assurance that the indemnity will be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that HP Inc.’s ability to satisfy its indemnification obligation will not be impaired in the future.

Pursuant to the separation agreement and certain other agreements we will enter into with HP Co., HP Inc. will indemnify Hewlett Packard Enterprise for certain liabilities as discussed further in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—The Separation and Distribution Agreement—Indemnification.” However, third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that HP Inc. has agreed to retain, and there can be no assurance that the indemnity from HP Inc. will be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that HP Inc. will be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. In addition, HP Inc.’s insurers may attempt to deny us coverage for liabilities associated with certain occurrences of indemnified liabilities prior to the separation. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from HP Inc. or such insurance providers any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses. Each of these risks could negatively affect our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We will be subject to continuing contingent liabilities following the separation.

After the separation, there will be several significant areas where the liabilities of HP Co. may become our obligations. For example, under the Code and the related rules and regulations, each corporation that was a member of the HP Co. consolidated U.S. federal income tax return group during a taxable period or portion of a taxable period ending on or before the effective date of the distribution is severally liable for the U.S. federal income tax liability of the HP Co. consolidated U.S. federal income tax return group for that taxable period. Consequently, if HP Inc. is unable to pay the consolidated U.S. federal income tax liability for a pre-separation period, we could be required to pay the amount of such tax, which could be substantial and in excess of the amount allocated to us under the tax matters agreement. For a discussion of the tax matters agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.” Other provisions of federal law establish similar liability for other matters, including laws governing tax-qualified pension plans, as well as other contingent liabilities.

Potential liabilities may arise due to fraudulent transfer considerations, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with the separation and distribution, HP Co. has undertaken and will undertake several corporate reorganization transactions involving its subsidiaries which, along with the separation and distribution, may be subject to federal and state fraudulent conveyance and transfer laws. If, under these laws, a court were to determine that, at the time of the separation and distribution, any entity involved in these reorganization transactions or the separation and distribution:

 

    was insolvent;

 

    was rendered insolvent by reason of the separation and distribution;

 

    had remaining assets constituting unreasonably small capital; or

 

    intended to incur, or believed it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay these debts as they matured,

then the court could void the separation and distribution, in whole or in part, as a fraudulent conveyance or transfer. The court could then require our stockholders to return to HP Inc. some or all of the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock issued in the distribution, or require HP Inc. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise, as the case may be, to fund liabilities of the other company for the benefit of creditors. The measure of insolvency will vary depending upon the jurisdiction whose law is being applied. Generally, however, an entity would be

 

34


Table of Contents

considered insolvent if the fair value of its assets was less than the amount of its liabilities, or if it incurred debt beyond its ability to repay the debt as it matures.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

We cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the separation, and following the separation, our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

A public market for Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock does not currently exist. We anticipate that on or shortly before the record date for the distribution, trading of shares of our common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis and will continue through the distribution date. However, we cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained for our common stock after the separation. Nor can we predict the prices at which shares of our common stock may trade after the separation. Similarly, we cannot predict whether the combined market value of the outstanding shares of our common stock and HP Inc. common stock will be less than, equal to or greater than the market value of the outstanding HP Co. common shares prior to the separation.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    changes in earnings estimated by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

 

    the operating and stock price performance of comparable companies;

 

    changes to the regulatory and legal environment in which we operate; and

 

    domestic and worldwide economic conditions.

Shares of our common stock generally will be eligible for resale following the distribution, which may cause our stock price to decline.

Any sales of substantial amounts of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the public market or the perception that such sales might occur, in connection with the separation or otherwise, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon completion of the distribution, we expect that we will have an aggregate of approximately [●] shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. These shares will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), unless the shares are owned by one or more of our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. We are unable to predict whether large amounts of our common stock will be sold in the open market following the distribution. We are also unable to predict whether a sufficient number of buyers would be in the market at that time.

We cannot guarantee the payment of dividends on our common stock, or the timing or amount of any such dividends.

Following the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. are each expected to maintain a dividend that, together, will be similar to that of HP Co. prior to the separation. We expect that HP Inc. will maintain a higher dividend than Hewlett Packard Enterprise initially. We currently expect Hewlett Packard Enterprise to return at least 50% of free cash flow in fiscal year 2016 to stockholders through approximately $400 million in dividends and the remainder in share repurchases. Dividend yields will be dependent on the trading price of the respective companies’ common stock following the separation.

However, the payment of any dividends in the future, and the timing and amount thereof, to our stockholders will fall within the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors’ decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, restrictive covenants in our debt, industry practice, legal requirements,

 

35


Table of Contents

regulatory constraints and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.” Our ability to pay dividends will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and on our access to the capital markets. We cannot guarantee that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividends if and when we commence paying dividends.

Your percentage ownership in Hewlett Packard Enterprise may be diluted in the future.

In the future, your percentage ownership in Hewlett Packard Enterprise may be diluted because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including equity awards that we will be granting to our directors, officers and employees and purchases of shares from Hewlett Packard Enterprise through our employee stock purchase plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of our board of directors will grant stock options or other stock-based awards to our employees and directors after the distribution, from time to time, under our employee benefits plans. Such awards will have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, including preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may generally determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock. For example, we could grant the holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of the members of our board of directors in all events or upon the happening of specified events, or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences that we could assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of our common stock. See “Description of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s Capital Stock.”

Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and of Delaware law, may prevent or delay an acquisition of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain, and Delaware law contains, provisions that are intended to deter coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage prospective acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions include, among others:

 

    the fact that special meetings of our stockholders may only be called by our board of directors (or the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our secretary with the concurrence of a majority of our board of directors) or our stockholders holding at least 20% of our outstanding shares;

 

    the inability of our stockholders to act without a meeting of stockholders;

 

    rules regarding how our stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholder meetings; and

 

    the right of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval.

In addition, because we have not chosen to be exempt from Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), this provision could also delay or prevent a change of control that a stockholder may favor. Section 203 provides that, subject to limited exceptions, persons that acquire, or are affiliated with a person that acquires, more than 15% of the outstanding voting stock of a Delaware corporation (an “interested stockholder”) shall not engage in any business combination with that corporation, including by merger, consolidation or acquisitions of additional shares, for a three-year period following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an

 

36


Table of Contents

interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

We believe these provisions will protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors and by providing our board of directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. These provisions are not intended to make us immune from takeovers and will apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders, but could delay or prevent an acquisition that our board of directors determines is not in the best interests of our company and our stockholders. These provisions may also prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors.

In addition, an acquisition or further issuance of our common stock could trigger the application of Section 355(e) of the Code, causing the distribution to be taxable to HP Inc. For a discussion of Section 355(e), see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.” Under the tax matters agreement, we would be required to indemnify HP Inc. for the resulting tax, and this indemnity obligation might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control that you may consider favorable.

 

37


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This information statement and other materials HP Co. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise have filed or will file with the SEC contain, or will contain, certain forward-looking statements regarding business strategies, market potential, future financial performance and other matters. The words “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project” and similar expressions, among others, generally identify “forward-looking statements,” which speak only as of the date the statements were made. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. In particular, information included under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “The Separation and Distribution” contain forward-looking statements. Where, in any forward-looking statement, an expectation or belief as to future results or events is expressed, such expectation or belief is based on the current plans and expectations of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s management and expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis, but there can be no assurance that the expectation or belief will result or be achieved or accomplished. Except as may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to modify or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this information statement. Factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated include, but are not limited to, the matters described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

38


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Following the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. are each expected to maintain a dividend that, together, will be similar to that of HP Co. prior to the separation. We expect that HP Inc. will maintain a higher dividend than Hewlett Packard Enterprise initially. We currently expect Hewlett Packard Enterprise to return at least 50% of free cash flow in fiscal year 2016 to stockholders through approximately $400 million in dividends and the remainder in share repurchases. Dividend yields will be dependent on the trading price of the respective companies’ common stock following the separation.

The payment of any dividends in the future, and the timing and amount thereof, is within the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors’ decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, restrictive covenants in our debt, industry practice, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. Our ability to pay dividends will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and on our access to the capital markets. We cannot guarantee that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividends if and when we commence paying dividends.

 

39


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our historical cash and capitalization at July 31, 2015 and our pro forma cash and capitalization at that date reflecting the pro forma adjustments described in the notes to our unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as if the separation and distribution, including the financing transactions that we expect to enter into in connection with the separation, had occurred on July 31, 2015. You can find an explanation of the pro forma adjustments made to our historical combined financial statements under “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.” You should review the following table in conjunction with our “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this information statement. See “Index to Financial Statements.”

We are providing the capitalization table below for informational purposes only. It should not be construed to be indicative of our capitalization or financial condition had the separation been completed on the date assumed. The capitalization table below may not reflect the capitalization or financial condition that would have resulted had we operated as a standalone public company at that date and is not necessarily indicative of our future capitalization or financial position.

 

     As of July 31, 2015  
     Historical      Pro Forma  
    

(Unaudited)

In millions

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,774       $ 11,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Notes payable and short-term borrowings

   $ 752       $ 752   

Long-term debt

     493         15,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 1,245       $ 16,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

     

Common stock ($0.01 par value)

   $ —         $ —    

Additional paid-in capital

     —           —    

Parent company investment

     42,568         36,981   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,250      (4,821
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity attributable to the Company

     40,318         32,160   

Non-controlling interests

     408         408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

   $ 40,726       $ 32,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 41,971       $ 48,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses of HP Co. consist of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of earnings for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and the unaudited pro forma combined statements of earnings for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2014, and an unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of July 31, 2015, which have been derived from our historical Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this information statement. See “Index to Financial Statements.”

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements reflect adjustments to our historical financial results in connection with the separation and distribution. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of earnings give effect to the separation and distribution as if they had occurred on November 1, 2013, the beginning of our most recently completed fiscal year. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet gives effect to these events as if they occurred as of July 31, 2015, our latest balance sheet date.

Our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements have been prepared to reflect adjustments to our historical Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements that are: (i) factually supportable, (ii) directly attributable to the separation and distribution and (iii) for purposes of the pro forma condensed combined statements of earnings, expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations following the completion of the separation and distribution. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been adjusted to give effect to the following (collectively, the “Pro Forma Transactions”):

 

    The incurrence of debt and the allocation of cash between us and HP Co. as part of our plan to capitalize our company with estimated (as of July 31, 2015) total cash of approximately $11.5 billion (which estimate is based on several factors subject to change, including fiscal 2015 free cash flow estimates) and total debt of approximately $16 billion and secure an investment grade credit rating;

 

    The transfer of certain pension and postretirement benefit obligations, net of any related assets, associated with our active, retired and other former employees from HP Co.;

 

    The transfer of certain corporate and other assets and liabilities from HP Co., including a portion of HP Co.’s global real estate portfolio and a portion of HP Co.’s IT assets;

 

    The retention by HP Co. of our marketing optimization software product group, which was historically included in our Software segment, as well as the retention by HP Co. of a very limited number of customer contracts historically included in our EG segment;

 

    The removal of non-recurring separation costs, which were incurred during the nine months ended July 31, 2015;

 

    The incurrence of income and transaction taxes in certain jurisdictions as a result of an internal reorganization undertaken for the sole purpose of facilitating the separation and distribution; and

 

    The tax-free distribution, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of approximately [●] shares of our common stock to HP Co. stockholders, based on the distribution of [●] share[s] of our common stock for each HP Co. common share outstanding as of the record date for the distribution, and the resulting redesignation of HP Co.’s historical net investment as common stock and additional paid-in capital.

Our historical Combined Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income include allocations of general corporate expenses from HP Co., including, but not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, IT, employee benefits administration, treasury, risk management, procurement and other shared services. To operate as an independent public company, we expect to incur costs to replace certain services previously provided by HP Co., which may be higher than those reflected in our historical financial statements, in addition to increased administrative and other costs (for example, in complying with securities laws). Due to the scope and complexity

 

41


Table of Contents

of these activities, the amount and timing of these incremental costs could vary. Due to the regulations governing the preparation of pro forma financial statements, the pro forma financial statements do not reflect these incremental costs associated with being an independent, public company because they are projected amounts based on judgmental estimates and are not factually supportable.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements do not contain pro forma adjustments with respect to certain recent and pending transactions, including our proposed divestiture of a majority stake in H3C Technologies in connection with our agreement with Tsinghua. Nor do the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements contain any adjustments to our historical results for currency fluctuations or other macroeconomic events.

In connection with the separation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise from HP Co., the Board of Directors of HP Co. approved a restructuring plan on September 14, 2015. We anticipate incurring labor and non-labor costs which will result in aggregate pre-tax charges through fiscal 2018 of approximately $2.7 billion. The unaudited combined pro forma financial information does not reflect the expected charges or the expected realization of any cost savings or other synergies.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be read together with our Combined Financial Statements, Condensed Combined Financial Statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this information statement. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are provided for illustrative and informational purposes only and are not intended to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been had the separation and distribution been completed on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements also may not be indicative of our future results of operations or financial position as a standalone public company.

 

42


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES

AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Earnings

Fiscal year ended October 31, 2014

 

     Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Notes      Pro Forma  
     In millions  

Net revenue:

         

Products

   $ 19,171      $ (54     (d)       $ 19,117   

Services

     35,551        (262     (d)         35,289   

Financing income

     401        —             401   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     55,123        (316        54,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

         

Cost of products

     12,394        (14     (d)         12,380   

Cost of services

     26,815        (97     (d)         26,718   

Financing interest

     277        —             277   

Research and development

     2,197        (40     (d)         2,157   

Selling, general and administrative

     8,717        42        (b)(d)         8,759   

Amortization of intangible assets

     906        (35     (d)         871   

Restructuring charges

     1,471        —             1,471   

Acquisition-related charges

     11        —             11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,788        (144        52,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings from operations

     2,335        (172        2,163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest and other, net

     (91     (261     (a)         (352
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes

     2,244        (433        1,811   

Provision for taxes

     (596     132        (g)         (464
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 1,648      $ (301      $ 1,347   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share:

         

Basic

         (i)      
         

 

 

 

Diluted

         (j)      
         

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

         (i)      
         

 

 

 

Diluted

         (j)      
         

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Unaudited Pro Forma

Combined Financial Statements.

 

43


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES

AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Earnings

Nine months ended July 31, 2015

 

     Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Notes      Pro Forma  
     In millions  

Net revenue:

         

Products

   $ 14,190      $ (40     (d)       $ 14,150   

Services

     24,196        (175     (d)         24,021   

Financing income

     273        —             273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     38,659        (215        38,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

         

Cost of products

     9,446        (9     (d)         9,437   

Cost of services

     18,077        (73     (d)         18,004   

Financing interest

     182        —             182   

Research and development

     1,686        (26     (d)         1,660   

Selling, general and administrative

     5,987        4        (b)(d)         5,991   

Amortization of intangible assets

     632        (23     (d)         609   

Restructuring charges

     404        —             404   

Acquisition-related charges

     69        —             69   

Separation costs

     458        (458     (e)         —     

Defined benefit plan settlement charges

     178        —             178   

Impairment of data center assets

     136        —             136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     37,255        (585        36,670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings from operations

     1,404        370           1,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Interest and other, net

     (44     (233     (a)         (277
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes

     1,360        137           1,497   

Provision for taxes

     (284     (59     (g)         (343
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 1,076      $ 78         $ 1,154   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share:

         

Basic

         (i)      
         

 

 

 

Diluted

         (j)      
         

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

         (i)      
         

 

 

 

Diluted

         (j)      
         

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Unaudited Pro Forma

Combined Financial Statements.

 

44


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES

AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

As of July 31, 2015

 

    Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Notes      Pro Forma  
    In millions  
ASSETS         

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,774      $ 8,726        (a)       $ 11,500   

Accounts receivable

    7,957        (30     (d)         7,927   

Financing receivables

    2,804        —             2,804   

Inventory

    2,299        —             2,299   

Other current assets

    6,959        716        (c)(d)(g)         7,675   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

    22,793        9,412           32,205   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

    8,459        1,641        (c)(d)         10,100   

Long-term financing receivables and other assets

    6,968        639        (a)(b)(c)(g)         7,607   

Goodwill

    27,857        (512     (d)         27,345   

Intangible assets

    2,231        (91     (d)         2,140   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 68,308      $ 11,089         $ 79,397   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY         

Current liabilities:

        

Notes payable and short-term borrowings

  $ 752      $ —           $ 752   

Accounts payable

    4,884        (2     (d)         4,882   

Employee compensation and benefits

    2,277        315        (b)(c)(d)         2,592   

Taxes on earnings

    756        600        (f)         1,356   

Deferred revenue

    5,321        (56     (d)         5,265   

Accrued restructuring

    306        (25     (c)         281   

Other accrued liabilities

    4,610        823        (c)(d)(e)(g)         5,433   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    18,906        1,655           20,561   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Long-term debt

    493        14,755        (a)         15,248   

Other liabilities

    8,183        2,837        (b)(c)(d)(g)         11,020   

Commitments and contingencies

        

Equity:

        

Common stock ($0.01 par value)

    —          —          (h)         —     

Additional paid-in capital

    —          —          (h)         —     

Parent company investment

    42,568        (5,587     (a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)         36,981   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2,250     (2,571     (b)         (4,821
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Equity attributable to the Company

    40,318        (8,158        32,160   

Non-controlling interests

    408        —             408   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total equity

    40,726        (8,158        32,568   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 68,308      $ 11,089         $ 79,397   
 

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Unaudited Pro Forma

Combined Financial Statements.

 

45


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES

AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements as of and for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2014 include the following adjustments:

 

  (a) In connection with our separation capitalization plan, which is intended to result in each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise obtaining investment grade credit ratings, we expect to incur additional borrowings to redistribute debt between us and HP Co., such that we have total debt of approximately $16 billion immediately following the separation. To accomplish this, we anticipate issuing senior notes prior to the distribution date. We intend to use all of the net proceeds from the senior notes offering for the payment of a distribution to HP Co. in connection with the separation. HP Co. has informed Hewlett Packard Enterprise that it intends to use the cash to be distributed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise to HP Co. to redeem or repurchase certain of HP Co.’s outstanding notes. A separate cash allocation by HP Co. in connection with the separation is expected to result in Hewlett Packard Enterprise having approximately $11.5 billion of cash on hand as of the distribution date. For purposes of these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements, we have assumed that the additional borrowings will be long-term debt. Expected debt issuance costs of $60 million will be capitalized as a component of Long-term financing receivables and other assets and are assumed to be amortized over 5.1 years and 5.5 years, based upon the weighted-average term of HP Co.’s outstanding long-term debt securities as of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, respectively. The actual mix of our debt, the amount of debt issuance costs incurred and the amount of cash and debt allocated to us at the distribution date will depend on a number of factors, including financial market conditions at the time we incur such debt and the total HP Co. cash balance at the distribution date.

With respect to the additional debt we expect to incur in connection with the separation, we have assumed an annual interest rate of 3.67% and 3.57%, based upon the weighted-average interest rate of HP Co.’s long-term debt securities as of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, respectively. The actual interest rate of any such indebtedness will depend upon the final debt structure that we execute prior to the separation and distribution and financial market conditions at that time. The adjustment to our historical interest expense to give effect to the additional borrowings (net of financing interest included in the historical combined statements of earnings for the applicable period) is presented below:

 

     Nine months
ended July 31,
2015
     Fiscal Year
Ended October 31,

2014
 
     In millions  

Interest on additional debt

   $ 224       $ 250   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     9         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 233       $ 261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with the SEC’s rules governing pro forma adjustments, no pro forma adjustment for imputed interest income on incremental cash balances has been recorded.

 

46


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES

AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

 

For purposes of these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements, the adjustment to Parent company investment represents the distribution to HP Co. of all of the net proceeds from the senior note issuance net of the separate cash allocation by HP Co. in connection with the separation. The pro forma adjustment related to our separation capitalization plan is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of July 31, 2015 as follows (in millions):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,726   

Long-term financing receivables and other assets

   $ 60   

Long-term debt

   $ 14,755   

Parent company investment

   $ (5,969

 

  (b) Certain of our eligible employees, retirees and other former employees participate in the pension and postretirement benefit plans offered by HP Co. In connection with the separation, HP Co. will transfer to us plan assets and liabilities primarily associated with our active, retired and other former employees in certain jurisdictions and we will provide the benefits directly. The net benefit obligations we will assume will result in our recording estimated net benefit plan liabilities of $0.3 billion and accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, of $2.6 billion. We have recognized incremental pro forma pension and postretirement expense of $131 million and $70 million during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2014 and the nine months ended July 31, 2015, respectively, as a result of these transfers. Our estimates may change as we approach the distribution date and continue to refine our estimates of the net liability transfers as of that date. The actual assumed net benefit plan obligations and related expense could change significantly from our estimates, including as a result of the requirement that all of our benefit plans (both historical and newly assumed) are expected to be revalued as of October 31, 2015 in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The assumptions utilized in all actuarial valuations will be based on market conditions at the time of the measurement and the most current available plan participant data.

The pro forma adjustment related to our pension and postretirement benefit plans is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of July 31, 2015 as follows (in millions):

 

Long-term financing receivables and other assets

   $ 406   

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ (1

Other liabilities

   $ 738   

Parent company investment

   $ 2,240   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (2,571

 

  (c) In connection with the separation, HP Co. will transfer certain corporate and other assets and liabilities, including certain indemnification assets and liabilities between us and HP Co., to us prior to the distribution date. The transfers will include a portion of HP Co.’s global real estate portfolio and IT assets, and associated assets and liabilities, as well as a portion of HP Co.’s corporate accrued employee compensation and benefits. There may be additional assets and liabilities, including certain indemnifications between us and HP Co., to be transferred to us in connection with the separation for which the allocation and transfer procedures have not been finalized. The expenses, including depreciation, related to those assets and liabilities to be transferred to us were previously charged to us through allocations from HP Co.; accordingly, no incremental expenses are included in the pro forma financial statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES

AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

 

The pro forma adjustment related to the transfer of these corporate and other assets and liabilities is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of July 31, 2015 as follows (in millions):

 

Other current assets

   $ 719   

Property, plant and equipment

   $ 1,642   

Long-term financing receivables and other assets

   $ 101   

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ 318   

Accrued restructuring

   $ (25

Other accrued liabilities

   $ 669   

Other liabilities

   $ 2,121   

Parent company investment

   $ (621

 

  (d) HP Co. will retain the marketing optimization software product group, a continuing business which has historically been managed by us and included in our Software segment. The pro forma adjustment reflects the impact of removing that business from our historical results of operations and balance sheet including the related goodwill allocated on a fair value basis. The marketing optimization business, which comprised approximately 0.4% and 5.9% of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s total revenue and Software segment revenue, respectively, in fiscal year 2014, is a collection of software assets that enables integrated marketing capabilities. HP Co. conducted a strategic review of the Hewlett Packard Enterprise software business and decided these software assets no longer aligned with the software business’s strategic charter, as they were outside the go-to-market focus of selling to IT departments. However, HP Co. determined that these software assets primarily aligned with a document management and solutions ecosystem that would complement its printing business. As a result of this strategic review process, the marketing optimization software business was realigned within HP Co. to become a part of HP Inc. following the separation, enabling HP Inc. to expand into the adjacent markets of document management and solutions. In addition, two customer contracts serviced by our Enterprise Group segment, which collectively comprised approximately 0.2% of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s total revenue in fiscal 2014, were determined to be better suited to HP Inc.’s business following the separation and will be transferred to HP Inc. in connection with the separation.

The pro forma adjustment related to the marketing optimization software product group is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of July 31, 2015 as follows (in millions):

 

Accounts receivable

   $ (30

Other current assets

   $ 1   

Property, plant and equipment

   $ (1

Goodwill

   $ (512

Intangible assets

   $ (91

Accounts payable

   $ (2

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ (2

Deferred revenue

   $ (56

Other accrued liabilities

   $ (2

Other liabilities

   $ (2

Parent company investment

   $ (569

 

48


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES

AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

 

  (e) This adjustment removes non-recurring separation costs incurred during the nine months ended July 31, 2015 that are directly related to the separation and the associated deferred income tax balances. These costs are included in our historical results of operations for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 but are not expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations following the completion of the separation. As of July 31, 2015, we expect to incur future separation costs of up to $0.6 billion during the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016. In addition, we expect to make foreign tax payments of approximately $0.6 billion arising from the separation over this same time period, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we expect future cash payments of up to $0.9 billion in connection with our separation costs and foreign tax payments, which are expected to be paid in the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we also expect separation-related capital expenditures of approximately $60 million in the remainder of fiscal 2015.

The pro forma adjustment related to non-recurring separation costs and the associated deferred income tax balances is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of July 31, 2015 as follows (in millions):

 

Other accrued liabilities

   $ 160   

Parent company investment

   $ (160

 

  (f) HP Co. will undertake an internal reorganization for the sole purpose of facilitating the separation and distribution. This internal reorganization will result in the incurrence of various income and transaction taxes in certain jurisdictions.

The pro forma adjustment related to this internal reorganization is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of July 31, 2015 as follows (in millions):

 

Taxes on earnings

   $ 600   

Parent company investment

   $ (600)   

 

  (g) The pro forma income tax adjustments were determined using the statutory tax rate in effect in the respective tax jurisdictions during the periods presented.

The pro forma adjustment related to income taxes is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of July 31, 2015 as follows (in millions):

 

Other current assets

   $ (4

Long-term financing receivables and other assets

   $ 72   

Other accrued liabilities

   $ (4

Other liabilities

   $ (20

Parent company investment

   $ 92   

 

  (h) Reflects the pro forma recapitalization of our equity. As of the distribution date, HP Co.’s investment in our business will be redesignated as our stockholders’ equity and will be allocated between common stock and additional paid-in capital based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the distribution date. HP Co. stockholders will receive shares based on a distribution ratio of [●] share[s] of our common stock for each HP Co. common share outstanding as of the record date for the distribution.

 

49


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES

AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

 

The pro forma adjustment related to recapitalization of our equity is reflected in the unaudited pro forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of July 31, 2015 as follows (in millions):

 

Common stock ($0.01 par value)

   $ [●]   

Additional paid-in capital

   $ [●]   

Parent company investment

   $ [●]   

 

  (i) The number of shares of our common stock used to compute basic earnings per share for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and the year ended October 31, 2014 is based on the number of HP Co. common shares outstanding on July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, respectively, assuming a distribution ratio of [●] share[s] of our common stock for each HP Co. common share outstanding. The number of HP Co. shares used to determine the assumed distribution reflects the HP Co. shares outstanding as of each balance sheet date, which is the most current information as of the date of those financial statements.

 

  (j) The number of shares used to compute diluted earnings per share is based on the number of basic shares of our common stock as described in Note (i) above, plus incremental shares assuming exercise of dilutive outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards granted to our employees under HP Co.’s stock-based compensation plans. The actual effect following the completion of the separation will depend on various factors, including employees who may change employment between HP Co. and us. We cannot fully estimate the dilutive effects at this time, although we believe an estimate based on applying the distribution ratio to the HP Co. weighted-average dilutive effect of employee stock plans used to compute HP Co. diluted EPS provides a reasonable approximation of the potential dilutive effect of the equity awards.

 

50


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents the selected historical combined financial data for Hewlett Packard Enterprise. The Combined Statements of Earnings data for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 and the Combined Balance Sheets data as of July 31, 2015 are derived from our unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements included in this information statement. The Combined Statements of Earnings data for each of the three fiscal years ended October 31, 2014 and the Combined Balance Sheets data as of October 31, 2014 and 2013 set forth below are derived from our audited Combined Financial Statements included in this information statement. The Combined Statements of Earnings data for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and 2010 and the Combined Balance Sheets data as of October 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our unaudited Combined Financial Statements that are not included in this information statement.

The selected historical condensed combined financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with our Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes, “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this information statement. Our condensed combined financial data may not be indicative of our future performance and do not necessarily reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we been operating as a standalone public company during the periods presented, including changes that will occur in our operations and capitalization as a result of the separation and distribution. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements” for a further description of the anticipated changes.

 

     As of and for the nine
months ended July 31
     As of and for the fiscal years ended October 31  
         2015              2014          2014      2013      2012     2011      2010  
     In millions  

Combined Statements of Earnings:

                 

Net revenue

   $ 38,659       $ 41,050       $ 55,123       $ 57,371       $ 61,042      $ 62,512       $ 59,481   

Earnings (loss) from operations (1)

   $ 1,404       $ 1,509       $ 2,335       $ 2,952       $ (14,139   $ 6,049       $ 5,644   

Net earnings (loss) (1)

   $ 1,076       $ 1,132       $ 1,648       $ 2,051       $ (14,761   $ 4,119       $ 3,887   

Combined Balance Sheets:

                   

Total assets (2)

   $ 68,308          $ 65,071       $ 68,775       $ 71,702      $ 91,878       $ 81,275   

Long-term debt

   $ 493          $ 485       $ 617       $ 702      $ 1,966       $ 2,055   

Total debt (3)

   $ 1,245          $ 1,379       $ 1,675       $ 2,923      $ 3,062       $ 2,882   

 

(1) Earnings (loss) from operations and net earnings (loss) include the following items:

 

    Nine months ended
July 31
     For the fiscal years ended October 31  
      2015          2014        2014      2013      2012      2011      2010  
    In millions  

Amortization of intangible assets

  $ 632       $ 700       $ 906       $ 1,228       $ 1,641       $ 1,469       $ 1,385   

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    —           —           —           —           16,808         —           —     

Restructuring charges

    404         924         1,471         983         1,756         553         1,032   

Acquisition-related charges

    69         8         11         21         35         158         274   

Separation costs

    458         —           —           —           —           —           —     

Defined benefit plan settlement charges

    178         —           —           —           —           —           —     

Impairment of data center assets

    136         —           —           —           —           —           —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total charges before taxes

  $ 1,877       $ 1,632       $ 2,388       $ 2,232       $ 20,240       $ 2,180       $ 2,691   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total charges, net of taxes

  $ 1,453       $ 1,316       $ 1,878       $ 1,742       $ 18,462       $ 1,553       $ 1,970   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) Total assets decreased in fiscal 2012 due primarily to goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges associated with the Autonomy reporting unit within the Software segment and a goodwill impairment charge associated with the Enterprise Services segment. Total assets increased in fiscal 2011 due primarily to the acquisition of Autonomy Corporation plc (“Autonomy”).
(3) In fiscal 2013, total debt decreased due to maturities.

 

51


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is organized as follows:

 

    Overview . A discussion of our business and overall analysis of financial and other highlights affecting the Company to provide context for the remainder of MD&A. The overview analysis compares the nine months ended July 31, 2015 to the nine months ended July 31, 2014 and fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2013.

 

    Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates . A discussion of accounting policies and estimates that we believe are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our reported financial results.

 

    Results of Operations . An analysis of our financial results comparing (a) the nine months ended July 31, 2015 to the comparable prior-year period and (b) fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 to the prior years, respectively. A discussion of the results of operations at the combined level is followed by a more detailed discussion of the results of operations by segment.

 

    Liquidity and Capital Resources . An analysis of changes in our cash flows and a discussion of our financial condition and liquidity. The Capital Resources discussions present information as of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, unless otherwise noted.

 

    Contractual and Other Obligations . An overview of contractual obligations, retirement benefit plan funding, restructuring plans, uncertain tax positions, separation costs and off balance sheet arrangements.

We intend the discussion of our financial condition and results of operations that follows to provide information that will assist in understanding our Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles, policies and estimates affect our Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this information statement. See “Index to Financial Statements.”

For purposes of this MD&A section, we use the terms “Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company,” “Hewlett Packard Enterprise,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” to refer to the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing business of Hewlett-Packard Company. References in this MD&A section to “Parent” refer to Hewlett-Packard Company, collectively with its consolidated subsidiaries.

October 2014 Announcement of Separation Transaction

On October 6, 2014, Parent announced plans to separate into two independent publicly traded companies: one comprising its enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses, which will conduct business as Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and one comprising its printing and personal systems businesses, which will conduct business as HP Inc. The proposed separation is intended to take the form of a spin-off to Parent’s stockholders of 100% of the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company. In connection with the separation, Parent will be renamed and continue as HP Inc. The separation is subject to certain conditions, including, among others, obtaining final approval from Parent’s board of directors, receipt of a private letter ruling from the IRS and one or more opinions with respect to certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and the SEC declaring the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part. See “The Separation and Distribution—Conditions to the Distribution.”

The process of completing the separation has been and is expected to continue to be time-consuming and involves significant costs and expenses. For example, during the nine months ended July 31, 2015, we recorded

 

52


Table of Contents

nonrecurring separation costs of $458 million, which were primarily related to third-party consulting, contractor fees and other incremental costs directly associated with the separation process. As of July 31, 2015, we expect to incur future separation costs of up to $0.6 billion during the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016. In addition, we expect to make foreign tax payments of approximately $0.6 billion arising from the separation over this same time period, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we expect future cash payments of up to $0.9 billion in connection with our separation costs and foreign tax payments, which are expected to be paid in the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we also expect separation-related capital expenditures of approximately $60 million in the remainder of fiscal 2015. Additionally, following the separation, each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise must maintain an independent corporate overhead appropriate for a diverse global company with various business units in many parts of the world. Due to the loss of economies of scale and the necessity of establishing independent functions for each company, the separation of Parent into two independent companies is expected to result in total dis-synergies of approximately $400 million to $450 million annually, which costs are primarily associated with corporate functions such as finance, legal, IT, real estate and human resources. Based on the expected similar sizes of the resulting organizations and the need for each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise to establish independent corporate functions, such dis-synergies are expected to be divided approximately equally between HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Due to the scale and variety of Parent’s businesses and its global footprint (among other factors), the separation process is extremely complex and requires effort and attention from employees throughout Parent’s organization. For example, thousands of employees of businesses that will become part of Hewlett Packard Enterprise must be transitioned to new payroll and other benefit platforms, and legacy programs going back decades, such as pensions, must be divided among Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. Outside the organization, Parent must notify and establish separation readiness among tens of thousands of customers, business partners and suppliers so that business relationships all over the world may continue seamlessly following the completion of the separation. Administratively, the separation involves the establishment of new customer and supplier accounts, new bank accounts, legal reorganizations and contractual assignments in various jurisdictions throughout the world, and the creation and maintenance of separation management functions, led by the Separation Management Office, to plan and execute the separation process in a timely fashion. For more information on the risks involved in the separation process, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation.”

Basis of Presentation

The Combined Financial Statements of the Company have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Parent as if we operated on a standalone basis during the periods presented and were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

The Combined Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income of the Company reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from Parent including, but not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, treasury, risk management, procurement and other shared services. These allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, expenses, headcount or other relevant measures. Management of the Company and Parent consider these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services by, or the benefits provided to, us. The allocations may not, however, reflect the expense we would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if we had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure.

The Combined Balance Sheets of the Company include Parent assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to us, including subsidiaries and affiliates in which Parent has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. Parent’s cash has not been assigned to us for any of the periods

 

53


Table of Contents

presented because those cash balances are not directly attributable to us. We reflect transfers of cash to and from Parent’s cash management system as a component of Parent company investment on the Combined Balance Sheets. Parent’s long-term debt has not been attributed to us for any of the periods presented because Parent’s borrowings are neither directly attributable to our combined businesses which comprise the Company, nor is the Company the legal obligor of such borrowings.

Parent maintains various benefit and stock-based compensation plans at a corporate level and other benefit plans at a subsidiary level. Our employees participate in those programs and a portion of the cost of those plans is included in our financial statements. However, our Combined Balance Sheets do not include any net benefit plan obligations unless the benefit plan covers only our active, retired and other former employees or any equity related to stock-based compensation plans. See Notes 5 and 6 to the Combined Financial Statements for a further description of the accounting for our benefit plans and stock-based compensation, respectively.

Overview

Hewlett Packard Enterprise is a leading global provider of the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional IT while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs. Our legacy dates back to a partnership founded in 1939 by William R. Hewlett and David Packard, and we strive every day to uphold and enhance that legacy through our dedication to providing innovative technological solutions to our customers. We are a global company with customers ranging from small- and medium-sized businesses (“SMBs”) to large global enterprises.

We organize our business into five segments for financial reporting purposes: the Enterprise Group (“EG”), Enterprise Services (“ES”), Software, Financial Services (“FS”) and Corporate Investments.

Nine Months ended July 31, 2015

The following table provides an overview of our key financial metrics by segment for the nine months ended July 31, 2015:

 

     Hewlett
Packard
Enterprise
Combined
    Enterprise
Group
    Enterprise
Services
    Software     Financial
Services
    Corporate
Investments (3)
 
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue (1)

   $ 38,659      $ 20,549      $ 14,786      $ 2,663      $ 2,415      $ 6   

Year-over-year change %

     (5.8 )%      0.4     (12.4 )%      (6.4 )%      (6.8 )%      50.0

Earnings (loss) from operations (2)

   $ 1,404      $ 2,952      $ 607      $ 501      $ 262      $ (398

Earnings (loss) from operations as a % of net revenue

     3.6     14.4     4.1     18.8     10.8     NM   

Year-over-year change percentage points

     (0.1 )pts      0.2 pts      1.5 pts      0.0 pts      0.0 pts      NM   

Net earnings

   $ 1,076             

 

(1) The Company’s combined net revenue excludes intersegment net revenue and other.
(2) Segment earnings from operations exclude corporate and unallocated costs, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, restructuring charges, acquisition-related charges, separation costs, defined benefit plan settlement charges and impairment of data center assets.
(3) “NM” represents not meaningful.

The Company’s condensed combined net revenue decreased 5.8% (decreased 0.7% on a constant currency basis) in the nine months ended July 31, 2015, as compared to the prior-year period. The leading contributors to the net revenue decrease were unfavorable currency impacts and key account runoff and soft demand in Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing (“ITO”) in ES. Partially offsetting these decreases was growth within the EG segment from sales of ISS servers. Gross margin was 28.3% ($11.0 billion) and 27.6% ($11.3 billion) for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The 0.7 percentage point increase in gross margin was

 

54


Table of Contents

due primarily to service delivery efficiencies and improvements in underperforming contracts in ES. Partially offsetting the gross margin increase was a higher mix of ISS products in EG. We continue to experience gross margin pressures resulting from a competitive pricing environment across our hardware portfolio. Operating margin decreased by 0.1 percentage points in the nine months ended July 31, 2015 as compared to the prior-year period due primarily to higher expenses resulting from separation activities, defined benefit plan settlement charges, and an impairment of data center assets, partially offset by the gross margin increase, lower SG&A expenses and lower restructuring charges.

As of July 31, 2015, cash and cash equivalents and short- and long-term investments were approximately $3.0 billion, representing an increase of approximately $400 million from the October 31, 2014 balance of approximately $2.6 billion. For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, we generated $3.8 billion of cash flows from operations, we invested $2.3 billion in property, plant and equipment, net of proceeds from sales, and we utilized $2.6 billion to acquire 4 companies, the largest of which was Aruba Networks, Inc. (“Aruba”).

Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2014

The following table provides an overview of our key financial metrics by segment for fiscal 2014:

 

     Hewlett
Packard
Enterprise
Combined
    Enterprise
Group
    Enterprise
Services
    Software     Financial
Services
    Corporate
Investments (3)
 
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue (1)

   $ 55,123      $ 27,727      $ 22,398      $ 3,933      $ 3,498      $ 4   

Year-over-year change %

     (3.9 )%      (0.9 )%      (7.0 )%      (2.5 )%      (3.6 )%      (50.0 )% 

Earnings (loss) from operations (2)

   $ 2,335      $ 4,005      $ 818      $ 871      $ 389      $ (341

Earnings (loss) from operations as a % of net revenue

     4.2     14.4     3.7     22.1     11.1     NM   

Year-over-year change percentage points

     (0.9 )pts      (0.7 )pts      0.4 pts      0.1 pts      0.2 pts      NM   

Net earnings

   $ 1,648         

 

(1) The Company’s combined net revenue excludes intersegment net revenue and other.
(2) Segment earnings from operations exclude corporate and unallocated costs, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, restructuring charges and acquisition related charges.
(3) “NM” represents not meaningful.

The Company’s combined net revenue decreased 3.9% (decreased 3.7% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013. The leading contributor to this net revenue decrease was key account runoff in ES. The Company’s gross profit was $15.6 billion (28.4% of net revenue) and $15.7 billion (27.4% of net revenue) for the years ended October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The 1.0 percentage point increase in gross margin was due primarily to service delivery efficiencies and improvements in underperforming contracts in ES. The Company’s operating margin decreased 0.9 percentage points for fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 due to higher restructuring charges, investments in R&D and higher SG&A expenses, partially offset by the gross margin increase and lower intangible asset amortization.

As of October 31, 2014, cash and cash equivalents and short- and long-term investments were approximately $2.6 billion, representing an increase of approximately $100 million from the October 31, 2013 balance of approximately $2.5 billion. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2014, we generated $6.9 billion of cash flows from operations and we invested $3.0 billion in property, plant and equipment, net of proceeds from sales.

Trends and Uncertainties

We are in the process of addressing many challenges facing our business. One set of challenges relates to dynamic and accelerating market trends, such as the market shift to cloud-related IT infrastructure, software and

 

55


Table of Contents

services, and the growth in software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) business models. Certain of our legacy hardware businesses face challenges as customers migrate to cloud-based offerings and reduce their purchases of hardware products. Additionally, our legacy software business derives a large portion of its revenues from upfront license sales, some of which over time can be expected to shift to SaaS. Another set of challenges relates to changes in the competitive landscape. Our major competitors are expanding their product and service offerings with integrated products and solutions, our business-specific competitors are exerting increased competitive pressure in targeted areas and are entering new markets, our emerging competitors are introducing new technologies and business models, and our alliance partners in some businesses are increasingly becoming our competitors in others. A third set of challenges relate to business model changes and our go-to-market execution.

The macroeconomic weakness we have experienced has moderated in some geographic regions but remains an overall challenge. A discussion of some of these challenges at the segment level is set forth below.

 

    In EG, we are experiencing challenges due to multiple market trends, including the increasing demand for hyperscale computing infrastructure products, the transition to cloud computing and a highly competitive pricing environment. In addition, demand for our Business Critical Systems (“BCS”) products continues to weaken as has the overall market for UNIX products. The effect of lower BCS and traditional storage revenue along with a higher mix of density optimized server products and mid-range converged storage solutions is impacting support attach opportunities in Technology Services (“TS”). To be successful in overcoming these challenges, we must address business model shifts and go-to-market execution challenges, while continuing to pursue new product innovation that builds on our existing capabilities in areas such as cloud and data center computing, software-defined networking, storage, blade servers and wireless networking.

 

    In ES, we are facing challenges, including managing the revenue runoff from several large contracts, pressured public sector spending, a competitive pricing environment and market pressures from a mixed economic recovery in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”). We are also experiencing commoditization in the IT infrastructure services market that is placing pressure on traditional ITO pricing and cost structures. There is also an industry-wide shift to highly automated, asset-light delivery of IT infrastructure and applications leading to headcount consolidation. To be successful in addressing these challenges, we must execute on the ES multi-year turnaround plan, which includes a cost reduction initiative to align our costs to our revenue trajectory, a focus on new logo wins and Strategic Enterprise Services (“SES”) and initiatives to improve execution in sales performance and accountability, contracting practices and pricing.

 

    In Software, we are facing challenges, including the market shift to SaaS and go-to-market execution challenges. To be successful in addressing these challenges, we must improve our go-to-market execution with multiple product delivery models which better address customer needs and achieve broader integration across our overall product portfolio as we work to capitalize on important market opportunities in cloud, big data and security.

To address these challenges, we continue to pursue innovation with a view towards developing new products and services aligned with market demand, industry trends and the needs of our customers and partners. In addition, we need to continue to improve our operations, with a particular focus on enhancing our end-to-end processes and efficiencies. We also need to continue to optimize our sales coverage models, align our sales incentives with our strategic goals, improve channel execution, strengthen our capabilities in our areas of strategic focus, and develop and capitalize on market opportunities.

For a further discussion of trends, uncertainties and other factors that could impact our operating results, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this information statement.

 

56


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

General

The Combined Financial Statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying amount of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of these estimates with the Audit Committee of Parent’s board of directors. Management believes that the accounting estimates employed and the resulting amounts are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates. Making estimates and judgments about future events is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to have been incorrect, it could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

A summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Combined Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services are rendered, the sales price or fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured, as well as other revenue recognition principles, including industry-specific revenue recognition guidance.

We enter into contracts to sell our products and services, and while many of our sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, there are agreements we enter into which contain nonstandard terms and conditions. Further, many of our arrangements include multiple elements. As a result, significant contract interpretation may be required to determine the appropriate accounting, including the identification of deliverables considered to be separate units of accounting, the allocation of the transaction price among elements in the arrangement and the timing of revenue recognition for each of those elements.

We recognize revenue for delivered elements as separate units of accounting when the delivered elements have standalone value to the customer. For elements with no standalone value, we recognize revenue consistent with the pattern of the undelivered elements. If the arrangement includes a customer negotiated refund or return right or other contingency relative to the delivered items and the delivery and performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our control, the delivered element constitutes a separate unit of accounting. In arrangements with combined units of accounting, changes in the allocation of the transaction price between elements may impact the timing of revenue recognition for the contract but will not change the total revenue recognized for the contract.

We establish the selling prices used for each deliverable based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE of selling price is not available, or estimated selling price (“ESP”), if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE is available. We establish VSOE of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately and, in rare instances, using the price established by management having the relevant authority. TPE of selling price is established by evaluating largely similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. ESP is established based on management’s judgment considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls, customer segment pricing strategies and the product lifecycle.

 

57


Table of Contents

Consideration is also given to market conditions such as competitor pricing strategies and industry technology lifecycles. We may modify or develop new go-to-market practices in the future, which may result in changes in selling prices, impacting both VSOE of selling price and ESP. In most arrangements with multiple elements, the transaction price is allocated to the individual units of accounting at inception of the arrangement based on their relative selling price. However, the aforementioned factors may result in a different allocation of the transaction price to deliverables in multiple element arrangements entered into in future periods. This may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for identical arrangements executed in future periods, but will not change the total revenue recognized for any given arrangement.

We reduce revenue for customer and distributor programs and incentive offerings, including price protection, promotions, other volume-based incentives and expected returns. Future market conditions and product transitions may require us to take actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the incentive is offered. For certain incentive programs, we estimate the number of customers expected to redeem the incentive based on historical experience and the specific terms and conditions of the incentive.

For hardware products, we recognize revenue generated from direct sales to end customers and indirect sales to channel partners (including resellers, distributors and value-added solution providers) when the revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. For indirect sales to channel partners, we recognize revenue at the time of delivery when the channel partner has economic substance apart from the Company and the Company has completed its obligations related to the sale.

For the various software products we sell (e.g., big data analytics and applications, application delivery management, enterprise security and IT operations management), we assess whether the software products were sold standalone or with hardware products. If the software sold with a hardware product is not essential to the functionality of the hardware and is more than incidental, we treat it as a software deliverable.

We recognize revenue from the sale of perpetual software licenses at inception of the license term, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Term-based software license revenue is generally recognized ratably over the term of the license. We use the residual method to allocate revenue to software licenses at inception of the arrangement when VSOE of fair value for all undelivered elements, such as post-contract support, exists and all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Revenue from maintenance and unspecified upgrades or updates provided on an if and when available basis is recognized ratably over the period during which such items are delivered.

For hosting or SaaS arrangements, we recognize revenue as the service is delivered, generally on a straight line basis, over the contractual period of performance. In hosting arrangements where software licenses are sold, license revenue is generally recognized according to whether perpetual or term licenses are sold, when all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. In hosting arrangements that include software licenses, we consider the rights provided to the customer (e.g., ownership of a license, contract termination provisions and feasibility of the customer to operate the software) in determining when to recognize revenue for the licenses.

We recognize revenue from fixed price support or maintenance contracts, including extended warranty contracts and software post-contract customer support agreements, ratably over the contract period. For certain fixed price contracts, such as consulting arrangements, we recognize revenue as work progresses using a proportional performance method. We estimate the total expected labor costs in order to determine the amount of revenue earned to date. We apply a proportional performance method because reasonably dependable estimates of the labor costs applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. On fixed price contracts for design and build projects (to design, develop and construct software infrastructure and systems), we recognize revenue as work progresses using the percentage of completion method. We use the cost to cost method to measure progress toward completion as determined by the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to the total estimated costs of the project. Total project costs are subject to revision throughout the life of a fixed price contract. Provisions for estimated losses on fixed price contracts are recognized in the period when such losses become

 

58


Table of Contents

known and are recorded as a component of cost of sales. In circumstances when reasonable and reliable cost estimates for a project cannot be made we recognize revenue using the completed contract method.

Outsourcing services revenue is generally recognized in the period when the service is provided and the amount earned is not contingent on the occurrence of any future event. We recognize revenue using an objective measure of output for per unit priced contracts. Revenue for fixed price outsourcing contracts with periodic billings is recognized on a straight line basis if the service is provided evenly over the contract term. Provisions for estimated losses on outsourcing arrangements are recognized in the period when such losses become probable and estimable and are recorded as a component of cost of sales.

Warranty

We accrue the estimated cost of product warranties at the time we recognize revenue. We evaluate our warranty obligations on a product group basis. Our standard product warranty terms generally include post-sales support and repairs or replacement of a product at no additional charge for a specified period of time. While we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of our component suppliers, we base our estimated warranty obligation on contractual warranty terms, repair costs, product call rates, average cost per call, current period product shipments and ongoing product failure rates, as well as specific product class failure outside of our baseline experience. Warranty terms generally range from one to five years for parts and labor, depending upon the product. Over the last three fiscal years, the annual warranty expense and actual warranty costs have averaged approximately 2.7% and 2.9% of annual net product revenue, respectively.

Restructuring

We have engaged in restructuring actions which require management to estimate the timing and amount of severance and other employee separation costs for workforce reduction and enhanced early retirement programs, the fair value of assets made redundant or obsolete, and the fair value of lease cancellation and other exit costs. We accrue for severance and other employee separation costs under these actions when it is probable that benefits will be paid and the amount is reasonably estimable. The rates used in determining severance accruals are based on existing plans, historical experiences and negotiated settlements. For a full description of our restructuring actions, refer to our discussions of restructuring in “Results of Operations” below and in Note 4 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefits

Parent provides various defined benefit and other contributory and noncontributory retirement and post-retirement plans to our eligible employees and retirees. Plans whose participants include both our employees and other employees of Parent (“Shared” plans) are accounted for as multiemployer benefit plans and the related net benefit plan obligations are not included in our Combined Balance Sheets. The related benefit plan expense has been allocated to us based on our labor costs and allocations of corporate and other shared functional personnel.

Certain benefit plans in our operations include only active, retired and other former Company employees (“Direct” plans) and are accounted for as single employer benefit plans. Accordingly, the net benefit plan obligations and the related benefit plan expense of those plans have been recorded in our Combined Financial Statements.

Our pension and other post-retirement benefit costs and obligations depend on various assumptions. Our major assumptions relate primarily to discount rates, mortality rates, expected increases in compensation levels and the expected long-term return on plan assets. The discount rate assumption is based on current investment yields of high quality fixed income securities with maturities similar to the expected benefits payment period. Mortality rates help predict the expected life of plan participants and are based on a historical demographic study of the plan. The expected increase in the compensation levels assumption reflects our long-term actual experience and future expectations. The expected long-term return on plan assets is determined based on asset

 

59


Table of Contents

allocations, historical portfolio results, historical asset correlations and management’s expected returns for each asset class. In any fiscal year, significant differences may arise between the actual return and the expected long-term return on plan assets. Historically, differences between the actual return and expected long-term return on plan assets have resulted from changes in target or actual asset allocation, short-term performance relative to expected long-term performance, and to a lesser extent, differences between target and actual investment allocations, the timing of benefit payments compared to expectations, and the use of derivatives intended to effect asset allocation changes or hedge certain investment or liability exposures. For the recognition of net periodic benefit cost, the calculation of the expected long-term return on plan assets uses the fair value of plan assets as of the beginning of the fiscal year.

Our major assumptions vary by plan, and the weighted average rates used are set forth in Note 5 to the Combined Financial Statements. The following table provides the impact of changes in the weighted average assumptions of discount rates, the expected increase in compensation levels and the expected long-term return on plan assets would have had on our net periodic benefit cost for Direct plans for fiscal 2014:

 

     Change in
percentage points
     Change in
Net Periodic
Benefit Cost
in millions
 

Assumptions:

     

Discount rate

     (25    $ 28   

Expected increase in compensation levels

     25       $ 11   

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     (25    $ 11   

Taxes on Earnings

Our operations have historically been included in the tax returns filed by the respective Parent entities of which our businesses are a part. Income tax expense and other income tax related information contained in our Combined Financial Statements are presented on a separate return basis as if we filed our own tax returns. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the standalone financial statements as if we were a separate taxpayer and a standalone enterprise for the periods presented. The calculation of our income taxes on a separate return basis requires a considerable amount of judgment and use of both estimates and allocations. Current income tax liabilities related to entities which file jointly with Parent are assumed to be immediately settled with Parent and are relieved through the Parent company investment account and the Net transfers to Parent in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

We calculate our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the final positions reflected in Parent’s income tax returns. We adjust our current and deferred tax provisions based on Parent’s income tax returns which are generally filed in the third or fourth quarters of the subsequent fiscal year.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the differences to reverse.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than not to realize. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we consider future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In the event we were to determine that it is more likely than not that we will be unable to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, we would increase the valuation allowance and recognize a corresponding charge to earnings or other comprehensive income in the period in which we make such a determination. Likewise, if we later determine that we are more likely than not to realize the deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously recognized valuation allowance. In

 

60


Table of Contents

order for us to realize our deferred tax assets, we must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the jurisdictions in which the deferred tax assets are located.

Our effective tax rate includes the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings for which we have not provided for U.S. federal taxes because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the U.S. We plan distributions of foreign earnings based on projected cash flow needs as well as the working capital and long-term investment requirements of our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic operations. Based on these assumptions, we estimate the amount we expect to indefinitely invest outside the U.S. and the amounts we expect to distribute to the U.S. and provide for the U.S. federal taxes due on amounts expected to be distributed to the U.S. Further, as a result of certain employment actions and capital investments we have undertaken, income from manufacturing activities in certain jurisdictions is subject to reduced tax rates and, in some cases, is wholly exempt from taxes for fiscal years through 2024. Material changes in our estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we do business could impact how future earnings are repatriated to the U.S., and our related future effective tax rate.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and approximately 105 other countries, and we are subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. We believe that positions taken on our tax returns are fully supported, but tax authorities may challenge these positions, which may not be fully sustained on examination by the relevant tax authorities. Accordingly, our income tax provision includes amounts intended to satisfy assessments that may result from these challenges. Determining the income tax provision for these potential assessments and recording the related effects requires management judgments and estimates. The amounts ultimately paid on resolution of an audit could be materially different from the amounts previously included in our income tax provision and, therefore, could have a material impact on our income tax provision, net income and cash flows. Our accrual for uncertain tax positions is attributable primarily to uncertainties concerning the tax treatment of our international operations, including the allocation of income among different jurisdictions, intercompany transactions and related interest. For a further discussion on taxes on earnings, refer to Note 7 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Inventory

We state our inventory at the lower of cost or market on a first in, first out basis. We make adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value at the product group level for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include changes in demand, technological changes, product lifecycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues.

Goodwill

We review goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. We are permitted to conduct a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform a two step quantitative goodwill impairment test. For our annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, we perform a quantitative test for each of our reporting units.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. As of October 31, 2014, our reporting units are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 3 to the Combined Financial Statements, except for ES, which includes two reporting units: (1) MphasiS Limited and (2) the remainder of ES. In the first step of the goodwill impairment test, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived most significantly from the income approach and, to a lesser extent, the market approach. Under the income approach, we estimate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Cash flow projections are based on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The discount rate used is based on the weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the reporting unit’s

 

61


Table of Contents

ability to execute on the projected cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate fair value based on market multiples of revenue and earnings derived from comparable publicly traded companies with operating and investment characteristics similar to the reporting unit. We weight the fair value derived from the market approach depending on the level of comparability of these publicly traded companies to the reporting unit. When market comparables are not meaningful or not available, we estimate the fair value of a reporting unit using only the income approach. For the MphasiS Limited reporting unit, we utilized the quoted market price in an active market to estimate fair value. After the separation, our common stock price and associated total company market capitalization will also be considered in the determination of reporting unit fair value. A prolonged or significant decline in our stock price could provide evidence of a need to record a goodwill impairment charge.

Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions and the determination of appropriate comparable publicly traded companies. In addition, we make certain judgments and assumptions in allocating shared assets and liabilities to individual reporting units to determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit.

If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the reporting unit’s assets, including any unrecognized intangible assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests are measured at fair value in a hypothetical analysis to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is less than its carrying amount, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.

Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, did not result in any impairment charges. The excess of fair value over carrying amount for our reporting units ranged from 18% to approximately 160% of carrying amounts. The Software reporting unit has the lowest excess of fair value over carrying amount at 18%.

In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the estimated fair value of our reporting units in the goodwill impairment test, we applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair value of each reporting unit. This hypothetical 10% decrease resulted in an excess of fair value over carrying amount for our reporting units ranging from 6% to approximately 134% of the carrying amounts with the Software reporting unit having the lowest excess of fair value over carrying amount of 6%. The fair value of the Software reporting unit is estimated using a weighting of both the income and market approaches. Our Software business is facing multiple challenges including the market shift to SaaS and go-to-market execution challenges. If we are not successful in addressing these challenges, our projected revenue growth rates could decline resulting in a decrease in the fair value of the Software reporting unit. The fair value of the Software reporting unit could also be negatively impacted by declines in market multiples of revenue for comparable publicly traded companies, a higher discount rate driven by higher interest rates, changes in management’s business strategy or significant declines in our stock price following the separation, which could result in an indicator of impairment.

Intangible Assets

We review intangible assets with finite lives for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of our finite lived intangible assets is assessed based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the finite lived intangible assets are considered to be impaired. The amount of the impairment loss, if any, is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value. We estimate the fair value of finite lived intangible assets by using an income approach or, when available and appropriate, using a market approach.

 

62


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments

We use derivative instruments to manage a variety of risks, including risks related to foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We use forwards, swaps and options to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. At October 31, 2014, the gross notional amount of our derivative portfolio was $10.5 billion. Assets and liabilities related to derivative instruments are measured at fair value, and were $445 million and $75 million, respectively, as of October 31, 2014.

Fair value is the price we would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. The determination of fair value often involves significant judgments about assumptions such as determining an appropriate discount rate that factors in both risk and liquidity premiums, identifying the similarities and differences in market transactions, weighting those differences accordingly and then making the appropriate adjustments to those market transactions to reflect the risks specific to the asset or liability being valued. We generally use industry standard valuation models to measure the fair value of our derivative positions. When prices in active markets are not available for an identical asset or liability, we use industry standard valuation models to measure fair value. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to present value using market based observable inputs, including interest rate curves, Company and counterparty credit risk, foreign currency exchange rates, and forward and spot prices.

For a further discussion of fair value measurements and derivative instruments, refer to Note 11 and Note 12, respectively, to the Combined Financial Statements.

Loss Contingencies

We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings including those consisting of IP, commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits and environmental matters, which arise in the ordinary course of business. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability of having incurred a liability and the estimated amount of the liability. We review these matters at least quarterly and adjust these liabilities to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other updated information and events, pertaining to a particular case. Based on our experience, we believe that any damage amounts claimed in the specific litigation and contingencies matters further discussed in Note 16 to the Combined Financial Statements are not a meaningful indicator of the Company’s potential liability. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. However, we believe we have valid defenses with respect to legal matters pending against us. Nevertheless, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these contingencies. We believe we have recorded adequate provisions for any such matters and, as of October 31, 2014, it was not reasonably possible that a material loss had been incurred in connection with such matters in excess of the amounts recognized in our financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements

For a summary of recent accounting pronouncements applicable to us, see Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements and Note 1 to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

Results of Operations

Revenue from our international operations has historically represented, and we expect will continue to represent, a majority of our overall net revenue. As a result, our revenue growth has been impacted, and we expect

 

63


Table of Contents

will continue to be impacted, by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In order to provide a framework for assessing performance excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, we present the year over year percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis, which assumes no change in foreign currency exchange rates from the prior year period and doesn’t adjust for any repricing or demand impacts from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. This information is provided so that revenue can be viewed without the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which is consistent with how management evaluates our revenue results and trends. This constant currency disclosure is provided in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the year over year percentage change in revenue on a GAAP basis. Other companies may calculate and define similarly labeled items differently, which may limit the usefulness of this measure for comparative purposes.

Results of Operations—Nine Months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014

Results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of net revenue were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended July 31  
     2015     2014  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 38,659         100.0   $ 41,050         100.0

Cost of sales (1)

     27,705         71.7     29,719         72.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     10,954         28.3     11,331         27.6

Research and development

     1,686         4.4     1,649         4.0

Selling, general and administrative

     5,987         15.5     6,541         15.9

Amortization of intangible assets

     632         1.6     700         1.7

Restructuring charges

     404         1.0     924         2.3

Acquisition-related charges

     69         0.2     8         —     

Separation costs

     458         1.2     —           —     

Defined benefit plan settlement charges

     178         0.5     —           —     

Impairment of data center assets

     136         0.3     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings from operations

     1,404         3.6     1,509         3.7

Interest and other, net

     (44      (0.1 )%      (63      (0.2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes

     1,360         3.5     1,446         3.5

Provision for taxes

     (284      (0.7 )%      (314      0.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 1,076         2.8   $ 1,132         2.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Cost of products, cost of services and financing interest.

Net Revenue

The components of the weighted net revenue change by segment were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31, 2015
 
     Percentage Points  

Enterprise Services

     (5.2

Financial Services

     (0.4

Software

     (0.4

Enterprise Group

     0.2   

Corporate Investments

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total

     (5.8
  

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, total Company combined net revenue decreased 5.8% as compared with the prior-year period. U.S. net revenue decreased 3.9% to $14.8 billion and net revenue from outside the U.S. decreased 7% to $23.9 billion.

From a segment perspective, the primary factors contributing to the change in net revenue are summarized as follows:

 

    ES net revenue decreased due primarily to unfavorable currency impacts and revenue runoff in two key accounts;

 

    FS net revenue decreased due primarily to unfavorable currency impacts, lower asset management activity and lower portfolio revenue as a result of lower interest rate yields;

 

    Software net revenue decreased due primarily to unfavorable currency impacts and declines in license revenue; and

 

    EG net revenue increased due to growth in ISS.

A more detailed discussion of segment revenue is included under “Segment Information” below.

Gross Margin

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, total gross margin increased 0.7 percentage points. From a segment perspective, the primary factors impacting gross margin performance are summarized as follows:

 

    ES gross margin increased due primarily to service delivery efficiencies and improving profit performance in underperforming contracts;

 

    FS gross margin increased due primarily to higher margins in asset management activity primarily from asset recovery services and the result of a customer billing adjustment in the prior-year period;

 

    EG gross margin decreased due primarily to a higher mix of ISS products, unfavorable currency impacts and competitive pricing; and

 

    Software gross margin decreased due primarily to an unfavorable mix of license revenue.

A more detailed discussion of segment gross margins and operating margins is included under “Segment Information” below.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

R&D expense increased by 2% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, due primarily to increases in TS and Networking (primarily due to the acquisition of Aruba) in the EG segment and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs, partially offset by favorable currency impacts.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A expense decreased 8% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, due primarily to favorable currency impacts and decreases in go-to-market costs as a result of lower commissions and productivity initiatives. The decrease was partially offset by higher administrative expenses due to a gain from the sale of real estate in the prior-year period.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization expense decreased 10% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, due primarily to certain intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions reaching the end of their respective amortization periods.

 

65


Table of Contents

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges decreased for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, due primarily to lower charges from the multi-year restructuring plan initially announced in May 2012 (the “2012 Plan”).

Acquisition-Related Charges

Acquisition-related charges increased for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, due primarily to a non-cash inventory fair value adjustment charge and professional services and legal fees associated with the acquisition of Aruba.

Separation Costs

Separation costs for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, were primarily related to third-party consulting, contractor fees and other incremental costs.

Defined Benefit Plan Settlement Charges

Defined benefit plan settlement charges for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 were related to U.S. defined benefit plan settlement expense and net periodic benefit cost resulting from Parent’s voluntary lump sum program announced in January 2015.

Impairment of Data Center Assets

Impairment of data center assets for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, was related to our exit from several ES data centers.

Interest and Other, Net

Interest and other, net expense decreased by $19 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2015. The decrease was driven by lower interest expense due to lower average borrowings and a decrease in miscellaneous other expense partially offset by higher foreign currency transaction losses.

Provision for Taxes

Our effective tax rate was 20.9% and 21.7% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our effective tax rate generally differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to favorable tax rates associated with certain earnings from our operations in lower-tax jurisdictions throughout the world. We have not provided U.S. taxes for all foreign earnings because we plan to reinvest some of those earnings indefinitely outside the U.S.

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, we recorded $146 million of net tax benefits related to discrete items. These amounts included a tax benefit of $140 million on separation costs and a tax benefit of $48 million on restructuring charges. These tax benefits were partially offset by various tax charges of $42 million.

For the nine months ended July 31, 2014, we recorded $220 million of net tax benefits related to discrete items, which included $122 million of tax benefits on restructuring charges.

Segment Information

A description of the products and services for each segment can be found in Note 2 to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this information statement. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the segments disclosed.

 

66


Table of Contents

Enterprise Group

 

     Nine months ended July 31  
     2015     2014     % Change  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 20,549      $ 20,477        0.4

Earnings from operations

   $ 2,952      $ 2,914        1.3

Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue

     14.4     14.2  

The components of net revenue and the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows:

 

     Net Revenue
Nine months ended July 31
     Weighted Net
Revenue Change

%
 
             2015                      2014             
     Dollars in millions  

Industry Standard Servers

   $ 9,860       $ 9,102         3.7   

Networking

     1,941         1,959         (0.1

Storage

     2,361         2,437         (0.3

Business Critical Systems

     587         691         (0.5

Technology Services

     5,800         6,288         (2.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Enterprise Group

   $ 20,549       $ 20,477         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EG net revenue increased 0.4% (increased 5.5% on a constant currency basis) for the nine months ended July 31, 2015. We continued to experience challenges due to market trends, including the transition to cloud computing, as well as product and technology transitions, along with a highly competitive pricing environment. For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the net revenue increase was due primarily to growth in ISS partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts.

ISS net revenue increased by 8% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, due primarily to higher average unit prices (“AUPs”) in rack server products driven by higher option attach rates for memory, processors and hard drives, a mix shift to high-end HP ProLiant Gen9 servers and higher revenue from density optimized servers. These increases were partially offset by lower revenue from blade and tower server products due primarily to competitive pricing pressure. Networking net revenue decreased by 1.0% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015. The decrease for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 was due primarily to lower revenue from switching and routing products, particularly in China as a result of competitive pricing pressures, the effects of which were partially offset by higher revenue from WLAN products as a result of the acquisition of Aruba. Storage net revenue decreased by 3% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015. We experienced a net revenue decline in traditional storage products, the effect of which was partially offset by net revenue growth in Converged Storage solutions due primarily to the 3PAR StoreServ products particularly All-flash arrays, and StoreOnce. BCS net revenue decreased by 15% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015, largely a result of ongoing challenges from the overall UNIX market contraction. TS net revenue decreased by 8% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 due primarily to a reduction in support for BCS and traditional storage products along with lower revenue from consulting services, the effects of which were partially offset by growth in HP Data Center Care and HP Proactive Care support solutions.

EG earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.2 percentage points for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 due to a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue partially offset by a decrease in gross margin. The decrease in gross margin was due primarily to a higher mix of ISS products, unfavorable currency impacts, and competitive pricing, the effects of which were partially offset by improved cost management and improved pricing in Storage. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 was due primarily to favorable currency impacts, partially offset by operating expenses from Aruba.

 

67


Table of Contents

Enterprise Services

 

     Nine months ended July 31  
     2015     2014     % Change  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 14,786      $ 16,887        (12.4 )% 

Earnings from operations

   $ 607      $ 432        40.5

Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue

     4.1     2.6  

The components of net revenue and the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows:

 

     Net Revenue
Nine months ended July 31
     Weighted Net
Revenue Change

%
 
             2015                      2014             
     Dollars in millions  

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing

   $ 9,039       $ 10,592         (9.2

Application and Business Services

     5,747         6,295         (3.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Enterprise Services

   $ 14,786       $ 16,887         (12.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

ES net revenue decreased 12.4% (decreased 6.8% on a constant currency basis) for the nine months ended July 31, 2015. Performance in ES remained challenged by the impact of several large contracts winding down. The net revenue decrease in ES was due primarily to unfavorable currency impacts, revenue runoff in two key accounts and soft demand in ITO in new and existing accounts, partially offset by growth in our SES portfolio which includes information management and analytics, security and cloud services.

Net revenue in ITO decreased by 15% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 due to unfavorable currency impacts, revenue runoff in two key accounts and weak growth in new and existing accounts, particularly in EMEA, partially offset by growth in SES revenue. Net revenue in Application and Business Services (“ABS”) declined by 9% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 primarily due to unfavorable currency impacts and weak growth in new and existing accounts.

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015 as compared to the prior-year period, ES earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 1.5 percentage points. The increase in operating margin for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 was due to an increase in gross margin and a decrease in operating expense as a percentage of net revenue. Gross margin increased due primarily to service delivery efficiencies and improving profit performance in underperforming contracts. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by lower field selling costs, which was due to favorable currency impacts and our sales transformation initiatives.

Software

 

     Nine months ended July 31  
     2015     2014     % Change  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 2,663      $ 2,846        (6.4 )% 

Earnings from operations

   $ 501      $ 535        (6.4 )% 

Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue

     18.8     18.8  

Software net revenue decreased 6.4% (decreased 2.9% on a constant currency basis) for the nine months ended July 31, 2015. Revenue growth in Software is being challenged by the overall market and customer shift to SaaS solutions and execution challenges, both of which are impacting growth in license and support revenue. Net revenue growth was negatively impacted by foreign currency fluctuations across all regions, led primarily by weakness in the euro.

 

68


Table of Contents

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, net revenue from licenses, professional services, SaaS and support decreased by 15%, 10%, 3% and 2%, respectively. The decrease in license revenue was due primarily to the market shift to SaaS solutions and sales execution challenges and, as a result, we experienced lower revenue in IT management. Professional services net revenue decreased due primarily to unfavorable currency impacts and our continued focus on higher-margin engagements, and as a result, we experienced a net revenue decrease in big data solutions and IT management. SaaS net revenue decreased due primarily to sales execution issues, which resulted in lower revenue from big data solutions, partially offset by net revenue growth in IT management. The decrease in support revenue was due primarily to unfavorable currency impacts partially offset by growth in revenue for security products.

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year period, Software earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue was flat due to a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue, offset by a decrease in gross margin. The decrease in gross margin was due primarily to an unfavorable mix of license revenue. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due to lower SG&A expenses as a result of lower field selling costs driven by expense management.

Financial Services

 

     Nine months ended July 31  
     2015     2014     % Change  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 2,415      $ 2,592        (6.8 )% 

Earnings from operations

   $ 262      $ 280        (6.4 )% 

Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue

     10.8     10.8  

FS net revenue decreased 6.8% (decreased 0.7% on a constant currency basis) for the nine months ended July 31, 2015. The net revenue decrease for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 was due primarily to unfavorable currency impacts led primarily by weakness in the euro, lower asset management activity and lower portfolio revenue as a result of lower interest rate yields.

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year period, FS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue was flat, due primarily to an increase in gross margin offset by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in gross margin was the result of higher margins in asset management activity primarily from asset recovery services and a customer billing adjustment in the prior-year period, partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts and lower portfolio margins due to competitive pricing. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due primarily to the size of the revenue decline.

Financing Volume

 

     Nine months ended July 31  
         2015              2014      
     In millions  

Total financing volume

   $ 4,678       $ 4,532   

New financing volume, which represents the amount of financing provided to customers for equipment and related software and services, including intercompany activity, increased 3.2% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 driven by higher financing associated with product sales and related services offerings, partially offset by unfavorable currency impacts led primarily by weakness in the euro.

 

69


Table of Contents

Portfolio Assets and Ratios

The FS business model is asset intensive and uses certain internal metrics to measure its performance against other financial services companies, including a segment balance sheet that is derived from our internal management reporting system. The accounting policies used to derive FS amounts are substantially the same as those used by the Company. However, intercompany loans and certain accounts that are reflected in the segment balances are eliminated in our Condensed Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this information statement.

The portfolio assets and ratios derived from the segment balance sheet for FS were as follows:

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
    October 31,
2014
 
     Dollars in millions  

Financing receivables, gross

   $ 6,462      $ 6,718   

Net equipment under operating leases

     2,844        2,792   

Capitalized profit on intercompany equipment transactions (1)

     825        764   

Intercompany leases (1)

     1,948        2,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross portfolio assets

     12,079        12,276   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)

     96        111   

Operating lease equipment reserve

     59        68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reserves

     155        179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net portfolio assets

   $ 11,924      $ 12,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve coverage

     1.3     1.5

Debt-to-equity ratio (3)

     7.0x        7.0x   

 

(1) Intercompany activity is eliminated in the Combined and Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
(2) Allowance for doubtful accounts for financing receivables includes both the short and long-term portions.
(3) Debt benefiting FS consists of borrowing and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries, and debt issued by Parent for which a portion of the proceeds benefited Financial Services. Such Parent debt, consisting of long-term notes, has not been attributed to the Company for any periods presented because Parent’s borrowings are not the legal obligation of the Company. Debt benefiting FS totaled $10.6 billion and $10.7 billion at July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, respectively, and was determined by applying an assumed debt to equity ratio, which management believes is comparable to that of other similar financing companies, to FS equity.

At July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, FS cash and cash equivalent balances were $615 million and $952 million, respectively.

Net portfolio assets at July 31, 2015 decreased 1.4% from October 31, 2014. The decrease generally resulted from unfavorable currency impacts, partially offset by new financing volume in excess of portfolio runoff.

FS recorded net bad debt expenses and operating lease equipment reserves of $30 million and $32 million, for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

70


Table of Contents

Corporate Investments

 

     Nine months ended July 31  
     2015      2014      % Change  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 6       $ 4         50.0

Loss from operations

   $ (398    $ (280      (42.1 )% 

Loss from operations as a % of net revenue (1)

     NM         NM      

 

(1) “NM” represents not meaningful.

The increase in the loss from operations for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 was due primarily to higher expenses associated with incubation activities and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs.

Results of Operations—Fiscal Years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of net revenue were as follows:

 

     For the Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 55,123        100.0   $ 57,371        100.0   $ 61,042        100.0

Cost of sales (1)

     39,486        71.6     41,630        72.6     44,143        72.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,637        28.4     15,741        27.4     16,899        27.7

Research and development

     2,197        4.0     1,956        3.4     2,120        3.5

Selling, general and administrative

     8,717        15.8     8,601        15.0     8,678        14.2

Amortization of intangible assets

     906        1.7     1,228        2.2     1,641        2.7

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (2)

     —          —          —          —          16,808        27.5

Restructuring charges

     1,471        2.7     983        1.7     1,756        2.9

Acquisition-related charges

     11        —          21        —          35        0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations

     2,335        4.2     2,952        5.1     (14,139     (23.2 )% 

Interest and other, net

     (91     (0.1 )%      (81     (0.1 )%      (175     (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) before taxes

     2,244        4.1     2,871        5.0     (14,314     (23.5 )% 

Provision for taxes

     (596     (1.1 )%      (820     (1.4 )%      (447     (0.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 1,648        3.0   $ 2,051        3.6   $ (14,761     (24.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Cost of products, cost of services and financing interest.
(2) Fiscal 2012 includes an $8.8 billion goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge associated with the Autonomy reporting unit within the Software segment and an $8.0 billion goodwill impairment charge within the ES reporting unit and segment.

Net Revenue

The components of the weighted net revenue change by segment were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013  
     Percentage Points  

Enterprise Services

     (3.0      (3.3

Enterprise Group

     (0.4      (2.2

Financial Services

     (0.3      (0.3

Software

     (0.2      (0.2

Corporate Investments

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     (3.9      (6.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013

In fiscal 2014, total Company combined net revenue decreased 3.9% (decreased 3.7% on a constant currency basis) as compared with fiscal 2013. U.S. net revenue decreased 7.5% to $20.8 billion, while net revenue from outside of the U.S. decreased 1.6% to $34.3 billion.

From a segment perspective, the primary factors contributing to the change in total Company net revenue for fiscal 2014 compared with fiscal 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

    ES net revenue decreased due primarily to revenue runoff in key accounts, soft demand for Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing, weak growth in new and existing accounts, particularly in EMEA, and contractual price declines;

 

    EG net revenue decreased due to net revenue decreases in TS, BCS and Storage;

 

    FS net revenue decreased due primarily to lower portfolio revenue from lower average portfolio assets and lower asset management activity, primarily in customer buyouts; and

 

    Software net revenue decreased due to lower net revenue from licenses, support and professional services.

Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012

In fiscal 2013, total Company combined net revenue decreased 6.0% (decreased 5.0% on a constant currency basis) as compared with fiscal 2012. U.S. net revenue decreased 5.5% to $22.5 billion, while net revenue from outside of the U.S. decreased 6.3% to $34.8 billion.

From a segment perspective, the primary factors contributing to the change in total Company net revenue for fiscal 2013 compared with fiscal 2012 are summarized as follows:

 

    ES net revenue decreased due primarily to net service revenue runoff and contractual price declines in ongoing contracts due in part to weak public sector spending and enterprise IT demand;

 

    EG net revenue decreased due to multiple factors, including competitive pricing challenges in Industry Standard Servers (“ISS”), a market decline for UNIX products impacting BCS, decreases in TS due in part to lower support for BCS products, product transitions in Storage and overall weak enterprise IT demand;

 

    FS net revenue decreased due primarily to lower rental revenue from a decrease in operating lease assets; and

 

    Software net revenue decreased due to lower license and professional services revenues primarily from IT management products.

A more detailed discussion of segment revenue is included under “Segment Information” below.

Gross Margin

Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013

Gross margin increased by 1.0 percentage point for fiscal year 2014 compared with fiscal 2013. From a segment perspective, the primary factors impacting gross margin performance are summarized as follows:

 

    ES gross margin increased due primarily to our continued focus on service delivery efficiencies and, improving profit performance in underperforming contracts;

 

    Software gross margin increased due to the shift to more profitable contracts and improved workforce utilization in professional services;

 

72


Table of Contents
    FS gross margin increased due to a higher portfolio margin, primarily from lower bad debt expense, a lower cost of funds and improved margins in remarketing sales; and

 

    EG gross margin decreased due primarily to the impact of a higher mix of ISS products, a lower mix of BCS products and competitive pricing pressure in ISS and Networking.

Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012

Gross margin decreased by 0.3 percentage points for fiscal 2013 compared with fiscal 2012. From a segment perspective, the primary factors impacting gross margin performance are summarized as follows:

 

    EG experienced a gross margin decrease due primarily to competitive pricing pressures in ISS, and to a lesser extent, mix impacts from lower BCS and Storage revenue;

 

    Software gross margin decreased slightly due to higher development costs in IT management products;

 

    FS gross margin increased slightly due primarily to higher portfolio margins from a lower mix of operating leases and higher margins on early buyouts; and

 

    ES gross margin increased due to profit improvement on underperforming contracts.

A more detailed discussion of segment gross margins and operating margins is included under “Segment Information” below.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

R&D expense increased 12% in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 with increases across each of our segments as we made investments in our strategic focus areas of cloud, security, big data and mobility.

R&D expense decreased 8% in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 due primarily to the rationalization of R&D in EG for BCS, cost savings from restructuring and higher value added R&D tax subsidy credits. The decrease was partially offset by increased R&D expense in our Storage and ISS business units and in Software for innovation focused spending in the areas of converged infrastructure and cloud.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A expense increased 1% in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 due primarily to higher compensation costs and higher selling costs from investments in the areas of cloud, networking and storage, partially offset by a gain from the sale of real estate.

SG&A expense decreased 1% in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012. Cost savings associated with our ongoing restructuring efforts that impacted all of our segments were partially offset by increased administrative expenses due in part to higher consulting project spending.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization expense decreased in fiscal 2014 due primarily to certain intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions reaching the end of their respective amortization periods.

Amortization expense decreased in fiscal 2013 due primarily to the intangible asset impairment recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 related to Autonomy and certain intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions reaching the end of their amortization periods.

 

73


Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In fiscal 2012, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $8.0 billion and $5.7 billion associated with ES and the acquisition of Autonomy, respectively. In addition, we recorded an intangible asset impairment charge of $3.1 billion associated with the acquisition of Autonomy. For more information on our impairment charges, see Note 10 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges increased in fiscal 2014 due primarily to higher charges in connection with the multiyear restructuring plan initially announced in May 2012 (the “2012 Plan”) and from increases to the 2012 Plan announced in fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2014, Parent increased the total number of Company positions expected to be eliminated under the 2012 Plan to 42,100 positions.

Restructuring charges decreased in fiscal 2013 due primarily to a $1.8 billion charge recorded in fiscal 2012 for the 2012 Plan. Restructuring charges for fiscal 2013 were $983 million, which included approximately $1.0 billion of charges related to the 2012 Plan that were partially offset by a reversal of $40 million of charges related to our other restructuring plans.

Interest and Other, Net

Interest and other, net expense increased by $10 million in fiscal 2014. The increase was due primarily to lower gains on sales of investments, partially offset by lower net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests in fiscal 2014.

Interest and other, net expense decreased by $94 million in fiscal 2013. The decrease was due primarily to gains on sales of investments in fiscal 2013 as compared with losses on sales of investments in fiscal 2012 and lower net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests in fiscal 2013.

Provision for Taxes

Our effective tax rates were 26.6%, 28.6%, and (3.1)% in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our effective tax rate generally differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to favorable tax rates associated with certain earnings from our operations in lower tax jurisdictions throughout the world. The jurisdictions with favorable tax rates that had the most significant effective tax rate impact in the periods presented were Puerto Rico, Singapore, Netherlands, China and Ireland. We plan to reinvest certain earnings of these jurisdictions indefinitely outside the U.S. and therefore have not provided for U.S. taxes on those indefinitely reinvested earnings.

In fiscal 2014, we recorded $113 million of net income tax benefits related to items unique to the year. These amounts included $66 million of income tax benefits related to provision to return adjustments and $35 million of income tax benefits related to state rate changes.

In fiscal 2013, we recorded $283 million of net income tax charges related to items unique to the year. These amounts included $231 million of income tax charges for adjustments related to uncertain tax positions and $54 million related to the settlement of tax audit matters.

In fiscal 2012, we recorded a $1.3 billion income tax charge to record valuation allowances on certain U.S. deferred tax assets related to the ES segment, which was unique to the year. Other unique items included $821 million of income tax benefits related to the Autonomy impairment, as well as $552 million of income tax benefits related to restructuring.

For a reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% and further explanation of our provision for taxes, see Note 7 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

Segment Information

A description of the products and services for each segment can be found in Note 3 to the Combined Financial Statements. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the segments disclosed.

Enterprise Group

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 27,727      $ 27,989      $ 29,588   

Earnings from operations

   $ 4,005      $ 4,234      $ 5,088   

Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue

     14.4     15.1     17.2

The components of net revenue and the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows:

 

     Net Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended October 31
     Weighted Net
Revenue Change %
 
     2014      2013      2012      2014     2013  
     Dollars in millions               

Technology Services

   $ 8,383       $ 8,700       $ 9,096         (1.1     (1.3

Business Critical Systems

     929         1,190         1,612         (0.9     (1.4

Storage

     3,315         3,474         3,815         (0.6     (1.2

Networking

     2,628         2,525         2,482         0.4        0.1   

Industry Standard Servers

     12,472         12,100         12,583         1.3        (1.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Enterprise Group

   $ 27,727       $ 27,989       $ 29,588         (0.9     (5.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013

EG net revenue decreased 0.9% (decreased 0.5% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2014. In EG, we continue to experience revenue challenges due to market trends, including the transition to cloud computing, as well as product and technology transitions, along with a highly competitive pricing environment. The decline in EG net revenue was due to net revenue declines in TS, BCS and Storage partially offset by net revenue growth in ISS and Networking.

TS net revenue decreased 4% due primarily to a continued reduction in support for BCS, traditional storage products and lower support in networking services, partially offset by growth in support solutions for Converged Storage solutions and ISS. BCS net revenue decreased 22% as a result of ongoing pressures from the overall UNIX market contraction. Storage net revenue decreased by 5% as we continue to experience multiple challenges including product transitions from traditional storage products which include our tape, storage networking and legacy external disk products, to converged solutions, which include our 3PAR StoreServ, StoreOnce, and StoreVirtual products, other challenges include market weakness in high end converged solutions and sales execution challenges, the effects of which were partially offset by revenue growth in our Converged Storage solutions. Networking net revenue increased 4% due to higher switching product revenue as a result of growth in our data center products, partially offset by lower revenue from wireless local area network products. ISS net revenue increased by 3% due primarily to higher volume and higher average unit prices in rack and blade server products driven by higher option attach rates for memory, processors and hard drives.

EG earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 0.7 percentage points in fiscal 2014 due to a decrease in gross margin coupled with an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net

 

75


Table of Contents

revenue. The gross margin decline was due primarily to a higher mix of ISS products, a lower mix of BCS products and competitive pricing pressures, partially offset by supply chain cost optimization and improved cost management. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was driven by higher R&D investments, partially offset by continued cost savings associated with our ongoing restructuring efforts.

Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012

EG net revenue decreased 5.4% (decreased 4.3% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2013 due primarily to the macroeconomic demand challenges the business faced during the fiscal year. Additionally, new product and technology transitions in Storage and ISS and a competitive pricing environment contributed to the revenue decline. EG also experienced execution challenges that impacted revenue growth in fiscal 2013, although those challenges moderated in the fourth quarter due to improved sales execution. Each of the business units within EG experienced year over year revenue declines in fiscal 2013 except Networking. ISS net revenue decreased by 4% due to competitive pricing and soft demand. Within ISS, we experienced a revenue decline in our core mainstream products that was partially offset by revenue growth in our hyperscale server products. TS net revenue decreased by 4% due to lower revenue in the support and consulting businesses and, to a lesser extent, to unfavorable currency impacts. Support revenue decreased due to past hardware revenue declines. The consulting revenue decrease was a result of unfavorable currency impacts, the divestiture of a service product line and a shift to more profitable services such as data center and storage consulting. BCS net revenue decreased by 26% as a result of ongoing pressures from the decline in the overall UNIX market along with lower demand for our Itanium based servers. Storage net revenue decreased by 9% due to declines in traditional storage products, which include our tape, storage networking, and legacy external disk products, the effects of which were partially offset by growth in Converged Storage solutions, which include our 3PAR, StoreOnce, StoreVirtual and StoreAll products. Networking revenue increased by 2% due to higher demand for our switching, routing, and wireless products, the effect of which was partially offset by the impact of the divestiture of our video surveillance business in the first quarter of fiscal 2012.

EG earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased by 2.1 percentage points in fiscal 2013 driven by a decrease in gross margin and, to a lesser extent, an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The gross margin decrease was due primarily to competitive pricing pressures and an unfavorable mix in BCS revenue. Operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue increased due to the decrease in EG net revenue and increased field selling costs and administrative expenses. R&D expenses as a percentage of net revenue decreased due primarily to the rationalization of R&D specifically for BCS. EG also benefited from cost savings resulting from our ongoing restructuring efforts.

Enterprise Services

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 22,398      $ 24,080      $ 25,973   

Earnings from operations

   $ 818      $ 805      $ 930   

Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue

     3.7     3.3     3.6

 

76


Table of Contents

The components of net revenue and the weighted net revenue change by business unit were as follows:

 

     Net Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended October 31
     Weighted Net
Revenue
Change %
 
     2014      2013      2012      2014     2013  
     Dollars in millions               

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing

   $ 14,038       $ 15,221       $ 16,174         (4.9     (3.7

Application and Business Services

     8,360         8,859         9,799         (2.1     (3.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Enterprise Services

   $ 22,398       $ 24,080       $ 25,973         (7.0     (7.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013

ES net revenue decreased 7.0% (decreased 6.9% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2014. Performance in ES remained challenged by the impact of several large contracts winding down and lower public sector spending in EMEA, particularly in the United Kingdom. The net revenue decrease in ES was due primarily to revenue runoff in key accounts, weak growth in new and existing accounts, particularly in EMEA, and contractual price declines. These effects were partially offset by net revenue growth in our SES portfolio, which includes information management and analytics, security and cloud services. Net revenue in Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing (“ITO”) decreased by 8% in fiscal 2014 due to revenue runoff in key accounts, weak growth in new and existing accounts, particularly in EMEA, and contractual price declines in ongoing contracts partially offset by growth in cloud and security revenue and favorable currency impacts. Net revenue in Application and Business Services (“ABS”) decreased by 6% in fiscal 2014, due to revenue runoff in a key account, weak growth in new and existing accounts, particularly in EMEA, and unfavorable currency impacts, partially offset by growth in information management and analytics and cloud revenue.

ES earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased 0.4 percentage points in fiscal 2014. The increase in operating margin was due to an increase in gross margin, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. Gross margin increased due primarily to our continued focus on service delivery efficiencies and improving profit performance in underperforming contracts, partially offset by unfavorable impacts from revenue runoff in key accounts and weak growth in new and existing accounts. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by the size of the revenue decline and higher administrative expenses and field selling costs. The increase in current year administrative expenses was due to the prior year period containing higher bad debt recoveries and insurance recoveries. The increase in selling costs was the result of expanding the sales force coverage as we transition from a reactive sales model to a more proactive approach.

Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012

ES net revenue decreased 7.3% (decreased 6.2% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2013. Revenue performance in ES continued to be challenged by several factors that impact the demand environment, including weak public sector spending in the U.S. and austerity measures in other countries, particularly in the United Kingdom, and weak IT services spend due to the mixed global recovery, particularly in the EMEA region. The net revenue decrease in ES was driven primarily by net service revenue runoff, contractual price declines in ongoing contracts and unfavorable currency impacts. ITO net revenue decreased by 6% in fiscal 2013, due to net service revenue runoff, contractual price declines in ongoing contracts and unfavorable currency impacts, the effects of which were partially offset by net revenue growth in security and cloud offerings. ABS net revenue decreased 10% in fiscal 2013. The net revenue decrease was due primarily to net service revenue runoff and unfavorable currency impacts, the effects of which were partially offset by revenue growth in cloud and information and analytics offerings. Revenue in ABS was also negatively impacted by weakness in public sector spending.

 

77


Table of Contents

ES earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue decreased 0.3 percentage points in fiscal 2013. The decrease was due to an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue, partially offset by an increase in gross margin. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to profit improvement on underperforming contracts, partially offset by net service revenue runoff and contractual price declines. Operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue increased due to higher administrative, marketing and R&D costs. These effects were partially offset by reduced field selling costs due to lower headcount related costs during the year and other savings from our ongoing restructuring efforts.

Software

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 3,933      $ 4,035      $ 4,126   

Earnings from operations

   $ 871      $ 889      $ 821   

Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue

     22.1     22.0     19.9

Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013

Software net revenue decreased 2.5% (decreased 2.4% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2014. Revenue growth in Software is being challenged by the overall market and customer shift to SaaS solutions, which is impacting growth in license and support revenue. In fiscal 2014, net revenue from licenses, support and professional services decreased by 4%, 2% and 5%, respectively, while SaaS net revenue increased by 5%.

The decrease in license net revenue was due to the market and customer shift to SaaS solutions, which resulted in lower revenue, primarily from IT management products, partially offset by strength in some of our key focus areas of big data analytics and security. The decrease in support net revenue was due to declines in prior period license revenue. Professional services net revenue decreased as we continued our focus on higher margin engagements. These decreases were partially offset by higher SaaS revenue due to improving demand for our SaaS solutions in IT management and security products.

In fiscal 2014, Software earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.1 percentage point due to an increase in gross margin, partially offset by higher operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in gross margin was due to the shift to more profitable contracts and improved workforce utilization in professional services. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due primarily to investments in R&D, partially offset by lower SG&A expenses due to cost savings associated with our ongoing restructuring efforts and improved operational expense management.

Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012

Software net revenue decreased 2.2% (decreased 1.9% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2013. Net revenue from licenses and professional services each decreased by 13%, while net revenue from SaaS and support increased by 10% and 7%, respectively.

The decrease in software revenue was driven primarily by lower license revenue due primarily to a large deal entered into in the prior year and the market shift to SaaS offerings. The revenue decrease was also due to lower professional service revenue as we manage the professional services portfolio to focus on higher margin solutions. These decreases were partially offset by higher growth in support revenue and higher revenue growth in our SaaS offerings as we shift with the market to providing more SaaS offerings.

Software earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 2.1 percentage points in fiscal 2013 due to a decrease in operating expense as a percentage of net revenue, the effect of which was

 

78


Table of Contents

partially offset by a decrease in gross margin. The decrease in gross margin was due primarily to higher development costs in IT management products and the comparative impact of a highly profitable software deal entered into in the prior year. These decreases were partially offset by a lower mix of lower margin professional services revenue. The decrease in operating expense as a percentage of revenue was driven primarily by lower field selling costs due to cost savings associated with our ongoing restructuring efforts.

Financial Services

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 3,498      $ 3,629      $ 3,819   

Earnings from operations

   $ 389      $ 397      $ 388   

Earnings from operations as a % of net revenue

     11.1     10.9     10.2

Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013

FS net revenue decreased by 3.6% (decreased 3.3% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2014 due primarily to lower portfolio revenue from lower average portfolio assets and lower asset management activity, primarily in customer buyouts.

FS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.2 percentage points in fiscal 2014. The increase was due primarily to an increase in gross margin, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in gross margin was the result of a higher portfolio margin, primarily from lower bad debt expense and a lower cost of funds and improved margins in remarketing sales. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue was due primarily to higher go-to-market investments.

Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012

FS net revenue decreased by 5.0% (decreased 4.2% on a constant currency basis) in fiscal 2013 due primarily to lower rental revenue from a decrease in average operating lease assets, lower asset recovery services revenue, and unfavorable currency impacts. These effects were partially offset by higher revenue from remarketing sales and higher finance income from an increase in finance lease assets.

FS earnings from operations as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.7 percentage points in fiscal 2013. The increase was due primarily to an increase in gross margin, the effect of which was partially offset by an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue as a result of higher IT investments. The increase in gross margin was the result of higher portfolio margin from a lower mix of operating leases, higher margin on early buyouts and lower bad debt expense.

Financing Volume

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     Dollars in millions  

Total financing volume

   $ 6,425       $ 5,603       $ 6,590   

New financing volume, which represent the amount of financing provided to customers for equipment and related software and services, including intercompany activity, increased 14.7% in fiscal 2014 and decreased 15.0% in fiscal 2013, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2014 was driven by higher financing associated with

 

79


Table of Contents

product sales and related services offerings, while the decrease in fiscal 2013 was primarily driven by lower financing associated with product sales and services offerings, and to a lesser extent unfavorable currency impacts.

Portfolio Assets and Ratios

The FS business model is asset intensive and uses certain internal metrics to measure its performance against other financial services companies, including a segment balance sheet that is derived from our internal management reporting system. The accounting policies used to derive FS amounts are substantially the same as those used by the Company. However, intercompany loans and certain accounts that are reflected in the segment balances are eliminated in our Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this information statement.

The portfolio assets and ratios derived from the segment balance sheet for FS were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014     2013  
     Dollars in millions  

Financing receivables, gross

   $ 6,718      $ 7,196   

Net equipment under operating leases

     2,792        2,544   

Capitalized profit on intercompany equipment transactions (1)

     764        698   

Intercompany leases (1)

     2,002        2,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross portfolio assets

     12,276        12,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)

     111        131   

Operating lease equipment reserve

     68        76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reserves

     179        207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net portfolio assets

   $ 12,097      $ 12,259   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve coverage

     1.5     1.7

Debt-to-equity ratio (3)

     7.0x        7.0x   

 

(1) Intercompany activity is eliminated in the Combined Financial Statements.
(2) Allowance for doubtful accounts for financing receivables includes both the short and long-term portions.
(3) Debt benefiting FS consists of borrowing and funding related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries, and debt issued by Parent for which a portion of the proceeds benefited Financial Services. Such Parent debt, consisting of long-term notes, has not been attributed to the Company for any of the periods presented because Parent’s borrowings are not the legal obligation of the Company. Debt benefiting FS, totaled $10.7 billion and $10.8 billion at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and was determined by applying an assumed debt-to-equity ratio, which management believes to be comparable to that of other similar financing companies, to FS equity.

At October 31, 2014 and 2013, FS cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were $952 million and $808 million, respectively.

Net portfolio assets at October 31, 2014 decreased 1.3% from October 31, 2013. The decrease generally resulted from unfavorable currency impacts, partially offset by new financing volume in excess of portfolio runoff.

FS recorded net bad debt expenses and operating lease equipment reserves of $40 million, $50 million and $62 million in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

80


Table of Contents

Corporate Investments

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
       2014          2013          2012    
     Dollars in millions  

Net revenue

   $ 4       $ 8       $ 8   

Loss from operations

   $ (341    $ (222    $ (166

Loss from operations as a % of net revenue (1)

     NM         NM         NM   

 

(1) “NM” represents not meaningful.

Fiscal 2014 compared with Fiscal 2013

The increase in the loss from operations for fiscal 2014 was due primarily to higher expenses associated with incubation activities and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs.

Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012

The increase in the loss from operations for fiscal 2013 was due primarily to higher expenses associated with incubation activities, partially offset by lower expenses related to Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs.

Subsequent Event

Restructuring Plan

On September 14, 2015, Parent’s Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan in connection with the separation which will be implemented through fiscal 2018. As part of the restructuring, we expect up to approximately 30,000 employees to exit the Company by the end of 2018. These workforce reductions are primarily associated with our Enterprise Services segment. The changes to the workforce will vary by country, based on local legal requirements and consultations with employee works councils and other employee representatives, as appropriate. The Company estimates that it will incur aggregate pre-tax charges through fiscal 2018 of approximately $2.7 billion in connection with this plan, of which approximately $2.2 billion relates to workforce reductions and approximately $500 million primarily relates to real estate consolidation. We do not intend to exit any lines of business in connection with this restructuring plan nor do we expect this restructuring plan to adversely impact future revenues as the related capabilities will be migrated to lower cost regions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historical Liquidity

Historically, we have generated positive cash flow from operations. Our operations have historically participated in cash management and funding arrangements managed by Parent. Cash flows related to financing activities primarily reflect changes in Parent’s investment in the Company. Parent’s cash has not been assigned to the Company for any of the periods presented because those cash balances are not directly attributable to the Company.

Future Liquidity

Following the separation from Parent, our capital structure and sources of liquidity will change significantly from our historical capital structure. Subsequent to the separation, we will no longer participate in cash management and funding arrangements managed by Parent. We intend to enter into certain financing arrangements prior to or in connection with the separation to capitalize our company with estimated (as of July 31, 2015) total cash of approximately $11.5 billion (which estimate is based on several factors subject to change, including fiscal 2015 free cash flow estimates) and total debt of approximately $16 billion and secure an

 

81


Table of Contents

investment grade credit rating. We also anticipate entering into an unsecured credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $4 billion prior to the distribution date, as well as commercial paper programs. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

Our approximately $11.5 billion of cash at the distribution date will be held in numerous locations throughout the world, with substantially all of those amounts held outside of the U.S. We utilize a variety of planning and financing strategies in an effort to ensure that our worldwide cash is available when and where it is needed. We do not expect restrictions or potential taxes incurred on repatriation of amounts held outside of the U.S. to have a material effect on our overall liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Following the separation, we expect to use cash flows generated by operations as our primary source of liquidity. We believe that internally generated cash flows will be generally sufficient to support our operating businesses, capital expenditures, restructuring activities, separation costs, maturing debt, interest payments, income tax payments and the payment of stockholder dividends (if and when declared by our board of directors), in addition to any investments and share repurchases conducted by the Company. We will supplement this short-term liquidity, if necessary, with access to capital markets. Our access to capital markets may be constrained and our cost of borrowing may increase under certain business, market and economic conditions. For example, under the tax matters agreement to be entered into in connection with the separation, we will generally be prohibited, except in specific circumstances, from issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds for a two-year period following the separation. However, our access to a variety of funding sources to meet our liquidity needs is designed to facilitate continued access to capital resources under all such conditions. Our liquidity is subject to various risks including the risks identified in “Risk Factors” and market risks identified in “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

Our cash and cash equivalents and total debt were as follows:

 

     As of July 31,
2015
     As of October 31  
        2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,774       $ 2,319       $ 2,182       $ 2,134   

Total debt

   $ 1,245       $ 1,379       $ 1,675       $ 2,923   

Cash Flow

Our key cash flow metrics were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
    Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2015     2014     2014     2013     2012  
     In millions  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 3,819      $ 5,885      $ 6,911      $ 8,739      $ 7,240   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4,834     (2,418     (2,974     (2,227     (3,159

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,470        (2,915     (3,800     (6,464     (4,521
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 455      $ 552      $ 137      $ 48      $ (440
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $2.1 billion for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 as compared to the nine months ended July 31, 2014, due primarily to a lengthening of the cash conversion cycle during the current year period versus a shortening of the cash conversion cycle in the prior year period and an increase in financing receivables. Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $1.8 billion for fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 due primarily to higher cash payments for accrued expenses and lower net earnings,

 

82


Table of Contents

partially offset by a reduction in the cash conversion cycle. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $1.5 billion for fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 due primarily to reduction in the cash conversion cycle and a decrease in financing receivables.

Our key working capital metrics and cash conversion impacts were as follows:

 

     As of July 31     As of October 31  
     2015     2014     2014     2013     2012  

Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable

     55        58        54        58        60   

Days of supply in inventory

     22        17        17        17        16   

Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable

     (47     (40     (44     (35     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash conversion cycle

     30        35        27        40        46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Days of sales outstanding in accounts receivable (“DSO”) measures the average number of days our receivables are outstanding. DSO is calculated by dividing ending accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, by a 90 day average of net revenue. For the nine months ended July 31, 2015 as compared to the prior-year period and for fiscal 2014 as compared to the prior-year period, the decrease in DSO was due primarily to improved accounts receivable management and the impact of currency.

Days of supply in inventory (“DOS”) measures the average number of days from procurement to sale of our product. DOS is calculated by dividing ending inventory by a 90 day average of cost of goods sold. For the nine months ended July 31, 2015 as compared to the prior-year period, the increase in DOS was driven by business continuity planning associated with our internal systems separation and higher inventory to support service levels. For fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, DOS has remained generally consistent.

Days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”) measures the average number of days our accounts payable balances are outstanding. DPO is calculated by dividing ending accounts payable by a 90 day average of cost of goods sold. For the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and for fiscal 2014 and 2013, the increase in DPO as compared to the prior-year periods was primarily the result of an extension of payment terms with our suppliers.

The cash conversion cycle is the sum of DSO and DOS less DPO. Items which may cause the cash conversion cycle in a particular period to differ include, but are not limited to, changes in business mix, changes in payment terms, the extent of receivables factoring, seasonal trends and the timing of revenue recognition and inventory purchases within the period.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $2.4 billion for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 as compared to the nine months ended July 31, 2014 primarily due to the acquisition of Aruba. Net cash used in investing activities increased by $747 million in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013 due primarily to higher cash utilization for purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of proceeds from sales. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $932 million for fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 due primarily to lower investments in property, plant and equipment, net of proceeds from sales.

Financing Activities

Cash flows from financing activities for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, as well as for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 primarily represent Net transfers from (to) Parent and net payments on debt. As cash and the financing of our operations have historically been managed by Parent, the components of Net transfers from (to) Parent include cash transfers from us to Parent and payments by Parent to settle our obligations. These transactions are considered to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction is recorded.

 

83


Table of Contents

Capital Resources

Debt Levels

 

     As of
July 31,
2015
    As of October 31  
       2014     2013     2012  
     Dollars in millions  

Short-term debt

   $ 752      $ 894      $ 1,058      $ 2,221   

Long-term debt

   $ 493      $ 485      $ 617      $ 702   

Weighted-average interest rate

     2.70     2.63     2.51     4.08

Our historical debt levels reflect only those debt balances which are the legal obligation of the subsidiaries comprising the businesses of the Company. We intend to enter into certain financing arrangements prior to or in connection with the separation. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

Our weighted-average interest rate reflects the effective interest rate on our borrowings prevailing during the period and reflects the effect of interest rate swaps outstanding during fiscal 2013 and 2012. For more information on our interest rate swaps, see Note 12 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Contractual and Other Obligations

Following the separation from Parent, our contractual and other obligations will change significantly from our historical amounts. We intend to enter into certain financing arrangements and incur additional purchase obligations prior to or in connection with the separation.

Our contractual and other obligations as of October 31, 2014, were as follows and have not changed materially as of July 31, 2015:

 

            Payments Due by Period  
     Total      1 Year or
Less
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     In millions  

Principal payments on long-term debt (1)

   $ 587       $ 124       $ 90       $ 14       $ 359   

Interest payments on long-term debt (2)

     345         28         49         45         223   

Operating lease obligations

     2,093         527         677         407         482   

Purchase obligations (3)

     848         483         270         95         —     

Capital lease obligations

     12         3         4         4         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (4)(5)(6)(7)

   $ 3,885       $ 1,165       $ 1,090       $ 565       $ 1,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts represent the principal cash payments relating to our long-term debt and do not include any fair value adjustments, discounts or premiums.
(2) Amounts represent the expected interest payments relating to our long-term debt.
(3) Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. These purchase obligations are related principally to software maintenance and support services and other items. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty. Purchase obligations also exclude open purchase orders that are routine arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business as they are difficult to quantify in a meaningful way. Even though open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust terms based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services.
(4)

As of October 31, 2014, we anticipated making fiscal 2015 contributions of $129 million to our Direct non-U.S. pension plans and expected to pay benefits of $20 million to our Direct U.S. nonqualified pension plan

 

84


Table of Contents
  participants during fiscal 2015. As of July 31, 2015, we expect fiscal 2015 contributions to our Direct non-U.S. pension plans of approximately $116 million and expect to pay approximately $20 million to cover benefit payments to Direct U.S. non-qualified pension plan participants. As of July 31, 2015, we anticipate making remaining contributions of approximately $24 million to our Direct non-U.S. pension plans and approximately $5 million to Direct U.S. non-qualified plan participants. Our policy is to fund our pension plans so that we meet at least the minimum contribution requirements, as established by local government, funding and taxing authorities. Expected contributions and payments to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans are excluded from the contractual obligations table because they do not represent contractual cash outflows as they are dependent on numerous factors which may result in a wide range of outcomes. For more information on our retirement and post-retirement benefit plans, see Note 5 to the Combined Financial Statements and Note 4 to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
(5) As of October 31, 2014, we expected future cash payments of $1.5 billion in connection with our approved restructuring plans. As of July 31, 2015, we expect future cash payments of approximately $600 million in connection with our approved restructuring plans which include $200 million expected to be paid in the remainder of fiscal 2015 and $400 million expected to be paid through fiscal 2021. Payments for restructuring have been excluded from the contractual obligations table, because they do not represent contractual cash outflows and there is uncertainty as to the timing of these payments. For more information on our restructuring activities, see Note 4 to the Combined Financial Statements and Note 3 to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
(6) As of October 31, 2014, we had approximately $1.8 billion of recorded liabilities and related interest and penalties pertaining to uncertain tax positions. These liabilities and related interest and penalties include $12 million expected to be paid within one year. As of July 31, 2015, we had approximately $1.8 billion of recorded liabilities and related interest and penalties pertaining to uncertain tax positions. These liabilities and related interest and penalties include $13 million expected to be paid within one year. For the remaining amount, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate as to when cash settlement with the tax authorities might occur due to the uncertainties related to these tax matters. Payments of these obligations would result from settlements with taxing authorities. For more information on our uncertain tax positions, see Note 7 to the Combined Financial Statements and Note 6 to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
(7) As of July 31, 2015, we expect future cash payments of up to $0.9 billion in connection with our separation costs and foreign tax payments, which are expected to be paid in the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we also expect separation-related capital expenditures of approximately $60 million in the remainder of fiscal 2015. Payments for separation costs have been excluded from the contractual obligations table, because they do not represent contractual cash outflows and there is uncertainty as to the timing of these payments.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our ongoing business, we have not participated in transactions that generate material relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, established for the purpose of facilitating off balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

We participate in Parent’s third-party revolving short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital requirements of certain customers. For more information on our third-party revolving short-term financing arrangements, see Note 8 to the Combined Financial Statements and Note 7 to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risks that could impact our financial position and results of operations. Our risk management strategy with respect to these market risks may include the use of derivative financial instruments. We use derivative contracts only to manage existing underlying exposures. Accordingly, we do not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes.

 

85


Table of Contents

Our risks, risk management strategy and a sensitivity analysis estimating the effects of changes in fair value for each of these exposures is outlined below.

Actual gains and losses in the future may differ materially from the sensitivity analyses based on changes in the timing and amount of foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate movements and our actual exposures and derivatives in place at the time of the change, as well as the effectiveness of the derivative to hedge the related exposure.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in our sales commitments, anticipated sales, anticipated purchases and assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We transact business in approximately 75 currencies worldwide, of which the most significant foreign currencies to our operations for fiscal 2014 were the euro, the British pound, the Chinese yuan (renminbi) and the Japanese yen. For most foreign currencies, we are a net receiver of the currency and therefore benefit from a weaker U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currency. Even where we are a net receiver of the foreign currency, a weaker U.S. dollar may adversely affect certain expense figures, if taken alone.

We use a combination of forward contracts and, from time to time, options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in our forecasted net revenue and, to a lesser extent, cost of sales and intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We also use other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consisting primarily of forward contracts to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures. Alternatively, we may choose not to hedge the risk associated with our foreign currency exposures, primarily if such exposure acts as a natural hedge for offsetting amounts denominated in the same currency or if the currency is too difficult or too expensive to hedge.

We have performed sensitivity analyses as of October 31, 2014 and 2013, using a modeling technique that measures the change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the levels of foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, with all other variables held constant. The analyses cover all of our foreign currency derivative contracts offset by underlying exposures. The foreign currency exchange rates we used in performing the sensitivity analysis were based on market rates in effect at October 31, 2014 and 2013. The sensitivity analyses indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates would result in a foreign exchange fair value loss of $14 million and $17 million at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk

We also are exposed to interest rate risk related to debt we have issued, our investment portfolio and financing receivables.

We have performed sensitivity analyses as of October 31, 2014 and 2013, using a modeling technique that measures the change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the levels of interest rates across the entire yield curve, with all other variables held constant. The analyses cover our debt, investments and financing receivables using actual or approximate maturities. The discount rates used were based on the market interest rates in effect at October 31, 2014 and 2013. The sensitivity analyses indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in interest rates would result in a loss in the fair values of our debt, investments and financing receivables of $7 million at October 31, 2014 and $3 million at October 31, 2013.

 

86


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Hewlett Packard Enterprise is a leading global provider of the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional IT while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs. Our legacy dates back to a partnership founded in 1939 by William R. Hewlett and David Packard, and we strive every day to uphold and enhance that legacy through our dedication to providing innovative technological solutions to our customers. In fiscal year 2014, we generated net income of $1.6 billion from revenues of $55 billion.

We believe that we offer the most comprehensive portfolio of enterprise solutions in the IT industry. With an industry-leading position in servers, storage, networking, converged systems, software and services, combined with our customized financing solutions, we believe we are best equipped to deliver the right IT solutions to help drive optimal business outcomes for our customers.

Initial Announcement of the Separation

On October 6, 2014, HP Co. announced plans to separate into two independent publicly traded companies: one comprising its enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses, which will conduct business as Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and one comprising its printing and personal systems business, which will conduct business as HP Inc. The separation is subject to certain conditions, including, among others, obtaining final approval from HP Co.’s board of directors, receipt of a private letter ruling from the IRS and one or more opinions with respect to certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and the SEC declaring the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part. See “The Separation and Distribution—Conditions to the Distribution.”

Our Business Segments, Products and Services

We organize our business into the following five segments:

 

    Enterprise Group . Our Enterprise Group (“EG”) provides our customers with the cutting-edge technology infrastructure they need to optimize traditional IT while building a secure, cloud-enabled and mobile-ready future.

 

    Software . Our Software allows our customers to automate IT operations to simplify, accelerate and secure business processes and drives the analytics that turn raw data into actionable knowledge.

 

    Enterprise Services . Our Enterprise Services (“ES”) brings all of our solutions together through our consulting and support professionals to deliver superior, comprehensive results for our customers.

 

    Hewlett Packard Financial Services . FS enables flexible IT consumption models, financial architectures and customized investment solutions for our customers.

 

    Corporate Investments . Corporate Investments includes Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs and certain business incubation projects, among others.

 

87


Table of Contents

LOGO

A summary of our net revenue, earnings from operations and assets for our segments can be found in Note 3 to our Combined Financial Statements. A discussion of certain factors potentially affecting our operations is set forth in “Risk Factors.”

Enterprise Group

EG offers a broad portfolio of enterprise technology solutions that enable our customers to build the foundation for the next generation of applications, web services and user experiences—which ultimately are only as rich, impactful and world-changing as their underlying infrastructure platforms allow them to be. EG technology addresses a wide range of customer challenges, including supporting new types of applications and new approaches to IT operations and by offering new insights into consumer behavior. Our technology enables customers to capitalize on emerging trends and opportunities, from spotting new business opportunities and revealing changing buying behaviors earlier to inventing new consumption models and creating new revenue streams. Our EG portfolio improves customer outcomes through innovative product and service offerings, including high-quality servers, storage, networking, management software, converged infrastructure solutions and technology services. In today’s rapidly changing technology landscape, customers face twin challenges when building and maintaining the IT infrastructure of their organization: they must optimize their “traditional IT” to support legacy applications, and they must simultaneously invest in “cloud-native, mobile-ready” infrastructure that will support the next generation of applications, services and connected devices. Our EG portfolio delivers products and services that help customers reduce costs while maintaining the integrity and performance of their traditional IT infrastructure and enabling the transition to the new style of IT. For tomorrow’s cloud-native, mobile-ready world, our EG portfolio offers products and services that provide converged solutions engineered for the world’s most important cloud, mobility, infrastructure-as-a-service and big data workloads. For example, OneView is the industry’s only “single-pane of glass” software-defined data center management solution; Helion offers an open-source-based portfolio of hybrid cloud solutions, including our flagship private cloud platform; and our technology services provide customers with critical information and advice to transform their enterprises for the emerging digital era.

 

88


Table of Contents

Industry-Standard Servers. Our Industry-Standard Servers group offers a range of products, from entry-level servers to premium ProLiant servers, which run primarily Windows, Linux and virtualization platforms from software providers such as Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) and VMware, Inc. (“VMware”), and-open source software from other major vendors, while also leveraging x86 processors from Intel Corporation (“Intel”) and Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. (“AMD”). Our server business spans a range of product lines, including microservers, towers, traditional racks and density-optimized racks and blades—which together offer a variety of solutions for large, distributed computing companies who buy and deploy nodes at a large scale.

Business Critical Systems. Our Business Critical Systems group delivers our mission-critical systems through a portfolio of HP Integrity servers based on the Intel Itanium processor that run the HP-UX and OpenVMS operating systems, as well as HP Integrity NonStop solutions and mission-critical x86 ProLiant servers.

Storage. Our storage offerings include platforms optimized for enterprise and small- and medium-size business (“SMB”) environments. Our flagship product is the 3PAR StoreServ Storage Platform, which is designed for virtualization, cloud and IT-as-a-service. Our Traditional Storage solutions include tape, storage networking and legacy external disk products such as EVA and XP. Our Converged Storage solutions include 3PAR StoreServ, StoreOnce and StoreVirtual products. These offerings enable our customers to optimize their existing storage systems, build new virtualization solutions and facilitate their transition to cloud computing.

Networking . Our networking offerings include switches, routers, and wireless local area network (“WLAN”) and network management products that together deliver open, scalable, secure, agile and consistent networking solutions for data centers, campuses and branch environments. We also offer software-defined networking and unified communications capabilities. Our unified wired and wireless networking offerings include WLAN access points, controllers and switches. Our networking solutions are based on our FlexNetwork architecture, which is designed to enable simplified server virtualization, unified communications and business application delivery for enterprises of all types and sizes. Software-defined networking provides an end-to-end solution to automate enterprise networks, whether it is a data center, a campus or a branch. Moreover, in May 2015, we completed the acquisition of Aruba Networks, Inc. a leading provider of next-generation network access solutions for the mobile enterprise. By combining Aruba’s wireless mobility solutions with our switching portfolio, we offer simpler, more secure networking solutions to help enterprises easily deploy next-generation mobile networks.

Technology Services. Our Technology Services group helps customers mitigate risks and ensure maximum return on their IT investments through our support and consulting services. Through our Support Services, we have a portfolio of proactive and connected offerings designed to address problems before they occur, including HP Foundation Care, our portfolio of reactive hardware and software support services; HP Proactive Care, a solution that utilizes remote support technology for real-time IT monitoring with rapid access to our technical experts; and HP Datacenter Care, an end-to-end solution enabling our customers to customize contracts that fit the needs of their unique IT environments.

Through our Consulting Services, we help customers make lasting IT performance improvements and realize their most important business outcomes. This transformation to a digital enterprise involves a wide spectrum of services, including advisory, transformation, integration and support solutions.

Software

Our Software portfolio provides big data analytics and applications, enterprise security, application delivery management and IT operations management solutions for businesses and other enterprises of all sizes. Our Software offerings include licenses, support, professional services and software-as-a- service (“SaaS”). Our global business capabilities within Software are described below.

Big Data . Our Big Data group provides a full suite of software designed to help organizations capture, store, explore, analyze, protect and share information and insights within and outside their organizations to improve business outcomes, while also enabling them to manage risks and meet legal obligations. Our Big Data suite

 

89


Table of Contents

includes HP Vertica, the leading analytics database technology for machine, structured and semi-structured data; HP IDOL, a unique analytics tool for human information; as well as solutions for archiving, data protection, eDiscovery, information governance and enterprise content management.

Our big data platform, Haven, brings these unique assets together for processing and understanding machine and sensor data, business data and unstructured human information in distinctly profitable ways. A growing ecosystem of customers, partners and developers use this platform to build big-data driven analytic applications. Our Software segment also leverages Haven’s unique analytic assets to deliver purpose-built solutions for a variety of markets, including application testing and delivery, big data analytics and applications, IT operations management and enterprise security. These solutions are designed for businesses and enterprises of all sizes, and are available via on-premise, as well as via SaaS and hybrid delivery models. Software’s Haven big data platform and purpose-built applications are augmented by our support and professional services offerings that provide an end-to-end solution for our customers.

Application Delivery Management . Our Application Delivery Management group provides software that enables organizations to deliver high-performance applications by automating and testing the processes required to ensure the quality and scalability of desktop, web, mobile and cloud-based applications.

Enterprise Security . Our Enterprise Security software is designed to disrupt fraud, hackers and cyber criminals by scanning software and websites for security vulnerabilities, improving network defenses and security, implementing security controls for software and data (regardless of where software and data resides) and providing real-time warnings of threats as they emerge.

IT Operations Management . Our IT Operations Management group provides the software required to automate routine IT tasks and to pinpoint IT problems as they occur, helping enterprises to reduce operational costs and improve the reliability of applications running in a traditional, cloud or hybrid environment.

Enterprise Services

ES provides technology consulting, outsourcing and support services across infrastructure, applications and business process domains. ES leverages our investments in our consulting and support professionals, infrastructure technology, applications, standardized methodologies and global supply and delivery capabilities. ES also creates opportunities for us to market additional hardware and software by offering solutions that leverage our other products and services in order to meet our clients’ needs.

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing. Our Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing group delivers comprehensive services that streamline and help optimize our clients’ technology infrastructure to efficiently enhance performance, reduce costs, mitigate risk and enable business optimization. These services encompass the management of data centers, IT security, cloud computing, workplace technology, networks, unified communications and enterprise service management. We also offer a set of managed services that provide a cross-section of our broader infrastructure services for smaller, discrete engagements.

Application and Business Services. Our Application and Business Services portfolio helps our clients develop, revitalize and manage their applications and information assets. Our complete application lifecycle approach encompasses application development, testing, modernization, system integration, maintenance and management for both packaged and custom-built applications and cloud offerings. Our Application and Business Services portfolio also includes intellectual property-based industry solutions, along with technologies and related services, all of which help our clients better manage their critical industry processes for customer relationship management, finance and administration, human resources, payroll and document processing.

 

90


Table of Contents

Hewlett Packard Financial Services

FS provides flexible investment solutions for our customers—such as leasing, financing, IT consumption and utility programs—and asset management services that facilitate unique technology deployment models and the acquisition of complete IT solutions, including hardware, software and services from us and others. In order to provide flexible services and capabilities that support the entire IT lifecycle, FS partners with our customers globally to help build investment strategies that enhance their business agility and support their business transformation. FS offers a wide selection of investment solution capabilities for large enterprise customers and channel partners, along with an array of financial options to SMBs and educational and governmental entities.

Corporate Investments

Corporate Investments includes Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs and certain business incubation projects among others.

Our Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive advantages that distinguish us from our competitors, including:

Broad and deep end-to-end solutions portfolio . We combine our infrastructure, software and services capabilities to provide what we believe is the broadest and deepest portfolio of end-to-end enterprise solutions in the IT industry. Our ability to deliver a wide range of high-quality products and high-value consulting and support services in a single package is one of our principal differentiators.

Multiyear innovation roadmap . We have been in the technology and innovation business for over 75 years. Our vast intellectual property portfolio and global research and development capabilities are part of a broader innovation roadmap designed to help organizations of all sizes journey from traditional technology platforms to the IT systems of the future—what we call the new style of IT—which we believe will be characterized by the increasing and interrelated prominence of cloud computing, big data, enterprise security, applications and mobility.

Global distribution and partner ecosystem . We are experts in delivering innovative technological solutions to our customers in complex multi-country, multi-vendor and/or multi-language environments. We have one of the largest go-to-market capabilities in our industry, including a large ecosystem of channel partners, which enables us to market and deliver our product offerings to customers located virtually anywhere in the world.

Custom financial solutions . We have developed innovative financing solutions to facilitate the delivery of our products and services to our customers. We deliver flexible investment solutions and expertise that help customers and other partners create unique technology deployments based on specific business needs.

Experienced leadership team with track record of successful performance . Our management team has an extensive track record of performance and execution. We are led by our Chief Executive Officer Margaret C. Whitman, who has proven experience in developing transformative business models, building global brands and driving sustained growth and expansion in the technology industry, including from her leadership of HP Co. for four years prior to the separation and her prior ten years as Chief Executive Officer of eBay Inc. Our senior management team has over 100 collective years of experience in our industry and possesses extensive knowledge of and experience in the enterprise IT business and the markets in which we compete. Moreover, we have a deep bench of management and technology talent that we believe provides us with an unparalleled pipeline of future leaders and innovators.

 

91


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Strategies

Disruptive change is all around us, and we are living in an idea economy where the ability to turn an idea into a new product or a new industry is more accessible than ever. This environment requires a new style of business, underpinned by a new style of IT. Cloud, mobile, big data and analytics provide the tools enterprises need to significantly reduce the time to market for any good idea. Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s strategy is to enable customers to win in the idea economy by slashing the time it takes to turn an idea into value.

We make IT environments more efficient, more productive and more secure, enabling fast, flexible responses to a rapidly changing competitive landscape. We enable organizations to act quickly on ideas by creating, consuming and reconfiguring new solutions, experiences and business models, and deliver infrastructure that is built from components that can be composed and recomposed easily and quickly to meet the shifting demands of business applications.

Every IT journey is unique, but every customer is looking to minimize the time between initial idea and realized value. While some customers are looking for solutions that let them take the next step on this journey, the majority of customers are at the beginning of this journey and are looking for solutions that can help them take their first steps. Hewlett Packard Enterprise will leverage our leadership position in our traditional markets to lead the transition to this new style of business.

Specifically, we are focused on delivering solutions to help customers transform four critical areas that matter most to their business.

Transform to a hybrid infrastructure. Infrastructure matters more than ever today, but customers need a new kind of infrastructure. We help customers build an on-demand infrastructure and operational foundation for all of the applications that power the enterprise. With our cloud expertise, combined with our portfolio of traditional IT infrastructure and services, we are able to provide customized and seamless IT solutions for customers of all sizes and at all levels of technological sophistication. We are able to optimize our customers’ applications regardless of form—traditional, mobile, in the cloud or in the data center.

Protect the digital enterprise. The threat landscape is wider and more diverse today than ever before. We offer complete risk management solutions, ranging from protection against security threats to data back-up and

 

92


Table of Contents

recovery, that help our customers protect themselves and their data in an increasingly volatile cybersecurity landscape. Our products and services are informed by our decades of IT security experience and enable customers to predict and disrupt threats, manage risk and compliance, and extend their internal security team.

Empower the data-driven organization. We provide open-source solutions that allow customers to use 100% of their data, including business data, human data and machine data, to generate real-time, actionable insights. The result is better and faster decisionmaking.

Enable workplace productivity. We help customers deliver rich digital and mobile experiences to their customers, employees and partners. We offer an end-to-end mobility portfolio, from cloud infrastructure to customer-facing applications. Our infrastructure offerings leverage our cloud and security expertise to provide the backbone for secure mobile networks. Our integrated software offerings leverage our application expertise to provide intuitive interfaces for end-users. We also leverage our big data expertise to enable our customers to gain insight into the mobile user experience by monitoring and analyzing customer experience analytics.

 

LOGO

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

We manage our business and report our financial results based on the segments described above. Our customers are organized by commercial and large enterprise groups, including business and public sector enterprises, and purchases of our products, solutions and services may be fulfilled directly by us or indirectly through a variety of partners, including:

 

    resellers that sell our products and services, frequently with their own value-added products or services, to targeted customer groups;

 

    distribution partners that supply our solutions to resellers;

 

    OEMs that integrate our products and services with their own products and services, and sell the integrated solution;

 

    independent software vendors that provide their clients with specialized software products and often assist us in selling our products and services to clients purchasing their products;

 

93


Table of Contents
    systems integrators that provide expertise in designing and implementing custom IT solutions and often partner with us to extend their expertise or influence the sale of our products and services; and

 

    advisory firms that provide various levels of management and IT consulting, including some systems integration work, and typically partner with us on client solutions that require our unique products and services.

The mix of our business conducted by direct sales or channel differs substantially by business and region. We believe that customer buying patterns and different regional market conditions require us to tailor our sales, marketing and distribution efforts accordingly. We are focused on driving the depth and breadth of our coverage, in addition to identifying efficiencies and productivity gains, in both our direct and indirect businesses. While each of our business segments manages the execution of its own go-to-market and distribution strategy, our business segments also collaborate to ensure strategic and process alignment where appropriate. For example, we typically assign an account manager, generally from EG or ES, to manage relationships across our business with large enterprise customers. The account manager is supported by a team of specialists with product and services expertise. For other customers and for consumers, our business segments collaborate to manage relationships with commercial resellers targeting SMBs where appropriate.

Manufacturing and Materials

We utilize a significant number of outsourced manufacturers around the world to manufacture products that we design. The use of outsourced manufacturers is intended to generate cost efficiencies and reduce time to market for our products as well as maintain flexibility in our supply chain and manufacturing processes. In some circumstances, third-party OEMs produce products that we purchase and resell under our brand. In addition to our use of outsourced manufacturers, we currently manufacture a limited number of finished products from components and subassemblies that we acquire from a wide range of vendors.

We utilize two primary methods of fulfilling demand for products: building products to order and configuring products to order. We build products to order to maximize manufacturing and logistics efficiencies by producing high volumes of basic product configurations. Alternatively, configuring products to order enables units to match a customer’s particular hardware and software customization requirements. Our inventory management and distribution practices in both building products to order and configuring products to order seek to minimize inventory holding periods by taking delivery of the inventory and manufacturing shortly before the sale or distribution of products to our customers.

We purchase materials, supplies and product subassemblies from a substantial number of vendors. For most of our products, we have existing alternate sources of supply or such alternate sources of supply are readily available. However, we do rely on sole sources for certain customized parts (although some of these sources have operations in multiple locations in the event of a disruption). We are dependent upon Intel and AMD as suppliers of x86 processors; however, we believe that disruptions with these suppliers would result in industry-wide dislocations and therefore would not disproportionately disadvantage us relative to our competitors.

Like other participants in the IT industry, we ordinarily acquire materials and components through a combination of blanket and scheduled purchase orders to support our demand requirements for periods averaging 90 to 120 days. From time to time, we may experience significant price volatility or supply constraints for certain components that are not available from multiple sources or where our suppliers are geographically concentrated. When necessary, we are often able to obtain scarce components for somewhat higher prices on the open market, which may have an impact on our gross margin but does not generally disrupt production. We also may acquire component inventory in anticipation of supply constraints or enter into longer-term pricing commitments with vendors to improve the priority, price and availability of supply. See “Risk Factors—We depend on third-party suppliers, and our financial results could suffer if we fail to manage our suppliers properly.”

 

94


Table of Contents

International

Our products and services are available worldwide. We believe this geographic diversity allows us to meet demand on a worldwide basis for our customers, draws on business and technical expertise from a worldwide workforce, provides stability to our operations, provides revenue streams that may offset geographic economic trends and offers us an opportunity to access new markets for maturing products. In addition, we believe that our future growth is dependent in part on our ability to develop products and sales models that target developing countries. In this regard, we believe that our broad geographic presence gives us a solid base on which to build such future growth.

A summary of our domestic and international net revenue and net property, plant and equipment is set forth in Note 3 to the Combined Financial Statements. Approximately 62% of our overall net revenue in fiscal 2014 came from outside the United States.

For a discussion of certain risks attendant to our international operations, see “Risk Factors—Due to the international nature of our business, political or economic changes or other factors could harm our business and financial performance,” “—Recent global, regional and local economic weakness and uncertainty could adversely affect our business and financial performance,” “—We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates” —and Note 12 to our Combined Financial Statements.

Research and Development

Innovation is a key element of our culture and critical to our success. Our research and development efforts are focused on designing and developing products, services and solutions that anticipate customers’ changing needs and desires and emerging technological trends. Our efforts also are focused on identifying the areas where we believe we can make a unique contribution and where partnering with other leading technology companies will leverage our cost structure and maximize our customers’ experiences.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs, together with the various research and development groups within our business segments, is responsible for our research and development efforts. Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs is part of our Corporate Investments segment.

Expenditures for research and development were $2.2 billion in fiscal 2014, $2.0 billion in fiscal 2013 and $2.1 billion in fiscal 2012. We anticipate that we will continue to have significant research and development expenditures in the future to support the design and development of innovative, high-quality products, services and solutions to maintain and enhance our competitive position. For a discussion of risks attendant to our research and development activities, see “Risk Factors—If we cannot successfully execute our go-to-market strategy and continue to develop, manufacture and market innovative products, services and solutions, our business and financial performance may suffer.”

Patents

Our general policy is to seek patent protection for those inventions likely to be incorporated into our products and services or where obtaining such proprietary rights will improve our competitive position. At present, our worldwide patent portfolio includes approximately 15,000 patents (including approximately 2,500 patents attributable to H3C).

Patents generally have a term of twenty years from the date they are filed. As our patent portfolio has been built over time, the remaining terms of the individual patents across our patent portfolio vary. We believe that our patents and patent applications are important for maintaining the competitive differentiation of our products and services, enhancing our freedom of action to sell our products and services in markets in which we choose to participate, and maximizing our return on research and development investments. No single patent is in itself essential to our company as a whole or to any of our business segments.

 

95


Table of Contents

In addition to developing our patent portfolio, we license intellectual property from third parties as we deem appropriate. We have also granted and continue to grant to others licenses, and other rights, under our patents when we consider these arrangements to be in our interest. These license arrangements include a number of cross-licenses with third parties.

For a discussion of risks attendant to intellectual property rights, see “Risk Factors—Our financial performance may suffer if we cannot continue to develop, license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which our businesses depend” and “—Our products and services depend in part on intellectual property and technology licensed from third parties.”

Backlog

We believe that our backlog is not a meaningful indicator of our future business prospects due to our diverse product and service portfolio, including the large volume of products delivered from finished goods or channel partner inventories and the shortening of product lifecycles. Therefore, we believe that backlog information is not material to an understanding of our overall business.

Seasonality

General economic conditions have an impact on our business and financial results. From time to time, the markets in which we sell our products, services and solutions experience weak economic conditions that may negatively affect sales. We experience some seasonal trends in the sale of our products and services. For example, European sales are often weaker in the summer months. See “Risk Factors—Our uneven sales cycle makes planning and inventory management difficult and future financial results less predictable.”

Competition

We have a broad technology portfolio of enterprise IT infrastructure products and solutions, multi-vendor customer services and IT management software and solutions. We believe we are the leader or among the leaders in each of our business segments. Nevertheless, we encounter strong competition in all areas of our business. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, innovation, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, reputation, distribution, range of products and services, ease of use of our products, account relationships, customer training, service and support, security and the availability of our application software and IT infrastructure offerings.

The markets for each of our business segments are characterized by strong competition among major corporations with long-established positions and a large number of new and rapidly growing firms. Most product lifecycles are relatively short, and to remain competitive we must develop new products and services, periodically enhance our existing products and services and compete effectively on the basis of the factors listed above, among others. In addition, we compete with many of our current and potential partners, including OEMs that design, manufacture and market their products under their own brand names. Our successful management of these competitive partner relationships is critical to our future success. Moreover, we anticipate that we will have to continue to adjust prices on many of our products and services to stay competitive.

The competitive environments in which each segment operates are described below:

Enterprise Group. EG operates in the highly competitive enterprise technology infrastructure market, which is characterized by rapid and ongoing technological innovation and price competition. Our primary competitors include technology vendors such as International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), Dell Inc. (“Dell”), EMC Corporation (“EMC”), Cisco Systems, Inc. (“Cisco”), Lenovo Group Ltd., Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”), Fujitsu Limited (“Fujitsu”), Inspur Co., Ltd., Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd., NetApp, Inc., Hitachi Ltd., Juniper Networks, Inc., Arista Networks, Inc., Extreme Networks, Inc., Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.,

 

96


Table of Contents

VMware, Microsoft, Google Inc., Rackspace Inc. and Amazon.com, Inc. (“Amazon”). In certain regions, we also experience competition from local companies and from generically branded or “white-box” manufacturers. Our strategy is to deliver superior products, high-value technology support services and differentiated integrated solutions that combine our infrastructure, software and services capabilities. Our competitive advantages include our broad end-to-end solutions portfolio, supported by our strong intellectual property portfolio and research and development capabilities, coupled with our global reach and partner ecosystem.

Enterprise Services. ES competes in the IT services, consulting and integration, infrastructure technology outsourcing, business process outsourcing and application services markets. Our primary competitors include IBM Global Services, Computer Sciences Corporation, systems integration firms such as Accenture plc and offshore companies such as Fujitsu and India-based competitors Wipro Limited, Infosys Limited and Tata Consultancy Services Ltd. We also compete with other traditional hardware providers, such as Dell, which are increasingly offering services to support their products, new players in emerging areas like cloud such as Amazon, and smaller local players. Many of our competitors offer a wide range of global services, and some of our competitors enjoy significant brand recognition. ES teams with many companies to offer services, and those arrangements allow us to extend our reach and augment our capabilities. Our competitive advantages include our deep technology expertise, especially in complex multi-country, multi-vendor and/or multi-language environments, our differentiated intellectual property, our strong track record of collaboration with clients and partners, and the combination of our expertise in infrastructure management with skilled global resources on platforms from SAP AG (“SAP”), Oracle and Microsoft, among others.

Software. The markets in which our Software segment operates are characterized by rapidly changing customer requirements and technologies. We design and develop enterprise IT management software in competition with IBM, CA Technologies, Inc., VMware, BMC Software, Inc. and others. Our big data solutions, which include data analytics and information governance offerings incorporating both structured and unstructured data, compete with products from companies like Adobe Systems Inc., IBM, EMC, Open Text Corporation, Oracle and Symantec Corporation. We also deliver enterprise security/risk intelligence solutions that compete with products from EMC, IBM, Cisco and Intel. As customers are becoming increasingly comfortable with newer delivery mechanisms such as SaaS, we are facing competition from smaller, less traditional competitors, particularly for customers with smaller IT organizations. Our differentiation lies in the breadth and depth of our software and services portfolio, our collaboration with EG and ES to provide comprehensive IT solutions and the scope of our market coverage.

Hewlett Packard Financial Services. In our financing business, our competitors are captive financing companies, mainly IBM Global Financing, as well as banks and other financial institutions. We believe our competitive advantage over banks and other financial institutions in our financing business is our ability to deliver flexible investment solutions and expertise that help customers and other partners create unique technology deployments based on specific business needs.

For a discussion of certain risks attendant to these competitive environments, see “Risk Factors—We operate in an intensely competitive industry and competitive pressures could harm our business and financial performance.”

Environment

Our operations are subject to regulation under various federal, state, local and foreign laws concerning the environment, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the clean-up of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including clean-up costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, and third-party damage or personal injury claims, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws.

Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws governing chemical substances in products and their safe use, including laws restricting the presence of certain substances in

 

97


Table of Contents

electronics products and in some cases laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of chemical substances. Some of our products and services also are, or may in the future be, subject to requirements applicable to their energy consumption. In addition, we face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the chemical and materials composition of our products, their safe use, and their energy efficiency, including requirements relating to climate change. We are also subject to legislation in an increasing number of jurisdictions that makes producers of electrical goods, including servers and networking equipment, financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products (sometimes referred to as “product take-back legislation”). In the event our products become non-compliant with these laws, our products could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions and we could face other sanctions, including fines.

Our operations, services and ultimately our products are expected to become increasingly subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and international treaties relating to climate change. As these laws, regulations, treaties and similar initiatives and programs are adopted and implemented throughout the world, we will be required to comply or potentially face market access limitations or other sanctions, including fines. However, we believe that technology will be fundamental to finding solutions to achieve compliance with and manage those requirements, and we are collaborating with industry and business groups and governments to find and promote ways that our technology can be used to address climate change and to facilitate compliance with related laws, regulations and treaties.

We are committed to maintaining compliance with all environmental laws applicable to our operations, products and services and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of our business. We meet this commitment with a comprehensive environmental, health and safety policy, strict environmental management of our operations and worldwide environmental programs and services.

A liability for environmental remediation and other environmental costs is accrued when we consider it probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Environmental costs and accruals are presently not material to our operations, cash flows or financial position. Although there is no assurance that existing or future environmental laws applicable to our operations or products will not have a material adverse effect on our operations, cash flows or financial condition, we do not currently anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities. We and HP Inc. have allocated responsibility and liability for ongoing environmental remediations and environmental costs in the separation agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—The Separation and Distribution Agreement—Environmental Matters.”

Employees

We had approximately 252,000 employees as of July 31, 2015.

Additional Information

Microsoft ® and Windows ® are U.S.-registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel ® , Itanium ® , Intel ® Atom TM , and Intel ® Itanium ® are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries. AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. ARM ® is a registered trademark of ARM Limited. UNIX ® is a registered trademark of The Open Group.

Properties

As of October 31, 2014, we owned or leased approximately 48 million square feet of space worldwide, a summary of which is provided below. We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business.

 

98


Table of Contents
     Fiscal year
ended October 31, 2014
 
     Owned     Leased     Total  
     (square feet in millions)  

Administration and support

     9        19        28   

(Percentage)

     32     68     100

Core data centers, manufacturing plants, research and development facilities and warehouse operations

     10        5        15   

(Percentage)

     67     33     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (1)

     19        24        43   

(Percentage)

     44     56     100

 

(1) Excludes 5 million square feet of vacated space, of which 1 million square feet is leased to third parties.

Because of the interrelation of our business segments, a majority of these segments use substantially all of the properties described above at least in part, and we retain the flexibility to use each of the properties in whole or in part for each of our segments.

Principal Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices, including our global headquarters, are located at 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California 94304, United States of America.

Headquarters of Geographic Operations

The locations of our geographic headquarters are as follows:

 

Americas   Europe, Middle East, Africa   Asia Pacific
Houston, United States
Mississauga, Canada
  Geneva, Switzerland   Singapore
Tokyo, Japan

Product Development, Services and Manufacturing

The locations of our major product development, manufacturing, data centers and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs facilities are as follows:

 

Americas

 

Brazil— Sao Paulo

 

Canada— Markham, Mississauga

 

Puerto Rico— Aguadilla

 

United States —Alpharetta, Andover, Auburn Hills, Austin, Cincinnati, Charlotte, Colorado Springs, Des Moines, Fort Collins, Hockley, Houston, Palo Alto, Plano, Rancho Cordova, Roseville, Suwanee, Tulsa

  

Europe, Middle East, Africa

 

France— Grenoble

 

Germany— Frankfurt

 

Spain— Sant Cugat del Valles

 

United Kingdom —Billingham, Erskine, Norwich, Sunderland

Asia Pacific

 

India— Bangalore

 

Japan— Tokyo

 

New Zealand— Auckland

 

Singapore— Singapore

  

Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs

 

Israel— Haifa

 

United Kingdom— Bristol

 

United States— Palo Alto

Legal Proceedings

Information with respect to this item may be found in Note 16 to our Combined Financial Statements and Note 16 to our Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Executive Officers Following the Separation

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the individuals who are expected to serve as our executive officers and their anticipated positions following the separation. After the separation, none of these individuals will continue to be employees of HP Inc. However, Ms. Whitman is expected to serve as non-executive chairperson of HP Inc.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Margaret C. Whitman

     59       President and Chief Executive Officer

Martin Fink

     50       Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Henry Gomez

     52       Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing and Communications Officer

John M. Hinshaw

     44       Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations

Christopher P. Hsu

     44       Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Kirt P. Karros

     45       Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer

Alan May

     57       Executive Vice President, Human Resources

Michael G. Nefkens

     45       Executive Vice President, Enterprise Services

Antonio Neri

     48       Executive Vice President and General Manager, Enterprise Group

Jeff T. Ricci

     54       Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

John F. Schultz

     51       Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Timothy C. Stonesifer

     47       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Robert Youngjohns

     63       Executive Vice President and General Manager, HP Software

Margaret C. Whitman; age 59; President and Chief Executive Officer

Ms. Whitman has served as Chairman of HP Co. since July 2014, President and Chief Executive Officer of HP Co. since September 2011 and as a member of HP Co.’s board of directors since January 2011. From March 2011 to September 2011, Ms. Whitman served as a part-time strategic advisor to Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, a private equity firm. Previously, Ms. Whitman served as President and Chief Executive Officer of eBay Inc., from 1998 to 2008. Prior to joining eBay, Ms. Whitman held executive-level positions at Hasbro Inc., FTD, Inc., The Stride Rite Corporation, The Walt Disney Company, and Bain & Company. Ms. Whitman also serves as a director of The Procter & Gamble Company and is a former director of Zipcar, Inc.

Martin Fink; age 50; Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Mr. Fink has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and Director of HP Labs since November 2012. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Business Critical Systems and Converged Application Systems at HP Co. from April 2005 to October 2012. During his 30-year career at HP Co., Mr. Fink has worked in a wide range of roles across HP Co. He also serves as a director of Hortonworks, Inc.

Henry Gomez; age 52; Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing and Communications Officer

Mr. Gomez has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing and Communications Officer of HP Co. since August 2013. Previously, he served as Chief Communications Officer and Executive Vice President of HP Co. from January 2012 to July 2013. Prior to that, he ran HSG Communications, a consulting business that he founded in September 2008. He also served on the leadership team of Ms. Whitman’s gubernatorial campaign from February 2009 to November 2010. For most of the previous decade, he worked at eBay Inc. in a variety of roles including Senior Vice President for Corporate Communications and President of Skype. From September 2011 to September 2013 he served as a director of BJ’s Restaurants, Inc.

 

100


Table of Contents

John M. Hinshaw; age 44; Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations

Mr. Hinshaw has served as Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations at HP Co. since November 2011. Prior to joining HP Co., Mr. Hinshaw served as Vice President and General Manager of Information Solutions at The Boeing Company, an aerospace company, from January 2011 to October 2011 and as Global Chief Information Officer for Boeing from June 2007 to December 2010. He also serves as a director of Bank of New York Mellon.

Christopher P. Hsu; age 44; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Mr. Hsu has served as Senior Vice President, Organizational Performance and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Separation Leader since May 2014. Prior to joining HP Co., he served as Managing Director at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts (“KKR”), an investment firm, from December 2013 to May 2014 and as Director of KKR Capstone from November 2008 to December 2013, having joined KKR as a Principal in May 2007. Previously, Mr. Hsu served as an Associate Principal at McKinsey and Company, a consultancy firm, from July 2001 to April 2007.

Kirt P. Karros; age 45; Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer

Mr. Karros has served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer since May 2015. He also leads Investor Relations. Previously, Mr. Karros served as a Principal and Managing Director of Research for Relational Investors LLC, an investment fund, from 2001 to May 2015. Mr. Karros served as a director of PMC-Sierra, a semiconductor company, from August 2013 to May 2015.

Alan May; age 57; Executive Vice President, Human Resources

Mr. May has served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources at HP since June 2015. Prior to joining HP Co., Mr. May served as VP, Human Resources at Boeing Commercial Aircraft, a division of The Boeing Company, from April 2013 to June 2015. Previously, Mr. May served as VP of Human Resources for Boeing Defense, Space and Security at Boeing from April 2011 to June 2015 and as VP of Compensation, Benefits and Strategy at Boeing from August 2007 to April 2011. Prior to joining Boeing, Mr. May served as Chief Talent and Human Resources Officer at Cerberus Capital Management from September 2006 to August 2007. Mr. May served in a number of Human Resources executive roles at PepsiCo from November 1991 to August 2006.

Michael G. Nefkens; age 45; Executive Vice President, Enterprise Services

Mr. Nefkens has served as Executive Vice President, Enterprise Services at HP Co. since December 2012. Previously, he served in that role in an acting capacity since August 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Nefkens served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Enterprise Services in the EMEA region at HP Co. from November 2009 to August 2012, after having served in client-facing roles for some of Enterprise Services’ largest clients since joining the business in 2001. He also serves as a director of Riverbed Technology, Inc.

Antonio Neri; age 48; Executive Vice President and General Manager, Enterprise Group

Mr. Neri has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Enterprise Group at HP Co. since October 2014. Previously, he served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the HP Servers business from September 2013 to October 2014 and concurrently as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the HP Networking business unit from May 2014 to October 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Neri served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the HP Technology Services business unit from August 2011 to September 2013 and as Senior Vice President, Customer Services for the HP Personal Systems Group from 1995 until August 2011. From March 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Neri served as a director of MphasiS Limited, a technology company.

 

101


Table of Contents

Jeff T. Ricci; age 54; Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

Mr. Ricci has served as Senior Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer at HP Co. since April 2014. Previously, Mr. Ricci served as Controller and Principal Accounting Officer at HP Co. on an interim basis from November 2013 to April 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Ricci served as Vice President of Finance for HP Co.’s Technology and Operations organization from May 2012 to November 2013. Mr. Ricci served as HP Co.’s Vice President of Finance for Global Accounts and HP Financial Services from March 2011 to May 2012 and Vice President of Finance for HP Software from March 2009 to March 2011. Prior to joining HP Co., Mr. Ricci served as Senior Vice President of Finance for BEA Systems, Inc., an enterprise software company, from 2000 until June 2008.

John F. Schultz; age 51; Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Mr. Schultz has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of HP Co. since April 2012. Previously, he served as Deputy General Counsel for Litigation, Investigations and Global Functions at HP Co. from September 2008 to April 2012. From March 2005 to September 2008, Mr. Schultz was a partner in the litigation practice at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, where, among other clients, he supported HP Co. as external counsel on a variety of litigation and regulatory matters.

Timothy C. Stonesifer; age 47; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Stonesifer has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Enterprise Group at HP Co. since February 2014. Prior to joining HP Co., he served as Chief Financial Officer of General Motors International Operations, an automotive company, from May 2011 to January 2014. Previously, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Alegco Scotsman, a storage company, from June 2010 to May 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Stonesifer served as Chief Financial Officer of Sabic Innovative Plastics (formerly GE Plastics) from August 2007 to June 2010 after having served in various other positions at General Electric since joining the company in 1989.

Robert Youngjohns; age 63; Executive Vice President and General Manager, HP Software

Mr. Youngjohns has served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of HP Software since May 2014. Previously, Mr. Youngjohns served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the HP Autonomy/Information Management business unit within HP Software from September 2012 to May 2014. Prior to joining HP Co., he was President of Microsoft North America from September 2007 to September 2012 and was President and Chief Executive Officer of Callidus Software from August 2005 to September 2007. Prior to that, he spent 10 years at Sun Microsystems, Inc., where he had a variety of leadership positions in sales and general management both regionally and globally.

Our Board of Directors Following the Separation

The following table sets forth information regarding the individuals who are expected to serve on our board of directors following the completion of the separation. The nominees will be presented to Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s sole stockholder, HP Co., for election prior to the separation. We may name and present additional nominees for election prior to the separation.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Patricia F. Russo

     63       Chairman

Margaret C. Whitman

     59       Director

Patricia F. Russo; age 63; Chairman

Ms. Russo will serve as the Chairman of our board of directors. Ms. Russo also serves as the Lead Independent Director of HP Co., a position she has held since July 2014. Ms. Russo served as Chief Executive

 

102


Table of Contents

Officer of Alcatel-Lucent, a communications company, from 2006 to 2008. Previously, Ms. Russo served as Chairman of Lucent Technologies Inc., a communications company, from 2003 to 2006 and Chief Executive Officer and President of Lucent from 2002 to 2006. Ms. Russo is also a director of Alcoa Inc., General Motors Company and Merck & Co., Inc. In addition to her other public company directorships, she is a director of KKR Management LLC, the managing partner of KKR & Co., L.P. Ms. Russo served as a director of Schering-Plough Corporation from 1995 until its merger with Merck in 2009. Ms. Russo brings to our board of directors extensive global business experience, a broad understanding of the technology industry, strong management skills and operational expertise through her positions with Alcatel-Lucent and Lucent Technologies. In those positions, she dealt with a wide range of issues including mergers and acquisitions and business restructurings as she led Lucent’s recovery through a severe industry downturn and later a merger with Alcatel. Ms. Russo also brings to our board of directors public company governance experience as a member of boards and board committees of other public companies.

Margaret C. Whitman; age 59

Ms. Whitman brings to our board of directors unique experience in developing transformative business models, building global brands and driving sustained growth and expansion through her experience as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of HP Co. and previously as President and Chief Executive Officer of eBay. From her previous executive positions with other large public companies, she also brings to our board of directors strong operational and strategic expertise. In addition, Ms. Whitman brings to our board of directors public company governance experience having previously served as a member of boards and board committees of other public companies.

Each member of our board of directors will have a term expiring at the first annual meeting of our stockholders following the distribution, which we expect to hold in 2016.

Director Independence

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that a substantial majority of our board of directors will consist of independent directors and that our board of directors can include no more than three directors who are not independent directors. These standards are available on our website at [●]. Our director independence standards reflect the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. In addition, each member of the Audit Committee is expected to meet the heightened independence standards required for audit committee members under the applicable listing standards, and each member of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (the “Enterprise Compensation Committee”) is expected to meet the heightened independence standards required for compensation committee members under the applicable listing standards. Our board of directors will assess on a regular basis, and at least annually, the independence of directors and, based on the recommendation of the Nominating, Governance and Social Responsibility Committee (the “NGSR Committee”), will make a determination as to which members are independent.

Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines, a director will not be considered independent in the following circumstances:

 

  (1) The director is, or has been within the last three years, an employee of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, or an immediate family member of the director is, or has been within the last three years, an executive officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

 

  (2) The director has been employed as an executive officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, its subsidiaries or its affiliates within the last five years.

 

  (3)

The director has received, or has an immediate family member who has received, during any 12-month period within the last three years, more than $100,000 in direct compensation from Hewlett Packard Enterprise, other than compensation for board service, compensation received by a director’s

 

103


Table of Contents
  immediate family member for service as a non-executive employee of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior service with Hewlett Packard Enterprise that is not contingent on continued service.

 

  (4) (a) The director or an immediate family member is a current partner of the firm that is our internal or external auditor; (b) the director is a current employee of such a firm; (c) the director has an immediate family member who is a current employee of such a firm and who participates in the firm’s audit, assurance or tax compliance (but not tax planning) practice; or (d) the director or an immediate family member was within the last three years (but is no longer) a partner or employee of such a firm and personally worked on our audit within that time.

 

  (5) The director or an immediate family member is, or has been in the past three years, employed as an executive officer of another company where any of our present executive officers at the same time serves or has served on that company’s compensation committee.

 

  (6) The director is a current employee, or an immediate family member is a current executive officer, of a company that has made payments to, or received payments from, Hewlett Packard Enterprise for property or services in an amount which, in any of the last three fiscal years, exceeds the greater of $1 million or 2% of such other company’s consolidated gross revenues.

 

  (7) The director is affiliated with a charitable organization that receives significant contributions from Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

 

  (8) The director has a personal services contract with Hewlett Packard Enterprise or an executive officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

For these purposes, an “immediate family member” includes a director’s spouse, parents, step-parents, children, step-children, siblings, mother-in-law, father-in-law, sons-in-law, daughters-in-law, brothers-in-law, sisters-in-law, and any person (other than tenants or employees) who shares the director’s home.

In determining independence, our board of directors reviews whether directors have any material relationship with Hewlett Packard Enterprise. An independent director must not have any material relationship with Hewlett Packard Enterprise, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with Hewlett Packard Enterprise, nor any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In assessing the materiality of a director’s relationship to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, our board of directors considers all relevant facts and circumstances, including consideration of the issues from the director’s standpoint and from the perspective of the persons or organizations with which the director has an affiliation, and is guided by the standards set forth above.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Effective upon the completion of the separation, our board of directors will have the following standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Finance and Investment Committee, a Human Resources and Compensation Committee, a Nominating, Governance and Social Responsibility Committee and a Technology Committee.

Audit Committee . [●] are expected to be the members of our board’s Audit Committee. [●] is expected to be the Audit Committee Chairman. Our board of directors is expected to determine that at least one member of the Audit Committee is an “audit committee financial expert” for purposes of the rules of the SEC. In addition, we expect that our board of directors will determine that each of the members of the Audit Committee is independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE and Section 10A(m)(3) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and in accordance with our Corporate Governance Guidelines, and that each has satisfied the NYSE’s financial literacy requirements. The Audit Committee represents and assists our board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities for overseeing our financial reporting processes and the audit of our financial statements, including the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public

 

104


Table of Contents

accounting firm, the performance of our internal audit function and risk assessment and risk management. The Audit Committee is directly responsible for appointing, overseeing the work of, and evaluating and determining the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. Other specific duties and responsibilities of the Audit Committee include:

 

    preparing the Audit Committee report for inclusion in our annual proxy statement;

 

    annually reviewing its charter and performance;

 

    reviewing and approving the scope of the annual audit, the audit fee and the financial statements;

 

    reviewing our disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls, information security policies, internal audit function and corporate policies with respect to financial information and earnings guidance;

 

    reviewing regulatory and accounting initiatives and off-balance sheet structures;

 

    overseeing our compliance programs with respect to legal and regulatory requirements;

 

    overseeing investigations into complaints concerning the federal securities laws;

 

    reviewing risks facing Hewlett Packard Enterprise and management’s approach to addressing these risks, including significant risks or exposures relating to litigation and other proceedings and regulatory matters that may have a significant impact on our financial statements;

 

    discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management; and

 

    working closely with management as well as our independent registered public accounting firm.

Finance and Investment Committee . [●] are expected to be the members of our board’s Finance and Investment Committee. [●] is expected to be the Finance and Investment Committee Chairman. The Finance and Investment Committee provides oversight to the finance and investment functions of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. The Finance and Investment Committee’s responsibilities and duties include:

 

    overseeing and approving our strategic alliances;

 

    reviewing or overseeing significant treasury matters such as capital structure and allocation strategy, derivative policy, global liquidity, fixed income investments, borrowings, currency exposure, dividend policy, share issuances and repurchases, and capital spending;

 

    overseeing our loans and loan guarantees of third-party debt and obligations;

 

    reviewing our Financial Services segment’s capitalization and operations, including residual and credit management, risk concentration and return on invested capital;

 

    reviewing the activities of our Investor Relations department;

 

    assisting our board of directors in evaluating investment, acquisition, enterprise services, joint venture and divestiture transactions in which we engage as part of our business strategy from time to time and reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors as to scope, direction, quality, investment levels and execution of such transactions;

 

    evaluating and revising our approval policies with respect to such transactions, and overseeing our integration planning and execution and the financial results of such transactions after integration;

 

    evaluating the execution, financial results and integration of our completed transactions; and

 

    annually reviewing and approving certain swaps and other derivative transactions.

Human Resources and Compensation Committee . [●] are expected to be the members of the Enterprise Compensation Committee. [●] is expected to be the Enterprise Compensation Committee Chairman. Our board of directors is expected to determine that each member of the Enterprise Compensation Committee is

 

105


Table of Contents

independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE and in accordance with our Corporate Governance Guidelines. In addition, we expect that the members of the Enterprise Compensation Committee will qualify as “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and as “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Enterprise Compensation Committee discharges the board of directors’ responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executives and directors; reviews and discusses with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and performs other reviews and analyses and makes additional disclosures as required of compensation committees by the rules of the SEC or applicable exchange listing requirements; provides general oversight of our compensation structure, including our equity compensation plans and benefits programs, and confirms that these plans and programs do not encourage risk taking that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Hewlett Packard Enterprise; reviews and provides guidance on our human resources programs; and retains and approves the retention terms of the Enterprise Compensation Committee’s independent compensation consultants and other independent compensation experts. Other specific duties and responsibilities of the Enterprise Compensation Committee include:

 

    reviewing senior management selection and overseeing succession planning, including reviewing the leadership development process;

 

    recommending all elements of our chief executive officer’s compensation to the independent members of our board of directors;

 

    reviewing and approving objectives relevant to other executive officer compensation and evaluating performance and determining the compensation of other executive officers in accordance with those objectives;

 

    approving severance arrangements and other applicable agreements and policies for executive officers;

 

    overseeing non-equity-based benefit plans and approving any changes to such plans involving a material financial commitment by Hewlett Packard Enterprise;

 

    monitoring workforce management programs;

 

    establishing compensation policies and practices for service on our board of directors and its committees, including annually reviewing the appropriate level of director compensation and recommending to our board of directors any changes to that compensation;

 

    adopting and monitoring compliance with stock ownership guidelines and policies for directors and executive officers;

 

    annually assessing whether the work of compensation consultants has raised any conflict of interest; and

 

    annually evaluating its performance and its charter.

Nominating, Governance and Social Responsibility Committee . [●] are expected to be the members of our board’s NGSR Committee. [●] is expected to be the NGSR Committee Chairman. Our board of directors is expected to determine that each of the members of the NGSR Committee is independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE and in accordance with our Corporate Governance Guidelines. The NGSR Committee identifies and recommends candidates to be nominated for election as directors at our annual meeting, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; develops and regularly reviews corporate governance principles, including our Corporate Governance Guidelines and related policies, for approval by our board of directors; oversees the organization of our board of directors to discharge the board of directors’ duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; and sees that proper attention is given and effective responses are made to stockholder concerns regarding corporate governance matters. Other specific duties and responsibilities of the NGSR Committee include:

 

    developing and recommending to our board of directors the criteria for identifying and evaluating director candidates and periodically reviewing these criteria;

 

106


Table of Contents
    annually assessing the size, structure, functioning and composition of our board of directors, including developing and reviewing director qualifications for approval by our board of directors;

 

    identifying and recruiting new directors, establishing procedures for the consideration of director candidates recommended by stockholders and considering candidates proposed by stockholders;

 

    assessing the contributions and independence of incumbent directors in determining whether to recommend them for reelection to our board of directors;

 

    recommending to our board of directors candidates to be elected by our board of directors as necessary to fill vacancies and newly created directorships;

 

    recommending assignments of directors to board committees and chairs of board committees;

 

    periodically reviewing our board of directors’ leadership structure, and recommending changes to our board of directors as appropriate;

 

    conducting a preliminary review of director independence and financial literacy and expertise of Audit Committee members and nominees who may be asked to serve on the Audit Committee; and

 

    overseeing director orientation and continuing education, and making recommendations regarding continuing education programs for directors.

The NGSR Committee also:

 

    reviews proposed changes to our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and board committee charters;

 

    assesses and makes recommendations regarding stockholder rights plans or other stockholder protections, as appropriate;

 

    establishes policies and procedures for the review and approval of related-person transactions and conflicts of interest, including the review and approval of all potential “related-person transactions” as defined under SEC rules;

 

    reviews and approves the designation of any directors or executive officers for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act (the “Section 16 officers”) standing for election for outside for-profit boards of directors;

 

    reviews stockholder proposals and recommends responses by our board of directors;

 

    reviews and assesses the channels through which our board of directors receives information, and the quality and timeliness of information received;

 

    oversees the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors and its committees;

 

    oversees the annual evaluation of our chief executive officer in conjunction with the Enterprise Compensation Committee and, with input from all members of our board of directors, oversees the Enterprise Compensation Committee’s evaluation of senior management; and

 

    reviews requests for indemnification under our bylaws.

The NGSR Committee also identifies, evaluates and monitors social, political and environmental trends, issues, concerns, legislative proposals and regulatory developments that could significantly affect the public affairs of Hewlett Packard Enterprise; reviews, assesses, reports and provides guidance to management and the full board of directors relating to activities, policies and programs with respect to public policy matters; may review, assess, report and provide guidance to management and our board of directors regarding our policies and programs relating to global citizenship (which includes, among other things, human rights, privacy, sustainability and corporate social responsibility) and the impact of our operations on employees, customers, suppliers, partners and communities worldwide, as well as review our annual Living Progress Report; and oversees policies relating to, and the manner in which we conduct, our government affairs activities.

 

107


Table of Contents

Technology Committee . [●] are expected to be the members of our board’s Technology Committee. [●] is expected to be the Technology Committee Chairman. The Technology Committee assesses the health of our technology strategies and the scope and quality of our intellectual property. The Technology Committee’s duties and responsibilities include:

 

    making recommendations to our board of directors as to scope, direction, quality, investment levels and execution of our technology strategies;

 

    overseeing the execution of technology strategies formulated by management;

 

    providing guidance on technology as it may pertain to, among other things, market entry and exit, investments, mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, new business divisions and spin-offs, research and development investments, and key competitor and partnership strategies; and

 

    reviewing and making recommendations on proposed investment, acquisition, joint venture and divestiture transactions with a value of at least $200 million that involve technology pursuant to our mergers and acquisitions approval policies.

Our board of directors is expected to adopt a written charter for each of the Audit Committee, the Finance and Investment Committee, the Enterprise Compensation Committee, the NGSR Committee and the Technology Committee. These charters will be posted on our website in connection with the separation.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During the company’s fiscal year ended October 31, 2014, Hewlett Packard Enterprise was not an independent company and did not have a compensation committee or any other committee serving a similar function. Decisions as to the compensation of those who served as our executive officers for that fiscal year were made by HP Co., as described in the section of this information statement captioned “Executive Compensation.”

Corporate Governance

Stockholder Recommendations for Director Nominees

Our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that address the process by which a stockholder may nominate an individual to stand for election to our board of directors. We expect that our board of directors will adopt a policy concerning the evaluation of stockholder recommendations of board candidates by the NGSR Committee.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our board of directors is expected to adopt Corporate Governance Guidelines in connection with the separation to assist it in guiding our governance practices. These practices will be regularly reevaluated by the NGSR Committee in light of changing circumstances in order to continue serving Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.

Director Election Voting Standard and Resignation Policy

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide for a majority vote standard in the uncontested election of directors, meaning that, for a nominee to be elected, the number of shares voted “for” the nominee must exceed the votes cast “against” the nominee’s election. In addition, we expect to adopt a policy whereby any incumbent director nominee who receives a greater number of votes “against” his or her election than votes “for” such election will tender his or her resignation for consideration by the NGSR Committee. The NGSR Committee will recommend to our board of directors the action to be taken with respect to such offer of resignation.

 

108


Table of Contents

Communicating with the Board of Directors

Individuals may communicate with the board of directors by contacting:

Secretary to the Board of Directors

3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California 94304

e-mail: [●]

All directors have access to this correspondence. In accordance with instructions from our board of directors, the Secretary to our board of directors reviews all correspondence, organizes the communications for review by our board of directors and posts communications to the full board of directors or to individual directors, as appropriate. Our independent directors have requested that certain items that are unrelated to the board of directors’ duties, such as spam, junk mail, mass mailings, solicitations, resumes and job inquiries, not be posted.

Communications that are intended specifically for the chairman of the board, other independent directors or the non-employee directors should be sent to the e-mail address or street address noted above, to the attention of the chairman of the board.

Director Qualification Standards

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines will provide that the NGSR Committee is responsible for reviewing with our board of directors the appropriate skills and characteristics required of board members in the context of the makeup of our board of directors and developing criteria for identifying and evaluating board candidates.

The process that the NGSR Committee will use to identify a nominee to serve as a member of our board of directors will depend on the qualities being sought. From time to time, we may engage an executive search firm to assist the committee in identifying individuals qualified to be board members. The NGSR Committee considers the knowledge, experience, diversity and personal and professional integrity of potential directors, as well as their willingness to devote the time necessary to effectively carry out the duties and responsibilities of board membership. The NGSR Committee may reevaluate the relevant criteria for board membership from time to time in response to changing business factors or regulatory requirements. Our board of directors will be responsible for selecting candidates for election as directors based on the recommendation of the NGSR Committee.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is expected to separate the positions of chief executive officer and chairman of the board. Ms. Russo, one of our independent directors, is expected to serve as our chairman of the board. The responsibilities of the chairman of the board include setting the agenda for each board meeting, in consultation with our chief executive officer; chairing the meetings of independent directors; and facilitating and conducting, with the NGSR Committee, the annual self-assessments by our board of directors and each standing committee of our board of directors.

Separating the positions of chief executive officer and chairman of the board allows our chief executive officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the chairman of the board to lead our board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors believes that having an independent director serve as chairman of the board is the appropriate leadership structure for Hewlett Packard Enterprise at this time. However, in the future our board of directors may wish to consider alternative structures. Subject to the requirements under our amended and restated bylaws, our board of directors will be free to decide how to structure its leadership going forward.

 

109


Table of Contents

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

Our board of directors, with the assistance of its committees as discussed below, will review and oversee our enterprise risk management (“ERM”) program, which is an enterprise-wide program designed to enable effective and efficient identification of, and management visibility into, critical enterprise risks and to facilitate the incorporation of risk considerations into decisionmaking. The ERM program was established to clearly define risk management roles and responsibilities, bring together senior management to discuss risk, promote visibility and constructive dialogue around risk at the senior management and board levels and facilitate appropriate risk response strategies. Under the ERM program, management develops a holistic portfolio of our enterprise risks by facilitating business and function risk assessments, performing targeted risk assessments and incorporating information regarding specific categories of risk gathered from various internal Hewlett Packard Enterprise organizations. Management then develops risk response plans for risks categorized as needing management focus and response and monitors other identified risk focus areas. Management will provide regular reports on the risk portfolio and risk response efforts to senior management and to the Audit Committee.

Our board of directors will oversee management’s implementation of the ERM program, including reviewing our enterprise risk portfolio and evaluating management’s approach to addressing identified risks. Various board committees will also have responsibilities for oversight of risk management that supplement the ERM program. For example, the Enterprise Compensation Committee will consider the risks associated with our compensation policies and practices, the Finance and Investment Committee will be responsible for overseeing financial risks and the NGSR Committee will oversee risks associated with our governance structure and processes. Our board of directors will be kept informed of its committees’ risk oversight and related activities primarily through reports of the committee chairmen to the full board of directors. In addition, the Audit Committee will escalate issues relating to risk oversight to the full board of directors as appropriate to keep our board of directors appropriately informed of developments that could affect our risk profile or other aspects of our business. Our board of directors will also consider specific risk topics in connection with strategic planning and other matters.

Policies on Business Ethics

In connection with the separation, we will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that requires all our business activities to be conducted in compliance with laws, regulations and ethical principles and values. All directors, officers and employees of Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be required to read, understand and abide by the requirements of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

These documents will be accessible on our website. Any waiver of these codes for directors or executive officers may be made only by the Audit Committee. We will disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our website within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver. In addition, we will disclose any waiver from these codes for our other executive officers and for directors on our website.

Procedures for Treatment of Complaints Regarding Accounting, Internal Accounting Controls and Auditing Matters

In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we expect that our Audit Committee will adopt procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters and to allow for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees and others of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

110


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

We expect that director compensation will be subject to the review and approval of the Enterprise Compensation Committee after the separation. Directors who will be employed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise following the separation and distribution will not receive any compensation for their services as members of our board of directors. Compensation for non-employee directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise is expected to be a mix of cash and equity-based compensation, including retainer fees for certain roles such as committee chair, that is competitive with the compensation paid to non-employee directors within our peer group.

Director compensation for the period prior to any change recommended by the Enterprise Compensation Committee and approved by our board of directors will be identical to that currently paid by HP Co. The table below sets forth the annual cash retainer, annual equity retainer and lead director and committee chair retainers for our non-employee directors and our non-employee chairman (to be prorated based on actual service periods), which mirror the current arrangements for non-employee directors and were approved by the HP Co. board of directors acting on the recommendation of the HP Co. HRC Committee.

 

    Annual
Cash
Retainer (1)
    Annual
Equity
Retainer (2)
    Lead
Independent
Director
Retainer (3)
    Audit
Committee
Chair
Retainer (4)
    Compensation
Committee
Chair
Retainer (5)
    Other
Committee
Chair
Retainer (6)
    Meeting
Fees (7)

Non-employee director

  $ 100,000      $ 175,000      $ 35,000      $ 25,000      $ 20,000      $ 15,000      $2,000 per
meeting

Non-employee chairman

  $ 200,000      $ 175,000        Not eligible        Not eligible        Not eligible        Not eligible      $2,000 per
meeting

 

(1) A director may elect to defer up to 50% of his or her annual cash retainer. In lieu of the annual cash retainer, a director may elect to receive an equivalent value either entirely in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) or in equal values of RSUs and stock options.
(2) We expect that the annual equity retainer will be paid at the election of the director either entirely in RSUs or in equal values of RSUs and stock options. The number of shares subject to the RSU awards is determined based on the fair market value of our stock on the grant date, and the number of shares subject to the stock option awards is determined as of the grant date based on a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula. RSUs and stock options will generally vest one year after the grant date.
(3) The lead independent director also receives an annual retainer of $35,000 in cash.
(4) The Audit Committee chairperson also receives an annual retainer of $25,000 in cash.
(5) The Compensation Committee chairperson also receives an annual retainer of $20,000 in cash.
(6) The chairperson of each of the Finance and Investment Committee, the Nominating, Governance and Social Responsibility Committee and the Technology Committee also receives an annual retainer of $15,000 in cash.
(7) Each non-employee director also receives $2,000 for board of director meetings attended in excess of ten meetings per term and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended in excess of a total of ten meetings of each committee per term.

 

111


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

As discussed elsewhere in this information statement, HP Co. is separating into two publicly traded companies, HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes compensation of the HP Co. executive officer who is expected to be appointed to serve as Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s Chief Executive Officer and the compensation of HP Co.’s Chief Financial Officer and the three most highly compensated HP Co. executive officers (based on fiscal 2014 compensation from HP), other than the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who were engaged in the Hewlett Packard Enterprise business in fiscal 2014 (collectively, our “NEOs”). Hewlett Packard Enterprise is currently part of HP Co. and is not yet an independent company, and the Enterprise Compensation Committee has not yet been formed. Accordingly, decisions regarding the past compensation of our NEOs have been made by HP Co. Our future compensation programs and policies will be subject to the review and approval of the Enterprise Compensation Committee after the separation. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis contains a description of the executive compensation philosophy and programs applicable to our NEOs, the compensation decisions the HR and Compensation Committee (the “HRC Committee”) of HP Co.’s board of directors has made under those programs, and the considerations in making those decisions. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis focuses on the compensation of our NEOs for fiscal 2014. Our NEOs for fiscal 2014, and their designated titles at Hewlett Packard Enterprise (if applicable), are as follows:

 

    Margaret C. Whitman, President and CEO of Hewlett Packard Enterprise . Prior to this role, Ms. Whitman served as Chairman of the Board, President and CEO of HP Co.

 

    Catherine A. Lesjak , who served as served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of HP Co. during fiscal 2014. Ms. Lesjak will continue employment with HP Inc. following the separation and will not have a position at Hewlett Packard Enterprise. Timothy C. Stonesifer, who served as Chief Financial Officer of HP Co.’s Enterprise Group during fiscal 2014, is expected to assume the role of Chief Financial Officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise at the effective time of the distribution.

 

    William L. Veghte , who served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Enterprise Group of HP Co. during fiscal 2014. Mr. Veghte resigned from HP Co. effective July 31, 2015 and will not have a position at Hewlett Packard Enterprise. Antonio Neri, who served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of HP Co.’s Enterprise Group during fiscal 2014, is expected to assume the role of Executive Vice President and General Manager, Enterprise Group at or prior to the effective time of the distribution.

 

    Michael G. Nefkens, Executive Vice President, Enterprise Services of Hewlett Packard Enterprise . Prior to this role, Mr. Nefkens served as Executive Vice President, Enterprise Services of HP Co.

 

    A. George Kadifa , who served as Executive Vice President, Software of HP Co. until April 30, 2014 and effective May 1, 2014, served as Executive Vice President, Strategic Relationships of HP Co. during fiscal 2014. Mr. Kadifa’s employment with HP Co. terminated effective March 2, 2015.

Executive Summary

Fiscal 2014 Compensation Highlights

The HP Co. board of directors and the HRC Committee regularly explore ways to improve HP Co.’s executive compensation program. In making changes for fiscal 2014, the HP Co. board of directors and the HRC Committee considered the evolution of HP Co.’s turnaround, the industry, and HP Co.’s current business needs in order to maintain a program that encourages strong performance from HP Co.’s executives, pays commensurately with the performance delivered, and aligns the interests of HP Co.’s executives with those of HP

 

112


Table of Contents

Co.’s stockholders, as well as perspectives expressed by and input from HP Co.’s stockholders. While many elements of the fiscal 2014 executive compensation program remained consistent with prior years, some changes were made. Changes for fiscal 2014 included:

 

    CEO Compensation . When Ms. Whitman joined HP Co. as CEO, the HP Co. board of directors established an initial salary of $1 per year, reflecting HP Co.’s planned turnaround. For fiscal 2014, considering the stage of HP Co.’s turnaround, the HP Co. board of directors decided it would be appropriate to begin paying Ms. Whitman a salary consistent with the median of HP Co.’s peer group companies. Accordingly, Ms. Whitman received a salary of $1.5 million during fiscal 2014. The HP Co. board of directors maintains a total CEO target compensation package that approximates the competitive median of HP Co.’s market and is consistent with HP Co.’s pay positioning strategy.

 

    Incentive Measures . In fiscal 2013, the HRC Committee of HP Co. added a Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) and Relative Total Stockholder Return (“RTSR”) to the annual incentive Pay for Results Plan (“PfR Plan”). For fiscal 2014, the HRC Committee determined that these measures could be better influenced over the long term. As such, HP Co. removed the ROIC/RTSR multiplier from the PfR Plan and added both performance metrics to the long-term incentive (“LTI”) program. As a result, the maximum annual cash incentive opportunity under the PfR Plan was reduced from 350% to 250% of target. ROIC and RTSR measures were incorporated into HP Co.’s LTI program (see discussion below). For fiscal 2014, the performance metrics for the PfR Plan were revenue, net profit, free cash flow as a percentage of revenue and management business objectives (“MBOs”).

 

    Mix of Long-term Incentive Awards . HP Co. LTI awards continued to be 70% performance-based and 30% time-based. However, the mix of performance-based LTI awards changed in fiscal 2014 from 70% to 40% in performance-contingent stock options (“PCSOs”), and HP Co. introduced performance-adjusted restricted stock units (“PARSUs”) with a 30% weighting to include RTSR and ROIC measures i n HP Co.’s LTI awards. The remaining 30% of the total LTI value continued to be awarded as time-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”).

Executive Compensation Philosophy

The HP Co. board of directors and the HRC Committee are committed to excellence in corporate governance and to executive compensation programs that align the interests of HP Co.’s executives with those of HP Co.’s stockholders. To fulfill this mission, HP Co. has a pay-for-performance philosophy that forms the foundation for decisions regarding compensation. HP Co.’s compensation programs have been structured to balance near-term results with long-term success, enabling HP Co. to attract, retain, focus and reward its executive team for delivering stockholder value. The table below summarizes key elements of HP Co. fiscal 2014 compensation programs relative to this philosophy.

 

ALIGNMENT WITH STOCKHOLDERS

Pay-for-Performance

  

Corporate Governance

•    The majority of target total direct compensation for executives is performance-based as well as equity-based to align their rewards with stockholders value

  

•    HP Co. generally does not enter into individual executive compensation agreements

•    Total direct compensation is targeted at the median of HP Co.’s market

  

•    HP Co. devotes significant time to management succession planning and leadership development efforts

•     Actual realized total direct compensation and pay positioning is designed to fluctuate with, and be commensurate with, actual performance

  

•    HP Co. maintains a market-aligned severance policy for executives that does not have automatic single-trigger equity vesting upon a change in control

•     Incentive awards are heavily dependent upon HP Co.’s stock performance, and are measured against

  

•    The HRC Committee utilizes an independent compensation consultant

objective financial metrics which HP Co. believes link either directly or indirectly to the creation of

  

 

•    HP Co.’s compensation programs do not encourage imprudent risk-taking

 

113


Table of Contents

ALIGNMENT WITH STOCKHOLDERS

Pay-for-Performance

  

Corporate Governance

value for its stockholders. In addition, 25% of HP Co.’s target annual bonus is contingent upon the achievement of qualitative objectives that HP Co. believes will contribute to its long-term success

  

•    HP Co. maintains stock ownership guidelines for executive officers and non-employee directors

  
  
  

•    HP Co. balances growth and return objectives, top and bottom line objectives, and short- and long-term objectives to reward for overall performance that does not over-emphasize a singular focus

  

•    HP Co. prohibits executive officers and directors from engaging in any form of hedging transaction, and with limited exceptions, from holding HP Co. securities in margin accounts and pledging as collateral for loans*

•    A significant portion of HP Co.’s long-term incentives are delivered in the form of PCSOs , which vest only if sustained stock price appreciation is achieved, and PARSUs , which vest only upon the achievement of two- and three-year RTSR and ROIC objectives

  

•    HP Co. conducts a robust stockholder outreach program throughout the year

•    HP Co. provides no supplemental defined benefit pensions

  

•    HP Co. discloses its corporate performance goals and achievements relative to these goals

•    HP Co. validates its pay-for-performance relationship on an annual basis

  

 

* There were no exceptions in fiscal 2014.

Components of Compensation

HP Co.’s primary focus in compensating executives is on the longer-term and performance-based elements of compensation. The table below shows HP Co.’s pay components, along with the role and the determination factors for each pay component.

 

Pay Component

 

Role

 

Determination Factors

Base Salary

 

•    Fixed portion of annual cash income

 

•    Value of role in competitive marketplace

•    Value of role to HP Co.

•    Skills and performance of individual compared to the market as well as others in HP Co.

Annual Bonus ( i.e. , PfR Plan)

 

•    Variable portion of annual cash income

•    Focus executives on annual objectives that support the long-term strategy and creation of value

 

•    Target awards based on competitive marketplace and level of executive

•    Actual awards based on performance against annual corporate, business unit, and individual goals

 

114


Table of Contents

Pay Component

 

Role

 

Determination Factors

Long-term Incentives:

•    PCSOs/Stock Options

•    RSUs

•    PARSUs

•    Performance-based Restricted Units (“PRUs”)

•    Other, as needed

 

•    Reinforce need for long-term sustained performance and completion of turnaround

•    Align interests of executives and stockholders, reflecting the time-horizon and risk to investors

•    Encourage equity ownership

•    Encourage retention

 

•    Target awards based on competitive marketplace, level of executive, and skills and performance of executive

•    Actual value relative to target based on performance against corporate goals and stock price performance

All Other:

•    Benefits

•    Perquisites

•    Severance Protection

 

•    Support the health and security of HP Co.’s executives and their ability to save on a tax-deferred basis

 

•    Competitive marketplace

•    Level of executive

•    Standards of good governance

•    Desire to de-emphasize

Relationship between CEO Pay and Performance

The HRC Committee regularly assesses the potential pay-for-performance relationships inherent in HP Co.’s pay programs. The table below shows various definitions of pay that can be used in conducting such an assessment:

 

Rationale/Pay Component

 

Target

 

Realized

 

Realizable

Rationale for use of definition  

•    Represents intended value of compensation

•    Treats options and other equity as though it were currency

 

•    Recognizes that there is no assurance that this pay opportunity will be earned until it is actually earned

•    Represents income earned

 

•    Matches time horizon of compensation with performance

•    Recognizes that unexercised options and unvested awards have inherent potential value

Base Salary  

•    Actual salary in fiscal year earned

   

Annual Bonus

( i.e. , PfR Plan)

 

•    Target bonus for fiscal year

 

•    Actual bonus in fiscal year earned

 

PCSOs/Stock Options

 

•    # of stock options granted multiplied by the grant date fair value

 

•    # of stock options exercised multiplied by the intrinsic value at time of exercise

 

•    # of options outstanding multiplied by the Black-Scholes-Merton value at end of fiscal 2014 (including PCSOs for which performance goals have been met)

RSUs

 

•    # of RSUs granted multiplied by the grant date price

 

•    # of RSUs vested multiplied by the price at the time of vesting

 

•    # of RSUs outstanding multiplied by the price at end of fiscal 2014

 

115


Table of Contents

Rationale/Pay Component

 

Target

 

Realized

 

Realizable

PARSUs/PRUs

 

•    # of target PARSUs/PRUs granted multiplied by the grant date fair value

 

•    # of PARSUs/PRUs vested multiplied by the price at the time of vesting

 

•    # of PARSUs/PRUs outstanding for which performance goals have been met multiplied by the price at end of fiscal 2014

All Other

 

•    Actual value of all other compensation as reported

   

The first chart below shows Ms. Whitman’s three-year average annual pay for fiscal 2012–2014 calculated as target compensation, realized compensation and realizable compensation. The second chart below shows annualized total stockholder return (“TSR”) for fiscal 2012–2014, fiscal 2013–2014, and fiscal 2014.

3-Year Average Total Compensation

By Pay Definition, Fiscal 2012–2014 ($ in millions)

 

LOGO

 

* The HRC Committee set CEO target total direct compensation (salary, target bonus and long-term incentive value) at $17.5 million for fiscal 2014. The number shown here is a three-year average, and includes additional “All Other Compensation” and the grant date fair value of equity as determined after the grant for financial purposes.

 

116


Table of Contents

Annualized Total Stockholder Return

Fiscal 2012–2014, Fiscal 2013–14 and Fiscal 2014

 

LOGO

The charts above demonstrate a strong relationship between the CEO’s pay and performance since:

 

    the pay mix is variable (96% of target pay) and equity-oriented (80% of target pay);

 

    HP Co.’s TSR over the two most recent years (both absolutely and relative to the S&P 500 Index) reflects HP Co.’s turnaround results;

 

    realizable pay has risen to 196% of target pay consistent with HP Co.’s stock price performance over the past two years and the CEO having received most of her target pay in equity, especially in fiscal 2012 and 2013 when her annual salary was $1 per year and the amount that would have been a normal “salary” was delivered in HP Co. equity. As a result, equity makes up 92% of realizable pay, with 64% coming from PCSOs, versus only 1% for salary; and

 

    the compensation package has considerable holding power since realized compensation is only 25% of target, reflecting that a significant amount of granted compensation still needs to vest through time and performance.

Oversight and Authority over Executive Compensation

Role of the HRC Committee and its Advisors

The HRC Committee oversees and provides strategic direction to management regarding all aspects of HP Co.’s pay program for senior executives. It makes recommendations regarding the CEO’s compensation to the independent members of the HP Co. board of directors, and it reviews and approves the compensation of the remaining Section 16 officers. Each HRC Committee member is an independent non-employee director with significant experience in executive compensation matters. The HRC Committee employs its own independent compensation consultant, as well as its own independent legal counsel.

During fiscal 2014, the HRC Committee continued to retain Farient Advisors LLC (“Farient”) as its independent compensation consultant and Dentons US LLP (“Dentons”) as its independent legal counsel. Farient provides analyses and recommendations which inform the HRC Committee’s decisions, evaluates market pay data and competitive-position benchmarking, provides analysis and input on performance measures and goals, provides analysis and input on program structure, provides updates on market trends and the regulatory environment as it relates to executive compensation, reviews various management proposals presented to the HRC Committee related to executive compensation, and works with the HRC Committee to validate and strengthen the pay-for-performance relationship and alignment with stockholders. Pursuant to SEC rules, the HRC Committee has assessed the independence of Farient and Dentons, and concluded each is independent and that no conflict of interest exists that would prevent Farient or Dentons from independently representing the HRC

 

117


Table of Contents

Committee. Neither Farient nor Dentons performs other services for HP Co., and neither will do so without the prior consent of the HRC Committee chair. Both Dentons and Farient meet with the HRC Committee chair and the HRC Committee outside the presence of management.

The HRC Committee met eight times in fiscal 2014, and seven of these meetings included an executive session. The HRC Committee’s independent advisors participated in most of the meetings and, when requested by the HRC Committee chair, in the preparatory meetings and the executive sessions.

Role of Management and the Chief Executive Officer in Setting Executive Compensation

On an annual basis, HP Co. management considers market competitiveness, business results, experience and individual performance in evaluating NEO compensation. The Executive Vice President, Human Resources and other members of HP Co.’s human resources organization, together with members of HP Co.’s finance organization and the Office of the General Counsel, work with the CEO to design and develop compensation programs, to recommend changes to existing plans and programs applicable to our NEOs and other senior executives of HP Co., to recommend financial and other targets to be achieved under those programs, to prepare analyses of financial data, peer comparisons and other briefing materials to assist the HRC Committee in making its decisions, and, ultimately, to implement the decisions of the HRC Committee. During fiscal 2014, HP Co. management continued to engage Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (“Meridian”) as their compensation consultant. The HRC Committee took into consideration that Meridian provided executive compensation-related services to HP Co. management when it evaluated any information and analyses provided by Meridian.

During fiscal 2014, Ms. Whitman reviewed HP Co.’s fiscal 2014 compensation programs and provided input to the HRC Committee regarding performance metrics and the setting of appropriate performance targets. Ms. Whitman also recommended MBOs for our NEOs and the other senior executives of HP Co. who report directly to her. All modifications to the compensation programs were discussed and approved by the HRC Committee. Ms. Whitman is subject to the same financial performance goals as the HP Co. executives who lead global functions and Ms. Whitman’s MBOs and compensation are established by the HRC Committee in executive session and recommended to the independent members of the HP Co. board of directors for approval. Ms. Whitman is not involved in the approval of her own performance goals or compensation.

Use of Comparative Compensation Data and Compensation Philosophy

Each year, the HRC Committee reviews the compensation of HP Co.’s Section 16 officers and compares it to that of the Section 16 officers of HP Co.’s peer group companies. The HRC Committee finds this information useful in evaluating whether HP Co.’s pay practices are current and competitive. This process starts with the selection of an appropriate group of peer companies for comparison purposes. The HRC Committee continues to use a “rules-based” approach for determining HP Co.’s executive compensation peer group. Under this approach, the peer group companies for fiscal 2014 were determined using six screening criteria:

 

    revenue in excess of 25% of HP Co.’s revenue for technology companies and between 50% and 250% of HP Co.’s revenue for companies in other industries;

 

    current market capitalization greater than $25 billion;

 

    membership in the S&P 500 Index, the Dow Jones 30 Index and/or the Dow Jones Global Titans Index;

 

    industries including information technology, industrials, materials, telecommunications services, consumer discretionary and consumer staples;

 

    pay practices and strategies consistent with U.S.-based systems; and

 

    global scope and complexity commensurate with HP Co.’s business.

For fiscal 2014, the HRC Committee changed the revenue screening criterion from revenue amounts expressed “in dollars” to revenue amounts expressed “as percentages of HP Co.’s revenue” so that this criterion reflects changes in HP Co.’s revenue over time.

 

118


Table of Contents

The HRC Committee believes that use of this methodology continues to produce an appropriate peer group that is large and diverse enough so that the addition or elimination of an individual company does not alter the overall analysis.

As a result of the screening process, no changes were made to the fiscal 2014 peer group. While EMC Corporation did not pass the revenue screen for technology companies, United Technologies Corporation did not pass the revenue screen for non-technology companies, and Dell Inc. no longer passes the market cap screen, the HRC Committee decided to retain them in the peer group for relevance and consistency.

The HP Co. peer group for fiscal 2014 consisted of the following companies:

 

Company Name

   Revenue  
     ($ in billions) *  

Chevron Corporation

     228.85   

Apple Inc.

     182.80   

Ford Motor Company

     146.92   

General Electric Company

     146.05   

AT&T Inc.  

     128.75   

Verizon Communications Inc.

     120.55   

Hewlett-Packard Company

     111.45   

International Business Machines Corporation

     99.75   

Microsoft Corporation

     86.83   

The Boeing Company

     86.62   

The Procter & Gamble Company

     83.06   

Johnson & Johnson

     71.31   

PepsiCo, Inc.

     66.42   

United Technologies Corporation

     62.63   

Google Inc.

     59.83   

Dell Inc.

     56.94   

Caterpillar Inc.

     55.66   

Intel Corporation

     52.71   

Cisco Systems, Inc.

     47.14   

Oracle Corporation

     38.28   

EMC Corporation

     23.22   

 

* Represents fiscal 2013 reported revenue, except fiscal 2014 reported revenue is provided for Apple, HP Co., Microsoft, Procter & Gamble, Cisco Systems and Oracle.

In reviewing comparative pay data from these companies against pay for HP Co.’s Section 16 officers, the HRC Committee evaluated some data using regression analysis to adjust for size differences between HP Co. and the peer group companies. In addition, HP Co. excluded particular data points of certain companies if they were anomalous and not representative of market practices.

As in fiscal 2012 and 2013, in fiscal 2014 the HRC Committee set target compensation levels generally at or near the market median (although in some cases higher for attraction and retention purposes).

Process for Setting and Awarding Executive Compensation

A broad range of facts and circumstances is considered in setting HP Co. overall executive compensation levels. Among the factors considered for HP Co. executives generally, and for our NEOs in particular, are market competitiveness, internal equity and individual performance. The weight given to each factor may differ from year to year, is not formulaic and may differ among individual NEOs in any given year. For example, when HP Co. recruits externally, market competitiveness, experience and the circumstances unique to a particular

 

119


Table of Contents

candidate may weigh more heavily in the compensation analysis. In contrast, when determining year-over-year compensation for current NEOs, internal equity and individual performance may factor more heavily in the analysis.

Because such a large percentage of NEO pay is performance-based, the HRC Committee spends significant time determining the appropriate goals for HP Co.’s annual- and long-term incentive pay plans. In general, management makes an initial recommendation for the goals, which is then reviewed and discussed by the HRC Committee and its independent advisors. Major factors considered in setting goals for each fiscal year are business results from the most recently completed fiscal year, segment-level strategic plans, macroeconomic factors, competitive performance results and goals, conditions or goals specific to a particular business segment and strategic initiatives. To permit eligible compensation to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the HRC Committee sets the overall funding target for the “umbrella” structure for the annual bonuses, and sets performance goals for annual bonuses and equity awards within the first 90 days of the fiscal year.

Following the close of the fiscal year, the HRC Committee reviews actual financial results and MBO performance against the goals set by the HRC Committee under HP Co.’s incentive compensation plans for that year, with payouts under the plans determined by reference to performance against the established goals. The HRC Committee meets in executive session to review the MBO results for the CEO and to determine a recommendation for her annual cash incentive award to be approved by the independent members of the HP Co. board of directors.

In setting incentive compensation for the NEOs, the HRC Committee generally does not consider the effect of past changes in stock price or expected payouts or earnings under other plans. In addition, incentive compensation decisions are made without regard to length of service or prior awards. For example, NEOs with longer service at HP Co. or who are eligible for retirement do not receive greater or lesser awards, or larger or smaller target amounts, in a given year compared to NEOs with shorter service or who are not eligible for retirement.

Determination of Fiscal 2014 Executive Compensation

Under the HP Total Rewards Program, executive compensation consists of the following elements: base salary, annual incentive pay, long-term incentive pay, benefits and perquisites.

2014 Base Salary

Consistent with HP Co.’s philosophy of tying pay to performance, HP Co. executives receive a relatively small percentage of their overall compensation in the form of base salary. Consistent with the practice of HP Co.’s peer group companies, the NEOs are paid an amount in the form of base salary sufficient to attract qualified executive talent and maintain a stable management team. The HRC Committee aims to have executive base salaries set at or near the market median for comparable positions and comprise 10% to 20% of the NEOs’ overall compensation, consistent with the practice of HP Co.’s peer group companies.

As discussed above under “—Fiscal 2014 Compensation Highlights,” when Ms. Whitman joined HP Co. as CEO, the HP Co. board of directors established an initial salary of $1 per year, reflecting HP Co.’s plan for a turnaround. For fiscal 2014, considering the stage of HP Co.’s planned turnaround, the HP Co. board of directors decided it would be appropriate to begin paying Ms. Whitman a salary consistent with the median of HP Co.’s peer group. Accordingly, Ms. Whitman received a salary of $1.5 million. The HP Co. board of directors maintains a total CEO target compensation package that approximates the competitive median of HP Co.’s market and is consistent with HP Co.’s pay positioning strategy and pay-for-performance philosophy.

The HRC Committee usually establishes executive base salaries at the beginning of the fiscal year. In November 2013, based on their performance and anticipated future contributions, and considering the market

 

120


Table of Contents

data described above, the HRC Committee increased Ms. Lesjak’s and Mr. Kadifa’s salaries from $835,000 to $850,000, and from $700,000 to $735,000, respectively. For both Ms. Lesjak and Mr. Kadifa, this brought their total target compensation closer to the peer group median. Mr. Veghte’s and Mr. Nefkens’ salaries remained at $935,000 and $700,000, respectively, for fiscal 2014.

2014 Annual Incentive Pay

HP Pay-for-Results (PfR) Plan Structure

Our NEOs are eligible to receive annual incentive pay under the PfR Plan. For fiscal 2014, the HRC Committee again established an “umbrella” formula for the maximum bonus and then exercised negative discretion in setting actual bonuses. Under the umbrella formula, each Section 16 officer was allocated a share of 0.75% of net earnings, subject to a maximum bonus of 250% of target bonus, and the maximum $10 million cap under the PfR Plan. Below this umbrella funding structure, actual payouts were determined based upon financial metrics and MBOs established by the HRC Committee for Section 16 officers and by the independent members of the HP Co. board of directors for the CEO.

For fiscal 2014, the funding metric used to determine deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code was approved, as required, within the first 90 days of the fiscal year. After the end of the fiscal year, the actual funding based on this metric was certified, and it exceeded the maximum potential bonus for the combined Section 16 officers.

The target annual incentive awards for fiscal 2014 were set at 200% of salary for the CEO and 125% of salary for the other NEOs, with a maximum of 250% of target.

Consistent with HP Co.’s intention to focus business leaders more directly on the financial performance of their own businesses, for fiscal 2014, the performance metrics approved by the HRC Committee consisted of three core financial metrics ( i.e. , revenue, net earnings/profit, and free cash flow as a percentage of revenue) and, as a fourth metric, MBOs, with each metric weighted equally at 25% of the target award value.

As noted above under “—Fiscal 2014 Compensation Highlights,” the maximum annual cash incentive opportunity under the PfR Plan was reduced from 350% to 250% of target as a result of moving ROIC and RTSR metrics from the PfR Plan to the LTI program.

The 2014 incentive plan structure is shown in the chart below:

Fiscal 2014 Annual Incentive Plan

 

     Corporate or Business Unit (“BU”) Goals        

Key Design Elements

   Revenue (1)
($ in billions)
  Net
Earnings/
Profit
($ in billions)
  Free Cash Flow
as a % of
Revenue (%)
  MBOs   % Payout (2)
(%)

Weight

   25%   25%   25%   25%  

Linkage :

          

Global Function Executives (3)

   Corporate   Corporate   Corporate   Individual  

Business Unit (“BU”) Executives (4)

   BU   BU   Corporate   Individual  

Corporate Performance Goals:

          

Maximum

   N/A   —     —     Various   250%

Target

   $109.2   $8.1   5.9%   Various   100%

Threshold

   —     —     —     Various   0%

 

(1) For revenue above target, weight is moved to net earnings/profit if net earnings/profit is also above target, or is capped at target.
(2) Interpolate for performance between discrete points.

 

121


Table of Contents
(3) The Global Function Executives include Ms. Whitman and Ms. Lesjak.
(4) The BU Executives include Mr. Veghte, Mr. Nefkens and Mr. Kadifa.

The specific metrics, their linkage to corporate/business unit results and the weighting that was placed on each were chosen because the HRC Committee believed that:

 

    performance against these metrics, in combination, would link to enhanced value for stockholders, capturing both the top and bottom line, as well as cash and capital efficiency;

 

    requiring both revenue and profitability above target in order to achieve an above-target payout on these two measures would encourage the pursuit of profitable revenue;

 

    a linkage to business unit results for business unit executives would help drive accountability;

 

    a balanced weighting would limit the likelihood of rewarding executives for excessive risk-taking;

 

    a balance of measures would avoid paying for the same performance twice; and

 

    MBOs would enhance focus on business objectives, such as operational objectives, strategic initiatives, succession planning, and people development, which will be important to the long-term success of HP Co.

The definition of and rationale for each of the financial performance metrics that was used is described in greater detail below:

 

Fiscal 2014 PfR

Financial Performance Metrics (1)

 

Definition

 

Rationale for Metric

Corporate Revenue   Net revenue as reported in HP Co.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2014   Reflects top line financial performance, which HP Co. believes is a strong indicator of HP Co.’s long-term ability to drive stockholder value
Business Revenue (2)   Business net revenue as reported in HP Co.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2014  
Corporate Net Earnings   Non-GAAP net earnings, as defined and reported in HP Co.’s fourth quarter fiscal 2014 earnings press release, excluding bonus net of income tax (3)   Reflects bottom line financial performance, which HP Co. believes is directly tied to stockholder value on a short-term basis
Business Net Profit (“BNP”) (2)   Business owned operating profit plus bonus net of income tax  
Corporate Free Cash Flow   Cash flow from operations less net capital expenditures (gross purchases less retirements) divided by net revenue (expressed as a percentage of revenue)   Reflects efficiency of cash management practices, including working capital and capital expenditures

 

(1) While HP Co. reports its financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), HP Co.’s financial performance targets and results under its incentive plans are sometimes based on non-GAAP financial measures. The financial results, whether GAAP or non-GAAP, may be further adjusted as permitted by those plans and approved by the HRC Committee. HP Co. reviews GAAP to non-GAAP adjustments and any other adjustments with the HRC Committee to ensure performance takes into account the way the goals were set and executive accountability for performance. These metrics and the related performance targets are relevant only to HP Co.’s executive compensation program and should not be used or applied in other contexts.

 

122


Table of Contents
(2) For fiscal 2014, PfR Plan payments for Mr. Veghte, Mr. Nefkens and Mr. Kadifa were determined partly based on the Business Revenue and BNP for their respective business units, and partly on Corporate Free Cash Flow.
(3) Fiscal year 2014 non-GAAP net earnings of $7.1 billion excludes after-tax costs of $2.1 billion related to the amortization of intangible assets, restructuring charges and acquisition-related charges. HP Co.’s management uses non-GAAP net earnings to evaluate and forecast HP Co.’s performance before gains, losses, or other charges that are considered by HP Co.’s management to be outside of HP Co.’s core business segment operating results. HP Co. believes that presenting non-GAAP net earnings provides investors with greater visibility to the information used by HP Co.’s management in its financial and operational decisionmaking. HP Co. further believes that providing this additional non-GAAP information helps investors understand HP Co.’s operating performance and evaluate the efficacy of the methodology and information used by management to evaluate and measure such performance. This additional non-GAAP information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP diluted net earnings.

At its November 2014 meeting, the HRC Committee reviewed and certified performance against the financial metrics as follows:

Fiscal 2014 PfR Plan Performance Against Financial Metrics (1)

 

Metric

   Weight (2)     Target
($ in billions)
    Result
($ in billions)
    Percentage
of Target
Annual Cash
Incentive
Funded
 

Corporate Revenue (3)

     25.0   $ 109.2      $ 111.5        25.0

Corporate Net Earnings

     25.0   $ 8.1      $ 8.0        23.1

Corporate Free Cash Flow (% of revenue) (4)

     25.0     5.9     6.9     60.7
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     75.0     —          —          108.8
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Ms. Whitman and Ms. Lesjak received PfR Plan payments based on corporate financial metrics. Mr. Veghte received a PfR Plan payment based on Enterprise Group Business Revenue and BNP, and Corporate Free Cash Flow. In addition, upon his promotion to Executive Vice President, Enterprise Group in August 2013 and to counter an offer for a leadership role at an external company, Mr. Veghte’s PfR Plan payment was guaranteed at target. Mr. Nefkens received a PfR Plan payment based on Enterprise Services Business Revenue and BNP, and Corporate Free Cash Flow. Mr. Kadifa received a PfR Plan payment based on HP Software Business Revenue and BNP, and Corporate Free Cash Flow.
(2) The financial metrics were equally weighted to account for 75% of the target annual cash incentive.
(3) Under the PfR Plan, revenue funding is capped at target unless earnings or profit is achieved above target. Consistent with the design of the PfR Plan, although the Corporate Revenue Result was above target, funding was capped at target (25%) since the Corporate Net Earnings Result was achieved below target (23.1%).
(4) Corporate Free Cash Flow (as a percentage of revenue) results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of the following extraordinary items: capital lease volume variance, restructuring, tax impact variances, certain working capital program benefits, and changes in the timing of payments related to software licensing agreements. This adjustment reduced the result from 8.4% to 6.9% and the annual incentive cash payout from 62.5% to 60.7% for this metric.

With respect to performance against the MBOs, the independent members of the HP Co. board of directors evaluated the CEO’s performance during an executive session held in November 2014. The evaluation included an analysis of Ms. Whitman’s performance against all of her MBOs, which included, but were not limited to: continuing to execute the turnaround plan; improving operating processes and tools; driving cost structure

 

123


Table of Contents

savings; improving cloud and go-to-market capabilities; continuing to strengthen the leadership team, optimizing portfolio of products and services, improving sales operations performance; helping business unit leaders achieve key objectives; and reviewing strategic options. After conducting a thorough review of Ms. Whitman’s performance, the independent members of the HP Co. board of directors determined that Ms. Whitman’s MBO performance had been achieved above target. Ms. Whitman’s accomplishments included:

 

    completed rigorous review of strategic options and established plan to separate HP Co. into two industry-leading companies;

 

    created HP Co.’s strongest portfolio of products and services in a decade and reinvigorated HP Co.’s culture of innovation;

 

    strengthened cloud leadership and capabilities; acquired Eucalyptus;

 

    continued making improvements in tools and processes, including implementation of Workday; and

 

    completed comprehensive talent reviews and strengthened leadership team.

The CEO evaluated the performance of each of the other Section 16 officers of HP Co. and presented the results of those evaluations to the HRC Committee at its November 2014 meeting. The evaluations included an analysis of the officers’ performance against all of their MBOs. The HRC Committee concurred in the CEO’s assessment of the degree of attainment of the MBOs of the other Section 16 officers. The results of these evaluations and selected MBOs for the other NEOs are summarized below.

Ms. Lesjak. The HRC Committee determined that Ms. Lesjak’s MBO performance had been achieved at target. Her MBOs included, but were not limited to: improving forecast accuracy; enabling cross-BU business and deals; improving cost structure and optimizing the business; increasing employee engagement and retention of top talent; continuing to build finance capabilities, including corporate analytics; optimizing product portfolio; improving sales compensation and strategy; and reviewing strategic options for HP Co.

Mr. Veghte . The HRC Committee determined that Mr. Veghte’s MBO performance had been achieved at target. His MBOs included, but were not limited to: accelerating product and service innovation; implementing a new operating model, improving cloud capabilities; building a winning culture and increasing employee engagement; improving sales compensation and strategy; optimizing product portfolio; and rapidly improving customer and partner satisfaction.

Mr. Nefkens. The HRC Committee determined that Mr. Nefkens had achieved most of his objectives, and that on balance, this constituted partial achievement of his MBOs. His MBOs included, but were not limited to: improving cost structure; growing sales through alliances; driving cultural transformation and increasing employee engagement; strengthening key talent and leadership team; optimizing services portfolio; and improving sales compensation and strategy.

Mr. Kadifa. The HRC Committee determined that Mr. Kadifa had achieved most of his objectives, and that on balance, this constituted partial achievement of his MBOs. His MBOs included, but were not limited to: driving a focus on growth, increasing employee engagement; continue building and strengthening key talent and leadership team; optimizing channel strategy and programs; and improving sales compensation and strategy.

 

124


Table of Contents

Based on the findings of these performance evaluations, the HRC Committee (and, in the case of the CEO, the independent members of the HP Co. board of directors) evaluated performance against the non-financial metrics for our NEOs as follows:

Fiscal 2014 PfR Plan Performance Against Non-Financial Metrics (MBOs)

 

Named Executive Officer

   Actual
Performance as a
Percentage of
Target
Performance
(%)
     Weight (1)
(%)
     Percentage of
Target Annual
Incentive Cash
Funded

(%)
 

Margaret C. Whitman

     140         25         35   

Catherine A. Lesjak

     100         25         25   

A. George Kadifa

     80         25         20   

William L. Veghte

     100         25         25   

Michael G. Nefkens

     60         25         15   

 

(1) Performance against non-financial metrics is weighted to account for 25% of the target annual cash incentive.

Based on the level of performance described above on both the financial and non-financial metrics for fiscal 2014, the payouts to our NEOs under the PfR Plan were as follows:

Fiscal 2014 PfR Plan Annual Cash Incentive Payout

 

     Percentage of Target Annual
Cash Incentive Funded
     Total Annual Cash Incentive
Payout
 

Named Executive Officer

   Financial
Metrics
(%)
     Non-Financial
Metrics

(%)
     As % of Target
Annual Cash
Incentive
(%)
     Payout
($)
 

Margaret C. Whitman

     108.8         35.0         143.8         4,314,000   

Catherine A. Lesjak

     108.8         25.0         133.8         1,421,392   

A. George Kadifa

     70.6         20.0         90.6         832,108   

William L. Veghte

     85.7         25.0         110.7         1,293,931   

Michael G. Nefkens

     70.4         15.0         85.4         747,199   

Fiscal 2014 Long-Term Incentive Compensation

At the beginning of fiscal 2014, the HRC Committee established a total long-term incentive target value for each NEO. Of that amount, 40% was awarded in the form of PCSOs, 30% was awarded in the form of PARSUs and 30% was awarded in the form of time-based RSUs. The high proportion of performance-based awards reflects HP Co.’s pay-for-performance philosophy. The time-based awards facilitate retention, which is also an important goal of HP Co.’s executive compensation program.

2014 Performance-Contingent Stock Options

The fiscal 2014 PCSO awards will vest in three tranches provided certain stock price requirements are met. Specifically,

 

    one-third of the PCSO award will vest upon either (i) continued service of one year and HP Co.’s closing stock price is at least 10% over the grant date stock price for at least 20 consecutive trading days within two years from the date of grant, or (ii) continued service for seven years and HP Co.’s TSR being at or above the 55 th  percentile relative to the S&P 500 in seven years from the date of grant;

 

125


Table of Contents
    one-third will vest upon either (i) continued service for two years and HP Co.’s closing stock price is at least 20% over the grant date stock price for at least 20 consecutive trading days within three years from the date of grant, or (ii) continued service for seven years and HP Co.’s TSR being at or above the 55 th  percentile relative to the S&P 500 in seven years from the date of grant; and

 

    one-third will vest upon either (i) continued service of three years and HP Co.’s closing stock price is at least 30% over the grant date stock price for at least 20 consecutive trading days within four years from the date of grant, or (ii) continued service for seven years and HP Co.’s TSR being at or above the 55 th  percentile relative to the S&P 500 in seven years from the date of grant.

The HRC Committee determined that the fiscal 2014 change to three vesting tranches from two vesting tranches were appropriate based on an analysis conducted by Farient that showed that the new structure will encourage more consistent stockholder value creation over time while maintaining comparable stock increase requirements. Moreover, the HRC Committee included the seven-year relative TSR measure for retention and to encourage long-term relative value creation. If neither the stock price goals nor the TSR performance goal has been met by the seventh anniversary of the grant date, the PCSOs will be forfeited.

As of the end of fiscal 2014, all stock price appreciation conditions have been met and the 2014 PCSO awards will begin to vest annually with continued service starting in fiscal 2015. For additional information, please see “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2014.”

2014 Performance-Adjusted Restricted Stock Units

PARSUs are a new long-term incentive compensation vehicle granted in fiscal 2014 to all of our NEOs and HP Co.’s other executive officers. The PARSUs have a two- and a three-year performance period that began at the beginning of fiscal 2014 and will end at the end of fiscal 2015 and 2016, respectively. Under this program, 50% of the PARSUs are eligible for vesting based on performance over two years with continued service, and 50% of the PARSUs are eligible for vesting based on performance over three years with continued service. The two- and three-year awards are equally weighted between RTSR and ROIC performance. This structure is depicted in the chart below.

2014-2016 PARSUs

 

Key Design Elements

   ROIC vs.
Internal Goals
  Relative TSR vs.
S&P 500
  Payout  

Weight

   25%   25%   25%   25%    
 
% of
Target
  
(2)  

Performance/Vesting Periods (1)

   2 years   3 years   2 years   3 years  

Performance Levels:

          

Max

   Target to be disclosed after the end of the performance periods   > 90th percentile     200

> Target

     70th percentile     150

Target

     50th percentile     100

Threshold

     25th percentile     50

< Threshold

     < 25th percentile     0

 

(1) Performance measurement and vesting occur at the end of the two- and three-year periods.
(2) Interpolate for performance between discrete points.

Internal ROIC goals were set after consideration of historical performance, internal budgets, external expectations and peer group performance.

The PARSUs are structured to vest 50% over two and 50% over three years because this time horizon is consistent with HP Co.’s turnaround plan. Relative TSR was chosen as a performance measure because it is a direct measure of stockholder value, and complements the absolute measure of stock price growth inherent in the PCSOs. ROIC was chosen because it measures capital efficiency, which is a key driver of stockholder value.

 

126


Table of Contents

For more information on grants of PARSUs to our NEOs during fiscal 2014, see “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2014.”

2014 Restricted Stock Units

Except as noted below, 2014 RSUs vest ratably on an annual basis over three years from the grant date. Three-year vesting is common in HP Co.’s industry and corresponds to the timeframe of HP Co.’s turnaround efforts.

Upon his promotion to Executive Vice President, Enterprise Services in fiscal 2013, Mr. Nefkens received a special, one-time RSU award opportunity linked to the profitability of Enterprise Services in lieu of his continued participation in a similar cash incentive program for senior vice presidents. Under the program, Mr. Nefkens was eligible to receive an award if Enterprise Service-owned operating profit (“OOP”) exceeded target with a maximum award of $2.625 million if OOP exceeded target by $300 million, with straight line interpolation between target and maximum. At its November 2013 meeting, the HRC Committee reviewed and approved an Enterprise Services’ OOP result of $49 million above target and a resulting RSU award of $428,750 granted to Mr. Nefkens in December 2013. This RSU award vested 50% on the first anniversary of the grant date and will vest 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date subject to his continued employment.

For more information on grants of RSUs to our NEOs during fiscal 2014, see “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2014.”

Performance-Based Restricted Units Granted in Fiscal 2012

No PRUs were granted in fiscal 2014; however, PRUs were granted in fiscal 2012 for which fiscal 2014 is part of the performance period. Each PRU award reflects a target number of shares that may be issued to the award recipient at the end of the three-year performance period ( i.e. , fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2014). At the end of each fiscal year, the HRC Committee certifies performance against the applicable performance targets, and units representing the level of achievement during that fiscal year are “banked” for potential payout at the end of the three-year performance period. The HRC Committee determines the actual number of shares the recipient receives at the end of the three-year period based on results achieved versus performance targets over the performance period. The actual number of shares a recipient receives ranges from zero to two times the target number of shares depending on performance during the three-year period, and subject to continuing employment.

HP Co. used cash flow from operations as a percentage of revenue and revenue growth, weighted 70% and 30%, respectively, as the financial performance metrics for the PRUs granted in fiscal 2012. Cash flow and revenue growth goals were set at the beginning of each fiscal year in the three-year performance period, and performance was reviewed at the end of each fiscal year. A percentage between zero and 200% was applied to one-third of a participant’s cash flow target award each year to determine the number of units to be credited for that year based upon the extent to which the performance goals were achieved.

The actual performance achievement as a percent of target for the fiscal 2012 PRU awards as of the end of fiscal 2014 is summarized in the table below:

 

     Cash Flow From Operations as a
Percentage of Revenue (1)
    Revenue Growth     Award
Payout
 
     Fiscal 2012     Fiscal 2013     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2012     Fiscal 2013     Fiscal 2014    

Fiscal 2012 PRUs

     17.0     164.3     175.6     56.8     0.0     199.7     108.9

 

(1)

While HP Co. reports its financial results in accordance with U.S. GAAP, some financial performance targets under HP Co.’s incentive plans are based on non-GAAP financial measures that have been adjusted to exclude certain items. HP Co. uses adjusted non-GAAP measures when it believes they more effectively reflect HP Co.’s core business performance. As a result of these adjustments, the financial measures used

 

127


Table of Contents
  for purposes of HP Co.’s incentive plans may differ from the financial measures included in HP Co.’s financial statements for financial reporting purposes. In particular, when assessing cash flow performance for purposes of the PRU program, the HRC Committee evaluates whether proposed specific and limited adjustments should be made for certain predetermined items, such as asset write downs, litigation claims or settlements, the effect of changes in tax laws or accounting principles or other similar types of extraordinary events, as permitted under the Second Amended and Restated Hewlett-Packard Company 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”). For fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, cash flow from operations as a percentage of revenue was calculated using adjusted non-GAAP cash flow from operations and GAAP net revenue. Fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014 adjusted non-GAAP cash flow from operations reflected net reductions of $1.1 billion, $0.7 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively, to cash flow from operations calculated on a GAAP basis relating to: capital lease volume variance, restructuring, tax impact variances, certain working capital program benefits, and changes in the timing of payments related to software licensing agreements.

Special Retention Restricted Stock Unit Awards

In June 2011, the HRC Committee granted special retention awards of restricted stock units (“SRRSUs”) to key members of the executive team, including Ms. Lesjak, upon the recommendation of the then-current CEO. The awards were intended to provide both performance and retention incentives and vest after four years with accelerated vesting possible upon the attainment of certain stock price increases, which have not been achieved to date.

Special Performance-Contingent Stock Option Grant in Connection with Employment Offer Letter for Margaret C. Whitman as President and CEO

As discussed in HP Co.’s proxy statement for fiscal 2013, pursuant to the terms of the offer letter under which Ms. Whitman was elected President and CEO of HP Co., Ms. Whitman was granted PCSOs in fiscal 2011 eligible to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule and performance criteria described below:

 

    800,000 of the PCSOs will vest, if at all, upon the satisfaction of both of the following criteria prior to the expiration of the eight-year term of the option: (i) Ms. Whitman’s continued employment on the first anniversary of the option grant date; and (ii) subject to Ms. Whitman’s continued employment on such date, the first date following the grant date that the closing price of HP Co.’s stock on the NYSE has met or exceeded 120% of the exercise price of the option for at least 20 consecutive trading days; and

 

    800,000 of the PCSOs will vest, if at all, upon the satisfaction of both of the following criteria prior to the expiration of the eight-year term of the option: (i) Ms. Whitman’s continued employment on the second anniversary of the option grant date; and (ii) subject to Ms. Whitman’s continued employment on such date, the first date following the grant date that the closing price of HP Co.’s stock on the NYSE has met or exceeded 140% of the exercise price of the option for at least 20 consecutive trading days.

As of the end of fiscal 2014, both stock price appreciation and service conditions have been achieved and the awards fully vested in fiscal 2014. The PCSOs are subject to substantially the same terms and conditions as apply to options granted to other HP Co. executives under the 2004 Plan except if Ms. Whitman’s employment is involuntarily terminated without cause by HP Co., or is terminated due to Ms. Whitman’s death or disability then Ms. Whitman will retain the right to exercise the PCSOs with respect to vested shares during the one-year period following her termination (or until the original expiration date of the PCSOs, if earlier).

Special Performance-Contingent Stock Option and Incentive Opportunity Grants in Connection with Fiscal 2013 Role Change for Bill Veghte

As discussed in HP Co.’s proxy statement for fiscal 2013, Mr. Veghte assumed a new EVP role during fiscal 2013. In recognition of his assuming a new and increased role and responsibility, Mr. Veghte received a special

 

128


Table of Contents

equity award, including a grant of PCSOs. Mr. Veghte’s special PCSO award is divided into three equal tranches that must meet certain stock price hurdles and continued service in order to vest as described in last year’s HP Co. proxy statement. As of the end of fiscal 2014, all stock price appreciation conditions have been met and the first third of his PCSO award has vested, and the second and third tranches will vest with continued service, two and three years after grant, respectively.

In addition, Mr. Veghte received a special three-year incentive opportunity linked to the profitability performance of the Enterprise Group over fiscal 2014, 2015, and 2016. Under this plan, Mr. Veghte could receive a cash bonus of up to $3 million in December 2016 based on the average profit achievement over the three fiscal years. The performance metric is Enterprise Group BNP with the same threshold and target goals as under the PfR plan. No bonus is earned for performance at or below threshold, and the maximum bonus is earned for performance at target (with no additional bonus for performance above target). Linear interpolation is used to determine bonus earned for performance between threshold and target. Based on fiscal 2014 performance, no bonus has been earned and Mr. Veghte’s maximum bonus opportunity has been reduced to $2 million, in the aggregate, with respect to fiscal 2015 and 2016.

Fiscal 2015 Compensation Program

The HP Co. board of directors and the HRC Committee regularly explore ways to improve HP Co.’s executive compensation program. HP Co. engages with HP Co.’s stockholders to elicit their feedback, and HP Co. takes this feedback very seriously. In 2014, 90% of HP Co.’s shares voted were voted in favor of HP Co.’s “say-on-pay” proposal. HP Co. did not make any specific program changes for 2015 in response to this vote and determined that it would be appropriate to maintain the same overall program structure for 2015. However, within the overall program structure, HP Co. made two changes that HP Co. believes are in stockholders’ interests:

 

    PfR Plan . For fiscal 2015, the maximum funding of Corporate Free Cash Flow will be limited to 150% of target if Corporate Net Earnings achievement is below target and limited to 100% of target if Corporate Net Earnings achievement is below threshold. When Corporate Net Earnings achievement is above target, the maximum funding level remains 250% of target. This adjustment was made to further support HP executives’ focus on all performance metrics in the PfR Plan.

 

    PCSOs granted in fiscal 2015 will vest solely based on stock price appreciation goals and related service requirements, which remain the same as for grants made in fiscal 2014. However, fiscal 2015 PCSOs will not include an alternate opportunity to vest at the end of a 7-year performance period based on relative TSR performance. Relative TSR will still be part of the PARSU design.

Benefits

HP Co. does not provide its executives, including our NEOs, with special or supplemental defined benefit pension or health benefits. Our NEOs receive health and welfare benefits (including retiree medical benefits, if eligibility conditions are met) under the same programs and subject to the same eligibility requirements that apply to HP Co. employees generally.

Benefits under all of HP Co.’s U.S. pension plans were frozen effective December 31, 2007. Benefits under the EDS Pension Plan ceased upon HP Co.’s acquisition of EDS in 2009. As a result, no NEO or any other HP Co. employee accrued a benefit under any HP Co. U.S. defined benefit pension plan during fiscal 2014. The amounts reported as an increase in pension benefits are for those NEOs who previously accrued a benefit in a defined benefit pension plan prior to the cessation of accruals and reflect changes in actuarial values only, not additional benefit accruals.

Our NEOs, along with other HP Co. executives who earn base pay or an annual cash incentive in excess of certain federal tax law limits, are eligible to participate in the HP Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “EDCP”). This plan is maintained to permit executives to defer some of their compensation in order to also defer

 

129


Table of Contents

taxation on such amounts. This is a standard benefit plan also offered by most of HP Co.’s peer group companies. The EDCP permits deferral of base pay in excess of the amount taken into account under the qualified HP 401(k) Plan ($260,000 in fiscal 2014) and up to 95% of the annual cash incentive payable under the PfR Plan. In addition, HP Co. makes a 4% matching contribution to the plan on base pay contributions in excess of Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limits up to a maximum of two times that limit. This is the same percentage as that which those HP Co. executives are eligible to receive under the HP 401(k) Plan. In effect, the EDCP permits these HP Co. executives and all HP Co. employees to receive a 401(k)-type matching contribution on a portion of base-pay deferrals in excess of IRS limits. Amounts deferred or matched under the EDCP are credited with investment earnings based on investment options selected by the participant from among mutual and proprietary funds available to HP Co. employees under the HP 401(k) Plan. No amounts earn above-market returns.

Consistent with its practice of not providing any special or supplemental executive defined benefit programs, including arrangements that would otherwise provide special benefits to the family of a deceased executive, in 2011 the HRC Committee adopted a policy that, unless approved by HP Co.’s stockholders pursuant to an advisory vote, HP Co. will not enter into a new plan, program or agreement or modify an existing plan, program or agreement with a Section 16 officer of HP Co. that provides for payments, grants or awards following the death of the officer in the form of unearned salary or unearned annual cash incentives, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, awards of ungranted equity, perquisites, and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation, except to the extent that such payments, grants or awards are provided or made available to HP Co.’s employees generally.

Perquisites

Consistent with the practices of many of HP Co.’s peer group companies, HP Co. provides a small number of perquisites to HP Co.’s senior executives, including our NEOs, as discussed below.

HP Co. provides our NEOs with financial counseling services to assist them in obtaining professional financial advice, which is a common benefit among HP Co.’s peer group companies.

Due to HP Co.’s global presence, it maintains a certain number of corporate aircraft. Personal use of these aircraft by the CEO and some of her direct reports, including all of our NEOs, is permitted, subject to availability. The CEO may use HP Co. aircraft for personal purposes in her own discretion and, at times, is advised to use HP Co. aircraft for personal travel for security reasons. Members of HP Co.’s Executive Council may use HP Co. aircraft for personal purposes, if available and approved by the CEO. The CEO and Executive Council members are taxed on the value of this usage according to IRS rules. There is no tax gross-up paid on the income attributable to this value. In fiscal 2012, Ms. Whitman entered into a “time-sharing agreement” with HP Co., under which she reimburses HP Co. for costs incurred in connection with certain personal travel on corporate aircraft.

Following a global risk management review commissioned by the Audit Committee of the HP Co. board of directors, security systems were installed at the personal residences of some of HP Co.’s executives, including our NEOs. These protections are provided due to the range of security issues that may be encountered by key executives of any large, multinational corporation.

Severance Plan for Executive Officers

Our Section 16 officers (including all of our NEOs) are covered by the HP Severance Plan for Executive Officers (the “SPEO”), which is intended to protect HP Co. and its stakeholders, and provide a level of transition assistance in the event of an involuntary termination of employment. Under the SPEO, participants who incur an involuntary termination, not for cause, and who execute a full release of claims following such termination, which release has not been revoked or attempted to be revoked, are eligible to receive severance benefits in an amount determined as a multiple of base pay and the average of the actual annual cash incentives paid for the preceding three years. In the case of our NEOs, the multiplier is 1.5. In the case of the CEO, the multiplier would

 

130


Table of Contents

have been 2.0 under the terms of the SPEO, but Ms. Whitman elected to be eligible for the same multiplier as the other NEOs. In all cases, this benefit will not exceed 2.99 times the sum of the executive’s base pay plus target annual cash incentive as in effect immediately prior to the termination of employment.

Although the majority of compensation for HP Co.’s executives is performance-based and largely contingent upon achievement of financial goals, the HRC Committee continues to believe that the SPEO provides important protection to our Section 16 officers and is appropriate for the attraction and retention of executive talent. In addition, HP Co. finds it more equitable to offer severance benefits based on a standard formula for our Section 16 officers because severance often serves as a bridge when employment is involuntarily terminated, and should therefore not be affected by other, longer-term accumulations. As a result, and consistent with the practice of HP Co.’s peer group companies, other compensation decisions are not generally based on the existence of this severance protection.

In addition to the cash benefit, SPEO participants are eligible to receive (1) a pro rata annual cash incentive for the year of termination based on actual performance results, at the discretion of the HRC Committee, (2) pro rata vesting of unvested equity awards, if the executive has worked at least 25% of the applicable service vesting period and only if any applicable performance conditions have been satisfied, and (3) for payment of a lump sum health benefit stipend of an amount equal to 18 months’ COBRA premiums for continued group medical coverage for the executive and his or her eligible dependents, to the extent those premiums exceed 18 times the monthly premiums for active employees in the same plan with the same level of coverage as of the date of termination.

Benefits in the Event of a Change in Control

HP Co. does not generally provide change in control benefits to its executive officers. While the HP Co. board of directors or the HRC Committee does have broad discretion to accelerate vesting of all stock and stock option awards upon a change in control, accelerated vesting is not automatic. This approach allows the HP Co. board of directors or the HRC Committee to decide whether to vest equity after taking into consideration the facts and circumstances of a given transaction. As a result, our NEOs could become fully vested in their outstanding equity awards upon a change in control of HP Co. only if the HP Co. board of directors or the HRC Committee affirmatively acts to accelerate vesting.

In addition, an involuntary termination of employment following a change in control of HP Co. could qualify as “involuntary termination, not for cause” within the meaning of the SPEO. This event would trigger the same level of benefits as though the termination occurred absent a change in control.

Other Compensation-Related Matters

Succession Planning

Among the HRC Committee’s responsibilities described in its charter is to oversee succession planning and leadership development. The HP Co. board of directors plans for succession of the CEO and annually reviews senior management selection and succession planning that is undertaken by the HRC Committee. As part of this process, the independent HP Co. directors annually review the HRC Committee’s recommended candidates for senior management positions to see that qualified candidates are available for all positions and that development plans are being utilized to strengthen the skills and qualifications of the candidates. The criteria used when assessing the qualifications of potential CEO successors include, among others, strategic vision and leadership, operational excellence, financial management, executive officer leadership development, ability to motivate employees, and an ability to develop an effective working relationship with the HP Co. board of directors. In fiscal 2013, the HRC Committee conducted a full executive talent review of all Executive Council members, focusing specifically on Executive Council member succession plans with an emphasis on CEO succession. In connection with that review, the HRC Committee identified potential successors to the CEO and created development plans for these individuals.

 

131


Table of Contents

In conjunction with the Executive Council member talent review, HP Co. management also reviewed potential successors for the top 119 roles across HP Co. In connection with that review, HP Co. concluded that “ready now” potential successors exist for approximately two-thirds of those roles, which represents an increase in the level of readiness of HP Co.’s talent compared to previous years. HP Co. created development plans for the potential successors who were identified as being ready in one to two years or three to five years. HP Co. also continued tracking development plans for roles at the vice president level or above. In addition, HP Co. expanded its executive talent review process to include all vice presidents and director-level employees, as well as critical roles beyond the top 119 roles. By the end of fiscal 2013, HP Co. had greater visibility into its talent pool down to the director level, and in fiscal 2014 it used that information to build the succession plans for the next tier of critical roles.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

HP Co.’s stock ownership guidelines are designed to increase executives’ equity stakes in HP Co. and to align executives’ interests more closely with those of HP Co.’s stockholders. The current guidelines provide that, within five years of assuming a designated position, the CEO should attain an investment position in HP Co.’s stock equal to seven times her base salary and all other HP Co. EVPs should attain an investment position equal to five times their base salary. Shares counted toward these guidelines include any shares held by the executive directly or through a broker, shares held through the HP 401(k) Plan, shares held as restricted stock, shares underlying time-vested RSUs, and shares underlying vested but unexercised stock options (50% of the in-the-money value of such options is used for this calculation). Ms. Lesjak is the only NEO who has been in a role covered by the HP Co. stock ownership guidelines for over five years and she is in compliance with the stock ownership guidelines. In addition, although they have not been in roles covered by HP Co.’s stock ownership guidelines for five years or more, all of our other NEOs held the required investment position in HP Co. stock as of the end of fiscal 2014.

The HRC Committee has adopted a policy prohibiting HP Co. executive officers from engaging in any form of hedging transaction (derivatives, equity swaps, forwards, etc.) including, among other things, short sales and transactions involving publicly traded options. In addition, with limited exceptions, the HP Co. executive officers are prohibited from holding HP Co. securities in margin accounts and from pledging HP Co. securities as collateral for loans. HP Co. believes that these policies further align HP Co. executives’ interests with those of HP Co.’s stockholders.

Accounting and Tax Effects

The impact of accounting treatment is considered in developing and implementing HP Co.’s compensation programs, including the accounting treatment as it applies to amounts awarded or paid to HP Co. executives.

The impact of federal tax laws on HP Co.’s compensation programs is also considered, including the deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs, as limited by Section 162(m) of the Code. Most of HP Co.’s compensation programs are designed with the intention that compensation paid may be eligible to qualify for deductibility under Section 162(m), but to preserve flexibility in administering compensation programs, not all amounts paid under all of HP Co.’s compensation programs necessarily qualify for deductibility.

Policy on Recovery of Annual Cash Incentive in Event of Financial Restatement

In fiscal 2006, the HP Co. board of directors adopted a “clawback” policy that permits the HP Co. board of directors to recover certain annual cash incentives from senior executives of HP Co. whose fraud or misconduct resulted in a significant restatement of financial results. The policy allows for the recovery of annual cash incentives paid at or above target from those senior executives of HP Co. whose fraud or misconduct resulted in the restatement where the annual cash incentives would have been lower absent the fraud or misconduct, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Additionally, HP Co.’s incentive plan document allows for the recoupment of

 

132


Table of Contents

annual cash incentive and long-term incentive awards consistent with applicable law and the clawback policy. Also, in fiscal 2014, HP Co. added a provision to its equity grant agreements to clarify that they are subject to the clawback policy.

Historical Compensation of Named Executive Officers Prior to the Separation

Each of our NEOs was employed by HP Co. prior to the separation and, therefore, the information provided in the tables below for the fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 reflects compensation earned at HP Co. and the design and objectives of the HP Co. executive compensation programs in place prior to the separation. The compensation decisions regarding our NEOs in such years were made by the HRC Committee or by the HP Co. CEO. Following the separation, compensation decisions in respect of our NEOs will be made by the Enterprise Compensation Committee. All references in the following tables to equity awards refer to awards granted by HP Co. in respect of shares of HP Co. common stock.

The amounts and forms of compensation reported in the tables below are not necessarily indicative of the compensation that our NEOs will receive following the separation, which could be higher or lower, because historical compensation was determined by HP Co. and future compensation at Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be determined in accordance with the compensation policies, programs and procedures to be established by the Enterprise Compensation Committee. Hewlett Packard Enterprise is currently in the process of developing its executive compensation programs that will apply following the separation. More information on the results of these decisions and the resulting fiscal 2016 compensation programs will be disclosed in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s proxy statement for its first annual meeting of stockholders as an independent public company, which proxy statement is presently expected to be filed in early 2016. Hewlett Packard Enterprise expects to maintain the same pay-for-performance ethos following the separation as HP Co. followed prior to the separation. Generally, Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s executive fiscal 2016 annual incentive programs are expected to incorporate generally similar structures and measures as HP Co.’s fiscal 2015 programs, and Hewlett Packard Enterprise expects generally to utilize similar long-term incentive programs in fiscal 2016 as HP Co. has used in the past. However, Hewlett Packard Enterprise expects its compensation programs (including incentive vehicles, performance measures and goals) to be somewhat different from HP Inc.’s programs following the separation, and somewhat different from HP Co.’s programs prior to the separation. Hewlett Packard Enterprise believes it is taking a similar approach to other companies undergoing regular, annual reviews of its incentive programs, and the process is the same as those undertaken by HP Co. in prior years. For the period from the effective time until the Enterprise Compensation Committee determines and implements the executive compensation programs that will apply following the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise expects that our NEOs will continue to receive substantially the same compensation and benefits that were in place prior to the separation, which are disclosed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above and the tables below.

In addition, our NEOs who remain employed with Hewlett Packard Enterprise at the time of the separation are expected to receive one-time grants of “launch” equity awards in connection with the separation. See “Hewlett Packard Enterprise 2015 Stock Incentive Plan—Post-Separation Hewlett Packard Enterprise Equity Award Grants.”

 

133


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation historically awarded to, earned by, or paid to, our NEOs by HP Co. Titles refer to each NEO’s expected positions at Hewlett Packard Enterprise following the separation (except with respect to Ms. Lesjak, Mr. Kadifa and Mr. Veghte, whose titles refer to their positions at HP Co. at the end of fiscal 2014).

 

Name and Principal

Position

  Year     Salary (1)
($)
    Bonus (2)
($)
    Stock
Awards (3)
($)
    Option
Awards (4)
($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (5)
($)
    Change in
Pension
Value and
Non-qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (7)
($)
    All Other
Compensation (8)
($)
    Total
($)
 

Margaret C. Whitman

    2014        1,500,058        —          8,147,637        5,355,075        4,314,000        —          295,394        19,612,164   

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2013        1        —          4,394,475        12,713,433        260,000 (6)       —          275,334        17,643,243   
    2012        1        —          7,040,076        6,414,249        1,686,915        —          220,901        15,362,142   

Catherine A. Lesjak

    2014        850,033        —          3,447,082        2,265,610        1,421,392        356,262        33,137        8,373,516   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2013        835,032        —          1,500,002        4,460,404        1,380,469        —          40,600        8,216,507   
    2012        825,011        —          2,478,698        2,308,503        570,166        480,404        40,670        6,703,452   
                 

William L. Veghte

    2014        935,036        1,168,795        3,760,466        2,471,578        125,136        —          40,370        8,501,381   

Executive Vice President and General Manager, Enterprise Group

    2013        866,776        1,083,470        3,450,021        9,926,810        295,303        —          22,469        15,644,849   
                 
                 
                 

Michael G. Nefkens

    2014        700,027        —          3,437,154        1,977,266        747,199        107,736        19,575        6,988,957   

Executive Vice President, Enterprise Services

    2013        691,693        —          1,050,017        3,332,493        1,288,668        —          2,663,130        9,026,001   
                 
                 

A. George Kadifa

    2014        735,028        —          2,506,987        1,647,722        832,108        —          28,841        5,750,686   

Executive Vice President, Strategic Relationships

                 
                 
                 

 

(1) Amounts shown represent base salary earned or paid during the fiscal year, as described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Analysis of Elements of Fiscal 2014 Executive Compensation—Base Pay.”
(2) No discretionary bonuses were awarded to our NEOs by the HRC Committee for fiscal 2012. The fiscal 2013 and 2014 bonus amounts for Mr. Veghte represents a guaranteed portion of his annual incentive bonus payable under the PfR Plan.
(3) The grant date fair value of all stock awards has been calculated in accordance with applicable accounting standards. In the case of RSUs, the value is determined by multiplying the number of units granted by the closing price of HP Co. stock on the grant date. For PARSUs awarded in fiscal 2014, amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of the PARSUs for the two- and three-year performance periods beginning with fiscal 2014 based on the probable outcome of performance conditions related to these PARSUs at the grant date. The 2014 PARSUs include both market-related (TSR) and internal (ROIC) performance goals as described under the “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Fiscal 2014 Long-term Incentive Compensation.” Consistent with the applicable accounting standards, the grant date fair value of the market-related TSR component has been determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The table below sets forth the grant date fair value for the PARSUs granted in fiscal 2014:

 

Name

   Probable Outcome of
Performance Conditions
Grant Date Fair Value
($) *
     Maximum Outcome of
Performance Conditions
Grant Date Fair Value
($)
     Market-related
Component Grant Date
Fair Value
($) **
 

Margaret C. Whitman

     1,880,570         3,761,140         2,367,066   

Catherine A. Lesjak

     795,609         1,591,247         1,001,466   

William L. Veghte

     867,940         1,735,908         1,092,509   

Michael G. Nefkens

     694,352         1,388,733         874,015   

A. George Kadifa

     578,646         1,157,292         728,339   

 

  *

Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of the PARSUs subject to the internal ROIC performance goal (i) based on the probable or target outcome as of the date the goals were set and (ii) based on achieving the maximum level of performance

 

134


Table of Contents
  for the two- and three-year performance periods beginning in fiscal 2014. The grant date fair value of the ROIC goal component of the PARSUs awarded on December 11, 2013 was $28.84 per unit, which was the closing share price of HP Co.’s common stock on January 15, 2014. A measurement date of January 15, 2014 was used for valuation purposes because the ROIC goals were approved on that date.
  ** Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of PARSUs subject to the market-related TSR goal component of the PARSUs, for which expense recognition is not subject to probable or maximum outcome assumptions. The weighted-average grant date fair value of the market-related TSR goal component of the PARSUs awarded on December 11, 2013 was $36.30 per unit, which was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The significant assumptions used in this simulation model were a volatility rate of 39.5%, a risk-free interest rate of 0.6%, and a dividend yield rate of 2.2%.

 

(4) The grant date fair value of PCSO awards is calculated using a combination of a Monte Carlo simulation model and a lattice model as these awards contain market conditions. For information on the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the awards, refer to Note 5 to HP Co.’s consolidated financial statements in HP Co.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2014, as filed with the SEC on December 18, 2014.
(5) Amounts shown represent payouts under the PfR Plan (amounts earned during the applicable fiscal year but paid after the end of that fiscal year).
(6) Based on the previously established fiscal 2013 financial metrics and MBOs under the PfR Plan, the independent directors of the HP Co. board of directors determined that Ms. Whitman’s bonus for fiscal 2013 was approximately $3,970,000, or 132.3% of target, reflecting outstanding performance for the year. This reflected the HP Co. board of directors’ recognition of Ms. Whitman’s performance on behalf of HP Co., and the members’ assessment that her performance in fiscal 2013 was above target. In 2013, the HRC Committee established a target compensation level for Ms. Whitman aligned with the market median. This amount included a target LTI award of $13.4 million. Due to timing delays with the grant that were necessary to accommodate stock plan share limits and the associated stock price changes during those delays, and higher-than-planned financial valuations of the grant, the aggregate grant date fair value of the LTI award was $17.11 million or $3.71 million higher than the established target LTI. Accordingly, the independent directors determined it was in the best interest of HP Co. and its stockholders to offset this higher financial LTI valuation by the cash bonus otherwise payable to Ms. Whitman under the PfR Plan, resulting in Ms. Whitman receiving $3,710,000 of her $3,970,000 bonus through LTI grant value, and $260,000 in cash payment. This is reflected in the amount above.
(7) Amounts shown represent the increase in the actuarial present value of NEO pension benefits during the applicable fiscal year. There is no amount shown for NEOs in a year where there has been a decrease in the actuarial present value of pension benefits, which occurred for Ms. Lesjak and Mr. Nefkens due to an increase in the discount rates used to determine these present values as of October 31, 2013 compared to those used as of October 31, 2012. As described in more detail under “Narrative to the Fiscal 2014 Pension Benefits Table” below, pension accruals have ceased for all NEOs, and NEOs hired after the dates that pension accruals ceased are not eligible to participate in any such pension plan. Accordingly, the amounts reported for the NEOs do not reflect additional accruals but reflect the passage of one more year from the prior present value calculation and changes in other actuarial assumptions. The assumptions used in calculating the changes in pension benefits are described in footnote (2) to the “Fiscal 2014 Pension Benefits Table” below. No HP Co. plan provides for above-market earnings on deferred compensation amounts, so the amounts reported in this column do not reflect any such earnings.
(8) The amounts shown are detailed in the “All Other Compensation Table” below.

Fiscal 2014 All Other Compensation Table

The following table provides additional information about the amounts that appear in the “All Other Compensation” column in the “Summary Compensation Table” above:

 

Name

   401(k)
Company
Match (1)
($)
     NQDC
Company
Match (2)
($)
     Security
Services/
Systems (3)
($)
     Legal
Fees (4)
($)
     Severance
Payments (5)
($)
     Personal
Aircraft
Usage (6)
($)
     Miscella-
neous (7)
($)
     Total
($)
 

Margaret C. Whitman

     20,000         —           443         —           —           251,666         23,285         295,394   

Catherine A. Lesjak

     10,146         —           2,181         —           —           215         20,595         33,137   

William L. Veghte

     7,800         10,200         —           —           —           4,370         18,000         40,370   

Michael G. Nefkens

     7,800         —           —           —           —           6,439         5,336         19,575   

A. George Kadifa

     10,400         —           —           15,000         —           215         3,226         28,841   

 

(1) Represents matching contributions made under the HP 401(k) Plan.
(2) Represents matching contributions credited during fiscal 2014 under the HP Executive Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to the 2013 calendar year of that plan.

 

135


Table of Contents
(3) Represents home security services provided to the NEOs. Although security systems were installed at HP Co.’s request, consistent with SEC guidance, the expense is reported here as a perquisite due to the fact that there is an incidental personal benefit.
(4) The amount reported for Mr. Kadifa represents reimbursement of legal fees incurred by Mr. Kadifa in connection with his employment transition.
(5) No severance payments were made to any NEOs in fiscal 2014. Mr. Kadifa is eligible to receive severance payments in fiscal 2015 and 2016 that are not reported in fiscal 2014 compensation because his employment terminated in fiscal 2015 and because receipt of those payments is subject to the satisfaction of future performance conditions.
(6) Represents the value of personal usage of HP Co. corporate aircraft. For purposes of reporting the value of such personal usage in this table, HP Co. uses data provided by an outside firm to calculate the hourly cost of operating each type of aircraft. These costs include the cost of fuel, maintenance, landing and parking fees, crew, catering and supplies. For trips by NEOs that involve mixed personal and business usage, HP Co. includes the incremental cost of such personal usage ( i.e. , the excess of the cost of the actual trip over the cost of a hypothetical trip without the personal usage). For income tax purposes, the amounts included in NEO income are calculated based on the standard industry fare level valuation method. No tax gross-ups are provided for this imputed income.
(7) Generally includes amounts paid either directly to the executives or on their behalf for financial counseling, as follows: Ms. Whitman: $18,000; Ms. Lesjak: $18,000; and Mr. Veghte: $18,000; imputed income with respect to attendance at HP Co. events by the NEO’s spouse or other guest.

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table

The amounts reported in the “Summary Compensation Table,” including base pay, annual and LTI award amounts, benefits and perquisites, are described more fully under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

The amounts reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column include amounts earned in fiscal 2014 by each of our NEOs under the PfR Plan. The narrative description of the remaining information in the “Summary Compensation Table” is provided in the narrative to the other compensation tables.

 

136


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2014

The following table provides information on awards granted under the PfR Plan for fiscal 2014 and awards of RSUs, PCSOs, and PARSUs granted as part of fiscal 2014 long-term incentive compensation:

 

          Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
    Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (2)(3)
    All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or
Units (4)
(#)
    All
Other
Option
Awards:
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards (5)
($)
 

Name

  Grant Date     Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
       

Margaret C. Whitman

                   

PfR

    11/1/2013        30,000        3,000,000        7,500,000        —          —          —          —          —          —     

RSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          —          —          144,498        —          3,900,001   

PCSO

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          590,994        —          —          26.99        5,355,075   

PARSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          65,207        130,414        260,828        —          —          4,247,636   

Catherine A. Lesjak

                   

PfR

    11/1/2013        10,625        1,062,500        2,656,250        —          —          —          —          —          —     

RSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          —          —          61,134        —          1,650,007   

PCSO

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          250,036        —          —          26.99        2,265,610   

PARSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          27,588        55,175        110,350        —          —          1,797,076   

William L. Veghte

                   

PfR

    11/1/2013        11,688        1,168,750        2,921,875        —          —          —          —          —          —     

RSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          —          —          66,692        —          1,800,017   

PCSO

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          272,767        —          —          26.99        2,471,578   

PARSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          30,096        60,191        120,382        —          —          1,960,449   

Michael G. Nefkens

                   

PfR

    11/1/2013        8,750        875,000        2,187,500        —          —          —          —          —          —     

RSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          —          —          53,354        —          1,440,024   

RSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          —          —          15,886        —          428,763   

PCSO

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          218,214        —          —          26.99        1,977,266   

PARSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          24,077        48,153        96,306        —          —          1,568,367   

A. George Kadifa

                   

PfR

    11/1/2013        9,188        918,750        2,296,875        —          —          —          —          —          —     

RSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          —          —          44,461        —          1,200,002   

PCSO

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          —          181,845        —          —          26.99        1,647,722   

PARSU

    12/11/2013        —          —          —          20,064        40,128        80,256        —          —          1,306,985   

 

(1) Amounts represent the range of possible cash payouts for fiscal 2014 awards under the PfR Plan.
(2) PCSO awards vest as follows: one third of the PCSO award will vest upon either (i) continued service of one year and HP Co.’s closing stock price is at least 10% over the grant date stock price for at least 20 consecutive trading days within two years from the date of grant, or (ii) continued service for seven years and HP Co.’s TSR being at or above the 55th percentile relative to the S&P 500 in seven years from the date of grant; one third will vest upon either (i) continued service for two years and HP Co.’s closing stock price is at least 20% over the grant date stock price for at least 20 consecutive trading days within three years from the date of grant, or (ii) continued service for seven years and HP Co.’s TSR being at or above the 55th percentile relative to the S&P 500 in seven years from the date of grant; and one third will vest upon either (i) continued service of three years and HP Co.’s closing stock price is at least 30% over the grant date stock price for at least 20 consecutive trading days within four years from the date of grant, or (ii) continued service for seven years and HP Co.’s TSR being at or above the 55th percentile relative to the S&P 500 in seven years from the date of grant. All PCSO awards have an eight-year term.
(3)

PARSU award amounts represent the range of shares that may be released at the end of the two- and three-year performance periods applicable to the PARSU award assuming achievement of threshold, target and maximum performance. PARSUs vest as follows: 50% of the PARSUs are eligible for vesting based on performance over two years with continued service, and 50% of the PARSUs are eligible for vesting based on performance over three years with continued service. The awards eligible for two-year vesting are 50% contingent upon HP Co.’s two-year RTSR and 50% contingent on HP Co.’s ROIC performance, and

 

137


Table of Contents
  similarly, the awards eligible for three-year vesting are 50% contingent upon HP Co.’s three-year RTSR and 50% contingent on HP Co.’s ROIC performance. If HP Co.’s RTSR and ROIC performance is below threshold for the performance period, no shares will be released for the applicable segment. For additional details, see the discussion of PARSU awards under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Determination of Fiscal 2014 Executive Compensation—Fiscal 2014 Long-Term Incentive Compensation—2014 Performance-Adjusted Restricted Stock Units.”
(4) RSUs vest as to one-third of the units on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service with HP Co., except Mr. Nefkens’ RSU grant valued at $428,763 vests as to one-half of the units on each of the first two anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service with HP Co.
(5) See footnote (3) to the “Summary Compensation Table” for a description of the method used to determine the grant date fair value of stock awards.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information on stock and option awards held by our NEOs as of October 31, 2014:

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable (1)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (2)

(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price (3)

($)
    Option
Expiration
Date (4)
    Number
of

Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have

Not
Vested (5)

(#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not

Vested (6)
($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested (7)
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested (6)
($)
 

Margaret C. Whitman

    1,900,000        —          —          23.59        9/27/2019        405,123        14,535,813        132,900        4,768,452   
    318,423        —          318,424        26.38        12/14/2019        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          1,500,000        13.83        12/6/2020        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          1,212,943        15.02        1/2/2021        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          590,994        26.99        12/11/2021        —          —          —          —     

Catherine A. Lesjak

    100,000        —          —          42.27        1/18/2015        249,847        8,964,510        56,227        2,017,425   
    109,729        —          109,730        27.34        12/12/2019        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          1,012,293        13.83        12/6/2020        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          250,036        26.99        12/11/2021        —          —          —          —     

William L. Veghte

    40,000        —          —          47.00        5/19/2018        226,801        8,137,620        61,339        2,200,843   
    109,729        —          109,730        27.34        12/12/2019        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          1,113,522        13.83        12/6/2020        —          —          —          —     
    6,645        —          513,291        21.82        9/18/2021        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          272,767        26.99        12/11/2021        —          —          —          —     

Michael G. Nefkens

    14,000        —          —          23.59        9/27/2019        117,749        4,224,834        49,071        1,760,667   
    14,000        7,000        —          28.41        12/7/2019        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          569,437        17.21        1/16/2021        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          218,214        26.99        12/11/2021        —          —          —          —     

A. George Kadifa

    —          —          126,000        22.80        5/29/2020        125,094        4,488,373        40,893        1,467,241   
    —          —          769,343        13.83        12/6/2020        —          —          —          —     
    —          —          181,845        26.99        12/11/2021        —          —          —          —     

 

(1) The 7,000 share option held by Mr. Nefkens fully vests with continued service as to 7,000 of the shares on the third anniversary of December 7, 2011, the date of the grant.
(2)

Option awards in this column either vest as to one-half of the shares on each of the second and third anniversaries of December 12, 2011 and December 6, 2012, the dates of grant, or upon later satisfaction of certain stock price performance conditions, and subject to continued service in each case or as to one-third of the shares on each of the first,

 

138


Table of Contents
  second, and third anniversaries of December 11, 2013, the date of grant, or upon later satisfaction of certain stock price performance conditions, and subject to continued service in each case except for the following:

 

    the 318,424 share option held by Ms. Whitman fully vests on the third anniversary of December 14, 2011, the date of grant, subject to the satisfaction of certain stock price performance conditions, and continued service until the stock price conditions are met;

 

    the 1,212,943 share option held by Ms. Whitman vests as to one-half of the shares on December 6, 2014 and December 6, 2015, subject to the satisfaction of certain stock price performance conditions, and continued service until the stock price conditions are met;

 

    the 109,730 share option held by Ms. Lesjak will vest upon satisfaction of certain stock price performance conditions prior to the fourth anniversary of December 12, 2011, the date of grant, and continued service on the third anniversary of the grant date. If Ms. Lesjak retires prior to the achievement of the stock price performance conditions, the share option will vest pro rata based on the number of months served during the first 36 months following the grant date;

 

    the 513,291 share option held by Mr. Veghte vests as to one-half of the shares on each of the second and third anniversaries of September 18, 2013, the date of grant, subject to the satisfaction of certain stock price performance conditions, and continued service until the stock price conditions are met;

 

    the 569,437 share option held by Mr. Nefkens vests as to one-half of the shares on each of the second and third anniversaries of January 16, 2013, the date of grant, subject to the satisfaction of certain stock price performance conditions, and continued service until the stock price conditions are met; and

 

    the 126,000 share option held by Mr. Kadifa vests as to one-half of the shares on each of the second and third anniversaries of May 29, 2012, the date of grant, subject to the satisfaction of certain stock price performance conditions, and continued service until the stock price conditions are met.

 

(3) Option exercise prices are the fair market value of HP Co. stock on the grant date.
(4) All options have an eight-year term.
(5) The amounts in this column include shares underlying dividend equivalent units granted with respect to outstanding stock awards through October 31, 2014. The release dates and release amounts for all unvested stock awards are as follows, assuming continued employment and satisfaction of any applicable financial performance conditions:

 

    Ms. Whitman: December 6, 2014 (95,686 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2014 (48,166 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 14, 2014 (53,071 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); March 20, 2015 (1,205 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 6, 2015 (95,686 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2015 (48,166 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); March 20, 2016 (1,206 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); and December 11, 2016 (48,166 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares);

 

    Ms. Lesjak: December 6, 2014 (36,153 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2014 (20,378 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 12, 2014 (18,289 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); June 27, 2015 (85,764 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 6, 2015 (36,154 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2015 (20,378 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); and December 11, 2016 (20,378 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares);

 

    Mr. Veghte: December 6, 2014 (39,769 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2014 (22,230 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 12, 2014 (18,289 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); September 18, 2015 (27,498 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 6, 2015 (39,769 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2015 (22,231 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); September 18, 2016 (27,498 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); and December 11, 2016 (22,231 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares);

 

    Mr. Nefkens: December 7, 2014 (4,667 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2014 (25,727 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); January 16, 2015 (20,337 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2015 (25,728 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); January 16, 2016 (20,338 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); and December 11, 2016 (17,785 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); and

 

   

Mr. Kadifa: December 6, 2014 (27,477 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2014 (14,820 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); May 29, 2015 (21,000 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent

 

139


Table of Contents
 

shares); December 6, 2015 (27,477 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2015 (14,820 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares); December 11, 2016 (14,821 shares plus accrued dividend equivalent shares).

 

(6) Value calculated based on the $35.88 closing price of HP Co. stock on October 31, 2014.
(7) The amounts in this column include the amounts of PARSUs granted in fiscal 2014 plus accrued dividend equivalent shares. The shares are reported at target, but actual payout will be on achievement of performance goals at the end of the two- and three-year performance periods.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2014

The following table provides information about options exercised and stock awards vested for our NEOs during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2014:

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards (1)  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise

(#)
     Value Realized on
Exercise (2)
($)
     Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)
     Value Realized on
Vesting (3)
($)
 

Margaret C. Whitman

     —           —           385,719         12,528,140   

Catherine A. Lesjak

     —           —           136,056         4,399,238   

William L. Veghte

     250,000         3,335,250         167,662         5,534,399   

Michael G. Nefkens

     28,000         343,140         50,586         1,631,239   

A. George Kadifa

     126,000         1,388,003         175,404         6,013,081   

 

(1) Includes PRU award shares vested for the three-year period that ended on October 31, 2014. Amount also includes RSU award shares and accrued dividend equivalent shares.
(2) Represents the amounts realized based on the difference between the market price of HP Co. stock on the date of grant and the exercise price.
(3) Represents the amounts realized based on the fair market value of HP Co. stock on the vesting date for PRUs, RSUs and accrued dividend equivalent shares. Fair market value is determined based on the closing price of HP Co. stock on the applicable vesting date.

Fiscal 2014 Pension Benefits Table

The following table provides information about the present value of accumulated pension benefits payable to each of our NEOs:

 

Name

   Plan Name (1)      Number of
Years of
Credited Service

(#)
     Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit (2)

($)
     Payments During Last
Fiscal Year
($)
 

Margaret C. Whitman (3)

     —           —           —           —     

Catherine A. Lesjak

     RP         21.3         316,978         —     
     EBP         21.3         2,240,160         —     

William L. Veghte (3)

     —           —           —           —     

Michael G. Nefkens

     EDS RP         7.5         267,170         —     
     Restoration Plan         7.5         305,955         —     

A. George Kadifa

     —           —           —           —     

 

(1) The “RP” and the “EBP” are the qualified HP Retirement Plan and the non-qualified HP Excess Benefit Plan, respectively. The “EDS RP” and “Restoration Plan” are the qualified EDS Retirement Plan and the non-qualified EDS Restoration Plan, respectively. All benefits are frozen under these plans. The RP and the EDS RP have been merged into the HP Pension Plan, although benefits continue to be determined under the separate formulas.

 

140


Table of Contents
(2) The present value of accumulated benefits is shown at the unreduced retirement age of 65 for Ms. Lesjak under the RP and the EBP using the assumptions under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 715-30 Defined Benefit Plans—Pension for the 2014 fiscal year-end measurement (as of October 31, 2014). Since there would be no early retirement reductions in the EDS RP or the Restoration Plan and since the earliest retirement age would be age 55 for Mr. Nefkens assuming he continued employment to that date, the present value of accumulated benefits is shown at the retirement age of 55 for him. The present value is based on a discount rate of 4.39% for the RP, EDS RP, 4.46% for the Restoration Plan, and 3.34% for the EBP, lump sum interest rates of 1.40% for the first five years, 3.98% for the next 15 years and 5.04% thereafter, and applicable mortality factors for lump sums and the RP-2014 White-Collar Table Projected Generationally with MP-2014 for annuity payment forms. As of October 31, 2013 (the prior measurement date), the ASC Topic 715-30 assumptions included a discount rate of 4.95% for the RP and EDS RP, 4.95% for the Restoration Plan and 3.89% for the EBP, lump sum interest rates of 1.40% for the first five years, 4.66% for the next 15 years and 5.62% thereafter, and applicable mortality factors.
(3) Ms. Whitman, Mr. Veghte and Mr. Kadifa are not eligible to receive benefits under any defined benefit pension plan because HP Co. ceased benefit accruals under all of its U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans prior to the commencement of their employment with HP Co.

Narrative to the Fiscal 2014 Pension Benefits Table

None of our NEOs currently accrues a benefit under any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit pension plan because HP Co. ceased benefit accruals in all of HP Co.’s U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans (and their non-qualified plan counterparts) in prior years. Benefits previously accrued by our NEOs under HP Co. pension plans are payable to them following termination of employment, subject to the terms of the applicable plan.

Terms of the HP Retirement Plan

Ms. Lesjak earned benefits under the RP and the EBP based on her pay and service prior to 2008. The RP is a traditional defined benefit plan that provided a benefit based on years of service and the participant’s “highest average pay rate,” reduced by a portion of Social Security earnings. “Highest average pay rate” was determined based on the 20 consecutive fiscal quarters when pay was the highest. Pay for this purpose included base pay and bonus, subject to applicable IRS limits. Benefits under the RP may be taken in one of several different annuity forms or in an actuarially equivalent lump sum. Benefits calculated under the RP are offset by the value of benefits earned under the HP Deferred Profit Sharing Plan (the “DPSP”) before November 1, 1993. Together, the RP and the DPSP constitute a “floor-offset” arrangement for periods before November 1, 1993.

Benefits not payable from the RP and the DPSP due to IRS limits are paid from the non-qualified EBP under which benefits are unfunded and unsecured. When an EBP participant terminates employment, the benefit liability is transferred to the EDCP, where an account is established for the participant. That account is then credited with hypothetical investment earnings (gains or losses) based upon the investment election made by participants from among investment options similar to those offered under the HP 401(k) Plan. There is no formula that would result in above-market earnings or payment of a preferential interest rate on this benefit.

At the time of distribution, amounts representing EBP benefits are paid from the EDCP in a lump sum or installment form, according to pre-existing elections made by those participants, except that participants with a small benefit or who have not qualified for retirement status (age 55 with at least 15 years of service) are paid their EBP benefit in January of the year following their termination, subject to any delay required by Section 409A of the Code.

Terms of the EDS Retirement Plan and Restoration Plan

Prior to joining HP Co. from EDS in 2009, Mr. Nefkens earned benefits under the EDS RP, which is a cash balance plan that provides pension benefits determined by reference to a hypothetical account balance.

 

141


Table of Contents

Prior to this plan being frozen, participants received “pay credits” which varied with age and years of service (points) and differed for pay above and below the taxable wage base. Currently, participants who have not taken a distribution receive interest credits at the rate equal to the 30-year Treasury bond yield plus 0.5% but not less than 5%; the “interest credit” rate is adjusted annually. Benefits are available in several different annuity forms which are calculated at retirement age (age 65 or age 55 or older with combined age and service equal to 70 or more) by dividing the hypothetical account balance by 120 to determine a monthly benefit. This resulting monthly benefit is payable over the participant’s lifetime with annual cost-of-living increases beginning at age 62 which are based on the annual CPI but not higher than 3%, or the monthly benefit can be converted to actuarially equivalent optional forms of annuity payment. These optional forms can include cost-of-living increases or higher level amounts; the hypothetical account balance is not available as a lump sum except for small amounts or to the beneficiary of the participant upon his or her death before commencement.

Prior to joining HP Co. from EDS in 2009, Mr. Nefkens also received pay and interest credits to a hypothetical account balance under the Restoration Plan established for EDS RP participants on pay in excess of certain IRS limits at the same rates as had been credited under the EDS RP. Benefits under the Restoration Plan are unfunded and unsecured. Upon retirement eligibility, a Restoration Plan participant commences his or her benefit, subject to any delay required by Section 409A of the Code.

HP Co. does not sponsor any other supplemental defined benefit pension plans or special retiree medical benefit plans for its executive officers.

Fiscal 2014 Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table

The following table provides information about contributions, earnings, withdrawals, distributions, and balances under the EDCP:

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions in
Last FY (1)
($)
     Registrant
Contributions in
Last FY (1)(2)
($)
     Aggregate
Earnings in Last
FY
($)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions (3)

($)
    Aggregate
Balance at
FYE (4)
($)
 

Margaret C. Whitman

     —           —           —           —          —     

Catherine A. Lesjak

     8,000         —           730,951         (747,853     5,769,259   

William L. Veghte

     713,387         10,200         45,532         —          790,181   

Michael G. Nefkens

     —           —           —           —          —     

A. George Kadifa

     —           —           —           —          —     

 

(1) The amounts reported here as “Executive Contributions” and “Registrant Contributions” are reported as compensation to such NEO in the “Summary Compensation Table” above.
(2) The contributions reported here as “Registrant Contributions” were made in fiscal 2014 with respect to calendar year 2013 participant base-pay deferrals. During fiscal 2014, our NEOs were eligible to receive a 4% matching contribution on base-pay deferrals that exceeded the IRS limit that applies to the qualified HP 401(k) Plan up to a maximum of two times that limit.
(3) The distributions reported here were made pursuant to participant elections made prior to the time that the amounts were deferred in accordance with plan rules.
(4) Of these balances, the following amounts were reported as compensation to such NEO in the Summary Compensation Table in prior proxy statements: Ms. Lesjak $2,953,792; and Mr. Veghte $20,000. The information reported in this footnote is provided to clarify the extent to which amounts payable as deferred compensation represent compensation reported in HP Co.’s prior proxy statements, rather than additional earned compensation.

Narrative to the Fiscal 2014 Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Table

HP Co. sponsors the EDCP, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that permits eligible U.S. employees to defer base pay in excess of the amount taken into account under the qualified HP 401(k) Plan and

 

142


Table of Contents

bonus amounts of up to 95% of the annual incentive bonus payable under the PfR Plan. In addition, a matching contribution is available under the plan to eligible employees. The matching contribution applies to base-pay deferrals on compensation above the IRS limit that applies to the qualified HP 401(k) Plan up to a maximum of two times that compensation limit (for fiscal 2014 matching contributions, on calendar year 2013 base pay from $255,000 to $510,000). During fiscal 2014, our NEOs were eligible for a matching contribution of up to 4% on base pay contributions in excess of the IRS limit up to a maximum of two times that limit.

Upon becoming eligible for participation, employees must specify the amount of base pay and/or the percentage of bonus to be deferred, as well as the time and form of payment. If termination of employment occurs before retirement (defined as at least age 55 with 15 years of service), distribution is made in the form of a lump sum in January of the year following the year of termination, subject to any delay required under Section 409A of the Code. At retirement (or earlier, if properly elected), benefits are paid according to the distribution election made by the participant at the time of the deferral election subject to any delay required under Section 409A of the Code. No withdrawals are permitted prior to the previously elected distribution date, other than “hardship” withdrawals as permitted by applicable law.

Amounts deferred or credited under the EDCP are credited with hypothetical investment earnings based on participant investment elections made from among the investment options available under the HP 401(k) Plan. Accounts maintained for participants under the EDCP are not held in trust, and all such accounts are subject to the claims of general creditors of HP Co. No amounts are credited with above-market earnings.

 

143


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The amounts in the following table estimate potential payments due if an NEO had terminated employment with HP Co. effective October 31, 2014 under each of the circumstances specified below. These amounts are in addition to benefits generally available to U.S. employees upon termination of employment, such as distributions from the retirement plans and the HP 401(k) Plan and payment of accrued vacation where required.

 

                        Long-Term Incentive Programs (3)  

Name

   Termination
Scenario
   Total (1)
($)
     Severance (2)
($)
     Stock Options
($)
     RSUs
($)
     PARSUs
($)
 

Margaret C. Whitman

   Voluntary/
For Cause
     —           —           —           —           —     
   Disability      82,627,966         —           66,655,956         14,041,710         1,930,300   
   Retirement      —           —           —           —           —     
   Death      75,091,982         —           66,655,956         6,505,726         1,930,300   
   Not for Cause      51,112,871         5,380,458         37,296,387         6,505,726         1,930,300   
   Change in
Control
     90,712,574         5,380,458         66,655,956         14,041,710         4,634,450   

Catherine A. Lesjak (4)

   Voluntary/
For Cause
     30,112,406         —           20,774,456         8,521,285         816,665   
   Disability      34,818,925         —           25,480,975         8,521,285         816,665   
   Retirement      30,112,406         —           20,774,456         8,521,285         816,665   
   Death      31,386,967         —           25,480,975         5,089,327         816,665   
   Not for Cause      33,068,696         2,956,290         20,774,456         8,521,285         816,665   
   Change in
Control
     38,919,274         2,956,290         25,480,975         8,521,285         1,960,724   

William L. Veghte

   Voluntary/
For Cause
     —           —           —           —           —     
   Disability      43,899,130         —           35,132,024         7,876,198         890,908   
   Retirement      —           —           —           —           —     
   Death      38,828,138         —           35,132,024         2,805,206         890,908   
   Not for Cause      23,073,537         3,089,298         16,288,125         2,805,206         890,908   
   Change in
Control
     48,236,494         3,089,298         35,132,024         7,876,198         2,138,974   

Michael G. Nefkens

   Voluntary/
For Cause
     —           —           —           —           —     
   Disability      17,447,529         —           12,623,601         4,111,202         712,726   
   Retirement      —           —           —           —           —     
   Death      14,944,217         —           12,623,601         1,607,890         712,726   
   Not for Cause      11,156,071         2,290,573         6,544,882         1,607,890         712,726   
   Change in
Control
     20,736,563         2,290,573         12,623,601         4,111,202         1,711,187   

A. George Kadifa

   Voluntary/
For Cause
     —           —           —           —           —     
   Disability      25,143,123         —           20,228,695         4,320,490         593,938   
   Retirement      —           —           —           —           —     
   Death      22,590,584         —           20,228,695         1,767,951         593,938   
   Not for Cause      16,706,695         2,407,982         11,936,824         1,767,951         593,938   
   Change in
Control
     28,383,174         2,407,982         20,228,695         4,320,490         1,426,007   

 

144


Table of Contents

 

(1) Total does not include amounts earned or benefits accumulated due to continued service by the NEO through October 31, 2014, including vested stock options, PRU awards, accrued retirement benefits, and vested balances in the EDCP, as those amounts are detailed in the preceding tables. Total also does not include amounts the NEO was eligible to receive under the annual PfR Plan with respect to fiscal 2014 performance.
(2) For Ms. Whitman, the amounts reported represent the cash benefits payable under the SPEO pursuant to Ms. Whitman’s employment offer letter, which provides that Ms. Whitman is entitled to receive severance benefits payable under the SPEO at the rate applicable to an EVP rather than the rate applicable to the CEO (that is, using a 1.5x multiple of base pay plus annual cash incentive, rather than the 2.0x multiplier otherwise applicable to the CEO under the SPEO). For our other NEOs, the amounts reported are the cash benefits payable in the event of a qualifying termination under the SPEO.
(3) On an involuntary termination not for cause, covered HP Co. executives receive pro rata vesting on unvested equity awards, so long as they have worked at least 25% of the longer of the applicable vesting or performance period, as discussed under “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Severance Plan for Executive Officers.” Pro rata vesting of PARSUs based on actual performance also applies in the event of a termination due to retirement, death or disability for all grant recipients. To calculate the value of unvested PARSUs for purposes of this table, target performance is used since results will not be certified until the end of the two- and three-year performance periods. Full vesting of unvested PCSOs applies in the event of a termination due to death or disability for all grant recipients. PCSOs vest pro rata in the event of a termination due to retirement. With respect to the treatment of equity in the event of a change in control of HP Co., the information reported assumes that the HP Co. board of directors or the HRC Committee would exercise its discretion to accelerate vesting of equity awards in the case of “not for cause” terminations.
(4) As of the end of fiscal 2014, Ms. Lesjak became retirement eligible (after age 55 with at least 15 years of qualifying service). In the event that Ms. Lesjak retires, she would receive retirement equity treatment in regards to the long-term incentive programs. For additional information, please see “HP Co. Retirement Arrangements” below. For Ms. Lesjak, as of October 31, 2014, the second half of her December 12, 2011 PSCO grant has not satisfied the stock price performance condition; however, since the potential to vest continues post-termination until December 12, 2015, the grant value is included in the total. In the event Ms. Lesjak were to be terminated for cause, Ms. Lesjak would forfeit unvested equity.

HP Severance Plan for Executive Officers

An HP Co. executive will be deemed to have incurred a qualifying termination for purposes of the SPEO if he or she is involuntarily terminated without cause and executes a full release of claims in a form satisfactory to HP Co. promptly following termination. For purposes of the SPEO, “cause” means an executive’s material neglect (other than as a result of illness or disability) of his or her duties or responsibilities to HP Co. or conduct (including action or failure to act) that is not in the best interest of, or is injurious to, HP Co. The material terms of the SPEO are described under “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Severance Plan for Executive Officers.”

Voluntary or “For Cause” Termination

In general, an NEO who remained employed through October 31, 2014 (the last day of the fiscal year) but voluntarily terminated employment immediately thereafter, or was terminated immediately thereafter as a “for cause” termination, would be eligible (1) to receive his or her annual incentive amount earned for fiscal 2014 under the PfR Plan (subject to any discretionary downward adjustment or elimination by the HRC Committee prior to actual payment, and to any applicable clawback policy), (2) to exercise his or her vested stock options on or before the last day of employment, (3) to receive a distribution of vested amounts deferred or credited under the EDCP and (4) to receive a distribution of his or her vested benefits under the HP 401(k) and pension plans. An NEO who terminated employment before October 31, 2014, either voluntarily or in a “for cause” termination, would generally not have been eligible to receive any amount under the PfR Plan with respect to the fiscal year in

 

145


Table of Contents

which the termination occurred, except that the HRC Committee has the discretion to make payment of prorated bonus amounts to individuals on leave of absence or in non-pay status, as well as in connection with certain voluntary severance incentives, workforce reductions and similar programs.

“Not for Cause” Termination

A “not for cause” termination would qualify the NEO for the amounts described above under a “voluntary” termination in addition to benefits under the SPEO if the NEO signs the required release of claims in favor of HP Co.

In addition to the cash severance benefits and pro rata equity awards payable under the SPEO, the NEO would be eligible to exercise vested stock options up to one year after termination and receive distributions of vested, accrued benefits from HP Co. deferred compensation and pension plans.

Termination Following a Change in Control

In the event of a change in control of HP Co., the HP Co. board of directors is authorized (but not required) to accelerate the vesting of stock options and to release restrictions on awards issued under HP Co. stock plans. For the purposes of this table, the amounts reported for each NEO in the rows marked “Change in Control” assume that the HP Co. board of directors would exercise its discretion in this manner, resulting in fully accelerated vesting of stock options and a release of all restrictions on all stock-based awards. In addition, an executive terminated on October 31, 2014 following a change in control would be eligible for benefits under the SPEO, as described above.

Death or Disability Terminations

An NEO whose employment is terminated due to death or disability would be eligible (1) to receive his or her prorated annual incentive amount earned for fiscal 2014 under the PfR Plan determined by HP Co. in its sole discretion, (2) to receive a distribution of vested amounts deferred or credited under the EDCP, and (3) to receive a distribution of his or her vested benefits under the HP 401(k) and pension plans.

Upon termination due to death or disability, equity awards held by the NEO may vest in full or in part. If termination is due to disability, stock options, RSUs, and PCSOs will vest in full, subject to satisfaction of applicable performance conditions, and must be exercised within three years of termination or by the original expiration date, if earlier; PARSUs will vest at the end of the applicable performance period as to a prorated number of shares based on the number of whole calendar months worked during the performance period and subject to actual performance. If termination is due to the NEO’s death, stock options and PCSOs will vest in full and must be exercised within one year of termination or by the original expiration date, if earlier; RSUs will vest as to a prorated number of shares based on the number of whole calendar months worked during the total vesting period and PARSUs will vest at the end of the applicable performance period as to a prorated number of shares based on the number of whole calendar months worked during the performance period and subject to actual performance.

HP Severance Policy for Senior Executives

Under the HP Severance Policy for Senior Executives adopted by the HP Co. board of directors in July 2003 (the “HP Severance Policy”), HP Co. will seek stockholder approval for future severance agreements, if any, with certain senior HP Co. executives that provide specified benefits in an amount exceeding 2.99 times the sum of the executive’s current annual base salary plus annual target cash bonus, in each case as in effect immediately prior to the time of such executive’s termination. Individuals subject to this policy consist of the Section 16 officers of HP Co. designated by the HP Co. board of directors. In implementing this policy, the HP Co. board of directors may elect to seek stockholder approval after the material terms of the relevant severance agreement are agreed upon.

 

146


Table of Contents

For purposes of determining the amounts subject to the HP Severance Policy, benefits subject to the limit generally include cash separation payments that directly relate to extraordinary benefits that are not available to groups of employees other than the Section 16 officers upon termination of employment. Benefits that have been earned or accrued, as well as prorated bonuses, accelerated stock or option vesting and other benefits that are consistent with HP Co.’s practices applicable to HP Co. employees other than the Section 16 officers, are not counted against the limit. Specifically, benefits subject to the HP Severance Policy include: (a) separation payments based on a multiplier of salary plus target bonus, or cash amounts payable for the uncompleted portion of employment agreements; (b) any gross-up payments made in connection with severance, retirement or similar payments, including any gross-up payments with respect to excess parachute payments under Section 280G of the Code; (c) the value of any service period credited to a Section 16 officer in excess of the period of service actually provided by such Section 16 officer for purposes of any employee benefit plan; (d) the value of benefits and perquisites that are inconsistent with HP Co.’s practices applicable to one or more groups of HP Co. employees in addition to, or other than, the Section 16 officers (“Company Practices”); and (e) the value of any accelerated vesting of any stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or long-term cash incentives that is inconsistent with Company Practices. The following benefits are not subject to the HP Severance Policy, either because they have been previously earned or accrued by the employee or because they are consistent with Company Practices: (i) compensation and benefits earned, accrued, deferred or otherwise provided for employment services rendered on or prior to the date of termination of employment pursuant to bonus, retirement, deferred compensation or other benefit plans (e.g., 401(k) Plan distributions, payments pursuant to retirement plans, distributions under deferred compensation plans or payments for accrued benefits such as unused vacation days), and any amounts earned with respect to such compensation and benefits in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan; (ii) payments of prorated portions of bonuses or prorated long-term incentive payments that are consistent with Company Practices; (iii) acceleration of the vesting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs or long-term cash incentives that is consistent with Company Practices; (iv) payments or benefits required to be provided by law; and (v) benefits and perquisites provided in accordance with the terms of any benefit plan, program or arrangement sponsored by HP Co. or its affiliates that are consistent with Company Practices.

For purposes of the HP Severance Policy, future severance agreements include any severance agreements or employment agreements containing severance provisions that HP Co. may enter into after the adoption of the HP Severance Policy by the HP Co. board of directors, as well as agreements renewing, modifying or extending such agreements. Future severance agreements do not include retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, early retirement plans, workforce restructuring plans, retention plans in connection with extraordinary transactions or similar plans or agreements entered into in connection with any of the foregoing, provided that such plans or agreements are applicable to one or more groups of HP Co. employees in addition to the Section 16 officers.

HP Co. Retirement Arrangements

Upon retirement on or after age 55 with at least 15 years of qualifying service, HP Co. employees in the United States receive full vesting of time-based options granted under HP Co.’s stock plans with a three-year post-termination exercise period. PCSOs will receive prorated vesting if the stock price appreciation conditions are met and may vest on a prorated basis post-termination to the end of the performance period, subject to stock price appreciation conditions and certain post-employment restrictions. Restricted stock and RSUs granted prior to November 1, 2011 continue to vest in accordance with their normal vesting schedule, subject to certain post-employment restrictions, and all restrictions on restricted stock and RSUs granted on or after November 1, 2011 lapse upon retirement. Awards under the PARSU and PRU programs, if any, are paid on a prorated basis to participants at the end of the performance period based on actual results, and bonuses, if any, under the PfR Plan may be paid in prorated amounts at the discretion of management based on actual results. In accordance with Section 409A of the Code, certain amounts payable upon retirement (or other termination) of the NEOs and other key employees will not be paid out for at least six months following termination of employment.

 

147


Table of Contents

HP Co. sponsors two retiree medical programs in the United States, one of which provides subsidized coverage for eligible participants based on years of service. Eligibility for this program requires that participants have been employed by HP Co. before January 1, 2003 and have met other age and service requirements. None of our NEOs are eligible or can become eligible for this program.

The other U.S. retiree medical program that HP Co. sponsors provides eligible retirees with access to coverage at group rates only, with no direct subsidy provided by HP Co. As of the end of fiscal 2014, Ms. Lesjak is eligible to retire under this program. All of our other NEOs could be eligible for this program if they retire from HP Co. on or after age 55 with at least ten years of qualifying service or 80 age plus service points. In addition, beginning at age 45, eligible U.S. HP Co. employees may participate in the HP Retirement Medical Savings Account Plan (the “RMSA”), under which participants are eligible to receive HP Co. matching credits of up to $1,200 per year, beginning at age 45, up to a lifetime maximum of $12,000, which can be used to cover the cost of such retiree medical coverage (or other qualifying medical expenses) if the employee retires from HP Co. on or after age 55 with at least ten years of qualifying service or 80 age plus service points. Ms. Lesjak is the only NEO currently eligible for the HP Co. matching credits under the RMSA.

 

148


Table of Contents

TREATMENT OF HP CO. EQUITY-BASED AWARDS AT THE TIME OF SEPARATION

In connection with the separation, equity-based awards granted by HP Co. prior to the separation will be treated as follows:

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”)

Stock Options and SARs Held by Hewlett Packard Enterprise Employees (other than Ms. Whitman) and Directors. Each award of HP Co. stock options or SARs held by an individual who will be an employee or director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise following the separation (other than Ms. Whitman) will be converted into an award of stock options or SARs, respectively, with respect to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock. The exercise price of, and number of shares subject to, each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original HP Co. award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the original HP Co. award immediately prior to the separation, except that, for each such award of stock options that are performance-contingent stock options, the performance requirements will be adjusted to relate to the price of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in a manner that preserves the original ratio of stock price hurdle to exercise price.

Stock Options and SARs Held by HP Inc. Employees and Directors (other than Ms. Whitman) and Former Employees and Directors . Each award of HP Co. stock options or SARs held by an individual who will be an employee or director of HP Inc. following the separation (other than Ms. Whitman), or who is a former employee or director of HP Co. as of the separation, will continue to relate to HP Inc. common stock, provided that the exercise price of, and number of shares subject to, each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original HP Co. award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise to subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the original HP Co. award immediately prior to the separation, except that, for each such award of stock options that are performance-contingent stock options, the performance requirements will be adjusted in a manner that preserves the original ratio of stock price hurdle to exercise price.

Stock Options Held by Ms. Whitman.

 

    Each award of HP Co. stock options held by Ms. Whitman that is unvested immediately prior to the separation will be treated the same way as HP Co. stock options held by Hewlett Packard Enterprise employees, as described above.

 

    Each award of HP Co. stock options held by Ms. Whitman that is vested immediately prior to the separation will be converted into an award with respect to HP Inc. common stock and an award with respect to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock. The exercise price of, and number of shares of HP Inc. common stock or Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock, as applicable, subject to, each award will be determined in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original HP Co. award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted awards will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the original HP Co. award immediately prior to the separation.

Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)

RSUs Held by Hewlett Packard Enterprise Employees and Directors. Each award of HP Co. RSUs held by an individual who will be an employee or director of Hewlett Packard Enterprise following the separation will be converted into an award of RSUs with respect to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock. The number of shares subject to each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original HP Co. award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the original HP Co. award immediately prior to the separation.

 

149


Table of Contents

RSUs Held by HP Inc. Employees and Directors (other than Ms. Whitman) and Former Employees and Directors . Each award of HP Co. RSUs held by an individual who will be an employee or director (other than Ms. Whitman) of HP Inc. following the separation, or who is a former employee or director of HP Co. as of the separation, will continue to relate to HP Inc. common stock, provided that the number of shares subject to each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original HP Co. award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the original HP Co. award immediately prior to the separation.

Performance-Adjusted Restricted Stock Units (“PARSUs”)

PARSUs Held by Hewlett Packard Enterprise Employees. Each award of HP Co. PARSUs held by an individual who will be an employee of Hewlett Packard Enterprise following the separation will be converted into an award of PARSUs with respect to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock. The number of shares subject to each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original HP Co. award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the original HP Co. award immediately prior to the separation, except that the performance conditions applicable to such award will be such conditions as are determined by the Enterprise Compensation Committee as soon as reasonably practicable following the separation.

PARSUs Held by HP Inc. Employees and Former Employees . Each award of HP Co. PARSUs held by an individual who will be an employee of HP Inc. following the separation, or who is a former employee of HP Co. as of the separation, will continue to relate to HP Inc. common stock, provided that the number of shares subject to each such award will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of the original HP Co. award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation, subject to rounding. Such adjusted award will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the original HP Co. award immediately prior to the separation, except that the performance conditions applicable to such award will be such conditions as are determined by the HRC Committee as soon as reasonably practicable following the separation.

 

150


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY 2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Hewlett Packard Enterprise has adopted the Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Plan, which is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part. The Hewlett Packard Enterprise equity-based awards into which the outstanding HP Co. equity-based awards are converted upon separation will be issued pursuant to the Plan and will reduce the shares authorized for issuance under the Plan (see “Treatment of HP Co. Equity-Based Compensation Awards at the Time of Separation”).

Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of the Plan is to encourage ownership in Hewlett Packard Enterprise by key personnel whose long-term employment is considered essential to Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s continued progress and, thereby, encourage recipients to act in the stockholders’ interest and share in the company’s success and to provide an opportunity for cash awards to incentivize or reward employees.

Administration of the Plan

The Plan will be administered by the board of directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or any of its committees (“Administrator”), and it is currently the intent of the board of directors that the Plan be administered by the Enterprise Compensation Committee, which committee is expected to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code regarding a committee of two or more “outside directors,” as well as a committee of “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Administrator has the power in its discretion to grant awards under the Plan, to determine the terms and conditions of such awards, to construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan and to take action as it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, among other authority provided in the Plan.

Number of Authorized Shares

The total number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock authorized and available for issuance under the Plan is 260,000,000. Shares issued under the Plan may be shares reacquired by Hewlett Packard Enterprise, including shares purchased in the open market, or authorized but unissued shares.

The maximum number of awards under the Plan that may be granted in any one fiscal year to an individual recipient may not exceed 6,000,000 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the recipient’s initial service, a recipient also may be granted awards for up to an additional 4,000,000 shares. The maximum number of shares that may be subject to all incentive stock options granted under the Plan is 6,000,000 shares. The number of shares subject to the outstanding HP Co. equity-based awards that will be converted to Hewlett Packard Enterprise awards in connection with the separation is disregarded for purposes of these limitations.

In the event of certain changes in the capitalization of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and subject to any required action by Hewlett Packard Enterprise stockholders, the Administrator will adjust the number and kind of shares available for issuance under the Plan, the number and kind of shares subject to and exercise price, if applicable, of an award, and the award limits set forth above. Except as described below, shares subject to an award under the Plan that are forfeited, settled in cash or are otherwise terminated will be available for subsequent awards under the Plan.

Shares subject to an award under the Plan may not again be made available for issuance under the Plan if such shares are: (i) shares delivered to or withheld by Hewlett Packard Enterprise to pay the exercise price of an option, (ii) shares delivered to or withheld by Hewlett Packard Enterprise to pay the withholding taxes related to an award, or (iii) shares repurchased by Hewlett Packard Enterprise on the open market with the proceeds of an award paid to Hewlett Packard Enterprise by or on behalf of the recipient. For the avoidance of doubt, when

 

151


Table of Contents

stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) are exercised and settled in shares, the full number of shares exercised will no longer be available for issuance under the Plan. As noted above, Hewlett Packard Enterprise equity-based awards into which the outstanding HP Co. equity-based awards are converted upon separation will reduce the shares authorized for issuance under the Plan.

Eligibility and Participation

Eligibility to participate in the Plan is limited to directors and employees of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its affiliates. Incentive stock options (“ISOs”) may only be granted to employees of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its subsidiaries.

Types of Awards under the Plan

The Plan authorizes the Administrator to grant awards, individually or collectively, to recipients in any of the following forms, subject to such terms, conditions and provisions as the Administrator may determine to be necessary or desirable:

 

    nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”);

 

    ISOs;

 

    SARs;

 

    cash awards;

 

    non-employee director awards;

 

    restricted stock;

 

    restricted stock units (“RSUs”);

 

    performance shares and performance units with performance-based conditions to vesting or exercisability;

 

    deferred shares; and

 

    dividend equivalents.

Term of Awards

The term of each award shall be determined by the Administrator and stated in the award agreement. In the case of an option or SAR, the term shall be ten years from the grant date or such shorter term as may be provided in the award agreement; provided that the term may be ten and one-half years in the case of options granted to awardees in certain jurisdictions outside the United States as determined by the Administrator.

Options and SARs

Stock options entitle the option holder to purchase shares at a price established by the Administrator. Options may be either ISOs or NSOs, provided that only employees may be granted ISOs. SARs entitle the SAR holder to receive cash, shares with a fair market value or a combination thereof, equal to the positive difference (if any) between the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date and the aggregate exercise price.

Exercise Price

The Administrator will determine the exercise price of each option and SAR at the date of grant, which price, except in the case of HP Co. awards that are converted to Hewlett Packard Enterprise awards in connection with the separation and awards that are assumed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise in connection with a transaction, may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The Plan prohibits the reduction of the exercise price of options and SARs without stockholder approval, other than in connection with a change in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s capitalization.

 

152


Table of Contents

Vesting/Expiration of Options

The Administrator may determine the terms under which options and SARs will vest and become exercisable and the term of an option or SAR.

Special Limitations on ISOs

If options were to be granted as ISOs, these options would be subject to certain additional restrictions imposed on ISOs by the Code, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the post-termination exercise period of such options, the status of the individual receiving the grant and the number of options that could become exercisable for the first time by a recipient in a given calendar year. In addition, to receive the favorable tax treatment afforded ISOs, these options would be required to comply with certain post-termination exercise periods.

Exercise of Options

An option holder may exercise his or her options by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to Hewlett Packard Enterprise or a duly authorized agent of Hewlett Packard Enterprise stating the number of shares for which the option is being exercised and tendering payment for such shares. The Administrator may, in its discretion, permit payment in the form of cash, check or wire transfer, previously acquired shares (valued at their fair market value on the date of surrender), withholding of shares deliverable upon exercise, consideration under a broker-assisted sale and remittance program, some other method of payment to the extent permitted by applicable law or some combination of the foregoing.

Surrender or Exchange of SARs

Upon exercise of an SAR, a recipient will be entitled to receive cash, shares or a combination thereof, as specified in the award agreement, having an aggregate fair market value equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of a share on the exercise date over (ii) the exercise price of the shares covered by the SAR, multiplied by the number of shares covered by the SAR, or the portion thereof being exercised.

Termination of Options and SARs

In the event that a recipient’s service with Hewlett Packard Enterprise or its subsidiaries terminates prior to the expiration of an option or SAR, the recipient’s right to exercise vested options or SARs will be governed by the terms of the applicable award agreement approved by the Administrator at the time of grant.

Stock Awards and Performance Shares

Stock awards, including deferred shares, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares and performance units, may be issued alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan. Stock awards may be denominated in shares or units payable in shares (e.g., RSUs), and may be settled in cash, shares, or a combination of cash and shares.

Termination of Stock Awards

In the event that a recipient’s service with Hewlett Packard Enterprise or its subsidiaries terminates prior to the vesting of a stock award, the award will be forfeited unless the terms of the awards, as approved by the Administrator at the time of grant, provide for accelerated or continued vesting. To the extent the recipient purchased the stock award, Hewlett Packard Enterprise has the right to repurchase the unvested award at the original price paid by the recipient.

Cash Incentive Awards

The Administrator may grant “cash incentive awards” under the Plan, which is the grant of a right to receive a payment of cash that may be contingent on achievement of performance objectives over a specified period

 

153


Table of Contents

established by the Administrator. The grant of cash incentive awards also may be subject to such other conditions, restrictions and contingencies as determined by the Administrator. The maximum amount payable under a cash award for each fiscal year of Hewlett Packard Enterprise is $15,000,000.

Non-Employee Director Awards

Each member of the board of directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise who is a non-employee director and who is providing service to Hewlett Packard Enterprise as a member of the board of directors at the beginning of the annual period immediately following an annual meeting will be eligible to receive an annual equity retainer under the Plan. The value of the annual equity retainer granted to a non-employee director for any annual period (which will be converted into a number of shares subject to a director RSU award or director option award) may not exceed $550,000.

Qualifying Performance-Based Compensation

The Administrator may specify that the award or the amount to be paid out under an award be subject to or based on performance objectives or other standards of financial performance, and may determine whether or not such award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. With respect to awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the number of shares issuable, or the amount payable, under an award based on achievement of the applicable performance goals may be reduced by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

Establishment of Performance Goals

Awards (other than options or SARs) that are intended to be “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code must vest based on any one or more of the following qualifying performance criteria, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either Hewlett Packard Enterprise as a whole or to a business unit, affiliate or business segment, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Enterprise Compensation Committee in the award: (i) cash flow (including operating cash flow or free cash flow) or cash conversion cycle; (ii) earnings (including gross margin, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings); (iii) earnings per share; (iv) growth in: earnings or earnings per share, cash flow, revenue, gross margin, operating expense or operating expense as a percentage of revenue; (v) stock price; (vi) return on equity or average stockholder equity; (vii) total stockholder return; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on assets or net assets; (x) return on investment; (xi) revenue (on an absolute basis or adjusted for currency effects); (xii) net profit or net profit before annual bonus; (xiii) income or net income; (xiv) operating income or net operating income; (xv) operating profit, net operating profit or controllable operating profit; (xvi) operating margin or operating expense or operating expense as a percentage of revenue; (xvii) return on operating revenue; (xviii) market share or customer indicators; (xix) contract awards or backlog; (xx) overhead or other expense reduction; (xxi) growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or a peer group index or another index; (xxii) credit rating; (xxiii) strategic plan development and implementation, attainment of research and development milestones or new product invention or innovation; (xxiv) succession plan development and implementation; (xxv) improvement in productivity or workforce diversity, (xxvi) attainment of objective operating goals and employee metrics; and (xxvii) economic value added. To the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Enterprise Compensation Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a qualifying performance criteria to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (A) asset write-downs; (B) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (C) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results; (D) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; and (E) any unusual or infrequently occurring or special items.

 

154


Table of Contents

Tax Withholding

The Administrator may require a recipient to remit and will have the right to deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable withholding tax requirements with respect to any award granted under the Plan.

Change in Control /Dissolution/Liquidation

Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable award agreement, in the event of certain transactions described in the Plan constituting a change in control of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the board of directors of the company or the Enterprise Compensation Committee may, in its discretion (i) provide for the assumption or substitution of, or adjustment to, each outstanding award, (ii) accelerate the vesting of awards and terminate any restrictions on awards and (iii) provide for the cancellation of awards for a cash payment to the recipient.

In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the Administrator in its sole discretion may provide for an option to be fully vested and exercisable until ten days prior to such transaction. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any restriction on any award will lapse prior to the transaction, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Termination and Amendment of the Plan

The Administrator may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan or any award agreement, subject to the approval of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s stockholders if such stockholder approval is required by applicable law. Any such amendment, alternation or discontinuation may not materially and adversely affect the rights of a recipient under any award previously granted without such recipient’s consent.

Term of Plan

The Plan became effective September 16, 2015 and will continue in effect for a term of ten years from the later of the date the Plan or any amendment to add shares to the Plan is approved by stockholders of Hewlett Packard Enterprise unless terminated earlier by the Administrator.

Post-Separation Hewlett Packard Enterprise Equity Award Grants

In connection with the separation, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will grant to certain of our employees “launch” equity awards pursuant to the Plan comprised of RSUs and stock options and, with respect to our executive officers, PCSOs .  In addition, we anticipate that Ms. Whitman will receive a launch grant comprised of RSUs and PCSOs, with the exact value to be determined by the board of directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, taking into consideration the recommendation to be made by the Enterprise Compensation Committee. The actual number of RSUs, PCSOs and stock options that Hewlett Packard Enterprise grants will depend on the fair market value of our stock on the applicable grant date. The RSUs, PCSOs and stock options granted in connection with the separation will generally vest in three equal annual installments, on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date (in each case subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date) and, in the case of PCSOs, subject to achievement of certain performance-based metrics.

 

155


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

SEVERANCE AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE

CHANGE IN CONTROL PLAN FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Hewlett Packard Enterprise has adopted the Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company Severance and Long-Term Incentive Change in Control Plan for Executive Officers (the “Severance Plan”). The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Severance Plan, which is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Severance Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part.

Eligibility for the Severance Plan

Eligible participants are entitled to specified severance payments and benefits under the Severance Plan upon a qualifying termination. A Hewlett Packard Enterprise employee is an eligible participant if he or she is an “executive officer” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or a member of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s executive council who is selected to participate in the Severance Plan, in each case, at the time of, or within 90 days prior to, an employment termination or change in control of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Severance Benefits Outside of a Change in Control

In the event of a termination of a participant’s employment for reasons other than circumstances giving rise to a termination for “cause” that are specified in the Severance Plan prior to or more than 24 months following events constituting a change in control that are specified in the Severance Plan, and subject to the participant’s execution of a full release of claims, the participant will be eligible for severance benefits consisting of (i) a cash severance payment consisting of a multiple, based on the position of the participant, of the participant’s annual base salary and the average of the actual annual cash bonuses paid under the applicable annual bonus plan for the three most recent fiscal years prior to termination, (ii) a pro rata annual bonus payment for the year of termination and based on actual performance, (iii) pro rata vesting on any outstanding awards under a long-term incentive plan, including equity-based awards and (iv) a health benefit stipend equal to 18 months of the employer’s portion of insurance premiums for COBRA continuation coverage.

Severance Benefits in the Event of a Change in Control

In the event of termination of a participant’s employment without cause, including a voluntary resignation by the participant for reasons constituting “good reason” that are specified in the Severance Plan within 24 months after a change in control, and subject to the participant’s execution of a full release of claims, the participant will be eligible for severance benefits consisting of (i) a cash severance payment, (ii) a pro rata annual bonus payment and (iii) a health benefit stipend, in each case, as specified above in connection with severance benefits payable outside of a change in control, except that the pro rata annual bonus for the year of termination is calculated based on actual performance as of the termination date. Upon such a termination, the participant also will be entitled to vesting of any then-outstanding awards as specified in the Severance Plan.

Effect of a Change in Control on Outstanding Long-Term Incentive Awards

The Severance Plan provides for different treatment of outstanding awards held by a participant upon a change in control depending on whether the awards are subject to Section 409A of the Code to address compliance with Section 409A of the Code and provide for vesting acceleration to the extent the awards are not assumed.

 

156


Table of Contents

Potential Cut-Back of Payments and Benefits

If the payments and benefits under the Severance Plan, when aggregated with any other payments payable to a participant, are subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, the payments and benefits will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid the excise tax if the reduction would result in a greater economic benefit to the participant on an after-tax basis than if the payment and benefits were not reduced.

Effective Date

The Severance Plan will become effective November 1, 2015. The Severance Plan may be amended or terminated at any time by the Enterprise Compensation Committee or the board of directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, in their discretion; provided that (i) no right to payments or benefits in pay status may be cut back without the consent of the affected participant and (ii) no amendment that would have the effect of reducing payments or benefits under severance benefits in the event of a change in control may take effect prior to the second anniversary of a change in control.

Clawback

Any amounts payable under the Severance Plan are subject to any policy providing for clawback, recoupment or recovery of amounts that were paid to a participant as established from time to time by the committee and adopted prior to a change in control or required by applicable law.

 

157


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with HP Inc.

Following the separation and distribution, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will operate separately, each as an independent public company. We will enter into a separation and distribution agreement with HP Co., which is referred to in this information statement as the “separation agreement” or the “separation and distribution agreement.” In connection with the separation, we will also enter into various other agreements to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with HP Inc. after the separation, including among others a tax matters agreement, an employee matters agreement, a transition services agreement, a real estate matters agreement, a commercial agreement and an IT service agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and HP Inc. of HP Co.’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from HP Co. and will govern certain relationships between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. after the separation. The agreements listed above have been or will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this information statement is a part.

The summaries of each of the agreements listed above are qualified in their entireties by reference to the full text of the applicable agreements, which are incorporated by reference into this information statement. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

The Separation and Distribution Agreement

Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

The separation agreement identifies the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be assumed and the contracts to be assigned to each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. as part of the separation of HP Co. into two independent companies, and it provides for when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur. In particular, the separation agreement provides, among other things, that subject to the terms and conditions contained therein:

 

    assets related to the Hewlett Packard Enterprise business will generally be retained by or transferred to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, including, among others:

 

    contracts (or portions thereof) primarily related to our business;

 

    intellectual property related to the our business, as further described under “—Intellectual Property Matters” below;

 

    rights and assets expressly allocated to us pursuant to the terms of the separation agreement or the ancillary agreements entered into in connection with the separation; and

 

    other assets that are included in the Hewlett Packard Enterprise pro forma balance sheet as of July 31, 2015.

 

    liabilities related to the Hewlett Packard Enterprise business or the assets allocated to Hewlett Packard Enterprise will generally be retained by or transferred to Hewlett Packard Enterprise;

 

    certain liabilities and assets related to general corporate and other specified matters will generally be divided 50/50 between HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise; and

 

    all of the assets and liabilities other than the assets and liabilities allocated to Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be retained by or transferred to HP Inc.

Except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement or any ancillary agreement, neither Hewlett Packard Enterprise nor HP Inc. makes any representation or warranty as to the assets, business or liabilities transferred or assumed as part of the separation, as to any approvals or notifications required in connection with

 

158


Table of Contents

the transfers, as to the value of or the freedom from any security interests of any of the assets transferred, as to the absence of any defenses or right of setoff or freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other asset of either Hewlett Packard Enterprise or HP Inc. or as to the legal sufficiency of any assignment, document or instrument delivered to convey title to any asset or thing of value to be transferred in connection with the separation. All assets are transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis and the respective transferees will bear the economic and legal risks that any conveyance will prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good title, free and clear of all security interests, and that any necessary approvals or notifications are not obtained or made or that any requirements of laws or judgments are not complied with.

Information in this information statement with respect to the assets and liabilities of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. following the distribution is presented based on the allocation of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the separation agreement and the ancillary agreements, unless the context otherwise requires. The separation agreement provides that, in the event that the transfer or assignment of certain assets and liabilities to Hewlett Packard Enterprise or HP Inc., as applicable, does not occur prior to the separation, then until such assets or liabilities are able to be transferred or assigned, Hewlett Packard Enterprise or HP Inc., as applicable, will hold such assets on behalf and for the benefit of the other party and will pay, perform and discharge such liabilities in the ordinary course of business, provided that the other party will advance or reimburse Hewlett Packard Enterprise or HP Inc., as applicable, for any payments made in connection with the maintenance of such assets or the performance and discharge of such liabilities.

Financing Transactions and Cash Allocation

The separation agreement provides that prior to the distribution, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will undertake such financing transactions (which may include the transfer of cash between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc.) as HP Co. determines to be advisable. The allocation of cash of HP Co. to Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will be based upon the projected cash requirements of each company in light of its intended investment grade credit rating, business plan, anticipated operations and activities and projected ability of each company to generate cash from its anticipated operations and activities. Hewlett Packard Enterprise expects that it will have estimated (as of July 31, 2015) total cash of approximately $11.5 billion (which estimate is based on several factors subject to change, including fiscal 2015 free cash flow estimates) immediately following the separation and after payment of debt issuance costs.

The Distribution

The separation agreement also governs the rights and obligations of the parties regarding the distribution. On the distribution date, HP Co. will distribute to its stockholders that hold HP Co. common shares as of the record date for the distribution all of the issued and outstanding shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock on a pro rata basis. HP Co. stockholders will receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock.

Conditions to the Distribution

The separation agreement provides that the distribution is subject to satisfaction (or waiver by HP Co.) of certain conditions. These conditions are described under “The Separation and Distribution—Conditions to the Distribution.” HP Co. has the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and to determine whether to proceed with, the distribution and, to the extent it determines to so proceed, to determine the record date for the distribution, the distribution date and the distribution ratio.

Treatment of Intercompany Agreements, Receivables and Payables

The separation agreement provides that all agreements as to which there are no third parties and that are between Hewlett Packard Enterprise, on the one hand, and HP Inc., on the other hand, as of the distribution, will be terminated as of the distribution, except for the separation agreement and the ancillary agreements, certain

 

159


Table of Contents

shared contracts and other arrangements specified in the separation agreement. The separation agreement provides that all intercompany receivables owed and intercompany payables due solely between Hewlett Packard Enterprise, on the one hand, and HP Inc., on the other hand, that are effective or outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective time of the distribution will be settled (and net amounts paid) as of the effective time of the distribution, or as promptly as practicable thereafter, subject to limited exceptions. The separation agreement also provides that by the effective time of the distribution or as soon as possible thereafter, all bank and brokerage accounts owned by Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be de-linked from the accounts owned by HP Inc.

Releases

The separation agreement provides that Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its affiliates will release and discharge HP Inc. and its affiliates from all liabilities to the extent existing or arising from any acts and events occurring or failing to occur, and all conditions existing, prior to the effective time of the distribution, including in connection with the implementation of the separation and distribution, except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement. The separation agreement provides that HP Inc. and its affiliates will release and discharge Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its affiliates from all liabilities to the extent existing or arising from any acts and events occurring or failing to occur, and all conditions existing, prior to the effective time of the distribution, including in connection with the implementation of the separation and distribution, except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement.

These releases will not extend to obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the separation, which agreements include, among others, the separation agreement, the transition services agreement, the tax matters agreement, the employee matters agreement, the real estate matters agreement, the commercial agreement, the IT service agreement and the local transfer documents executed in connection with the separation.

Indemnification

In the separation agreement, Hewlett Packard Enterprise agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless HP Inc., each of its subsidiaries and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

 

    any liabilities allocated to Hewlett Packard Enterprise;

 

    the failure of Hewlett Packard Enterprise or any of its subsidiaries to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any liabilities allocated to Hewlett Packard Enterprise, whether prior to or after the effective time of the distribution;

 

    any guarantee, indemnification obligation, surety bond or other credit support arrangement by HP Inc. for the benefit of Hewlett Packard Enterprise that survives the effective time of the distribution, unless related to a liability allocated to HP Inc.; and

 

    any breach by Hewlett Packard Enterprise of the separation agreement or any of the ancillary agreements or any action by us in contravention of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws.

HP Inc. agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Hewlett Packard Enterprise, each of its subsidiaries and each of its respective directors, officers and employees from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

 

    the liabilities allocated to HP Inc.;

 

    the failure of HP Inc. or any of its subsidiaries, other than Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its subsidiaries, to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the liabilities allocated to HP Inc., whether prior to or after the effective time of the distribution;

 

160


Table of Contents
    any guarantee, indemnification obligation, surety bond or other credit support arrangement by Hewlett Packard Enterprise for the benefit of HP Inc. that survives the effective time of the distribution, unless related to a liability allocated to Hewlett Packard Enterprise; and

 

    any breach by HP Inc. of the separation agreement or any of the ancillary agreements.

The separation agreement also establishes procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.

Indemnification with respect to taxes will generally be governed solely by the tax matters agreement.

Litigation

Each party to the separation agreement will direct the defense or prosecution of litigation solely related to its own business, and the parties will cooperate with each other in managing litigation related to both parties’ businesses. The separation agreement also includes provisions that assign to the parties responsibility for managing pending and future litigation related to general corporate matters of HP Co. arising prior to the separation.

Environmental Matters

The separation agreement includes provisions that provide for the allocation of environmental liabilities between us and HP Inc., including certain remediation obligations and other environmental actions and matters. We will generally be responsible for environmental liabilities related to the properties and other assets allocated to us under the separation agreement and other ancillary agreements. HP Inc. will retain and indemnify us for liabilities for specified ongoing remediation projects, subject to certain limitations. In addition, we will share with HP Inc. other environmental liabilities as set forth in the separation agreement.

Intellectual Property Matters

The separation agreement will contain a number of intellectual property arrangements allocating and governing the intellectual property rights and obligations of each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc.

The separation agreement will contain a patent cross-license agreement between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc., pursuant to which each party will license to the other party all of the patents controlled by such party at any time during the period beginning on the distribution date and ending on the third anniversary of the distribution date. Each license will be worldwide, royalty-free and perpetual for the life of the licensed patents. The licenses will be limited to products and services in the licensee’s general area of current and projected future business. Each party will fully release the other party, from and after the separation, for any possible prior patent infringement claim.

The separation agreement will also contain a strategic defensive patent agreement that will provide each party with the option to acquire patents from the other party under certain conditions. If Hewlett Packard Enterprise or HP Inc. receives a patent litigation or assertion threat from a third party, they can request that the other party assign a patent to them, if such patent would be reasonably useful to counter the threat. The other party may decline to assign the patent in certain circumstances. Such options can only be exercised within the five years following the separation.

Additionally, the separation agreement will contain an agreement allocating ownership between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. of certain other intellectual property (“OIP”), and providing certain licenses to such OIP to the other party. OIP may include unregistered and certain registered copyrights, trade secrets and know-how included in the parties’ products, services, businesses and research efforts. The OIP ownership and

 

161


Table of Contents

licensing allocation are structured to provide each party with the rights it reasonably needs to operate and expand its business and research efforts following the separation. The licenses under the OIP agreement are royalty-free, perpetual and worldwide.

The separation agreement will allocate trademarks among the parties and govern the relationship between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. with respect to certain trademarks that will be held and managed by a jointly owned special purpose entity (the “Trademark JV”). Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will enter into an operating agreement governing the Trademark JV that will establish governance requirements and defined responsibilities for both Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. in relation to coordinated prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and quality control management of such trademarks. Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will each enter into trademark license agreements with the Trademark JV pursuant to which each will receive an exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free, sublicenseable, worldwide license to use certain of the trademarks in a defined field of operation associated with such party’s business. The separation agreement will also contain a transitional trademark license pursuant to which each party will allow the other party to continue using certain of the trademarks for a transitional period to provide sufficient time to phase out the other party’s use of such trademarks.

Insurance

The separation agreement provides for the allocation between the parties of rights and obligations under existing insurance policies with respect to occurrences prior to the distribution and sets forth procedures for the administration of insured claims. In addition, the separation agreement allocates between the parties the right to proceeds and the obligation to incur certain deductibles under certain existing insurance policies.

Non-Competition

The separation agreement will include non-compete provisions pursuant to which we will generally agree to not compete with HP Inc. in certain product and service categories that comprise the HP Inc. business worldwide for three years from the distribution date, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the separation agreement (e.g., for relatively minor acquisitions).

Additionally, the separation agreement will include non-compete provisions pursuant to which HP Inc. will generally agree to not compete with us in certain product and service categories that comprise our business worldwide for three years from the distribution date, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the separation agreement (e.g., for relatively minor acquisitions).

Non-Solicitation and No-Hire

The separation agreement will contain non-solicitation provisions preventing each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise from soliciting the other party’s employees for 12 months from the distribution date. Additionally, to allow each company to operate independently, the agreement will contain no-hire provisions preventing each party from hiring the other party’s employees for six months from the distribution date. These provisions are subject to certain exceptions, including, among others, for generalized solicitations that are not directed to employees of the other party and the solicitation or hiring of a person whose employment was terminated by the other party.

Further Assurances

In addition to the actions specifically provided for in the separation agreement, each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. will agree in the separation agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts, prior to, at and after the effective time of the distribution, to take all actions and to do all things reasonably necessary under applicable laws, regulations and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the separation agreement and the ancillary agreements.

 

162


Table of Contents

Dispute Resolution

The separation agreement contains provisions that govern, except as otherwise provided in certain ancillary agreements, the resolution of disputes, controversies or claims that may arise between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. related to such agreements, the separation or the distribution. These provisions contemplate that efforts will be made to resolve disputes, controversies and claims first by escalation of the dispute to senior management of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc., before availing themselves of any other remedies. If senior management is unable to resolve a dispute within a specified period, the dispute may be submitted by either party to mediation in accordance with the separation agreement. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute through mediation within a specified period, the dispute may be submitted by either party to binding arbitration in accordance with the separation agreement.

Expenses

Except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement or in any ancillary agreement, the separation agreement provides that each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be responsible for all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses of HP Inc., Hewlett Packard Enterprise and any of their subsidiaries incurred in connection with the separation or the distribution prior to the effective time (and not actually paid prior to the effective time) and that are exclusively related to the establishment of such company’s operations as a standalone company. Except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement or in any ancillary agreement, the parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to allocate such expenses that are not exclusively related to the establishment of one company’s operations as a standalone company, based on the proportionate contribution of such expenses to the establishment of each company’s operations as a standalone company, and will otherwise share such expenses equally. Except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement or in any ancillary agreement, each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise will pay for all out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by such company in connection with the separation or the distribution at or after the effective time.

Other Matters

The separation agreement also governs, among other matters, access to financial and other information, confidentiality, access to and provision of witnesses and records, counsel and legal privileges, and treatment of outstanding guarantees.

Termination

The separation agreement provides that it may be terminated, and the separation and distribution may be abandoned, at any time prior to the effective time of the distribution in the sole discretion of HP Co. without the approval of any person, including Hewlett Packard Enterprise or HP Co.’s stockholders. In the event of a termination of the separation agreement, no party, or any of its directors or officers, will have any liability to the other party or any other person by reason of the separation agreement. After the effective time of the distribution, the separation agreement may not be terminated except by an agreement in writing signed by both HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Tax Matters Agreement

Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. will enter into a tax matters agreement that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes (including taxes arising in the ordinary course of business and taxes, if any, incurred as a result of any failure of the distribution and certain related transactions to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes), tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings, and assistance and cooperation in respect of tax matters.

In addition, the tax matters agreement will impose certain restrictions on us and our subsidiaries (including restrictions on share issuances, business combinations, sales of assets and similar transactions) that will be

 

163


Table of Contents

designed to preserve the tax-free status of the distribution and certain related transactions. The tax matters agreement will provide special rules that allocate tax liabilities in the event the distribution, together with certain related transactions, is not tax-free. In general, under the tax matters agreement, each party is expected to be responsible for any taxes imposed on HP Inc. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise that arise from the failure of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) and certain other relevant provisions of the Code, to the extent that the failure to so qualify is attributable to actions of such party post-separation. U.S. tax otherwise resulting from the failure of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as a transaction that is tax-free generally will be shared 50% by us and 50% by HPI.

Employee Matters Agreement

Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. will enter into an employee matters agreement prior to the separation that will allocate liabilities and responsibilities relating to employment matters, employee compensation and benefits plans and programs and other related matters in connection with the separation.

The employee matters agreement will provide that HP Inc. and the entities that are its subsidiaries as of immediately following the effective time of the distribution (the “HP Inc. group”) generally will be responsible for liabilities associated with employees who have been identified as HP Inc. group employees (collectively, the “HP Inc. group employees”) and liabilities for former employees who primarily served the business of the HP Inc. group, and Hewlett Packard Enterprise and the entities that are its subsidiaries immediately following the effective time of the distribution (the “Enterprise group”) generally will be responsible for liabilities associated with employees who have been identified as Enterprise group employees (collectively, the “Enterprise group employees”) and liabilities for former employees who primarily served the business of the Enterprise group. In addition, the HP Inc. group and the Enterprise group will each be responsible for 50% of the liabilities associated with former employees who were not primarily serving the business of either the HP Inc. group or the Enterprise group, including former global function employees. Notwithstanding the general rule described above, the HP Inc. group will retain all U.S. defined benefit pension plan and subsidized retiree medical liabilities with respect to all former employees, HP Inc. group employees and Enterprise group employees.

The employee matters agreement also will provide, in general, for the conversion of each outstanding HP equity award into:

 

    an adjusted award relating to HP Inc. common shares in the case of former employees and directors, HP Inc. group employees and directors of HP Inc. (other than Ms. Whitman);

 

    an adjusted award relating to shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the case of Enterprise group employees and directors of Hewlett Packard Enterprise; and

 

    two adjusted awards, one relating to HP Inc. common shares and one relating to shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the case of vested stock option awards held by Ms. Whitman.

The adjusted awards generally will have substantially the same terms, vesting conditions, post-termination exercise rules and other restrictions that applied to the original HP Co. awards immediately before the separation. Treatment of the HP Co. equity awards is described in further detail under “Treatment of HP Co. Equity-Based Awards at the Time of Separation.”

The employee matters agreement also includes provisions relating to cooperation between HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise on matters relating to employees and employee benefits and other administrative provisions.

Transition Services Agreement

We and HP Co. will enter into a transition services agreement pursuant to which HP Inc. and its subsidiaries and Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its subsidiaries will provide, on an interim, transitional basis, various

 

164


Table of Contents

services to each other, including, but not limited to, finance, human resources, information technology, marketing, real estate, sales support, supply chain, and tax services. The charges for the services will generally be determined on a cost-plus basis. The recipient will also pay any exit and stranded costs associated with the provision of services on a pro rata basis over the applicable service duration. The transition services agreement will terminate on the last date on which either party is obligated to provide any service to the other party, which will generally be up to 24 months following the distribution date. The provider or recipient of a particular service will generally be able to terminate that service prior to the scheduled expiration date in the event of the other party’s uncured material breach with respect to such service, and the recipient of a particular service may terminate such service for convenience, subject to a specified minimum notice period. Termination is subject to the recipient’s payment of any unpaid exit and stranded costs and other termination costs payable by the provider solely as a result of the early termination. The cumulative liability of each party under the transition services agreement will be limited to the aggregate charges that a party receives in connection with the provision of the services to the other party under the agreement, except for payment of charges, breaches of confidentiality obligations, in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct, or indemnified third-party claims.

Real Estate Matters Agreement

We and HP Co. will enter into a real estate matters agreement pursuant to which HP Co. will transfer to or share with us certain leased and owned property, and we will transfer to or share with HP Co. certain leased and owned property. The real estate matters agreement describes the manner in which the specified leased and owned properties are transferred or shared, including the following types of transactions: (i) conveyances to us of specified properties that HP Co. owns; (ii) conveyances to HP Co. of specified properties that we own; (iii) leases to us of portions of specified properties owned by HP Co. (generally at fair market value); (iv) leases to HP Co. of portions of specified properties owned by us (generally at fair market value); (v) assignments of HP Co.’s leases for specified leased properties to us; (vi) assignments of our leases for specified leased properties to HP Co.; (vii) subleases to us of portions of specified properties leased by HP Co. (at the same rate paid by HP Co. to the lessor of the applicable property); and (viii) subleases to HP Co. of portions of specified properties leased by us (at the same rate paid by us to the lessor of the applicable property). The real estate matters agreement describes the leased and owned property transferred or shared for each type of transaction.

Master Commercial Agreement

We and HP Co. will enter into a master global commercial agreement pursuant to which HP Inc. and its affiliates and Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its affiliates will provide commercially available products and services to each other for internal use, incorporation and bundling in OEM products and services, resale to customers and use in the provision of managed services to customers, and pursuant to which the parties will jointly pursue customer opportunities and engage in joint development activities. The term of the agreement will be three years. Any sales and purchases or licenses under the agreement will be pursuant to individual transactions entered into by the parties. Either party may terminate the agreement or a particular transaction in the event of an uncured material breach by, or insolvency of, the other party. The agreement will provide that the aggregate liability of a party will be limited to the greater of (1) the total amounts paid or payable to the providing party under the affected transaction documents for the 12 months prior to the month in which the most recent event giving rise to liability occurred and (2) $1,000,000, provided that the above limitation will not apply where the liability arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence, indemnified third-party claims, breaches of confidentiality obligations, infringement or misappropriation of the other party’s intellectual property, or a party’s willful repudiation of the agreement. The agreement will also provide that a party’s liability for losses arising for personal data breaches will be limited to the costs for specified limited remedies up to the greater of (A) two times the total amounts paid or payable under the applicable transaction documents for the 12 months prior to the month in which the most recent event giving rise to liability occurred and (B) $24,000,000, provided that such limitation will not apply where the liability arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

165


Table of Contents

Information Technology Service Agreement

HP Co. and HP Enterprise Services, LLC (“HPES”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, have entered into an information technology service agreement pursuant to which HPES and its affiliates will provide certain infrastructure and application outsourcing services to HP Co. The charges for the services are set forth in the agreement. The term of the agreement is five years, with HP Co. having the right to extend the agreement for up to an additional 12 months. HP Co. may not terminate the agreement for convenience prior to the 25th month of the agreement term. However, HP Co. may terminate all or a portion of the agreement prior to the scheduled expiration date in the event of an uncured material breach of the agreement by HPES as well upon the occurrence of certain other events, including (i) a force majeure event that prevents the performance of services by HPES for a specified period of time, (ii) certain uncured material operational breaches committed by HPES and (iii) a change of control by HPES. Termination is subject to HP Co.’s payment of any unpaid exit and stranded costs and, in the case of non-cause termination events, certain other specified termination costs that arise as a result of the early termination.

Other Related Person Transactions

We enter into commercial transactions with entities for which our expected executive officers or directors serve as directors and/or executive officers in the ordinary course of our business. All of these transactions will be pre-approved under our policy for approval of related person transactions described below.

Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors is expected to adopt a written policy for approval of transactions between us and our directors, director nominees, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, and their respective immediate family members, where the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or is expected to exceed $100,000 in a single calendar year.

The policy will provide that the NGSR Committee reviews certain transactions subject to the policy and decides whether or not to approve or ratify those transactions. In doing so, the NGSR Committee determines whether the transaction is in the best interests of Hewlett Packard Enterprise. In making that determination, the NGSR Committee takes into account, among other factors it deems appropriate:

 

    the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction;

 

    whether the transaction is on terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances;

 

    the benefits to Hewlett Packard Enterprise;

 

    the impact or potential impact on a director’s independence in the event the related party is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a partner, 10% stockholder or executive officer;

 

    the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; and

 

    the terms of the transaction.

 

166


Table of Contents

The NGSR Committee is expected to delegate authority to the chairman of the NGSR Committee to pre-approve or ratify transactions where the aggregate amount involved is expected to be less than $1 million. A summary of any new transactions pre-approved by the chairman will be provided to the full NGSR Committee for its review at each of the NGSR Committee’s regularly scheduled meetings. The NGSR Committee is expected to adopt standing pre-approvals under the policy for limited transactions with related persons, including:

 

    compensation of executive officers that is excluded from reporting under SEC rules where the Enterprise Compensation Committee approved (or recommended that the board of directors approve) such compensation;

 

    director compensation;

 

    transactions with another company with a value that does not exceed the greater of $1 million or 2% of the other company’s annual revenues, where the related person has an interest only as an employee (other than an executive officer), director or beneficial holder of less than 10% of the other company’s shares;

 

    contributions to a charity in an amount that does not exceed $1 million or 2% of the charity’s annual receipts, where the related person has an interest only as an employee (other than an executive officer) or director; and

 

    transactions where all stockholders receive proportional benefits.

A summary of new transactions covered by the standing pre-approvals described in the third and fourth bullet immediately above will be provided to the NGSR Committee for its review in connection with the NGSR Committee’s regularly scheduled meetings.

 

167


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Before the distribution, all of the outstanding shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will be owned beneficially and of record by HP Co. Following the distribution, Hewlett Packard Enterprise expects to have outstanding an aggregate of approximately [●] shares of common stock based upon approximately [●] HP Co. common shares outstanding on [●], 2015, excluding treasury shares and assuming no exercise of HP Co. options, and applying the distribution ratio.

Security Ownership of Our Executive Officers, Directors and Certain Beneficial Owners

The following table sets forth information concerning the expected beneficial ownership of our common stock following the distribution by:

 

    holders of more than 5% of HP Co.’s outstanding shares of common stock as of [●], 2015;

 

    each of our expected directors;

 

    each of our NEOs; and

 

    all of our expected directors and executive officers as a group.

The information provided in the table is based on our records, information filed with the SEC and information provided to us, except where otherwise noted. The information is intended to estimate the expected beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately following the distribution, calculated as of [●], 2015, and based upon the distribution of [●] share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for every one share of HP Co. common stock. The address of each director and NEO shown in the table below is c/o Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company, Attention: Secretary, 3000 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, California 94304.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
     Percent of
Common Stock
Outstanding
 

Dodge & Cox (1)

     [●]         [●]

BlackRock, Inc. (2)

     [●]         [●]

The Vanguard Group (3)

     [●]         [●]

State Street Corporation (4)

     [●]         [●]

Patricia F. Russo

     [●]         *   

Margaret C. Whitman

     [●]         *   

Catherine A. Lesjak

     [●]         *   

William L. Veghte

     [●]         *   

Michael G. Nefkens

     [●]         *   

A. George Kadifa

     [●]         *   

All expected executive officers and directors as a group ([●] persons)

     [●]         *   

 

* Represents holdings of less than 1%.
(1) Based on the most recently available Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2015 by Dodge & Cox with respect to HP Co. common stock. According to its Schedule 13G, Dodge & Cox reported having sole voting power over 137,257,873 shares, shared voting power over no shares, sole dispositive power over 143,242,518 shares and shared dispositive power over no shares, for a total of 143,242,518 shares of HP Co. common stock beneficially owned. The securities reported on the Schedule 13G are beneficially owned by clients of Dodge & Cox, which clients may include investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and other managed accounts, and which clients have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, and the proceeds from the sale of HP Co.’s stock. The Schedule 13G contained information as of December 31, 2014 and may not reflect Dodge & Cox’s current holdings of HP Co. common stock. The address of Dodge & Cox is 555 California Street, 40th Floor, San Francisco, California 94104.

 

168


Table of Contents
(2) Based on the most recently available Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 6, 2015 by BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”) with respect to HP Co. common stock. According to its Schedule 13G, BlackRock reported having sole voting power over 86,131,097 shares, shared voting power over 59,552 shares, sole dispositive power over 104,603,149 shares and shared dispositive power over 59,552 shares, for a total of 104,662,701 shares of HP Co. common stock beneficially owned. The Schedule 13G contained information as of December 31, 2014 and may not reflect BlackRock’s current holdings of HP Co. common stock. The address of BlackRock is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10022.
(3) Based on the most recently available Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 10, 2015 by The Vanguard Group (“Vanguard”) with respect to HP Co. common stock. According to its Schedule 13G, Vanguard reported having sole voting power over 3,220,971 shares, shared voting power over no shares, sole dispositive power over 94,995,158 shares and shared dispositive power over 3,049,447 shares, for a total of 98,044,605 shares of HP Co. common stock beneficially owned. The Schedule 13G contained information as of December 31, 2014 and may not reflect Vanguard’s current holdings of HP Co. common stock. The address of Vanguard is 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355.
(4) Based on the most recently available Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 12, 2015 by State Street Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries (“State Street”) with respect to HP Co. common stock. According to its Schedule 13G, State Street reported having shared voting and dispositive power over all 95,100,710 shares of HP Co. common stock beneficially owned. The Schedule 13G contained information as of December 31, 2014 and may not reflect current holdings of HP Co. common stock. The address for State Street Corporation is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

 

169


Table of Contents

THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

Background

On October 6, 2014, HP Co. announced that it intended to separate into two publicly traded companies: one comprising HP Co.’s enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses, which will do business as Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and one that will comprise HP Co.’s personal systems and printing businesses, which will do business as HP Inc. and retain HP Co.’s current logo. HP Co. announced that it intended to effect the separation through a pro rata distribution of the common stock of a newly formed corporation, which was formed to hold the assets and liabilities associated with the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses and has since been named Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company.

The allocation of HP Co.’s business segments between Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. was determined based on a variety of factors, including the nature of the markets in which each business segment competes, the customers it serves and the extent to which the businesses allocated to each company complement each other. For example, enterprise customers such as large businesses or governments operate at large scales and often have specific organizational needs, such as with respect to enterprise software. The product and service design, manufacturing and distribution channels needed to serve such customers in the enterprise IT market are substantially different from the design, manufacturing and distribution channels needed to serve retail and business customers in the personal computing and printing markets. The research and development associated with serving such markets also varies.

The process of completing the separation has been and is expected to continue to be time-consuming and involves significant costs and expenses. For example, during the nine months ended July 31, 2015, we recorded nonrecurring separation costs of $458 million, which were primarily related to third-party consulting, contractor fees and other incremental costs directly associated with the separation process. As of July 31, 2015, we expect to incur future separation costs of up to $0.6 billion during the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016. In addition, we expect to make foreign tax payments of approximately $0.6 billion arising from the separation over this same time period, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we expect future cash payments of up to $0.9 billion in connection with our separation costs and foreign tax payments, which are expected to be paid in the remainder of fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016, with subsequent tax credit amounts expected over later years. As of July 31, 2015, we also expect separation-related capital expenditures of approximately $60 million in the remainder of fiscal 2015. Additionally, following the separation, each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise must maintain an independent corporate overhead appropriate for a diverse global company with various business units in many parts of the world. Due to the loss of economies of scale and the necessity of establishing independent functions for each company, the separation of HP Co. into two independent companies is expected to result in total dis-synergies of approximately $400 million to $450 million annually, which costs are primarily associated with corporate functions such as finance, legal, IT, real estate and human resources. Based on the expected similar sizes of the resulting organizations and the need for each of HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise to establish independent corporate functions, such dis-synergies are expected to be divided approximately equally between HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Due to the scale and variety of HP Co.’s businesses and its global footprint (among other factors), the separation process is extremely complex and requires effort and attention from employees throughout the HP Co. organization. For example, thousands of employees of businesses that will become part of Hewlett Packard Enterprise must be transitioned to new payroll and other benefit platforms, and legacy programs going back decades, such as pensions, must be divided among Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. Outside the organization, HP Co. must notify and establish separation readiness among tens of thousands of customers, business partners and suppliers so that business relationships all over the world may continue seamlessly following the completion of the separation. Administratively, the separation involves the establishment of new customer and supplier accounts, new bank accounts, legal reorganizations and contractual assignments in various jurisdictions throughout the world, and the creation and maintenance of separation management functions, led by

 

170


Table of Contents

the Separation Management Office, to plan and execute the separation process in a timely fashion. For more information on the risks involved in the separation process, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation.”

On [●], 2015, the distribution date, each HP Co. stockholder will receive [●] share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for each HP Co. common share held at the close of business on the record date for the distribution, as described below. HP Co. stockholders will receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock that they would have received after application of this distribution ratio. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your HP Co. common shares or take any other action to receive your shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution. The distribution of our common stock as described in this information statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. For a more detailed description of these conditions, see “—Conditions to the Distribution.”

Reasons for the Separation

The HP Co. board of directors believes that separating the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses from the remainder of HP Co. is in the best interests of HP Co. and its stockholders for a number of reasons, including that:

 

    the separation will allow each company to focus on and more effectively pursue its own distinct operating priorities and strategies, and will enable the management of each company to concentrate efforts on the unique needs of each business and pursue distinct opportunities for long-term growth and profitability;

 

    the separation will permit each company to concentrate its financial resources solely on its own operations, providing greater flexibility to invest capital in its business in a time and manner appropriate for its distinct strategy and business needs and facilitating a more efficient allocation of capital;

 

    the separation will create two companies each with a simplified organizational structure and increased focus on the unique needs of its business, facilitating faster decisionmaking and flexibility, and improving the ability of each company to compete against a distinct set of competitors and enabling it to respond quickly to changing customer requirements and market dynamics;

 

    the separation will create an independent equity structure that will afford HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise direct access to capital markets and facilitate the ability of each company to capitalize on its unique growth opportunities and effect future acquisitions utilizing its common stock;

 

    the separation will facilitate incentive compensation arrangements for employees more directly tied to the performance of the relevant company’s business, and may enhance employee hiring and retention by, among other things, improving the alignment of management and employee incentives with performance and growth objectives; and

 

    the separation will allow investors to separately value HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise based on their unique investment identities, including the merits, performance and future prospects of their respective businesses. The separation will also provide investors with two distinct and targeted investment opportunities.

Neither Hewlett Packard Enterprise nor HP Co. can assure you that, following the separation, any of the benefits described above or otherwise will be realized to the extent anticipated or at all.

The HP Co. board of directors also considered a number of potentially negative factors in evaluating the separation, including the following:

 

   

as part of HP Co., the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses have historically benefitted from HP Co.’s size and purchasing power in procuring certain goods and services. We may also incur costs for certain functions previously performed by HP Co., such as

 

171


Table of Contents
 

accounting, tax, legal, human resources and other general administrative functions, that are higher than the amounts reflected in Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s historical financial statements, which could cause our financial performance to be adversely affected;

 

    we will incur costs in the transition to being a standalone public company, which include accounting, tax, legal and other professional services costs, recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring or reassigning our personnel, costs related to establishing a new brand identity in the marketplace and costs to separate HP Co.’s information systems;

 

    the actions required to separate Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s and HP Inc.’s respective businesses could disrupt our operations;

 

    certain costs and liabilities that were otherwise less significant to HP Co. as a whole will be more significant for Hewlett Packard Enterprise as a standalone company;

 

    we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the separation for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (i) the separation will require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our business; (ii) following the separation, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if we were still a part of HP Co.; and (iii) following the separation, our business will be less diversified than HP Co.’s business prior to the separation; and

 

    to preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation and the distribution to HP Inc. for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under the tax matters agreement that Hewlett Packard Enterprise will enter into with HP Co., Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be restricted from taking actions that may cause the separation and distribution to be taxable to HP Inc. for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These restrictions may limit for a period of time our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions and equity issuances or engage in other transactions that might increase the value of our business.

The HP Co. board of directors concluded that the potential benefits of the separation outweighed these factors.

Formation of a New Company Prior to Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s Distribution

Hewlett Packard Enterprise was formed in Delaware on February 25, 2015, for the purpose of holding HP Co.’s enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses. As part of the plan to separate the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses from the remainder of its businesses, HP Co. plans to transfer the equity interests of certain entities that operate the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses and the assets and liabilities of the enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses to Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

When and How You Will Receive the Distribution

With the assistance of Wells Fargo, HP Co. expects to distribute Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock on [●], 2015, the distribution date, to all holders of outstanding HP Co. common shares as of the close of business on [●], 2015, the record date for the distribution. Wells Fargo, which currently serves as the transfer agent and registrar for HP Co.’s common shares, will serve as the settlement and distribution agent in connection with the distribution and the transfer agent and registrar for Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock.

If you own HP Co. common shares as of the close of business on the record date for the distribution, Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to you in direct registration form or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf. If you are a registered holder, Wells Fargo will then mail you a direct registration account statement that reflects your shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock. If you hold your shares through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares. Direct registration form

 

172


Table of Contents

refers to a method of recording share ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in the distribution. If you sell HP Co. common shares in the “regular-way” market up to the distribution date, you will also be selling your right to receive shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution.

Commencing on or shortly after the distribution date, if you hold physical share certificates that represent your HP Co. common shares and you are the registered holder of the shares represented by those certificates, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock that have been registered in book-entry form in your name.

Most HP Co. stockholders hold their common shares through a bank or brokerage firm. In such cases, the bank or brokerage firm would be said to hold the shares in “street name” and ownership would be recorded on the bank or brokerage firm’s books. If you hold your HP Co. common shares through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution. If you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares held in “street name,” please contact your bank or brokerage firm.

Transferability of Shares You Receive

Shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock distributed to holders in connection with the distribution will be transferable without registration under the Securities Act, except for shares received by persons who may be deemed to be Hewlett Packard Enterprise affiliates. Persons who may be deemed to be Hewlett Packard Enterprise affiliates after the distribution generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with Hewlett Packard Enterprise, which may include certain Hewlett Packard Enterprise executive officers, directors or principal stockholders. Securities held by Hewlett Packard Enterprise affiliates will be subject to resale restrictions under the Securities Act. Hewlett Packard Enterprise affiliates will be permitted to sell shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption afforded by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Number of Shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Common Stock You Will Receive

For each HP Co. common share that you own at the close of business on [●], 2015, the record date for the distribution, you will receive [●] share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock on the distribution date.

HP Co. will not distribute any fractional shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to its stockholders. Instead, if you are a registered holder, Wells Fargo will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices and distribute the aggregate cash proceeds (net of discounts and commissions) of the sales pro rata (based on the fractional share such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive) to each holder who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution. The distribution agent, in its sole discretion, without any influence by HP Co. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise, will determine when, how, through which broker-dealer and at what price to sell the whole shares. Any broker-dealer used by the distribution agent will not be an affiliate of either HP Co. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise. Neither Hewlett Packard Enterprise nor HP Co. will be able to guarantee any minimum sale price in connection with the sale of these shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payment made in lieu of fractional shares.

If you hold physical certificates of HP Co. common shares and are the registered holder, you will receive a check from the distribution agent in an amount equal to your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales. Hewlett Packard Enterprise estimates that it will take approximately two weeks from the distribution date for the distribution agent to complete the distributions of the aggregate net cash proceeds. If you hold your HP Co. common shares through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will receive, on your behalf, your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales and will electronically credit your account for your share of such proceeds.

 

173


Table of Contents

Results of the Distribution

After the separation from HP Co., Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be an independent, publicly traded company. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined at the close of business on [●], 2015, the record date for the distribution, and will reflect any exercise of HP Co. options between the date the HP Co. board of directors declares the distribution and the record date for the distribution. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding HP Co./HP Inc. common shares or any rights of HP Co./HP Inc. stockholders.

We will enter into a separation agreement and other related agreements with HP Co. before the distribution to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with HP Inc. after the separation. These agreements will provide for the allocation between HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise of HP Co.’s assets, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to our separation from HP Co. and will govern the relationship between HP Inc. and us after the separation. For a more detailed description of these agreements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”

Market for Hewlett Packard Enterprise Common Stock

There is currently no public trading market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “HPE.” We have not and will not, and HP Co. has not and will not, set the initial price of our common stock. The initial price will be established by the public markets.

We cannot predict the price at which our common stock will trade after the distribution. In fact, the combined trading prices of one HP Inc. common share and [●]share[s] of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock after the distribution (representing the number of shares of our common stock to be received per share of HP Co. common stock in the distribution) may not equal the “regular-way” trading price of a share of HP Co. common stock immediately prior to the distribution. The price at which our common stock trades may fluctuate significantly, particularly until an orderly public market develops. Trading prices for our common stock will be determined in the public markets and may be influenced by many factors. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock.”

Trading Between the Record Date and Distribution Date

Beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to the distribution date, HP Co. expects that there will be two markets in HP Co. common shares: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. HP Co. common shares that trade on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common shares to be distributed pursuant to the separation. HP Co. common shares that trade on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to be distributed pursuant to the distribution. Therefore, if you sell HP Co. common shares in the “regular-way” market up to the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution. If you own HP Co. common shares at the close of business on the record date and sell those shares on the “ex-distribution” market up to the distribution date, you will receive the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock that you are entitled to receive pursuant to your ownership as of the record date of the HP Co. common shares.

Furthermore, beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to the distribution date, we expect that there will be a “when-issued” market in our common stock. “When-issued” trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. The “when-issued” trading market will be a market for Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock that will be distributed to holders of HP Co. common shares on the distribution date. If you owned HP Co. common shares at the close of business on the record date for the distribution, you would be entitled to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. You may trade this entitlement to shares of

 

174


Table of Contents

Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock, without the HP Co. common shares you own, on the “when-issued” market. On the first trading day following the distribution date, “when-issued” trading with respect to Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will end, and “regular-way” trading will begin.

Conditions to the Distribution

HP Co. has announced that the distribution will be effective at [●] Eastern time, on [●], 2015, which is the distribution date, provided that the following conditions will have been satisfied (or waived by HP Co. in its sole discretion):

 

    the transfer of assets and liabilities to Hewlett Packard Enterprise in accordance with the separation agreement will have been completed, other than assets and liabilities intended to be transferred after the distribution;

 

    HP Co. will have received (i) a private letter ruling from the IRS and/or one or more opinions from its external tax advisors, in each case, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and related transactions and (ii) an opinion of each of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as transactions that are generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

 

    the SEC will have declared effective the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part, and this information statement will have been made available to HP Co. stockholders;

 

    all actions and filings necessary or appropriate under applicable U.S. federal, U.S. state or other securities laws will have been taken and, where applicable, will have become effective or been accepted by the applicable governmental authority;

 

    the transaction agreements relating to the separation will have been duly executed and delivered by the parties;

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the separation, the distribution or any of the related transactions will be in effect;

 

    the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to be distributed will have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

    the receipt of an opinion from an independent appraisal firm confirming the solvency and financial viability of HP Co. before the distribution and each of Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Inc. after the distribution that is in form and substance acceptable to HP Co. in its sole discretion; and

 

    no event or development will have occurred or exist that, in the judgment of HP Co.’s board of directors, in its sole discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation, the distribution and other related transactions.

HP Co. will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the distribution and, to the extent it determines to so proceed, to determine the record date for the distribution and the distribution date and the distribution ratio. HP Co. does not intend to notify its stockholders of any modifications to the terms of the separation that, in the judgment of its board of directors, are not material. For example, the HP Co. board of directors might consider material such matters as significant changes to the distribution ratio, the assets to be contributed or the liabilities to be assumed in the separation. To the extent that the HP Co. board of directors determines that any modifications by HP Co. materially change the material terms of the distribution, HP Co. will notify HP Co. stockholders in a manner reasonably calculated to inform them about the modification as may be required by law, by, for example, publishing a press release, filing a Current Report on Form 8-K or circulating a supplement to this information statement.

 

175


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock to “U.S. holders” (as defined below) of HP Co. common stock. This summary is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this information statement, and all of which are subject to differing interpretation and change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion applies only to U.S. holders of shares of HP Co. common stock who hold such shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based upon the assumption that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will be consummated in accordance with the separation agreement and the other separation-related agreements and as described in this information statement. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. It does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules under the Code (including, but not limited to, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, broker-dealers, partners in partnerships (or entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that hold HP Co. common stock, pass-through entities (or investors therein), traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, stockholders who hold HP Co. common stock as part of a “hedge,” “straddle,” “conversion,” “synthetic security,” “integrated investment” or “constructive sale transaction,” individuals who receive HP Co. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock upon the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders who are liable for the alternative minimum tax or any holders who actually or constructively own 5% or more of HP Co. common stock). This discussion also does not address any tax consequences arising under the unearned Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, nor does it address any tax considerations under state, local or foreign laws or U.S. federal laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax. The distribution may be taxable under such other tax laws and all holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the applicability and effect of any such tax laws.

If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds HP Co. common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Holders of HP Co. common stock that are partnerships and partners in such partnerships should consult their own tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of HP Co. common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) that has a valid election in place under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. ALL HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

 

176


Table of Contents

It is a condition to the distribution that HP Co. receive (i) a private letter ruling from the IRS and/or one or more opinions from its external tax advisors, in each case, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and related transactions, and (ii) an opinion of each of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, satisfactory to HP Co.’s board of directors, regarding the qualification of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Any opinions of outside counsel or any other external tax advisor and any IRS private letter ruling will be based, among other things, on various facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements and undertakings of HP Co. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise (including those relating to the past and future conduct of HP Co. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise). If any of these facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings is, or becomes, inaccurate or incomplete, or if HP Co. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise breach any of their respective covenants relating to the separation, the IRS private letter ruling and/or any tax opinion may be invalid. Accordingly, notwithstanding receipt of the IRS private letter ruling and/or opinions of counsel or other external tax advisors, the IRS could determine that the distribution and certain related transactions should be treated as taxable transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes if it determines that any of the facts, assumptions, representations, statements or undertakings that were included in the request for the IRS private letter ruling or on which any opinion was based are false or have been violated. In addition, the IRS private letter ruling will not address all of the issues that are relevant to determining whether the distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualifies as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and an opinion of outside counsel or other external tax advisor represents the judgment of such counsel or other advisor which is not binding on the IRS or any court. Accordingly, notwithstanding receipt by HP Co. of the IRS private letter ruling and the tax opinions referred to above, the IRS could assert that the distribution and/or certain related transactions do not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in taking this position, HP Inc., Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability. See “—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution is Taxable” below.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution, Together with Certain Related Transactions, Qualifies as a Transaction that is Generally Tax-Free Under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code

Assuming the distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualifies as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution generally are as follows:

 

    no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be includible in the income of HP Inc. as a result of the distribution, other than gain or income arising in connection with certain internal restructurings undertaken in connection with the distribution and with respect to any “excess loss account” or “intercompany transaction” required to be taken into account by HP Inc. under U.S. Treasury regulations relating to consolidated federal income tax returns;

 

    no gain or loss will be recognized by (and no amount will be included in the income of) U.S. holders of HP Co. common stock, upon the receipt of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock (as described below);

 

    the aggregate tax basis of the HP Inc. common stock and the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock received in the distribution (including any fractional share interest in Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for which cash is received) in the hands of each U.S. holder of HP Inc. common stock immediately after the distribution will equal the aggregate basis of HP Co. common stock held by the U.S. holder immediately before the distribution, allocated between the HP Inc. common stock and the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock (including any fractional share interest in Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for which cash is received) in proportion to the relative fair market value of each on the date of the distribution; and

 

177


Table of Contents
    the holding period of the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock received by each U.S. holder of HP Co. common stock in the distribution (including any fractional share interest in Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock for which cash is received) will generally include the holding period at the time of the distribution for the HP Co. common stock with respect to which the distribution is made.

A U.S. holder who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution will be treated as having sold such fractional share for cash, and will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such fractional share. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for its HP Co. common stock exceeds one year at the time of distribution.

If a U.S. holder of HP Co. common stock holds different blocks of HP Co. common stock (generally shares of HP Co. common stock acquired on different dates or at different prices), such holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the determination of the basis and holding period of shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock received in the distribution in respect of particular blocks of HP Co. common stock.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution is Taxable

As discussed above, notwithstanding receipt by HP Co. of a private letter ruling from the IRS and/or opinions of counsel and other external tax advisors, the IRS could assert that the distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in taking this position, the consequences described above would not apply and HP Inc., Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. stockholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability. In addition, certain events that may or may not be within the control of HP Inc. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise could cause the distribution and certain related transactions to not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Depending on the circumstances, Hewlett Packard Enterprise may be required to indemnify HP Inc. for taxes (and certain related losses) resulting from the distribution and certain related transactions not qualifying as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If the distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in general, HP Inc. would recognize taxable gain as if it had sold the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in a taxable sale for its fair market value (unless HP Inc. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise jointly make an election under Section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the distribution, in which case, in general, (i) the HP Inc. group would recognize taxable gain as if Hewlett Packard Enterprise had sold all of its assets in a taxable sale in exchange for an amount equal to the fair market value of the Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock and the assumption of all Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s liabilities and (ii) Hewlett Packard Enterprise would obtain a related step up in the basis of its assets) and HP Co. stockholders who receive shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock in the distribution would be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares.

Even if the distribution were to otherwise qualify as tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, it may result in taxable gain to HP Co. under Section 355(e) of the Code if the distribution were later deemed to be part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquire, directly or indirectly, shares representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in HP Co. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise. For this purpose, any acquisitions of HP Co. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares within the period beginning two years before the distribution and ending two years after the distribution are presumed to be part of such a plan, although HP Co. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise may be able to rebut that presumption.

In connection with the distribution, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. will enter into a tax matters agreement pursuant to which Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be responsible for certain liabilities and obligations following the distribution. In general, under the terms of the tax matters agreement, if the distribution, together

 

178


Table of Contents

with certain related transactions, were to fail to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (including as a result of Section 355(e) of the Code) and if such failure were the result of actions taken after the distribution by HP Inc. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the party responsible for such failure will be responsible for all taxes imposed on HP Inc. or Hewlett Packard Enterprise to the extent such taxes result from such actions. However, if such failure was the result of any acquisition of Hewlett Packard Enterprise shares or assets, or of any of Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s representations, statements or undertakings being incorrect, incomplete or breached, Hewlett Packard Enterprise generally will be responsible for all taxes imposed as a result of such acquisition or breach. For a discussion of the tax matters agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.” The indemnification obligations of Hewlett Packard Enterprise to HP Inc. under the tax matters agreement are not expected to be limited in amount or subject to any cap. If Hewlett Packard Enterprise is required to pay any taxes or indemnify HP Inc. and its subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors under the circumstances set forth in the tax matters agreement, Hewlett Packard Enterprise may be subject to substantial liabilities.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting.

Payments of cash to U.S. holders of HP Co. common stock in lieu of fractional shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (currently, at a rate of 28%), unless such U.S. holder delivers a properly completed IRS Form W-9 certifying such U.S. holder’s correct taxpayer identification number and certain other information, or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. ALL HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

 

179


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

Indebtedness in Connection with the Separation

Senior Notes

Hewlett Packard Enterprise anticipates issuing senior notes prior to the distribution date such that $16 billion in total debt is outstanding as of the distribution date. These senior notes are expected to be offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act or to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. Hewlett Packard Enterprise intends to use the net proceeds from the sale of senior notes to finance the payment of a distribution to HP Co. in connection with the separation. HP Co. has informed Hewlett Packard Enterprise that it intends to use the cash to be distributed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise to HP Co. to redeem or repurchase certain of HP Co.’s outstanding notes.

The senior notes are expected to be Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s unsecured, unsubordinated obligations. HP Co. is expected to guarantee each series of senior notes on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis. HP Co.’s guarantee of each series of senior notes is expected to be automatically and unconditionally released at such time as (i) HP Co. no longer owns any equity securities of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, including upon the distribution, and (ii) beneficial ownership of substantially all of the assets intended to be included in Hewlett Packard Enterprise has been transferred to Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise is expected to be able to redeem all of the senior notes of each series, other than the floating rate senior notes, at any time, and some of the senior notes of each series, other than the floating rate senior notes, from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the senior notes redeemed plus a make-whole premium. Hewlett Packard Enterprise is not expected to be able to redeem the floating rate senior notes prior to maturity.

The senior notes are expected to be governed by an indenture between Hewlett Packard Enterprise, HP Co. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as supplemented by a supplemental indenture. Subject to certain qualifications and exceptions, this indenture is expected to include customary covenants that limit Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s ability and the ability of certain of its subsidiaries to incur mortgages with respect to principal domestic properties and to enter into sale and leaseback transactions with respect to principal domestic properties, and to limit Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s ability to merge or consolidate with any other entity or convey, transfer or lease Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s properties and assets substantially as an entirety. In the event of a change of control, Hewlett Packard Enterprise would be required to make an offer to each holder of notes to repurchase all or any part of that holder’s notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of such notes repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.

The indenture is also expected to provide for certain events of default (subject, in certain cases, to receipt of notice of default and/or customary grace or cure periods), including, but not limited to, (i) failure to pay interest for 30 days, (ii) failure to pay principal when due, (iii) failure to perform, or breach of, any other covenant in the indenture for 90 days after notice is given by the trustee or the holders of 25% of the outstanding principal amount and (iv) certain specified events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Hewlett Packard Enterprise.

In connection with the issuance of the senior notes, Hewlett Packard Enterprise and HP Co. are expected to agree with the initial purchasers of the senior notes under a registration rights agreement to (i) file a registration statement on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer to exchange the senior notes for new notes, with terms substantially identical in all material respects to the senior notes and (ii) cause the registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act. If the exchange of the senior notes for registered notes is not completed as soon as practicable after the last date for acceptance of notes for exchange because it would violate any applicable law or interpretations of the staff of the SEC or, if for any reason the

 

180


Table of Contents

exchange offer is not for any other reason completed within 365 days after the closing date of the senior notes offering, Hewlett Packard Enterprise is expected to agree to use its reasonable best efforts to file and to have declared effective a shelf registration statement relating to the resales of the senior notes. If Hewlett Packard Enterprise failed to register the exchange or resale of a series of registrable securities within this time period, then additional interest would accrue on such notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum every 90-day period to a maximum of 1.00% per annum additional interest until the registration is complete).

The foregoing description and the other information in this information statement regarding the potential offering of senior notes is included in this information statement solely for informational purposes. Nothing in this information statement should be construed as an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any such notes.

Credit Facility

In addition, Hewlett Packard Enterprise anticipates entering into an unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $4 billion on the distribution date. Under the proposed credit agreement, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be permitted to choose from two methods of calculating interest: a fluctuating base rate equal to the facility’s administrative agent’s adjusted base rate plus an applicable margin, or a period fixed rate equal to LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin payable on borrowings will be determined by reference to a pricing schedule based on Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s senior unsecured long-term debt ratings. In addition, under the anticipated credit facility, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will pay a commitment fee based on the unused portion of such credit facility, which commitment fee will be determined by reference to the pricing schedule referred to above.

The anticipated credit facility will contain various customary covenants that will limit, among other things, the incurrence of indebtedness by subsidiaries of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the grant or incurrence of liens by Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its subsidiaries, the entry into sale and leaseback transactions by Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its subsidiaries, and the entry into certain fundamental change transactions by Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its significant subsidiaries. The anticipated credit facility will contain a covenant pursuant to which Hewlett Packard Enterprise will not permit the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated net interest expense for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters to be less than 3.0 to 1.0.

The anticipated credit facility will include customary events of default. Under the anticipated credit facility, if an event of default occurs, lenders holding a majority of the revolving commitments will have the right to terminate the commitments and accelerate the maturity of any loans outstanding.

Commercial Paper Programs

Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s board of directors has authorized the issuance of up to $4.0 billion in aggregate principal amount of commercial paper by Hewlett Packard Enterprise. Hewlett Packard Enterprise plans to maintain two commercial paper programs, a U.S. commercial paper program providing for private placements under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and a euro commercial paper program providing for unregistered offerings made in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s U.S. program will permit the issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $4.0 billion. Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s euro commercial paper program will permit the issuance of commercial paper outside of the U.S. denominated in U.S. dollars, euros or British pounds up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $3.0 billion or the equivalent in those alternative currencies. The combined aggregate principal amount of commercial paper outstanding under Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s U.S. and euro commercial paper programs at any one time cannot exceed the $4.0 billion authorized by Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s board of directors. In addition, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hewlett Packard Enterprise

 

181


Table of Contents

plans to enter into a euro commercial paper and certificate of deposit program under which such subsidiary is permitted to have issued and outstanding up to $500,000,000 in unsecured commercial paper notes issued outside the United States and which may be denominated in one of various currencies.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s target debt balance as of the distribution date is based on internal capital planning considering the following factors and assumptions: anticipated business plan, optimal debt levels, operating activities, general economic contingencies, investment grade credit rating and desired financing capacity.

 

182


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE’S CAPITAL STOCK

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended and restated prior to the separation. The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock that will be contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. The summaries and descriptions below do not purport to be complete statements of the relevant provisions of the certificate of incorporation or of the bylaws to be in effect at the time of the distribution. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to such documents, which you must read (along with the applicable provisions of Delaware law) for complete information on Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s capital stock as of the time of the distribution. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the time of the distribution will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part.

General

Our authorized capital stock consists of [●] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and [●] shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock are undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. Immediately following the distribution, we expect that approximately [●] shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding and that no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

Each holder of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted upon by the common stockholders, and there will be no cumulative voting rights. Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, holders of our common stock would be entitled to ratable distribution of its assets remaining after the payment in full of liabilities and any preferential rights of any then-outstanding preferred stock.

Holders of our common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. After the distribution, all outstanding shares of our common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL, to issue up to [●] shares of preferred stock in one or more series without further action by the holders of our common stock. Our board of directors will have the discretion, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL and by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Various Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Provisions of the DGCL and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire Hewlett Packard Enterprise by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are

 

183


Table of Contents

expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and takeover bids that our board of directors may consider inadequate and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of Hewlett Packard Enterprise to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute . Hewlett Packard Enterprise will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

Amendments to Bylaws . Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that they may be amended by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of a majority of our shares entitled to vote, except that certain provisions (such as with respect to the procedures for stockholder meetings, the size of our board of directors and director indemnification), if amended by our stockholders, require the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

Size of Board and Vacancies . Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors on our board of directors will be not less than eight nor more than seventeen, and that the exact number of directors will be fixed by resolution of a majority of our entire board of directors (assuming no vacancies). Any vacancies created on our board of directors resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled by a majority of the board of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum is present, or by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote of our stockholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present.

Special Stockholder Meetings . Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors (or the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our secretary with the concurrence of a majority of our board of directors) or stockholders holding no less than 25% of our outstanding common shares may call special meetings of Hewlett Packard Enterprise stockholders.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will expressly eliminate the right of our stockholders to act by written consent. Accordingly, stockholder action must take place at the annual or a special meeting of our stockholders.

 

184


Table of Contents

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals . Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors.

Proxy Access . In addition to advance notice procedures, our amended and restated bylaws will also include provisions permitting, subject to certain terms and conditions, stockholders owning at least 3% of our outstanding common shares for at least three consecutive years to use our annual meeting proxy statement to nominate a number of director candidates not to exceed 20% of the number of directors in office.

No Cumulative Voting . The DGCL provides that stockholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless the company’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

Undesignated Preferred Stock . The authority that our board of directors will possess to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of our company through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. Our board of directors may be able to issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock.

Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Officers and Directors and Insurance

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties as directors, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include such an exculpation provision. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under the DGCL, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, or for serving at the company’s request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that Hewlett Packard Enterprise must indemnify and advance reasonable expenses to its directors and officers, subject to its receipt of an undertaking from the indemnified party as may be required under the DGCL. Our amended and restated bylaws will expressly authorize Hewlett Packard Enterprise to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect Hewlett Packard Enterprise, our directors, officers and employees for some liabilities.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that will be in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit our company and our stockholders. However, these provisions will not limit or eliminate Hewlett Packard Enterprise’s rights, or those of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, Hewlett Packard Enterprise pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will generally be available for future issuance without your approval. We may use such additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of Hewlett Packard Enterprise by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

185


Table of Contents

Listing

We have applied to have our shares of common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “HPE.”

Sale of Unregistered Securities

On February 25, 2015, Hewlett Packard Enterprise issued 1,000 shares of its common stock to HP Co. pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Hewlett Packard Enterprise did not register the issuance of the issued shares under the Securities Act because the issuance did not constitute a public offering.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

After the distribution, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Wells Fargo Shareowner Services.

 

186


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Hewlett Packard Enterprise has filed a registration statement on Form 10 with the SEC (File No. 001-37483) with respect to the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise common stock being distributed as contemplated by this information statement. This information statement is a part of, and does not contain all of the information set forth in, the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to Hewlett Packard Enterprise and its common stock, please refer to the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this information statement relating to any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may review a copy of the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549, by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330, as well as on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Information contained on any website referenced in this information statement is not incorporated by reference in this information statement.

As a result of the distribution, Hewlett Packard Enterprise will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

Hewlett Packard Enterprise intends to furnish holders of its common stock with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent registered public accounting firm.

You should rely only on the information contained in this information statement or incorporated herein by reference. Hewlett Packard Enterprise has not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in this information statement or incorporated herein by reference.

 

187


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Combined Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Combined Statements of Earnings for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-3   

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-4   

Combined Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-5   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-6   

Combined Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

     F-7   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-8   

Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 (Unaudited)

     F-79   

Condensed Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended July  31, 2015 and 2014 (Unaudited)

     F-80   

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as of July 31, 2015 (Unaudited) and October 31, 2014

     F-81   

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 (Unaudited)

     F-82   

Condensed Combined Statements of Equity for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 (Unaudited)

     F-83   

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-84   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Hewlett-Packard Company:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Enterprise Technology Infrastructure, Software, Services and Financing Business of Hewlett-Packard Company (“Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company” or the “Company”) as of October 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related combined statements of earnings, comprehensive income, cash flows, and equity for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Company at October 31, 2014 and 2013, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Jose, California

July 1, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Combined Statements of Earnings

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     In millions  

Net revenue:

      

Products

   $ 19,171      $ 19,383      $ 20,459   

Services

     35,551        37,541        40,121   

Financing income

     401        447        462   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     55,123        57,371        61,042   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

      

Cost of products

     12,394        12,360        12,462   

Cost of services

     26,815        28,958        31,364   

Financing interest

     277        312        317   

Research and development

     2,197        1,956        2,120   

Selling, general and administrative

     8,717        8,601        8,678   

Amortization of intangible assets

     906        1,228        1,641   

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     —          —          16,808   

Restructuring charges

     1,471        983        1,756   

Acquisition-related charges

     11        21        35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     52,788        54,419        75,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations

     2,335        2,952        (14,139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and other, net

     (91     (81     (175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) before taxes

     2,244        2,871        (14,314

Provision for taxes

     (596     (820     (447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 1,648      $ 2,051      $ (14,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     In millions  

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 1,648      $ 2,051      $ (14,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before taxes:

      

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities:

      

Unrealized gains arising during the period

     5        44        18   

Gains reclassified into earnings

     (1     (49       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4        (5     18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges:

      

Unrealized gains arising during the period

     111        36        88   

Losses (gains) reclassified into earnings

     60        (53     (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     171        (17     39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:

      

(Losses) gains arising during the period

     (794     115        (477

Amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit

     82        86        57   

Curtailments, settlements and other

     18        9        —     

Merged into Parent’s Shared plans during the period

     61        142        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (633     352        (420
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

     (85     (150     (47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before taxes

     (543     180        (410

(Provision) benefit for taxes

     (10     (76     28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes

     (553     104        (382
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 1,095      $ 2,155      $ (15,143
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Combined Balance Sheets

 

     As of October 31  
     2014     2013  
     In millions  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,319      $ 2,182   

Accounts receivable

     8,423        9,458   

Financing receivables

     2,974        3,170   

Inventory

     1,884        2,078   

Other current assets

     6,431        7,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     22,031        24,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

     8,520        8,510   

Long-term financing receivables and other assets

     6,503        7,004   

Goodwill

     25,960        25,945   

Intangible assets

     2,057        2,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 65,071      $ 68,775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Notes payable and short-term borrowings

   $ 894      $ 1,058   

Accounts payable

     4,889        4,335   

Employee compensation and benefits

     2,737        3,087   

Taxes on earnings

     706        711   

Deferred revenue

     5,129        5,528   

Accrued restructuring

     711        698   

Other accrued liabilities

     4,694        5,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     19,760        20,912   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     485        617   

Other liabilities

     7,654        8,871   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Equity:

    

Parent company investment

     39,024        39,683   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,248     (1,695
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to the Company

     36,776        37,988   

Non-controlling interests

     396        387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     37,172        38,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 65,071      $ 68,775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     In millions  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 1,648      $ 2,051      $ (14,761

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     4,144        4,396        4,858   

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     —          —          16,808   

Stock-based compensation expense

     427        374        438   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     80        81        97   

Provision for inventory

     125        161        178   

Restructuring charges

     1,471        983        1,756   

Deferred taxes on earnings

     (304     (248     (552

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     (44     (1     (8

Other, net

     11        325        180   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):

      

Accounts receivable

     986        580        449   

Financing receivables

     428        478        (423

Inventory

     69        (251     (39

Accounts payable

     611        472        (669

Taxes on earnings

     404        532        510   

Restructuring

     (1,239     (733     (722

Other assets and liabilities

     (1,906     (461     (860
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     6,911        8,739        7,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Investment in property, plant and equipment

     (3,620     (2,497     (3,475

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     606        370        433   

Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other investments

     (940     (938     (944

Maturities and sales of available-for-sale securities and other investments

     1,023        1,005        858   

Payments made in connection with business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (49     (167     (118

Proceeds from business divestiture, net

     6        —          87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,974     (2,227     (3,159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Short-term borrowings with original maturities less than 90 days, net

     18        (121     (14

Issuance of debt

     852        1,083        1,139   

Payment of debt

     (1,135     (2,200     (1,136

Net transfers to Parent

     (3,542     (5,196     (4,499

Cash dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (37     (31     (19

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     44        1        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (3,800     (6,464     (4,521
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     137        48        (440

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     2,182        2,134        2,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 2,319      $ 2,182      $ 2,134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

      

Income taxes paid (net of refunds)

   $ 302      $ 354      $ 514   

Interest expense paid

     357        374        394   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Combined Statements of Equity

 

     Parent
Company
Investment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Equity
Attributable
to the
Company
    Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 
     In millions  

Balance at October 31, 2011

   $ 58,657      $ (1,417   $ 57,240      $ 379      $ 57,619   

Net loss

     (14,761       (14,761       (14,761

Other comprehensive loss

       (382     (382       (382
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

         (15,143       (15,143
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net transfers to Parent

     (2,925       (2,925       (2,925

Changes in non-controlling interests

           18        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2012

     40,971        (1,799     39,172        397        39,569   

Net earnings

     2,051          2,051          2,051   

Other comprehensive income

       104        104          104   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

         2,155          2,155   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net transfers to Parent

     (3,339       (3,339       (3,339

Changes in non-controlling interests

           (10     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2013

     39,683        (1,695     37,988        387        38,375   

Net earnings

     1,648          1,648          1,648   

Other comprehensive loss

       (553     (553       (553
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

         1,095          1,095   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net transfers to Parent

     (2,307       (2,307       (2,307

Changes in non-controlling interests

           9        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2014

   $ 39,024      $ (2,248   $ 36,776      $ 396      $ 37,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

Note 1: Background and Basis of Presentation

Background

The enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing business of Hewlett-Packard Company (“Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company”, “we”, “us”, “our”, or the “Company”) is a leading global provider of the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional information technology (“IT”) while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs. Our customers range from small- and medium-sized businesses (“SMBs”) to large global enterprises.

On October 6, 2014, Hewlett-Packard Company (“Parent”) announced plans to separate into two independent publicly traded companies: one comprising its enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses, which will conduct business as Hewlett Packard Enterprise and one comprising its printing and personal systems businesses, which will conduct business as HP Inc. The proposed separation is intended to take the form of a spin-off to Parent’s stockholders of 100% of the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company. In connection with the separation, Hewlett-Packard Company will be renamed and continue as HP Inc. The separation is subject to certain conditions, including, among others, obtaining final approval from Parent’s board of directors, receipt of a private letter ruling from the United States (“U.S.”) Internal Revenue Service and one or more opinions with respect to certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declaring the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part.

Basis of Presentation

These Combined Financial Statements of the Company were prepared in connection with the expected separation and have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Parent as if it were operated on a standalone basis during the periods presented and were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

The Combined Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income of the Company reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from Parent including, but not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, treasury, risk management, procurement, and other shared services. These allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, expenses, headcount or other relevant measures. Management of the Company and Parent consider these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services by, or the benefits provided to, the Company. The allocations may not, however, reflect the expense the Company would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if the Company had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure.

The Combined Balance Sheets of the Company include Parent assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Company, including subsidiaries and affiliates in which Parent has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. Parent’s cash has not been assigned to the Company for any of the periods presented because those cash balances are not directly attributable to the Company. The Company reflects transfers of cash to and from Parent’s cash management system as a component of Parent

 

F-8


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

company investment on the Combined Balance Sheets. Parent’s long-term debt has not been attributed to the Company for any of the periods presented because Parent’s borrowings are not the legal obligation of the Company.

Parent maintains various benefit and stock-based compensation plans at a corporate level and other benefit plans at a subsidiary level. The Company’s employees participate in those programs and a portion of the cost of those plans is included in the Company’s Combined Financial Statements. However, the Company’s Combined Balance Sheets do not include any net benefit plan obligations unless the benefit plan only includes active, retired and other former Company employees or any equity related to stock-based compensation plans. See Notes 5 and 6 for a further description of the accounting for benefit plans and stock-based compensation, respectively.

Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Combination

The Combined Financial Statements include the Company’s net assets and results of operations as described above. All intercompany transactions and accounts within the combined businesses of the Company have been eliminated.

Intercompany transactions between the Company and Parent are considered to be effectively settled in the Combined Financial Statements at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows within financing activities and in the Combined Balance Sheets within Parent company investment.

The Company accounts for investments in companies over which it has the ability to exercise significant influence but does not hold a controlling interest under the equity method, and the Company records its proportionate share of income or losses in Interest and other, net in the Combined Statements of Earnings.

Non-controlling interests are presented as a separate component within Equity in the Combined Balance Sheets. Net earnings attributable to the non-controlling interests are recorded within Interest and other, net in the Combined Statements of Earnings and are not presented separately as they were not material for any period presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company predominately uses the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. dollars are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and at historical exchange rates for nonmonetary assets and liabilities. Net revenue, costs and expenses denominated in non-U.S. dollars are recorded in U.S. dollars at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. The Company includes gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement in Interest and other, net in the Combined Statements of Earnings and gains and losses from cash flow hedges in Net revenue as

 

F-9


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

the hedged revenue ships. Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries designate the local currency as their functional currency, and the Company records the translation of their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the balance sheet date as translation adjustments and includes them as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Combined Balance Sheets.

Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. The amendments are based on the principle that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Company is required to adopt the amendments in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early adoption is not permitted. The amendments may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and the transition alternatives on its Combined Financial Statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance which changes the criteria for identifying a discontinued operation. The guidance limits the definition of a discontinued operation to the disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The Company is required to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2016, with early adoption permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued.

In July 2013, the FASB issued a new accounting standard requiring the presentation of certain unrecognized tax benefits as reductions to deferred tax assets rather than as liabilities in the Combined Balance Sheets when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The Company adopted the new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2015 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this new standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.

Parent Company Investment

Parent company investment in the Combined Balance Sheets and Statements of Equity represents Parent’s historical investment in the Company, the net effect of transactions with and allocations from Parent and the Company’s accumulated earnings. See Note 14 for further information about transactions between the Company and Parent.

Revenue Recognition

General

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services are rendered, the sales price or fee is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Additionally, the Company recognizes hardware revenue on sales to channel partners, including resellers, distributors or value-added solution providers at the time of delivery when the channel partners have economic substance apart from the Company, and the Company has completed its obligations related to the sale. The Company generally recognizes revenue for its standalone software sales to channel partners on receipt of

 

F-10


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

evidence that the software has been sold to a specific end user. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligations or subject to customer-specified refund or return rights.

The Company reduces revenue for customer and distributor programs and incentive offerings, including price protection, rebates, promotions, other volume-based incentives and expected returns. Future market conditions and product transitions may require the Company to take actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the incentive is offered. For certain incentive programs, the Company estimates the number of customers expected to redeem the incentive based on historical experience and the specific terms and conditions of the incentive.

In instances when revenue is derived from sales of third-party vendor products or services, the Company records revenue on a gross basis when the Company is a principal to the transaction and on a net basis when the Company is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor. The Company considers several factors to determine whether it is acting as a principal or an agent, most notably whether the Company is the primary obligor to the customer, has established its own pricing and has inventory and credit risks.

The Company reports revenue net of any taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, with the collected taxes recorded as current liabilities until remitted to the relevant government authority.

Multiple element arrangements

When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements or deliverables, such as hardware and software products, and/or services, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE of selling price is not available, or estimated selling price (“ESP”) if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE is available. The Company establishes VSOE of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately and, in rare instances, using the price established by management having the relevant authority. The Company establishes TPE of selling price by evaluating largely similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. The Company establishes ESP based on management judgment considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls, customer segment pricing strategies and the product lifecycle. Consideration is also given to market conditions, such as competitor pricing strategies and technology lifecycles. In arrangements with multiple elements, the Company allocates the transaction price to the individual units of accounting at inception of the arrangement based on their relative selling price.

In multiple element arrangements that include software that is more-than-incidental, the Company allocates the transaction price to the individual units of accounting for the non-software deliverables and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling price of each of the deliverables in the arrangement based on the selling price hierarchy. If the arrangement contains more than one software deliverable, the transaction price allocated to the group of software deliverables is then allocated to each component software deliverable.

The Company evaluates each deliverable in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value to the customer. For elements with no standalone value, the Company recognizes revenue consistent with the pattern of

 

F-11


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

the undelivered elements. If the arrangement includes a customer-negotiated refund or return right or other contingency relative to the delivered items, and the delivery and performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within the Company’s control, the delivered element constitutes a separate unit of accounting. In arrangements with combined units of accounting, changes in the allocation of the transaction price between elements may impact the timing of revenue recognition for the contract but will not change the total revenue recognized for the contract.

Product revenue

Hardware

Under the Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale, the Company transfers title and risk of loss to the customer at the time product is delivered to the customer and recognizes revenue accordingly, unless customer acceptance is uncertain or significant obligations to the customer remain. The Company reduces revenue for estimated customer returns, price protection, rebates and other programs offered under sales agreements established by the Company with its distributors and resellers. The Company records revenue from the sale of equipment under sales-type leases as product revenue at the inception of the lease. The Company accrues the estimated cost of post-sale obligations, including standard product warranties, based on historical experience at the time the Company recognizes revenue.

Software

The Company recognizes revenue from perpetual software licenses at the inception of the license term, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Term-based software license revenue is generally recognized ratably over the term of the license. The Company uses the residual method to allocate revenue to software licenses at inception of the arrangement when VSOE of fair value for all undelivered elements, such as post-contract support, exists and all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. The Company recognizes revenue from maintenance and unspecified upgrades or updates provided on a when-and-if-available basis ratably over the period during which such items are delivered. The Company recognizes revenue for hosting or software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) arrangements as the service is delivered, generally on a straight-line basis, over the contractual period of performance. In hosting arrangements where software licenses are sold, the Company recognizes the license revenue according to whether perpetual or term licenses are sold, when all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. In hosting arrangements that include software licenses, the Company considers the rights provided to the customer (e.g., ownership of a license, contract termination provisions and the feasibility of the customer to operate the software) in determining when to recognize revenue for the licenses.

Services revenue

The Company recognizes revenue from fixed-price support or maintenance contracts, including extended warranty contracts and software post-contract customer support agreements, ratably over the contract period and recognizes the costs associated with these contracts as incurred. For time and material contracts, the Company recognizes revenue as services are rendered and recognizes costs as they are incurred.

The Company recognizes revenue from certain fixed-price contracts, such as consulting arrangements, as work progresses over the contract period on a proportional performance basis, as determined by the percentage of labor costs incurred to date compared to the total estimated contract labor costs of a contract. The Company recognizes revenue on fixed-price contracts for design and build projects (to design, develop and construct

 

F-12


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

software and systems) using the percentage-of-completion method. The Company uses the cost-to-cost method to measure progress toward completion as determined by the percentage of cost incurred to date compared to the total estimated costs of the project. Estimates of total project costs for fixed-price contracts are regularly revised during the life of a contract. Provisions for estimated losses on fixed-priced contracts are recognized in the period when such losses become known. If reasonable and reliable cost estimates for a project cannot be made, the Company uses the completed contract method and recognizes revenue and costs upon service completion.

The Company generally recognizes outsourcing services revenue in the period when the service is provided and the amount earned is not contingent on the occurrence of any future event. The Company recognizes revenue using an objective measure of output for unit-priced contracts. Revenue for fixed-price outsourcing contracts with periodic billings is recognized on a straight-line basis if the service is provided evenly during the contract term. Provisions for estimated losses on outsourcing arrangements are recognized in the period when such losses become probable and estimable.

The Company recognizes revenue from operating leases on a straight-line basis as service revenue over the rental period.

Financing income

Sales-type and direct-financing leases produce financing income, which the Company recognizes at consistent rates of return over the lease term.

Deferred revenue and deferred costs

The Company records amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenue recognized as deferred revenue until the revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. The Company records revenue that is earned and recognized in excess of amounts invoiced on services contracts as trade receivables.

Deferred revenue represents amounts invoiced in advance for product support contracts, software customer support contracts, outsourcing startup services work, consulting and integration projects, product sales or leasing income. The Company recognizes costs associated with outsourcing contracts as incurred, unless such costs are considered direct and incremental to the startup phase of the contract, in which case the Company defers these costs during the startup phase and subsequently amortizes such costs over the period that outsourcing services are provided, once those services commence. The Company amortizes deferred contract costs on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the contract unless facts and circumstances of the contract indicate a shorter period is more appropriate. Based on actual and projected contract financial performance indicators, the Company analyzes the recoverability of deferred contract costs using the undiscounted estimated cash flows of the contract over its remaining term. If such undiscounted cash flows are insufficient to recover the carrying amount of deferred contract costs and long-lived assets directly associated with the contract, the deferred contract costs are first impaired. If a cash flow deficiency remains after reducing the carrying amount of the deferred contract costs to zero, the Company evaluates any remaining long-lived assets related to that contract for impairment.

Shipping and Handling

The Company includes costs related to shipping and handling in Cost of products.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company’s employees have historically participated in Parent’s stock-based compensation plans. Stock-based compensation expense has been allocated to the Company based on the awards and terms previously granted to the Company’s employees as well as an allocation of Parent’s corporate and shared functional employee expenses. The stock-based compensation expense is based on the measurement date fair value of the award and is recognized only for those awards expected to meet the service and performance vesting conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Stock-based compensation expense is determined at the aggregate grant level for service-based awards and at the individual vesting tranche level for awards with performance and/or market conditions. The forfeiture rate is estimated based on Parent’s historical experience.

Retirement and Post-Retirement Plans

Parent provides various defined benefit and other contributory and noncontributory retirement and post-retirement plans to eligible Company employees and retirees. Plans whose participants include both Company employees and other employees of Parent (“Shared” plans) are accounted for as multiemployer benefit plans and the related net benefit plan obligations are not included in the Company’s Combined Balance Sheets. The related benefit plan expense has been allocated to the Company based on the Company’s labor costs and allocations of corporate and other shared functional personnel.

Certain benefit plans in the Company’s operations only include active, retired and other former Company employees (“Direct” plans) and are accounted for as single employer benefit plans. Accordingly, the net benefit plan obligations and the related benefit plan expense of those plans have been recorded in the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.

The Company generally amortizes unrecognized actuarial gains and losses on a straight-line basis over the average remaining estimated service life or, in the case of frozen plans, life expectancy of participants. In some cases, actuarial gains and losses are amortized using the corridor approach. See Note 5 for a full description of these plans and the accounting and funding policies.

Advertising

Costs to produce advertising are expensed as incurred during production. Costs to communicate advertising are expensed when the advertising is first run. Such costs totaled approximately $220 million in fiscal 2014, $157 million in fiscal 2013 and $167 million in fiscal 2012.

Restructuring

The Company records charges associated with Parent-approved restructuring plans to reorganize one or more of the Company’s business segments, to remove duplicative headcount and infrastructure associated with business acquisitions or to simplify business processes and accelerate innovation. Restructuring charges can include severance costs to eliminate a specified number of employees, infrastructure charges to vacate facilities and consolidate operations, and contract cancellation costs. The Company records restructuring charges based on estimated employee terminations and site closure and consolidation plans. The Company accrues for severance and other employee separation costs under these actions when it is probable that benefits will be paid and the amount is reasonably estimable. The rates used in determining severance accruals are based on existing plans, historical experiences and negotiated settlements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Taxes on Earnings

The Company’s operations have historically been included in the tax returns filed by the respective Parent entities of which the Company’s businesses are a part. Income tax expense and other income tax related information contained in these Combined Financial Statements are presented on a separate return basis as if the Company filed its own tax returns. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the standalone financial statements as if the Company were a separate taxpayer and a standalone enterprise for the periods presented. Current income tax liabilities related to entities which file jointly with Parent are assumed to be immediately settled with Parent and are relieved through the Parent company investment account and the Net transfers to Parent in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company records accruals for uncertain tax positions when the Company believes that it is not more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The Company makes adjustments to these accruals when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of adjustments for uncertain tax positions, as well as any related interest and penalties.

Accounts Receivable

The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable. The Company records a specific reserve for individual accounts when the Company becomes aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in the case of a bankruptcy filing or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. If there are additional changes in circumstances related to the specific customer, the Company further adjusts estimates of the recoverability of receivables. The Company maintains bad debt reserves for all other customers based on a variety of factors, including the use of third-party credit risk models that generate quantitative measures of default probabilities based on market factors, the financial condition of customers, the length of time receivables are past due, trends in the weighted-average risk rating for the portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, information derived from competitive benchmarking, significant one-time events and historical experience. The past due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the contractual payment terms of the receivable.

The Company participates in Parent’s third-party short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital requirements of certain customers. These financing arrangements, which in certain cases provide for partial recourse, result in the transfer of the Company’s trade receivables to a third party. The Company reflects amounts transferred to, but not yet collected from, the third party in Accounts receivable in the Combined Balance Sheets. For arrangements involving an element of recourse, the fair value of the recourse obligation is measured using market data from similar transactions and reported as a current liability in the Combined Balance Sheets.

Concentrations of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments, receivables from trade customers and contract manufacturers, financing receivables and derivatives.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The Company participates in cash management, funding arrangements and risk management programs managed by Parent. The Company also maintains cash and cash equivalents, investments, derivatives and certain other financial instruments with various financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographic regions, and the Company’s policy is designed to limit exposure from any particular institution. As part of its risk management processes, the Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions. The Company has not sustained material credit losses from instruments held at these financial institutions. The Company utilizes derivative contracts to protect against the effects of foreign currency and interest rate exposures. Such contracts involve the risk of non-performance by the counterparty, which could result in a material loss.

The Company sells a significant portion of its products through third-party distributors and resellers and, as a result, maintains individually significant receivable balances with these parties. If the financial condition or operations of these distributors’ and resellers’ aggregated business deteriorates substantially, the Company’s operating results could be adversely affected. The ten largest distributor and reseller receivable balances, which were concentrated primarily in North America and Europe, collectively represented approximately 12% and 8% of gross accounts receivable at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. No single customer accounts for more than 10% of gross accounts receivable. Credit risk with respect to other accounts receivable and financing receivables is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographic regions. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its third-party distributors, resellers and other customers and may require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances.

The Company utilizes outsourced manufacturers around the world to manufacture company-designed products. The Company may purchase product components from suppliers and sell those components to its outsourced manufacturers thereby creating receivable balances from the outsourced manufacturers. The three largest outsourced manufacturer receivable balances collectively represented 87% and 82% of the Company’s supplier receivables of $415 million and $270 million at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company includes the supplier receivables in Other current assets in the Combined Balance Sheets on a gross basis. The Company’s credit risk associated with these receivables is mitigated wholly or in part by the amount the Company owes to these outsourced manufacturers, as the Company generally has the legal right to offset its payables to the outsourced manufacturers against these receivables. The Company does not reflect the sale of these components in revenue and does not recognize any profit on these component sales until the related products are sold by the Company, at which time any profit is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales. The Company obtains a significant number of components from single source suppliers due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. The loss of a single source supplier, the deterioration of the Company’s relationship with a single source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the contractual terms under which the Company is supplied components by a single source supplier could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and gross margins.

Inventory

The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made, if required, for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company states property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Company capitalizes additions and improvements and expenses maintenance and repairs as incurred. Depreciation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are five to 40 years for buildings and improvements and three to 15 years for machinery and equipment. The Company depreciates leasehold improvements over the life of the lease or the asset, whichever is shorter. The Company depreciates equipment held for lease over the initial term of the lease to the equipment’s estimated residual value. The estimated useful lives of assets used solely to support a customer services contract generally do not exceed the term of the customer contract. On retirement or disposition, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the Combined Balance Sheets with any gain or loss recognized in the Combined Statements of Earnings.

The Company capitalizes certain internal and external costs incurred to acquire or create internal use software, principally related to software coding, designing system interfaces and installation and testing of the software. The Company amortizes capitalized internal use software costs using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally from three to five years.

Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes costs incurred to acquire or develop software for resale subsequent to establishing technological feasibility for the software, if significant. The Company amortizes capitalized software development costs using the greater of the straight-line amortization method or the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product. The estimated useful life for capitalized software for resale is generally three years or less. Software development costs incurred subsequent to establishing technological feasibility are generally not significant.

Business Combinations

The Company includes the results of operations of acquired businesses in the Company’s combined results prospectively from the date of acquisition. The Company allocates the fair value of purchase consideration to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity generally based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity is recorded as goodwill. The primary items that generate goodwill include the value of the synergies between the acquired company and the Company and the value of the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies for recognition as an intangible asset. Acquisition-related expenses and post-acquisition restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. The Company is permitted to conduct a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform a two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. At the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, the Company performs a quantitative test for all of its reporting units.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. As of October 31, 2014, the Company’s reporting units are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 3, except for Enterprise Services (“ES”), which includes two reporting units: (1) MphasiS Limited and (2) the remainder of ES. In the first step of the impairment test, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount. The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived most significantly from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach. Under the income approach, the Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. The Company prepares cash flow projections based on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The Company bases the discount rate on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the reporting unit’s ability to execute on the projected cash flows. Under the market approach, the Company estimates fair value based on market multiples of revenue and earnings derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit. The Company weights the fair value derived from the market approach depending on the level of comparability of these publicly traded companies to the reporting unit. When market comparables are not meaningful or not available, the Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit using only the income approach. For the MphasiS Limited reporting unit, the Company utilized the quoted market price in an active market to estimate fair value.

If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the Company performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the Company measures the reporting unit’s assets, including any unrecognized intangible assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests at fair value in a hypothetical analysis to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is less than its carrying amount, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.

Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews intangible assets with finite lives and long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of assets based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the asset is impaired. The Company measures the amount of impairment loss, if any, as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value using an income approach or, when available and appropriate, using a market approach. The Company amortizes intangible assets with finite lives using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, ranging from one to ten years.

Debt and Marketable Equity Securities Investments

Debt and marketable equity securities are generally considered available-for-sale and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Combined Balance Sheets. Realized gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are calculated based on the specific identification method and included in Interest and other, net in the Combined Statements of Earnings. The Company monitors its investment portfolio for potential impairment on a quarterly basis. When the carrying

 

F-18


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

amount of an investment in debt securities exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary (i.e., when the Company does not intend to sell the debt securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt securities prior to anticipated recovery of its amortized cost basis), the Company records an impairment charge to Interest and other, net in the amount of the credit loss and the balance, if any, is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Combined Balance Sheets.

Derivatives

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, primarily forwards, swaps, and, at times, options, to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. The Company also may use other derivative instruments not designated as hedges, such as forwards used to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. See Note 12 for a full description of the Company’s derivative financial instrument activities and related accounting policies.

Loss Contingencies

The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company records a liability for contingencies when it believes it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. See Note 16 for a full description of the Company’s loss contingencies and related accounting policies.

Note 3: Segment Information

The Company is a leading global provider of the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional IT while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs. Our customers range from SMBs to large global enterprises.

The Company’s operations are organized into five segments for financial reporting purposes: the Enterprise Group (“EG”), Enterprise Services, Software, Financial Services (“FS”) and Corporate Investments. The Company’s organizational structure is based on a number of factors that management uses to evaluate, view and run its business operations, which include, but are not limited to, customer base and homogeneity of products and technology. The segments are based on this organizational structure and information reviewed by the Company’s management to evaluate segment results.

A summary description of each segment follows.

The Enterprise Group provides servers, storage, networking and technology services that, when combined with the Company’s cloud solutions, enable customers to manage applications across public cloud, virtual private cloud, private cloud and traditional IT environments. Described below are the Company’s business units and capabilities within EG.

 

    Industry Standard Servers offers a range of products from entry-level servers through premium ProLiant servers, which run primarily Windows, Linux and virtualization platforms from software providers such as Microsoft Corporation and VMware, Inc. and open sourced software from other major vendors while leveraging x86 processors from Intel Corporation and Advanced Micro Devices.

 

    Business Critical Systems offers HP Integrity servers based on the Intel ® Itanium ® processor, HP Integrity NonStop solutions and mission-critical x86 ProLiant servers.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

    Storage offers traditional storage and Converged Storage solutions. Traditional storage includes tape, storage networking and legacy external disk products such as EVA and XP. Converged Storage solutions include 3PAR StoreServ, StoreOnce and StoreVirtual products.

 

    Networking offers switches, routers, wireless local area network and network management products that span the data center, campus and branch environments and deliver software-defined networking and unified communications capabilities.

 

    Technology Services provides support services and technology consulting optimizing EG’s hardware platforms, and focuses on cloud, mobility and big data. These services are available in the form of service contracts, pre-packaged offerings or on a customized basis.

Enterprise Services provides technology consulting, outsourcing and support services across infrastructure, applications and business process domains. ES is comprised of the Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing and Application and Business Services business units.

 

    Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing delivers comprehensive services that encompass the management of data centers, IT security, cloud computing, workplace technology, networks, unified communications and enterprise service management.

 

    Application and Business Services helps clients develop, revitalize and manage their applications and information assets.

Software provides big data analytics and applications, enterprise security, application delivery management and IT operations management for businesses and other enterprises of all sizes. These software offerings include licenses, support, professional services and SaaS.

Financial Services provides flexible investment solutions, such as leasing, financing, utility programs and asset management services, for customers to enable the creation of unique technology deployment models and acquire complete IT solutions, including hardware, software and services from the Company and others. Providing flexible services and capabilities that support the entire IT lifecycle, FS partners with customers globally to help build investment strategies that enhance their business agility and support their business transformation. FS offers a wide selection of investment solution capabilities for large enterprise customers and channel partners, along with an array of financial options to SMBs and educational and governmental entities.

Corporate Investments includes Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs and certain business incubation projects among others.

Segment Policy

The Company derives the results of the business segments directly from its internal management reporting system. The accounting policies the Company uses to derive segment results are substantially the same as those Parent uses. Management measures the performance of each segment based on several metrics, including earnings from operations. Management uses these results, in part, to evaluate the performance of, and to allocate resources to, each of the segments.

Segment revenue includes revenues from sales to external customers and intersegment revenues that reflect transactions between the segments on an arm’s-length basis. Intersegment revenues primarily consist of sales of

 

F-20


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

hardware and software that are sourced internally and, in the majority of the cases, are financed as operating leases by FS. The Company’s combined net revenue is derived and reported after the elimination of intersegment revenues from such arrangements.

The Company periodically engages in intercompany advanced royalty payment and licensing arrangements that may result in advance payments between subsidiaries in different tax jurisdictions. Revenues from these intercompany arrangements are deferred and recognized as earned over the term of the arrangement by the legal entities involved in such transactions; however, these advanced payments are eliminated from revenues as reported by the Company and its business segments. As disclosed in Note 7, during fiscal 2014, the Company executed a multiyear intercompany licensing arrangement and intercompany advance royalty payment arrangement which resulted in combined advanced payments of $7.8 billion being received in the U.S. from a foreign combined affiliate, the result of which was the recognition of net U.S. long-term deferred tax assets of $1.1 billion. The remaining intercompany royalty revenues of $7.4 billion as of October 31, 2014 will be recognized over the life of the arrangement through 2029 in the respective legal entities, but eliminated from both the Company’s combined and segment revenues.

Financing interest in the Combined Statements of Earnings reflects interest expense on borrowing- and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries, and debt issued by Parent for which a portion of the proceeds benefited FS. Such Parent debt, consisting of long-term notes, has not been attributed to the Company for any periods presented because Parent’s borrowings are not the legal obligation of the Company.

The Company does not allocate to its segments certain operating expenses, which it manages at the corporate level. These unallocated costs include certain corporate governance costs, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, restructuring charges and acquisition-related charges.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Segment Operating Results

 

     Enterprise
Group
     Enterprise
Services
     Software      Financial
Services
     Corporate
Investments
    Total  
     In millions  

2014

                

Net revenue

   $ 26,812       $ 21,297       $ 3,609       $ 3,401       $ 4      $ 55,123   

Intersegment net revenue and other

     915         1,101         324         97         —          2,437   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment net revenue

   $ 27,727       $ 22,398       $ 3,933       $ 3,498       $ 4      $ 57,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations

   $ 4,005       $ 818       $ 871       $ 389       $ (341   $ 5,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

                

Net revenue

   $ 27,031       $ 23,059       $ 3,716       $ 3,557       $ 8      $ 57,371   

Intersegment net revenue and other

     958         1,021         319         72         —          2,370   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment net revenue

   $ 27,989       $ 24,080       $ 4,035       $ 3,629       $ 8      $ 59,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations

   $ 4,234       $ 805       $ 889       $ 397       $ (222   $ 6,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

                

Net revenue

   $ 28,375       $ 25,067       $ 3,822       $ 3,770       $ 8      $ 61,042   

Intersegment net revenue and other

     1,213         906         304         49         —          2,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment net revenue

   $ 29,588       $ 25,973       $ 4,126       $ 3,819       $ 8      $ 63,514   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations

   $ 5,088       $ 930       $ 821       $ 388       $ (166   $ 7,061   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of segment operating results to the Company’s combined results was as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

Net Revenue:

        

Total segments

   $ 57,560       $ 59,741       $ 63,514   

Elimination of intersegment net revenue and other

     (2,437      (2,370      (2,472
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total combined net revenue

   $ 55,123       $ 57,371       $ 61,042   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes:

        

Total segment earnings from operations

   $ 5,742       $ 6,103       $ 7,061   

Corporate and unallocated costs and eliminations

     (592      (545      (522

Stock-based compensation expense

     (427      (374      (438

Amortization of intangible assets

     (906      (1,228      (1,641

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     —           —           (16,808

Restructuring charges

     (1,471      (983      (1,756

Acquisition-related charges

     (11      (21      (35

Interest and other, net

     (91      (81      (175
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total combined earnings (loss) before taxes

   $ 2,244       $ 2,871       $ (14,314
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Segment Assets

The Company identifies assets to its business segments based on the segments primarily benefiting from the assets. Total assets by segment and the reconciliation of segment assets to the Company’s combined assets were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Enterprise Group

   $ 24,611       $ 24,956   

Enterprise Services

     9,562         11,175   

Software

     10,802         11,287   

Financial Services

     12,774         12,895   

Corporate Investments

     20         112   

Corporate and unallocated assets

     7,302         8,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total combined assets

   $ 65,071       $ 68,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Major Customers

No single customer represented 10% or more of the Company’s total net revenue in any fiscal year presented.

Geographic Information

Net revenue by country is based upon the sales location that predominately represents the customer location. For each of the fiscal years of 2014, 2013 and 2012, other than the U.S. and the United Kingdom, no country represented more than 10% of the Company’s total net revenue.

Net revenue by country in which the Company operates was as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

U.S.

   $ 20,833       $ 22,533       $ 23,847   

The United Kingdom

     5,661         5,740         6,407   

Other countries

     28,629         29,098         30,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenue

   $ 55,123       $ 57,371       $ 61,042   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of October 31, 2014 and 2013, only the U.S. represented 10% or more of net assets.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Net property, plant and equipment by country in which the Company operates was as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

U.S.

   $ 3,501       $ 3,286   

The United Kingdom

     1,049         1,084   

Other countries

     3,970         4,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net property, plant and equipment

   $ 8,520       $ 8,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue by segment and business unit was as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

Industry Standard Servers

   $ 12,472       $ 12,100       $ 12,583   

Technology Services

     8,383         8,700         9,096   

Storage

     3,315         3,474         3,815   

Networking

     2,628         2,525         2,482   

Business Critical Systems

     929         1,190         1,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Enterprise Group

     27,727         27,989         29,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing

     14,038         15,221         16,174   

Application and Business Services

     8,360         8,859         9,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Enterprise Services

     22,398         24,080         25,973   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Software

     3,933         4,035         4,126   

Financial Services

     3,498         3,629         3,819   

Corporate Investments

     4         8         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment net revenue

     57,560         59,741         63,514   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Eliminations of intersegment net revenue and other

     (2,437      (2,370      (2,472
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total combined net revenue

   $ 55,123       $ 57,371       $ 61,042   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Note 4: Restructuring

Summary of Restructuring Plans

Restructuring charges of $1.5 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.8 billion have been recorded by the Company during fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, based on restructuring activities impacting the Company’s employees and infrastructure as well as an allocation of restructuring charges related to Parent’s corporate and shared functional employees and infrastructure. Restructuring activities related to the Company’s employees and infrastructure (“Direct restructuring”) during fiscal 2014 summarized by plan were as presented in the table below. Allocated restructuring charges related to Parent’s corporate and shared functional employee and infrastructure were $131 million during the year ended October 31, 2014.

 

            Fiscal year ended October 31, 2014            As of October 31, 2014  
     Balance
October 31,
2013
     Charges     Cash
Payments
    Other
Adjustments
and Non-Cash
Settlements
    Balance
October 31,
2014
     Total
Costs
Incurred
to Date
     Total
Expected
Costs to Be
Incurred
 
     In millions  

Fiscal 2012 Plan

                 

Severance and EER

   $ 712       $ 1,092      $ (978   $ (89   $ 737       $ 3,351       $ 3,918   

Infrastructure and other

     37         253        (198     (1     91         471         526   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 2012 Plan

     749         1,345        (1,176     (90     828         3,822         4,444   

Other Plans:

                 

Severance

     9         —          (1     —          8         2,001         2,001   

Infrastructure

     120         (5     (62     —          53         1,138         1,138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Plans

     129         (5     (63     —          61         3,139         3,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restructuring plans

   $ 878       $ 1,340      $ (1,239   $ (90   $ 889       $ 6,961       $ 7,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reflected in Combined Balance Sheets:

                 

Accrued restructuring

   $ 698             $ 711         
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

Other liabilities

   $ 180             $ 178         
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

Fiscal 2012 Restructuring Plan

On May 23, 2012, Parent adopted a multi-year restructuring plan (the “2012 Plan”) designed to simplify business processes, accelerate innovation and deliver better results for customers, employees and stockholders. The Company estimates that it will eliminate approximately 42,100 positions in connection with Direct restructuring under the 2012 Plan through fiscal 2015, with a portion of those employees exiting the Company as part of voluntary enhanced early retirement (“EER”) programs in the United States and in certain other countries. As of October 31, 2014, the Company estimated that it would recognize approximately $4.4 billion in aggregate Direct restructuring charges in connection with the 2012 Plan. The Company expects approximately $3.9 billion to relate to workforce reductions, and approximately $526 million to relate to infrastructure, including data center and real estate consolidation, and other items. As of October 31, 2014, the Company had recorded $3.8 billion in aggregate Direct restructuring charges of which $3.4 billion related to workforce reductions and $471 million related to infrastructure. The Company expects to record the remaining charges through the end of fiscal 2015 as

 

F-25


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

the accounting recognition criteria are met. As of October 31, 2014, the Company had eliminated approximately 30,300 positions in connection with Direct restructuring for which a severance payment has been or will be made as part of the 2012 Plan. Severance- and infrastructure-related cash payments associated with the 2012 Plan are expected to be paid out through fiscal 2021.

Other Plans

Restructuring plans initiated by Parent in fiscal 2008 and 2010 were substantially completed as of October 31, 2014. Severance- and infrastructure-related cash payments associated with the other plans are expected to be paid out through fiscal 2019.

Note 5: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Plans

Parent provides various defined benefit and other contributory and noncontributory retirement and post-retirement plans to eligible Company employees and retirees. Plans whose participants include both Company employees and other employees of Parent (“Shared” plans) are accounted for as multiemployer benefit plans and the related net benefit plan obligations are not included in the Company’s Combined Balance Sheets. The related benefit plan expense has been allocated to the Company based on the Company’s labor costs and allocations of corporate and other shared functional personnel. Parent contributions to these Shared plans were $277 million in fiscal 2014, $354 million in fiscal 2013 and $332 million in fiscal 2012.

As of October 31, 2014 and 2013, these Shared plans were approximately 90% and 94% funded. The most significant Shared defined benefit plan is the HP Pension Plan in the United States.

Certain benefit plans in the Company’s operations only include active, retired and other former Company employees (“Direct” plans) and are accounted for as single employer benefit plans. Accordingly, the net benefit plan obligations and the related benefit plan expense of those plans have been recorded in the Company’s Combined Financial Statements. The most significant of these Direct plans are located in the United Kingdom, Germany, Canada, and the United States.

Defined Contribution Plans

Parent offers various defined contribution plans for U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company’s defined contribution expense was approximately $480 million in fiscal 2014, $505 million in fiscal 2013 and $526 million in fiscal 2012. U.S. employees are automatically enrolled in the Hewlett-Packard Company 401(k) Plan (“HP 401(k) Plan”) when they meet eligibility requirements, unless they decline participation.

The quarterly employer matching contributions in the HP 401(k) Plan are 100% of an employee’s contributions, up to a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Pension Benefit Expense

The Company’s total net pension benefit cost recognized in the Combined Statements of Earnings was $142 million in fiscal 2014, $302 million in fiscal 2013 and $987 million in fiscal 2012. The fiscal 2012 cost includes a special termination benefit expense of $661 million as described below under Retirement Incentive Program.

The Company’s net pension benefit cost recognized in the Combined Statements of Earnings for Direct plans was as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012      2014     2013     2012  
     U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     In millions  

Service cost

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 74      $ 98      $ 100   

Interest cost

     15         15         15         283        272        282   

Expected return on plan assets

     —           —           —           (364     (330     (275

Amortization and deferrals:

               

Actuarial loss

     2         2         2         82        87        58   

Prior service benefit

     —           —           —           (2     (3     (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

     17         17         17         73        124        162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Curtailment (gain) loss

     —           —           —           (1     10        4   

Settlement loss

     —           —           —           8        18        —     

Special termination benefits

     —           —           —           39        19        15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net benefit cost

   $ 17       $ 17       $ 17       $ 119      $ 171      $ 181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate net pension benefit cost for Direct plans were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2012     2014     2013     2012  
     U.S. Defined Benefit
Plans
    Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 

Discount rate

     4.8     4.0     4.7     4.2     4.1     4.7

Expected increase in compensation levels (1)

     —          —          —          2.8     2.8     2.8

Expected long-term return on plan assets (1)

     —          —          —          7.8     8.0     6.9

 

(1) The Direct U.S. defined benefit plans are both frozen and unfunded.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Funded Status

The funded status of the Direct plans was as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
     U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     In millions  

Change in fair value of plan assets:

  

Fair value—beginning of year

   $ —         $ —         $ 4,776       $ 4,362   

Merged into Parent’s Shared plan (1)(2)

     —           —           (480      (382

Acquisition/addition of plans

     —           —           —           (2

Actual return on plan assets

     —           —           332         680   

Employer contributions

     20         21         749         314   

Participant contributions

     —           —           3         5   

Benefits paid

     (20      (21      (170      (153

Settlement

     —           —           (29      (69

Currency impact

     —           —           (83      21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value—end of year

     —           —           5,098         4,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

           

Projected benefit obligation—beginning of year

     328         371         7,057         7,016   

Merged into Parent’s Shared plan (1)(2)

     —           —           (501      (481

Acquisition/addition of plans

     —           —           2         (2

Service cost

     —           —           74         98   

Interest cost

     15         15         283         272   

Participant contributions

     —           —           3         6   

Actuarial loss (gain)

     47         (37      742         293   

Benefits paid

     (20      (21      (170      (153

Plan amendments

     —           —           —           6   

Curtailment

     —           —           (13      12   

Settlement

     —           —           (29      (69

Special termination benefits

     —           —           39         19   

Currency impact

     —           —           (152      40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation—end of year

     370         328         7,335         7,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (370    $ (328    $ (2,237    $ (2,281
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 370       $ 328       $ 6,836       $ 6,591   

 

(1) In fiscal 2014, the Company’s Direct plan in the Netherlands was merged into Parent’s Shared plan.
(2) In fiscal 2013, the Company’s Direct plan in Switzerland was merged into Parent’s Shared plan.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations for Direct plans were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014     2013     2014     2013  
     U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
    Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 

Discount rate

     4.3     4.8     3.7     4.2

Expected increase in compensation levels (1)

     —          —          2.6     2.8

 

(1) The Direct U.S. defined benefit plans are both frozen and unfunded.

The net amounts recognized for the Direct plans in the Company’s Combined Balance Sheets were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
     U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     In millions  

Noncurrent assets

   $ —         $ —         $ 42       $ 40   

Current liabilities

     (20      (20      (23      (27

Noncurrent liabilities

     (350      (308      (2,256      (2,294
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (370    $ (328    $ (2,237    $ (2,281
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the pre-tax net actuarial loss and prior service benefit recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss for the Direct defined benefit plans:

 

     As of October 31, 2014  
     U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     In millions  

Net actuarial loss

   $ 100       $ 1,951   

Prior service benefit

     —           (7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 100       $ 1,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the net actuarial loss and prior service benefit for Direct plans that are expected to be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss and recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) during the next fiscal year.

 

     U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     In millions  

Net actuarial loss

   $ 3       $ 144   

Prior service benefit

     —           (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost

   $ 3       $ 142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Direct defined benefit plans with projected benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
     U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     In millions  

Aggregate fair value of plan assets

   $ —         $ —         $ 4,643       $ 4,324   

Aggregate projected benefit obligation

   $ 370       $ 328       $ 6,922       $ 6,645   

Direct defined benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
     U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     In millions  

Aggregate fair value of plan assets

   $ —         $ —         $ 4,643       $ 3,866   

Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 370       $ 328       $ 6,433       $ 5,745   

Retirement Incentive Program

As part of the 2012 restructuring plan (see Note 4), Parent announced a voluntary EER program for its U.S. employees, which included employees of the Company. Participation in the EER program was limited to those employees whose combined age and years of service equaled 65 or more. The majority of the EER participants had left the Company by August 31, 2012 and others exited through August 31, 2013. The HP Pension Plan was amended to provide for an EER benefit from the plan for electing EER participants who were current participants in the plan. The retirement incentive benefit was calculated as a lump sum and ranged between five and fourteen months of pay depending on years of service at the time of retirement under the program. As a result of this retirement incentive, the Company recognized a special termination benefit (“STB”) expense of $661 million, which reflected the allocation to the Company of the present value of all additional benefits that Parent would distribute from the HP Pension Plan based on the Company’s labor costs and allocations of corporate and other shared functional personnel. The Company recorded these expenses as a restructuring charge. In addition, the HP Pension Plan was remeasured on June 30, 2012, which resulted in no material change to the fiscal 2012 net periodic benefit cost.

Parent extended to all employees participating in the EER program the opportunity to continue health care coverage at active employee contribution rates for up to 24 months following retirement. In addition, for employees not grandfathered into certain employer-subsidized retiree medical plans, the Company provided up to $12,000 in employer credits under the HP Retirement Medical Savings Account Plan. These items resulted in the Company recording an additional STB expense of $191 million, which was offset by net curtailment gains of $29 million, due primarily to the resulting accelerated recognition of the existing prior service benefit. The entire STB expense and approximately $24 million in curtailment gains were recognized in fiscal 2012. The Company reported this net expense as a restructuring charge in the Combined Statements of Earnings.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Plan Assets

The Company pays the Direct U.S. defined benefit plan obligations when they come due since these plans are unfunded. The table below sets forth the fair value of the Direct non-U.S. defined benefit plan assets by asset category within the fair value hierarchy.

 

     As of October 31, 2014      As of October 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     In millions  

Asset Category:

                      

Equity securities

                      

U.S.

   $ 949       $ —        $ —         $ 949       $ 897       $ —         $ —         $ 897   

Non-U.S.

     1,262         —          —           1,262         1,163         75         —           1,238   

Debt securities

                      

Corporate

     —           586        —           586         —           468         —           468   

Government (1)

     —           172        —           172         —           411         —           411   

Alternative investments

                      

Private Equity (2)

     —           —          28         28         —           —           18         18   

Hybrids (3)

     —           1,378        —           1,378         —           822         —           822   

Hedge Funds (4)

     —           77        —           77         —           222         10         232   

Real Estate Funds

     —           —          336         336         6         52         166         224   

Insurance Group Annuity Contracts

     —           —          5         5         —           —           41         41   

Cash and Cash Equivalents (5)

     225         (1     —           224         303         4         —           307   

Other (6)

     51         30        —           81         50         68         —           118   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,487       $ 2,242      $ 369       $ 5,098       $ 2,419       $ 2,122       $ 235       $ 4,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes debt issued by national, state and local governments and agencies.
(2) Includes limited partnerships such as equity, buyout, venture capital, real estate and other similar funds that invest in the U.S. and internationally where foreign currencies are hedged.
(3) Includes a fund that invests in both private and public equities primarily in the U.S. and the United Kingdom, as well as emerging markets across all sectors. The fund also holds fixed income and derivative instruments to hedge interest rate and inflation risk. In addition, the fund includes units in transferable securities, collective investment schemes, money market funds, cash and deposits.
(4) Includes limited partnerships that invest both long and short primarily in common stocks and credit, relative value, event driven equity, distressed debt and macro strategies. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalization stocks and bonds, and from a net long position to a net short position.
(5) Includes cash and cash equivalents such as short-term marketable securities.
(6) Includes international insured contracts, derivative instruments and unsettled transactions.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Changes in fair value measurements of Level 3 investments for the Direct non-U.S. defined benefit plans were as follows:

 

     Fiscal year ended October 31, 2014  
     Alternative Investments     Real
Estate
Funds
     Insurance
Group
Annuities
    Total  
     Private
Equity
     Hedge
Funds
        
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 18       $ 10      $ 166       $ 41      $ 235   

Merged into Parent’s Shared plan (1)

     —           (6     —           (35     (41

Actual return on plan assets:

            

Relating to assets held at the reporting date

     —           —          25         (1     24   

Purchases, sales, and settlements

     10         (4     97         —          103   

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

     —           —          48         —          48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 28       $ —        $ 336       $ 5      $ 369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In fiscal 2014, the Company’s Direct plan in the Netherlands was merged into Parent’s Shared plan.

 

     Fiscal year ended October 31, 2013  
     Alternative Investments     Real
Estate
Funds
     Insurance
Group
Annuities
    Total  
     Private
Equity
     Hedge
Funds
        
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 12       $ 10      $ 44       $ 41      $ 107   

Actual return on plan assets:

            

Relating to assets held at the reporting date

     6         1        2         2        11   

Relating to assets sold during the period

     —           (1     —           —          (1

Purchases, sales, and settlements

     —           —          120         (2     118   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 18       $ 10      $ 166       $ 41      $ 235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended October 31, 2013, there were no transfers in and/or out of Level 3 investments for the Direct non-U.S. defined benefit plans.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used to measure plan assets at fair value. There have been no changes in the methodologies used during the reporting period.

Investments in publicly traded equity securities are valued using the closing price on the measurement date as reported on the stock exchange on which the individual securities are traded. For corporate, government and asset-backed debt securities, fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions. For corporate and government debt securities traded on active exchanges, fair value is based on observable quoted prices. The valuation of alternative investments, such as limited partnerships and joint ventures, may require significant management judgment. For alternative investments, valuation is based on net asset value (“NAV”) as reported by the asset manager and adjusted for cash flows, if necessary. In making such an assessment, a variety of factors are reviewed by management, including, but not limited to, the timeliness of NAV as reported by the asset manager and changes in general economic and market conditions subsequent to the last NAV reported by

 

F-32


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

the asset manager. Depending on the amount of management judgment, the lack of near-term liquidity, and the absence of quoted market prices, these assets are classified in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Further, depending on how quickly the Company can redeem its hedge fund investments, and the extent of any adjustments to NAV, hedge funds are classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The valuation for some of these assets requires judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, and these assets are generally classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Cash and cash equivalents includes money market funds, which are valued based on NAV. Other assets, including insurance group annuity contracts, were classified in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input (e.g., quoted prices and observable inputs) that is significant to the fair value measure in its entirety.

Plan Asset Allocations

The weighted-average target and actual asset allocations across the benefit plans at the respective measurement dates for the Direct non-U.S. defined benefit plans were as follows:

 

     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     2014
Target

Allocation
    Plan Assets  

Asset Category

     2014     2013  

Public equity securities

       44.9     49.6

Private/other equity securities

       27.6     17.6

Real estate funds and other

       8.1     7.1
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity-related investments

     72.7     80.6     74.3

Debt securities

     27.3     15.0     19.3

Cash

     —          4.4     6.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment Policy

The Company’s investment strategy is to seek a competitive rate of return relative to an appropriate level of risk depending on the funded status of each plan and the timing of expected benefit payments. The majority of the plans’ investment managers employ active investment management strategies with the goal of outperforming the broad markets in which they invest. Risk management practices include diversification across asset classes and investment styles and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets. A number of the plans’ investment managers are authorized to utilize derivatives for investment or liability exposures, and the Company may utilize derivatives to effect asset allocation changes or to hedge certain investment or liability exposures.

Outside the U.S., asset allocation decisions are typically made by an independent board of trustees for the specific plan. Investment objectives are designed to generate returns that will enable the plan to meet its future obligations. In some countries, local regulations may restrict asset allocations, typically leading to a higher percentage of investment in fixed income securities than would otherwise be deployed. The Company reviews the investment strategy and provides a recommended list of investment managers for each country plan, with final decisions on asset allocation and investment managers made by the board of trustees for the specific plan.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Basis for Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Plan Assets

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the expected returns for each major asset class in which the plan invests and the weight of each asset class in the target mix. Expected asset returns reflect the current yield on government bonds, risk premiums for each asset class and expected real returns, which considers each country’s specific inflation outlook. Because the Company’s investment policy is to employ primarily active investment managers who seek to outperform the broader market, the expected returns are adjusted to reflect the expected additional returns, net of fees.

Future Contributions and Funding Policy

In fiscal 2015, the Company expects to contribute approximately $129 million to its Direct non-U.S. pension plans and approximately $20 million to cover benefit payments to Direct U.S. non-qualified plan participants. The Company’s policy is to fund its pension plans so that it makes at least the minimum contribution required by local government, funding and taxing authorities.

Estimated Future Benefits Payments

As of October 31, 2014, estimated future benefits payments for the Company’s Direct retirement plans were as follows:

 

Fiscal year

   U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     In millions  

2015

   $ 20       $ 144   

2016

     20         157   

2017

     20         167   

2018

     20         183   

2019

     21         201   

Next five fiscal years to October 31, 2024

     105         1,317   

Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

Parent sponsors retiree health and welfare benefit plans, of which the most significant are in the U.S. All of these plans are accounted for as multiemployer benefit plans. The Company recognized post-retirement benefit credits of $18 million in fiscal 2014 and $66 million in fiscal 2013, and recognized post-retirement benefit cost of $96 million in fiscal 2012 in the Combined Statements of Earnings.

Note 6: Stock-Based Compensation

Certain of the Company’s employees participate in stock-based compensation plans sponsored by Parent. Parent’s stock-based compensation plans include incentive compensation plans and an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”). All awards granted under the plans are based on Parent’s common shares and, as such, are reflected in Parent’s Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and not in the Company’s Combined Statements of Equity. Stock-based compensation expense includes expense attributable to the Company based on the awards and terms previously granted to the Company’s employees and an allocation of Parent’s corporate and shared functional employee expenses.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Stock-based compensation expense and the resulting tax benefits recognized by the Company were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

Stock-based compensation expense

   $ 427       $ 374       $ 438   

Income tax benefit

     (141      (123      (145
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

   $ 286       $ 251       $ 293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense includes an allocation of Parent’s corporate and shared functional employees expenses of $113 million, $76 million and $87 million in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises and purchases under Parent’s ESPP by Company employees was $154 million in fiscal 2014, $150 million in fiscal 2013 and $356 million in fiscal 2012. The benefit realized for the tax deduction from option exercises in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $42 million, $11 million and $40 million, respectively.

Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plans

Parent’s stock-based incentive compensation plans include equity plans adopted in 2004, 2000 and 1995, as amended (“principal equity plans”), as well as various equity plans assumed through acquisitions under which stock-based awards are outstanding. Stock-based awards granted from the principal equity plans include restricted stock awards, stock options and performance-based awards. Employees meeting certain employment qualifications are eligible to receive stock-based awards.

Restricted stock awards are non-vested stock awards that may include grants of restricted stock or restricted stock units. Restricted stock awards and cash-settled awards are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the lapse of the restrictions. Such awards generally vest one to three years from the date of grant. During the vesting period, ownership of the restricted stock cannot be transferred. Restricted stock has the same dividend and voting rights as common stock and is considered to be issued and outstanding upon grant. The dividends paid on restricted stock are non-forfeitable. Restricted stock units have forfeitable dividend equivalent rights equal to the dividend paid on common stock. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of common stock, and the shares underlying restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding upon grant. The Company expenses the fair value of restricted stock awards ratably over the period during which the restrictions lapse.

Stock options granted under the principal equity plans are generally non-qualified stock options, but the principal equity plans permit some options granted to qualify as incentive stock options under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Stock options generally vest over three to four years from the date of grant. The exercise price of a stock option is equal to the closing price of Parent’s stock on the option grant date. The majority of stock options issued by Parent contain only service vesting conditions. However, starting in fiscal 2011, Parent began granting performance-contingent stock options that vest only on the satisfaction of both service and market conditions prior to the expiration of the awards.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Restricted Stock Awards

A summary of restricted stock awards activity for Company employees is as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
 
     In thousands            In thousands            In thousands        

Outstanding at beginning of year

     18,170      $ 20         15,284      $ 30         8,371      $ 39   

Granted

     15,820      $ 28         10,895      $ 15         12,818      $ 27   

Vested

     (7,893   $ 24         (6,310   $ 32         (4,348   $ 39   

Forfeited

     (1,601   $ 22         (1,699   $ 24         (1,557   $ 34   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of year

     24,496      $ 24         18,170      $ 20         15,284      $ 30   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

The total grant date fair value of restricted stock awards vested for Company employees in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $128 million, $137 million and $114 million, respectively, net of taxes. As of October 31, 2014, total unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards to Company employees was $262 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.4 years.

Stock Options

Parent utilizes the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula to estimate the fair value of stock options subject to service-based vesting conditions. Parent estimates the fair value of stock options subject to performance-contingent vesting conditions using a combination of a Monte Carlo simulation model and a lattice model as these awards contain market conditions. The weighted-average fair value and Parent’s assumptions used to measure fair value were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
       2014         2013         2012    

Weighted-average fair value (1)

   $ 7      $ 4      $ 9   

Expected volatility (2)

     33.1     41.7     41.9

Risk-free interest rate (3)

     1.8     1.1     1.2

Expected dividend yield (4)

     2.1     3.6     1.8

Expected term in years (5)

     5.7        5.9        5.6   

 

(1) The weighted-average fair value was based on stock options granted during the period.
(2) For awards granted in fiscal 2014, expected volatility for awards subject to service-based vesting was estimated using the implied volatility derived from options traded on Parent’s common stock, whereas for performance-contingent awards, expected volatility was estimated using the historical volatility of Parent’s common stock. For awards granted in fiscal 2013 and 2012, expected volatility for all awards was estimated using the implied volatility derived from options traded on Parent’s common stock.
(3) The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

(4) The expected dividend yield represents a constant dividend yield applied for the duration of the expected term of the award.
(5) For awards subject to service-based vesting, the expected term was estimated using historical exercise and post-vesting termination patterns. For performance-contingent awards, the expected term represents an output from the lattice model.

A summary of stock option activity for Company employees is as follows:

 

    Fiscal years ended October 31  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
    In
thousands
          In years     In
millions
    In
thousands
          In years     In
millions
    In
thousands
          In years     In
millions
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    37,433      $ 26            43,701      $ 27            60,366      $ 26       

Granted

    4,255      $ 28            9,607      $ 15            3,057      $ 27       

Exercised

    (5,533   $ 18            (5,152   $ 17            (14,951   $ 20       

Forfeited/cancelled/ expired

    (11,683   $ 37            (10,723   $ 25            (4,771   $ 28       
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Outstanding at end of year

    24,472      $ 27        4.2      $ 272        37,433      $ 26        3.1      $ 149        43,701      $ 27        2.5      $ 14   
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Vested and expected to vest at end of year

    23,152      $ 27        4.0      $ 252        35,952      $ 27        3.0      $ 138        42,955      $ 28        2.5      $ 14   
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Exercisable at end of year

    14,174      $ 31        2.5      $ 119        24,630      $ 31        2.0      $ 53        33,674      $ 29        1.9      $ 10   
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value that Company employee option holders would have realized had all Company employee option holders exercised their options on the last trading day of fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012. The aggregate intrinsic value is the difference between Parent’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options. The total intrinsic value of options exercised by Company employees in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $78 million, $26 million and $95 million, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options granted to Company employees which vested in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $46 million, $63 million and $74 million, respectively, net of taxes.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable stock options for Company employees:

 

     As of October 31, 2014  
     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Shares
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
     In thousands      In years             In thousands         

$0-$9.99

     312         3.6       $ 7         308       $ 7   

$10-$19.99

     7,827         5.4       $ 14         2,970       $ 14   

$20-$29.99

     8,773         5.8       $ 26         3,835       $ 25   

$30-$39.99

     1,189         3.7       $ 36         724       $ 37   

$40-$49.99

     6,146         0.5       $ 43         6,112       $ 43   

$50-$59.99

     224         2.5       $ 52         224       $ 52   

$60 and over

     1         0.7       $ 75         1       $ 75   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     24,472         4.2       $ 27         14,174       $ 31   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

As of October 31, 2014, total unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for Company employees was $26 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.9 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Parent sponsors the ESPP, pursuant to which eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of base compensation, subject to certain income limits, to purchase shares of Parent’s common stock.

Pursuant to the terms of the ESPP, employees purchase stock under the ESPP at a price equal to 95% of Parent’s closing stock price on the purchase date. No stock-based compensation expense was recorded in connection with those purchases because the criteria of a non-compensatory plan were met.

Note 7: Taxes on Earnings

The Company’s income tax expense and deferred tax balances have been calculated on a separate return basis as if the Company filed its own tax returns, although its operations have been included in Parent’s U.S. federal, state and foreign tax returns. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the standalone financial statements as if the Company were a separate taxpayer and a standalone enterprise for the periods presented.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Provision for Taxes

The domestic and foreign components of earnings (loss) before taxes were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

U.S.

   $ 878       $ 1,155       $ (3,829

Non-U.S.

     1,366         1,716         (10,485
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,244       $ 2,871       $ (14,314
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for (benefit from) taxes on earnings was as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

U.S. federal taxes:

        

Current

   $ 481       $ 293       $ (351

Deferred

     (460      (267      5   

Non-U.S. taxes:

        

Current

     375         698         1,358   

Deferred

     197         36         (558

State taxes:

        

Current

     45         77         (7

Deferred

     (42      (17      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 596       $ 820       $ 447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
       2014         2013         2012 (1)     

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     2.4     2.0     0.2

Lower rates in other jurisdictions, net

     (9.6 )%      (19.9 )%      5.7

R&D Credit

     (0.2 )%      (0.4 )%      —     

Valuation allowance

     3.2     1.3     (9.7 )% 

Nondeductible goodwill

     —          —          (33.5 )% 

Uncertain tax positions

     (0.7 )%      7.5     —     

Other, net

     (3.5 )%      3.1     (0.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     26.6     28.6     (3.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Positive numbers represent tax benefits and negative numbers represent tax expense as the Company recorded income tax expense on a pretax loss.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The jurisdictions with favorable tax rates that have the most significant impact on the Company’s effective tax rate in the periods presented include Puerto Rico, Singapore, Netherlands, China and Ireland. The Company plans to reinvest some of the earnings of these jurisdictions indefinitely outside the U.S. and therefore has not provided U.S. taxes on those indefinitely reinvested earnings.

In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded $113 million of net income tax benefits related to items unique to the year. These amounts included $66 million of income tax benefits related to provision to return adjustments and $35 million of income tax benefits related to state rate changes.

In fiscal 2013, the Company recorded $283 million of net income tax charges related to items unique to the year. These amounts included $231 million of income tax charges for adjustments related to uncertain tax positions and $54 million related to the settlement of tax audit matters.

In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded a $1.3 billion income tax charge to record valuation allowances on certain U.S. deferred tax assets related to the ES segment, which was unique to the year. Other unique items included $821 million of income tax benefits related to the Autonomy impairment, as well as $552 million of income tax benefits related to restructuring.

As a result of certain employment actions and capital investments the Company has undertaken, income from manufacturing and services in certain countries is subject to reduced tax rates, and in some cases is wholly exempt from taxes, through 2024. The gross income tax benefits attributable to these actions and investments were estimated to be $546 million in fiscal 2014, $372 million in fiscal 2013 and $563 million in fiscal 2012.

Uncertain Tax Positions

A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,925       $ 1,535       $ 1,333   

Increases:

        

For current year’s tax positions

     273         132         94   

For prior years’ tax positions

     533         453         294   

Decreases:

        

For prior years’ tax positions

     (328      (76      (148

Statute of limitations expiration

     (121      (6      —     

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (215      (113      (38
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 2,067       $ 1,925       $ 1,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Up to $1.4 billion, $1.3 billion and $800 million of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits at October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if realized.

The Company recognizes interest income from favorable settlements and interest expense and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in Provision for taxes in the Combined Statements of Earnings. The Company had accrued $152 million and $135 million for interest and penalties as of October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Parent engages in continuous discussion and negotiation with taxing authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions. Parent does not expect complete resolution of any U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audit cycle within the next 12 months. However, it is reasonably possible that certain federal, foreign and state tax issues may be concluded in the next 12 months, including issues involving transfer pricing and other matters. Accordingly, the Company believes it is reasonably possible that its existing unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by an amount up to $647 million within the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and approximately 105 other countries and is subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. In addition, Parent is subject to numerous ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The IRS is conducting an audit of Parent’s 2009, 2010 and 2011 income tax returns. Parent has received from the IRS Notices of Deficiency for its fiscal 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 and 2005 tax years, and Revenue Agent Reports (“RAR”) for its fiscal 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007 and 2008 tax years. The proposed IRS adjustments for these tax years would, if sustained, reduce the benefits of refund claims the Parent has filed for net operating loss carrybacks to earlier fiscal years and tax credit carryforwards to subsequent years by approximately $445 million. In addition, the Parent expects the IRS to issue an RAR for 2009 relating to certain tax positions taken on the filed tax returns, including matters related to the U.S. taxation of certain intercompany loans. While the RAR may be material in amount, the Parent believes it has valid positions supporting its tax returns and, if necessary, it will vigorously defend such matters.

Parent has filed petitions with the U.S. Tax Court regarding certain proposed IRS adjustments regarding tax years 1999 through 2003 and is continuing to contest additional adjustments proposed by the IRS for other tax years. The U.S. Tax Court ruled in May 2012 against Parent regarding one of the IRS adjustments for which Parent has filed a formal Notice of Appeal. The Court proceedings are expected to begin in fiscal 2015.

Pre-acquisition tax years of Parent’s U.S. group of subsidiaries providing enterprise services through 2004 have been audited by the IRS, and all proposed adjustments have been resolved. RARs have been received for tax years 2005, 2006, 2007 and the short period ended August 26, 2008, proposing total tax deficiencies of $274 million. Parent is contesting certain of these issues.

The IRS began an audit in fiscal 2013 of the 2010 income tax return for Parent’s U.S. group of subsidiaries providing enterprise services, and has issued an RAR for the short period ended October 31, 2008 and the period ending October 31, 2009 proposing a total tax deficiency of $62 million. Parent is contesting certain of these issues.

With respect to major foreign and state tax jurisdictions, Parent is no longer subject to tax authority examinations for years prior to 1999. Parent is subject to a foreign tax audit concerning an intercompany transaction for fiscal 2009. The relevant taxing authority has proposed an assessment of approximately $680 million. Parent is contesting this proposed assessment.

The Company believes it has provided adequate reserves for all tax deficiencies or reductions in tax benefits that could result from federal, state and foreign tax audits. The Company regularly assesses the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of the Company’s tax provision. The Company adjusts its uncertain tax positions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular audit. However, income tax audits are inherently unpredictable and there can be no assurance that the Company’s will accurately predict the outcome of these

 

F-41


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

audits. The amounts ultimately paid on resolution of an audit could be materially different from the amounts previously included in the Provision for taxes and therefore the resolution of one or more of these uncertainties in any particular period could have a material impact on net earnings or cash flows.

The Company has not provided for U.S. federal income and foreign withholding taxes on $25 billion of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. operations as of October 31, 2014 because the Company intends to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside of the U.S. If the Company were to distribute these earnings, foreign tax credits may become available under current law to reduce the resulting U.S. income tax liability. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable. The Company will remit non-indefinitely reinvested earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries for which deferred U.S. federal and withholding taxes have been provided where excess cash has accumulated and the Company determines that it is advantageous for business operations, tax or cash management reasons.

Deferred Income Taxes

The significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     Deferred
Tax
Assets
     Deferred
Tax
Liabilities
     Deferred
Tax
Assets
     Deferred
Tax
Liabilities
 
     In millions  

Loss and credit carryforwards

   $ 2,260       $ —         $ 3,355       $ —     

Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries

     —           (3,722      —           (3,558

Inventory valuation

     93         (1      85         (3

Intercompany transactions—profit in inventory

     136         —           120         —     

Intercompany transactions—excluding inventory

     2,786         —           966         —     

Fixed assets

     66         (58      39         (56

Warranty

     180         —           194         —     

Employee and retiree benefits

     2,798         (55      2,279         (9

Accounts receivable allowance

     35         —           93         (1

Intangible assets

     157         (621      163         (830

Restructuring

     289         —           276         —     

Deferred revenue

     949         (12      1,010         (19

Other

     366         (210      425         (116
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets and liabilities

     10,115         (4,679      9,005         (4,592

Valuation allowance

     (3,912      —           (3,194      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities

   $ 6,203       $ (4,679    $ 5,811       $ (4,592
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Current and long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the Combined Balance Sheets were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,522       $ 2,218   

Current deferred tax liabilities

     (174      (168

Long-term deferred tax assets

     744         841   

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

     (568      (1,672
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities

   $ 1,524       $ 1,219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company periodically engages in intercompany advanced royalty payment and licensing arrangements that may result in advance payments between subsidiaries in different tax jurisdictions. Revenues from these intercompany arrangements are deferred and recognized as earned over the term of the arrangement by the legal entities involved in such transactions; however, these advanced payments are eliminated from revenues as reported by the Company and its business segments. During fiscal 2014, the Company executed a multiyear intercompany licensing arrangement and intercompany advance royalty payment arrangement which resulted in combined advanced payments of $7.8 billion being received in the U.S. from a foreign combined affiliate, the result of which was the recognition of net U.S. long-term deferred tax assets of $1.1 billion. The remaining intercompany royalty revenues of $7.4 billion as of October 31, 2014 will be recognized over the life of the arrangements through 2029 in the respective legal entities, but eliminated from both the Company’s combined and segment revenues.

As of October 31, 2014, the Company had $260 million, $46 million and $5.2 billion of federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, respectively. Amounts included in state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2015 and amounts included in federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2018. The Company has provided a valuation allowance of $1 million and $1 billion for deferred tax assets related to state and foreign net operating losses carryforwards, respectively.

As of October 31, 2014, the Company had recorded deferred tax assets for various tax credit carryforwards as follows:

 

     Carryforward      Valuation
Allowance
     Initial
Year of
Expiration
 
     In millions         

U.S. Foreign tax credits

   $ 537       $ —           2021   

U.S. research and development and other credits

     69         —           2018   

Tax credits in state and foreign jurisdictions

     144         90         2015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balance at end of year

   $ 750       $ 90      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

F-43


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

The deferred tax asset valuation allowance and changes were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014      2013     2012  
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,194       $ 3,351      $ 1,377   

Income tax expense

     198         689        1,283   

Other comprehensive income, currency translation and charges to other accounts

     520         (846     691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 3,912       $ 3,194      $ 3,351   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total valuation allowances changed by $718 million and $157 million in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively. These changes were associated primarily with foreign net operating losses.

Note 8: Balance Sheet Details

Accounts Receivable, Net

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014     2013  
     In millions  

Accounts receivable

   $ 8,549      $ 9,608   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (126     (150
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,423      $ 9,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts related to accounts receivable and changes therein were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014     2013     2012  
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 150      $ 264      $ 253   

Provision for doubtful accounts, net of recoveries

     50        43        55   

Deductions

     (74     (157     (44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 126      $ 150      $ 264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company participates in Parent’s revolving short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital requirements of certain customers. The recourse obligations associated with these short-term financing arrangements as of October 31, 2014 and 2013 were not material.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The Company’s activity related to Parent’s revolving short-term financing arrangements was as follows:

 

     2014     2013     2012  
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of period (1)

   $ 70      $ 93      $ 100   

Trade receivables sold

     3,947        1,739        1,439   

Cash receipts

     (3,815     (1,765     (1,439

Foreign currency and other

     (14     3        (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period (1)

   $ 188      $ 70      $ 93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Beginning and ending balance represents amounts for trade receivables sold but not yet collected.

Inventory

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Finished goods

   $ 1,287       $ 1,521   

Purchased parts and fabricated assemblies

     597         557   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,884       $ 2,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Assets

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Deferred tax assets—short-term

   $ 1,522       $ 2,218   

Value-added taxes receivable

     1,165         1,213   

Supplier and other receivables

     777         730   

Prepaid and other current assets

     2,967         3,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,431       $ 7,491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

     As of October 31  
     2014     2013  
     In millions  

Land

   $ 448      $ 495   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     4,322        4,268   

Machinery and equipment, including equipment held for lease

     12,190        12,299   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     16,960        17,062   

Accumulated depreciation

     (8,440     (8,552
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,520      $ 8,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Annual depreciation expense was $3.2 billion in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012. The decline in gross property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2014 as compared to the prior-year period was due primarily to sales and retirements totaling $3.4 billion and unfavorable currency impacts of $300 million, partially offset by purchases of $3.6 billion. Accumulated depreciation associated with the assets sold or retired in fiscal 2014 was $2.9 billion.

Long-Term Financing Receivables and Other Assets

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Financing receivables, net

   $ 3,633       $ 3,895   

Deferred tax assets—long-term

     744         841   

Deferred costs—long-term

     730         976   

Other

     1,396         1,292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,503       $ 7,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Accrued Liabilities

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Accrued taxes—other

   $ 1,344       $ 1,625   

Warranty

     306         340   

Sales and marketing programs

     862         916   

Other

     2,182         2,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,694       $ 5,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Liabilities

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Pension liabilities

   $ 2,606       $ 2,602   

Deferred revenue—long-term

     3,109         3,183   

Deferred tax liability—long-term

     568         1,672   

Tax liability—long-term

     408         450   

Other long-term liabilities

     963         964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,654       $ 8,871   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Note 9: Financing Receivables and Operating Leases

Financing receivables represent sales-type and direct-financing leases of Company and third-party products. These receivables typically have terms ranging from two to five years and are usually collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Financing receivables also include billed receivables from operating leases. The components of financing receivables were as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Minimum lease payments receivable

   $ 7,011       $ 7,531   

Unguaranteed residual value

     235         252   

Unearned income

     (528      (587
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing receivables, gross

     6,718         7,196   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (111      (131
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing receivables, net

     6,607         7,065   

Less: current portion (1)

     (2,974      (3,170
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts due after one year, net (1)

   $ 3,633       $ 3,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company includes the current portion in Financing receivables and amounts due after one year, net in Long-term financing receivables and other assets in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

As of October 31, 2014, scheduled maturities of the Company’s minimum lease payments receivable were as follows:

 

Fiscal year

   In millions  

2015

   $ 3,249   

2016

     1,959   

2017

     1,112   

2018

     483   

2019

     174   

Thereafter

     34   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,011   
  

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

Due to the homogenous nature of its leasing transactions, the Company manages its financing receivables on an aggregate basis when assessing and monitoring credit risk. Credit risk is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographic regions. The Company evaluates the credit quality of an obligor at lease inception and monitors that credit quality over the term of a transaction. The Company assigns risk ratings to each lease based on the creditworthiness of the obligor and other variables that augment or mitigate the inherent credit risk of a particular transaction. Such variables include the underlying value and liquidity of the collateral, the essential use of the equipment, the term of the lease, and the inclusion of credit enhancements, such as guarantees, letters of credit or security deposits.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The credit risk profile of gross financing receivables, based on internally assigned ratings, was as follows:

 

     As of October 31  
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Risk Rating:

     

Low

   $ 3,561       $ 3,972   

Moderate

     3,044         3,103   

High

     113         121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,718       $ 7,196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts rated low risk typically have the equivalent of a Standard & Poor’s rating of BBB- or higher, while accounts rated moderate risk generally have the equivalent of BB+ or lower. The Company classifies accounts as high risk when it considers the financing receivable to be impaired or when management believes there is a significant near-term risk of impairment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts for financing receivables is comprised of a general reserve and a specific reserve. The Company maintains general reserve percentages on a regional basis and bases such percentages on several factors, including consideration of historical credit losses and portfolio delinquencies, trends in the overall weighted-average risk rating of the portfolio, current economic conditions and information derived from competitive benchmarking. The Company excludes accounts evaluated as part of the specific reserve from the general reserve analysis. The Company establishes a specific reserve for financing receivables with identified exposures, such as customer defaults, bankruptcy or other events, that make it unlikely the Company will recover its investment. For individually evaluated receivables, the Company determines the expected cash flow for the receivable, which includes consideration of estimated proceeds from disposition of the collateral, and calculates an estimate of the potential loss and the probability of loss. For those accounts where a loss is considered probable, the Company records a specific reserve. The Company generally writes off a receivable or records a specific reserve when a receivable becomes 180 days past due, or sooner if the Company determines that the receivable is not collectible.

The allowance for doubtful accounts related to financing receivables and changes therein were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended October 31  
         2014              2013              2012      
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 131       $ 149       $ 130   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     30         38         42   

Deductions

     (50      (56      (23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 111       $ 131       $ 149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The gross financing receivables and related allowance evaluated for loss were as follows:

 

     As of
October 31
 
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Gross financing receivables collectively evaluated for loss

   $ 6,426       $ 6,816   

Gross financing receivables individually evaluated for loss

     292         380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,718       $ 7,196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for financing receivables collectively evaluated for loss

   $ 92       $ 95   

Allowance for financing receivables individually evaluated for loss

     19         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 111       $ 131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Accrual and Past-Due Financing Receivables

The Company considers a financing receivable to be past due when the minimum payment is not received by the contractually specified due date. The Company generally places financing receivables on non-accrual status, which is suspension of interest accrual, and considers such receivables to be non-performing at the earlier of the time at which full payment of principal and interest becomes doubtful or the receivable becomes 90 days past due. Subsequently, the Company may recognize revenue on non-accrual financing receivables as payments are received, which is on a cash basis, if the Company deems the recorded financing receivable to be fully collectible; however, if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of the recorded financing receivable, all cash receipts are applied to the carrying amount of the financing receivable, which is the cost recovery method. In certain circumstances, such as when the Company deems a delinquency to be of an administrative nature, financing receivables may accrue interest after becoming 90 days past due. The non-accrual status of a financing receivable may not impact a customer’s risk rating. After all of a customer’s delinquent principal and interest balances are settled, the Company may return the related financing receivable to accrual status.

The following table summarizes the aging and non-accrual status of gross financing receivables:

 

     As of
October 31
 
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Billed (1) :

     

Current 1-30 days

   $ 272       $ 243   

Past due 31-60 days

     46         50   

Past due 61-90 days

     12         15   

Past due >90 days

     49         46   

Unbilled sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables

     6,339         6,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross financing receivables

   $ 6,718       $ 7,196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross financing receivables on non-accrual status (2)

   $ 130       $ 199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross financing receivables 90 days past due and still accruing interest (2)

   $ 162       $ 181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

(1) Includes billed operating lease receivables and billed sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables.
(2) Includes billed operating lease receivables and billed and unbilled sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables.

Operating Leases

Operating lease assets included in machinery and equipment in the Combined Balance Sheets were as follows:

 

     As of
October 31
 
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Equipment leased to customers

   $ 4,333       $ 4,151   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,541      (1,607
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,792       $ 2,544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of October 31, 2014, minimum future rentals on the Company’s operating leases related to leased equipment were as follows:

 

Fiscal year

   In millions  

2015

   $ 1,576   

2016

     1,025   

2017

     508   

2018

     177   

2019

     55   

Thereafter

     6   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,347   
  

 

 

 

Note 10: Acquisitions, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Acquisitions

In fiscal 2014, the Company completed two acquisitions with a combined purchase price of $55 million, of which $12 million was recorded as goodwill and $25 million was recorded as intangible assets related to these acquisitions. In fiscal 2013, MphasiS Limited, a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired Digital Risk LLC for $174 million. The Company recorded $112 million of goodwill and $48 million of intangible assets related to this acquisition.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Goodwill

Goodwill and related changes in the carrying amount by reportable segment were as follows:

 

     Enterprise
Group
     Enterprise
Services (2)
    Software     Financial
Services
     Total  
     In millions  

Balance at October 31, 2012 (1)

   $ 16,825       $ —        $ 8,921      $ 144       $ 25,890   

Goodwill acquired during the period

     —           112        —          —           112   

Goodwill adjustments

     39         (15     (81     —           (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2013 (1)

     16,864         97        8,840        144         25,945   

Goodwill acquired during the period

     —           —          12        —           12   

Goodwill adjustments

     3         —          —          —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2014 (1)

   $ 16,867       $ 97      $ 8,852      $ 144       $ 25,960   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Goodwill is net of accumulated impairment losses of $13.7 billion, which were recorded prior to October 31, 2012. Of that amount, $8.0 billion relates to the ES segment and the remaining $5.7 billion relates to Software.
(2) Goodwill relates to the MphasiS Limited reporting unit.

Goodwill impairments

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. As of October 31, 2014, the Company’s reporting units are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 3, except for ES, which includes two reporting units: (1) MphasiS Limited and (2) the remainder of ES. Based on the results of the Company’s annual impairment tests for fiscal 2014 and 2013, the Company determined that no impairment of goodwill existed.

During fiscal 2012, the Company determined that sufficient indicators of potential impairment existed to require an interim goodwill impairment analysis for the ES reporting unit. These indicators included the trading values of Parent’s stock at the time of the impairment test, coupled with market conditions and business trends within ES. The fair value of the ES reporting unit was based on the income approach. The decline in the fair value of the ES reporting unit resulted from lower projected revenue growth rates and profitability levels as well as an increase in the risk factor that was included in the discount rate used to calculate the discounted cash flows. The increase in the discount rate was due to the implied control premium resulting from trading values of Parent’s stock at the time of the impairment test. The resulting adjustments to discount rates caused a significant reduction in the fair value for the ES reporting unit. Based on the step one and step two analyses, the Company recorded an $8.0 billion goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2012, and there was no remaining goodwill in the ES reporting unit as of October 31, 2012. Prior to completing the goodwill impairment test, the Company tested the recoverability of the ES long-lived assets (other than goodwill) and concluded that such assets were not impaired.

Also during fiscal 2012, the Software segment included two reporting units, which were Autonomy and the legacy Hewlett-Packard Company Software business. The Company initiated its annual goodwill impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 and concluded that fair value was below carrying amount for the Autonomy reporting unit. The fair value of the Autonomy reporting unit was based on the income approach.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The decline in the estimated fair value of the Autonomy reporting unit resulted from lower projected revenue growth rates and profitability levels as well as an increase in the risk factor that was included in the discount rate used to calculate the discounted cash flows. The increase in the discount rate was due to the implied control premium that resulted from trading values of Parent’s stock at the time of the impairment test. The lower projected operating results reflected changes in assumptions related to organic revenue growth rates, market trends, business mix, cost structure, expected deal synergies and other expectations about the anticipated short-term and long-term operating results of the Autonomy business. These assumptions incorporated the Company’s analysis of what it believes were accounting improprieties, incomplete disclosures and misrepresentations at Autonomy that occurred prior to the Autonomy acquisition with respect to Autonomy’s pre-acquisition business and related operating results. In addition, when estimating the fair value of a reporting unit the Company may need to adjust discount rates and/or other assumptions in order to derive a reasonable implied control premium when comparing the sum of the fair values of Parent’s reporting units to Parent’s market capitalization. Due to the trading values of Parent’s stock at the time of the impairment test, the resulting adjustments to the discount rate to arrive at an appropriate control premium caused a significant reduction in the fair value for the Autonomy reporting unit as well as the fair values for Parent’s other reporting units.

Prior to conducting step one of the goodwill impairment test for the Autonomy reporting unit, the Company first evaluated the recoverability of the long-lived assets, including intangible assets. When indicators of impairment are present, the Company tests long-lived assets (other than goodwill) for recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of an asset group to its undiscounted cash flows. The Company considered the lower-than-expected revenue and profitability levels over a sustained period of time, the trading values of Parent’s stock and downward revisions to management’s short- and long-term forecasts for the Autonomy business to be indicators of impairment for the Autonomy long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, the Company determined that the carrying amount of the Autonomy asset group exceeded its undiscounted cash flows and was therefore not recoverable. The Company then compared the fair value of the asset group to its carrying amount and determined the impairment loss. The impairment loss was allocated to the carrying values of the long-lived assets but not below their individual fair values. Based on the analysis, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $3.1 billion on intangible assets, which resulted in a remaining carrying amount of approximately $0.8 billion as of October 31, 2012. The decline in the fair value of the Autonomy intangible assets was attributable to the same factors as discussed above for the fair value of the Autonomy reporting unit.

The decline in the fair value of the Autonomy reporting unit and Autonomy intangibles, as well as fair value changes for other assets and liabilities in the step two goodwill impairment test, resulted in an implied fair value of goodwill substantially below the carrying amount of the goodwill for the Autonomy reporting unit. As a result, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $5.7 billion, which resulted in a $1.2 billion remaining carrying amount of Autonomy goodwill as of October 31, 2012. Both the goodwill impairment charge and the intangible assets impairment charge, totaling $8.8 billion, were included in the Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets line item in the Combined Statements of Earnings.

Subsequent to the Autonomy purchase price allocation period, which concluded in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, and in conjunction with the Company’s annual goodwill impairment testing, the Company identified certain indicators of impairment. The indicators of impairment included lower-than-expected revenue and profitability levels over a sustained period of time, the trading values of Parent’s stock and downward revisions to management’s short- and long-term forecasts for the Autonomy business. The Company revised its multi-year forecast for the Autonomy business, and the timing of this forecast revision coincided with the timing of the

 

F-52


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Company’s overall forecasting process for all reporting units, which is completed each year in the fourth fiscal quarter in conjunction with the annual goodwill impairment analysis. The change in assumptions used in the revised forecast and the fair value estimates utilized in the impairment testing of the Autonomy goodwill and long-lived assets incorporated insights gained from having owned the Autonomy business for the preceding year. The revised forecast reflected changes related to organic revenue growth rates, current market trends, business mix, cost structure, expected deal synergies and other expectations about the anticipated short- and long-term operating results of the Autonomy business, driven by the Company’s analysis regarding certain accounting improprieties, incomplete disclosures and misrepresentations at Autonomy that occurred prior to the Autonomy acquisition with respect to Autonomy’s pre-acquisition business and related operating results. Accordingly, the change in fair values represented a change in accounting estimate that occurred outside the purchase price allocation period, resulting in the recorded impairment charge.

Based on the results of the annual impairment test for all other reporting units, the Company concluded that no other goodwill impairment existed as of August 1, 2012, apart from the impairment charges discussed above.

Future goodwill impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. The Company will continue to evaluate goodwill on an annual basis as of the beginning of its fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets were comprised of:

 

    As of October 31, 2014     As of October 31, 2013  
    Gross     Accumulated
Amortization
    Accumulated
Impairment
Loss
    Net     Gross     Accumulated
Amortization
    Accumulated
Impairment
Loss
    Net  
    In millions  

Customer contracts, customer lists and distribution agreements

  $ 5,273      $ (3,213   $ (856   $ 1,204      $ 5,284      $ (2,677   $ (856   $ 1,751   

Developed and core technology and patents

    4,241        (1,278     (2,138     825        4,998        (1,722     (2,138     1,138   

Trade name and trade marks

    272        (135     (109     28        308        (154     (109     45   

In-process research and development

    —          —          —          —          3        —          —          3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

  $ 9,786      $ (4,626   $ (3,103   $ 2,057      $ 10,593      $ (4,553   $ (3,103   $ 2,937   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For fiscal 2014, $833 million of intangible assets became fully amortized and have been eliminated from gross intangible assets and accumulated amortization. For fiscal 2013, the majority of the decrease in gross intangible assets was related to $1.7 billion of fully amortized intangible assets that were eliminated from both the gross and accumulated amounts. In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded intangible asset impairment charges of $3.1 billion related to the Autonomy reporting unit as described above.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

As of October 31, 2014, the weighted-average useful lives of the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets were as follows:

 

     In years  

Customer contracts, customer lists and distribution agreements

     8   

Developed and core technology and patents

     9   

Trade name and trade marks

     8   

As of October 31, 2014, estimated future amortization expense related to the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets was as follows:

 

Fiscal year

   In millions  

2015

   $ 801   

2016

     653   

2017

     244   

2018

     147   

2019

     110   

Thereafter

     102   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,057   
  

 

 

 

Note 11: Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company uses valuation techniques that are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are developed using market data such as publicly available information and reflect the assumptions market participants would use, while unobservable inputs are developed using the best information available about the assumptions market participants would use. Assets and liabilities are classified in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and market-corroborated inputs.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to observable inputs and lowest priority to unobservable inputs.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     As of October 31, 2014      As of October 31, 2013  
     Fair Value Measured Using             Fair Value Measured Using         
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     In millions  

Assets

                       

Cash Equivalents and Investments:

                       

Time deposits

   $ —         $ 1,130       $ —         $ 1,130       $ —         $ 947       $ —         $ 947   

Money market funds

     691         —           —           691         569         —           —           569   

Mutual funds

     —           244         —           244         —           313         —           313   

Marketable equity securities

     8         —           —           8         6         —           —           6   

Foreign bonds

     7         245         —           252         7         258         —           265   

Other debt securities

     —           —           10         10         —           —           10         10   

Derivatives:

                       

Foreign currency contracts

     —           442         —           442         —           196         —           196   

Other derivatives

     —           3         —           3         —           2         —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 706       $ 2,064       $ 10       $ 2,780       $ 582       $ 1,716       $ 10       $ 2,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

                       

Derivatives:

                       

Foreign currency contracts

   $ —         $ 75       $ —         $ 75       $ —         $ 285       $ —         $ 285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ 75       $ —         $ 75       $ —         $ 285       $ —         $ 285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended October 31, 2014, there were no transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy.

Valuation Techniques

Cash Equivalents and Investments: The Company holds time deposits, money market funds, mutual funds, other debt securities primarily consisting of corporate and foreign government notes and bonds, and common stock and equivalents. The Company values cash equivalents and equity investments using quoted market prices, alternative pricing sources, including net asset value, or models utilizing market observable inputs. The fair value of debt investments was based on quoted market prices or model-driven valuations using inputs primarily derived from or corroborated by observable market data, and, in certain instances, valuation models that utilize assumptions which cannot be corroborated with observable market data.

Derivative Instruments: The Company uses forward contracts, interest rate and total return swaps and, at times, option contracts to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. The Company uses industry standard valuation models to measure fair value. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to present value using market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves, the Company and counterparty credit risk, foreign exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies and interest rates. See Note 12 for a further discussion of the Company’s use of derivative instruments.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Other Fair Value Disclosures

Short- and Long-Term Debt: The Company estimates the fair value of its debt primarily using an expected present value technique, which is based on observable market inputs using interest rates currently available to companies of similar credit standing to Parent for similar terms and remaining maturities, and considering Parent’s credit risk. The estimated fair value of the Company’s short- and long-term debt approximated its carrying value of $1.4 billion and $1.7 billion as at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. If measured at fair value in the Combined Balance Sheets, short- and long-term debt would be classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other Financial Instruments: For the balance of the Company’s financial instruments, primarily accounts receivable, accounts payable and financial liabilities included in other accrued liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities. If measured at fair value in the Combined Balance Sheets, these other financial instruments would be classified in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Non-Marketable Equity Investments and Non-Financial Assets: The Company’s non-marketable equity investments and non-financial assets, such as intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment, are recorded at fair value in the period an impairment charge is recognized. If measured at fair value in the Combined Balance Sheets, these would generally be classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

In fiscal 2012, the Company recognized a goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge of $8.8 billion associated with the Autonomy reporting unit and a goodwill impairment charge of $8.0 billion associated with the ES reporting unit. The fair value of these reporting units was classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to the significance of unobservable inputs developed using company-specific information. The Company used the income approach to measure the fair value of the ES and Autonomy reporting units. Under the income approach, the Company calculated the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows. Cash flow projections were based on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The discount rate used was based on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the business’s ability to execute on the projected cash flows. The discount rate also reflected adjustments required when comparing the sum of the fair values of the Company’s reporting units to the Company’s market capitalization as discussed in Note 10. The unobservable inputs used to estimate the fair value of these reporting units included projected revenue growth rates, profitability and the risk factor added to the discount rate.

The inputs used to estimate the fair value of the intangible assets of Autonomy were largely unobservable, and, accordingly, these measurements were classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the intangible assets for Autonomy were estimated using an income approach, which is based on management’s cash flow projections of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The discount rates used in the fair value calculations for the Autonomy intangibles were based on a weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with those assets. The unobservable inputs used in these valuations include projected revenue growth rates, operating margins, royalty rates and the risk factor added to the discount rate. The discount rates ranged from 13% to 16%. Projected revenue growth rates ranged from (6)% to 12%.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Note 12: Financial Instruments

Cash Equivalents and Available-for-Sale Investments

Cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments were as follows:

 

    As of October 31, 2014     As of October 31, 2013  
    Cost     Gross
Unrealized
Gain
    Gross
Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
    Cost     Gross
Unrealized
Gain
    Gross
Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
 
    In millions  

Cash Equivalents:

               

Time deposits

  $ 985      $ —        $ —        $ 985      $ 933      $ —        $ —        $ 933   

Money market funds

    691        —          —          691        569        —          —          569   

Mutual funds

    110        —          —          110        13        —          —          13   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

    1,786        —          —          1,786        1,515        —          —          1,515   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale Investments:

               

Debt securities:

               

Time deposits

    145        —          —          145        14        —          —          14   

Foreign bonds

    191        61        —          252        208        57        —          265   

Other debt securities

    10        —          —          10        10        —          —          10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

    346        61        —          407        232        57        —          289   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

               

Mutual funds

    134        —          —          134        300        —          —          300   

Equity securities in public companies

    5        3        —          8        3        3        —          6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    139        3        —          142        303        3        —          306   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale investments

    485        64        —          549        535        60        —          595   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments

  $ 2,271      $ 64      $ —        $ 2,335      $ 2,050      $ 60      $ —        $ 2,110   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition are considered cash equivalents. As of October 31, 2014 and 2013, the carrying amount of cash equivalents approximated fair value due to the short period of time to maturity. Interest income related to cash, cash equivalents and debt securities was approximately $64 million in fiscal 2014, $72 million each in fiscal 2013 and 2012. Time deposits were primarily issued by institutions outside the U.S. as of October 31, 2014 and 2013. The estimated fair value of the available-for-sale investments may not be representative of values that will be realized in the future.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Contractual maturities of investments in available-for-sale debt securities were as follows:

 

     As of October 31, 2014  
     Amortized Cost      Fair Value  
     In millions  

Due in one year

   $ 129       $ 129   

Due in one to five years

     1         1   

Due in more than five years

     216         277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 346       $ 407   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity securities in privately held companies include cost basis and equity method investments and are included in Long-term financing receivables and other assets in the Combined Balance Sheets. These amounted to $90 million and $34 million at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Derivative Instruments

The Company is a global company exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and interest rate changes in the normal course of its business. As part of its risk management strategy, the Company uses derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, interest rate swaps, total return swaps and, at times, option contracts to hedge certain foreign currency, interest rate and, to a lesser extent, equity exposures. The Company’s objective is to offset gains and losses resulting from these exposures with losses and gains on the derivative contracts used to hedge them, thereby reducing volatility of earnings or protecting the fair value of assets and liabilities. The Company does not have any leveraged derivatives and does not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes. The Company may designate its derivative contracts as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation (“net investment hedges”). Additionally, for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, the Company categorizes those economic hedges as other derivatives. Derivative instruments directly attributable to the Company are recognized at fair value in the Combined Balance Sheets. The change in fair value of the derivative instruments is recognized in the Combined Statements of Earnings dependent upon the type of hedge as further discussed below. The Company classifies cash flows from its derivative programs as operating activities in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

As a result of its use of derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to the risk that its counterparties will fail to meet their contractual obligations. To mitigate counterparty credit risk, the Company has a policy of only entering into derivative contracts with carefully selected major financial institutions based on their credit ratings and other factors, and the Company maintains dollar risk limits that correspond to each financial institution’s credit rating and other factors. The Company’s established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk include reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure and periodically reassessing the creditworthiness of its counterparties. The Company participates in Parent’s master netting agreements, which further mitigate credit exposure to counterparties by permitting the Company to net amounts due from the Company to counterparty against amounts due to the Company from the same counterparty under certain conditions.

To further mitigate credit exposure to counterparties, the Company participates in Parent’s collateral security agreements, which allow the Company to hold collateral from, or require the Company to post collateral

 

F-58


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

to, counterparties when aggregate derivative fair values exceed contractually established thresholds which are generally based on the credit ratings of Parent and its counterparties. If Parent’s or the counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified credit rating, either party has the right to request full collateralization of the derivatives’ net liability position. Collateral is generally posted within two business days. The fair value of the Company’s derivatives with credit contingent features in a net liability position was $0.2 million and $68 million at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, all of which were fully collateralized within two business days.

Under the Company’s derivative contracts, the counterparty can terminate all outstanding trades following a covered change of control event affecting Parent that results in the surviving entity being rated below a specified credit rating. This credit contingent provision did not affect the Company’s financial position or cash flows as of October 31, 2014 or October 31, 2013.

Fair Value Hedges

The Company issues long-term debt in U.S. dollars based on market conditions at the time of financing. The Company may enter into fair value hedges, such as interest rate swaps, to reduce the exposure of its debt portfolio to changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates by achieving a primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR-based floating interest expense. The swap transactions generally involve principal and interest obligations for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts. Alternatively, the Company may choose not to swap fixed for floating interest payments or may terminate a previously executed swap if it believes a larger proportion of fixed-rate debt would be beneficial. When investing in fixed-rate instruments, the Company may enter into interest rate swaps that convert the fixed interest payments into variable interest payments and may designate these swaps as fair value hedges.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item, in Interest and other, net in the Combined Statements of Earnings in the period of change.

There were no fair value hedges outstanding at October 31, 2014 or 2013.

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company uses a combination of forward contracts and, at times, option contracts designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in its forecasted net revenue and, to a lesser extent, cost of sales, operating expenses, and intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company’s foreign currency cash flow hedges mature generally within twelve months; however, forward contracts associated with sales-type and direct-financing leases and intercompany loans extend for the duration of the lease or loan term, which typically range from two to five years.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the Company initially records changes in fair value for the effective portion of the derivative instrument in Accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of equity in the Combined Balance Sheets and subsequently reclassifies these amounts into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. The Company reports the effective portion of its cash flow hedges in the same financial statement line item as changes in the fair value of the hedged item.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Net Investment Hedges

The Company uses forward contracts designated as net investment hedges to hedge net investments in certain foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is the local currency. The Company records the effective portion of such derivative instruments together with changes in the fair value of the hedged items in Cumulative translation adjustment as a separate component of Equity in the Combined Balance Sheets.

Other Derivatives

Other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consist primarily of forward contracts used to hedge foreign currency-denominated balance sheet exposures. The Company also uses total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, interest rate swaps, based on equity or fixed income indices, to hedge its executive deferred compensation plan liability.

For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the Company recognizes changes in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item, in Interest and other net in the Combined Statements of Earnings in the period of change.

Hedge Effectiveness

For interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges, the Company measures hedge effectiveness by offsetting the change in fair value of the hedged instrument with the change in fair value of the derivative. For foreign currency options and forward contracts designated as cash flow or net investment hedges, the Company measures hedge effectiveness by comparing the cumulative change in fair value of the hedge contract with the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. The Company recognizes any ineffective portion of the hedge in the Combined Statements of Earnings in the same period in which ineffectiveness occurs. Amounts excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in the Combined Statements of Earnings in the period they arise.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in the Combined Balance Sheets

The gross notional and fair value of derivative instruments in the Combined Balance Sheets was as follows:

 

    As of October 31, 2014     As of October 31, 2013  
          Fair Value           Fair Value  
    Outstanding
Gross
Notional
    Other
Current
Assets
    Long-Term
Financing
Receivables
and Other
Assets
    Other
Accrued
Liabilities
    Long-Term
Other
Liabilities
    Outstanding
Gross
Notional
    Other
Current
Assets
    Long-Term
Financing
Receivables
and Other
Assets
    Other
Accrued
Liabilities
    Long-Term
Other
Liabilities
 
    In millions  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

                   

Cash flow hedges:

                   

Foreign currency contracts

  $ 7,438      $ 195      $ 116      $ 25      $ 6      $ 8,531      $ 50      $ 35      $ 162      $ 68   

Net investment hedges:

                   

Foreign currency contracts

    1,952        44        47        10        8        1,920        30        40        20        12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

    9,390        239        163        35        14        10,451        80        75        182        80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

                   

Foreign currency contracts

    979        8        32        8        18        945        15        26        8        15   

Other derivatives

    120        2        1        —          —          97        2        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

    1,099        10        33        8        18        1,042        17        26        8        15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 10,489      $ 249      $ 196      $ 43      $ 32      $ 11,493      $ 97      $ 101      $ 190      $ 95   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments

The Company recognizes all derivative instruments on a gross basis in the Combined Balance Sheets. The Company participates in Parent’s master netting arrangements and collateral security arrangements. The Company does not offset the fair value of its derivative instruments against the fair value of cash collateral posted under Parent’s collateral security agreements. As of October 31, 2014 and 2013, information related to the potential effect of the Company’s use of Parent’s master netting agreements and collateral security agreements was as follows:

 

     As of October 31, 2014  
     In the Combined Balance Sheets         
     (i)      (ii)      (iii) = (i)-(ii)      (iv)      (v)      (vi) =
(iii)-(iv)-(v)
 
     Gross
Amount
Recognized
     Gross
Amount
Offset
     Net Amount
Presented
     Gross Amounts
Not Offset
     Net
Amount
 
              Derivatives      Financial
Collateral
    
     In millions  

Derivative assets

   $ 445       $ —         $ 445       $ 73       $ 45       $ 327   

Derivative liabilities

   $ 75       $ —         $ 75       $ 73       $ —         $ 2   

 

F-61


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

     As of October 31, 2013  
     In the Combined Balance Sheets         
     (i)      (ii)      (iii) = (i)-(ii)      (iv)      (v)      (vi) =
(iii)-(iv)-(v)
 
     Gross
Amount
Recognized
     Gross
Amount
Offset
     Net Amount
Presented
     Gross Amounts
Not Offset
     Net
Amount
 
              Derivatives      Financial
Collateral
    
     In millions  

Derivative assets

   $ 198       $ —         $ 198       $ 160       $ —         $ 38   

Derivative liabilities

   $ 285       $ —         $ 285       $ 160       $ 93       $ 32   

Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Combined Statements of Earnings

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments and related hedged items in a fair value hedging relationship for fiscal years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

     (Loss) Gain Recognized in Income on Derivative and Related Hedged Item  

Derivative Instrument

   Location    2014      2013     2012     Hedged
Item
   Location    2014      2013      2012  
          In millions               In millions  

Interest rate contracts

   Interest and
other, net
   $ —         $ (28   $ (33   Fixed-rate
debt
   Interest and
other, net
   $ —         $ 28       $ 37   

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow and net investment hedging relationships for fiscal years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

     Gain (Loss)
Recognized in OCI
on Derivatives
(Effective Portion)
    Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI Into Earnings
(Effective Portion)
 
     2014     2013     2012        Location          2014           2013           2012     
     In millions          In millions  

Cash flow hedges:

               

Foreign currency contracts

   $ 149      $ 41      $ 100      Net revenue    $ (4   $ 46      $ 56   

Foreign currency contracts

     13        (4     —        Cost of products      3        (1     —     

Foreign currency contracts

     9        (22     (4   Other operating expenses      (9     (2     (4

Foreign currency contracts

     (60     21        (8   Interest and other, net      (50     10        (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

   $ 111      $ 36      $ 88         $ (60   $ 53      $ 49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment hedges:

               

Foreign currency contracts

   $ 57      $ 38      $ 37      Interest and other, net    $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of October 31, 2014 and 2013, no portion of the hedging instruments’ gain or loss was excluded from the assessment of effectiveness for fair value, cash flow or net investment hedges. As of October 31, 2012 the portion of the hedging instruments’ gain or loss excluded from the assessment of effectiveness was not material for fair value, cash flow or net investment hedges. Hedge ineffectiveness for fair value, cash flow and net investment hedges was not material for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

As of October 31, 2014, the Company expects to reclassify an estimated net accumulated other comprehensive gain of approximately $58 million, net of taxes, to earnings in the next twelve months along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions associated with cash flow hedges.

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments on the Combined Statements of Earnings for fiscal years ended October 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

     Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives  
       Location        2014          2013         2012    
          In millions  

Foreign currency contracts

   Interest and other, net    $ 169       $ (57   $ 109   

Other derivatives

   Interest and other, net      —           3        (7

Interest rate contracts

   Interest and other, net      —           3        13   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 169       $ (51   $ 115   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 13: Borrowings

Notes Payable and Short-Term Borrowings

Notes payable and short-term borrowings, including the current portion of long-term debt, were as follows:

 

    As of October 31  
    2014     2013  
    Amount
Outstanding
    Weighted-Average
Interest Rate
    Amount
Outstanding
    Weighted-Average
Interest Rate
 
    Dollars in millions  

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 127        2.8   $ 339        1.6

FS Commercial paper

    298        0.5     327        0.4

Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other (1)

    469        1.5     392        1.6
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total notes payable and short-term borrowings

  $ 894        $ 1,058     
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)   Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other includes $404 million and $368 million at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of borrowing- and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries.

Long-Term Debt

 

     As of October 31  
       2014         2013    
     In millions  

EDS Senior Notes (1)

    

$300 issued October 1999 at 7.45%, due October 2029

   $ 313      $ 314   

Other, including capital lease obligations, at 0.00%-7.57%, due in calendar years 2014-2023 (2)

     299        642   

Less: current portion

     (127     (339
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 485      $ 617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

(1)   The Company may redeem the EDS Senior Notes at any time in accordance with the terms thereof. The EDS Senior Notes are senior unsecured debt.
(2)   Other, including capital lease obligations includes $123 million and $244 million as of October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of borrowing- and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries that are collateralized by receivables and underlying assets associated with the related capital and operating leases. For both the periods presented, the carrying amount of the assets approximated the carrying amount of the borrowings.

FS maintains a Euro Commercial Paper/Certificate of Deposit Programme providing for the issuance of commercial paper in various currencies of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $500 million. The extent to which the Company is able to utilize the commercial paper program as a source of liquidity at any given time is subject to a number of factors, including market demand for Parent’s commercial paper, Parent’s financial performance, Parent’s credit ratings and market conditions generally.

As of October 31, 2014, aggregate future maturities of the Company’s long-term debt at face value (excluding a premium on debt issuance of $13 million), including capital lease obligations were as follows:

 

Fiscal year

   In millions  

2015

   $ 127   

2016

     49   

2017

     45   

2018

     16   

2019

     2   

Thereafter

     360   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 599   
  

 

 

 

Interest expense on borrowings recognized in the Combined Statements of Earnings was as follows:

 

          Fiscal years ended October 31  

Expense

  

Location

     2014          2013          2012    
          In millions  

Financing interest

   Financing interest    $ 277       $ 312       $ 317   

Interest expense

   Interest and other, net      45         57         60   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

      $ 322       $ 369       $ 377   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 14: Related Party Transactions and Parent Company Investment

Intercompany Purchases

During fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company purchased equipment from other businesses of Parent in the amount of $1.2 billion, $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Allocation of Corporate Expenses

The Combined Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income include an allocation of general corporate expenses from Parent for certain management and support functions which are provided on a centralized basis within Parent. These management and support functions include, but are not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, treasury, risk management, procurement, and other shared services. These allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, expenses, headcount or other relevant measures. These allocations were $4.2 billion in each of fiscal 2014, 2013, and 2012.

Management of the Company and Parent consider these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services by, or the benefits provided to, the Company. These allocations may not, however, reflect the expense the Company would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if the Company had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure.

Parent Company Investment

Parent company investment on the Combined Balance Sheets and Statements of Equity represents Parent’s historical investment in the Company, the net effect of transactions with and allocations from Parent and the Company’s accumulated earnings.

Net transfers to Parent are included within Parent company investment. The components of the Net transfers to Parent on the Combined Statements of Equity were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014     2013     2012  
     In millions  

Intercompany purchases

   $ 1,246      $ 1,142      $ 1,156   

Cash pooling and general financing activities

     (8,091     (9,242     (8,895

Corporate allocations

     4,156        4,235        4,188   

Defined benefit plans merged into Parent’s Shared plans

     (40     (43     —     

Cash transfers from Parent for business combinations and divestitures

     43        167        31   

Income taxes

     379        402        595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net transfers to Parent per Combined Statements of Equity

   $ (2,307   $ (3,339   $ (2,925
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Net Transfers to Parent

A reconciliation of Net transfers to Parent in the Combined Statements of Equity to the corresponding amount presented on the Combined Statements of Cash Flows for all periods presented was as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014     2013     2012  
     In millions  

Net transfers to Parent per Combined Statements of Equity

   $ (2,307   $ (3,339   $ (2,925

Income taxes paid by Parent

     (320     (734     (812

Restructuring

     (129     (103     (179

Stock-based compensation

     (427     (374     (438

Other.

     (359     (646     (145
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net transfers to Parent per Combined Statements of Cash Flows

   $ (3,542   $ (5,196   $ (4,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 15: Other Comprehensive Income

Taxes related to Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

Taxes on change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities:

        

Tax (provision) benefit on unrealized gains arising during the period

   $ (1    $ (5    $ 17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (1      (5      17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Taxes on change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges:

        

Tax provision on unrealized gains arising during the period

     (32      (4      (42

Tax provision on losses (gains) reclassified into earnings

     1         12         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (31      8         (28
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Taxes on change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:

        

Tax benefit (provision) on (losses) gains arising during the period

     58         (90      73   

Tax benefit on amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit

     (6      (12      (9

Tax provision on curtailments, settlements and other

     (3      (2      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     49         (104      64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax (provision) benefit on change in cumulative translation adjustment

     (27      25         (25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax (provision) benefit on other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (10    $ (76    $ 28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Changes and reclassifications related to Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, net of taxes

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes:

        

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities:

        

Unrealized gains arising during the period

   $ 4       $ 39       $ 35   

Gains reclassified into earnings

     (1      (49      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3         (10      35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges:

        

Unrealized gains arising during the period

     79         32         46   

Losses (gains) reclassified into earnings (1)

     61         (41      (35
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     140         (9      11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:

        

(Losses) gains arising during the period

     (736      25         (404

Amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit (2)

     76         74         48   

Curtailments, settlements and other

     15         7         —     

Merged into Parent’s Shared plans during the period

     61         142         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (584      248         (356
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

     (112      (125      (72
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes

   $ (553    $ 104       $ (382
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reclassification of pre-tax losses (gains) on cash flow hedges into the Combined Statements of Earnings was as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014      2013      2012  
     In millions  

Net revenue

   $ 4       $ (46    $ (56

Cost of products

     (3      1         —     

Other operating expenses

     9         2         4   

Interest and other, net

     50         (10      3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 60       $ (53    $ (49
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) These components are included in the computation of net pension benefit cost in Note 5.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes and changes therein were as follows:

 

     Fiscal year ended October 31, 2014  
     Net unrealized
gain on
available-for-sale
securities
    Net
unrealized
(losses)
gains on
cash
flow hedges
    Unrealized
components
of defined
benefit plans
    Cumulative
translation
adjustment
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
 
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 60      $ (80   $ (1,093   $ (582   $ (1,695

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     4        79        (721     (112     (750

Reclassifications of (gains) losses into earnings

     (1     61        76        —          136   

Merged into Parent Shared plans during the period

     —          —          61        —          61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 63      $ 60      $ (1,677   $ (694   $ (2,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 16: Litigation and Contingencies

The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings including those consisting of IP, commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits and environmental matters, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company records a liability when it believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability of having incurred a liability and the estimated amount of the liability. The Company reviews these matters at least quarterly and adjusts these liabilities to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other updated information and events pertaining to a particular matter. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. However, the Company believes it has valid defenses with respect to legal matters pending against us. Nevertheless, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these contingencies. The Company believes it has recorded adequate provisions for any such matters and, as of October 31, 2014, it was not reasonably possible that a material loss had been incurred in connection with such matters in excess of the amounts recognized in its financial statements.

Litigation, Proceedings and Investigations

Fair Labor Standards Act Litigation . Parent is involved in several lawsuits in which the plaintiffs are seeking unpaid overtime compensation and other damages based on allegations that various employees of Electronic Data Systems Corporation (“EDS”) or Parent have been misclassified as exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act and/or in violation of the California Labor Code or other state laws. Those matters include the following:

 

   

Cunningham and Cunningham, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation is a purported collective action filed on May 10, 2006 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York claiming that current and former EDS employees allegedly involved in installing and/or maintaining computer software and hardware were misclassified as exempt employees. Another purported collective action, Steavens, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation , was filed on October 23,

 

F-68


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

2007 in the same court alleging similar facts. The Steavens case was consolidated for pretrial purposes with the Cunningham case. On December 14, 2010, the court granted conditional certification of a class consisting of employees in 20 legacy EDS job codes in the consolidated Cunningham/Steavens matter. On December 11, 2013, Parent and plaintiffs’ counsel in the consolidated Cunningham/Steavens matter, and the Salva matter described below, mediated these cases and reached a settlement agreement. The court approved the settlement on June 16, 2015.

 

    Salva v. Hewlett-Packard Company is a purported collective action filed on June 15, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Western District of New York alleging that certain information technology employees allegedly involved in installing and/or maintaining computer software and hardware were misclassified as exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act. On December 11, 2013, Parent and plaintiffs’ counsel in the consolidated Cunningham/Steavens matter and the Salva matter mediated these cases and reached a settlement agreement. The court consolidated the Salva matter into the Cunningham/Steavens matter and approved the settlement on June 16, 2015.

 

    Karlbom, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation is a class action filed on March 16, 2009 in California Superior Court alleging facts similar to the Cunningham and Steavens matters. The parties are engaged in discovery.

 

    Benedict v. Hewlett-Packard Company is a purported class action filed on January 10, 2013 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that certain technical support employees allegedly involved in installing, maintaining and/or supporting computer software and/or hardware for Parent were misclassified as exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act. The plaintiff has also alleged that Parent violated California law by, among other things, allegedly improperly classifying these employees as exempt. On February 13, 2014, the court granted the plaintiff’s motion for conditional class certification. On May 7, 2015, the plaintiffs filed a motion to certify a Rule 23 state class of certain Technical Solutions Consultants in California, Massachusetts, and Colorado that they claim were improperly classified as exempt from overtime under state law.

India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence Proceedings . On April 30 and May 10, 2010, the India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (the “DRI”) issued show cause notices to Hewlett-Packard India Sales Private Ltd (“HP India”), a subsidiary of Parent, seven HP India employees and one former HP India employee alleging that HP India underpaid customs duties while importing products and spare parts into India and seeking to recover an aggregate of approximately $370 million, plus penalties. Prior to the issuance of the show cause notices, HP India deposited approximately $16 million with the DRI and agreed to post a provisional bond in exchange for the DRI’s agreement to not seize HP India products and spare parts and to not interrupt the transaction of business by HP India.

On April 11, 2012, the Bangalore Commissioner of Customs issued an order on the products-related show cause notice affirming certain duties and penalties against HP India and the named individuals of approximately $386 million, of which HP India had already deposited $9 million. On December 11, 2012, HP India voluntarily deposited an additional $10 million in connection with the products-related show cause notice. On April 20, 2012, the Commissioner issued an order on the parts-related show cause notice affirming certain duties and penalties against HP India and certain of the named individuals of approximately $17 million, of which HP India had already deposited $7 million. After the order, HP India deposited an additional $3 million in connection with the parts-related show cause notice so as to avoid certain penalties.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

HP India filed appeals of the Commissioner’s orders before the Customs Tribunal along with applications for waiver of the pre-deposit of remaining demand amounts as a condition for hearing the appeals. The Customs Department has also filed cross-appeals before the Customs Tribunal. On January 24, 2013, the Customs Tribunal ordered HP India to deposit an additional $24 million against the products order, which HP India deposited in March 2013. The Customs Tribunal did not order any additional deposit to be made under the parts order. In December 2013, HP India filed applications before the Customs Tribunal seeking early hearing of the appeals as well as an extension of the stay of deposit as to HP India and the individuals already granted until final disposition of the appeals. On February 7, 2014, the application for extension of the stay of deposit was granted by the Customs Tribunal until disposal of the appeals. On October 27, 2014, the Customs Tribunal commenced hearings on the cross-appeals of the Commissioner’s orders. The Customs Tribunal rejected HP India’s request to remand the matter to the Commissioner on procedural grounds. The hearing scheduled to reconvene on April 6, 2015 was cancelled at the request of the Customs Tribunal. A new hearing date has not been set.

Russia GPO and Other Anti-Corruption Investigations . The German Public Prosecutor’s Office (“German PPO”) has been conducting an investigation into allegations that current and former employees of Parent engaged in bribery, embezzlement and tax evasion relating to a transaction between Hewlett-Packard ISE GmbH in Germany, a former subsidiary of Parent, and the General Prosecutor’s Office of the Russian Federation. The approximately €35 million transaction, which was referred to as the Russia GPO deal, spanned the years 2001 to 2006 and was for the delivery and installation of an IT network. The German PPO issued an indictment of four individuals, including one current and two former Parent employees, on charges including bribery, breach of trust and tax evasion. The German PPO also requested that Parent be made an associated party to the case, and, if that request is granted, Parent would participate in any portion of the court proceedings that could ultimately bear on the question of whether Parent should be subject to potential disgorgement of profits based on the conduct of the indicted current and former employees. The Polish Central Anti-Corruption Bureau is also conducting an investigation into potential corruption violations by an employee of Hewlett-Packard Polska Sp. z o.o., an indirect subsidiary of Parent, in connection with certain public-sector transactions in Poland. Parent and the Company are cooperating with these investigating agencies.

ECT Proceedings . In January 2011, the postal service of Brazil, Empresa Brasileira de Correios e Telégrafos (“ECT”), notified subsidiary of Parent in Brazil (“HP Brazil”) that it had initiated administrative proceedings to consider whether to suspend HP Brazil’s right to bid and contract with ECT related to alleged improprieties in the bidding and contracting processes whereby employees of HP Brazil and employees of several other companies allegedly coordinated their bids and fixed results for three ECT contracts in 2007 and 2008. In late July 2011, ECT notified HP Brazil it had decided to apply the penalties against HP Brazil and suspend HP Brazil’s right to bid and contract with ECT for five years, based upon the evidence before it. In August 2011, HP Brazil appealed ECT’s decision. In April 2013, ECT rejected HP Brazil’s appeal, and the administrative proceedings were closed with the penalties against HP Brazil remaining in place. In parallel, in September 2011, HP Brazil filed a civil action against ECT seeking to have ECT’s decision revoked. HP Brazil also requested an injunction suspending the application of the penalties until a final ruling on the merits of the case. The court of first instance has not issued a decision on the merits of the case, but it has denied HP Brazil’s request for injunctive relief. HP Brazil appealed the denial of its request for injunctive relief to the intermediate appellate court, which issued a preliminary ruling denying the request for injunctive relief but reducing the length of the sanctions from five to two years. HP Brazil appealed that decision and, in December 2011, obtained a ruling staying enforcement of ECT’s sanctions until a final ruling on the merits of the case. Parent expects the decision to be issued in 2015 and any subsequent appeal on the merits to last several years.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Abstrax Proceeding . On February 28, 2014, Abstrax, Inc. (“Abstrax”), a company with a principal place of business in Mesa, Arizona, filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Parent. Abstrax claimed to market software for sales operations and manufacturing operations for configurable products, including those in the custom shutter industry. The case was pending in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division. Abstrax asserted one patent, U.S. Patent 6,240,328, which is directed generally to a method of generating assembly instructions. In its complaint, Abstrax claimed that Parent’s methods and processes of manufacturing configurable servers, storage, networking devices, PCs, laptops, imaging and printing devices and their sub-systems infringe its patent, as do the products made by the accused processes. Abstrax also claimed that Parent’s alleged infringement was willful and that the case was exceptional. On November 14, 2014, Parent filed a petition with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office challenging the validity of the Abstrax patent based on prior art. In late January 2015, Abstrax dropped its infringement allegations against the manufacturing of PCs and imaging and printing devices from its expert reports. On March 4, 2015, the court heard Parent’s motion challenging the subject matter of the patent under 35 U.S.C. Section 101. Trial was scheduled for May 11, 2015. The parties reached a settlement in principle in early April, which was finalized on April 28, 2015. The parties agreed to file separate dismissal papers at the Patent Office to dismiss Parent’s challenge to the validity of patent. The district court litigation was dismissed on May 5, 2015. Parent’s challenge to the validity of the patent was terminated on May 18, 2015.

Stockholder Litigation . As described below, Parent is involved in various stockholder litigation matters commenced against certain current and former Parent executive officers and/or certain current and former members of Parent’s board of directors in which the plaintiffs are seeking to recover damages related to Parent’s allegedly inflated stock price, certain compensation paid by Parent to the defendants, other damages and/or injunctive relief:

 

    A.J. Copeland v. Raymond J. Lane, et al. (“Copeland I”) is a lawsuit filed on March 7, 2011 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and wasted corporate assets in connection with Parent’s alleged violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”), Parent’s severance payments made to Mark Hurd (a former Chairman of Parent’s board of directors and Parent’s Chief Executive Officer), and Parent’s acquisition of 3PAR Inc. The lawsuit also alleges violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) in connection with Parent’s 2010 and 2011 proxy statements. On February 8, 2012, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit. On October 10, 2012, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave to file an amended complaint. On November 1, 2012, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint adding an unjust enrichment claim and claims that the defendants violated Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and breached their fiduciary duties in connection with Parent’s 2012 proxy statement. On December 13, 14 and 17, 2012, the defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint. On December 28, 2012, the plaintiff moved for leave to file a third amended complaint. On May 6, 2013, the court denied the motion for leave to amend, granted the motions to dismiss with prejudice and entered judgment in the defendants’ favor. On May 31, 2013, the plaintiff filed an appeal with the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. The appeal has been fully briefed, but a date has not yet been set for oral argument.

 

   

A.J. Copeland v. Léo Apotheker, et al. (“Copeland II”) is a lawsuit filed on February 10, 2014 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that the defendants used their control over Parent and its corporate suffrage process in effectuating, directly participating in and/or aiding and abetting violations of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and

 

F-71


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder, and violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. The complaint asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, and breach of the duty of candor. The claims arise out of the circumstances at Parent relating to its 2013 and 2014 proxy statements, the departure of Mr. Hurd as Chairman of Parent’s board of directors and Parent’s Chief Executive Officer, alleged violations of the FCPA, and Parent’s acquisition of 3PAR Inc. and Autonomy Corporation plc (“Autonomy”). On February 25, 2014, the court issued an order granting Parent’s administrative motion to relate Copeland II to Copeland I . On April 8, 2014, the court granted the parties’ stipulation to stay the action pending resolution of  Copeland I by the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

 

    Ernesto Espinoza v. Léo Apotheker, et al. and Larry Salat v. Léo Apotheker, et al. are consolidated lawsuits filed on September 21, 2011 in the United States District Court for the Central District of California alleging, among other things, that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by concealing material information and making false statements about Parent’s business model and the future of webOS, the TouchPad and Parent’s PC business. The lawsuits also allege that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties, wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched when they authorized Parent’s repurchases of its own stock on August 29, 2010 and July 21, 2011. These lawsuits were previously stayed pending developments in the Gammel matter, but those stays have been lifted. The plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint on August 21, 2013, and, on October 28, 2013, the defendants filed a motion to stay these matters. In an order dated February 13, 2014, the court granted the motion to stay. At the August 11, 2014 status conference, the stay was lifted. The plaintiffs informed the court that they would move forward with their complaint. Parent filed a motion to dismiss on November 21, 2014. On February 12, 2015, the plaintiffs advised Parent that they intended to voluntarily dismiss these actions, and, on February 23, 2015, the parties filed a joint stipulation for voluntary dismissal of the action (the “Dismissal”). On February 25, 2015, the court entered an order approving the Dismissal. Parent provided notice of the Dismissal by filing it with the SEC on March 10, 2015 and posting it on Parent’s website. On April 10, 2015, the parties filed a joint request for dismissal of the action. On April 14, 2015, the court entered an order dismissing the action.

 

    Luis Gonzalez v. Léo Apotheker, et al. and Richard Tyner v. Léo Apotheker, et al. are consolidated lawsuits filed on September 29, 2011 and October 5, 2011, respectively, in California Superior Court alleging, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties, wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched by concealing material information and making false statements about Parent’s business model and the future of webOS, the TouchPad and Parent’s PC business and by authorizing Parent’s repurchase of its own stock on August 29, 2010 and July 21, 2011. The lawsuits are currently stayed pending resolution of the Espinoza/Salat consolidated action in federal court. On February 23, 2015, the parties filed a Joint Stipulation for Voluntary Dismissal of the Action. On February 25, 2015, the court entered an order approving the dismissal. Parent provided notice of the dismissal by filing it with the SEC on March 10, 2015 and posting it on Parent’s website. On April 10, 2015, the parties filed a joint request for dismissal of the action and on April 13, 2015, the court entered an order dismissing the action.

 

   

Cement & Concrete Workers District Council Pension Fund v. Hewlett-Packard Company, et al. is a putative securities class action filed on August 3, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that from November 13, 2007 to August 6, 2010 the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by making statements

 

F-72


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

regarding Parent’s Standards of Business Conduct (“SBC”) that were false and misleading because Mr. Hurd, who was serving as Parent’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer during that period, had been violating the SBC and concealing his misbehavior in a manner that jeopardized his continued employment with Parent. On February 7, 2013, the defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint. On August 9, 2013, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave to amend the complaint by September 9, 2013. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on September 9, 2013, and the defendants moved to dismiss that complaint on October 24, 2013. On June 25, 2014, the court issued an order granting the defendants’ motions to dismiss and on July 25, 2014, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. On November 4, 2014, the plaintiff-appellant filed its opening brief in the Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. Parent filed its answering brief on January 16, 2015 and the plaintiff-appellant’s reply brief was filed on March 2, 2015. Oral argument has not yet been scheduled.

Autonomy-Related Legal Matters

Investigations . As a result of the findings of an ongoing investigation, Parent has provided information to the U.K. Serious Fraud Office, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and the SEC related to the accounting improprieties, disclosure failures and misrepresentations at Autonomy that occurred prior to and in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy. On November 21, 2012, DOJ representatives advised Parent that they had opened an investigation relating to Autonomy. On February 6, 2013, representatives of the U.K. Serious Fraud Office advised Parent that they had also opened an investigation relating to Autonomy. On January 19, 2015, the U.K. Serious Fraud Office notified Parent that it was closing its investigation and had decided to cede jurisdiction of the investigation to the U.S. authorities. Parent is cooperating with the DOJ and the SEC, whose investigations are ongoing.

Litigation . As described below, Parent is involved in various stockholder litigation relating to, among other things, its October 2011 acquisition of Autonomy and its November 20, 2012 announcement that it recorded a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets within its Software segment of approximately $8.8 billion in the fourth quarter of its 2012 fiscal year and Parent’s statements that, based on Parent’s findings from an ongoing investigation, the majority of this impairment charge related to accounting improprieties, misrepresentations to the market and disclosure failures at Autonomy that occurred prior to and in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and the impact of those improprieties, failures and misrepresentations on the expected future financial performance of the Autonomy business over the long term. This stockholder litigation was commenced against, among others, certain current and former Parent executive officers, certain current and former members of Parent’s board of directors and certain advisors to Parent. The plaintiffs in these litigation matters are seeking to recover certain compensation paid by Parent to the defendants and/or other damages. These matters include the following:

 

   

In re HP Securities Litigation consists of two consolidated putative class actions filed on November 26 and 30, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that from August 19, 2011 to November 20, 2012, the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by concealing material information and making false statements related to Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and the financial performance of Parent’s enterprise services business. On May 3, 2013, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint alleging that, during that same period, all of the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and SEC Rule 10b-5(b) by concealing material information and making false statements related to Parent’s

 

F-73


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

acquisition of Autonomy and that certain defendants violated SEC Rule 10b-5(a) and (c) by engaging in a “scheme” to defraud investors. On July 2, 2013, Parent filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit. On November 26, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part Parent’s motion to dismiss, allowing claims to proceed against Parent and Margaret C. Whitman based on alleged statements and/or omissions made on or after May 23, 2012. The court dismissed all of the plaintiff’s claims that were based on alleged statements and/or omissions made between August 19, 2011 and May 22, 2012. The lead plaintiff filed a motion for class certification on November 4, 2014 and, on December 15, 2014, defendants filed their opposition to the motion. On June 9, 2015, Parent entered into a settlement agreement with the lead plaintiff in the consolidated securities class action. Under the terms of the settlement, Parent, through its insurers, will contribute $100 million to a settlement fund that will be used to compensate persons who purchased Parent’s shares during the period from August 19, 2011 through November 20, 2012. No individual is contributing to the settlement. Parent and its current and former officers, directors, and advisors will be released from any Autonomy-related securities claims as part of the settlement. The settlement is subject to court approval. The preliminary approval hearing is currently set for July 17, 2015.

 

    In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation consists of seven consolidated lawsuits filed beginning on November 26, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by concealing material information and making false statements related to Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and the financial performance of Parent’s enterprise services business. The lawsuits also allege that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties, wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and by causing Parent to repurchase its own stock at allegedly inflated prices between August 2011 and October 2012. One lawsuit further alleges that certain individual defendants engaged in or assisted insider trading and thereby breached their fiduciary duties, were unjustly enriched and violated Sections 25402 and 25403 of the California Corporations Code. On May 3, 2013, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint alleging, among other things, that the defendants concealed material information and made false statements related to Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and Autonomy’s Intelligent Data Operating Layer technology and thereby violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, breached their fiduciary duties, engaged in “abuse of control” over Parent, corporate waste and were unjustly enriched. The litigation was stayed until June 2014. The lead plaintiff filed a stipulation of proposed settlement on June 30, 2014. The court declined to grant preliminary approval to this settlement, and, on December 19, 2014, also declined to grant preliminary approval to a revised version of the settlement. On January 22, 2015, the lead plaintiff moved for preliminary approval of a further revised version of the settlement. On March 13, 2015, the court issued an order granting preliminary approval to the settlement. The court has scheduled a hearing for July 24, 2015 to hear any remaining objections to the settlement and decide whether to grant final approval of the settlement.

 

   

In re HP ERISA Litigation consists of three consolidated putative class actions filed beginning on December 6, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that from August 18, 2011 to November 22, 2012, the defendants breached their fiduciary obligations to Parent’s 401(k) Plan and its participants and thereby violated Sections 404(a)(1) and 405(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, by concealing negative information regarding the financial performance of Autonomy and Parent’s enterprise services business and by failing to restrict participants from investing in Parent stock. On August 16, 2013, Parent filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit. On March 31, 2014, the court granted

 

F-74


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

Parent’s motion to dismiss this action with leave to amend. On July 16, 2014, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint containing substantially similar allegations and seeking substantially similar relief as the first amended complaint. On June 15, 2015, the court granted Parent’s motion to dismiss the second amended complaint in its entirety and denied plaintiffs leave to file another amended complaint. Plaintiffs have thirty days to appeal the court’s order.

 

    Vincent Ho v. Margaret C. Whitman, et al . is a lawsuit filed on January 22, 2013 in California Superior Court alleging, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and wasted corporate assets in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and by causing Parent to repurchase its own stock at allegedly inflated prices between August 2011 and October 2012. On April 22, 2013, the court stayed the lawsuit pending resolution of the In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation matter in federal court. Two additional derivative actions, James Gould v. Margaret C. Whitman, et al . and Leroy Noel v. Margaret C. Whitman, et al ., were filed in California Superior Court on July 26, 2013 and August 16, 2013, respectively, containing substantially similar allegations and seeking substantially similar relief. Those actions also have been stayed pending resolution of the In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation matter. If the settlement of the federal derivative case is finally approved, it will result in a release of the claims asserted in all three actions other than claims asserted against Michael Lynch, the former chief executive officer of Autonomy.

 

    Cook v. Whitman, et al. is a lawsuit filed on March 18, 2014 in the Delaware Chancery Court, alleging, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and wasted corporate assets in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy. On May 15, 2014, Parent moved to dismiss or stay the Cook matter. On July 22, 2014, the Delaware Chancery Court stayed the motion pending the United States District Court’s hearing on preliminary approval of the proposed settlement in the In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation matter. If the settlement of the federal derivative case is finally approved, it will result in a release of all the claims asserted in the Cook matter other than those asserted against Michael Lynch, Sushovan Hussain, the former chief financial officer of Autonomy, and Deloitte UK.

Environmental

The Company’s operations and products are or may in the future become subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations concerning environmental protection, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the clean-up of contaminated sites, the substances and materials used in the Company’s products, the energy consumption of products, services and operations and the operational or financial responsibility for recycling, treatment and disposal of those products. This includes legislation that makes producers of electrical goods, including servers and networking equipment, financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products (sometimes referred to as “product take-back legislation”). The Company could incur substantial costs, its products could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions, and it could face other sanctions, if it were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if its products become non-compliant with environmental laws. The Company’s potential exposure includes impacts on revenue, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims and clean-up costs. The amount and timing of costs to comply with environmental laws are difficult to predict.

In particular, the Company may become a party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by U.S. or state environmental agencies under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability

 

F-75


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Act (“CERCLA”), known as “Superfund,” or other federal, state or foreign laws and regulations addressing the clean-up of contaminated sites, and may become a party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by private parties for contribution towards clean-up costs. The Company is also contractually obligated to make financial contributions to address actions related to certain environmental liabilities, both ongoing and arising in the future, pursuant to its separation and distribution agreement with Parent.

Note 17: Guarantees

Guarantees

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may issue performance guarantees to certain of its clients, customers and other parties pursuant to which the Company has guaranteed the performance obligations of third parties. Some of those guarantees may be backed by standby letters of credit or surety bonds. In general, the Company would be obligated to perform over the term of the guarantee in the event a specified triggering event occurs as defined by the guarantee. The Company believes the likelihood of having to perform under a material guarantee is remote.

The Company has entered into service contracts with certain of its clients that are supported by financing arrangements. If a service contract is terminated as a result of the Company’s non-performance under the contract or failure to comply with the terms of the financing arrangement, the Company could, under certain circumstances, be required to acquire certain assets related to the service contract. The Company believes the likelihood of having to acquire a material amount of assets under these arrangements is remote.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which the Company may agree to indemnify a third party to such arrangement from any losses incurred relating to the services they perform on behalf of the Company or for losses arising from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example, litigation or claims relating to past performance. The Company also provides indemnifications to certain vendors and customers against claims of IP infringement made by third parties arising from the use by such vendors and customers of the Company’s software products and services and certain other matters. Some indemnifications may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have been immaterial.

Warranty

The Company accrues the estimated cost of product warranties at the time it recognizes revenue. The Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers; however, contractual warranty terms, repair costs, product call rates, average cost per call, current period product shipments and ongoing product failure rates, as well as specific product class failures outside of the Company’s baseline experience, affect the estimated warranty obligation.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities and changes therein were as follows:

 

     Fiscal years ended
October 31
 
     2014      2013  
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 607       $ 624   

Accruals for warranties issued

     475         521   

Adjustments related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)

     (11      4   

Settlements made (in cash or in kind)

     (500      (542
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 571       $ 607   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 18: Commitments

Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain real and personal property under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain leases require the Company to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance and include renewal options and escalation clauses. Rent expense was approximately $0.8 billion in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Property under capital leases is comprised primarily of equipment and furniture. Capital lease assets included in Property, plant and equipment in the Combined Balance Sheets were $164 million and $371 million as of October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Accumulated depreciation on the property under capital lease was $151 million and $351 million as of October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As of October 31, 2014, future minimum lease commitments under the Company’s non-cancelable operating leases were as follows:

 

Fiscal year

   In millions  

2015

   $ 537   

2016

     397   

2017

     291   

2018

     235   

2019

     179   

Thereafter

     486   

Less: Sublease rental income

     (32
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,093   
  

 

 

 

Unconditional Purchase Obligations

At October 31, 2014, the Company had unconditional purchase obligations of approximately $0.8 billion. These unconditional purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction. These unconditional purchase obligations are related principally to software maintenance and support services and other items. Unconditional purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND

FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

 

As of October 31, 2014, the Company’s future unconditional purchase obligations were as follows:

 

Fiscal year

   In millions  

2015

   $ 483   

2016

     164   

2017

     106   

2018

     95   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 848   
  

 

 

 

Note 19: Subsequent Events

In May 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of Aruba Networks, Inc. (“Aruba”), a leading provider of next-generation network access solutions for the mobile enterprise, for $24.67 per share in cash. The equity value of the transaction is approximately $3.0 billion, and net of cash and debt is approximately $2.7 billion. Aruba’s results of operations will be included in the Company’s Networking business unit within the EG segment, prospectively from the date of acquisition.

In May 2015, the Company announced and completed the acquisition of ConteXtream, a provider of OpenDaylight-based, carrier-grade fabric for network functions virtualization. ConteXtream’s results of operations will be included in the Company’s Industry Standard Servers business unit within the EG segment, prospectively from the date of acquisition.

In May 2015, the Company and Tsinghua Holdings jointly announced a partnership that will bring together the Chinese enterprise technology assets of the Company and Tsinghua University to create a Chinese provider of technology infrastructure. Under the definitive agreement, Tsinghua Holdings’ subsidiary, Unisplendour Corporation, will purchase 51% of a new business called H3C, comprising the Company’s current H3C Technologies and China-based server, storage and technology services businesses, for approximately $2.3 billion. The Company’s China subsidiary will maintain 100% ownership of its existing China-based Enterprise Services, Software, Helion Cloud and Aruba Networks businesses. Once the transaction closes, the new H3C will be the exclusive provider for the Company’s server, storage and networking portfolio, as well as the Company’s exclusive hardware support services provider in China, customized for that market. The transaction is expected to close near the end of 2015, subject to Unisplendour Corporation shareholder vote, regulatory approvals and other closing conditions.

The Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition or disclosure through July 1, 2015, the date Combined Financial Statements were available to be issued.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
     2015     2014  
     In millions  

Net revenue:

    

Products

   $ 14,190      $ 14,030   

Services

     24,196        26,714   

Financing income

     273        306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     38,659        41,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

    

Cost of products

     9,446        9,119   

Cost of services

     18,077        20,389   

Financing interest

     182        211   

Research and development

     1,686        1,649   

Selling, general and administrative

     5,987        6,541   

Amortization of intangible assets

     632        700   

Restructuring charges

     404        924   

Acquisition-related charges

     69        8   

Separation costs

     458        —     

Defined benefit plan settlement charges

     178        —     

Impairment of data center assets

     136        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     37,255        39,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings from operations

     1,404        1,509   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and other, net

     (44     (63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes

     1,360        1,446   

Provision for taxes

     (284     (314
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 1,076      $ 1,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Condensed Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
         2015             2014      
     In millions  

Net earnings

   $ 1,076      $ 1,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before taxes:

    

Change in unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities:

    

Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period

     (4     4   

Gains reclassified into earnings

     —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (4     3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains on cash flow hedges:

    

Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

     415        (35

(Gains) losses reclassified into earnings

     (370     106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     45        71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:

    

Losses arising during the period

     —          (84

Amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit

     104        61   

Curtailments, settlements and other

     1        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     105        (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

     (112     (63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes

     34        (1

Provision for taxes

     (36     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

     (2     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 1,074      $ 1,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
    October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  
     (Unaudited)        
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,774      $ 2,319   

Accounts receivable

     7,957        8,423   

Financing receivables

     2,804        2,974   

Inventory

     2,299        1,884   

Other current assets

     6,959        6,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     22,793        22,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

     8,459        8,520   

Long-term financing receivables and other assets

     6,968        6,503   

Goodwill

     27,857        25,960   

Intangible assets

     2,231        2,057   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 68,308      $ 65,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Notes payable and short-term borrowings

   $ 752      $ 894   

Accounts payable

     4,884        4,889   

Employee compensation and benefits

     2,277        2,737   

Taxes on earnings

     756        706   

Deferred revenue

     5,321        5,129   

Accrued restructuring

     306        711   

Other accrued liabilities

     4,610        4,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     18,906        19,760   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     493        485   

Other liabilities

     8,183        7,654   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Equity:

    

Parent company investment

     42,568        39,024   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,250     (2,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to the Company

     40,318        36,776   

Non-controlling interests

     408        396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     40,726        37,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 68,308      $ 65,071   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

    Nine months ended July 31  
          2015                 2014        
    In millions  

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net earnings

  $ 1,076      $ 1,132   

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

Depreciation and amortization

    2,959        3,113   

Stock-based compensation expense

    353        332   

Provision for doubtful accounts

    33        60   

Provision for inventory

    94        78   

Restructuring charges

    404        924   

Deferred taxes on earnings

    (876     (228

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    (92     (37

Other, net

    275        (55

Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):

   

Accounts receivable

    591        530   

Financing receivables

    (128     353   

Inventory

    (464     122   

Accounts payable

    7        200   

Taxes on earnings

    1,332        784   

Restructuring

    (813     (876

Other assets and liabilities

    (932     (547
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    3,819        5,885   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Investment in property, plant and equipment

    (2,606     (2,915

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

    267        474   

Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other investments

    (173     (861

Maturities and sales of available-for-sale securities and other investments

    242        904   

Payments made in connection with business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (2,617     (20

Proceeds from business divestiture, net

    53        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (4,834     (2,418
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Short-term borrowings with original maturities less than 90 days, net

    (77     73   

Issuance of debt

    636        588   

Payment of debt

    (690     (926

Net transfers from (to) Parent

    1,519        (2,664

Cash dividends paid to non-controlling interests

    (10     (23

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    92        37   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    1,470        (2,915
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

    455        552   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    2,319        2,182   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 2,774      $ 2,734   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Condensed Combined Statements of Equity

(Unaudited)

 

     Parent
Company
Investment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Equity
Attributable
to the
Company
    Non-
controlling
Interests
     Total
Equity
 
     In millions  

For the Nine Months Ended July 31, 2015

           

Balance at October 31, 2014

   $ 39,024      $ (2,248   $ 36,776      $ 396       $ 37,172   

Net earnings

     1,076          1,076           1,076   

Other comprehensive loss

       (2     (2        (2
      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

         1,074           1,074   
      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net transfers from Parent

     2,468          2,468           2,468   

Changes in non-controlling interests

           12         12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at July 31, 2015

   $ 42,568      $ (2,250   $ 40,318      $ 408       $ 40,726   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended July 31, 2014

           

Balance at October 31, 2013

   $ 39,683      $ (1,695   $ 37,988      $ 387       $ 38,375   

Net earnings

     1,132          1,132           1,132   

Other comprehensive loss

       (35     (35        (35
      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

         1,097           1,097   
      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net transfers to Parent

     (1,898       (1,898        (1,898

Changes in non-controlling interests

           6         6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at July 31, 2014

   $ 38,917      $ (1,730   $ 37,187      $ 393       $ 37,580   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 1: Background and Basis of Presentation

Background

The enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing business of Hewlett-Packard Company (“Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company”, “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company”) is a leading global provider of the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional information technology (“IT”) while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs. Our customers range from small- and medium-sized businesses (“SMBs”) to large global enterprises.

On October 6, 2014, Hewlett-Packard Company (“Parent”) announced plans to separate into two independent publicly traded companies: one comprising its enterprise technology infrastructure, software, services and financing businesses, which will conduct business as Hewlett Packard Enterprise and one comprising its printing and personal systems businesses, which will conduct business as HP Inc. The proposed separation is intended to take the form of a tax-free spin-off to Parent’s stockholders of 100% of the shares of Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company. In connection with the separation, Hewlett-Packard Company will be renamed and continue as HP Inc. The separation is subject to certain conditions, including, among others, obtaining final approval from Parent’s board of directors, receipt of a private letter ruling from the United States (“U.S.”) Internal Revenue Service and one or more opinions with respect to certain U.S. federal income tax matters relating to the separation and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declaring the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part.

Basis of Presentation

These Condensed Combined Financial Statements of the Company were prepared in connection with the expected separation and have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Parent as if it were operated on a standalone basis and were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

The Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income of the Company reflect allocations of general corporate expenses from Parent including, but not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, treasury, risk management, procurement, and other shared services. These allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, expenses, headcount or other relevant measures. Management of the Company and Parent consider these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services by, or the benefits provided to, the Company. The allocations may not, however, reflect the expense the Company would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if the Company had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure.

The Condensed Combined Balance Sheets of the Company include Parent assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Company, including subsidiaries and affiliates in which Parent has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. Parent’s cash has not been assigned to the

 

F-84


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Company for any of the periods presented because those cash balances are not directly attributable to the Company. The Company reflects transfers of cash to and from Parent’s cash management system as a component of Parent company investment on the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets. Parent’s long-term debt has not been attributed to the Company for any of the periods presented because Parent’s borrowings are not the legal obligation of the Company.

Parent maintains various benefit and stock-based compensation plans at a corporate level and other benefit plans at a subsidiary level. The Company’s employees participate in those programs and a portion of the cost of those plans is included in the Company’s Condensed Combined Financial Statements. However, the Company’s Condensed Combined Balance Sheets do not include any net benefit plan obligations unless the benefit plan only includes active, retired and other former Company employees or any equity related to stock-based compensation plans. See Note 4 and Note 5 for a further description of the accounting for benefit plans and stock-based compensation plans, respectively.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements of the Company contain all adjustments, including normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014 and its results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014.

The results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

Principles of Combination

The Condensed Combined Financial Statements include the Company’s net assets and results of operations as described above. All intercompany transactions and accounts within the combined businesses of the Company have been eliminated.

Intercompany transactions between the Company and Parent are considered to be effectively settled in the Condensed Combined Financial Statements at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected in the Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows within financing activities and in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets within Parent company investment. Parent company investment in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets and Statements of Equity represents Parent’s historical investment in the Company, the net effect of transactions with and allocations from the Parent and the Company’s accumulated earnings.

The Company accounts for investments in companies over which it has the ability to exercise significant influence but does not hold a controlling interest under the equity method, and the Company records its proportionate share of income or losses in Interest and other, net in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings.

Non-controlling interests are presented as a separate component within Equity in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets. Net earnings attributable to the non-controlling interests are recorded within Interest and other, net in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings and are not presented separately as they were not material for any period presented.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s Condensed Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended the existing accounting standards for intangible assets. The amendments provide explicit guidance to customers in determining the accounting for fees paid in a cloud computing arrangement, wherein the arrangements that do not convey a software license to the customer are accounted for as service contracts. The Company is required to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2017; however early adoption is permitted as is retrospective application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments on its Combined Financial Statements.

In April 2015, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for imputation of interest. The amendments require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by these amendments. The Company is required to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments should be applied retrospectively with the adjusted balance sheet of each individual period presented, in order to reflect the period-specific effects of applying the new guidance. The Company is currently evaluating the timing and the impact of these amendments on its Combined Financial Statements.

In May 2014, the FASB amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. The amendments are based on the principle that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard update for a one-year deferral of the effective date, with an option of applying the standard on the original effective date, which for the Company is the first quarter of fiscal 2018. In accordance with this deferral, the Company is required to adopt these amendments in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. The amendments may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and the transition alternatives on its Combined Financial Statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance which changes the criteria for identifying a discontinued operation. The guidance limits the definition of a discontinued operation to the disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The Company is required to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2016, with early adoption permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued.

In July 2013, the FASB issued a new accounting standard requiring the presentation of certain unrecognized tax benefits as reductions to deferred tax assets rather than as liabilities in the Combined Balance Sheets when a

 

F-86


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The Company adopted the new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2015 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this new standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

Note 2: Segment Information

The Company is a leading global provider of the cutting-edge technology solutions customers need to optimize their traditional IT while helping them build the secure, cloud-enabled, mobile-ready future that is uniquely suited to their needs. The Company’s customers range from SMBs to large global enterprises.

The Company’s operations are organized into five segments for financial reporting purposes: the Enterprise Group (“EG”), Enterprise Services (“ES”), Software, Financial Services (“FS”) and Corporate Investments. The Company’s organizational structure is based on a number of factors that management uses to evaluate, view and run its business operations, which include, but are not limited to, customer base and homogeneity of products and technology. The segments are based on this organizational structure and information reviewed by the Company’s management to evaluate segment results.

A summary description of each segment follows.

The Enterprise Group provides servers, storage, networking and technology services that, when combined with the Company’s cloud solutions, enable customers to manage applications across public cloud, virtual private cloud, private cloud and traditional IT environments. Described below are the Company’s business units and capabilities within EG.

 

    Industry Standard Servers offers a range of products from entry-level servers through premium ProLiant servers, which run primarily Windows, Linux and virtualization platforms from software providers such as Microsoft Corporation and VMware, Inc. and open sourced software from other major vendors while leveraging x86 processors from Intel Corporation and Advanced Micro Devices.

 

    Business Critical Systems offers HP Integrity servers based on the Intel ® Itanium ® processor, HP Integrity NonStop solutions and mission-critical x86 ProLiant servers.

 

    Storage offers traditional storage and Converged Storage solutions. Traditional storage includes tape, storage networking and legacy external disk products such as EVA and XP. Converged Storage solutions include 3PAR StoreServ, StoreOnce and StoreVirtual products.

 

    Networking offers switches, routers, wireless local area network and network management products that span the data center, campus and branch environments and deliver software-defined networking and unified communications capabilities.

 

    Technology Services provides support services and technology consulting optimizing EG’s hardware platforms, and focuses on cloud, mobility and big data. These services are available in the form of service contracts, pre-packaged offerings or on a customized basis.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Enterprise Services provides technology consulting, outsourcing and support services across infrastructure, applications and business process domains. ES is comprised of the Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing and Application and Business Services business units.

 

    Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing delivers comprehensive services that encompass the management of data centers, IT security, cloud computing, workplace technology, networks, unified communications and enterprise service management.

 

    Application and Business Services helps clients develop, revitalize and manage their applications and information assets.

Software provides big data analytics and applications, enterprise security, application delivery management and IT operations management for businesses and other enterprises of all sizes. These software offerings include licenses, support, professional services and software-as-a-service (“SaaS”).

Financial Services provides flexible investment solutions, such as leasing, financing, utility programs and asset management services for customers to enable the creation of unique technology deployment models and acquire complete IT solutions, including hardware, software and services from the Company and others. Providing flexible services and capabilities that support the entire IT lifecycle, FS partners with customers globally to help build investment strategies that enhance their business agility and support their business transformation. FS offers a wide selection of investment solution capabilities for large enterprise customers and channel partners, along with an array of financial options to SMBs and educational and governmental entities.

Corporate Investments includes Hewlett Packard Enterprise Labs and certain business incubation projects among others.

Segment Policy

The Company derives the results of the business segments directly from its internal management reporting system. The accounting policies the Company uses to derive segment results are substantially the same as those Parent uses. Management measures the performance of each segment based on several metrics, including earnings from operations. Management uses these results, in part, to evaluate the performance of, and to allocate resources to, each of the segments.

Segment revenue includes revenues from sales to external customers and intersegment revenues that reflect transactions between the segments on an arm’s-length basis. Intersegment revenues primarily consist of sales of hardware and software that are sourced internally and, in the majority of the cases, are financed as operating leases by FS. The Company’s combined net revenue is derived and reported after the elimination of intersegment revenues from such arrangements.

The Company periodically engages in intercompany advanced royalty payment and licensing arrangements that may result in advance payments between subsidiaries in different tax jurisdictions. When the local tax treatment of the intercompany licensing arrangements differs from U.S. GAAP treatment, deferred taxes are recognized. In the first quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company executed an intercompany advanced royalty payment arrangement resulting in advanced payments of $4.7 billion, while during fiscal 2014, the Company executed a

 

F-88


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

multi-year intercompany licensing arrangement and an intercompany advanced royalty payment arrangement which resulted in combined advanced payments of $7.8 billion, the result of which was the recognition of net U.S. long-term deferred tax assets of $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion in the respective periods. In these transactions, the payments were received in the U.S. from a foreign consolidated affiliate, with a deferral of intercompany revenues over the term of the arrangements, approximately 5 years and 15 years, respectively. Intercompany royalty revenue and the amortization expense related to the licensing rights are eliminated in combination.

Financing interest in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings reflects interest expense on borrowing- and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries, and debt issued by Parent for which a portion of the proceeds benefited FS. Such Parent debt, consisting of long-term notes, has not been attributed to the Company for any periods presented because Parent’s borrowings are not the legal obligation of the Company.

The Company does not allocate to its segments certain operating expenses, which it manages at the corporate level. These unallocated costs include certain corporate governance costs, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets, restructuring charges, acquisition-related charges, separation costs, defined benefit plan settlement charges and impairment of data center assets.

In connection with the acquisition of Aruba Networks, Inc. (“Aruba”) during the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company recorded approximately $1.8 billion of goodwill and $628 million of intangible assets and $149 million of in-process research and development. The Company reports the financial results of Aruba’s business in the Networking business unit within the EG segment. As of July 31, 2015, other than the EG segment, there have been no material changes to the total assets of the Company’s other individual segments since October 31, 2014.

Segment Operating Results

 

     Enterprise
Group
     Enterprise
Services
     Software      Financial
Services
     Corporate
Investments
    Total  
     In millions  

Nine months ended July 31, 2015

                

Net revenue

   $ 19,683       $ 14,179       $ 2,452       $ 2,339       $ 6      $ 38,659   

Intersegment net revenue and other

     866         607         211         76         —          1,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment net revenue

   $ 20,549       $ 14,786       $ 2,663       $ 2,415       $ 6      $ 40,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations

   $ 2,952       $ 607       $ 501       $ 262       $ (398   $ 3,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nine months ended July 31, 2014

                

Net revenue

   $ 19,854       $ 16,056       $ 2,613       $ 2,523       $ 4      $ 41,050   

Intersegment net revenue and other

     623         831         233         69         —          1,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment net revenue

   $ 20,477       $ 16,887       $ 2,846       $ 2,592       $ 4      $ 42,806   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from operations

   $ 2,914       $ 432       $ 535       $ 280       $ (280   $ 3,881   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The reconciliation of segment operating results to the Company’s combined results was as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
     2015     2014  
     In millions  

Net Revenue:

    

Total segments

   $ 40,419      $ 42,806   

Elimination of intersegment net revenue and other

     (1,760     (1,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined net revenue

   $ 38,659      $ 41,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes:

    

Total segment earnings from operations

   $ 3,924      $ 3,881   

Corporate and unallocated costs and eliminations

     (290     (408

Stock-based compensation expense

     (353     (332

Amortization of intangible assets

     (632     (700

Restructuring charges

     (404     (924

Acquisition-related charges (1)

     (69     (8

Separation costs

     (458     —     

Defined benefit plan settlement charges

     (178     —     

Impairment of data center assets

     (136     —     

Interest and other, net

     (44     (63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined earnings before taxes

   $ 1,360      $ 1,446   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Acquisition-related charges in the current period primarily include a non-cash inventory fair value adjustment charge as well as professional service and legal fees associated with the acquisition of Aruba.

Net revenue by segment and business unit was as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
     2015     2014  
     In millions  

Industry Standard Servers

   $ 9,860      $ 9,102   

Technology Services

     5,800        6,288   

Storage

     2,361        2,437   

Networking

     1,941        1,959   

Business Critical Systems

     587        691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Enterprise Group

     20,549        20,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Infrastructure Technology Outsourcing

     9,039        10,592   

Application and Business Services

     5,747        6,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Enterprise Services

     14,786        16,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software

     2,663        2,846   

Financial Services

     2,415        2,592   

Corporate Investments

     6        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment net revenue

     40,419        42,806   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Eliminations of intersegment net revenue and other

     (1,760     (1,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total combined net revenue

   $ 38,659      $ 41,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 3: Restructuring

Summary of Restructuring Plans

Restructuring charges of $404 million have been recorded by the Company during the nine months ended July 31, 2015, based on restructuring activities impacting the Company’s employees and infrastructure as well as an allocation of restructuring charges related to Parent’s corporate and shared functional employees and infrastructure. Restructuring activities related to the Company’s employees and infrastructure (“Direct restructuring”) during the nine months ended July 31, 2015 summarized by plan were as presented in the table below. Allocated restructuring charges related to Parent’s corporate and shared functional employees and infrastructure were a credit of $3 million during the nine months ended July 31, 2015.

 

          Nine months ended
July 31, 2015
          As of July 31,
2015
 
    Balance
October 31,

2014
    Charges     Cash
Payments
    Other
Adjustments
and Non-
Cash
Settlements
    Balance
July 31,

2015
    Total
Costs
Incurred
to Date
    Total
Expected
Costs to Be
Incurred
 
    In millions  

Fiscal 2012 Plan

         

Severance and EER

  $ 737      $ 366      $ (708   $ (68   $ 327      $ 3,717      $ 3,918   

Infrastructure and other

    91        55        (93     (3     50        526        547   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 2012 Plan

    828        421        (801     (71     377        4,243        4,465   

Other Plans:

             

Severance

    8        (4     —          (1     3        1,997        1,997   

Infrastructure

    53        (10     (12     (1     30        1,128        1,128   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Plans

    61        (14     (12     (2     33        3,125        3,125   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring plans

  $ 889      $ 407      $ (813   $ (73   $ 410      $ 7,368      $ 7,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reflected in Condensed Combined Balance Sheets:

             

Accrued restructuring

  $ 711            $ 306       
 

 

 

         

 

 

     

Other liabilities

  $ 178            $ 104       
 

 

 

         

 

 

     

Fiscal 2012 Restructuring Plan

On May 23, 2012, Parent adopted a multi-year restructuring plan (the “2012 Plan”) designed to simplify business processes, accelerate innovation and deliver better results for customers, employees and stockholders. As of July 31, 2015, the Company estimated that it will eliminate approximately 42,400 positions in connection with Direct restructuring under the 2012 Plan through fiscal 2015, with a portion of those employees exiting the Company as part of voluntary enhanced early retirement (“EER”) programs in the United States and in certain other countries. The Company estimates that it will recognize approximately $4.5 billion in total aggregate Direct restructuring charges in connection with the 2012 Plan. The Company expects approximately $3.9 billion to relate to workforce reductions, including the EER programs, and approximately $547 million to relate to infrastructure, including data center and real estate consolidation, and other items. As of July 31, 2015, the

 

F-91


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Company had recorded $4.2 billion in aggregate Direct restructuring charges of which $3.7 billion related to workforce reductions and $526 million related to infrastructure. The Company expects to record the majority of the remaining charges through the end of fiscal 2015 as the accounting recognition criteria are met. Certain charges related to the closure and consolidation of data centers and other real estate that were included as part of the 2012 Plan will continue to be incurred beyond fiscal 2015. As of July 31, 2015, the Company had eliminated approximately 38,700 positions in connection with Direct restructuring for which a severance payment has been or will be made as part of the 2012 Plan. Severance- and infrastructure-related cash payments associated with the 2012 Plan are expected to be paid out through fiscal 2021.

On August 20, 2015, the Company adjusted its previous estimate of 42,400 positions to be eliminated under the 2012 Plan by up to an additional 5% without an increase to the earlier estimated aggregate amount to be recognized as a result of the impacted positions being located in lower cost severance regions.

Other Plans

Restructuring plans initiated by Parent in fiscal 2008 and 2010 were substantially completed as of July 31, 2015. Severance- and infrastructure-related cash payments associated with the other plans are expected to be paid out through fiscal 2019.

Note 4: Retirement and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Plans

Parent provides various defined benefit, other contributory and noncontributory retirement and post-retirement plans to eligible Company employees and retirees. Plans whose participants include both Company employees and other employees of Parent (“Shared” plans) are accounted for as multiemployer benefit plans and the related net benefit plan obligations are not included in the Company’s Condensed Combined Balance Sheets. The related benefit plan expense has been allocated to the Company based on the Company’s labor costs and allocations of corporate and other shared functional personnel. Parent contributions to these Shared plans were $489 million and $221 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

As of October 31, 2014, these Shared plans were approximately 90% funded.

Certain benefit plans in the Company’s operations include only active, retired and other former Company employees (“Direct” plans) and are accounted for as single employer benefit plans. Accordingly, the net benefit plan obligations and the related benefit plan expense of those plans have been recorded in the Company’s Condensed Combined Financial Statements. The most significant of these Direct plans are located in the United Kingdom, Germany, Canada, and the United States.

Pension Benefit Expense

The Company recognized total net pension benefit expense in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings of $91 million and $94 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The Company’s net pension benefit expense recognized in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings for Direct plans was as follows:

 

     Nine months ended July 31  
     U.S.
Defined
Benefit Plans
     Non-U.S.
Defined
Benefit Plans
 
     2015      2014      2015      2014  
     In millions  

Service cost

   $ —         $ —         $ 54       $ 59   

Interest cost

     12         11         191         221   

Expected return on plan assets

     —           —           (294      (285

Amortization and deferrals:

           

Actuarial loss

     2         1         103         61   

Prior service benefit

     —           —           (1      (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

     14         12         53         55   

Settlement loss

     —           —           1         2   

Special termination benefits

     —           —           15         25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net benefit expense

   $ 14       $ 12       $ 69       $ 82   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Plan Settlement Charges

In January 2015, Parent offered certain terminated vested participants of the U.S. HP Pension Plan (a Shared plan) a one-time voluntary window during which they could elect to receive their pension benefit as a lump sum payment. During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Parent pension plan trust made lump sum payments to eligible participants who elected to receive their pension benefit under this lump sum program. As a result of the lump sum program, Parent incurred a settlement expense during the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and a remeasurement of the U.S. defined benefit plans was required. Settlement expense and additional net periodic benefit cost totaling $178 million resulting from this lump sum program was determined to be directly attributable to the Company and was recognized in Defined benefit plan settlement charges in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings for the nine months ended July 31, 2015.

Employer Contributions and Funding Policy

The Company’s policy is to fund its Direct plans so that it makes at least the minimum contribution required by local government, funding and taxing authorities.

During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company lowered its initial estimates related to expected contributions in fiscal 2015 by $13 million due to favorable foreign currency exchange rates and a change in the estimated local funding requirements. As a result, the Company now expects its fiscal 2015 contributions to be approximately $116 million to its Direct non-U.S. pension plans and approximately $20 million to cover benefit payments to its Direct U.S. non-qualified plan participants.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company contributed $92 million to its Direct non-U.S. pension plans and paid $15 million to cover benefit payments to its Direct U.S. non-qualified plan participants. During the remainder of fiscal 2015, the Company anticipates making additional contributions of approximately $24 million to its Direct non-U.S. pension plans and approximately $5 million to its Direct U.S. non-qualified plan participants.

The Company’s pension benefit costs and obligations depend on various assumptions. Differences between expected and actual returns on investments and changes in discount rates and other actuarial assumptions are reflected as unrecognized gains or losses, and such gains or losses are amortized to earnings in future periods. A deterioration in the funded status of a plan could result in a need for additional company contributions or an increase in net pension benefit costs in future periods. Actuarial gains or losses are determined at the measurement date and amortized over the remaining service life for active plans or the life expectancy of plan participants for frozen plans.

Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

The Company recognized post-retirement benefit credits in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings of $23 million and $42 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Note 5: Stock-Based Compensation

Certain of the Company’s employees participate in stock-based compensation plans sponsored by Parent. Parent’s stock-based compensation plans include incentive compensation plans and an employee stock purchase plan. All awards granted under the plans are based on Parent’s common shares and, as such, are reflected in Parent’s Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and not in the Company’s Condensed Combined Statements of Equity. Stock-based compensation expense includes expense attributable to the Company based on the awards and terms previously granted to the Company’s employees and an allocation of Parent’s corporate and shared functional employee expenses.

Stock-based compensation expense and the resulting tax benefits recognized by the Company were as follows:

 

     Nine months
ended
July 31
 
     2015      2014  
     In millions  

Stock-based compensation expense

   $ 353       $ 332   

Income tax benefit

     (116      (110
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

   $ 237       $ 222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense includes an allocation of Parent’s corporate and shared functional employee expenses of $94 million and $88 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock awards are non-vested stock awards that may include grants of restricted stock or restricted stock units. For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, Parent granted only restricted stock units.

A summary of restricted stock awards activity for Company employees is as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31, 2015
 
     Shares      Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
 
     In thousands         

Outstanding at beginning of period

     24,496       $ 24   

Granted and assumed through acquisition

     18,747       $ 35   

Vested

     (10,952    $ 25   

Forfeited

     (1,262    $ 30   
  

 

 

    

Outstanding at end of period

     31,029       $ 30   
  

 

 

    

During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company assumed approximately 8 million shares of restricted stock units through acquisition with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $33 per share.

As of July 31, 2015, total unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards to Company employees was $587 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.4 years.

Stock Options

Parent utilizes the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing formula to estimate the fair value of stock options subject to service-based vesting conditions. Parent estimates the fair value of stock options subject to performance-contingent vesting conditions using a combination of a Monte Carlo simulation model and a lattice model as these awards contain market conditions. The weighted-average fair value and Parent’s assumptions used to measure fair value were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
       2015         2014    

Weighted-average fair value (1)

   $ 8      $ 7   

Expected volatility (2)

     26.3     33.2

Risk-free interest rate (3)

     1.7     1.8

Expected dividend yield (4)

     1.8     2.1

Expected term in years (5)

     5.8        5.7   

 

(1) The weighted-average fair value was based on stock options granted during the period.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

(2) For all awards granted in fiscal 2015, expected volatility was estimated using the implied volatility derived from options traded on Parent’s common stock. For awards granted in fiscal 2014, expected volatility for awards subject to service-based vesting was estimated using the implied volatility derived from options traded on Parent’s common stock, whereas for performance-contingent awards, expected volatility was estimated using the historical volatility of Parent’s common stock.
(3) The risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.
(4) The expected dividend yield represents a constant dividend yield applied for the duration of the expected term of the award.
(5) For awards subject to service-based vesting, the expected term was estimated using historical exercise and post-vesting termination patterns; and for performance-contingent awards, the expected term represents an output from the lattice model.

A summary of stock option activity for Company employees is as follows:

 

     Nine months ended July 31, 2015  
     Shares      Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
     In thousands             In years      In millions  

Outstanding at beginning of period

     24,472       $ 27         

Granted and assumed through acquisitions

     3,117       $ 37         

Exercised

     (4,593    $ 19         

Forfeited/cancelled/expired

     (6,786    $ 40         
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at end of period

     16,210       $ 25         5.2       $ 120   
  

 

 

          

Vested and expected to vest at end of period

     15,286       $ 25         5.2       $ 115   
  

 

 

          

Exercisable at end of period

     7,597       $ 23         3.9       $ 70   
  

 

 

          

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value that Company employee option holders would have realized had all Company employee option holders exercised their options on July 31, 2015. The aggregate intrinsic value is the difference between Parent’s closing stock price on July 31, 2015 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options. Total intrinsic value of options exercised by Company employees for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 was $82 million.

As of July 31, 2015, total unrecognized pre-tax, stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options for Company employees was $28 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.7 years.

Note 6: Taxes on Earnings

The Company’s income tax expense and deferred tax balances have been calculated on a separate return basis as if the Company filed its own tax returns, although its operations have been included in Parent’s U.S. federal, state and foreign tax returns. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income

 

F-96


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

taxes to the standalone financial statements as if the Company were a separate taxpayer and a standalone enterprise for the periods presented.

Provision for Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate was 20.9% and 21.7% for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate generally differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due to favorable tax rates associated with certain earnings from the Company’s operations in lower-tax jurisdictions throughout the world. The Company has not provided U.S. taxes for all foreign earnings because the Company plans to reinvest some of those earnings indefinitely outside the U.S.

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company recorded $146 million of net tax benefits related to discrete items. These amounts included a tax benefit of $140 million on separation costs and a tax benefit of $48 million on restructuring charges. These tax benefits were partially offset by various tax charges of $42 million.

For the nine months ended July 31, 2014, the Company recorded $220 million of net tax benefits related to discrete items, which included $122 million of tax benefits on restructuring charges.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and approximately 105 other countries and is subject to routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. In addition, Parent is subject to numerous ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The Company believes it has provided adequate reserves for all tax deficiencies or reductions in tax benefits that could result from federal, state and foreign tax audits. The Company regularly assesses the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of the Company’s tax provision. The Company adjusts its uncertain tax positions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular audit. However, income tax audits are inherently unpredictable and there can be no assurance that the Company will accurately predict the outcome of these audits. The amounts ultimately paid on resolution of an audit could be materially different from the amounts previously included in the Provision for taxes and therefore the resolution of one or more of these uncertainties in any particular period could have a material impact on net earnings or cash flows.

As of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $5.7 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, of which up to $1.8 billion and $1.4 billion would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if realized as of the respective periods. The $3.6 billion increase in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 primarily relates to the timing of intercompany royalty income recognition which does not affect the Company’s effective tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest income from favorable settlements and interest expense and penalties accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in Provision for taxes in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings. As of July 31, 2015, the Company had accrued $152 million for interest and penalties.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Parent engages in continuous discussion and negotiation with taxing authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions. Parent does not expect complete resolution of any U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audit cycle within the next 12 months. However, it is reasonably possible that certain federal, foreign and state tax issues may be concluded in the next 12 months, including issues involving transfer pricing and other matters. Accordingly, the Company believes it is reasonably possible that its existing unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by an amount up to $0.5 billion within the next 12 months.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Current and long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets are as follows:

 

     July 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Current deferred tax assets

   $ 1,731       $ 1,522   

Current deferred tax liabilities

     (174      (174

Long-term deferred tax assets

     1,265         744   

Long-term deferred tax liabilities

     (568      (568
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities

   $ 2,254       $ 1,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company periodically engages in intercompany advanced royalty payment and licensing arrangements that may result in advance payments between subsidiaries in different tax jurisdictions. When the local tax treatment of the intercompany licensing arrangements differs from U.S. GAAP treatment, deferred taxes are recognized. In the first quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company executed an intercompany advanced royalty payment arrangement resulting in advanced payments of $4.7 billion, while during fiscal 2014, the Company executed a multi-year intercompany licensing arrangement and an intercompany advanced royalty payment arrangement which resulted in combined advanced payments of $7.8 billion, the result of which was the recognition of net U.S. long-term deferred tax assets of $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion in the respective periods. In these transactions, the payments were received in the U.S. from a foreign consolidated affiliate, with a deferral of intercompany revenues over the term of the arrangements, approximately 5 years and 15 years, respectively. Intercompany royalty revenue and the amortization expense related to the licensing rights are eliminated in combination.

Separation costs are expenses associated with Parent’s plan to separate into two independent publicly traded companies. These costs include finance, IT, consulting and legal fees, real estate, and other items that are incremental and one-time in nature. The Company is recording a deferred tax asset on a portion of these costs and expenses as they are incurred through fiscal 2015. The Company expects a portion of these deferred tax assets will be eliminated, as non-deductible expenses, at the time the separation is executed. Furthermore, in future periods the Company expects to record adjustments to certain deferred tax assets reflecting the impact of separation related activities. The Company’s results of operations could be materially affected in any future period by the impact of these matters.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 7: Balance Sheet Details

Balance sheet details were as follows:

Accounts Receivable, Net

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
    October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Accounts receivable

   $ 8,070      $ 8,549   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (113     (126
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 7,957      $ 8,423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts related to accounts receivable and changes therein were as follows:

 

     Nine months
ended
July 31, 2015
 
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 126   

Provision for doubtful accounts, net of recoveries

     18   

Deductions

     (31
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 113   
  

 

 

 

The Company participates in Parent’s revolving short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital requirements of certain customers. The recourse obligations associated with these short-term financing arrangements as of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014 were not material.

The Company’s activity related to Parent’s revolving short-term financing arrangements was as follows:

 

     Nine months
ended
July 31, 2015
 
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of period (1)

   $ 188   

Trade receivables sold

     3,311   

Cash receipts

     (3,368

Foreign currency and other

     (14
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period (1)

   $ 117   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Beginning and ending balance represents amounts for trade receivables sold but not yet collected.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Inventory

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Finished goods

   $ 1,551       $ 1,287   

Purchased parts and fabricated assemblies

     748         597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,299       $ 1,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
    October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Land

   $ 453      $ 448   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     4,629        4,322   

Machinery and equipment, including equipment held for lease

     12,449        12,190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     17,531        16,960   

Accumulated depreciation

     (9,072     (8,440
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,459      $ 8,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the change in gross property, plant and equipment as compared to the prior-year period was due primarily to purchases of $2.6 billion and property, plant and equipment obtained in business acquisitions of $0.1 billion, which were partially offset by sales and retirements totaling $1.7 billion and unfavorable currency and other impacts of $0.4 billion. Accumulated depreciation associated with assets sold or retired was $1.4 billion.

Other Liabilities

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Pension liabilities

   $ 2,347       $ 2,606   

Deferred revenue—long-term

     3,494         3,109   

Deferred tax liability—long-term

     568         568   

Tax liability—long-term

     873         408   

Other long-term liabilities

     901         963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,183       $ 7,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-100


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 8: Financing Receivables and Operating Leases

Financing receivables represent sales-type and direct-financing leases of Company and third-party products. These receivables typically have terms ranging from two to five years and are usually collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets. Financing receivables also include billed receivables from operating leases.

The components of financing receivables were as follows:

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Minimum lease payments receivable

   $ 6,751       $ 7,011   

Unguaranteed residual value

     220         235   

Unearned income

     (509      (528
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing receivables, gross

     6,462         6,718   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (96      (111
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing receivables, net

     6,366         6,607   

Less: current portion (1)

     (2,804      (2,974
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts due after one year, net (1)

   $ 3,562       $ 3,633   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company includes the current portion in Financing receivables and amounts due after one year, net in Long-term financing receivables and other assets in the accompanying Condensed Combined Balance Sheets.

Credit Quality Indicators

Due to the homogenous nature of its leasing transactions, the Company manages its financing receivables on an aggregate basis when assessing and monitoring credit risk. Credit risk is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographic regions. The Company evaluates the credit quality of an obligor at lease inception and monitors that credit quality over the term of a transaction. The Company assigns risk ratings to each lease based on the creditworthiness of the obligor and other variables that augment or mitigate the inherent credit risk of a particular transaction. Such variables include the underlying value and liquidity of the collateral, the essential use of the equipment, the term of the lease, and the inclusion of credit enhancements, such as guarantees, letters of credit or security deposits.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The credit risk profile of gross financing receivables, based on internally assigned ratings, was as follows:

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Risk Rating:

     

Low

   $ 3,344       $ 3,561   

Moderate

     3,045         3,044   

High

     73         113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,462       $ 6,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts rated low risk typically have the equivalent of a Standard & Poor’s rating of BBB- or higher, while accounts rated moderate risk generally have the equivalent of BB+ or lower. The Company classifies accounts as high risk when it considers the financing receivable to be impaired or when management believes there is a significant near-term risk of impairment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts for financing receivables is comprised of a general reserve and a specific reserve. The Company maintains general reserve percentages on a regional basis and bases such percentages on several factors, including consideration of historical credit losses and portfolio delinquencies, trends in the overall weighted-average risk rating of the portfolio, current economic conditions and information derived from competitive benchmarking. The Company excludes accounts evaluated as part of the specific reserve from the general reserve analysis. The Company establishes a specific reserve for financing receivables with identified exposures, such as customer defaults, bankruptcy or other events, that make it unlikely the Company will recover its investment. For individually evaluated receivables, the Company determines the expected cash flow for the receivable, which includes consideration of estimated proceeds from disposition of the collateral, and calculates an estimate of the potential loss and the probability of loss. For those accounts where a loss is considered probable, the Company records a specific reserve. The Company generally writes off a receivable or records a specific reserve when a receivable becomes 180 days past due, or sooner if the Company determines that the receivable is not collectible.

The allowance for doubtful accounts related to financing receivables and changes therein were as follows:

 

     Nine months
ended
July 31, 2015
 
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 111   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     15   

Deductions

     (30
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 96   
  

 

 

 

 

F-102


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The gross financing receivables and related allowance evaluated for loss were as follows:

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Gross financing receivables collectively evaluated for loss

   $ 6,209       $ 6,426   

Gross financing receivables individually evaluated for loss

     253         292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,462       $ 6,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for financing receivables collectively evaluated for loss

   $ 79       $ 92   

Allowance for financing receivables individually evaluated for loss

     17         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96       $ 111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Accrual and Past-Due Financing Receivables

The Company considers a financing receivable to be past due when the minimum payment is not received by the contractually specified due date. The Company generally places financing receivables on non-accrual status, which is suspension of interest accrual, and considers such receivables to be non-performing at the earlier of the time at which full payment of principal and interest becomes doubtful or the receivable becomes 90 days past due. Subsequently, the Company may recognize revenue on non-accrual financing receivables as payments are received, which is on a cash basis, if the Company deems the recorded financing receivable to be fully collectible; however, if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of the recorded financing receivable, all cash receipts are applied to the carrying amount of the financing receivable, which is the cost recovery method. In certain circumstances, such as when the Company deems a delinquency to be of an administrative nature, financing receivables may accrue interest after becoming 90 days past due. The non-accrual status of a financing receivable may not impact a customer’s risk rating. After all of a customer’s delinquent principal and interest balances are settled, the Company may return the related financing receivable to accrual status.

The following table summarizes the aging and non-accrual status of gross financing receivables:

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Billed (1) :

     

Current 1-30 days

   $ 295       $ 272   

Past due 31-60 days

     51         46   

Past due 61-90 days

     17         12   

Past due >90 days

     54         49   

Unbilled sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables

     6,045         6,339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross financing receivables

   $ 6,462       $ 6,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross financing receivables on non-accrual status (2)

   $ 174       $ 130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross financing receivables 90 days past due and still accruing interest (2)

   $ 79       $ 162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-103


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

 

(1) Includes billed operating lease receivables and billed sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables.
(2) Includes billed operating lease receivables and billed and unbilled sales-type and direct-financing lease receivables.

Operating Leases

Operating lease assets included in machinery and equipment in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets were as follows:

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
     October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

Equipment leased to customers

   $ 4,372       $ 4,333   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,528      (1,541
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,844       $ 2,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 9: Acquisitions and Divestitures

Acquisitions

During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company completed four acquisitions. The purchase price allocation for these acquisitions as set forth in the table below reflects various preliminary fair value estimates and analyses, including preliminary work performed by third-party valuation specialists, which are subject to change within the measurement period as valuations are finalized. The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to the fair values of certain tangible assets and liabilities acquired, the valuation of intangible assets acquired, certain legal matters, income and non-income based taxes, and residual goodwill. The Company expects to continue to obtain information to assist it in determining the fair value of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date during the measurement period. Measurement period adjustments that the Company determines to be material will be applied retrospectively to the period of acquisition in the Company’s combined financial statements and, depending on the nature of the adjustments, other periods subsequent to the period of acquisition could also be affected.

Pro forma results of operations for these acquisitions have not been presented because they are not material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate. Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The following table presents the aggregate purchase price allocation, including those items that are still preliminary allocations, for the Company’s acquisitions during the nine months ended July 31, 2015:

 

     In millions  

Goodwill

   $ 1,959   

Amortizable intangible assets

     687   

In-process research and development

     155   

Net assets assumed

     240   
  

 

 

 

Total fair value of consideration

   $ 3,041   
  

 

 

 

Acquisition of Aruba

The Company’s largest acquisition during the nine months ended July 31, 2015 was Aruba, which was completed in May 2015. Aruba is a leading provider of next-generation network access solutions for the mobile enterprise. The Company reports the financial results of Aruba’s business in the Networking business unit within the EG segment. The acquisition date fair value of consideration of $2.8 billion consisted of cash paid for outstanding common stock, vested in-the-money stock awards and the estimated fair value of earned unvested stock awards assumed by the Company. In connection with this acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $1.8 billion of goodwill $628 million of intangible assets and $149 million of in-process research and development. The Company is amortizing intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average life of six years.

Divestitures

During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company completed the sale of its iManage business, which was previously reported within the Software segment.

In May 2015, the Company and Tsinghua Holdings jointly announced a partnership that will bring together the Chinese enterprise technology assets of the Company and Tsinghua University to create a Chinese provider of technology infrastructure. Under the definitive agreement, Tsinghua Holdings’ subsidiary, Unisplendour Corporation, will purchase 51% of a new business called H3C, comprising the Company’s current H3C Technologies and China-based server, storage and technology services businesses, for approximately $2.3 billion. The Company’s China subsidiary will maintain 100% ownership of its existing China-based Enterprise Services, Software and Helion Cloud businesses. Once the transaction closes, the new H3C will be the exclusive provider for the Company’s server, storage and networking portfolio, as well as the Company’s exclusive hardware support services provider in China, customized for that market. The transaction is expected to close near the end of calendar 2015, subject to regulatory approvals and other closing conditions.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 10: Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill and related changes in the carrying amount by reportable segment were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended July 31, 2015  
     Enterprise
Group
    Enterprise
Services (2)
    Software     Financial
Services
     Total  
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of period (1)

   $ 16,867      $ 97      $ 8,852      $ 144       $ 25,960   

Goodwill acquired during the period

     1,863        —          96        —           1,959   

Goodwill adjustments

     (20     (3     (39     —           (62
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period (1)

   $ 18,710      $ 94      $ 8,909      $ 144       $ 27,857   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Goodwill at July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014 is net of accumulated impairment losses of $13.7 billion. Of that amount, $8.0 billion relates to the ES segment and the remaining $5.7 billion relates to Software.
(2) Goodwill relates to the MphasiS Limited reporting unit.

During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company recorded approximately $2.0 billion of goodwill related to acquisitions based on its preliminary fair value estimates of the assets acquired. Goodwill adjustments primarily relate to the allocation of goodwill to the iManage business, which was sold during the period, and foreign currency fluctuations.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. The Company will continue to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill on an annual basis as of the beginning of its fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets were comprised of:

 

    As of July 31, 2015     As of October 31, 2014  
    Gross     Accumulated
Amortization
    Accumulated
Impairment
Loss
    Net     Gross     Accumulated
Amortization
    Accumulated
Impairment
Loss
    Net  
    In millions  

Customer contracts, customer lists and distribution agreements

  $ 5,373      $ (3,595   $ (856   $ 922      $ 5,273      $ (3,213   $ (856   $ 1,204   

Developed and core technology and patents

    4,485        (1,262     (2,138     1,085        4,241        (1,278     (2,138     825   

Trade name and trademarks

    244        (66     (109     69        272        (135     (109     28   

In-process research and development

    155        —          —          155        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

  $ 10,257      $ (4,923   $ (3,103   $ 2,231      $ 9,786      $ (4,626   $ (3,103   $ 2,057   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-106


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the increase in gross intangible assets was due primarily to intangible assets and in-process research and development resulting from the Company’s acquisitions, primarily the acquisition of Aruba. The reported amounts are based on preliminary fair values estimates of the assets acquired. Additionally, $428 million of intangible assets became fully amortized and have been eliminated from gross intangible assets and accumulated amortization during this period.

As of July 31, 2015, estimated future amortization expense related to the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets were as follows:

 

Fiscal year

   In millions  

2015 (remaining 3 months)

   $ 227   

2016

     773   

2017

     352   

2018

     252   

2019

     213   

2020

     179   

Thereafter

     80   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,076   
  

 

 

 

Note 11: Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company uses valuation techniques that are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are developed using market data such as publicly available information and reflect the assumptions market participants would use, while unobservable inputs are developed using the best information available about the assumptions market participants would use. Assets and liabilities are classified in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and market-corroborated inputs.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to observable inputs and lowest priority to unobservable inputs.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     As of July 31, 2015      As of October 31, 2014  
     Fair Value
Measured Using
            Fair Value
Measured Using
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     In millions  

Assets

                       

Cash Equivalents and Investments:

                       

Time deposits

   $ —         $ 1,396       $ —         $ 1,396       $ —         $ 1,130       $ —         $ 1,130   

Money market funds

     434         —           —           434         691         —           —           691   

Mutual funds

     —           289         —           289         —           244         —           244   

Marketable equity securities

     57         9         —           66         8         —           —           8   

Foreign bonds

     7         260         —           267         7         245         —           252   

Other debt securities

     —           —           8         8         —           —           10         10   

Derivatives:

                       

Foreign currency contracts

     —           850         —           850         —           442         —           442   

Other derivatives

     —           1         —           1         —           3         —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 498       $ 2,805       $ 8       $ 3,311       $ 706       $ 2,064       $ 10       $ 2,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

                       

Derivatives:

                       

Foreign currency contracts

   $ —         $ 93       $ —         $ 93       $ —         $ 75       $ —         $ 75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ 93       $ —         $ 93       $ —         $ 75       $ —         $ 75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company transferred $41 million of marketable equity securities from Level 2 to Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy as a result of a change in the market activity of the underlying investment. The remaining transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy were not material.

Valuation Techniques

Cash Equivalents and Investments: The Company holds time deposits, money market funds, mutual funds, other debt securities primarily consisting of corporate and foreign government notes and bonds, and common stock and equivalents. The Company values cash equivalents and equity investments using quoted market prices, alternative pricing sources, including net asset value, or models utilizing market observable inputs. The fair value of debt investments was based on quoted market prices or model-driven valuations using inputs primarily derived from or corroborated by observable market data, and, in certain instances, valuation models that utilize assumptions which cannot be corroborated with observable market data.

Derivative Instruments: The Company uses forward contracts, interest rate and total return swaps and, at times, option contracts to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. The Company uses industry

 

F-108


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

standard valuation models to measure fair value. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to present value using market-based observable inputs, including interest rate curves, the Company and counterparty credit risk, foreign exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies and interest rates. See Note 12 for a further discussion of the Company’s use of derivative instruments.

Other Fair Value Disclosures

Short- and Long-Term Debt: The Company estimates the fair value of its debt primarily using an expected present value technique, which is based on observable market inputs using interest rates currently available to companies of similar credit standing to Parent for similar terms and remaining maturities, and considering Parent’s credit risk. The estimated fair value of the Company’s short- and long-term debt was $1.3 billion at July 31, 2015, compared to its carrying amount of $1.2 billion at that date. The estimated fair value of the Company’s short- and long-term debt was $1.4 billion at October 31, 2014, which approximated its carrying amount at that date. If measured at fair value in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets, short- and long-term debt would be classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other Financial Instruments: For the balance of the Company’s financial instruments, primarily accounts receivable, accounts payable and financial liabilities included in other accrued liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities. If measured at fair value in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets, these other financial instruments would be classified in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Non-Marketable Equity Investments and Non-Financial Assets: The Company’s non-marketable equity investments and non-financial assets, such as intangible assets, goodwill and property, plant and equipment, are recorded at fair value in the period an impairment charge is recognized. If measured at fair value in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets, these would generally be classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. During the nine months ended July 31, 2015, the Company determined that it would exit certain data centers. The Company conducted an analysis of the respective asset group to determine if the carrying value was greater than the fair value. As result of this assessment, the Company recorded a $136 million impairment charge to Impairment of data center assets on the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 12: Financial Instruments

Cash Equivalents and Available-for-Sale Investments

Cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments were as follows:

 

    As of July 31, 2015     As of October 31, 2014  
    Cost     Gross
Unrealized
Gain
    Gross
Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
    Cost     Gross
Unrealized
Gain
    Gross
Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
 
    In millions  

Cash Equivalents:

               

Time deposits

  $ 1,243      $ —        $ —        $ 1,243      $ 985      $ —        $ —        $ 985   

Money market funds

    434        —          —          434        691        —          —          691   

Mutual funds

    250        —          —          250        110        —          —          110   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

    1,927        —          —          1,927        1,786        —          —          1,786   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale Investments:

               

Debt securities:

               

Time deposits

    153        —          —          153        145        —          —          145   

Foreign bonds

    214        53        —          267        191        61        —          252   

Other debt securities

    8        —          —          8        10        —          —          10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

    375        53        —          428        346        61        —          407   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities:

               

Mutual funds

    39        —          —          39        134        —          —          134   

Equity securities in public companies

    59        7        —          66        5        3        —          8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity securities

    98        7          105        139        3        —          142   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale investments

    473        60        —          533        485        64        —          549   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments

  $ 2,400      $ 60      $
—  
  
  $ 2,460      $ 2,271      $ 64      $ —        $ 2,335   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition are considered cash equivalents. As of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, the carrying amount of cash equivalents approximated fair value due to the short period of time to maturity. Time deposits were primarily issued by institutions outside the U.S. as of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014. The estimated fair value of the available-for-sale investments may not be representative of values that will be realized in the future.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Contractual maturities of investments in available-for-sale debt securities were as follows:

 

     As of July 31, 2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
     In millions  

Due in one year

   $ 135       $ 135   

Due in one to five years

     3         3   

Due in more than five years

     237         290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 375       $ 428   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity securities in privately held companies include cost basis and equity method investments and are included in Long-term financing receivables and other assets in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets. These amounted to $49 million and $90 million at July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, respectively.

Derivative Instruments

The Company is a global company exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and interest rate changes in the normal course of its business. As part of its risk management strategy, the Company uses derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, interest rate swaps, total return swaps and, at times, option contracts to hedge certain foreign currency, interest rate and, to a lesser extent, equity exposures. The Company’s objective is to offset gains and losses resulting from these exposures with losses and gains on the derivative contracts used to hedge them, thereby reducing volatility of earnings or protecting the fair value of assets and liabilities. The Company does not have any leveraged derivatives and does not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes. The Company may designate its derivative contracts as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation (“net investment hedges”). Additionally, for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, the Company categorizes those economic hedges as other derivatives. Derivative instruments directly attributable to the Company are recognized at fair value in the Combined Balance Sheets. The change in fair value of the derivative instruments is recognized in the Combined Statements of Earnings dependent upon the type of hedge as further discussed below. The Company classifies cash flows from its derivative programs with the activities that correspond to the underlying hedged items in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

As a result of its use of derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to the risk that its counterparties will fail to meet their contractual obligations. To mitigate counterparty credit risk, the Company has a policy of only entering into derivative contracts with carefully selected major financial institutions based on their credit ratings and other factors, and the Company maintains dollar risk limits that correspond to each financial institution’s credit rating and other factors. The Company’s established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk include reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure and periodically reassessing the creditworthiness of its counterparties. The Company participates in Parent’s master netting agreements, which further mitigate credit exposure to counterparties by permitting the Company to net amounts due from the Company to counterparty against amounts due to the Company from the same counterparty under certain conditions.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

To further mitigate credit exposure to counterparties, the Company participates in Parent’s collateral security agreements, which allow the Company to hold collateral from, or require the Company to post collateral to, counterparties when aggregate derivative fair values exceed contractually established thresholds which are generally based on the credit ratings of Parent and its counterparties. If Parent’s or the counterparty’s credit rating falls below a specified credit rating, either party has the right to request full collateralization of the derivatives’ net liability position. Collateral is generally posted within two business days. The Company had no derivatives with credit contingent features in a net liability position at July 31, 2015. The fair value of the Company’s derivatives with credit contingent features in a net liability position was $0.2 million at October 31, 2014, all of which were fully collateralized within two business days.

Under the Company’s derivative contracts, the counterparty can terminate all outstanding trades following a covered change of control event affecting Parent that results in the surviving entity being rated below a specified credit rating. This credit contingent provision did not affect the Company’s financial position or cash flows as of July 31, 2015 or October 31, 2014.

Fair Value Hedges

The Company issues long-term debt in U.S. dollars based on market conditions at the time of financing. The Company may enter into fair value hedges, such as interest rate swaps, to reduce the exposure of its debt portfolio to changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates by achieving a primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR-based floating interest expense. The swap transactions generally involve principal and interest obligations for U.S. dollar-denominated amounts. Alternatively, the Company may choose not to swap fixed for floating interest payments or may terminate a previously executed swap if it believes a larger proportion of fixed-rate debt would be beneficial. When investing in fixed-rate instruments, the Company may enter into interest rate swaps that convert the fixed interest payments into variable interest payments and may designate these swaps as fair value hedges.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item, in Interest and other, net in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings in the period of change.

There were no fair value hedges outstanding as of July 31, 2015 or October 31, 2014.

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company uses a combination of forward contracts and, at times, option contracts designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in its forecasted net revenue and, to a lesser extent, cost of sales, operating expenses, and intercompany loans denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company’s foreign currency cash flow hedges mature generally within twelve months; however, forward contracts associated with sales-type and direct-financing leases and intercompany loans extend for the duration of the lease or loan term, which typically range from two to five years.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the Company initially records changes in fair value for the effective portion of the derivative instrument in Accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of equity in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets and subsequently reclassifies these

 

F-112


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

amounts into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. The Company reports the effective portion of its cash flow hedges in the same financial statement line item as changes in the fair value of the hedged item.

Net Investment Hedges

The Company uses forward contracts designated as net investment hedges to hedge net investments in certain foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is the local currency. The Company records the effective portion of such derivative instruments together with changes in the fair value of the hedged items in Cumulative translation adjustment as a separate component of Equity in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets.

Other Derivatives

Other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments consist primarily of forward contracts used to hedge foreign currency-denominated balance sheet exposures. The Company also uses total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, interest rate swaps, based on equity or fixed income indices, to hedge its executive deferred compensation plan liability.

For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the Company recognizes changes in fair value of the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item, in Interest and other, net in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings in the period of change.

Hedge Effectiveness

For interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges, the Company measures hedge effectiveness by offsetting the change in fair value of the hedged instrument with the change in fair value of the derivative. For foreign currency options and forward contracts designated as cash flow or net investment hedges, the Company measures hedge effectiveness by comparing the cumulative change in fair value of the hedge contract with the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. The Company recognizes any ineffective portion of the hedge in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings in the same period in which ineffectiveness occurs. Amounts excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings in the period they arise.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets

The gross notional and fair value of derivative instruments in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets was as follows:

 

    As of July 31, 2015     As of October 31, 2014  
          Fair Value           Fair Value  
    Outstanding
Gross
Notional
    Other
Current
Assets
    Long-Term
Financing
Receivables
and Other
Assets
    Other
Accrued
Liabilities
    Long-Term
Other
Liabilities
    Outstanding
Gross
Notional
    Other
Current
Assets
    Long-Term
Financing
Receivables
and Other
Assets
    Other
Accrued
Liabilities
    Long-Term
Other
Liabilities
 
    In millions  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

                   

Cash flow hedges:

                   

Foreign currency contracts

  $ 8,305      $ 324      $ 233      $ 27      $ 8      $ 7,438      $ 195      $ 116      $ 25      $ 6   

Net investment hedges:

                   

Foreign currency contracts

    1,879        122        73        3        2        1,952        44        47        10        8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

    10,184        446        306        30        10        9,390        239        163        35        14   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

                   

Foreign currency contracts

    848        24        74        19        34        979        8        32        8        18   

Other derivatives

    105        1        —          —          —          120        2        1        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

    953        25        74        19        34        1,099        10        33        8        18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 11,137      $ 471      $ 380      $ 49      $ 44      $ 10,489      $ 249      $ 196      $ 43      $ 32   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-114


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments

The Company recognizes all derivative instruments on a gross basis in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets. The Company participates in Parent’s master netting arrangements and collateral security arrangements. The Company does not offset the fair value of its derivative instruments against the fair value of cash collateral posted under Parent’s collateral security agreements. As of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, information related to the potential effect of the Company’s use of Parent’s master netting agreements and collateral security agreements was as follows:

 

     As of July 31, 2015  
     In the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets         
     (i)      (ii)      (iii) = (i)-(ii)      (iv)      (v)      (vi) =
(iii)-(iv)-(v)
 
     Gross
Amount
Recognized
     Gross
Amount
Offset
     Net Amount
Presented
     Gross Amounts
Not Offset
     Net
Amount
 
              Derivatives      Financial
Collateral
    
     In millions  

Derivative assets

   $ 851       $ —         $ 851       $ 93       $ 190       $ 568   

Derivative liabilities

   $ 93       $ —         $ 93       $ 93       $ —         $ —     

 

     As of October 31, 2014  
     In the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets         
     (i)      (ii)      (iii) = (i)-(ii)      (iv)      (v)      (vi) =
(iii)-(iv)-(v)
 
     Gross
Amount
Recognized
     Gross
Amount
Offset
     Net Amount
Presented
     Gross Amounts
Not Offset
     Net
Amount
 
              Derivatives      Financial
Collateral
    
     In millions  

Derivative assets

   $ 445       $ —         $ 445       $ 73       $ 45       $ 327   

Derivative liabilities

   $ 75       $ —         $ 75       $ 73       $ —         $ 2   

 

F-115


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow and net investment hedging relationships for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

    Gain (Loss) Recognized
In OCI on Derivatives
(Effective Portion)
   

Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into
Earnings (Effective Portion)

 
    Nine months ended
July 31
   

                Location                 

  Nine months ended
July 31
 
        2015             2014               2015             2014      
    In millions         In millions  

Cash flow hedges:

         

Foreign currency contracts

  $ 258      $ (8   Net revenue   $ 219      $ (57

Foreign currency contracts

    (2     13      Cost of products     5        2   

Foreign currency contracts

    —          14      Other operating expenses     (4     (8

Foreign currency contracts

    159        (54   Interest and other, net     150        (43
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

  $ 415      $ (35     $ 370      $ (106
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment hedges:

         

Foreign currency contracts

  $ 208      $ (8   Interest and other, net   $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of July 31, 2015 and 2014, no portion of the hedging instruments’ gain or loss was excluded from the assessment of effectiveness for cash flow or net investment hedges. Hedge ineffectiveness for cash flow and net investment hedges was not material in the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014.

As of July 31, 2015, the Company expects to reclassify an estimated net accumulated other comprehensive gain of approximately $93 million, net of taxes, to earnings in the next twelve months along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions associated with cash flow hedges.

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

   

Gain (Loss) Recognized in Earnings on Derivatives

 
   

                Location                 

  Nine months ended
July 31
 
          2015             2014      
        In millions  

Foreign currency contracts

  Interest and other, net   $ 41      $ 26   

Other derivatives

  Interest and other, net     (2     (4
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 39      $ 22   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-116


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 13: Borrowings

Notes Payable and Short-Term Borrowings

Notes payable and short-term borrowings, including the current portion of long-term debt, were as follows:

 

    As of  
    July 31, 2015     October 31, 2014  
    Amount
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Interest
Rate
    Amount
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Interest
Rate
 
    In millions           In millions        

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 141        2.7   $ 127        2.8

FS Commercial paper

    186        0.3     298        0.5

Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other (1)

    425        1.0     469        1.5
 

 

 

     

 

 

   
  $ 752        $ 894     
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) Notes payable to banks, lines of credit and other includes $329 million and $404 million at July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, respectively, of borrowing and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries.

Long-Term Debt

 

     As of  
     July 31,
2015
    October 31,
2014
 
     In millions  

EDS Senior Notes (1)

    

$300 issued October 1999 at 7.45%, due October 2029

   $ 313      $ 313   

Other, including capital lease obligations, at 0.00%-7.57%, due in calendar years 2015-2023 (2)

     321        299   

Less: current portion

     (141     (127
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 493      $ 485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company may redeem the EDS Senior Notes at any time in accordance with the terms thereof. The EDS Senior Notes are senior unsecured debt.
(2) Other, including capital lease obligations includes $173 million and $123 million as of July 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, respectively, of borrowing- and funding-related activity associated with FS and its subsidiaries that are collateralized by receivables and underlying assets associated with the related capital and operating leases. For both periods presented, the carrying amount of the assets approximated the carrying amount of the borrowings.

FS maintains a Euro Commercial Paper/Certificate of Deposit Programme providing for the issuance of commercial paper in various currencies of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $500 million. The extent to which the Company is able to utilize the commercial paper program as a source of liquidity at any given

 

F-117


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

time is subject to a number of factors, including market demand for Parent’s commercial paper, Parent’s financial performance, Parent’s credit ratings and market conditions generally.

Interest expense on borrowings recognized in the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings was as follows:

 

         Nine months ended
July 31
 

Expense

  

                Location                 

      2015             2014      
         In millions  

Financing interest

   Financing interest   $ 182      $ 211   

Interest expense

   Interest and other, net     27        36   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     $ 209      $ 247   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 14: Related Party Transactions and Parent Company Investment

Intercompany Purchases

During each of the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company purchased equipment from other businesses of Parent in the amount of $0.9 billion.

Allocation of Corporate Expenses

The Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income include an allocation of general corporate expenses from Parent for certain management and support functions which are provided on a centralized basis within Parent. These management and support functions include, but are not limited to, executive management, finance, legal, information technology, employee benefits administration, treasury, risk management, procurement, and other shared services. These allocations were made on a direct usage basis when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, expenses, headcount or other relevant measures. These allocations were $2.8 billion and $3.1 billion for the nine months ended July 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Management of the Company and Parent consider these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services by, or the benefits provided to, the Company. These allocations may not, however, reflect the expense the Company would have incurred as a standalone company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if the Company had been a standalone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology and infrastructure.

Parent Company Investment

Parent company investment on the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets and Statements of Equity represents Parent’s historical investment in the Company, the net effect of transactions with and allocations from (to) Parent and the Company’s accumulated earnings.

 

F-118


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Net transfers from (to) Parent are included within Parent company investment. The components of the Net transfers from (to) Parent on the Condensed Combined Statements of Equity for the nine month periods ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
         2015             2014      
     In millions  

Intercompany purchases

   $ 911      $ 885   

Cash pooling and general financing activities

     (4,062     (6,079

Corporate allocations

     2,776        3,127   

Cash transfers from Parent for business combinations and divestitures

     2,564        20   

Income taxes

     279        149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net transfers from (to) Parent per Condensed Combined Statements of Equity

   $ 2,468      $ (1,898
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Transfers from (to) Parent

A reconciliation of Net transfers from (to) Parent in the Condensed Combined Statements of Equity to the corresponding amount presented on the Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine month periods ended July 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
     2015     2014  
     In millions  

Net transfers from (to) Parent per Condensed Combined Statements of Equity

   $ 2,468      $ (1,898

Income taxes paid by Parent

     (314     (243

Stock-based compensation

     (353     (332

Other non-cash items

     (282     (191
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net transfers from (to) Parent per Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows

   $ 1,519      $ (2,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-119


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 15: Other Comprehensive Loss

Taxes related to Other Comprehensive Loss

 

    Nine months
ended July 31
 
      2015         2014    
    In millions  

Taxes on change in unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities:

   

Tax provision on unrealized gains arising during the period

  $ —        $ (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    —          (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on change in unrealized gains on cash flow hedges:

   

Tax provision on unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

    (64     (6

Tax provision (benefit) on (gains) losses reclassified into earnings

    61        (16
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (3     (22
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:

   

Tax benefit on unrealized losses arising during the period

    —          3   

Tax benefit on amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit

    (7     (5

Tax provision on curtailments, settlements and other

    —          (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (7     (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax provision on change in cumulative translation adjustment

    (26     (7
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax provision on other comprehensive loss

  $ (36   $ (34
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-120


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Changes and reclassifications related to Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
         2015              2014      
     In millions  

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes:

     

Change in unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities:

     

Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period

   $ (4    $ 3   

Gains reclassified into earnings

     —           (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (4      2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains on cash flow hedges:

     

Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

     351         (41

(Gains) losses reclassified into earnings (1)

     (309      90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     42         49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized components of defined benefit plans:

     

Losses arising during the period

     —           (81

Amortization of actuarial loss and prior service benefit (2)

     97         56   

Curtailments, settlements and other

     1         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     98         (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

     (138      (70
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes

   $ (2    $ (35
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reclassification of pre-tax losses (gains) on cash flow hedges into the Condensed Combined Statements of Earnings was as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
July 31
 
         2015              2014      
     In millions  

Net revenue

   $ (219    $ 57   

Cost of products

     (5      (2

Other operating expenses

     4         8   

Interest and other, net

     (150      43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (370    $ 106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) These components are included in the computation of net pension benefit cost in Note 4.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The components of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes and changes therein were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended July 31, 2015  
     Net unrealized
gains (losses)  on
available-for-sale
securities
    Net unrealized
gains
(losses) on cash
flow hedges
    Unrealized
components
of defined
benefit plans
    Cumulative
translation
adjustment
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
 
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 63      $ 60      $ (1,677   $ (694   $ (2,248

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (4     351        97        (138     306   

Reclassifications of (gains) losses into earnings

     —          (309     1        —          (308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 59      $ 102      $ (1,579   $ (832   $ (2,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 16: Litigation and Contingencies

The Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings including those consisting of IP, commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits and environmental matters, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company records a liability when it believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability of having incurred a liability and the estimated amount of the liability. The Company reviews these matters at least quarterly and adjusts these liabilities to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other updated information and events pertaining to a particular matter. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. However, the Company believes it has valid defenses with respect to legal matters pending against us. Nevertheless, cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the resolution of one or more of these contingencies. The Company believes it has recorded adequate provisions for any such matters and, as of July 31, 2015, it was not reasonably possible that a material loss had been incurred in connection with such matters in excess of the amounts recognized in its financial statements.

Litigation, Proceedings and Investigations

Fair Labor Standards Act Litigation. Parent is involved in several lawsuits in which the plaintiffs are seeking unpaid overtime compensation and other damages based on allegations that various employees of Electronic Data Systems Corporation (“EDS”) or Parent have been misclassified as exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act (the “FLSA”) and/or in violation of the California Labor Code or other state laws. Those matters include the following:

 

   

Cunningham and Cunningham, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation is a purported collective action filed on May 10, 2006 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York claiming that current and former EDS employees allegedly involved in installing and/or maintaining computer software and hardware were misclassified as exempt employees. Another purported collective action, Steavens, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation , was filed on October 23, 2007 in the same court alleging similar facts. The Steavens case was consolidated for pretrial purposes

 

F-122


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

 

with the Cunningham case. On December 14, 2010, the court granted conditional certification of a class consisting of employees in 20 legacy EDS job codes in the consolidated Cunningham / Steavens matter. On December 11, 2013, Parent and plaintiffs’ counsel in the consolidated Cunningham/Steavens matter, and the Salva matter described below, mediated these cases and reached a settlement agreement. The court approved the settlement on June 16, 2015 and Parent funded the settlement on July 27, 2015.

 

    Salva v. Hewlett-Packard Company is a purported collective action filed on June 15, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Western District of New York alleging that certain information technology employees allegedly involved in installing and/or maintaining computer software and hardware were misclassified as exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act. On December 11, 2013, Parent and plaintiffs’ counsel in the consolidated Cunningham/Steavens matter and the Salva matter mediated these cases and reached a settlement agreement. The court consolidated the Salva matter into the Cunningham/Steavens matter and approved the settlement on June 16, 2015. Parent funded the settlement on July 27, 2015.

 

    Karlbom, et al. v. Electronic Data Systems Corporation is a class action filed on March 16, 2009 in California Superior Court alleging facts similar to the Cunningham and Steavens matters. The parties are engaged in discovery.

 

    Benedict v. Hewlett-Packard Company is a purported class action filed on January 10, 2013 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that certain technical support employees allegedly involved in installing, maintaining and/or supporting computer software and/or hardware for Parent were misclassified as exempt employees under the FLSA. The plaintiff has also alleged that Parent violated California law by, among other things, allegedly improperly classifying these employees as exempt. On February 13, 2014, the court granted the plaintiff’s motion for conditional class certification. On May 7, 2015, the plaintiffs filed a motion to certify a Rule 23 state class of certain Technical Solutions Consultants in California, Massachusetts, and Colorado that they claim were improperly classified as exempt from overtime under state law. On July 30, 2015, the court dismissed the Technology Consultant and certain Field Technical Support Consultant opt-ins from the conditionally certified FLSA collective action.

India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence Proceedings . On April 30 and May 10, 2010, the India Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (the “DRI”) issued show cause notices to Hewlett-Packard India Sales Private Ltd (“HP India”), a subsidiary of Parent, seven HP India employees and one former HP India employee alleging that HP India underpaid customs duties while importing products and spare parts into India and seeking to recover an aggregate of approximately $370 million, plus penalties. Prior to the issuance of the show cause notices, HP India deposited approximately $16 million with the DRI and agreed to post a provisional bond in exchange for the DRI’s agreement to not seize HP India products and spare parts and to not interrupt the transaction of business by HP India.

On April 11, 2012, the Bangalore Commissioner of Customs issued an order on the products-related show cause notice affirming certain duties and penalties against HP India and the named individuals of approximately $386 million, of which HP India had already deposited $9 million. On December 11, 2012, HP India voluntarily deposited an additional $10 million in connection with the products-related show cause notice. On April 20, 2012, the Commissioner issued an order on the parts-related show cause notice affirming certain duties and

 

F-123


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

penalties against HP India and certain of the named individuals of approximately $17 million, of which HP India had already deposited $7 million. After the order, HP India deposited an additional $3 million in connection with the parts-related show cause notice so as to avoid certain penalties.

HP India filed appeals of the Commissioner’s orders before the Customs Tribunal along with applications for waiver of the pre-deposit of remaining demand amounts as a condition for hearing the appeals. The Customs Department has also filed cross-appeals before the Customs Tribunal. On January 24, 2013, the Customs Tribunal ordered HP India to deposit an additional $24 million against the products order, which HP India deposited in March 2013. The Customs Tribunal did not order any additional deposit to be made under the parts order. In December 2013, HP India filed applications before the Customs Tribunal seeking early hearing of the appeals as well as an extension of the stay of deposit as to HP India and the individuals already granted until final disposition of the appeals. On February 7, 2014, the application for extension of the stay of deposit was granted by the Customs Tribunal until disposal of the appeals. On October 27, 2014, the Customs Tribunal commenced hearings on the cross-appeals of the Commissioner’s orders. The Customs Tribunal rejected HP India’s request to remand the matter to the Commissioner on procedural grounds. The hearing scheduled to reconvene on April 6, 2015 was cancelled at the request of the Customs Tribunal. A new hearing date has not been set.

Russia GPO and Other Anti-Corruption Investigations . The German Public Prosecutor’s Office (“German PPO”) has been conducting an investigation into allegations that current and former employees of Parent engaged in bribery, embezzlement and tax evasion relating to a transaction between Hewlett-Packard ISE GmbH in Germany, a former subsidiary of Parent, and the General Prosecutor’s Office of the Russian Federation. The approximately €35 million transaction, which was referred to as the Russia GPO deal, spanned the years 2001 to 2006 and was for the delivery and installation of an IT network. The German PPO issued an indictment of four individuals, including one current and two former Parent employees, on charges including bribery, breach of trust and tax evasion. The German PPO also requested that Parent be made an associated party to the case, and, if that request is granted, Parent would participate in any portion of the court proceedings that could ultimately bear on the question of whether Parent should be subject to potential disgorgement of profits based on the conduct of the indicted current and former employees. The Regional Court of Leipzig will determine whether the matter should be admitted to trial. The Polish Central Anti-Corruption Bureau is also investigating potential corrupt actions by a former employee of Hewlett-Packard Polska Sp. z o.o., an indirect subsidiary of Parent, in connection with certain public-sector transactions in Poland. Parent and the Company are cooperating with these investigating agencies.

ECT Proceedings . In January 2011, the postal service of Brazil, Empresa Brasileira de Correios e Telégrafos (“ECT”), notified subsidiary of Parent in Brazil (“HP Brazil”) that it had initiated administrative proceedings to consider whether to suspend HP Brazil’s right to bid and contract with ECT related to alleged improprieties in the bidding and contracting processes whereby employees of HP Brazil and employees of several other companies allegedly coordinated their bids and fixed results for three ECT contracts in 2007 and 2008. In late July 2011, ECT notified HP Brazil it had decided to apply the penalties against HP Brazil and suspend HP Brazil’s right to bid and contract with ECT for five years, based upon the evidence before it. In August 2011, HP Brazil appealed ECT’s decision. In April 2013, ECT rejected HP Brazil’s appeal, and the administrative proceedings were closed with the penalties against HP Brazil remaining in place. In parallel, in September 2011, HP Brazil filed a civil action against ECT seeking to have ECT’s decision revoked. HP Brazil also requested an injunction suspending the application of the penalties until a final ruling on the merits of the case. The court of

 

F-124


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

first instance has not issued a decision on the merits of the case, but it has denied HP Brazil’s request for injunctive relief. HP Brazil appealed the denial of its request for injunctive relief to the intermediate appellate court, which issued a preliminary ruling denying the request for injunctive relief but reducing the length of the sanctions from five to two years. HP Brazil appealed that decision and, in December 2011, obtained a ruling staying enforcement of ECT’s sanctions until a final ruling on the merits of the case. Parent expects the decision to be issued in 2015 and any subsequent appeal on the merits to last several years.

Cisco Systems . On August 21, 2015, Cisco Systems, Inc. (“Cisco Systems”) and Cisco Systems Capital Corporation (“Cisco Capital”, and together with Cisco Systems, “Cisco”) filed an action in Santa Clara County Superior Court for declaratory judgment and breach of contract against Parent in connection with a dispute arising out of a third-party’s termination of a services contract with Parent. As part of that third-party services contract, Parent separately contracted with Cisco on an agreement to utilize Cisco products and services. Parent prepaid the entire amount due Cisco through a financing arrangement with Cisco Capital. Following the termination of Parent’s services contract with the third-party, Parent no longer required Cisco’s products and services, and, accordingly, exercised its contractual termination rights under the agreement with Cisco, and requested that Cisco apply the appropriate credit toward the remaining balance owed Cisco Capital. This lawsuit relates to the calculation of that credit under the agreement between Cisco and Parent. Cisco contends that after the credit is applied, Parent still owes Cisco Capital approximately $58 million. Parent contends that under a proper reading of the agreement, Parent owes nothing to Cisco Capital, and that Cisco owes significant amounts to Parent. No responsive pleadings will be filed until after a December 18, 2015 status conference with the court.

Abstrax Proceeding . On February 28, 2014, Abstrax, Inc. (“Abstrax”), a company with a principal place of business in Mesa, Arizona, filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Parent. Abstrax claimed to market software for sales operations and manufacturing operations for configurable products, including those in the custom shutter industry. The case was pending in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division. Abstrax asserted one patent, U.S. Patent 6,240,328, which is directed generally to a method of generating assembly instructions. In its complaint, Abstrax claimed that Parent’s methods and processes of manufacturing configurable servers, storage, networking devices, PCs, laptops, imaging and printing devices and their sub-systems infringe its patent, as do the products made by the accused processes. Abstrax also claimed that Parent’s alleged infringement was willful and that the case was exceptional. On November 14, 2014, Parent filed a petition with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office challenging the validity of the Abstrax patent based on prior art. In late January 2015, Abstrax dropped its infringement allegations against the manufacturing of PCs and imaging and printing devices from its expert reports. On March 4, 2015, the court heard Parent’s motion challenging the subject matter of the patent under 35 U.S.C. Section 101. Trial was scheduled for May 11, 2015. The parties reached a settlement in principle in early April, which was finalized on April 28, 2015. The parties agreed to file separate dismissal papers at the Patent Office to dismiss Parent’s challenge to the validity of patent. The district court litigation was dismissed on May 5, 2015. Parent’s challenge to the validity of the patent was terminated on May 18, 2015.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Stockholder Litigation . As described below, Parent is involved in various stockholder litigation matters commenced against certain current and former Parent executive officers and/or certain current and former members of Parent’s board of directors in which the plaintiffs are seeking to recover damages related to Parent’s allegedly inflated stock price, certain compensation paid by Parent to the defendants, other damages and/or injunctive relief:

 

    A.J. Copeland v. Raymond J. Lane, et al. (“Copeland I”) is a lawsuit filed on March 7, 2011 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and wasted corporate assets in connection with Parent’s alleged violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”), Parent’s severance payments made to Mark Hurd (a former Chairman of Parent’s board of directors and Parent’s Chief Executive Officer), and Parent’s acquisition of 3PAR Inc. The lawsuit also alleges violations of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) in connection with Parent’s 2010 and 2011 proxy statements. On February 8, 2012, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit. On October 10, 2012, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave to file an amended complaint. On November 1, 2012, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint adding an unjust enrichment claim and claims that the defendants violated Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and breached their fiduciary duties in connection with Parent’s 2012 proxy statement. On December 13, 14 and 17, 2012, the defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint. On December 28, 2012, the plaintiff moved for leave to file a third amended complaint. On May 6, 2013, the court denied the motion for leave to amend, granted the motions to dismiss with prejudice and entered judgment in the defendants’ favor. On May 31, 2013, the plaintiff filed an appeal with the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. The appeal has been fully briefed and an oral argument date has been scheduled for October 20, 2015.

 

    A.J. Copeland v. Léo Apotheker, et al. (“Copeland II”) is a lawsuit filed on February 10, 2014 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that the defendants used their control over Parent and its corporate suffrage process in effectuating, directly participating in and/or aiding and abetting violations of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14a-9 promulgated thereunder, and violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. The complaint asserts claims for breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, and breach of the duty of candor. The claims arise out of the circumstances at Parent relating to its 2013 and 2014 proxy statements, the departure of Mr. Hurd as Chairman of Parent’s board of directors and Parent’s Chief Executive Officer, alleged violations of the FCPA, and Parent’s acquisition of 3PAR Inc. and Autonomy Corporation plc (“Autonomy”). On February 25, 2014, the court issued an order granting Parent’s administrative motion to relate Copeland II to Copeland I . On April 8, 2014, the court granted the parties’ stipulation to stay the action pending resolution of Copeland I by the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

 

   

Cement & Concrete Workers District Council Pension Fund v. Hewlett-Packard Company, et al. is a putative securities class action filed on August 3, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that from November 13, 2007 to August 6, 2010 the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by making statements regarding Parent’s Standards of Business Conduct (“SBC”) that were false and misleading because Mr. Hurd, who was serving as Parent’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer during that period, had been violating the SBC and concealing his misbehavior in a manner that jeopardized his continued employment with Parent. On February 7, 2013, the defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint. On August 9, 2013, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave to amend

 

F-126


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

 

the complaint by September 9, 2013. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on September 9, 2013, and the defendants moved to dismiss that complaint on October 24, 2013. On June 25, 2014, the court issued an order granting the defendants’ motions to dismiss and on July 25, 2014, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. On November 4, 2014, the plaintiff-appellant filed its opening brief in the Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. Parent filed its answering brief on January 16, 2015 and the plaintiff-appellant’s reply brief was filed on March 2, 2015. Oral argument has not yet been scheduled.

Autonomy-Related Legal Matters

Investigations . As a result of the findings of an ongoing investigation, Parent has provided information to the U.K. Serious Fraud Office, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and the SEC related to the accounting improprieties, disclosure failures and misrepresentations at Autonomy that occurred prior to and in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy. On November 21, 2012, DOJ representatives advised Parent that they had opened an investigation relating to Autonomy. On February 6, 2013, representatives of the U.K. Serious Fraud Office advised Parent that they had also opened an investigation relating to Autonomy. On January 19, 2015, the U.K. Serious Fraud Office notified Parent that it was closing its investigation and had decided to cede jurisdiction of the investigation to the U.S. authorities. Parent is cooperating with the DOJ and the SEC, whose investigations are ongoing.

Litigation . As described below, Parent is involved in various stockholder litigation relating to, among other things, its October 2011 acquisition of Autonomy and its November 20, 2012 announcement that it recorded a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets within its Software segment of approximately $8.8 billion in the fourth quarter of its 2012 fiscal year and Parent’s statements that, based on Parent’s findings from an ongoing investigation, the majority of this impairment charge related to accounting improprieties, misrepresentations to the market and disclosure failures at Autonomy that occurred prior to and in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and the impact of those improprieties, failures and misrepresentations on the expected future financial performance of the Autonomy business over the long term. This stockholder litigation was commenced against, among others, certain current and former Parent executive officers, certain current and former members of Parent’s board of directors and certain advisors to Parent. The plaintiffs in these litigation matters are seeking to recover certain compensation paid by Parent to the defendants and/or other damages. These matters include the following:

 

   

In re HP Securities Litigation consists of two consolidated putative class actions filed on November 26 and 30, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that from August 19, 2011 to November 20, 2012, the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by concealing material information and making false statements related to Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and the financial performance of Parent’s enterprise services business. On May 3, 2013, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint alleging that, during that same period, all of the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and SEC Rule 10b-5(b) by concealing material information and making false statements related to Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and that certain defendants violated SEC Rule 10b-5(a) and (c) by engaging in a “scheme” to defraud investors. On July 2, 2013, Parent filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit. On November 26, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part Parent’s motion to dismiss, allowing claims to proceed against Parent and Margaret C. Whitman based on alleged statements and/or

 

F-127


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

 

omissions made on or after May 23, 2012. The court dismissed all of the plaintiff’s claims that were based on alleged statements and/or omissions made between August 19, 2011 and May 22, 2012. The lead plaintiff filed a motion for class certification on November 4, 2014 and, on December 15, 2014, defendants filed their opposition to the motion. On June 9, 2015, Parent entered into a settlement agreement with the lead plaintiff in the consolidated securities class action. Under the terms of the settlement, Parent, through its insurers, will contribute $100 million to a settlement fund that will be used to compensate persons who purchased Parent’s shares during the period from August 19, 2011 through November 20, 2012. No individual is contributing to the settlement. Parent and its current and former officers, directors, and advisors will be released from any Autonomy-related securities claims as part of the settlement. On July 17, 2015, the court granted preliminary approval to the settlement. The court has set a hearing date of November 13, 2015 to determine whether to grant final approval to the settlement.

 

    In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation consists of seven consolidated lawsuits filed beginning on November 26, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by concealing material information and making false statements related to Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and the financial performance of Parent’s enterprise services business. The lawsuits also allege that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties, wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and by causing Parent to repurchase its own stock at allegedly inflated prices between August 2011 and October 2012. One lawsuit further alleges that certain individual defendants engaged in or assisted insider trading and thereby breached their fiduciary duties, were unjustly enriched and violated Sections 25402 and 25403 of the California Corporations Code. On May 3, 2013, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint alleging, among other things, that the defendants concealed material information and made false statements related to Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and Autonomy’s Intelligent Data Operating Layer technology and thereby violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, breached their fiduciary duties, engaged in “abuse of control” over Parent, corporate waste and were unjustly enriched. The litigation was stayed until June 2014. The lead plaintiff filed a stipulation of proposed settlement on June 30, 2014. The court declined to grant preliminary approval to this settlement, and, on December 19, 2014, also declined to grant preliminary approval to a revised version of the settlement. On January 22, 2015, the lead plaintiff moved for preliminary approval of a further revised version of the settlement. On March 13, 2015, the court issued an order granting preliminary approval to the settlement. On July 30, 2015, the court granted final approval to the settlement and denied all remaining objections to the settlement. Certain objectors to the settlement have appealed the court’s final approval order.

 

   

In re HP ERISA Litigation consists of three consolidated putative class actions filed beginning on December 6, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging, among other things, that from August 18, 2011 to November 22, 2012, the defendants breached their fiduciary obligations to Parent’s 401(k) Plan and its participants and thereby violated Sections 404(a)(1) and 405(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, by concealing negative information regarding the financial performance of Autonomy and Parent’s enterprise services business and by failing to restrict participants from investing in Parent stock. On August 16, 2013, Parent filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit. On March 31, 2014, the court granted

 

F-128


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

 

Parent’s motion to dismiss this action with leave to amend. On July 16, 2014, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint containing substantially similar allegations and seeking substantially similar relief as the first amended complaint. On June 15, 2015, the court granted Parent’s motion to dismiss the second amended complaint in its entirety and denied plaintiffs leave to file another amended complaint. On July 2, 2015, plaintiffs appealed the court’s order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

 

    Vincent Ho v. Margaret C. Whitman, et al . is a lawsuit filed on January 22, 2013 in California Superior Court alleging, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and wasted corporate assets in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy and by causing Parent to repurchase its own stock at allegedly inflated prices between August 2011 and October 2012. On April 22, 2013, the court stayed the lawsuit pending resolution of the In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation matter in federal court. Two additional derivative actions, James Gould v. Margaret C. Whitman, et al. and Leroy Noel v. Margaret C. Whitman, et al . , were filed in California Superior Court on July 26, 2013 and August 16, 2013, respectively, containing substantially similar allegations and seeking substantially similar relief. Those actions were also stayed pending resolution of the In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation matter. The court’s final approval of the settlement of the federal derivative case resulted in a release of the claims asserted in all three actions other than claims asserted against Michael Lynch, the former chief executive officer of Autonomy. The Ho matter was dismissed in its entirety with prejudice on August 13, 2015.

 

    Cook v. Whitman, et al. is a lawsuit filed on March 18, 2014 in the Delaware Chancery Court, alleging, among other things, that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and wasted corporate assets in connection with Parent’s acquisition of Autonomy. On May 15, 2014, Parent moved to dismiss or stay the Cook matter. On July 22, 2014, the Delaware Chancery Court stayed the motion pending the United States District Court’s hearing on preliminary approval of the proposed settlement in the In re Hewlett-Packard Shareholder Derivative Litigation matter. The court’s final approval of the settlement of the federal derivative case resulted in a release of all the claims asserted in the Cook matter other than those asserted against Michael Lynch, Sushovan Hussain, the former chief financial officer of Autonomy, and Deloitte UK. The Cook matter was dismissed by stipulation and order on August 19, 2015.

Environmental

The Company’s operations and products are or may in the future become subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations concerning environmental protection, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the clean-up of contaminated sites, the substances and materials used in the Company’s products, the energy consumption of products, services and operations and the operational or financial responsibility for recycling, treatment and disposal of those products. This includes legislation that makes producers of electrical goods, including servers and networking equipment, financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products (sometimes referred to as “product take-back legislation”). The Company could incur substantial costs, its products could be restricted from entering certain jurisdictions, and it could face other sanctions, if it were to violate or become liable under environmental laws or if its products become non-compliant with environmental laws. The Company’s potential exposure includes impacts on

 

F-129


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

revenue, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims and clean-up costs. The amount and timing of costs to comply with environmental laws are difficult to predict.

In particular, the Company may become a party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by U.S. or state environmental agencies under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), known as “Superfund,” or other federal, state or foreign laws and regulations addressing the clean-up of contaminated sites, and may become a party to, or otherwise involved in, proceedings brought by private parties for contribution towards clean-up costs. The Company is also contractually obligated to make financial contributions to address actions related to certain environmental liabilities, both ongoing and arising in the future, pursuant to its separation and distribution agreement with Parent.

Note 17: Guarantees

Guarantees

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may issue performance guarantees to certain of its clients, customers and other parties pursuant to which the Company has guaranteed the performance obligations of third parties. Some of those guarantees may be backed by standby letters of credit or surety bonds. In general, the Company would be obligated to perform over the term of the guarantee in the event a specified triggering event occurs as defined by the guarantee. The Company believes the likelihood of having to perform under a material guarantee is remote.

The Company has entered into service contracts with certain of its clients that are supported by financing arrangements. If a service contract is terminated as a result of the Company’s non-performance under the contract or failure to comply with the terms of the financing arrangement, the Company could, under certain circumstances, be required to acquire certain assets related to the service contract. The Company believes the likelihood of having to acquire a material amount of assets under these arrangements is remote.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which the Company may agree to indemnify a third party to such arrangement from any losses incurred relating to the services they perform on behalf of the Company or for losses arising from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example, litigation or claims relating to past performance. The Company also provides indemnifications to certain vendors and customers against claims of IP infringement made by third parties arising from the use by vendors and customers of the Company’s software products and services and certain other matters. Some indemnifications may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have been immaterial.

Warranty

The Company accrues the estimated cost of product warranties at the time it recognizes revenue. The Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers; however, contractual warranty terms, repair costs, product call rates, average cost per call, current period product shipments and ongoing product failure rates, as well as specific product class failures outside of the Company’s baseline experience, affect the estimated warranty obligation.

 

F-130


Table of Contents

HEWLETT PACKARD ENTERPRISE COMPANY

THE ENTERPRISE TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE, SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND FINANCING BUSINESS OF HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

The Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities and changes therein were as follows:

 

     Nine months
ended
July 31, 2015
 
     In millions  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 571   

Accruals for warranties issued

     279   

Adjustments related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)

     (15

Settlements made (in cash or in kind)

     (303
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 532   
  

 

 

 

Note 18: Subsequent Events

On September 14, 2015, Parent’s Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan in connection with the separation which will be implemented through fiscal 2018. As part of the restructuring plan, the Company expects up to approximately 30,000 employees to exit the Company by the end of 2018. The changes to the workforce will vary by country, based on local legal requirements and consultations with employee works councils and other employee representatives, as appropriate. The Company estimates that it will incur aggregate pre-tax charges between fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2018 of approximately $2.7 billion in connection with this plan, of which approximately $2.2 billion relates to workforce reductions and approximately $500 million primarily relates to real estate consolidation.

The Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition or disclosure through September 15, 2015, the date Condensed Combined Financial Statements were available to be issued.

 

F-131